“Omnes res creatz sunt divine sapientie et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, poteatia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnaus.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu'elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Brucnnmr, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

Bot 0 Ot Ob GG. a ds The sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

. The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1838.

CONTENTS, OF VOL. XII.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER LXVII.

I. Observations on the Origin of Hair and on Scales in Mammals.

ee aM ae VY EIER 5 he: fa Acie ah Sojcde gain oie See «alecied Sa nee ott ce

IL. List of Insects collected by Miss Elizabeth Taylor in Western

North America in the Summer of 1892. By Arruur G. BUTLER,

TLS. £-Z.5., &c., and W: ¥: Kresy, F.LS., F-E.S., &. ........

Ill. The Morphology of the Generative System in the Genus

Testacella. By Wautrr Ii. CoLiincs, Demonstrator of Biology,

Mason College, Birmingham. (Plate I.) ........... ce. eeeeeee

IV. On the Names or Existence of three Exotic Starfishes. By

ARRISMDEMON OE SIOD ONE ciate Sed taciccs.cnacgevcmes «dase nncsiae.s

V. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C. F. Oldham, R.N., com-

manding.—Series II., No. 8. Note on Calypterinus Allmani. By

Aucock, M.B., C.M.Z.S., Officiating Superintendent of the Indian

CIR Set 2 Ree hn Apa ner mere nr

_ VI. Description of a new Sciuropterus from the Philippines. By

Para MEINERS Se ci hn ed snide oid. aa 0a dio) 0,4 a vies isi ene Oe ins

VII. On a supposed new Species of Rhiostoma from Borneo, and

Notices of Two other Species of Shells from Palawan. By Lieut.-

DOr ereet COU EN-ADBTION, EES: OC. cg on od vine cent epee mnie ©

VIII. Descriptions of ''wo new Species of Butterflies from Kina

Balu, North Borneo, in the Collection of H. Grose Smith, captured

mete tverct, By H, Gros SMITE). 6... cesas. 2 ete see tate ne

IX. Note on the Capture of a Freshwater Kel in a Ripe Condition.

Sy Wee MOM WDOD. abba. silk Ls Mee we esse mead ented

X. On Two new Species of the Genus Enoplotrupes, Lucas. By

the Hon. WaLter Roruscuivp and Dr. K. JoRDAN .........44.

XI. Descriptions of Five new Species of Australian Saw-flies. By

EME, gE 8 7g, EO Ah §- COU asa cs ores 4 axe X's 0 00's ala ae ee

XII. Notes on the Genus Entomogramma as represented by the

Noctuid Moths of that Group in the Collection of the British Museum,

Py entnor At, DOILER, FLL.8.,. F285 Sr. i: sind cals fi clcea dos

XII. Notes on some Mexican Coccide. By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Pag

1V CONTENTS.

Page

XIV. Description of a new Bornean Tupaia. By OLpDFIELD

DHOMAS™ 50.5% : 53

Oye, 2 ‘eof eos dye a 8 wn es ss) Pe alee» wiecele) a) 6) e = « » 00 2) piplelemanr

XV. The Coxal Glands of Scorpio. By Henry M. BERNARD,

M.A. Cantab. (from the Huxley Research Laboratory). (Plate li.) 64

XVI. On the Nature of “‘ Hemapophyses,” in reply to some Criti-

cisms of M. Dollo. By G. A: ;BouueNGEen (>... -.).---.-.-2: seme 60

XVII. On the Tadpole of Pelobates syriacus, Boettger. By G. A.

POD RENEE Lone pd. eae e ete ee Pees het Ene Sabres Cateteies 61

XVIII. Notes on the Changes of Plumage in the Red Grouse

(Lagopus scoticus). By W. R. ‘OgiLvin GRANT

XIX. Note on the Aphanapteryxr of the Mauritius and of the

Chatham-Islands. By H.O:. FoReEs.... ..,....)...0-¢..3e eee ee 65

New Book :—Wild Spain (Espana agreste): Records of Sport with

Rifle, Rod, and Gun, Natural History and Exploration. By

ABEL CHAPMAN and Watter J. Buck

Proceedings of the Geological Society ................00--0- 70—72

Circulatory Apparatus of Mygale cementaria, Walck., by M. M.

Causard ; On further Evidences of Devterosaurus and Rhopa-

lodon from the Permian Rocks of Russia, by H. G. Seely, F.R.S. ;

On a Terrestrial Leech from Chili, by M. Raphael Blanchard. 72—

NUMBER LXVIII.

XX. A Contribution to the Study of Neotropical Scorpions. By

R. I. Pocock, of the British (Nat. Hist.) Museum. (Plates V. &

NWT, A) 55 See SRC Les SER I eh Pees oe eas. ss ee 77

XXI. Descriptions of Twenty new Species of Terrestrial and Flu-

viatile Mollusca from South Africa. By JamEs Cosmo MELvILu,

M.A., F.L.S., and Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S. (Plate IIL)..

XXII. On some Ethiopian Pentatomide of the Group Halyine.

By E. Berecrorn, M.D.

XXIII. On some Corecde of the Order Rhynchota. By W. L.

DISTANT

XXIV. The Origin of the Organs of Salpa. By W. K. Brooxs . 123

XXV. Descriptions of Three new Species of the Genus Jletica

(Cantharide) in the Collection of the British Museum. By Mrs. M.

Ki Troms.” (Plates Vib a eas ays <b ore sm 0 eR 188

XXVI. Contributions towards a General History of the Marine

Polyzoa, 1880-91.—Appendix. By the Rey. THomas Huincxs,

BiA., ERS:

XXVIII. New Geometers. By Col. C. Swivnog, M.A., F.LS., &. 147

Cement-glands and Origin of Egg-membranes in the Lobster, by

Francis H. Herrick, of Adelbert College ; Notes on some Mexican

Coceide, by T. D. A. Cockerelitne sama. oo es scan eee 158-160

CONTENTS. Vv

NUMBER LXIX.

Page

XXVIII. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. cu

URE EMEP ELOUN ce letcerc sce Pele ca og foie tuals nip. eiera a» ou ae *Sagdilelh

XXIX. On an Abnormal Specimen of Antedon rosacea. By

Herpert C. CHapwick (from the Zoological Laboratory of the

Mien e Meee). Cb inte™ Wy LLE, yates cc eetscopsi aie vig idle Miahatetcaa ae 6 alee Ns 195

XXX. List of the Fishes collected by Mr. E. W. Oates in the

Southern Shan States, and presented by him to the British Museum.

Bye Ge eA peEAQ ETRE a! fat aciotl feted «fa iu ate! Saie, sjonabevarereeaiarapesse- alt beds 198

XXXI. Note on Tarentola americana, Gray. By G. A. BoULENGER 204

XXXII. Description of a Second Species of the Carnivorous Genus

Nandinia, from Southern Nyassaland. By OLtpFietp THomas .... 205

XXXII. Description of a new Deer from Mount Dulit, Eastern

Sarawak. By Cuarues Hoss, Resident of Baram, Sarawak...... 206

XXXIV. On a small Collection of Lepidoptera from Darwin Har-

bour, Falkland Islands. By Artuur G. Buriter, Ph.D., F.LS.,

Tee N NE. aitst a ki Sap siete eye the) (ears cals iat Ie Pog ee twee A ost 207

XXXYV. New Species of Oriental Moths. By Col. C. Swryyor,

Wea ery BE Ra A ca Llet Sch ors a! ie Pehol n| xh nich oGPOLRIE Were. Sr Ree es 210

XXXVI. Onaremarkably sculptured Terrestrial Isopod from New

Zealand. By Grorcr M. THomson, F.L.S. (Plate IV.) ........ 225

XXXVIT. On a Reptilian Tooth with two Roots. By H. G.

SRCEMONG SEE LU SEA ir Sad Oxia ste heyy sete: Boao eatied guiness 4 DOE

XXXVIII. Descriptions of Two new North-Bornean Mammals.

YOM nMCLD: LHOMAS. (Plate; VUE. \is tochigs stem, om je suain deco ss 230

XXXIX. On Two new Members of the Genus Heteromys and Two

Guevecotoma. sDy OLDETELD THOMAS 27 \. ...6% Coctele Ga ae cee simels 233

The Bahama Amphiorus, by E. A. Andrews ..............+-.+.. 236

NUMBER LXX.

XL. On some new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. By THomMaAs

Scott, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, and

AENPOREW CONE IGE HECS) OC — LDL) ars. + re Sed kos Kone the gheme 237

XLI. A few Synonymical Notes upon African Lepidoptera, By

W. J. Hotzanp, Ph. De OSB NMR a cial sr~: hace) Siac tk aie a tae See, 246

XLII. Description of the Anatomy &c. of a new Species and

Variety of Arion. By Wattrr EK. Cottiner, Demonstrator of

Biology, Mason College, Birmingham. (Plate IX.) DOWN maa em prey cad 252

XLII. New Shecies of Oriental Lepidoptera. By Col. C.

SwinuHoF, M.A., F.L.S., & 254

wale CF 6 6) Oe Oe we Cece 8 ewe Cveye em 8a born 6 ee 2. 88) ee

vl CONTENTS.

Page

XLIV. Description of a new Species of the Butterfly Genus Cha-

races. By Anruur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c. ...... 266

XLV. Descriptions of Two new Rodents from the Victoria

Nyanze, (By OLDFIRED THOMAS (2c 7 Alain: somes © «+ biel clome 267

XLVI. On some of the Larger Species of Geomys. By OLDFIET.D

OMAR oer. seis tssore fs" ore eda ta eee RSE Tis oobi ot Peau BIC 269

XLVII. Description of a new Snake from the Gold Coast. By

GPS O UILRING HR 5, oncse loins cc iol etele she thes wings cus ge sore sactisese: ope egenake 273

XLVIII. Supplemental Note on a Double-rooted Tooth from the

Purbeck Beds in the British Museum. By H. G. Ser tey, F.R.S... 274

XLIX. Observations on the Genus Sphenia, with Descriptions of

new Species. By Encar A. Smira. (Plate XV.A.).....°.5..:. 277

L. Paleichthyological Notes. By A, Smrra Woopwarb, F.L.S.,

of the British Museum (Natural History). (Plate X.)............ 281

LI. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By

Captain dios eB ROUN I «ona oe eke e skitohas «Sikeston: aun Een 288

LIL. Notes on the Classitication of Scorpions, followed by some

Observations upon Synonymy, with Descriptions of new Genera and

Species. By hk. 1. Pocock, of the British (Natural History) Museum.

(Platese hy). arid BAW AB.) rsicee wceearelveracie te euvetemeterescretene na aye tentete 303

New Book :—A Classed and Annotated Bibliography of the Palzo-

zoic Crustacea, 1698-1892, to which is added a Catalogue of

- North-American Species. By AnrHony W. VoGpES ........ 331

Proceedings of the Geological Society .............e0eseeees 332, 333

On Hybrids or Mongrels with two Male Parents, by T. D. A. Cock-

erell; On the Identity of the “Cotton Spinner” (Holothuria

nigra) of English Authors with Holothuria Forskalii, Chiaje,

and on the Occurrence of Cucumaria Koellikeri, Semp., in the

Atlantic Ocean, by Dr. Emil von Marenzeller; On the Habits

of Blennius sphynx, Cuv. & Val., and of Blennius Montagut,

Fleming, by M. Irédéric Guitel ; A Synopsis of the European

Newts, by Dr. J. von Bedriaga, of Nice,,...........60. 333—338

NUMBER LXXI.

LUI. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rey. Canon

Norman, M.A.;)D:C:L.) BRS.) de. (Plate OV 1p) cae ah 541

LIV. On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera belonging to

the Family Lagriide, from Tasmania. By G. C. CHampron, F.Z.8. 367

LV. On the Nutrition of the Sa/pa Embryo. By W. K. Brooks, 369

CONTENTS.

LVI. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By

Captain THos. Broun

Wie oO NO OS wr SL eis win el «(0s ele 6 Oe ws 6's Sivide eles ole

LVIL. Further notes on Fossil Fishes from the Karoo Formation

of South Africa. By A.SmiraH Woopwarp, F.L.S. (Plate XVIL.) :

LYIII. On some British Upper-Jurassic Fish-remains, of the

Genera Caturus, Gyrodus, and Notidanus. By A. Smira Woop-

prateeeOeerse (Lace DON LET, ) i «se crane siecraiane'e Siar syd oe Haid oaieteis's

LIX. Two new Coccide from New Mexico. By T. D. A. Cocx-

ERELL

Seiaiel* 0.001070) 5) &. 6118) 04'¢ 6) a 9 ©. 6) erehe ms) « ais) a) Ssele a @ Olb ian ala. @ 06) Se(e aja ol oid

New Book :—Travel and Adventure in South-east Africa: being the

Narrative of the last eleven years spent by the Author on the

Zambesi and its Tributaries; with an Account of the Coloniza-

tion of Mashunaland, and the progress of the Gold Industry of

that Country. Ky Freperick CourTENEY SeExovs, C.M.ZS.

Holothuria nigra, Gray, and its Synonymy, by the Rev. Canon A. M.

Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S:, &c.; The Phylogeny of the

Docoglossa, by W. H. Dall; On the Occurrence of Avion lusi-

tanicus, Mab., in the British Isles, and Descriptions of Four new

Varieties, by Walter E. Collinge, Mason College, Birmingham ;

On the Mechanism of the Production of Light in Orya barbarica

Vil

Page

374

406

gf Algeria, by M. Kapliael Dubois! ooo. os io. ee 409—415

NUMBER LXXII,

LX. A Contribution to the Morphology of the Limbs and Mouth-

parts of Crustaceans and Insects. By Dr, H. J. Hansen, of Copen-

See UE SM NS adn letone untae Pele ipwAe w 0m bw Cie ten. aR actus pele

LXI. Descriptions of new Australian Hesperiidae. By W. F.

Kirsy, Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum

aan Mm EEA OUY, V9 522, oo la ap Me Seohige-Arafes'sia Bad & dha mon oie eID he one

LXII. On a new Species of Zamenis and a new Species of Bufo

from Egypt. By Dr. JoHN ANDERSON, F.R.S.............200005

LXIII. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev. Canon

Normay, M.A., D.C.L., F.RS., &e. (Plate XIX.)........

LXIV. On some new or little-known Species of Coleoptera from

the East. By the Hon. Watrer Roruscuip and Dr. K. Jorpan.

LXV. Two new Species of Lepidoptera from German New Guinea.

By the Hon. Water Roruscuixp and Dr. K. Jorpan..........

LXVI. On a Small Collection of Lepidoptera from Chili. By

Antuur G. Burrier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

417

Viil XONTENTS.

Page

New Book:—Elementary Paleontology for Geological Students.

Hy AENRY WOODS; 13,4... ocice's S Cree et. ee 467

Cucumaria Montagui (Fleming) and its Synonymy, by the Rev.

Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e.; On the Sali-

vary Apparatus of Birds, by Dr. A.-H. Pilliet; On the Deve-

lopment of the Branchial Pouches and Aortic Arches in Marine

Turtles, from Investigations upon Embryos of Chelonia viridis,

by Dr. J. F. yan Bemmelen, of Batavia; Observations on the

Karyokinetic Phenomena in the Cells of the Blastoderm of

Teleosteans, by MM. E. Bataillon and R. Kehler; On the

Cerebral Nuclei of Myriopods, by M. Joannes Chatin.... 469—481

PLATES IN VOL. XIL.

PiaTE I. Generative System in Testacella.

II. Coxal Glands of Scorpio.

III. New Mollusca from South Africa.

IV. Terrestrial Isopod from New Zealand.

V. Neotropical Scorpions.

VI. A. Neotropical Scorpions.—B. New Species of Iletica.

VII. Semmopithecus sabanus.

VIII. Abnormal Specimen of Antedon rosacea.

IX. Anatomy of a new Species of Arion.

X. Fish-remains.

XII.$ New Crustacea from Scotland.

XIV. New Genera and Species of Scorpions.

XV. <A. New Species of Sphenia.—B. New Scorpions.

XVI. Mollusca from Trondhjem Fiord.

XVII. Fossil Fishes from South Africa.

XVIII. British Upper-Jurassic Fishes.

XIX. Polyzoa from Trondhjem Fiord.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

eeepencnonecocosos per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice yirgineo teneros hic earpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl, 1.

No. 67. JULY 1893.

I.— Observations on the Origin of Hair and on Scales

in Mammals. By Max WEBER*.

No structure is more characteristic of Mammals than the

hairy covering. From a physiological standpoint also it is

in many respects a very significant organ, and on this head

naturalists are generally agreed.

In striking contrast to this conviction is our ignorance as

to the origin of this important structure. If we are unwilling

to regard hair as an organ sui generis, our knowledge as to its

phylogeny does not rise above the level of hypotheses.

There are two hypotheses which may be mentioned.

Of these one which has been repeatedly expressed assumes

that hair, feathers, and scales are comparable structures, and

that the two former have developed from scales or scale-like

formations. The latter conclusion is to a certain extent an

evident one, in so far as scales are more primitive contrivances

on the part of the integument, and are characteristic of the

Reptiles, which are inferior to the Birds and Mammals in

position.

* Translated from the ‘Anatomischer Anzeiger,’ viii. Jahrg., nos. 12

and 13, May 13, 1893, pp. 413-423,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 1

2 Herr Max Weber on the Origin of Hair

As regards hair this hypothesis is not without opponents,

who, however, have attacked it only in so far as it deals with

the development of the three structures.

A second hypothesis as to the origin of hair has recently

been advanced by Maurer*. This author finds it quite

impossible to emphasize sufficiently the difference that exists

between scales, feathers, and hair as regards the manner of

their earliest development. He states, however, that a great

agreement is found between the earliest rudiments of reptilian

scales and feathers, since in both cases the rudiment consists

of a papilla of the corium, above which the epidermis at first

extends unaltered. A hair, on the other hand, arises,

according to Maurer, as an epithelial bud, wherein the corium

in the first instance takes no share whatever T, though it soon

afterwards doesso. Nevertheless he admits that the epithelial

rudiment of the hair frequently originates upon the summit of

a previously-formed papilla of the corium. He regards,

however, ‘‘ the relation of the hair-rudiment to the corium-

papilla as a purely topographical one.” Maurer then proceeds

to explain why a large cutis-papilla of this kind has nothing

to do with the hair-rudiment as such. He states that it

never becomes the hair-papilla; the permanent hair-papilla

is always a subsequent formation. Since Maurer then goes

on to assert that he “ascribes great importance to the primi-

tive cutis-papilla,” and that ‘it is undoubtedly homologous

with the primitive feather-papilla and with the primitive

* “Morphologisches Jahrbuch,’ Bd. xviii. p. 717.

+ Maurer, however, even in his earliest stages already figures a co-

existent first rudiment of the subsequent connective-tissue hair-follicle,

According to this, therefore, the cutis would participate in the formation

of the hair just as soon as the epidermis. The following consideration

might perhaps have been worthy of mention. The high degree of

specialization which hair has attamed indicates a long previous history,

The specialization was directed towards longitudinal growth, conse-

quently to the production of corneous matter, and therefore to advanced

functional capacity of the epithelial portion of the hair. That this finally

made itself apparent in the individual development also of the hair by

means of precocious pero pen of the epithelial portion as soon as the

first rudiment of the hair was formed, while the connective-tissue portion,

on the contrary, underwent a regressive process, appears to me to be a

point that at least deserves to be mentioned. It would be conceivable

that the recession in point of time also on the part of the papilla, which

subsequently becomes the hair-papilla, did not take place until the class

of hair-bearing animals (“ Haartiere”) was reached. It would not be the

first instance of the gradual acquisition by a composite organ of an onto-

genetic development which no longer harmonizes with its phylogenetic

evolution. Since in considering the very important question of the

phylogeny of hair it certainly behoves us to be cautious, this point should

at least be touched upon.

and on Scales in Mammals. 3

rudiment of the reptilian scale,’ we may deduce the following

conclusions. In the Mammalian integument primary corium-

papille may first appear which are homologous with the

scales of Reptiles and are of only transitory duration. Upon

these secondary but permanent hair-papille may develop,

though never until the formation of the epithelial hair-bud

has taken place. Hair-rudiments may, however, also be

formed in the smooth skin.

The epithelial hair-bud is derived by Maurer from nerve-

end eminences, as found in Pisces and Amphibia. In very

instructive fashion Maurer develops step by step the points in

which the two organs agree. Finally he shows how, in the

modification of a specific integumentary sense-organ of the

Amphibia into a simple sensory dermal organ like hair, a

change of function must occur. This was probably ushered

in by the loss on the part of the integumentary sense-organ,

owing to adaptation to terrestrial life, of its primary sensory

nerves (which came from the vagus), and the acquisition of

simple sensory branches of spinal nerves. By this means it

became a sensory organ of the integument without specific

character, and capable of further development into the hair.

A rudimentary Amphibian integumentary sense-organ,

evincing a tendency towards the formation of corneous matter,

is indeed a long way from a hair; yet the interval can be

traversed by the train of thought which sets up the

hypothesis.

Greater difficulty is found in arriving at the hairy coat.

Maurer’s deduction takes the following shape. ~The aforesaid

integumentary sense-organs of Amphibia were originally

distributed in connexion with the ramus lateralis of the vagus

nerve. In old animals “it is possible to demonstrate a multi-

plication of the organs, a dissolution of the three rows which

were originally present. The rows become indistinct. At

the same time in the groups of organs an indication of the

formation of rows is still demonstrable.” Further on we

read (p. 795) :—‘ In the arrangement of Mammalian hairs

also it is always possible to recognize to a certain extent the

formation of rows. I regard these as vestiges of the regular

arrangement of the integumentary sense-organs in Amphibia.”

Upon what this conception is based is not clear. The third

term of the comparison must, however, be the manner of the

arrangement of the rows of hairs and of the rows of dermal

sense-organs. We miss the proof of a similarity in this

respect. Of the rows of Amphibian integumentary sense-

organs it was merely stated a few lines before that they

become indistinct, but that in the groups of organs an indica-

4 Herr Max Weber on the Origin of Hair

tion of the formation of rows is still demonstrable. And with

reference to hairs we read on page 722 that, contrary to

feathers which are arranged in constant rows, “‘ they are more

uniformly distributed over the entire body ; it is true that

they sometimes form rows, but these are not referable to the

arrangement exhibited by the scales of Reptiles.”

Tt is certainly not my intention to call to account the

respected author, who is also responsible for this suggestive

investigation, for possible trivial discrepancies. ‘These, how-

ever, point to the slight extent and the vagueness of our

knowledge as to the arrangement of the hair. And yet this

very elementary question plays no unimportant part in the

whole matter.

In opposition to Maurer’s repeated assertion that the

arrangement of hairs is not referable to that of Reptilian

scales, J should like to attempt to prove that such may well

be the case.

A close investigation * into the structure and development

of the so-called scales of Manis taught me, in connexion with

the studies made by Leydig +, that they are horny scutes

which rest upon an enormous papilla of the cutis. The latter

is a bilaterally symmetrical flattened elevation of the derm,

which is bent in towards the tail, and upon which a dorsal

and a ventral surface can accordingly be distinguished.

Arranged in imbricated fashion, these scales differ from those

of Reptiles only in subordinate points, corresponding to the

difference which is inherent in the Reptilian and Mammalian

integument as such. In consequence of this it is true that a

perfect homology between the scales of Manis and those of

Reptiles is out of the question; but I certainly thought it

possible to conclude that both arose from common ground,

and that even the scales of the Manid are structures which

are to be derived from the scales of primitive Reptiles. If

this conception is correct, we must expect that elsewhere also

among Mammals dermal structures still persist which, without

making too long a detour, can be traced back to Reptilian

scales. This, too, is actually the case. I found a coat of

scales upon the tail of Anomalurus, Myrmecophaga jubata,

M. tamandua, Didelphys, Mus, and Castor canadensis. 'The

scales were always—although in different stages of degenera-

tion and modification—constructed according to the same

type, as is shown at once by my numerous figures. Hairs

* Max Weber, ‘Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederliind.

Ost-Indien,’ Leiden, 1892, Bd. ii. p. 5.

ne Leydig, Muller’s ‘ Archiv fiir Anatomie und Physiologie,’ 1859,

p. 704.

and on Scales in Mammals. 5

are always wanting upon these scales, but they appear behind

and sometimes also between them. Where the scales are

well developed slight development of the hair is usually

noticeable. This is especially striking in the case of so-called

naked tails. Naked indeed they are not, e.g. the tails of rats

and mice, but the quadrangular scales are here arranged in

rings. Behind each scale project the hairs, which accordingly

assume a verticillate arrangement. In other forms (Dedelphys,

Myrmecophaga tamandua) the scales are imbricated and the

scanty hairs appear behind them. These different conditions

led me to the important conclusion that the scales are the

primary structures and that the arrangement of the hairs is

due to them. This proposition is literally confirmed by

Romer *, in his recently-published investigations upon the

armature of the armadillos. The author referred to found

this armature—apart from the ossification which subsequently

sets in—to be composed of scales, ‘‘ to which he attaches the

morphological value of a scale in the sense of the scales of

Reptiles.”

My earlier investigations led me to conclude that in former

times Mammals in general were provided with a coat of scales

which in the case of Manis, albeit in a peculiarly specialized

manner, still extends over the entire body, so far as it is

turned towards the light. Elsewhere, on the contrary, I

found it still persisting upon the tail alone. This point

naturally attracted attention, and to a certain extent the

following explanation seemed to suggest itself :—The tail, as

a terminal structure of the body which has in many cases not

undergone specialization, might have preserved more primitive

conditions in its integument than the trunk. For the trunk

a thick coat of hair was of importance, if only to preserve the

animal heat. A hairy coat of this kind naturally came into

conflict with the covering of scales, as to which proofs will be

furnished later.

In spite of this, my hypothesis here exhibited its weak

side +. Hence it was inevitable that there should arise, to a

certain extent of itself, the question whether there are still

found in the case of other Mammals, and also in other places,

indications of a coat of scales, or at least indications of the

previous existence of such a coat.

* Romer, Jenaische Zeitschr. f. Naturw. Bd. xxvii., 1893, p. 643.

+ This was, moreover, not entirely disposed of by the observation made

in the meantime by von Jentink (in Max Weber's ‘ Zoologische Ergeb-

nisse einer Reise in Niederliind. Ost-Indien,’ Bd. iii. p. 81), that also in

the case of mice scales appear upon the extremities,—an observation

which was extended by de Meijere (/, 2c.) to numerous Rodentia, to

Dasypodide, and especially to Insectivora.

6 Herr Max Weber on the Origin of Hair

The response to this question must be connected with my

observation already mentioned, that the hairs appear behind

the scales, never upon them. In consequence of this I came

to the conclusion that the hairs are dependent upon the scales

in their arrangement. If the scales are imbricated, which

was probably the primitive condition, the hairs must conse-

quently form alternating rows and groups. Now what. will

happen when the scales disappear? Will the hairs preserve

their arrangement, as though they still stood behind scales,

or will they lose this regular formation? In the event of the

first-mentioned case, we might conversely find in it the proof

of the former presence of scales. ‘The question to be

answered would therefore be, whether in scaleless Mammals, or

upon regions of the skin without scales, the hairs are so

arranged as though they stood behind scales.

The abundant literature upon the subject of hair supplied

no answer upon this point, since beyond incidental observa-

tions, with which there was really nothing to be done, it

contains nothing that touches the question. Now this problem

has been made by Heer J. C. H. de Meijere * the object of an

exhaustive investigation, which was conducted in my labora-

tory, and will shortly also be made accessible in a German

form to a wider circle of interested students. De Meijere

exumined two hundred and twenty species of Mammals, and

arrived at various surprising results, of which the following

is the only one that here concerns us. In the great majority

of cases the hairs are arranged in alternating groups, which

are formed in very different ways. As a primitive and very

simple condition must rank a group which consists of three

similar hairs. Usually, however, the hairs in a group are

more numerous. At the same time the hairs may issue from

isolated follicles or form bundles. De Meijere distinguishes

false bundles, which have arisen through fusion of follicles,

and genuine bundles. The latter probably arose through

the formation upon a follicle of several secondary ones. b

means of budding. It is an important fact that bundles of

this kind also appear in alternating groups. Now if we

further consider that upon the scale-bearing portions of the

integument the hairs represent alternating groups, and that

upon the scaleless portions they frequently form exactly such

groups, or that their arrangement is usually traceable thereto,

* De Meijere, ‘Over de haren der Zoogdieren in ’t byzonder over hunne

wijze van rangschikking,’ Dissert. Amsterdam, 1893,

+ The important occwrence of three hairs behind scales in mice has

already been pointed out by Jentink in the memoir previously quoted

(Zoolog. Ergebnisse, iii. p. 81).

and on Scales in Mammals. 7

we may well assume that the portions of the skin which are

now scaleless formerly likewise bore scales. The scales were

lost, but the arrangement of the hairs still exhibits their

former presence. At any rate, I do not know of any other

cause to mention such as would be capable of explaining the

regular alternating arrangement.

Through this important result of de Meijere’s investigation

my hypothesis acquires considerable support, just as con-

versely it explains and makes intelligible the observations of

de Meijere.

Rémer, who, in his thankworthy paper, by the inves-

tigation of the armature of the armadillos comes to the con-

clusion that this is likewise composed of scales, conforms

entirely to my view with regard to their morphological value.

In two points, however, he differs from me. In the first

place he considers scales to be a secondary acquisition on the

part of Mammals.

It would appear to me that the entire series of de Meijere’s

results is a continuous argument against this view. The

arrangement of the hairs points to the former general exist-

ence of a coat of scales. ‘lhe facts bearing upon this were,

however, still unknown when Rémer concluded his investi-

gations. But even the facts of the case, as my investigation

left them, must plead against the view that the scales have

been secondarily acquired ; for if so we should have to explain

the repeated occurrence of scales as being due to conver-

gence. I am certainly imbued with the importance of the

phenomena of convergence in Mammals. | have even so

long ago as 1886, in my paper on the origin of the Cetacea,

pointed out probably more than my predecessors the import-

ance of this process. - But there is a limit in all things.

Rémer* writes (p. 546) :—*Manis and Dasypus are to be

derived from true hair-bearing animals, and their present

scale-like body-covering is to be regarded as a new acquisi-

tion of a secondary nature, which has arisen in consequence

of adaptation to the similar burrowing mode of life...” I

will pass over the fact that the mode of life of the species of

Manis is in part very dissimilar from that of the Dasypodidz.

Manis tricuspis, Rat., and M. longicaudata, Briss., are exclu-

sively arboreal, and M. javanica, Desm., partially so. Further-

more, M/. crassicaudata, St.-Hil., and MM. aurita, Hodgs., are

also climbers ; but both are actually capable of digging holes

to dwell in. Manis gigantea, Il., and M. Temminckit,

Smuts, are the only species which are exclusively terrestrial.

* F. Romer, Jenaische Zeitschrift f. Naturw. Bd, xxvii.

8 Herr Max Weber on the Origin of Hair

Yet even were the Manide also burrowers in the sense that

the Dasypodide are, it would certainly be surprising that

among the large number of most pronounced burrowers

among Marsupials, Insectivores, and Rodents not a single one

should have acquired a coat of scales. Further on we read

(p. 547) :—“ As their embryology shows, both originate from

true, typical, hair-pearing animals, which in consequence of

a newly adopted mode of life have acquired a new_body-

covering.” Much is here demanded of embryology. Yet we

find in Rémer’s paper no new facts as to the development of

the integument in Manis, but merely the statement (p. 545) :

“The origin of the scales, which are strikingly large in the

case of the small Manide, may well be explained by the fusion

of several small scales... .’’ This mode of explanation is a

personal one on the part of Rémer. I have exerted myself

to discover the development of the scales on his behalf, from

their earliest appearance onwards, but have observed no trace

whatever of a fusion of the scales. Since the investigation

is a very easy one, I have no reason to deviate from what I

saw and to adopt an explanation which is not based upon

observation.

But also the manner of the occurrence of the scales in

Mammals tells against the view that they are to be regarded

as a new acquisition of a secondary character in connexion

with the mode of life. A few examples may make this

clear.

Myrmecophaga tamandua, whose climbing tail is but thinly

clothed with hair, has the scales but little more strongly

developed than the exclusively terrestrial MW. jubata, whose

tail is thickly clothed with bushy hair, and in spite of that

bears scales. Myrmecophaga (Cyclothurus) didactyla, with an

exclusively arboreal mode of life and a typical prehensile tail,

has no trace of scales. Of Ptilocercus and Tupaja, which are

the only arboreal Insectivores, Ptilocercus has, as shown by

de Meijere, well-developed polygonal caudal scales, while

Tupagja, with a precisely similar mode of life, has nothing of

the kind. Tarscus spectrum of authors comprises, as I was

able to prove *, two species precisely similar in their mode of

life. Of these the one, Yarsius fuscomanus, Fisch., has

distinct scales on a hairy tail, while the almost bare tail of

the other, 7’. spectrum, Pall., is entirely without them. Scales

were found by de Meijere upon the thickly haired tails of

Petrogale penicillata and Macropus ruficollis, while in the case

* Max Weber, ‘ Zoolog. Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederl. Ost-Indien,’

Leiden, 1693, Bd. iii. p. 260.

and on Scales in Mammals. 9

of other species of Macropus, which use their tails in a pre-

cisely similar fashion, scales are wanting. What advantage

does the short tail of Perameles doreyanus derive from its

well-developed coat of scales, while the similarly constituted

tails of Perameles Gunni and P. obesula are scaleless? ‘The

species of Phalanger with a typical prehensile tail are without

a coat of scales, and the same applies to the prehensile tails

of monkeys. The arboreal Sciuride, too, have scaleless tails.

The large rows of scales on the ventral surface of the root of

the tail of the Anomaluride are a specialization and a further

development from small scales, which cover the entire tail.

Moreover, what is the nature of the adaptation that causes

the extremities of many Marsupialia, Rodentia, and especially

Insectivora to bear scales or indications of such ?

The foregoing examples clearly illustrate the irregularity

of the occurrence of scales even in the case of most closely

allied species, as well as their independence of the mode of

life of the animals. They become intelligible when we con-

sider them from the point of view that scales are rudimentary

structures, which have persisted in different degrees or in

part already disappeared, and only in altogether isolated

cases underwent further development in a specialized form

(Manide, Dasypodide, Castor, Anomalurus). Romer, on

the contrary, considers that the scales “‘ are secondary pheno-

mena of adaptation, which were acquired by true hair-bearing

animals, since they were more advantageous to them for their

mode of life, e. g. for the tail as a prehensile and supporting

organ, than the less firm coat of hair.”

On the other hand, Romer justly ascribes to me the view,

that I held it to be improbable that the scales had developed

as structures entirely new and without an inherited basis.

In opposition to this Rémer observes, ‘ The inherited basis

is, however, supplied in the wonderful capacity for differen-

tiation possessed by the skin, which is indeed to be found in

all groups of animals.” What the respected author meant

to convey by this somewhat formal paraphrase of the fact

that the mammalian integument can actually produce scales,

I was unable to quite understand. I found the greater diffi-

culty in doing so since he goes on to state that “ the scale-

like coverings of Mammals, which develop in consequence of

a capacity of the integument inherited from the Reptiles, and

so to a certain extent are to be regarded as a case of ‘throwing-

back,’ justify the conclusion that such a covering was

formerly of general occurrence and clothed the entire body, or

at least the dorsal parts thereof.”

How great the agreement between us is may be gathered

10 On the Origin of Hair and on Scales in Mammals.

from my previous words (/. c. p. 14) :—‘‘ I do not maintain that

these scales, as they lie before us, are acquired from the

Reptiles, but I regard as that which is inherited only the

capacity of the caudal integument of Anomalurus to form

such scales.” And further on (p. 19) :—“‘ We had come to

the conclusion that the ‘scales’ of the Manide are structures

which are to be derived from the scales of Reptiles. From

our statement it will be clearly seen that we do not regard

the two organs as completely homologous. The considerable

difference between the horny scales of Reptiles and those of

the Manide has indeed already been expressly pointed out.

But we really believe that both had a common origin... .”

When, therefore, Romer proceeds to declare that we must

not, however, forget ‘‘ that we here have not before us scales

in their original form,” I cannot apply the admonition to

myself, if Romer by an “ original ” scale means a Reptilian

one. Now, however, comes the difference, for Rémer goes on

to write—“ but a secondary scale, which has developed anew

upon true hair-bearing animals, for that is proved by the

embryonic hairs of Manis * and Dasypus, and is traceable to

an adaptation of the skin to the mode of life.” It is conse-

quently assumed by Rémer that Mammals, proceeding from

scaly Reptiles, lost their coat of scales, developed hairs, and

now could obtain scales once more only by adaptation to the

mode of life, and therefore as a “ secondary new acquisition.”

In my opinion, however, the primitive Mammals, which

developed from primitive, scaly, poikilothermic Reptiles, were

clothed with scales. Behind these scales small and sparse

hairs at first arose. Whether these were developed by modi-

fication from smaller scales or proceeded from nerve-end

eminences which were situated between the scales I do not

venture to decide.

With the production of the constant body-temperature

and of vigorous metabolism, wherein influences of tempera-

ture must have been decisive, the hairy coat acquired a better

development, since it protects the body against loss of heat by

radiation and conduction. With this the integument had

assumed its special Mammalian character, which also expressed

itself in the scales, especially in their horny superstructure.

Indeed I previously designated the difference between the Rep-

tilian and Mammalian scales as one of the kind that belongs to

the Reptilian and Mammalian integuments assuch. With the

increase in the number and size of the hairs, which conse-

* The embryonic hairs of Manis only prove that the hairs are formed

where they afterwards stand, consequently in always scanty numbers

behind the scales.

On North-American Insects. at

quently owed their arrangement to the scales, the scales

degenerated. In isolated cases only did they persist in a

specialized form over the greater portion of the body (Manide,

Dasypodide), otherwise usually upon the tail alone, and fre-

quently also upon the extremities. Generally, however, they

are already much reduced in the last-named region, and in

the case of the majority of Mammals every trace of scales

has disappeared. But very commonly the arrangement of the

hairs has still remained, as though they yet stood behind

scales. In this manner the hairs also point to the former

presence of scales.

Contrary to my desire, this paper has assumed the appear-

ance of a polemical character towards Rémer’s memoir. It

seemed to me, however, to be of importance that now, when

it is to be hoped that still further studies in a similar sense to

that of Rémer will advance the questions here touched upon,

the different views should be accurately expressed and their

mutual limits defined. By this means we shall attain a

precise idea of the question at issue, which cannot fail to be

advantageous.

Amsterdam, March 13, 1893.

I1.—List of Insects collected by Miss Elizabeth Taylor in

Western North America in the Summer of 1892. By

Artuur ‘G. Burier, F.L.8., F.Z.8., &c., and W. F.

Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.8., &e.

LEPIDOPTERA. By A. G. Butter.

Most of the species recorded in the following list were

obtained on the Slave River in the months of June and July.

The collection is of interest as extending our knowledge of

the range of species hitherto received from the Rocky

Mountains, California, &c. Two species are described as new

to science.

Of BurreRFLies twenty-three species are in the collection,

of which ten belong to the Nymphalide, four to the Lycenide,

six to the Papilionidee, and three to the Hesperiidae.

1. Anosta plexippus.

Papilio plexippus, Linnzeus, Mus, Lud, Ulr, p, 262 (1764),

?. Winnipeg, Manitoba, 11th September.

12 Messrs. A. G. Butler and W. F. Kirby on

2, Limenitis arthemis.

Papilio arthemis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. x. figs. 3, 4 (1778).

Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River, 9th July, and Fort Good

Hope, 18th July.

3. Argynnis atlantis.

Argynnis atlantis, Edwards, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1862, p. 54;

Butt. N. Amer., Arg. pl. v. (1868).

Fort MacMurray, Athabasca River, 17th August.

4, Brenthis myrina.

Papilio myrina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. elxxxix. B, C (1779).

Rapids of the Drowned, Slave River, Ist July, and Fort

Good Hope, 18th July.

5. Brenthis freja.

Papilio freja, Thunberg, Diss. Ins, Suec. ii. p. 34, pl. v. fig. 14 (1791).

Fort Good Hope, 18th July.

We have this species in the Museum from Repulse Bay.

6. Brenthis bellona.

Papilio bellona, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 517. n. 317 (1775).

Rapids of the Drowned, 29th June.

7. Phyciodes morpheus.

Papilio morpheus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 529. n. 370 (1775).

Rapids of the Drowned, 29th June.

8. Phyciodes gorgone.

Dryas reticulata gorgone, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. vol. i. pl. xl.

(1806-16).

Rapids of the Drowned, 28th June.

9. (nets bore.

Papilio bore, Esper, Eur. Schmett. i. 2, pl. c. fig. 1, pl. eviii. fig. 1

(1790).

Rapids of the Drowned, 28th June.

10. Caenonympha inornata.

Cenonympha inornata, Edwards, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1861,

p. 163.

Carberry, Western Manitoba.

North-American Insects. 13

11. Hveres comyntas.

Polyommatus comyntas, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 660. n. 147 (1823).

Rapids of the Drowned, 29th June.

12. Cupido lygdamus.

Polyommatus lygdamus, Doubleday, Entomologist, i. p. 209 (1842).

Athabasca River, 5th June.

13. Plebetus podarce.

Lycena podarce, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii p. 282, n. 359,

pl. xxxv. figs. 22, 23 (1865).

Rapids of the Drowned, 1st July.

14, Plebeius Scuddert.

Lycena Scudderi, Edwards, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, p. 164.

East bank of the Mackenzie River, 80 miles north of the

Arctic circle, 18th July.

15. Colias occidentalis ?

Colias occidentalis, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. p. 109

(1862).

Q var. ? Carberry, Western Manitoba.

This specimen has an orange flush on the primaries and is

not unlike some females of C. artadne excepting in its

superior size.

16. Colias interior ?

Colias interior, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. p. 108 (1862).

?. Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, 18th July.

It is quite possible that I have failed rightly to identify the

two preceding females of Colias ; in fact I do not believe that

anyone but Mr. W. H. Edwards could form any definite

opinion respecting them.

17. Ganoris hulda.

Pieris hulda, Edwards, Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. ii. p. 370 (1870).

Rapids of the Drowned, 29th and 30th June; Pulo River,

31 miles south-west of the Mackenzie Delta, 15th July.

We have specimens of this species in the Museum from

British Colombia.

18. Ganoris pallida,

Peeris pallida, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii. p, 183 (1861),

Winnipeg, Manitoba, 11th September.

14 Messrs. A. G. Butler and W. F. Kirby on

19. Huchloé simplonia.

Pontia simplonia, Freyer, Beitr. Schmett. ii. pl. Ixxiii. fig. 2 (1829).

Rapids of the Drowned, 29th June.

A second example of this species was in the “ Zeller ”

collection from Colorado labelled Anth. lanceolata. We have

no authenticated H. lanceolata, Boisd., in our collection ; but

the species so labelled is identical with EL. s’mplonia. From

E. ausonides, to which it is closely allied, it differs chiefly in

its inferior size and the smaller and narrower white markings

on under surface of secondaries,

20. Papilio turnus.

Papilio turnus, Linneus, Mant. Plant. p. 536 (1771).

Banks of Athabasca River, 3rd June; Rapids of the

Drowned, Slave River, 26th and 27th June and Ist July.

21. Erynnis colorado.

Pamphila colorado, Scudder, Mem, Bost. Soc. ii. p. 349, pl. x. figs. 16—

18, pl. xi. figs. 1, 2 (1874).

3 ¢. Rapids of the Drowned, 29th and 30th June.

22. Adopea, ? sp.

A single somewhat broken and headless example of a

species apparently allied to A. hylas, Edw., but with the

ground-colour of the wings almost black.

Carberry, Western Manitoba.

23. Thanaos martialis.

Nisoniades martialis, Scudder and Burgess, Proc, Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc.

xiii. p. 291, fig. 5 (1870).

Rapids of the Drowned, 29th June.

Of Morus twenty-two species were obtained, of which one

is a Sphingid, four are Noctue, and the remainder Geometra ;

of these the Noctuz are the most interesting and are, fortu-

nately, in the best condition.

24. Hemaris buffalvensis.

Hemorrhagia buffaloensis, Grote and Robinson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.

New York, viii. p, 487, pl. xvi. figs. 18, 19 (1867).

Banks of the Slave River, 26th June.

North-American Insects. 15

25. Acronycta lepusculina.

Acronycta lepusculina, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 46. n. 55 (1852).

Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, near the Arctic circle,

18th July.

26. Syneda petricola.

Euclidia petricola, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1462. n. 8 (1857).

Rapids of the Drowned, Ist July.

The type of this species was from the Rocky Mountains.

It is like a small pale form of S. divergens, Behr., and the

markings of the secondaries vary in the same way, the comma-

shaped discocellular black dash being either isolated or con-

nected by a bar to the submarginal band.

27. Huclidia annexa.

Euclidia anneva, H. Edwards, Entom. Amer. vi. p. 115 (1890).

Banks of the Slave River, 26th June; Rapids of the

Drowned, 28th June and Ist July.

The type specimen and others collected with it were obtained

in Oregon by Lord Walsingham.

28. Huclidia cuspidea.

Drasteria cuspidea, Hiibner, Sammi, exot. Schmett. Zutr. i. p- 16. n. 35,

figs. 69, 70,

Banks of the Slave River, 26th June; Rapids of the

Drowned, 30th June.

29. Metrocampa perlata.

Metrocampa perlata, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 128. n. 197,

Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, 18th July.

30. Cosymbia pendulinaria.

Ephyra pendulinaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 414. n. 674.

Rapids of the Drowned, 2nd July.

31. Deilinia exanthemata.

Phalena exanthemata, Scopoli, Ent. Carn. p. 218. n. 542.

Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake, in a marsh, at 2 P.M.

on the 7th July, and at 11.15 p.m. on the 9th July.

The specimens differ in no respect from European

examples ; they do, however, differ somewhat from the allied

D. erythemaria of the United States,

16 Messrs. A. G. Butler and W. F. Kirby on

32. Deilinia variolaria.

Cabera variolaria, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 56. n. 987.

Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, 18th July.

33. Physostegania lineata.

Physostegania lineata, Warren in litt.

Rapids of the Drowned, 4th . uly at 11.30 P.M.

This being a common Californian species, it is hardly

probable that it can have been overlooked by American

describers, and therefore I give the name for what it is worth

without diagnosis. The single example obtained is much

worn, but quite recognizable. .

34. Thamnonoma marcescaria.

Halia marcescaria, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 92. n. 1067.

9? Rapids of the Drowned, 4th July, at 11.30 p.m.

I believe this to be the female of 7. marcescarta, but as we

only possess one male of the species, it is difficult to decide

the point. The two insects differ in slight details of pattern,

which are probably of not more than sexual significance.

35. Thamnonoma brunneata.

Phalena brunneata, Thunberg, Diss. Ent. i. p. 9 (1784).

Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, 18th July.

I feel very doubtful respecting the identity of the uniformly

coloured. American species with the sharply lined European

species; but, seeing that Dr. Packard, in his Monograph,

calls the New-World form J’. brunneata, I abstain from

separating it without abundant material to prove its dis-

tinctness.

36. Thamnonoma gracilior, sp. n.

Allied to 7. brunneata, but smaller and more slender ;

ferruginous; the basal area, especially of the secondaries,

irrorated with blackish grey up to the median shade; the

latter narrow, dusky, dentate-sinuate on the primaries and

arched on the secondaries, where it is impinged upon by a

more or less defined blackish lunule on the discocellulars ;

postmedian line blackish, sinucus, almost bracket-shaped on

the primaries, limiting the external area, which is densely

irrorated with blackish grey (leaving the outer borders clear

in the female) ; the secondaries of the male are moreover

more or less densely irrorated throughout; marginal line

North-American Insects. Wi

slender, black ; fringe tawny ferruginous; body of the male

above blackish, the anal extremity with tawny bands Wings

below clear tawny, with blackish markings, the median shade

represented by an imperfect arched line, interrupted in the

male by black discocellular stigmata; postmedian line regu-

larly dentate-sinuate ; marginal line black as above:. pri-

maries with traces of the subbasal line. Body below dark

grey, sprinkled with tawny scales; the centre and anal

segments pale tawny ; legs ‘reamy white.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 25, 9 24 millim.

6. Rapids of the Drowned, Slave River, 1st July ;

?. Pulo River, near Mackenzie Delta, 15th July.

I have failed to discover any published description of this

very distinct species, and therefore have ventured to name it.

37. Tephrina, sp.

I have not discovered any name for this species, but we

have a fair series of it in the Museum from the Dalles and

Rouge River, collected by Lord Walsingham. It is there-

fore quite possible that Mr. H. Edwards may have described

it in one of his numerous papers on Californian Lepidoptera.

Rapids of the Drowned, 4th July.

38. Tephrina, sp.

A pair of an obscure little species in not very good con-

dition, the female headless.

3. Pulo River, near Mackenzie Delta, July 15th ;

@. Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, near the Arctic

circle, July 18th.

39. Coremia, ? sp.

A worn male specimen, for which I have failed to find a

name, from Fort Good Hope, July 18th.

40. Odezta albovittata.

Odexa albovittata, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 520. n. 1757.

Athabasca River, 17th and 20th June.

41. Hutype gothicata.

Melanippe gothicata, Guenée, Phal. ii, p. 388. n. 1521,

Rapids of the Drowned, 26th June.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 2

18 Messrs. A. G. Butler and W. F. Kirby on

42. Eutype obductata.

Cidaria obductata, Moeschler, Wien. ent. Monatschr. 1860, p. 374,

pl. x. fig. 3.

Pulo River, near Mackenzie Delta, 15th July.

PSEUDOSIONA, gen. nov.

Form of wings and short palpi as in Stona; pattern and

neuration similar to Hubolia, the subcostal branches of

secondaries (veins 6 and 7) being emitted separately; dis-

coidal cell much longer.

Type Pseudosiona Taylori.

43. Pseudosiona Taylori, sp. n.

Greyish white ; the wings being white, densely irrorated

with grey, with a darker spot on the upper discocellulars and

an oblique stripe of grey from costa near apex to inner

margin on all the wings; vertex of head and base of abdomen

whiter than the remainder of the body. The under surface

is whiter, the irorations less numerous but darker, the

markings also darker and browner; legs brownish; venter

indistinctly zoned with grey.

Expanse of wings 35 millim.

Pulo River, near Mackenzie River, 15th July, 1892.

44, Ochyria designata.

Phalena designata, Hufnagel, Berl. Mon. iy. p. 612.

Rapids of the Drowned, Ist July.

45, Larentia incursata.

Geometra incursata, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. Geom. fig. 351.

Rapids of the Drowned, Ist July.

COLEOPTERA.

Of the two Coleoptera obtained by Miss Taylor, Mr. C. O.

Waterhouse has given me the following note :-—

““ A single specimen of one of the Elateride— Corymbites—

very near C. eripennis, Kirby, but with rather longer elytra ;

possibly distinct. I have not, however, material to enable me

to determine it at present. This was taken at the Great

Rapids, Athabasca River, on June 9th, 1892.

“The other is Upis cerambotdes, L., which has a wide

geographical range, occurring in Saskatchewan &c. This

was taken on the banks of the Slave River, June 6th.”

North-American Insects. 19

HYMENOPTERA, RHYNCHOTA, NEUROPTERA,

AND ORTHOPTERA, By W. F, Kirsy.

Only a few species of these orders were obtained, and in

most cases only single specimens. Some of these belong to

well-known and widely distributed North-American species ;

but several of the remainder belong to imperfectly studied

groups, in which the genera only can be determined with

certainty from the materials before us. Most of the specimens

hea taken at Carberry, Western Manitoba, on August 4,

HYMENOPTERA.

1. Nematus erythrogaster (?).

Nematus erythrogaster, Norton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. iii. p. 8 (1864) ;

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. i. p. 205 (1867).

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

Norton’s species is recorded from the United States and

Canada. His type was from Massachusetts.

2. Sirex albicornis.

Sirex albicornis, Faby. Spec. Ins. i. p, 419. n. 9 (1781).

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

Widely distributed throughout the northern part of North

America, being met with from Newfoundland to Vancouver’s

Island.

3. Strex bizonatus.

Sirex bizonatus, Steph. Ill. Brit. Ent., Mand. vii. p. 114, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2

(1835).

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892; Athabasca River, Aug. 15, 1892.

As common and widely distributed a species as the last.

4, Ichneumon, sp.

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

5. Mesoleptus, sp.

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

6. Mimesa borealis.

Mimesa borealis, Pack. Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. vi. p. 408 (1867).

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

Described by Packard from Canada. This species will

20 On North-American Insects.

ultimately require a new name, unless it has already been

redescribed in America, as it is quite distinct from MZ. borealis,

Smith, a black insect from Labuan, with which Dr. Packard

has confounded it.

7. Vespa maculata.

Vespa maculata, Linn, Amcen. Acad, vi. p. 412. n. 91 (1764).

Slave River.

The commonest of the North-American wasps, and very

distinct from any European species.

8. Celioxys, sp.

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

RHYNCHOTA.

1. Rhyparochromus, sp.

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

2. Cicada pruinosa.

Cicada pruinosa, Say, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 330 (1825).

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

A common North-American species.

3. Glossonotus, sp.

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

NEUROPTERA.

1. Enallagma boreale.

Enallagma boreale, De Selys, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 242 (1875).

Rapids of the Drowned, June 29, 1892.

Described by De Selys from Newfoundland.

2. Pteronarcys proteus.

Pteronarcys proteus, Newm. Ent. Mag. v. p. 177 (1838).

Grand Rapids, Athabasca River, June 6, 1892.

The specimens in the British Museum are from New York

and Mackenzie River.

3. Isogenus frontalis.

Tsogenus frontalis, Newm. Ent. Mag. v. p. 178 (1888).

Grand Rapids, Athabasca River, June 10, 1892.

On the Generative System in the Genus Testacella. 21

Recorded from Trenton Falls, New York, and St. Martin’s

Falls, Albany River, Hudson’s Bay.

4, Limnophilus, sp.

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

ORTHOPTERA.

1. Arphia sulphurea.

Gryllus sulphureus, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. p. 369. n. 39 (1781).

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

A common North-American species.

2. Stenobothrus, sp.

Carberry, July 11 and Aug. 4, 1892.

Ill.—The Morphology of the Generative System in the

Genus Testacella. By WaAttTEer E. CoLuince, Demon-

strator of Biology, Mason College, Birmingham.

: [Plate I.]

ConsIDERING how plentiful and widely distributed the three

British species of this genus are, and the interesting relations

that exist between the Testacelle and a number of genera not

found in Great Britain, it is somewhat surprising to find that

they have received so little attention from malacologists in

this country.

One of the most valuable and important works upon the

European slugs is that by Dr. Simroth *, published in 1886,

in which he drew attention to the importance of the genera-

tive and alimentary systems as a basis for classification ; and,

although I think it very desirable when describing new

species of slugs to fully describe the general anatomy of the

same, this valuable monograph has been the means of placing

the study of the slugs upon a more rational basis than it has

hitherto occupied, and has given students a ready means of

distinguishing one species from another by the morphology

of the reproductive organs.

Dr. Scharff, in his admirable account of the Irish slugs fT,

* Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1885, vol. xlii. pp. 203-366, 5 pls.

+ Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. 1891, vol. iv. ser, 2, pp. 513-562, 2 pls.

22 Mr. W. E. Collinge on the

has figured and described the generative system of most of

the slugs found in this country, and I have more recently

described * the same system in a number of Arvons not found

in Ireland or not known as occurring in the British Isles at

the time Dr. Scharff wrote. A similar description, with

figures of the Testacelle, is, I think, desirable.

My best thanks are due to Mr. J. G. C. Taunton, of Mason

College, for the abundance of material which he has been

good enough to procure for me, and also to Messrs. Morris

Young, E. W. Swanton, and Charles Oldham for specimens

which they from time to time have favoured me with.

Testacella haliotidea, Drap. (PI. I. figs. 1 and 4.)

It will be unnecessary to dwell at any length upon the

system in more than one species, as it is one of comparative

simplicity. I shall therefore describe in detail the individual

organs in this species, and point out in the two following ones

the various differences and modifications, and then briefly

compare the three.

The vestibule opens into a dilated vagina, from which the

receptacular duct is given off. At the point of juncture of

the vestibule and vagina the penis passes off; it is a long

curved organ, the anterior portion of which is sometimes

dilated in a somewhat cecal-like form, as shown in PI, I.

fig. 4. This must not be regarded as the typical form of the

penis. I would specially draw attention to this fact, as it

has been figured and described as such } and certain compa-

risons instituted between the form of the organ in 7. halio-

tidea and T. scutulum. A reference to Lacaze-Duthiers’s

well-known paper and accurate figures { supports my state-

ment. The direct continuation of the penis is the vas

deferens; from the point of juncture of the two organs a long

dilated flagellum is given off laterally. In the paper just

cited Mr. J. W. Taylor very wrongly describes the vas

deferens as passing off laterally from the penis and flagellum

whereas, as previously stated, the vas deferens is a direct

continuation of the penis. In none of the European Testa-

celle which I have examined does the vas deferens differ in

its relation to the penis from the same organ in any other

slug; that is to say, although it may externally appear to

pass off from the penis as a lateral tube, morphologically it is

* ¢Conchologist,’ 1892, vol. ii. pp. 56-66 and 76-83 ; also 1893, vol. ii.

pp. 118-117.

+ Journ. Conch. 1888, pp. 837-347.

{ Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén. 1887, vol. v. pp. 459-596, 12 pls.

Generative System in the Genus Testacella. 23

the direct continuation of that organ. The receptacular duct

arises from the most anterior portion of the vagina; it is a

fairly wide tube, which opens into a dilated and slightly

oval-shaped sac, the receptaculum seminis. The vagina in

the majority of the Testacellide is of great length. This

feature is more marked in 7’. scutulum and T. Maugez than in

this species. It is continued as the oviduct and prostate—

the common duct of many authors, There is a large albumen-

gland present, which calls for no special mention. The

hermaphrodite duct is a densely convoluted canal leading

eon the hermaphrodite gland, which is usually of an oval

orm.

Testacella scutulum, Sowerby. (PLT. -fig. 2.)

This species has been classed as a variety of 7. haliotidea

by most of the writers upon the British Mollusca.

It was described and figured by Sowerby in 1823, in his

“Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells.’ Férussac, who in

the same year examined specimens, came to the conclusion

that it was but 7. haliotidea, with which view Mr. Sowerby

agreed, and since then it has been regarded as a variety of

that species by Gray, Forbes and Hanley, Jeffreys, Rimmer,

and other authors. It was redescribed as a new species by

Mr. Tappiiig in 1856, as Testacella Medii-Templi. In 1886

Mr. Charles Ashford made anatomical examinations of the

slug and clearly proved its specific distinctness. An account

of his work is embodied in a paper previously referred to

(Journ. Conch. 1888). Although to Mr. Ashford is due the

credit of having placed this slug in its proper position, the

above-mentioned account, both description and figures, leaves

much to be desired.

The distinctness between vestibule and vagina is scarcely

perceptible in this species. ‘The upper part of the vagina is

dilated in a pouch-like manner, but narrows previous to

entering the oviduct. ‘The penis is a large muscular organ

and readily distinguishable from that in the preceding species,

being rather shorter and always much broader. It opens

into the vas deferens. There is no flagellum. ‘The penal

retractor muscle is attached laterally to the penis. The

receptacular duct leaves the vagina as a broad pouch-like

organ, and continues as such for quite two thirds of its length,

when it tapers off suddenly into a narrow and short tube,

which opens into the small globular receptaculum seminis.

Judging from the peculiar form of the receptacular duct and

the internal structure, I think it is very probable that the ova

24 On the Generative System in the Genus Testacella.

are fertilized in this broad pouch-like portion. The herma-

phrodite gland is slightly larger than in 7. haliotidea and the

duct longer.

Testacella Maugeti, Fér. (PI. I. fig. 3.)

In this species the vestibule and vagina are rather

easier to distinguish than in the preceding one. At the

junction of the two organs the penis passes off ; it commences

as a narrow tube, and then broadens out into an expanded

head. It is much longer than in 7. scutulum. The vas

deferens previous to entering the prostate is thrown into a

series of convolutions; these were characteristic of all the

specimens dissected and quite unlike anything I have pre-

viously seen in this organ. The receptacular duct commences

as an ovoid dilatation from the vagina, and is continued as a

long narrow tube, which enters the receptaculum seminis

laterally, reminding one somewhat of the condition in Arion

fasciatus, Nils., only the shape here is oval, and not tapering

and pointed as in that species. The oviduct and prostate.are

sharply folded upon each other, a character fairly constant.

The hermaphrodite gland is somewhat triangular in shape

and readily distinguishable from that organ in either of the

two preceding species.

Variation.

Although a large number of specimens of each species have

been dissected, the amount of variation noted in any indi-

vidual species was very slight and unimportant.

In 7. haliotidea the flagellum exhibits a series of minor

variations, being either a straight tapering tube with the distal

portion sometimes dilated, or it forms a dilatation at an angle

to the general body, not unlike the head of a golf-stick. I

have already referred to the variation in the form of the penis

(Pl. I. fig. 4).

In 7. seutulum the penal retractor muscle often exhibited a

division into two portions, while in others there was a small

retractor muscle given off below the ordinary one.

Summary.

There are certain resemblances in the form of the genera-

ae organs in 7’, scwtulwm which connect it with 7. Mauget,

such as :—

a. ‘The dilatation of the proximal portion of the recep-

tacular duct.

On the Names or Existence of three Exotic Starfishes. 25

b. The absence of a flagellum.

c. The form of the penis and vas deferens.

There are few anatomical points which connect either of the

above species with 7. haliotidea, and there are no grounds

whatever for retaining 7’. scutulum as a variety of T. halio-

tidea.

The generative systems of TJ. bisulcata, Risso, and

T. Pecchiolii, Bourg.*, have been compared with those of all

the above three species, and they agree very closely with

T. scutulum, of which both are probably varieties; but a

further investigation of their general anatomy is desirable

before finally classing them as such.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Testacella haliotidea, Drap.

Fig. 2. Testacella scutulum, Sowerby.

Fig. 3. Testacella Mauger, Fér.

Fig. 4. Testacella haliotidea, Drap. Variation in the form of the penis.

alb.g. Albumen gland, pr.m. Penal retractor muscle.

ji. Flagellum. r.d. Receptacular duct.

h.d. Hermaphrodite duct. rs. Receptaculum seminis,

h.g. Hermaphrodite gland. v. Vestibule.

ov. Oviduct. 4 v.d. Vas deferens.

p. Penis. vg. Vagina.

pr. Prostate.

I1V.— On the Names or Existence of three Exotic Starfishes.

By F. JErrrey BE.1, M.A.

I nope the following notes will be found to be of some

assistance in the systematic nomenclature of Asteroidea.

“ Asterina marginata (Val.), Perrier.”

The species referred to thus in the ‘ Challenger’ Report of

Asteroidea should be called A. steliifer, Mobius. So far as

Valenciennes is concerned he only wrote a manuscript label

for the Museum in the Jardin des Plantes. Hupé, in 1857,

printed the name in vol. ii. (Mollusques) p. 100 of the Exp.

de ’Amér. du Sud, but it is a nomen nudum. In 1859

Mébius, in the Abh. Geb. Naturw. Hamburg, iv. 2, p. 4,

described Asteriscus stellifer, and, in 1860, Liitken (Vid.

* Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, 1888, vol. iii. no. 43, pp. 1-10, 1 pl.

26 Prof. F. J. Bell on the Names or Existence of

Medd. 1859 [1860], p. 57) described Asteriscus brasiliensis,

and in a footnote at the end of his memoir identified his with

Mébius’s species.

The synonymy of this species should therefore run as

follows :—

Asterina stellifer.

Asteriscus minutus, M. & Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842), p. 41 (not Gray,

1840). =

Asteriscus stellifer, Miébius, Abh. Geb. Naturw. Hamburg, iv. 2 (1859),

p. 4; Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. i. (“1867”), p. 843.

Asteriscus brasiliensis, Liitken, Vid. Medd. 1859 (1860), p. 57.

Asteriscus marginatus, Val. MSS.; Hupé, n. n.; Perrier, Ann. Sci.

nat. xii. (1869), p. 289.

Asterina stellifera, Liitken, Vid. Medd. 1871, p. 501.

Asterina marginata, Perrier, Arch. zool. exp. v. (1876), p. 211; Slad.

Chall. Rep., Ast. (1889), p. 774.

Goniodiscus articulatus.

My. Sladen (Chall. Rep. Ast. p. 754) writes “G. articulatus

(Linné), de Loriol,”’ meaning, I believe, by this formula that

Linneeus named this species and de Loriol put it in the genus

Gontodiscus ; and on his principles—those of a writer who

accepts pre-Linnean quasispecific or distinctly nonspecific

names as specific appellations—he is quite right.

M. de Loriol (Rec. Zool. Suiss. i. p. 638) writes “ Gonio-

discus articulatus (Linné), Liitken;” this collocation of

words must mean something different from Mr. Sladen’s, as

Dr. Liitken put the species in the genus Gondaster ; and I

take it to mean Linneus before the tenth edition of the

‘Systema Nature’ named this species, and Liitken revived

the name.

I do not see on what grounds we are to associate Linneeus’s

name with this species: in the tenth and twelfth editions of

the ‘Systema Nature ’ it is included under A. aranciaca, and

itis to Liitken that the credit is due of distinguishing the

form and reviving the name.

The ‘Museum Tessinianum,’ in which A. articulata is

described and figured, bears date 1753, or is anterior to the

tenth edition by five years *; it is said by well-qualified

bibliographers (see Cat. Libr. Mus. Pract. Geol.) that the

work was published privately, though Count Tessin’s preface

hardly supports this view.

If we accept 1758 as the year from which to start we must

* “1758, the zoological ab urbe condita of binominal chronology,”

Loyén, Echinoid. Linn. (1887), p. 50.

three Exotic Starfishes. 27

associate the name of Liitken, and not Linneus, with the

species under discussion. But if we do this we come at once

into contact and opposition with the views of Dr. Liitken

himself, who (Vid. Medd. 1864, p. 161) replaces O. clavatus,

M.& Tr., by O. dorsatus, L., A. dorsata being one of the

three species of Asterias mentioned in the Mus. ‘Tessin.

Dr. Liitken has done so much for our knowledge of Kchino-

derms, and has treated questions of nomenclature in so

reasonable a manner, that [ am sorry to appear to disagree

with him; but I think we are exchanging firm ground for

shifting sands if we budge from 1758 as the year from which

binominal appellations are to begin.

Those who accept this view will write the synonymy of the

two species thus :—

Goniodiscus articulatus.

Goniaster articulatus, Liitken (ex Linn. Mus. Tessin. (1753), p. 114),

Vid. Medd. 1864, p. 147.

Asterias aranciaca, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1758, p. 662 (pars).

Goniodiscus seba, M. & Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842), p. 58; Perrier, Arch.

zool. exp. v. (1876), p. 46 (pars).

Gontodiscus articulatus, de Loriol, Rec. Zool. Suiss. i. (1884), p. 638.

Pentaceros clavatus.

Asterias nodosa; Linn. Syst. Nat. 1758, p. 661 (pars).

Oreaster clavatus, M. & Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842), p. 49.

Oreaster dorsatus, Liitk. (ex Linn. Mus. Tessin. (1753), p. 114), Vid.

Medd. 1864, p. 161; Bell, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 77.

Pentaceros dorsatus, Perrier, Arch. zool. exp. v. (1876), p. 61.

A Phantom Species.

“Gontodiscus gracilis, Gray.”

This is one of the most curious inventions I have ever met

with. The hare seems to have been started by Dr. von

Martens, who (Arch. f. Nat. 1866, p. 86) writes :—

“c, RANDASIA, Gray.

“Goniaster Luzonicus, Gray, Ann. mag. n. h. vi., 1841.

Philippines. «+

“Goniaster gracilis, Gray, Ann. mag. n.h. vi. 1841. Ter-

nate (Molukken).”

A reference to the volume cited—it is of some significance

that Dr. von Martens gives no page—shows that the last two

lines of this quotation are not to be found either following

the reference to Randasia luzonica (p. 278), or, indeed, in

28 On the Names or Existence of three Exotic Starfishes.

any other part of Gray’s paper. I cannot find that Gray at

any time described a species called Randasia, Goniaster, or

Goniodiscus gracilis, or, indeed, ever gave the name gracilis

to any Asterid except a Dactylosaster (i. e. Ophidiaster) from

the west coast of Columbia.

Prof. Perrier takes no notice of this species, if such it be,

in his well-known revision ; but in his Hssay on the geogra-

phical distribution of starfishes (Nouv. Arch. Mus. i. (1878)

». 82) he writes :—‘Goniodiscus gracilis, Gray .....

Moluques.” On p. 24 he speaks of Pentagonaster gracilis,

Gray (Moluques) (Philippines). Whether these two names

are meant to be synonyms I cannot of course say; but the

latter name does not find a place in the systematic list. From

what I have already said it is clear I have no information to

give as to Pentagonaster gracilis, Gray. I have something

more than a suspicion that M. Perrier is here quoting Dr. von

Martens from memory.

The only other author who speaks of Gontodiscus gracilis

is Mr. Sladen, who gives it in his list of known species at the

end of his ‘Challenger’ Report. But I understand that he

bases his citation on Prof. Perrier’s list, and I may therefore

be content with merely mentioning his name, and ask why,

under the circumstances, Pentagonaster gracilis was not also

cited ?

It may fairly be concluded that “Goniodiscus gracilis,

Gray,” is a species which Dr. J. KE. Gray at any rate never

described, and I am inclined to think that the whole citation

is due to an error on the part of some copyist employed by

Dr. von Martens. For the present I would suggest that

“Goniodiscus gracilis, Gray,” be the technical term for the

Sea-Serpent, for the one has as shadowy an existence as the

other.

This suggestion is not made in a spirit of mere buffoonery ;

in the one case as the other we have assertions repeated

without discrimination or independent inquiry; this may be

pardoned, though it is not justifiable, in a penny-a-lining

paragraphist who is in want of a crust of bread, but it is

unpardonable and unjustifiable in any one who aspires to be

the author of a zoological monograph.

Gymnasterias valvulata.

Gymnasterias valvulata, Perrier, Arch. zool. exp. v. (1876), p. 97.

The locality of the specimen described by Prof. Perrier is

Lord Howe’s Island, and not Lord Hood’s Island, as stated in

the text; Lord Hood’s Island is one of the Low Group, and

—

Mr. A. Alcock on Calypterinus Allmani. 29

is not the same as Hood Island. I presume a misunder-

standing on the latter point was the cause of Mr. Sladen

giving Galapagos Islands as the locality. M. Perrier states

that the second specimen he saw in the British Museum was

from an unknown locality ; however that may be, there is a

specimen from Moreton Bay. So that the localities are not

equatorial and eastern Pacific, but subtropical and western

Pacific.

V.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C. F. Oldham,

R.N., commanding.—Series I1., No. 8. Note on Calypte-

rinus Allmani. By A. Atcock, M.B.,C.M.Z.S., Officiating

Superintendent of the Indian Museum.

In their Report upon the ‘ Challenger’ Alcyonaria, Messrs.

Perceval Wright and Studer describe * in the family Priém-

noide a yemarkable new species, Calypterinus Allmant, from

the vicinity of Fiji. The ‘ Challenger’ specimens are stated

to have been fragments about 100 millim. long.

We have recently on board the ‘ Investigator’ dredged

several fine branches, one of them 200 millim. in length, of

this Aleyonarian ; and as it is such a beautiful and remark-

able form I venture to offer a few observations, complementary

of the original description, upon our specimens.

The axis is branched in either one or two planes; when

in two planes they are at right angles to one another, and

the branching in one plane (the lateral) greatly predominates.

The branches like the axis are quite rigid, and they ascend

with a gentle curve parallel to one another to form a lofty

compressed rigid umbel or candelabra: they have little

tendency to give off secondary branches, but where such

exist they arise singly low down near the origin of the pri-

mary branch and ascend parallel with it in the same plane.

No tertiary branches occur in any of our specimens. All the

branches repeat the same gentle curve with the most remark-

able uniformity.

The polyps, as stated by Messrs. Wright and Studer, are

disposed in whorls of from four to seven, and they hang head

downwards, or downwards and outwards, they having evidently

the power of flexion and extension upon the stem.

* The Voyage of H,M.S. ‘Challenger,’ Zoology, vol. xxxi. pp. 53 and

54, pl. xi. figs. 1, la, pl. xiv. fig. 5, pl. xx. fig. 2.

30 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Sciuropterus.

The structure and arrangement of their spicules and of the

coenenchyma have been already so well described and figured

that nothing further is to be said here.

Tn our specimens the tunnel formed by the series of expanded

wing-like scales at the bases of the lateral polyps makes a

very convenient shelter for a slender chztopod.

Several beautiful branches were dredged in the Laccadive

Sea off Piti Sandbank (lat. 10° 47’ 45” N., long. 72° 40’

20" EK.) at a depth of 705 fathoms, the bottom being hard

rock and fragments of dead and waterworn reef coral.

Of Alcyonaria there were dredged, at the same time, some

large branches of a peculiarly beautiful new species of Stenella,

near to S. spinosa, Wright and Studer; a new species of

Acanella, represented by a single bush-shaped colony complete

in every point; and a branch of Callistephanus Koreni,

Wright and Studer. Of these and other deep-water Alcyon-

aria from the Andaman Sea I hope shortly to give an account.

VI.—Description of a new Sciuropterus from the

Philippines. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

For many years there have been in the British Museum

three specimens of a Flying Squirrel from Palawan resembling

superficially S. alboniger, Hodgs., but proving on a careful

comparison of the skulls and other characters to be essentially

different from that animal. I propose to call the species

Sciuropterus nigripes, sp. n.

Size large, one of the largest of the genus. Fur long,

thick and rather woolly, not so silky as in S. alboniger.

General colour above grizzled greyish brown, the woolly

under-fur pale slaty grey, the straight upper-fur with broad

pale drab terminal or subterminal bands. Lars large, thinly

haired and blackish terminally, but with longer yellowish

hairs on their basal surfaces externally. No longer hairs

round base of ears, nor any cheek-tuft. Parachute above

rather thinly haired, similar in colour to the back. Lips,

both upper and lower, black, contrasting markedly with

the pale colour of the cheeks and throat.

Throat, chest, and centre of belly whitish, the hairs

yellowish white to their roots; rest of under surface greyish

white, the bases of the hairs slaty grey ; but the distribution

of the patches of uniform whitish and grey and whitish hairs

Mr, O. Thomas on a new Sciuropterus. 31

is quite irregular. Posterior fringe to hind limbs like back,

or rather tending towards an orange tone. Upper surface of

hands and feet uniform black; under surface of heel and

fringe of hind feet brownish black. ‘Tail long, thickly

clothed, indistinctly distichous ; its proximal hairs yellowish

or whitish, broadly tipped with brown, its terminal ones

wholly dark brown.

Skull decidedly larger than that of S. alboniger, but very

similar in its proportions, in the relative length of the muzzle,

and in the size and direction of the postorbital processes.

Interparietal unusually produced antero-posteriorly, its length

nearly equalling its breadth. Mastoid portion of bulla

swollen posteriorly above and behind the meatus. Teeth

large and heavy, their crests well developed and the valleys

between them deep; 2-4 elongate, its longitudinal diameter

slightly exceeding that of ™1; surface of teeth with minute

crenulations ; “2 with a minute extra ridge running longi-

tudinally across the inner end of the main transverse ridge.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 330 millim.; tail 250; hind foot

(damped) 50; ear from notch (dried and shrunk) 26.

Skull *: upper length (c.) 51°5 ; zygomatic breadth 32-5;

nasals, length 15°1, greatest breadth 8-6 ; interorbital breadth

(ignoring swpraorbital notches) 12°3, intertemporal breadth

12'2; palate, length 28; diastema 10°6; length of upper

cheek-teeth, from front of »-4 to back of ™, 11°4; length of

P-3 alone 3:0.

Hab. Puerta Princesa, Palawan. Coll. A. Everett.

Besides the type (B.M. 79. 5. 3. 2) there are two other

skins and a skeleton of this species in the Museum collection ;

all were obtained by Mr. Everett between Nov. 1877 and

Jan. 1878. One of the other skins is mottled all over with

white and is evidently a partial albino.

The only species with which S. nigripes could be con-

founded is S. alboniger, Hodgs., a native of Nepal, Sikim,

N. Burma, &c., and from this it 1s readily distinguished by its

decidedly greater size, its black lips, black hands and feet

(in S. alboniger the hands are grey and the feet brown), its

paler and less thickly haired parachute, and its larger and

heavier teeth.

* The following additional measurements are taken on the more

perfect skull belonging to the skeleton :—Basal length 45'8 ; tip to tip of

ae processes 23°5; horizontal antero-posterior diameter of

ulla 10°4.

32 Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on

VII.— On a supposed new Species of Rhiostoma from Borneo,

and Notices of Two other Species of Shells from Palawan.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Austen, F.R.S. &e.

THE Lhiostoma I now describe was collected by Mr. Boxall

and was sent by him to Dr. Hungerford, who asked me to

describe and name it after its discoverer ; but I received it too

late to bring into my paper on Bornean shells published in

the Proc. Zool. Soc., June 1889, p. 332.

Rhiostoma Bowalli, sp.n. (Fig. 1, a, d, c.)

Loc. Near Kina Balu (Bozall). In Coll. Dr. Hungerford.

Shell discoid, widely and perspectively umbilicated ; sculp-

ture smooth ; colour dark madder-brown, with a few white

splotches on the second and third whorls; spire scarcely

raised above the last whorl, apex rounded; suture deep;

whorls 4, round, rapidly increasing, the last separated for a

Fig. 1.

Nat. size.

ES WeSC.

Rhiostoma Boxall.

a. Specimen from Kina Balu; 6, e. Ditto from Palawan.

short distance from the penultimate; the sutural tube short,

horizontal ; aperture oblique, circular ; peristome double, the

inner simple, the outer expanded at right angles to the body-

whorl, and curved slightly backwards on the outer margin

and with a slight nick near the sutural tube.

Size: maj. diam. 24:0, min. diam. 16°25, alt. axis 5°75 mmm.

This species comes nearest to R. cris, G.-A. (described in

the Proc. Zool. Soc., June 1889, p. 343), in the expanded

peristome ; the general form differs, it is not so turbinate or

streaked with zigzag markings.

new Species of Khiostoma. 33

One specimen of this species occurred in a collection of

Jand-shells sent to me by Mr. John Whitehead from the

island of Palawan.

Lagochetlus similis, var., Edgar Smith. (Fig. 2, a, 5.)

Among the shells collected by Mr. John Whitehead in

Palawan and sent to me there are three specimens of what I

Fig. 2.

fo)

Nat. size.

Lagocheilus similis, var., Edgar Smith.

take to be the above species, only much better grown. When

in perfect preservation it is covered with a brown epidermis

having weli®displayed transverse, regular, fine liration and

the periphery adorned with a strong hairy fringe.

The largest specimen measures :—major diam. 18°75, minor

15:0, alt. axis 7°5 mm.

Cassidula bicolor, sp.n. (Fig. 3, a, 6.)

Palawan. Collected by Mr. John Whitehead.

This is a smaller shell than sulculosa, Mouss., to which it

is nearest as regards the form of the aperture, but it is not so

strongly formed. The body-whorl is crossed by shallow

Nat. size.

Cassidula bicolor.

longitudinal plications. The colour is a very dark sepia-

brown, with two broad, parallel, very white bands, which

extend to the outer margin of the peristome. I could find

nothing like it in the British Museum collection.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 3

34 On Two new Species of Butterflies from North Borneo.

VIII.—Deseriptions of Two new Species of Butterflies from

Kina Balu, North Borneo, in the Collection of H. Grose

Smith, captured by Mr. Everett. By H. Grose SMITH.

Delias cathara.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings lacteous white, Anterior

wings with the apex and outer margin as far as the lowest

median nervule black, shading internally between the veins

into grey, the black and grey portion extending obliquely

over the apical third of the wings, but not extending beyond

the lowest median nervule. Except within the dark apical

space and on the costa, the veins are white. Posterior wings

narrowly irrorated with grey on the outer margin from the

anal angle to the extremity of the uppermost median nervule,

the veins from the middle of the wing to the margin narrowly

black.

Underside. Anterior wings with the inner three-fourths

white, the outer fourth to the lowest median nervule dark

grey centred with a curved band of whitish spots between

the veins; the veins traversing the apical third, which on the

upperside is black and grey, are black, the remainder except the

costal vein being white. Posterior wings pale lemon-yellow,

somewhat darker towards the base, nearly white towards the

outer margin; a rather narrow dark-grey band on the outer

margin, centred with narrow lunular whitish spots between

the veins; all the veins are narrowly and brightly black.

Expanse of wings 2+), inches.

Allied to singhapuru, Wallace, but very distinct, on the

underside especially.

Allotinus caudatus.

Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings brown. Posterior

wings also brown, except the anal third, which is white, the

white space extending horizontally across the lower part of

the wings from a little above the anal angle to the extremity

of the lowest subcostal nervule, the line of junction of the

brown and white spaces being irregularly defined; on the

margin the median nervules are somewhat elongated, especially

the uppermost, which forms a short tail.

Underside. Both wings white, more or less speckled with

brown, especially towards the apices of both wings, where the

brown speckling forms dark irregular patches. ‘There is a

submarginal row of black spots on both wings, those in the

dark patches being edged with white externally. Across the

posterior wings, in the position where the white space on the

Capture of a Freshwater Eel in a Ripe Condition. 35

upperside joins the brown, is a horizontal row of curved brown

lines ; the outer margin of anterior wings and of the posterior

wings as far as the tail is brown.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

The underside resembles Logania sriwa and malayica of

Distant, both of which species have lately been received by

me from North Borneo; but the length of the antenne and

shape of the anterior wings of caudatus, irrespective of

the neuration, preclude its being placed in that genus.

IX.—Note on the Capture of a Freshwater Eel in a Ripe

Condition. By W. L. CALDERWOOD.

A FEMALE eel (Anguilla vulgaris), measuring 294 inches in

length, was captured on the 27th of December last. The

capture was of some interest because the female was almost

ready to spawn and was found about twelve miles south of the

Eddystone, 7. e. twenty miles from Rame Head, the nearest

point of land. That a freshwater eel should be found so far

out at sea, at the breeding-season, is not in itself very sur-

prising, because it has long been conjectured that Anguilla

spawns in salt water; but in the present state of

knowledge any of the rare instances of the actual capture of

a specimen in the condition of sexual maturity should be re-

corded,

The ovaries were pure white in colour, and corresponded

exactly in appearance with those described and figured by Broek

in 1881*. They extended the entire length of the abdominal

cavity, showed no signsof any blood-supply, and when touched

crumbled away most easily. ‘The ova were apparently quite

ready to drop from the outer surfaces of the organs. Sections

showed, however, that in each ripening ovum the nuclear

membrane was still distinctly visible. The nucleoli of largest

size were arranged round the periphery, smaller bodies being

found amongst the granular protoplasm of the nucleus. The

substance of the ovum itself was richly stored with oil-glo-

bules, giving the characteristic appearance known in the

conger’s egg T.

* Broek, “Untersuchungen iiber die Geschlechtsorgane einiger Mu-

raenoiden,” Mitt. zool. Stat. Neapel, Band ii. p. 415.

+ Calderwood, ‘ A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Ovary and

Intraovarian Eggs of Teleosts,” Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. vol. ii. ‘no, 4,

pl. xi.

36 Hon. W. Rothschild and Dr. K. Jordan on

X.—On Two new Species of the Genus Knoplotrupes, Lucas.

By the Hon. Watrer Roruscuitp and Dr. K. Jorpan.

THE species of Enoplotrupes, Lucas (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4)

ix. 1869, p. xili, redescribed and figured Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

(5) ii. 1872, p. 288), a genus of Geotrupidz remarkable for the

development of a horn more or less long in the middle of the

head and a bifurcate one in the middle of the prothorax in

the males, are found, so far as we are aware, only in the

south-eastern parts of Asia. J. stnensis, Luc. (J. ¢.), from

Szechuen and Mupin, was the first-known species, of which

we have specimens from Chang Yang, taken in May at

elevations of 4000-6000 feet. The Western Chinese and

Eastern Tibetan countries have provided us with three more

species—Z, Potanini, Semenow (Hore Soc. Ent. Ross.

t. xxili. 1889, p. 401), from Gan-ssu; LH. Largeteaui, Ober-

thiir (Coleopt. Novit. 1883, p. 58); and E. Bieti, Oberth.

(ibid. p. 56, described as a Gynoplotrupes), from Ta-tsin-lu.

Besides these forms one has been described from Yunnan

(E. yunnanus, Fairm, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. t. xxxu. 1888,

p. 17), two from Kiang-si (Z. Chasliz, Fairm., and £. varii-

color, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, (6) vi. 1886, pp. 320 and

321), and one from Upper Burmah (Bhamo) (Z. burmanicus,

Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoy. (2) vi. 1885, p. 111). We

are able to add two new species, one from Assam and the

other from Siam.

Enoplotrupes Sharpi, sp. n.

E. nigro-violaceus vel cyaneus; ecapite tibiisque nigris; supra

eequaliter leviterque rugosus; capite antice rotundato, utrinque

ad oculos dentato, vertice impresso levigato nitido; prothoracis

margine laterali et angulis posticis valde rotundatis, impressioni-

bus ad angulos anteriores levibus nitidis, linea media obsoleta;

elytris latis paulo convexis ; tibiis anticis quinquedentatis.

¢. Caput cornu longo, curvato; prothorax cornu procero angusto,

bifurcato, arcuato, utrinque late impressus, impressionibus in medio

supra cornu fere attingentibus.

@. Caput cornu breyvi, prothorax antice carina transyersa acuta

bidentata, angulis anticis dentatis.

Long. 22-32, lat. 13-17 mm.

Typ. in Mus. Walter Rothschild.

Dark blue, with a violet tint (some specimens more black),

slightly shining; head and tibie, especially the fore tibie,

black ; body beneath and legs with pitch-black hairs. Upper

Two new Species of the Genus Enoplotrupes. 3”

surface obsoletely rugose, not much difference between the

rugosities of the head, prothorax, scutellum, and elytra. Head

behind the horn, prothorax at the anterior margin and

in the impressions at the side of the horn smooth, shining.

Head with a small longitudinal carina in front of the horn,

especially distinct in the female ; the anterior margin equally

rounded ; a tooth on each side near the eyes, not large; the

impression behind the horn somewhat arcuate. Prothorax

broader than the base of the elytra, at the sides and posterior

angles strongly rounded, not toothed at the outer margin;

the median line behind the horn nearly obsolete. Elytra

broad, rounded, slightly convex, with some obsolete raised

lines, one of which near the shoulder is a little more raised at

its base.

6. The horn of the head very long, curved backwards,

that of the prothorax also long, curved towards the front,

bifurcate, its base compressed, nearly surrounded by the

smooth impressions; the latter are only separated by a small

carina above the horn. The smaller the males the shorter

are their horns, and their prothorax more resembles that of

the female as they diminish in size.

?. Head with a short conical horn; prothorax with an

atute transverse carina, elevated on each side into a tooth ;

these latter are a little larger than those at the anterior angles

of the prothorax. ‘The impressions on the sides of the carina

are nearly obsolete.

This species is principally distinguished by its uniformly

slightly rugose upper surface in the male, by its long curved

horns on the head and prothorax, and by the wide impres-

sions of the prothorax. ‘The elytra are of the same size and

form as those of Z. sinensis, Luc., but are much more rugose,

and the raised lines are stronger.

We have both males and females from Siam.

Enoplotrupes splendens, sp. n.

E. ceruleo-viridis, nitidus, capite prothoraceque leviter rugosis ;

yertice arcuatim impresso; capite extus ad oculos obtuse angu-

lato, antice rotundato ; prothoracis lateribus rotundatis, angulis

posticis distinctis paulo rotundatis; scutello rugoso-punctato,

apice excepto, in medio subimpresso; elytris ad humeros sub-

rotundatis, convexis, fortiter irregulariterque striatis, interstitiis

rugosis ; tibiis anticis sexdentatis.

g. Caput cornu acuto, arcuato; prothorax cornu bifurcato non

arcuato, ante angulos anticos valde impressus, fere toto spatio

circum cornu levi.

38 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Five new

Q. Caput cornu brevi; prothorax carina transversa leviter pro-

ducta, non dentata, angulis anticis dentatis, impressionibus ad

marginem anteriorem fere nullis,

Long. 19-26, lat. 11-15 mm.

Typ. in Mus. Walter Rothschild.

Bluish green, shining; head rounded, produced at the eyes

into a slight tooth, rugose, with an arcuate, nearly smooth

impression behind the horn; the latter moderately long,

recurved, rugose in the male; that of the female is short.

The prothorax slightly rugose, outer margin rounded but

somewhat produced in the middle, posterior angles in both

sexes scarcely rounded; an impressed line above the horn,

quite distinct in the male. The prothoracic horn of the

male bifurcate and quite straight, moderately long, the

impressions deep and smooth, approaching each other above

the horn. The transverse carina of the female is small,

without teeth. Anterior angles of the prothorax of the

female with a prominent tooth, the impressions quite obsolete.

The scutellum slightly impressed before the apex, rugosely

punctured nearly throughout. Elytra striped with raised

lines, one of which is situated at the suture, two or three in the

middle between suture and shoulder, and one at the shoulder

prominent, especially at the base, obsolete near the apex ; the

spaces between these lines rugose ; the stripes near the outer

margin obsolete.

This species resembles Z. yunnanus, Fairm., and £. Potan-

ini, Sem., in its striated elytra (which give it in the female

almost the appearance of Greotrupes sylvaticus, Panz.) ; it

differs, however (so far as we can tell from the descriptions),

chiefly in the development of the horns and the impressions

of the prothorax.

Our specimens (2 g and2 ?) were taken in North Manipur

at elevations of 5000 to 8500 feet (Aug. 1889) and in the Naga

Hills (4 g,2 2); and we have also some specimens (2 ¢,

2 2) said to have come from the Punjaub.

XI.—Descriptions of Five new Species of Australian Saw-

flies. By W. F. Kirpy, F.L.S., F.E.S., Assistant in

Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural History).

: :

THE following new species were received from Mr. Charles

French, of Melbourne, and were probably collected in that

neighbourhood :—

Species of Australian Saw-flies. 39

Perga divaricata.

sericea.

sellata.

lalage.

Cerealces cyathiformis.

Among other saw-flies in the collection were two female

specimens of Perga Lewisi’, Westw., differing from the type

in having black antenne.

Perga divaricata.

Antenne six-jointed.

Long. corp., ¢ 15 millim., 2 19 millim.

Male.—Reddish chestnut, redder beneath ; antennz, a spot

within each, a spot below each eye, clypeus, labrum, pro-

thorax (except a curved transverse stripe in front), the tip of

the central lobe of the mesothorax, the legs, a stripe on the

lower part of the mesopleura (curving to the base of the

middle coxe), a spot above the hind coxe, and a row of spots

on the sides of the abdomen beneath yellowish white. Abdo-

men with segments 2-6 silky black above. Wings yellowish

hyaline; stigma large, reddish, grooved, with a blackish cloud

beneath ; only three submarginal cells, and even these imper-

fectly separated. Hind wings with a blackish cloud covering

the middle cell and extending beyond it above and below.

Head, thorax, and scutellum thickly punctured; a deep

groove running backwards outside each ocellus and slightly

curving inwards to the occiput, the space between convex and

rather raised behind; mesothorax with the frontal and

lateral lobes well separated, the former with a deep groove in

the middle, and the latter each with three ridges meeting

behind, the space between the two outer ones smooth. Scu-

tellum convex on each side at the base and with a wide

central groove, diverging behind, the projecting lateral spines

rather wide apart.

Female similarly coloured, but more varied with yellowish

white, the punctures larger and the grooves on the head,

thorax, and scutellum somewhat less strongly marked. The

following additional yellowish-white markings may be

noted :—The hinder orbits, two spots on the grooves near

the occiput, the upper borders of the prothorax (which is red

in the female), a line below the wings, a narrow line bor-

dering the sides of the mesothorax above, and the extremity

and lateral points of the scutellum. Wings yellowish hyaline,

unclouded, but with some of the nervures (which are entirely

AQ Mr. W. F. Kirby on I’ve new

reddish in the male) black. Four distinct submarginal cells.

Legs redder than in the male, with the coxe and trochanters

whitish.

I was at first inclined to refer these specimens (which I

think I am correct in placing together as sexes) to P. cas-

tanea, Kirb.; but in that species the scutellum is much less

thickly punctured.

Perga sericea.

Long. corp. 11 millim.

Male.—Antenne six-jointed, the club as long as the three

preceding joints; joint 3 rather longer than 4 and 5, and

slightly constricted near the base. Head above, thorax,

and pleura thickly and closely punctured ; head black above,

including the antenne and mandibles, clypeus and labrum

testaceous ; orbits broadly testaceous, from outside the an-

tenne to the hinder rim of the head, but ending in a point

where the occiput becomes concave. Grooves outside the

outer ocelli indistinct. Prothorax testaceous, with the extreme

front black, this colour curving slightly forwards on the sides.

Mesothorax and scutellum black ; a wide stripe on the pleura,

narrowed behind, the hinder borders of the mesonotum

(narrowly) and the lateral margins and hinder angles of the

scutellum (rather broadly) testaceous. Mesonotum with the

sutures slightly marked; a groove on the frontal lobe and

two slight ridges on each of the lateral lobes; scutellum

slightly grooved; the terminal tubercles unusually small.

Wings hyaline, with rufous costa and nervures, with three

er four submarginal cells; nervures greatly interrupted with

bullae. Legs testaceous, the extremities of the hind femora,

of the hind tibie, and of the joints of the tarsi black. Abdomen

blue-black above, with a fine white silky pubescence ; ter-

minal segment and under surface testaceous.

Not closely allied to any species before me, but much

resembles the description of Pseudoperga ventralis, Guér.,

from Tasmania, though apparently distinct.

Perga sellata.

Long. corp. 124 millim.

Male.—Antenne six-jointed, the club as long as the three

preceding joints.

Head, thorax, and pleura thickly and closely punctured ;

head luteous, the tips of the mandibles black ; vertex between

the eyes above black, from a curve just behind the antennal

Species of Australian Saw-flies. Al

tubercles to the occiput, where the black colour is convex,

being contracted behind; a shallow groove on each side ot

the outer ocelli. Thorax luteous; mesothorax black above,

with the sutures scarcely marked; frontal Jobe slightly

grooved ; a slight ridge bounding the black colour on each

side; the smooth space between this and the large oblique

ridges running back to the scutellum are tawny. Scutellum

tawny, grooved in the middle, with the apical points lobate,

situated at the hinder angles, and projecting very slightly

outwards. Wings yellowish hyaline, with reddish costa and

nervures; four submarginal cells. Legs and abdomen luteous ;

hind femora, apical half of hind tibiz, and the greater part of

the hind tarsi beneath rufous.

Resembles P. bicolor, Leach, in the structure of the thorax.

Perga Lalage.

Long. corp. 10-12 millim.

Male.—Antennx seven-jointed, black, with testaceous

yellow markings, paler beneath.

Head testaceous yellow; antenne tawny, sometimes with

the two basal joints blackish; ocelli occupying the upper and

broadest part of a spade-shaped blotch. The upper ocelli are

black and stand at the extremities of a ridge like a pointed

arch, below which the lower ocellus, which is reddish, stands.

A broad stripe runs backwards from the spade-shaped spot

nearly to the occiput; the spot tapers forward between the

antenne, leaving a space within the base of each yellow, and

the black colour then extends over the clypeus (except a short

line on each side at its lower extremity) and labrum. ‘The

mandibles are also blackish or dark red. Above the antennee

a black stripe, contiguous with the spade-shaped spot, curves

inward on each side to the occiput.

Thorax black, thickly and rather finely punctured, the

sutures well defined; prothorax with a waved yellowish

stripe on each side of the hind border; mesothorax with the

central lobe with a smooth furrow, extending nearly to the

extremity, which is marked with a testaceous spot. Hinder

lateral borders of mesothorax narrowly testaceous; tegule

and scutellum testaceous, the latter grooved and with the

apical tubercles nearly straight. Pleura with three testaceous

or whitish stripes on each side, one below the wings, one (the

broadest) lower down, widened upwards in front and tapering

behind, and one slender, nearer the median line; there is also

a large testaceous spot above the hind coxe.

Legs testaceous, femora more or less black; hind legs with

42 On Five new Species of Australian Saw-flies.

the base of coxe, femora (which are rather thickened), tips of

tibie, and tarsi black.

Abdomen blue-black above, with a testaceous stripe on the

hind border of the second segment ; anal segment and under

surface pale testaceous; base of segments beneath more or

less blackish ; a row of small but conspicuous black dots on

the sides beneath.

Wings hyaline; fore wings much clouded with yellowish

and thickly studded with hairs; nervures testaceous, costal

oe and stigma broadly castaneous ; four submarginal

cells.

Allied to P. Jurined, Westw., but rather more slender. In

P. Jurinet the lower part of the face and the under surface of

the abdomen are almost destitute of black markings,

Cerealces cyathiformis.

Long. corp. 10 millim.

Male.—Black, varied with yellow ; head, thorax, and pectus

covered with large depressed punctures ; head black, a groove

running from the occiput outside each of the outer ocelli; eyes

bordered before and behind with testaceous; antenne tawny,

eleven- or twelve-jointed, the two basal joints darkest,

sometimes nearly black; joints 3 to 8 broad, about twice

as broad as long (joint 3 the longest) and cyathiform,

being widely expanded at the extremity, which gives them a

somewhat nodose appearance; the terminal joints more

rounded at the extremity and the last rather small; a testa-

ceous spot below and sometimes above each scape; clypeus

rather narrow, testaceous, slightly concave, and bordered with

testaceous below; labrum black; jaws black or marked with

red; prothorax with the hinder angles bordered with testa-

ceous in front of the tegule, which are testaceous or pitchy ;

mesothorax with a groove in front and two slight ridges on

each side behind. Wings hyaline, with brown nervures, and

set with numerous but scattered short bristles. Legs with the

femora and coxe mostly black or striped with black (hind

legs darkest) ; tips of coxe, trochanters, and base of femora

white; four front tibie and tarsi testaceous; hind tibiz and

tarsi reddish, the former slightly brownish at the extremity ;

scutellum black, grooved, laterally ridged, and narrowly edged

behind with testaceous, and ending in a short testaceous spine

on each side. Abdomen black, first segment with a whitish

spot on each side; second with a waved testaceous stripe

above, on the middle, interrupted on the median line; terminal

segment tawny.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Entomogramma. 43

Described from two male specimens, one darker than the

other, and differing also in the number of joints of the

antenne, but in no other particulars. C. scutellata is very

similar in form and structure, but the antenne are only ten-

jointed, not cyathiform, and the three terminal joints are much

less distinctly separated than in C. cyathiformis.

XIi.—Notes on the Genus Entomogramma as represented

by the Noctuid Moths of that Group in the Collection of the

British Museum. By Artuur G. Butter, F.L.S.,

F.Z.8., &e.

WHEN he founded the genus Lntomogramma, M. Guenée

separated the species under distinct groups in consequence

of their different antennal structure; indeed, no two species

of the genus as originally constituted are quite alike in

their male characters, and one of them was considered by

Mr. Moore to be so dissimilar that he made it the type of a

new genus. The latter, however, has no higher claim than

the others to be so distinguished ; and as it would be neces-

sary for the sake of consistency to found a separate genus for

every species of the original group, provided that the secon-

dary sexual characters were taken into account, it seems

preferable to regard them, as Guenée did, merely as sections

of one variable genus.

The practical common sense of this mode of procedure

being admitted, Mr. Hampson has called my attention to the

fact that various other species, differing only from typical

Entomogramma (in the variability of the same organs in the

male sex) in a similar though somewhat different manner,

have been wrongly described in the genera Thermesia, Phurys,

&c. By adding these to Hntomogramma I find that a tole-

rably gradational series is formed, evidently related throughout.

The species of Hntomogramma in the Museum series thus

resolve themselves into eight sections, each of which differs

somewhat from all the others in its male structure, whilst

that of the female remains almost the same, excepting in the

case of section g, where the female is the modified sex,

These sections will now stand as follows :—

ENTOMOGRAMMA, Guen,

Section a, TARAMINA, Moore.

Males with basal third of antenne dilated, outer two thirds

44. Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Entomogramma.

pectinated, inner two thirds with short fine deflexed ciliations ;

basal area of primaries and basi-internal area of secondaries

below densely clothed with hair; femora and tibie also

densely hairy.

Entomogramma torsa.

Entomogramma torsa, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 204, n. 1605 (1852),

Java, Ceylon, Nilgiris, N. India. Type in Coll. B. M.

Section 6.

Antenne dilated as in Section a, but biseriate-denticulated

and fasciculated ; under surface of wings much less hairy ;

legs quite different, the anterior pair emitting a large fan-

shaped pencil of hair at the origin of the femur, the latter

with a short fringe below, the tibia thickly covered at the

back with appressed hairy tufts; remaining legs not hairy,

the middle tibiz coarsely scaled in front and spiny, the

posterior tibiz spiny.

Entomogramma pardus.

Entomogramma pardus, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 205. n. 1606 (1852).

Hypopyra anteponens, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1823. n. 2 (1857).

Remigia venusta, Walker, /. ec. Suppl. iii. p. 1011 (1865),

S. Africa, Natal, Delagoa Bay, Sierra Leone. B. M.

Section ec.

Antenne very slightly dilated towards the base, with coarse

biseriate ciliations, hardly amounting to denticulation; the

legs rather more spiny than in Section 6.

Entomogramma mediocris.

Entomogramma mediocris, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. iii. p. 949 (1865).

Remigia decora, Walker, l. ec. p. 1015 (1865).

Remigia antica, Walker, 7. c. p. 1016 (1865).

South India. Types in Coll. B. M.

Section d.

Antenne regularly ciliated in the male, front and hind legs

densely hairy.

Entomogramma fautriz.

Entomogramma fautrix, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 204. n. 1604 (1852),

Silhet, Sikkim, Mussoorie, Kangra, Khasia Hills, Nilgiris,

Andamans. ‘Type in Coll. B. M.

—— rrr

eet tien el i el

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Entomogramma. 45

Section e.

Antenne? The female with all the tibie fringed exter-

nally ; second joint of palpi elongated, thickly fringed with

dense scales at the back.

Entomogramma subcostalis.

Thermesia subcostalis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. ii. p. 1059 (1865).

Moulmein. Type in Coll. B. M.

En tomogra MMA USS urvensts.

Remigia ussuriensis, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. iii, p. 587.

Japan. In Coll. B. M.

Section f.

Second joint of palpi arched at the back, but not densely

fringed as in Section e. Antenne of male with short delicate

ciliations; legs almost naked, the front and middle tibiz

alone being partly fringed with hair externally.

Entomogramma nigriceps.

Q. Renodes nigriceps (as 3), Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1595. n. 6

(1858).

3. Herminia? nigrifrontalis (as 2), Walker, 7. c. xvi. p. 258 (1858).

Aden, Abyssinia, Sierra Leone, Natal, South Africa.

Types in Coll. B. M.

Var. pallidula.

Renodes pallidula, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875, vol. xvi. p. 409.

n. 91.

Natal. ‘Type in Coll. B. M.

Entomogramma melanocephala.

Poaphila melanocephala, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. viii. p. 82,

pl. exlvi. fig. 9 (1891).

Var. Poaphila marmorea, Hampson, J. ec. fig. 7 (1891).

Nilgiris. ‘Types in Coll. B. M.

Entomogramma Juscescens.

Thermesia fuscescens, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. iii. p, 1054 (1865).

Thermesia obumbrata, Walker, 1. c.

Thermesia morosa, Walker, 1. c. p. 1055 (1865).

Scambina ? larvata, Walker, 1. ce. p. 1119 (1865).

Natal (Gueinzius). ‘Types in Coll. B. M.

46 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Entomogramma.

Entomogramma enervis.

Phurys enervis, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 231. n. 352, pl. viii.

fig. 8.

Rangoon. Type in Coll. B. M.

Section g.

Female with the second joint of the palpi broadly fringed

both in front and at the back with compressed hair-scales,

giving it a wedge-shaped form.

Entomogramma obliqua.

Phurys obliqua, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 80.

Burma and Sikkim. In Coll. B. M.

Section h.

Second joint of palpi in male broadly fringed and com-

pressed.

Entomogramma oblita.

Thermesia oblita, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk. ii. p. 176 (1882).

Khasia Hills and Chinn Hills. In Coll. B. M.

Mr. Hampson also refers the Thermesia rivulosa of Walker

to Entomogramma ; but I think it differs so considerably as

hardly to warrant its being considered a section of this genus.

Both sexes have the third joint of the palpi extremely short,

much more so even than in /. pardus; the legs are rather

more hairy than in Sections f and g; the antenne of the

male are densely but finely fringed on the inside with short

ciliations, and at regular intervals emit single longer hairs on

both sides ; the secondaries of this sex also have the abdo-

minal border expanded and broadly fringed with long hair

towards the base. The button-like third joint of the palpi in

both sexes redeems this genus from the charge of being based

solely on secondary sexual characters, and therefore I propose

to call it Blasticorhinus.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coccide. 47

XIII.—Notes on some Mexican Coccide.

By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

HAvInG recently had occasion to travel through Mexico, I was

naturally anxious to collect as many Coccide as I could,

having paid much attention to that group of late. The Coccidz

of Mexico, so far as I can find them recorded, number fourteen

species, and to these twelve more can now be added, making

twenty-six altogether.

Arriving at Vera Cruz on May 7, the first Coccid I saw

was Aspidiotus jficus on an orange on the table at the hotel.

In the hotel were several plants growing in large pots, and an

examination of these yielded Aspidiotus jficus, Lecanium

hesperidum, L. terminalie, and Planchonia pustulans. To-

wards evening I had an opportunity to go out into the plaza,

and almost immediately came across a beautiful bright yellow

Pulvinaria, a new species, on Croton. Further search led to

the discovery of Orthezia insignis and Aspidiotus articulatus.

The next day we took the train to the City of Mexico.

While the train stopped at Soledad, in the State of Vera

Cruz, Iran out and picked a few leaves, on which I found

Aspidiotus articulatus and an interesting new species of the

same genus. It was quite evening when we arrived at

Mexico City; but, strolling out, a few small specimens of a

Dactylopius were found on a tree in one of the streets. ‘The

next day the same species occurred on two or three trees in

front of the cathedral, and I was so fortunate as to get adults,

both male and female, which on examination showed the

species to be undescribed. At the same place Lecanium olece

was common on many trees, and in the gardens of the public

library I found Lecanium hesperidum.

The two following days were spent in travelling, and,

although a good look-out was kept at the stations, no Coccide

were found, At about 2 A.M. on May 12 we were suddenly

awakened by a sharp shock, and the train came to a stand-

still. It proved that the engine and freight cars in front had

left the rails, owing to a “ wash-out,” and consequently we

had to spend many hours in the middle of nowhere, six miles

north of Montezuma R. R. Station, in the State of Chihuahua.

This was a desert spot, unfavourable for collecting; but a

search revealed an undescribed Ceroplastes on Artemisia.

Later, while the line was being mended, they took us back to

Montezuma, and here I found another Ceroplastes, also new.

Thus, out of twelve Coccide found during the journey

48 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coecide.

through Mexico, five were new, equal to about 41 per cent.

In the present state of our knowledge of the Coccide this is

probably about the normal percentage of novelties obtainable

on the mainland. When I went to Jamaica in July 1891

very little was known of the West-Indian species, and of

seventy-five now listed thirty-three were undescribed at that

time, equal to 44 per cent.

Descriptive Notes and List of Species.

(1) Aspidiotus articulatus, Morgan.

Vera Cruz, abundant on stems of rose; Soledad, on a tree.

(2) Aspidiotus ficus, Ashmead.

Vera Cruz, on an orange and on stem of rose-bush.

(3) Aspidiotus scutiformis, sp. n.

Soledad, on leaves of a tree somewhat resembling those

of an Avocado pear, with A. articulatus, Aleurodes sp., and

black ants.

9. Scale very flat, circular or suboval, with the (covered)

exuvie placed a little to one side. Diameter of scale about

24 millim. Colour dull brown-black, with the margin

whitish ; exuvie large, pale orange, more or less shiny, not

nipple-like. One scale shows ten parasite-holes, five on the

exuvie and five on the scale; another shows twelve holes,

six on the exuvie and six on the scale. Twelve seems a

large number of parasites to have emerged from a single

Aspidiotus.

?. Broad pyriform. General colour pale orange; lobes

yellow. No grouped glands seen. ‘here are three pairs of

lobes, the middle pair distinct and rounded, not close together,

being separated by a pair of spine-like plates; second and

third pairs of lobes flattened and elongate, the second pair

crenate. A pair of spine-like plates between the first and

second and second and third pairs, and also beyond the third ~

pair. Beyond third pair of lobes the margin is wavy, due to

the presence of six broad rudimentary lobes, with more or less

rudimentary spine-like plates between them. The last of

these lobes is a little more produced than the others. Beyond

this the margin is straight, with single spines or hairs at

moderately long intervals. Between the lobes are very long

narrow saccular incisions.

Larva broad, oval, yellowish. Legs (at least the hind

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coccide. 49

ones) with knobbed digitules and tarsal hairs. The digitules

of claw short, the knobbed hairs of tarsus long and stout,

reaching considerably beyond the end of the digitules. The

larva shows only four lobes (two pairs). Median ones large

and prominent; next pair almost rudimentary. Beyond the

second lobe are about four scaly bifid plates.

This species has some superficial resemblance to A. ficus,

but is actually very distinct. Structurally it seems rather

nearly allied to A. smélacis, Comstock.

A. B. C.

ois ‘

Dales x

A.— Aspidiotus scutiformis ; lobes of 2.

B.—Pulvinaria lutea, 2 ; foot.

C.—Dactylopius mexicanus, two-thirds grown; diagram of markings.

(4) Planchonia pustulans, Ckll., var.

Vera Cruz, crowded on the stems of a plant not identified.

Scales about 1 millim. diam. or rather more. ‘These are

smaller than Jamaican specimens, but I cannot find any

characters that would separate them specifically.

While examining these scales I saw what looked very much

like an antenna—an organ not possessed by the species of

Planchonia when adult. It took a moment’s consideration

to realize that this appearance was no antenna, but a jointed

hair from the host-plant! I mention this lest some future

observer should be thus deceived.

(5) Dactylopius mexicanus, sp. 0.

City of Mexico.

@ (not adult). Body about 3 millim. long, broad, with

subtruncate broad extremities ; sides with many long hairs,

not covered with secretion, but their bases partly enveloped

in white secretion. Caudal filaments about as long as lateral

and without (or nearly without) secretion; caudal filaments

about (or hardly) half length of body. Body above pale

yellowish grey, with mealy white secretion rather sparsely

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xii. L

50 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coccide.

scattered all over, except where there are black markings.

These black markings consist of a band passing obliquely

backwards from each ocular region towards the dorsum, but

instead of meeting dorsally, these bands bend and form two

parallel faint dorsal bands. ach oblique band, near its

origin, sends off a posterior branch, which, running along the

side of the body, forms one arm of a Y, the other arm and the

base being the oblique band. In addition to this, a short

distance behind the middle, three segments are black external

to the dorsal bands, together forming on each side of the back

a conspicuous black patch.

pale greyish, the dorsal black patches almost obsolete and the

dorsal bands or lines becoming interrupted; the black Y alone

remaining distinct. Caudal and lateral filaments or hairs

without white secretion, caudal ones about (or hardly) half as

long as body.

The adult is thus less conspicuously marked than those

about two-thirds grown. The young, however, have the

black marks nearly or quite obsolete, the white secretion

tends to form interrupted dorsal and lateral keels, and the

caudal and lateral filaments are broadly covered with fine

white secretion, the caudal appearing rather longer than the

lateral. One can only distinguish five to eight secretion-

covered processes on each side, each representing more than

one hair.

¢& sac (puparium) white, ordinary.

3 (adult). Body about 23 millim. long. Caudal filaments

5 millim. long. .Wings 34 millim., grey, slightly ochreous

at base, veins darkened. Head, body, and legs grey, but

dorsum of abdomen white with secretion. Filaments diver-

ging, curving near their ends, conspicuously white.

All the above characters can be observed with a hand-lens.

A microscopical examination revealed the following addi-

tional features :—

? (adult). Legs and antenne brown. Antenne eight-

jointed, third the longest; 4 longer than 2, 6 and 7 about

equal; 5 a little shorter than 4, but a little longer than 6; 8

a little longer than 4; 1 about as long as 2. Antennal

formula therefore 384 (215) (67).

Tibia longer than femur, tarsus less than half as long as

tibia, Claw large.

Larva with seven-jointed antenne, 7 longest, then 3.

Tibia about one fourth longer than tarsus.

Liggs oval.

‘This species is somewhat allied to J. virgatus, Ckll., but

——

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coccide. 51

amply distinct. It is remarkable for its large size and the

Y markings.

(6) Orthezia insignis, Doug , var.

Vera Cruz.

The specimens differ a little from those found in Jamaica,

but there is nothing to separate them specifically from

insignis.

(7) Pulvinarta lutea, sp. un.

Vera Cruz, on variegated Croton.

2 (adult). On underside of leaves. Sacs about 10 millim.

long and 4 broad, convex but depressed, of satiny texture,

with nearly parallel sides. Colour bright lemon-yellow. The

brown shrivelled female is largely overlapped by the ovisac,

which is here plicate, with a tendency to be trifid.

Substance of body (in caustic soda) yellow; margin with

large, distinct, and numerous spines. Derm with numerous

tubular glands.

Legs reddish. Femur about one third longer than tibia ;

tarsus a little more than one third length of tibia. Claw short

and curved. ‘Trochanter with two equal strong bristles.

Femur with a very stout large bristle at right angles to its

surface, before its middle. In one specimen this bristle was

observed to be accompanied by a smaller similar one. Tibia

with a few hairs and a long bristle at right angles to its

surface at the distal end. ‘Three strong oblique bristles spring

from the side of the tarsus. ‘The tarsal knobbed hairs are

very long and stout and distinctly knobbed. The digitules

of the claw are immense, with very stout stalks, and broad

large flattened knobs. Both digitules and tarsal hairs must

be deciduous, as the first leg | examined showed none.

Egg oval, reddish (in soda).

Young larva has the claw longer and practically straight,

with the usual digitules and knobbed hairs. Jind end trun-

cate, with a cleft in the manner of Lecanium, and a short

bristle arising from each side of the cleft.

The young exhibit the usual characters of the group—the

anal cleft, the four lateral incisions, &c. The spines in the

lateral incisions are short. The hairs along the margin are

short, not very numerous, and show a tendency to be knobbed.

The posterior cleft is open, and two bristles project from its

centre. ‘The shape ot the young is elongate, with nearly

parallel sides. Colour pale brown or whitish. The eyes,

situated on the margin, are reddish brown. ‘The dorsum is

bluntly keeled.

52 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coccidee.

I do not know any species nearly allied to this. It ts

easily distinguished by its bright yellow ovisac, bristly margin

of the female, long femoral bristle, and the large thick digi-

tules of the claw. It is possible that the two bristles ascribed

to the trochanter are really on the distal end of the coxa.

(8) Lecanium olee (Bern.).

City of Mexico.

(9) Lecanium hesperidum (L.).

On stems of rose, Vera Cruz; on tree (not identified), City

of Mexico.

(10) Lecanium terminalia, CkIl., var.

On leaves of a liliaceous plant, Vera Cruz.

@ (adult). Margin with very few (simple) hairs. Derm

with small circular gland-spots. Sides of scale with radiating

pigment-bands. Parts of the scale and insect turn reddish

purple in soda. Anal plates with their posterior external

margins considerably longer than their anterior margins.

Legs small; tarsus with slender knobbed hairs, knobs rudi-

mentary ; tarsus about two thirds length of tibia; tibia about

three fourths length of femur.

Eqs oval, granular.

Larva with long and slender knobbed tarsal hairs, the knobs

rudimentary. Femur decidedly shorter than tibia+ tarsus.

L. terminalia was described from specimens found on

Terminalia at Jamaica, and its occurrence on a liliaceous

plant at Vera Cruz was quite unexpected, so much so that

until J examined the details of its structure I did not suppose

I had terminalia, but rather Signoret’s acwminatum, which

was found on orchids in a Parisian hothouse.

These Vera-Cruz terminalia were only a few feet away

from arose-bush swarming with hesperidum, and as one looked

at them it was hard not to conclude that they were all one

species, the terminalia modified by the nature of the food-

plant. Yet in Kingston, Jamaica, where one finds terminalie

on Terminalia, I have found occasionally on liliaceous plants

true hesperidum, and not terminalia at all!

In some few respects, such as the details of the feet, the

Vera Cruz specimens differ from typical terminalie; but I am

certainly not prepared to make a new species out of them on

these grounds. From acuminatum they differ in the length

Mr. O. Thomas on a new Bornean Tupaia. 53

of the tarsus and the shape of the larva, and also in being

oviparous.

(11, 12) Ceroplastes, spp.

These two species (one of which will probably have to be

referred to a distinct genus) are held over, to be described in

another article treating of the Mexican species of this genus.

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

June 5, 1893.

XIV.—Deseription of a new Bornean Tupaia.

By OLprieLp THOMAS,

Tupaia gracilis, sp. n.

Intermediate in size between the smallest species of the

genus (7. javanica, minor, &c.) and the middle-sized ones

(7. dorsalis, picta, montana, and others). Build slender ;

feet and tail long.

General colour all over above, including the head, back,

outer sides of limbs, and upper surface of tail, clear finely

grizzled olive, nearly uniform throughout. Shoulder-streak

distinct, pure white. Under surface and inner sides of limbs

dirty whitish, the throat with a strong salmon-coloured suffu-

sion. Hind feet very narrow and elongated, recalling in their

proportions those of the very much larger 7. ferruginea

longipes. ‘Tail very long, fairly bushy, markedly distichous ;

its upper surface coloured like the body, although rather

darker, its lower olive along the line of the vertebra, then

with a broad yellowish band on each side, outside which the

hairs are finely ringed with black and yellowish.

Skull short and broad, with a particularly short and stumpy

muzzle (see measurements).

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in skin) :—

Head and body 165 millim. ; tail 175; hind foot, without

claws, 38.

Skull: greatest length, occiput to gnathion, 39:4; greatest

breadth 21; nasals, length 12, breadth 5:4; interorbital

breadth 12; orbit to gnathion 16°2 ; palate, breadth outside

m2 12°8, inside ™? 7°33; length of upper tooth-series 19;

length of lower jaw 25:5; combined lengths of three lower

molars 7°6.

A second specimen, also a male, preserved in spirit,

has a trunk-length of 138 millim., with its tail 161

millim. and its hind foot 41°2 millim. in length; but the

differences between these measurements and those of the skin

54 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

appear to be mainly due to the difference in the method of

preservation.

Hab. Apoh River, base of Mount Batu Song, Baram

district, East Sarawak.

Type collected September 1891.

The typical skin of this species was obtained by Mr. A. H.

Everett, and was recognized both by him and Mr, Charles

Hose (who also got a specimen at the same time and place) as

a different species to any previously known to them ; and this

opinion is quite confirmed by an examination of the Museum

collection of Zupate. There is, however, another example of

it in the Museum, obtained by the Marquis G. Doria in Sara-

wak in 1867, and generously presented by him in 1888.

This specimen I had not previously closely examined, but had

supposed it to be an old individual of 7. ménor; it proves on

comparison, however, to be quite similar to the example

collected by Mr. Everett.

Although without any conspicuous or specially charac-

teristic colours or markings, 7. gracilis is readily distinguish-

able both by its size (in which it is just intermediate between

two groups of species) and by its coloration, the only species

resembling it at all in this respect being the much smaller

and sharper-nosed 7. minor and the equally larger 7. Belan-

geri of Burma and the Malay Peninsula.

XV.—The Cowal Glands of Scorpio. By Henry M. Ber-

NARD, M.A. Cantab. (from the Huxley Research Labora-

tory).

[Plate IT. }

WHILE working at the comparative morphology of the Galeo-

did, I have found it necessary to make a careful examination

of the coxal glands of Scorpio, for purposes of comparison.

Although these glands, through the researches of Lankester *

and Sturany J, are already fairly well known, some points

were left uncertain and vague—e. g., the nature of the “‘ medul-

lary substance,’ and the question whether in adults the

glands opened to the exterior. ‘This paper embodies the

definite results which I have obtained on these two interesting

points.

While reserving full details of the coxal glands of Galeodes

* “On the Skeleto-trophic Tissues and Coxal Glands of Limulus,

Scorpio, and Mygale,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxiv., 1884.

+ “ Die Coxaldriisen der Arachnoideen,” Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, t. ix.

Heft 2, 1891.

Coxal Glands of Scorpio. ays)

for my larger publication, it is necessary briefly to describe

them here, as their arrangement throws important light on

the morphology of the coxal gland in Scorpio. A long coiled

tube opens just behind the first pair of legs; it runs backwards

among the muscles and nerves, free of connective tissue, then,

bending forward again, ends near its external opening. The

proximal end of this long duct is occasionally found expanded

into a spongy mass of branching and anastomosing tubules,

which join with the similar mass of tubules from the coxal

gland of the other side to form a barrier across the cephalo-

thorax. Through this spongy mass the blood, flowing back-

wards freely through the body, must filter. It is important

to bear in mind that these tubules are simply a development

of the ends of the ducts, and the whole may be dissected out

free from the body without any entanglement of connective

tissue or blood-vessels, which latter do not exist in Graleodes.

I am inclined to think that the histology of this gland is

not so simple as it appears at first sight, and that Macleod’s

description* ot it, though in the main correct, requires revision.

I am not, therefore, as yet in a position to make any histolo-

gical comparisons between the coxal gland of G‘aleodes and

that of Scorpio.

The gland opens in Scorpio, not on the first leg, as in

Galeodes, but in exactly the spot where I have recently

shown fT that the coxal gland of the Chernetidz opens, viz. on

the posterior face of the coxa of the third leg. In Scorpio

this posterior face of the coxa of the third leg is fused with

the anterior face of the coxa of the fourth leg. But this

fusion is so far incomplete as to form a channel close up

against the body ; this channel runs forward from the external

opening of the gland, so that the excretory matters find their

way to the exterior between the tips of the coxe of the third

and fourth pairs of legs close to the sternal plate. In serial

sections both the duct of the coxal gland, on its way to the

chitinous channel thus formed by the fused coxe, and the

chitinous channel itself are very easy to find, and the fact that

they have been missed by former investigators {| can only be

explained by the frequent tearing of the sections by fragments

ot hard chitin.

Plate I. fig. 1 shows the chitinous channel in section,

while figs. 2 and 3 show the connexion of the duct of the

coxal gland with this c!.annel.

The duct of the gland is much coiled and forms a compact

* Bull. Ac. Bruxelles (8) t. viii., 1884.

+ Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology (in press).

tT Quart. Journ. Micr, Sci. xxiv. p, 164.

56 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

mass bound together by connective tissue. The walls of the

duct are bulged out to form what look like short branches,

but which are in reality only pocket-like outpushings. A

large nucleus lies in each pocket. ;

The cells of the duct are no longer demonstrable as simple

cells; their outermost portions are arranged in strands of

staining protoplasm and clearmatter. Lankester has suggested

that these clear strie might be tubes; but I think it more

probable that they are inflowing streams of the excretory

matter. This excretory matter, after passing through the

outer portions of the cells, seems to be absorbed by the nuclei,

which swell enormously and bulge out the wall of the duct

as above described. In this swollen state they no longer

take stain, but are large clear vesicles which are detached

into the lumen of the tube, where they finally break down.

Besides these enormous nuclei (21 w in long diameter), others

of all sizes are found, some comparatively small (12 y), with

deeply-staining chromosomes. Although I have found no

traces of dividing nuclei—dividing 7. e. in order to replace

those which are cast oft--Lankester has a figure * of the coxal

gland of Luthus cyaneus in which the nuclei are obviously

dividing. Between the nuclei and the lumen of the tube there

is a very thin layer of staining and apparently undifferentiated

protoplasm.

While in Scorpio the nuclei appear, as above described, to

absorb the excretory matter and to be cast off, in Galeodes

this matter is apparently collected in vacuoles of the cyto-

plasm, which are then detached and fiil the lumen of the duet

with clear round vesicles. ‘The detachment of the nuclei in

Scorpio has been mentioned by Lankester and Sturany ;

but both seem doubtful whether this may not be due to the

preparation of the sections. Iig. 2, however, shows a portion

of the duct in which there are more detached nuclei in the

jumen of the duct than could have been derived from the

wall, where, indeed, the nuclei are still found zn stu. Further,

the different character of the nuclei (the solid staining and

the large clear vesicular nuclei) seems to have escaped obser-

vation. The latter alone are found free in the lumen of the

duct. This remarkable function of the nuclei, as to the

correctness of which I think there can be little doubt, deserves

further investigation.

This highly differentiated duct terminates, as is sometimes

the case in Galeodes, in a sponge-like system of branched

tubules. This mass of tubules does not, however, develop

freely among the tissues of the body as in Galeodes, but is

gathered together into a compact mass, round which the main

* Quart. Journ. Mier, Sci. xxiv, pl. xii. fig. 5.

Coxal Glands of Scorpio. 57

duct above described coils. These tubules are bathed in a

blood-stream, which is brought by a special vessel which

arises from that accompanying the nerve running into the

third leg. The blood is conducted by this vessel between

the anterior layer of the coil of the coxal gland, and is then

discharged freely among these end-tubules. The histology of

these tubules differs considerably from that of the main duct.

The epithelium lining the tubules in Scorpio is apparently

discontinuous, the cells, containing large nuclei, being irregu-

larly scattered upon the membranous wall of the tubule

(figs. 4 and 5). ‘This mass of tubules with the blood-spaces

between them has been called by Lankester the ‘ medullary

substance.” ‘This name, while it applies perhaps to the state

of the end-tubules figured by him, which must represent that

of a very young specimen, is totally inapplicable to the adult

condition. ‘That this part of the gland happens to be medul-

lary at all is simply due to the coiling of the main duct

around its proximal branched portion. In the Chernetide we

also have the proximal end of the gland surrounded by the

coils of the duct; but there are no branching tubules such as

we find in (raleodes and Scorpio.

No one can examine these end-tubules of the coxal gland

of Scorpio without being reminded of the end-saccules to the

antennal and shell-ylands of the Crustacea. Sturany sus-

pected that these tubules represented a typical end-saccule,

but was unable to prove it. Perhaps I have been more

fortunate in my sections ; working from before backwards, it

is easy to find in the anterior sections the blood-spaces in

connexion with the blood-vessel above described. ‘The actual

opening of the blood-vessel into the blood-spaces is much

disguised by a peculiar group of cells (PI. IL. fig. 4, c), between

which the blood seems to flow. In these sections the blood-

Spaces. are more conspicuous than are the tubules. In the

posterior sections the connexion between the main duct and

the tubules is also easy to find (fig. 5).

The transition between the scattered epithelium of the end-

saccule and the specialized striated epithelium of the main

duct I have endeavoured to show in fig. 5.

The presence of typical end-saccules at the proximal ends

of thescoxal glands of Galeodes and Scorpio has an important

bearing on the morphology of the antennal and shell-glands

of the Crustacea. In the first place, it is difficult to doubt

that these are all homologous structures ; the extraordinary

histological likeness between the main ducts and their common

development of end-saccules seems to me to render the

homology almost certain. ‘Lhe great importance of this

homology, however, lies in the fact that the end-saccule in

58 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

the Crustacean gland would then be, what it clearly is in

Galeodes, a development of the proximal end of an originally

simple tubule, and not, as is often suggested, a modified

portion of a primitive ccelom.

The establishment of this point would be one more argu-

ment in favour of my view that the antennal and shell-glands

of the Crustacea are probably derivations of acicular or seti-

parous glands*, It is interesting to note that a similar sugges-

tion had already been made by Eisig ft with regard to the

origin of the coxal glands of the Arachnids.

In both cases (7. e. in Crustacea and Arachnida) we should

then have setiparous glands gradually specialized for excretory

purposes as the primitive nephridia became specialized into

genital ducts. ‘The extreme plasticity of the setiparous glands

is well known—slime-glands, spinning-glands, and poison-

glands being generally deduced from them ; further, tracheal

invaginations and salivary glands may also with great proba-

bility be traced back to them. That some of them should

have become specialized for excretion is not improbable.

Without enlarging any further on this suggested deriva-

tion of the antennal and shell-glands of the Crustacea and the

coxal glands of the Arachnida from setiparous sacs, I should

like to point out a remarkable physiological connexion which

appears to exist between the different kinds of Arachnidan

glands. Galeodes has no spinning- or poison-glands, but

highly developed coxal glands and Malpighian vessels.

Scorpio has well-developed stinging-glands, which, however,

are but occasionally employed, and well-developed coxal

glands and Malpighian vessels. The Chernetide have very

large true spinning-glands and modified spinning- (cement-)

glands, which are periodically developed. ‘They have, further,

coxal glands, but no Malpighian vessels. In these animals

we have to bear in mind that the spinning- and cement-glands

are not always functional, so that some purely excretory

apparatus for the direct removal of waste products is required

during those times when these excretory matters are not being

utilized for the formation of silk or cement.

In the Araneidee we have, as a rule, a perennial flow of silk

and a consequent degeneration of the purely excretory glands.

The coxal glands have, as a rule, degenerated, wile the

Malpighian tubules no longer come in contact with the blood-

stream, but ramify through the peritoneal cells which bind

the numerous diverticula of the mid-gut into a solid mass,

* “The Apodid’ (Macmillan, 1892). D

} Eisig, ‘Die Capitelliden des Golfes yon Neapel’ (1887).

Coxal Glands of Séorpio. 59

often erroneously called the “liver.” The Malpighian tubules

have here, as it appears to me, become specialized for the

removal of fecal matter from the tips of the diverticula*.

In this case the waste products appear to be entirely used up

in the formation of silk.

We find, then, a distinct physiological connexion between

the purely excretory glands and the silk-glands; when the

latter are well developed, the former tend to atrophy or to

become specialized for other functions, and, on the other

hand, when there are no glands for using up the waste products

the purely excretory glands are well developed. ‘This

physiological relationship need not necessarily imply any

homology between the spinning- and poison-glands, on the

one hand, and the excretory glands (coxal glands and Mal-

pighian vessels) on the other. At the same time the common

derivation of all these glands from setiparous sacs would

render such connexion very natural.

EKXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fig. 1. A transverse section of Huscorpio ttalicus, passing through the tip

of the coxa of the fourth leg, cy. ¢3, coxa of third leg, the pos-

terior face of which is fused with the anterior face of ¢,, leaving,

however, an open channel, ch; en, endosclerite ; n, nerve to the

third leg (the accompanying blood-vessel gives off a branch, 8,

to the coxal gland); sp, sternal plate.

Fig. 2. A few sections further back, showing the part of the duct (d)

leaving the chitinous channel (ch), and the blood-vessel (d)

running backwards. The coil of the coxal gland is also cut

through tangentially ; nuclei in various stages of vesiculation

are found, the largest and most vesicular being detached.

Fig. 3. A portion of the cuticle of Palamneus Thorellii, Pocock, macerated

in caustic potash, showing the posterior face of the coxa of the

third leg seen from within. ma, chitinous attachments for

muscles ; ch, the channel between c, and ¢;; d, chitinous intima

close to the aperture of the duct; sp, portion of the sternal

late.

Fig. 4. Aitevion section through the end-saccule (the so-called “ medul-

lary substance”). The clear portions are the blood-passages,

the dotted parts are the tubules of the end-saccule. The opening

of the blood-vessel is marked by a curious aggregation of cells (e)

(? Sturany’s “ Blutzellen”) between which the blood flows,

Fig. 5, Posterior section through the end-saccule, showing that the latter

is but an expansion of the coiled duct. Between the scattered

epithelium of the end-saccule and the highly specialized epithe-

lium of the coiled duct occurs a short band of epithelium appa-

rently quite undifferentiated,

Fig. 6. Diagram of the gland, showing the special blood-vessel discharging

its contents among the tubules of the end-saccule. Lettering as

above.

* “Notes on some of the Digestive Processes in Arachnids,” Journ. R,

Mier. Soe. (in press).

60 On the Nature of “ Hamapophyses.”

XVI.—On the Nature of ‘“‘ Hemapophyses,” in reply to some

Criticisms of M. Dollo. By G. A. BOULENGER.

In two papers published in the ‘ Bulletin scientifique de

France,’ xxiv. 1892, of which extracts have been kindly sent

me by the author, M. L. Dollo has endeavoured to show

that his maxim, “‘ Chez tous les vertébrés, les cétes sont homo-

logues aux cétes et les hemapophyses aux hemapophyses,”

being true, the views I have expressed as to the nature of the

Reptilian chevrons are necessarily incorrect. I fear my friend

lets himself be carried astray by theories which, however

fascinating they may appear when treated in the talented

manner with which all readers of his works are familiar, are,

in this special case, unsupported by facts. I maintain that

there is not at present the slightest evidence that the chevrons

are homologous throughout the Vertebrata, as my critic will

have it. An examination of the vertebral column of Amia

suffices to show how, in that type, the true ribs gradually

converge ventrally towards the caudal region, and do duty

for the ‘‘ hemapophyses.” The embryological researches of

C. Scheel (Morphol. Jahrb. xx. 1893, p. 1) also prove that in

the Teleostei the hemapophyses are formed by the parapo-

hyses or parapophyses and ribs. It further appears to me

that M. Dollo, when writing on the subject, had not present

to his mind the multitudinous modifications of the vertebral

column of Teleosteans, for I cannot see how his account of

the relations of the ribs and hemal arch can be reconciled

with the structure of such a well-known type as the typical

Scomberoids, Mackerel or Tunny.

I here quote Cuvier on the Mackerel :—“ L’épine a trente

et une vertébres,...... Les apophyses transverses forment

Yanneau [hemapophysis] dés la dixiéme. Elles ont d’abord

deux cdtes de chaque cété, partant du méme point; ensuite

les cdtes se séparent un peu. Les supérieures, plus courtes,

durent jusqu’a la dix-huitiéme vertébre; les autres, plus

longues, cessent dés la treiziéme.”” Hence we have on one

and the same vertebra (10th to 13th) the two ribs, assumed

by M. Dollo to represent the true rib and the hemapophysis,

in addition to the hemal arch.

A further argument against M. Dollo’s theory of the

homology of the hemal arch throughout the Vertebrata is

derived from the fact that in certain Cyprinoids the anterior

thoracic vertebree possess a ventral arch enclosing the aorta.

This arch is pronounced by Scheel to be formed by mere

fibrous processes of the centrum, and to be homologous with

the chevrons of Urodele Batrachians.

Changes of Plumage in the Red Grouse. 61

I therefore conclude that the hemal arch is not homo-

logous throughout the Vertebrata, as it may be formed by the

ribs alone (Amia), by the parapophyses or parapophyses and

ribs (Teleoste’), or by mere ventral processes of the centra or

intercentra; that the “ hemapophysis,” as an element, does

not exist; and that the interpretation I have given to the

chevrons of Reptiles is correct,

XVII.—On the Tadpole of Pelobates syriacus, Boettger.

By G. A. BouLENGER,

AMONG some Batrachians from Syria which their collector,

Professor J. Barrois, has kindly sent me, were four large

tadpoles, which I should have pronounced as of Pelobates

fuscus, were it not for the locality whence they were pro-

cured—the immediate environs of Damascus. Now, the

Pelobates of Syria which, in its perfect condition, stands

much nearer to P. cultripes than to P. fuscus, has recently

been described by Dr. Boettger under the name of P. syriacus ;

and I therefore feel justified in applying that name to these

tadpoles, although I am unable to point out any character of

importance by which they are to be distinguished from the

common species, P. fuscus.

The nostrils are equally distant from the eyes and the

end of the snout; the distance between them equals one half

the interocular width, which equals once and a half to once

and two thirds the width of the mouth. ‘The tail is nearly

thrice as long as deep, acutely pointed, once and two thirds

to twice the length of the body. The beak and lips agree

entirely with P. fuscus.

The largest specimen measures 120 millim. Length of

body 42, width of body 25; length of tail 78, depth of tail 28.

I may add that I have received from Prof. R. Collett a

young specimen of P. syriacus, stated to be from Smyrna.

XVIII.— Notes on the Changes of Plumage tin the Red Grouse

(Lagopus scoticus). By W. R. OGiLvie GRANT.

So many books have been written on British Birds that it

seems curlous any new facts regarding the sexual differences

or changes of plumage in our common species should still

remain unrecorded or only imperfectly described.

Some time ago, in two articles published in the columns of

62 Mr. W. R. O. Grant on the

the ‘Field’ (21st Nov., 1891, and 9th April, 1892), I pointed

out that the true sexual differences in the plumage of the Com-

mon Partridge (Perdix perdix) had been entirely overlooked,

and that the chestnut horseshoe mark on the breast, generally

supposed to be a distinctive character between the male and

female, was of little or no value, being largely developed in

the great majority of young female birds of the year. The

only reliable character for distinguishing the sexes was to be

found in the markings of the lesser and median wing-coverts.

The longitudinal buff shaft-stripe in these feathers is well

defined in both sexes, but the females have the ground-colour

blackish transversely barred with buff, while in the males

(except in the feathers of the first plumage) these markings

are always absent, and the whole feather is sandy buff, finely

mottled and vermiculated with blackish, and blotched with

chestnut on one or sometimes on both webs. Very young

males in the first plumage resemble the female, but the

chestnut-blotched lesser wing-coverts of the adult plumage

are among the first to appear, so that one can easily distin-

guish the two sexes at a very early period of their existence.

During the preparation of the twenty-second volume of the

‘Catalogue of Birds,’ I have been enabled, through the kind-

ness of numerous friends, to add enormously to our series of

British game birds, so that, at the present time, the British

Museum series of Perdix perdix and Lagopus scoticus are

fairly complete. In the present note I wish to submit some

extremely interesting and important facts concerning the

latter species, the like of which, so far as I am aware, are

without parallel in ornithology. My present remarks are the

result of nearly a year’s careful study of the changes of

plumage in the Red Grouse, during which I have gradually

obtained from various sources the necessary specimens repre-

senting the different male and female plumages throughout

the entire year.

When I first examined our very incomplete series, 1 had

little doubt that my present conclusions were correct, but the

chain of evidence was then too incomplete to speak with the

absolute certainty I can at present.

Mr. J. G. Millais (Game Birds and Shooting-Sketches,

pp- 69, 70 [1892]) gives a most excellent and complete

account of the various changes of plumage uncaergone by the

Ptarmigan (L. mutus) during each month of the year. ‘These

changes are of three kinds :—firstly, those caused by three

distinct partial moults, which occur in spring, autumn, and

winter in both male and female; secondly, those produced by

a change of pattern in the feathers themselves, which 1s

Changes of Plumage in the Red Grouse. 63

accomplished without any moult; thirdly, those arising from

the wearing-off of the tips and fading of the colour.

Mr. Millais speaks of the changes in the Red Grouse as

being coincident with those of the Ptarmigan, but this is

not really the case.

There can be little doubt that our Red Grouse is merely an

insular form of the Willow-Grouse (LZ. lagopus), and that the

protective white winter plumage, being no longer a necessity,

has been gradually dropped. The Willow-Grouse, like the

Ptarmigan, bas three distinct partial moults during the year,

and one would naturally suppose that in the Red Grouse the

white winter moult common to both sexes was the one which

had been omitted, but this is only the case with the female.

Lagopus scoticus is subject to great variation, and before

attempting tu give any description of the different plumages

I must state that in the male three distinct types of plumage

are recognizable—a red form, a black form, and a white-

spotted form. ‘The first of these, in which the general colour

is red without any white spots, is mostly found in the low

grounds of Ireland, the west coast of Scotland, and the

Outer Hebrides. Of the second or black form typical

examples are rarely met with, and it is usually found mixed

with either the red- or white-spotted forms; but most often

with both, and specimens in mixed plumage are those most

commonly met with. The third or white-spotted form is

spotted all over the breast and belly, and sometimes on the

head and upper parts, with white. The most typical exam-

ples of this form are usually found in the high ground of the

north of Scotland. In the female five distinct types are

recognizable—the red, the black, the white-spotted, the buff-

spotted, and the buff-barred forms. The first two are the

rarest : the white-spotted form occurs as in the male; the

buff-spotted form, which is the commonest and the one usually

met with, has the feathers of the upper parts spotted at the

tip with yellowish buff. The fifth or buff-barred form,

which is met with in the south of Ireland, resembles in

winter the ordinary female in breeding-plumage, and has the

upper parts rather coarsely barred with buff and black.

Bearing in mind the above remarks, the changes of plu-

mage in the ordinary forms may be briefly described as

follows :—

Adult male (winter and summer plumages). General colour

above black, with finely mottled bars of dark chestnut ; head

and neck dark chestnut; top of the head and back of the

neck marked with black ; feathers of the mantle, lower back,

rump, and upper tail-coyerts with narrow transverse bars

64 Changes of Plumage in the Red Grouse.

and vermiculations of black and chestnut, the latter colour

usually predominating. As is usual in this group of birds

with incomplete moults, the autumn plumage is rarely com-

pletely donned, a greater or lesser number of worn summer

feathers being retained. No change whatever is made in the

plumage of the male, when once his winter garb is complete in

October, till after the breeding-season ; and towards the end

of June or beginning of July he commences gradually

moulting into his autumn plumage, which is complete by the

middle of August. In summer the white spots on the under-

parts, if present, are much less prominent, but this is ac-

counted for by the wearing-off of the ends of the feathers.

Adult male (autumn plumage). The upper parts are black,

marked and spotted with rufous-buff or buff, and edged all

round with paler buff; the markings are usually more or

less concentric on the mantle and back, and the chest is more

or less strongly barred and marked with black and buff.

In September the first feathers of the winter plumage

begin to appear on the back, and the barred chest-feathers

are mostly replaced by dark chestnut feathers narrowly barred

with black.

Adult female (autumn and winter plumages). Upper parts

black, with narrow irregular bars of rufous, and a buff spot

at the tip of most of the feathers; chest feathers narrowly

and often irregularly barred with rufous and black, and

usually more or less tipped with buff. This plumage is re-

tained throughout the autumn and winter ; in early spring

the feathers of the summer plumage begin to moult, and

by the end of April or beginning of May the summer plumage

is complete. Many of the rufous and black autumn-winter

feathers, especially those of the chest, sides, and flanks, are

not renewed, but change their pattern without a moult.

Down the middle of these there first appears a buff shaft-

stripe; gradually this stripe resolves itself into several

spots, which spread laterally towards the margins of the

feather; meanwhile the interspaces become black, and thus

a black and buff barred feather is produced very similar to

those which are newly moulted, but not so bright and fresh-

looking.

Adult female (summer plumage). Upper parts black,

coarsely mottled and margined with buff or rufous buff;

most of the markings are more or less concentric, and the

buff margins to the feathers of the back and scapulars give

the bird a more or less scaled appearance; most of the

feathers of the neck, chest, sides, and flanks are buff, coarsely

and irregularly barred with black. In July the autumn

Aphanapteryx of Mauritius and Chatham Islands. 65

plumage begins to appear, and is complete about the end of

August or beginning of September; no further moult takes

place tiil the following spring.

This species is distinguished from all other members of

the genus Lagopus by having the primaries brownish black.

From the above remarks it will be seen that two very

extraordinary facts have been ascertained beyond doubt :—

1. That the male gets no distinct swmmer plumage, but

has distinct autumn and winter plumages, and retains the

latter throughout the breeding-season.

2. That the female has a distinct swmmer plumage, which

is complete by the end of April; also a distinct autumn

plumage, but never assumes a distinct winter garb, retaining

her autumn plumage till the following spring.

X1X.—Note on the Aphanapteryx of Mauritius and of the

Chatham Islands. By H. O. Forses.

THE importance, from the point of view of the geographical

distribution of life in the Southern Hemisphere, of the accu-

rate determination of the osteological remains discovered last

year in the Chatham Islands, and of having them identified

or not with the types preserved in the Cambridge University

Museum, has induced me to anticipate my fuller paper on

the remains of the extinct birds of the New-Zealand region,

by presenting to those interested in this subject careful figures

(two thirds of the natural size) of some of their more important

bones. I have selected those which have been described and

figured by Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadowin their valuable

paper “On Additional Bones of the Dodo and other Extinct

Birds of Mauritius obtained by Mr. Théodore Sauzier,” read

betore the Zoological Society of London on November Ist,

1892, and about to appear in the next part of the ‘ T'ransac-

tions’ of the Society. Through Dr. Gadow’s kindness in

giving me a proof of this paper, to facilitate my comparison of

the Chatham-Island material with the Mauritian, I am able to

exhibit figures of the types of the premaxilla, the left humerus,

and the sternum by the side of the corresponding bones from

the Chatham Islands. The remains from the former locality

are more fragmentary than those from the latter. Of the

cranium from Mauritius no more, with the exception of the

mandible, is known than is shown in fig. 2, Several of the

skulls of Aphanapteryx [Hawkinsi, on the other hand, are

absolutely complete except for their pterygoid bones, which

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xii. 5

66 Aphanapteryx of Mauritius and Chatham Islands.

have not yet been found. I have figured (fig. 1) therefore

only the portion of A. Hawkinsi corresponding to that known

of A. Broecki. It will be observed that, except in size, the

premaxille in the two forms agree very closely together.

‘The same, indeed, may be said of the humeri. ‘The humerus

of A. Hawkins? (tig. 3) differs from that of A. Broecki (fig. 4)

only in being somewhat larger and stouter. The sternum of

the former (figs. 5 and 7, in its ventral and lateral aspects

respectively) is much more perfect than that of the latter,

whose anterior lateral processes and posterior portion (figs. 6

and 8) are all wanting.

I think it will be generally conceded by those ornitho-

logists who compare the four pairs of drawings here given that

Bibliographical Notice. 67

they present no characters by which the Chatham-Island bones

can be generically distinguished from the Mauritian, and that

they both belong to the same genus, Aphanapteryx, though

perhaps they may constitute two species.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Wild Spain (Espana agreste): Records of Sport with Rifle, Rod,

and Gun, Natural History and Exploration. By Asrt Cuarman

aud Watter J. Buck. London: Gurney and Jackson, 1893.

No reader will close this book without admitting that it is at least

the production of authors who are thoroughly conversant with their

subject; and that isa great deal more than can truthfully be said of

a large number of works on Spain, many of which are made up of

the grumbles or the gushings of the very ordinary tourist, with

descriptions—compiled from guide-books—of the principle anti-

quities and utterly impossible versions of bull-fights. There is no

padding of that kind in the present work; no cathedral or picture-

gallery is ever mentioned; and it is muchif the word “ railway”

occurs incidentally, although in travelling from the great plains to

the south of Seville or the Sierra Nevada—beloved of the ibex—to

the snows of the Sierra de Gredos and the trout-streams of Biscay,

railways are useful accessories. This sketch of Espana agreste—

rural, sport-affording Spain—is redolent of the keen air of the

mountains, the indescribable freshness which, even in the heat of

summer, is wafted across the marisma, and the spicy resin-laden

odour of the pinales ; and, as such, it will commend itself to every

true lover of nature. To many of our readers Mr. Chapman is

already known by his ‘ Bird-life on the Border ’—which we noticed

favourably about four years ago—and his excellent articles on the

ornithology of Spain contributed to ‘The Ibis’; while Mr. Buck

has long been a resident at Jerez, and is one of the keenest sports-

men in the Peninsula. And they have shown no undue haste in

publishing their experiences, for more than twenty years have

elapsed since they commenced those sporting excursions which have

extended to the present day and have resulted in the handsome

and profusely illustrated work now before us.

Spontaneity and an absence of effort are noticeable features of

the book, and another characteristic is the mixedness of its con-

tents, resembling in this respect those ollas which are a household

word in connexion with Spanish cookery. Sometimes, as in the

chapters on the fighting-bull of Spain, brigandage, agriculture, and

viticulture (with important observations on crops, horse-breeding,

live-stock, the olive, and the vine), the gypsies, past and present,

&e., we detect the preponderance of the experienced resident in the

person of Mr. Buck; other chapters show joint collaboration, and it

68 Bibliographical Notice.

is not always easy to understand which of the partners is speaking

in the first person singular; while the notes on bird-life in the

marisma as well as in the mountains will be recognized as princi-

pally due to Mr. Chapman. Most ornithologists are aware that he

was the first of our countrymen who obtained absolute proof of the

manner in which the Flamingo nests, having waded under a burning

sun for long distances through mud and water in order to sketch these

wary birds actually sitting on their nests. That the old statement

respecting the bird’s position astride was an easily explained fable

had for some time been the opinion of those persons who had given

the matter a thought; but it was Mr. Chapman who proved the

correctness of these surmises, and the accuracy of his descriptions

have been corroborated by the subsequent observations made by Sir

H. H. Blake, when Governor of the Bahamas. Among the happiest

of the many illustrations are those relating to the flamingoes, stilts,

avocets, herons, ducks, &c., which inhabit the great marshes forming

the delta of the Guadalquivir, and known as the marisma; while

the sketches of birds of prey, both in the plain and on the mountain,

leave nothing to be desired. ‘The attitudes of the vultures, whether

at their nesting-places, banquets, or on the wing, are admirable ;

and even should exception be taken to a little hardness in plate

xxy., its deficiencies from the artistic point of view may well be

pardoned in consideration of the spirit and fidelity with which the

evolutions of the assembling vultures are rendered. There is also

an illustration of a soaring Gypaétus barbatus carrying a snake in

its talons; the bird passed slowly along the line of the sportsmen

in the Sierra Bermeja and appeared to have about ‘four feet of

writhing reptile ” dangling beneathit. Some interesting particulars

are given respecting this handsome species, persistently styled

‘“‘ Lammergeyer ” [sic] by the authors, who prefer, for some inscru-

table reason, a mis-spelt German word to a descriptive English term.

As a rule the German name is, even when correctly spelled, some-

what misleading, for the Bearded Vulture, as we prefer to call the bird,

feeds chiefly on bones (which it smashes by dropping them from a

height), carrion, and—especially in India—the foulest garbage;

but there appears to be strong evidence that during the breeding-

season the bird is destructive to very young kids and lambs: while

Manuel de la Torre, of Madrid, whose accuracy is unimpeachable,

has actually seen one of these birds kill a rabbit. The above

animals, small though they are, would probably be torn to pieces

and swallowed on the spot, for we do not think that this

species could carry off in its clutches anything exceeding a few

pounds in weight. Moreover, Gypaétus barbatus certainly has a

way of coming sharply round the edge of a cliff, and that it might

frighten or even knock a kid off a narrow ledge we have no doubt

whatever ; indeed its sudden apparition, when a man is holding on

with both hands, is sufficiently startling, and under such circum-

stances the bird will sometimes sweep past far more closely than at

other times ; but we never knew it to attack anybody, or to defend

its nest even when it had young,

Bibliographical Notice. 69

It is impossible to refer to half the interesting points presented

by this volume, but the authors’ experiences with the ibex of the

Peninsula deserve notice, for they are, by far, the most novel

feature of the book. This ibex is quite distinct from the steinbok

of the Italian Alps, and belongs to the group of ‘‘turs,” or sheep-

like goats, found in Southern Europe from the Caucasus westward.

No true wild sheep, such as the mouftlon, are now known to exist in

Spain; and although Mr. Lydekker, to whose authority we bow, has

stated that the moufflon was formerly abundant in the Peninsula,

we have no knowledge of its existence within historic times

further west than the Balearic Islands, and even there it has long

been extinct. To return to the ibex: it is still found in some of

the deep and remarkably narrow limestone gorges on the Spanish

side of the Pyrenees, and in ‘Short Stalks’ Mr. E. N. Buxton has

given a capital account of his experiences with that wily animal in

some of its haunts in Aragon, which were practically, we believe,

rediscovered by the late Sir Victor Brooke. From the Pyrenees we

trace it along the mountains of Central Spain to the Sierra de

Gredos, which forms the apex of the watershed between the Douro

and the Tagus, and by a continuation of that range—known

as the Serra da Estrelha—the ibex enters Portugal. South of this

there appears to be a break of continuity, and when the ibex reappears

in the Sierra Morena (according to the authors) and undoubtedly in

the Sierra Nevada, as well as in the Sierra Bermeja overhanging the

Mediterranean, it has varied so far from the northern type, Capra

pyrenaica, that Schimper considered the differences as specific, and

conferred the name of C. hispanica upon the southern race. From

their practical and consequently valuable experiences of both races

the authors are able to give us some useful details respecting the

habits and haunts of these animals ; from which it appears that in

the higher ranges ibex never descend, even in winter, to forests or

coverts of any kind; but in the Sierras of Bermeja and Palmitera,

which do not exceed 5000 feet in elevation and are clothed to the

summit with wood, ibex make lairs in the scrub like those of a roe-

deer, and in one drive “ wild goat” and wild boar were afoot

simultaneously. But both races resort to the narrowest and most

overhung ledges on the first alarm.

If we were writing for sportsmen we could dilate upon the

chapters on ‘* Deer driving in the Forests,” ‘* Wild-fowling in the

Wilderness” both with the cabrestos or stalking-horses and the

stanchion guns, the hunting of the grisly boar, trout-tishing in the

northern provinces, bustard-shooting, and many other topics ; while

if we have refrained from saying anything about the wild (feral)

camels of the marisma, it is because almost every other reviewer

has, metaphorically, had a shot at them. But we think we have

said enough to give a fair idea of one of the most fascinating volumes

which has ever come under our knowledge.

70 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 22, 1893.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On the Microscopic Structure of the Wenlock Limestone,

with Remarks on the Formation generally.” By Edward Wethered,

Esq., F.G.S., F.R.MS.

Microscopic sections of limestone have been examined from May

Hill, Purley, and Ledbury, and the exposures of Wenlock Lime-

stone were visited by the Author. As a result of their study, it

appears that these limestones have been deposited under varying

local conditions. At May Hill, the Wenlock Limestone shows three

divisions :—at the base of the quarry a massive limestone, succeeded

by thin-bedded limestones separated by shales, and above these a

nodular, irregularly-bedded limestone. The limestone of this district

shows abundance of granules similar to Oolitic ones, and it is marked

by the occurrence of Girvanella problematica, with new and im-

portant forms of the genus Girvanella,

At Purley, near West Malvern, is a section somewhat similar to

that at May Hill. Pisolite has been described from this area, and

the Author succeeded in finding a weathered block of limestone full

of pisolites, whilst sections from the beds at the base of the quarry

show them to be more or less oolitic, Amongst other Girvanelle,

a form occurs at Purley which has not been noticed at May

Hill.

The Ledbury limestone is very different from those at May Hill

and Purley. The variety of calcareous organisms which appear to

have contributed to its formation is small. No sign of oolitic struc-

ture has been found here, and Girvanella is only represented by

occasional aggregations of G. problematica, whilst the extraordinary

number of forms obtained from May Hill and Purley shows in how

great a measure the tubules of this organism have contributed to the

formation of the limestones of those places.

The Author at present offers no opinion as to whether Girvanella

is animal or vegetable.

2. “On the Affinities (1) of Anthracoptera, (2) of Anthracomya.”

By Dr. Wheelton Hind, B.S., F.G.S.

In this paper the Author gives the generic characters of the

genera Anthracoptera and Anthracomya, and discusses their affinities.

He gives reasons for supposing that the forms referable to these two

genera lived in fresh water. The following species are described :—

Geological Society. 71

(i) Anthracoptera modiolaris, Sow., A. triangularis, Sow., A. carinata,

Sow., A. quadrata, Sow., A. tumida, Eth. jun., A. obesa, Eth. jun.,

A, elongata, n. sp.; (11) Anthracomya Adamsi, Salt., and var. expansa,

Hind, A. dolobrata, Sow., A. Phillipsii, Williamson, A. scotica,

Eth. jun., A. modiolaris, Salt., A. elongata, Williamson MS., A.

lanceolata, n. sp., A. obtusa, Ludwig, A. angusta, n. sp., A. subcen-

tralis, Salt., A. pumila, Salt., A. senex, Salt., A. obovata, n. sp.,

A, n. sp., A. Wardi, Salt. MS.

March 22, 1893.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “*On the Jaw of a new Carnivorous Dinosaur from the Oxford

Clay of Peterborough.” By R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

The Author describes a fragment of the left side of a lower jaw of

a Carnivorous Dinosaur from the Oxford Clay of Peterborough,

indicating a new genus and species, which he names Sarcolestes

Leedst.

2. “On a Mammalian Incisor from the Wealden of Hastings.”

By R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

In this paper a small rodent-like tooth from the Wealden of

Hastings, belonging to Sir John Evans, K.C.B., is described. It is

probably the front tooth of one of the mammalian genera found in

the Purbeck Beds, as may be gathered from American specimens.

April 12, 1893.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On some Paleozoic Ostracoda from Westmoreland.” By

Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S,

In 1865 the Author determined for Prof. Harkness some fossil

Ostracoda which he had obtained from the Lower Silurian rocks of

§.E. Cumberland and N.E. Westmoreland, and subsequently other

specimens mentioned by Harkness and Nicholson in 1872. In

1891 Prof. Nicholson and Mr. Marr submitted a series of similar

microzoa from the same district; and the Author now endeayours

to determine their specific alliances, and revises the list of those pre-

viously collected. He has to notice about eleven forms of Primitia,

Beyrichia, Ulrichia, Atchmina, and Cytherella—seyeral of them being

closely allied as yarieties, but all worthy of study as biological

groups, such as have been illustrated from other regions by writers

on the Ostracoda, with the view of the exact determination, if

possible, of species and genera, of their local and more distant or

regional distribution, and of their range in time.

2 Miscellaneous.

2. “On some Faleozoic Ostracoda from the Girvan district in

Ayrshire.” By Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S.

This paper aims at the completion of the paleontological account

of the Giryan district, so far as the Ostracoda are concerned ; and

follows up the researches indicated in the ‘Monograph of the

Silurian Fossils of the Girvan District in Ayrshire,’ by Nicholson

and Etheridge, vol. i., 1880.

In about a dozen pieces of the fossiliferous shales, submitted for

examination some few years ago, the writer finds nearly thirty

specimens of Primitia, Beyrichia, Ulrichia, Suleuna, and Cypridina,

which show interesting gradations of form, not always easy to be

defined as specific or even varietal, but valuable as illustrating modi-

fications during the life-history of individuals, thus often leading

to permanent characteristics of species and genera. Like those for-

merly described in Nicholson and Etheridge’s ‘ Monograph,’ the

specimens have all been collected by Mrs. Elizabeth Gray, of

Edinburgh.

3. “On some Bryozoa from the Inferior Oolite of Shipton Gorge,

Dorset.—Part Il.” By Edwin A. Walford, Esq., F.G.S.

As we pass backward in time, the characters of the two sub-orders

Cheilostomata and Cyclostomata merge. The accessory organs of

the genus and species described in this paper illustrate this state-

ment. The genus is named Pergensia, and the following new

species are described :—P. nidulata, and vars. major and minima,

P. porifera, P. amphoralis, P. jugosa, P. bi-gibbosa, and P. galeata.

The genus is, however, placed in the sub-order Cheilostomata, thus

recognized for the first time in the Jurassic Series.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Circulatory Apparatus of Mygale cementaria, Walch.

By M. Marcen Cavsarp,

Tue circulatory apparatus of the Araneida Tetrapneumones has

hitherto been very little studied. So far as I am aware, the only

authors who haye dealt with this subject are Dugés, who, in the

illustrated edition ef Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal,’ has figured the heart

of the mason Mygale (Nemesia cementaria), and M. Blanchard, who,

after having briefly described the results obtained from the inyesti-

gation of Mygale (Theraphosa) Blondii, in the ‘ Comptes Rendus de

VAcadémie,’ t. xxxiv. 1852, gave a representation of the circulatory

apparatus of this spider in his ‘ Organisation du Régne Animal’

(Arachnides, pls. xy. & xvi.).

Since I had not at my disposal any of the large American species

of Mygale, | had to content myself with our humble mason Mygale

of Provence. In the present communication I shall concern myself

Miscellaneous. me

only with that portion of the circulatory apparatus which is contained

in the abdomen, that is to say with the heart and the vessels which

open into or issue from it.

The heart of the mason Mygale greatly resembles that of the rest

of the spiders. Enveloped by a pericardium it is situated in the

dorsal portion of the abdomen, immediately beneath the integument.

Its anterior region is attenuated to form the aorta, which penetrates

into the peduncle and passes on to ramify within the cephalothorax.

Its posterior portion exhibits a corresponding diminution in size, and

then terminates with a bifurcation. In transverse section it is not

circular, but shows an angle in its lower part, since the heart is as

it were carinateé on its inferior face. Four pairs of lateral

eminences are to be observed upon this organ. The anterior pair,

which correspond to the curvature of the heart, are but slightly

marked ; the following pair, which I shall call the intermediate ones,

are much more prominent, as are also the third (median); finally

the posterior pair, situated near the extremity of the heart, are much

less pronounced. Lach of these eight eminences is perforated by an

aperture, forming a communication between the pericardiac cavity

and the interior of the heart. There are accordingly four pairs of these

apertures, while the Araneida Dipneumones only possess three pairs,

and less in a few very rare cases. ‘The number four has, moreover,

been stated by M. Blanchard for Mygale Blondii. The anterior

apertures are placed at the sides of the heart; the intermediate ones

are a little further advanced towards the dorsal face ; and, lastly, the

median and posterior pairs are almost entirely dorsal, and in these

cases the two apertures of the same pair are separated one from

another, in the median line, only by a somewhat narrow strip of

tissue. Like the corresponding eminences, the intermediate and

median apertures are much more developed than the anterior, and

above all than the posterior pair. The two edges of each aperture

are constituted by powerful bundles of muscular fibres, which

sharply define them.

According to M. Blanchard, the heart of Mgiile Blondii is divided

into five chambers. In the mason Mygale this division into

chambers does not exist, any more, in fact, than in the Araneida

Dipneumones. On examining the interior of the heart, we observe

that the two lips of each aperture are turned back in such a way

as to make a noticeable projection on the inside of the heart when

they are applied together. The internal angles of the two apertures

of the same pair are only united together, on the interior of the

organ, by a slightly projecting raphe, which is produced by the

muscles which encircle these orifices; on the floor of the heart a

similar seam is even much less distinct. The arrangement here

described is that of the intermediate and median apertures; it is

even much less pronounced in the case of the anterior and posterior

ones. Neither do we find the valvular folds, which, according to

Dugés, should conceal the origins of the vessels. The heart therefore

forms only a single chamber, “exhibiting four enlargements.

As regards the vessels, Dugés confines himself to stating that

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser.6. Vol. xii. 6

74 Miscellaneous.

“the heart gives off branches in front and at the sides.” “M.

Blanchard figures four pairs of pnewmo-cardiae vessels, which bring

the blood from the lungs to the heart, and three pairs of arteries

issuing from the heart. There exists only two pairs of pneumo-

cardiac vessels, or pulmonary veins; these are constituted by pro-

longations of the pericardium. ‘Those of the anterior pair collect

the blood from the anterior lungs and open into the pericardium

opposite the anterior apertures of the heart: those of the posterior

pair receive the blood from the posterior lungs and discharge at the

level of the intermediate apertures. Further back many pro-

longations of the pericardium are seen, but these only form ligaments

uniting the heart to the dorsal integument.

As for the vessels which carry the blood away from the heart,

we may distinguish the following. At the level of the median

cardiac apertures there arises, on the inferior face of the heart, a

pair of large lateral arteries which ramify abundantly and irrigate

the anterior portion of the abdomen. At their origin they are

separated one from the other by two hypocardiac ligaments. Below

the posterior apertures there arise, like the foregoing, two other

lateral arteries of rather narrow diameter, and, between the bases

of these, there detaches itself from the heart a capacious trunk

which takes a vertical direction. It soon gives rise behind to a

branch which I consider as corresponding to the caudal artery of

the other Araneida; then, having reached the upper surface of the

intestine, near the posterior portion of the rectal sac, this large

artery divides into two branches, which pass one to the right and

the other to the left of the alimentary canal, and ramify in order to

bathe the posterior region of the abdomen.— Comptes Rendus,

t. exvi. no. 16 (April 17, 1893), pp. 828-830.

On further Evidences of Deuterosaurus and Rhopalodon from

the Permian Rocks of Russia. By H. G. Sentry, F.R.S.

The author endeavours to separate the Labyrinthedont remains,

distinguished by haying teeth anchylosed to the jaw, from such as

belong to animals having a Theriodont type of dentition. The

genera founded upon cranial fragments which show the Theriodont

type are Deuterosaurus, Rhopalodon, and Dinosaurus. The skullin

Deuterosaurus is described from new materials, which make known

the structure of the palate and other cranial structures. The palate

is of Plesiosaurian type. The back of the skull is a vertical plate, and

the brain-cavity rises in a long vertical tubular mass to the parietal

foramen. The quadrate bones descend below the foramen magnum

in a way that is best compared with Plesiosaurs.

The articular end of the lower jaw is identified among bones

figured by von Meyer.

The skull of Rhopalodon is nearly complete, and has a general

resemblance to the skull of the South-African Dicynodont Ptycho-

gnathus. The orbit is defended with a sclerotic circle of bones.

Whereasin Deuterosaurus there is only one molar tooth, in Rhopalodon

there are apparently eight molar teeth, which haye the posterior

edge finely serrated.

Miscellaneous. 75

The vertebre are known from isolated and connected specimens

which indicate a larger number than usual of rib-bearing presacral

vertebrae, which appear to be not fewer than nineteen, and may have

numbered twenty-six. The sacral vertebre are deeply cupped, and

the sacral ribs are developed as in Nothosaurus and Pareiasaurus.

The sacral ribs form part of the articular face of the first sacral

vertebra. The pelvis is imperfectly known; the ilium is not so

extended as in Dicynodonts, and conforms to the type of Phoco-

saurus, Which is regarded as Theriodont. The pubis and ischium

are united together on the Dicynodont plan, but are only moderately

developed.

The scapular arch is completely known, and is formed of scapula,

coracoid, and pre-coracoid as in Dicynodon and Pareiasaurus. ‘The

humerus and bones of the fore limb were relatively short, and only

fragments have been preserved which appear to be referable to ulna

and radius.

The hind limb is known from several examples of the femur,

which resembles that of Paretasaurus in the proximal end, but at

the distal end is more like the type described as Saurodesmus.

The tibia is known from its proximal and distal ends; it has a

general resemblance to that of Puareciasaurus, but is more slender.

These types are.regarded as constituting a distinct group, named

Deuterosauria, which is in many respects intermediate between the

Placodontia and Theriodontia, but in skull structure appears also to

approach Nothosaurs and Plesiosaurs.—/From the Proceedings of

the Royal Society, June 10th, 1893.

On a Terrestrial Leech from Chili. By M. Raruart Brancuarp.

The discovery of a species constituting a transition between two

groups of animals which were previously quite distinct deserves to

attract in a special manner the attention of naturalists. This is

why we think it our duty to report to the Academy the existence of

a Hirudinean which is clearly intermediate between the Glossi-

phonide and the Hirudinide.

The animal in question is a land-leech, which is distributed in

the south of Chili, between latitudes 40° and 43°, in the provinces

Valdivia and Chiloe. In 1871 it was briefly described by Grube

under the name /Hirudo brevis; but it may be said that this author

failed to recognize any of the remarkable characters which the

creature exhibits and which give it a high importance from the

point of view of the genetic connexion of the different species.

This leech cannot be retained in the genus //irudo as it has recently

been defined by the investigations of Whitman and ourselves. We

create for it the new genus Mesobdella ; this name serves to recall

the fact that the species which we are discussing is intermediate

between two different groups. In future, therefore, it should be

designated Mesobdella brevis, Grube.

As contracted by alcohol the animal is 16 millim. in length and

45 millim. in width; the posterior sucker is circular and 2 millim.

in width, The body is pyriform in appearance, as in the majority

of the Glossiphonide, but it is not so decidedly flattened as in the

76 Miscellaneous.

case of the latter. At the first glance we scarcely hesitate, however,

to consider this leech as a Glossiphonid, for the regular repetition of

the segmentary papillee and of the nephridial pores on every third

annulus clearly indicates that the somite is actually composed of

three annuli; moreover the number of the annuli only amounts to

sixty-two, and the intestine bears eight pairs of large lateral ceca,

of which the last pair is continued for a consid wisnn age

backwards.

On the other hand, our species possesses ten large black eyes, the

general appearance of which recalls in a striking manner those of the

genus Hemadipsa, the land-leeches of Malaysia; the first four pairs

of eyes are still contiguous one with another, owing to the reduction

of each of the first three somites toa single annulus ; but the fourth

and the fifth pairs are separated by one annulus, in consequence of

the reduction of somite iv. to two annuli. In other words, the eyes

of Hemadipsa are borne by the annuli 1, eae 4, and 7, while those

of Mesobdella are found upon the annuli 1, 2, 3. 4, onl Ge) his

fact already indicates a great tendency towards the shortening of

the somites. As a matter of fact the somites iil. are each com-

posed of a single annulus; somite iy. has two annuli; somites v.—

xxii. possess three annuli each ; somite xxi. has two annuli; and

somite xxiy., which is the last, has a single annulus. A remarkable

fact is that fhe coalescence oe the body is accentuated to such a

degree that somites xxv. and xxvi., which are functionally less

important than those of the anterior extremity, have disappeared

without leaving the least trace behind them.

The apertures of the genital organs occupy their normal situation ;

the testis opens upon somite x., between the annuli 21 and 22, the

ovary upon somite xi., between the annuli 25 and 26,

The segmentary papille are disposed precisely as in the Hiru-

dinide ; they form eight longitudinal rows on the dorsal surface,

and those of the inner lateral row are in a direct line with the eyes

of the last pair. This character forms a further connexion between

Mesobdella and the Hirudinide. Lastly, it may be added that our

species has no proboscis, but possesses three little jaws, situated

exactly as in the Hirudinide, and each armed with from fifty-five

to sixty teeth.

To sum up what has been stated: owing to its ambiguous cha-

racters Mesobdella brevis connects in a remarkable manner the

Glossiphonide with the Hirudinide. Among the latter it is nearest

allied to the Heemadipsine both by its mode of life as well as by

the arrangement of its eyes; but it is clearly distinguished from

them, as well as from all the other Hirudinide, by the high degree

of coalescence attained by its somites. The existence of this inter-

mediate form shows that the two families which have here been

considered are derived from a common stock, from which the Glossi-

phonidee have apparently diverged less than the Hirudinide.

Comptes Rendus, t. cxvi. no. 9 (Feb. 27, 1893), pp. 446, 447.

* The eyes appear to be arranged in the same manner in Cyclobdella

glabra, Weyenbergh, from the Argentine Republic ; but otherwise there

is no resemblance between this species and Mesobdella,

. Ann.& Magy. Nat. Hist. 5. 6. Vol. AM. PLT.

FW. Crispe deél.ad nat. Mimtern Bros. lith.

H.M.Bernard del.

Ann. & Mag. Not. Hist.S.6.Vol XM. PUI.

Pais

Mintern Bros. lith.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 68. AUGUST 1893.

XX.—A Contribution to the Study of Neotropical Scorpions.

By R. I. Pocock, of the British (Nat. Hist.) Museum.

[Plates V. & VI. A. figs. 13-15. ]

THE following paper is based upon the Scorpions contained

in the collection of the British Museum.

Part I,

Synopsis of the Genera of the Broteas Group.

a. The maxillary lobes of the second pair of

walking-legs wider than the sternum; stig-

mata elongate; the soles of the feet fur-

nished beneath with two series of setee .. Broteas, UC. Koch.

Type Herbsti, Thor.

b. The maxillary lobes of the second pair not

wider than the sternum ; stigmata circular

or oval,

a, The lower surface of the feet studded with

setee and not compressed and spined,

a’, The feet short, robust, and furnished

beneath with two sometimes rather

irregular series of sett ............ Broteochactas, g. nov.*

Type nitidus, sp. n.

* The type of this new genus is a small, dark-coloured, shining, robust

scorpion from trinidad. 1t will be fully described and figured in m

paper upon the West-Indian Scorpions shortly to be p.blished in the

Journ. Linn. Soc. I[also refer to the genus Lroteochactas the species

Karsch has described as Chactas delicatus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 7

78 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

&*. The feet long and slender and thickly

clothed beneath with irregularly

arranged long hairs............+++- Hadrurochactas, g. nov.

Type Selatert, sp. n.

5’. The lower surface of the feet compressed

and armed with a median series of short

spines.

a°, The anteocular portion of the cara-

pace not mesially sulcate, the ocular

tubercle elongate in front, 7. e. the

sulci which embrace it laterally do

not unite in front of it; lateral eyes

not prominent.

a*, The anterior border of the cara-

pace not emarginate; the ante-

ocular portion sloped downwards

Ande ORWATES 4). cy om escie eiee Teuthraustes, Simon.

Type atramentarius, Sim.

b*. The anterior border of the carapace

deeply emarginate; the ante-

ocular portion nearly horizontal. Heterochactas, g. nov.

Type Gervaisiz, sp. n.

b°. The anteocular portion of the cara-

pace horizontal and mesially sulcate ;

the anterior lateral eye usually very

PEGUUNESM ey. bcc ee ee Cerne ee Chactas, Gervais.

Type depturus, Thor.

Genus BROTEAS.

Broteas Gervaisti, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 1.)

Allied to B. Herbstiz, Thorell.

Carapace coarsely granular laterally, the area surrounding

the tubercle and the anteocular portion finely and closely

punctured.

Tergites shining, smooth, but finely and closely punctured

throughout, at most weakly and sparsely granular posteriorly ;

the last smooth, polished, and punctured in front, coarsely

granular behind.

Sternites smooth, polished, densely and very finely puncta-

ate.

Tail rather more than three and a half times as long as the

carapace, like that of B. Herbsti7, but with the inferior surface

of the first segment smooth, polished, finely punctulate, with

the median keels almost obsolete ; the median lateral keel

present on all the segments, but anteriorly abbreviated on the

second to fourth and posteriorly on the fifth, the segments

lower than in Herbstiz and less strongly excavated above, with

the superior intercarinal spaces more granular.

Palpi and legs smoother than in Herbséi7, finely and closely

punctured,

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 79

Pectines with 8 or 9 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 62, of carapace

9, of tail 37; width of first segment 5, length 3°5; width of

fifth and of vesicle 3°5, length of fifth 8°8.

Two female specimens in the Museum collection ticketed

©? China,” a locality which is without doubt erroneous.

This species has an interesting history. On p. 232 of the

Act. Mus. vol. iv., Gervais, in connexion with his description

of Broteas maurus, refers to a scorpion in the British Museum

collection which is ticketed China and is very near to his

maurus. ‘his scorpion, there can be little doubt, is the one

that I have here described and dedicated to the distinguished

French zoologist. One of the specimens bears an old label

upon which is written ‘‘Scorpio subnitens, Gervais, MS.,

?China.” ‘The scorpion figured by Prof. Lankester in the

Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xi. pl. Ixxx., as Broteas subnitens,

Gervais, is Teuthraustes atramentarius of Simon.

This new form Gervaisii may be at once recognized from

the Groteas that I identify as 6. Herbstii by having the

lower surface of the first caudal segment smooth, polished,

and with ovsolete median keels. Of the last-named form the

British Museum has upwards of a dozen specimens of varying

age and sex from different parts of British Guiana. Upon

the identity of Herbstii of Thorell, however, there seems to

me to be some doubt. ‘The name was applied by Thorell to

the scorpion described as maurus of Linneeus by De Geer and

later authors. But it seems to me to be very doubtful if all

these authors have described the same species as maurus ;

for instance, Herbst’s figure of maurus seems to me to repre-

sent a totally different form.

C. Koch, however, in 1838 described as the type of Broteas

a species he named maurus, which came from Cayenne

(French Guiana). It is highly probable therefore that this

species of Koch’s is identical with my examples from British

Guiana, and for this reason I identify these as B. Herbstit,

being unable to ascertain the characters of B. maurus of De

Geer, @. e. the true Herbstt?, Why Mons. Simon should

assert that B. Herbstii comes principally from La Plata,

seeing that both C. Koch and Gervais especially mention

Cayenne and Guiana as localities, [ am unable to surmise.

According to Simon’s description (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877,

p- 240) his Herbst’? has the anterior caudal segments smooth

and punctured above between the keels, which are almost

absent on the first. If, however, in this description for dessus

we read dessous, it would apply well to my B. Gervaisit ; but

as the description stands it is not applicable. either to my

80 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

Herbstii or my Gervaisti. But in the present unsatisfactory

state of our knowledge of the names of the species of the

genus I do not care to propose another new name on the

chance of this species of Simon’s proving distinct.

As for B. granulatus of Simon (loc. cit. p. 241), a name

which, by the way, this author alters into granulosus in the

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1880, p. 382, it appears to me to indicate

a form which is very doubtfully specifically distinct from my

Herbstii, for some of the British Guiana specimens are so

densely and closely sculptured with anastomosing punctures,

that the whole of the upper surface is rugose.

The remaining species of the genus, paraensis, is unknown

to me.

HADRUROCHACTAS, gen. nov.

(Pl. V. figs. 5, 5a.)

Allied to Broteochactas, Pocock (cf: supra), but differs

principally in that the distal segment of the legs is elongate

and thickly clothed beneath with long irregularly arranged

hairs.

As additional characters I may mention that in both the

species of Broteochactas known to me the hands are very wide

and more or less compressed internally, whereas in Hadruro-

chactas they are rounded and not internally compressed.

Hadrurochactas Sclatert, sp. n.

Colour piceo-castaneous, with flavous or fusco-flavous

legs and a pale line down the middle of the back.

Carapace smooth, only very minutely granular at the sides,

the median sulcus deep behind the ocular tubercle and granu-

lar, shallow in front of it and smooth; the ocular tubercle

deeply sulcate behind, the eyes on it separated by a space that

about equals a diameter, the lateral eyes separated by a

distance less than a diameter.

Tergites nearly smooth, sparsely granular behind and

laterally ; the last more coarsely granular and furnished with

two tubercles on each side.

Sterna entirely smooth and polished.

Tail about four times the length of the carapace, very

robust ; segments 1-3 wider than long, the fourth as long as

wide, the fifth about one fourth longer than wide, much

narrowed behind; the segments also high, the height of the

third being greater than its length ; the superior and supero-

lateral keels developed and denticulate, the former elevated

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 81

- posteriorly and terminating in an enlarged denticle, the latter

strong and complete, terminating in front with a rounded

tubercle and behind with an acute tooth in the first three

segments; these three segments granular and obsoletely cari-

nate laterally ; the inferior and infero-lateral keels entirely

absent on segments 1-4, which are smooth and _ polished, the

fourth being merely weakly granular beneath; the fifth

segment deeply excavated above and widely so behind, with

elevated granular lateral edges, the lateral surface weakly

granular, the lower surface thickly and coarsely granular,

convex and not carinate, the lateral keels merely represented

by a series of few coarser granules behind; vesicle depressed,

narrower than the fifth segment, carinate at the side, coarsely

serially but not closely granular below ; a median series of

small spiniform granules beneath the aculeus, the posterior

of these the largest; the aculeus lightly curved from the

base.

Palpi moderately robust ; the humerus with its upper sur-

face smooth, the anterior and posterior keels weak and weakly

granular, the anterior surface also very feebly granular and

defined below by a weakly granular keel; brachitwm smooth

and rounded above and behind, its anterior surface defined by

a keel above and below; manus wider than the brachium,

smooth, rounded, not carinate, with scarcely even a trace of

keel to define the hand-back; the length of the hand-back

greater than the width of the hand, but less than the length

of the movable digit; digits slender, moderately elongate.

Legs slender, elongate, smooth, with two spurs at the base

of the feet and the distal end of the posterior surface produced

into a short acute process, just in front of which there is a

long series of short minute spinules.

Pectines moderately long, furnished with 10-11 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 26°5, of cara-

pace 4, of tail 16, width of first caudal segment 2°8, of fourth

2°6; length of segments 1+2 3; width of the vesicle 2,

width of brachium 1°3, of hand 2; length of hand-back 2°5,

of movable digit 3°5.

Loc. British Guiana (W. ZL. Sclater).

Two adult female specimens.

HETEROCHACTAS, gen. nov.

(Pl. V. fig. 6, 6a.)

The anterior border of the carapace rather deeply and

abruptly emarginate in the middle line, with its lateral

portions rounded and the anterior lateral eye scarcely at all

82 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

prominent. The ocular tubercle prolonged in front almost as

far as the anterior emargination ; the anteocular area there-

fore is not mesially grooved.

This genus resembles Chactas, except that in Chactas the

ocular tubercle is short and terminates in front in a point

from which a deep groove runs forwards to the (usually)

shallow emargination of the anterior border; the anterior

lateral eyes too are generally very prominent. It also very

closely resembles Teuthraustes, of which the British Museum

has several examples, referred to atramentarius, from Ecuador ;

but in this last genus the anteocular region of the carapace

is much more strongly sloped downwards and forwards and

the anterior border is not or scarcely emarginate.

Heterochactas Gervaisit, sp. n.

Colour piceous, with ferruginous legs and vesicle and

redder feet.

Carapace nearly as long as the first three caudal segments,

nearly smooth above, somewhat thickly granular at the sides,

the median sulcus not continued in front of the ocular tubercle ;

the anterior border somewhat deeply emarginate in the middle,

rounded at the sides ; the anterior lateral eye not prominent ;

median eyes small, separated by a distance about equal to

three diameters.

Tergites nearly smooth, at most obsoletely granular, the

last finely and closely granular, with two tubercles on each

side.

Sternites smooth and polished.

Tail about three and a half times as long as the carapace ;

the anterior four segments smooth beneath and not keeled,

marked with a few coarse punctures; the upper surface

scarcely excavated and very feebly granular, the fourth and

fifth segments entirely flat, the superior and supero-lateral

keels present and finely granular, as also are the spaces between

them; the tail narrowed posteriorly, the second segment a

little wider than long, the third a little longer than wide, the

fifth more than twice as wide as long, finely granular above,

flat in its posterior two thirds, its edges squared and granular,

its sides and lower surface also finely granular, with a poste-

riorly abbreviated weak median lateral keel and granular

anteriorly weak inferior keels; vesicle large, higher and con-

siderably wider than the fifth segment, granular below and at

the sides, flat and suleate above ; vesicle short.

Palpi robust, not large; humerus granular above and in

front and carinate ; brachiwm not denticulate nor granular,

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 83

punctured both finely and coarsely ; manus not. carinate, con-

vex above, its width a little greater than the length of the

hand-back, sculptured above with large and very fine punc-

tures which, towards the inner edge, pass into granules ; the

movable digit longer than the width of the hand; a tooth on

the immovable as in Ch. amazonicus.

Legs with minutely granular femora.

Pectines short, with only six teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 52, of carapace

8:5, of tail 27 ; width of first segment 4, of second 3°5; length

of second 3°4, of fifth 8, width 3; width of vesicle 3:8, height

3; width of brachium 3, of hand 6+ ; length of hand-back

5°5, of movable digit 8.

Two 2 examples from Cuenea, in Keuador (Fraser Coll.).

Of all the known species of Chactas, Heterochactas Gervaisit

comes nearest to Ch. Whymper?, which has the anterior border

of the carapace conspicuously notched in the middle.

Genus CHACTAS.

The following is a synopsis of the species of this genus

that are known to me. (T'o be used with caution.)

a. All the segments of the tail, ¢ncluding the first,

furnished with the normal number of well-

developed granular keels; the upper surface

of the trunk and the external surface of the

legs coarsely granular... 0.05... e ccc c ee a@quinoctialis (Karsch).

b. The lower surface of at least the first caudal

segment not furnished with granular keels.

a‘. The upper surface of the palpi and carapace

coarsely granular; vesicle large, impressed

below ; brachium without an upper internal

basal tooth; the proximal tooth on the im-

movable digit enlarged ............00.. Whymperi, sp. n.

b'. The legs nearly or quite smooth externally,

the vesicle less globular and not impressed

below.

a’, The third and fourth caudal segments

clearly carinate below, the second weakly

carinate; the carapace more coarsely

granular at the sides; the brachium with

an enlarged tooth ; the immovable digit

not Hasally dentate.

a’, The upper surface of the abdomen finely

and closely granular; the caudal keels

SIROUGON is, 0.0/0 nie neha fads ohn cic levipes (Karsch).

6°, The upper surface of the abdomen

smooth and polished ; the caudal keels

GARGS Tie 555 sid.vin sith) onal ee 8 Simonit, sp. a.

b?, The second and third caudal segments

84 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

smooth and not (or scarcely) carinate

beneath; the fourth scarcely keeled,

being at most weakly granular.

a‘, The body, limbs, and tail densely and

closely punctured; with a large

tooth at the base of the immovable

digit and no tooth on the brachium. amazonicus, Sim

6‘, The trunk, limbs, and tail not densely

punctured; with at most a small

tooth on the immoyable digit.

a’, The fourth caudal segment granular

beneath; the brachium with a

large anterior tooth.

a®, Vesicle smooth above and below;

tail shorter... 5:00 street chrysopus, sp. 0.

b°. Vesicle granular above and be-

lows; ‘tail longer i, 2:57 seat: Karschii, nom. noy.

b° The anterior four caudal segments

entirely smooth and polished be-

neath ; the brachium withat most

a small tooth.

a’, The upper caudal keels very

distinct and granular; the

spaces between them also

granular; the last tergite

laterally distinctly granular ;

hand not keeled .......... Keyserlingyi, sp. n.

b”, The upper caudal keels weak,

and at most weakly granular ;

the last tergite also smoother.

a’, Thehand keeled; the supe-

rior caudal keels a little

stronger and feebly granu-

Vatiacse occtec gee tne cela lepturus, Thor.

b°. The hand not keeled in 9,

scarcely so in the ¢ ; the

superior edges of the ante-

rior caudal segmentssmooth

ANGETOUNGEA Ss, .< teaches ies Van Benedenni, Gerv.

Chactas Van Benedenti, Gervais.

Chactas Van Benedenwi, Gervais, Arch. Mus. iv. p. 282, pl. xii. figs. 40,

41.

The British Museum has two examples of this species, both

of which were obtained in Colombia by Mons. Goudot ; both

are from Ibaque and both bear tickets, affixed either by

Gervais or Goudot, upon which the specific names are written.

One example is a male and shows the extraordinary elon-

gation of the palpi that Gervais has figured. The hand-back

is longer than the movable digit and is more than twice as

long as the width of the hand. In the female the palpi are

much shorter and more robust. The carapace is minutely

Mr. R. J. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 85

granular at the sides, but the rest of the trunk is entirely

smooth in both sexes. ‘The anterior four segments of the

tail are smooth beneath and the superior edges are rounded

and at most minutely granular. The brachium is smooth

above and behind, and the manus is also smooth and only

indistinctly costate. The pectines are larger in the male

than in the female, and are furnished with nine teeth in both

sexes. The female measures about 52 millim. in length, the

carapace being 7°8 and the tail 30.

Whether or not Chactas Fuchsti of Berthold is the same

species as Van Benedenii I have not been able to satisfy

myself. I may point out, however, that the relative measure-

ments of the caudal segments in Huchsit apply exactly to the

female of my Van Benedenii, and that what Berthold says of

these measurements in his Van Genedenii is not true of mine.

Moreover the median eyes in the latter are not grey, but the

colour of clear amber. If, however, Berthold has correctly

determined the sexes of his species, the female of Fuchsit

certainly differs from that of Van Benedenii in having the

finger (by which presumably the movable finger is meant)

much shorter than the hand (2$:44), that is, shorter by

nearly its own length; and in the male of Fuchszi the finger

is only by a third of its own length shorter than the hand.

Berthold asserts, moreover, that the carapace of his species is

entirely smooth, which is not strictly the case in Van Bene-

deni.

Of the meagre description of Ch. brevicaudatus of Karsch

very little can be made. Very possibly the species may be

the young of Van Benedenii or Fuchsit.

Chactas lepturus, Thorell.

Chactas lepturus, Thorell, Ac. Soe. Ital. Sci. Nat. xix. p, 266,

The specific name given to this species by Thorell was

upset in favour of Thorellit by Karsch, who alleges that the

Scorpio lepturus of Palisot de Beauvois is also a Chactas,

although belonging to a different species from that which

received the same name from Thorell.

Karsch bases his assertion as to the generic position of

lepturus, Pal. Beauv., upon aspecimen in the Berlin Museum,

which he believes, for unstated reasons, to be Beauvois’s type.

It seems a pity, however, that a more favourable selection of

the type was not made; for, seeing that Beauvois asserts

that his species had eight eyes and his figure shows that the

tail is only as long as the trunk and the carapace is as long

as the anterior three segments, whereas Karsch’s specimen

86 Mr. R. J. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

has six eyes, with the tail nearly one third longer than the

trunk (80:21) and the carapace shorter than the anterior

three caudal segments, it is hardly likely that Karsch’s belief

will meet with many supporters. If the type in question is

in the Berlin Museum at all, it will probably, I think, be

found amongst the specimens in that institution which were

identified as Opisthacanthus elatus (Gerv.) by Peters.

But since Scorpio lepturus of Beauvois, with its eight eyes,

is probably not a Chactas at all, Thorell’s name lepturus can

stand for the species to which it was applied, with Thoredli,

Karsch, as a synonym; while for the species of Chactas

which Karsch described as lepturus of Beauvois, I propose

the name Karschii, in memory of this author’s contribu-

tions to the elucidation of the species of this genus.

The British Museum has a single specimen of a scorpion

from New Granada (Colombia) which I identify as lepturus

of Thorell. It appears to be young, since it measures only

35 millim. in length, the tail being 15-5 and the carapace just

under 5; the anterior three caudal segments taken together

measure 5°).

The carapace is mostly smooth, being finely granular only

at the sides; the tergites are smooth and polished, the last

being weakly granular laterally, with two tubercular crests on

each side.

The superior keels of the tail are scarcely developed, being

represented principally by a large posterior tubercle; the

supero-lateral keels, too, are weak and only very feebly

granular.

The hands of the palpi are considerably longer than wide,

finely granularly rugulose and carinate above.

The pectinal teeth are 7 on each side.

Chactas amazonicus, Simon.

Chactas amazonicus, Simon, Ann, Soc. Ent, Fr. (5) x. p. 384 (1880).

Described from Pevas (Peru). The Museum has two

examples (g 2) from Moyabama, in the same country.

The male is considerably more granular than the female,

and has a longer and stouter tail, this organ being more than

three and a half times the length of the carapace, while in

the female it is less than three and a half times the length.

Very characteristic of the species is the tooth at the base

of the immovable digit and the notch on the movable to receive

it—features which occur in both sexes. ‘The palpi of the

male do not appear to be longer than in the female.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 87

Chactas levipes (IKarsch).

Chactas levipes, Karsch, Mitth. Munch. ent. Ver. 1879, p. 181.

The species that Dr. Karsch described as Broteas levipes is

a Chactas. The British Museum has a single male example

of it.

Chactas equinoctialis (Karsch).

Chactas equinoctialis, Karsch, t. c. p. 130.

This species, described as a Broteas, is also a Chactas.

The Museum has a male example from Porto Cabello.

Chactas Keyserlingit, sp. n.

Colour pitch-black ; legs, lower surface, and vesicle just

tinted with ferruginous.

Curapace smooth and polished above, distinctly granular

at the sides, the anterior border evidently emarginate and the

longitudinal furrow deep, as long as the first and second

caudal segments and one third of the third; distance between

the median eyes rather greater than a diameter, that between

the lateral about equal to a diameter.

The tergites smooth and polished, the last smooth only in

front and in the middle of its upper surface, the rest being

distinctly granular.

Sternites entirely smooth and punctured.

Tail weak, about three and three quarter times as long as

the carapace, narrowed posteriorly, the second segment as

long as wide; the upper surface of the segments smooth and

suleate in the middle, conspicuously granular (subserially on

the fourth) at the sides, the superior and supero-lateral keels

present and distinctly granular, as is the interval between

them; the lower surface of these segments smooth and

polished, the fourth only obsoletely keeled at the sides; the

fifth segment more than twice as long as wide; its upper

surface sulcate in front, flat behind, and in front distinctly

granular at the sides, the edges rounded, granular, the lateral

and lower surfaces also granular, the median lateral keel

present only in front; the infero-lateral and median keels

distinct and granular ; vesicle serially granular below and at

the sides and very sparsely so above, flat and sulcate above,

as wide as the fifth segment.

Palpi elongate; the humerus and brachium granular and

carinate, the latter with one or two small denticles above and

below at the base of its anterior surface ; manus long and

slender, not twice as wide as the brachium, its width a little

88 Mr. R. J. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

more than half the length of the hand-back, which itself

equals the length of the movable digit ; the manus convex

above, not keeled, granular internally and minutely reticulato-

granulate above ; the digits not dentate.

Legs almost entirely smooth ; the lower edge of the femora

granular.

Pectines short, with 7 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—T etal length 53, of carapace

75, of tail 27; width of first segment 3°4, of fifth 2°5;

width of brachium 2°5, of hand 4; length of hand-back and

of movable digit 7.

Loc. Colombia. Two female examples, one collected by

M. Goudot, the other from the collection of the late Count

Keyserling, in honour of whom I name the species.

This species is nearly related both to Ch. Van Benedenii,

Gervais, and to Ch. lepturus of Thorell. From the former it

may be recognized at once by having the superior caudal

keels evident and denticulate, and by having the humerus,

brachium, and manus and last tergite granular; moreover, in

the female of Van Benedenii the tail is longer and the palpi

are more robust, the width of the hand as compared with the

length of the hand-back being as 5: 7:3.

From the Museum example that I identify as lepturus,

Thorell, Keyserlingii may be recognized by having the hand

unkeeled, the palpi and last tergite more granular, the upper

surface of the tail more deeply excavated and more granular,

and the superior and supero-lateral keels better developed

and more granular.

Chactas Simoni, sp. 1.

Colour piceo-ferruginous, legs paler.

Carapace smooth on the summit of the prominences, granu-

lar over the rest of its surface, nearly as long as the anterior

three caudal segments 3 the median eyes of average size, sepa-

rated by a space that is rather greater than a diameter; the

distance between the lateral eyes about equal to a diameter ;

the anterior lateral eye prominent.

Tergites smooth, the last finely granular, with two

tubercles on each side.

Sternites smooth and polished.

Tail less than three and a half times the length of the

carapace, narrowed posteriorly, the second segment as long as

wide, the upper surface of the segments nearly flat and

smooth, the superior and supero-lateral keels developed and

granular, the former with enlarged terminal granule; the

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 89

inferior lateral keels present too on all the segments, and finely

granular at least on the fourth; the inferior median keels

entirely obsolete on the first, just appearing on the second,

still stronger on the third, plainly visible and granular on the

fourth, this segment consequently having eight distinct

granular keels; the fifth segment flat above behind, granular

at the sides, with squared granular edges; lateral surface also

granular, with indistinct median lateral keel, the lower surface

with three inferior granular keels, and the intervening spaces

also serially granular; vesicle moderately large, wider than

the fifth segment, and almost as wide as the second; its

height is about equal to the width of the fifth; thickly

granular beneath, smooth above; aculeus more than half the

length of the vesicle.

Palpi elongate ; the humerus granular above, the brachium

granular above, smoother behind, with a conspicuous bifid

denticle above at the base of the anterior surface; manus

rather narrow, not twice the width of the brachium, indis-

tinctly keeled above and marked with very short series of

minute granules ; the length of the hand-back much greater

than the width of the hand, the digits long, the basal tooth on

the immovable digit scarcely larger than the rest.

Legs nearly smooth, the femora of the last pair only very

weakly granular.

Pectines short, with 6-7 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 53, length of

carapace 8°5, of tail 27, of fifth segment 7°5, width 2°2; width

of vesicle 2°8 ; width of brachium 2°7, of hand 4°5; length of

hand-back 7, of movable digit 8.

Two female specimens from Venezuela.

Chactas chrysopus, sp. 0.

Colour piceo-ferruginous ; legs flavous.

Carapace as long as tlie anterior three caudal segments,

very smooth, very minutely granular at the sides; the front

border with a shallow emargination; the median eyes large,

the distance between them about equal to a diameter; the

anterior lateral eye large and very prominent; the posterior

smaller and separated from it by a distance about equal to its

own diameter.

Tergites entirely smooth, the last only very minutely

granular at the sides, with two tubercles on each side.

Sterna entirely smooth and polished.

Tail about three and a half times the length of the cara-

pace, the third segment as long as wide, the first and second

90 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

segments entirely smooth beneath, the third obsoletely carinate

but not granular, the fourth furnished with the normal weak

granular keels; the superior lateral keels present and finely

granular onthe anterior four segments, the superior keels present

and finely granular on the third and fourth segments, but the

superior edges of the first and second rounded and scarcely

granular even on the second; the upper surface of the anterior

three segments mesially excavated, of the fourth nearly flat,

of the fifth flat behind, with rounded and only feebly granular

edges, and granular on the lateral surface, where there is a

trace in front of a median lateral keel, the lower surface

with the normal granular keels; the vesicle, as wide as the

fourth segment, smooth above and below, only minutely

granular at the sides.

Palpi robust, the humerus, brachium, and manus finely

granular above; brachium with a bifid tubercle on the upper

edge of the inner surface at the base; the manus wider than

the brachium, length of hand-back much greater than width

of hand and nearly as great as the length of the movable

digit ; the manus convex above and almost entirely without

keels; the proximal tooth on the immovable digit rather

larger than the rest, but there is only a minute corresponding

notch on the other digit.

Legs smooth.

Pectines with 6 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 43, of cara-

pace 7, of tail 23; width of brachium 3, of manus 5; length

of hand-back 7, of movable digit 7-5.

Loc. ? <A single female example.

In some respects, such as the carination and granulation of

the tail and carapace and the structure of the palpi, this

species seems to approach closely Ch. Karschii, Pocock (ef.

supra) ; but it certainly differs in having the vesicle smooth

above and below, also a very much shorter tail and a smaller

number of pectinal teeth. ‘These last two characters I might

have looked upon as merely of sexual importance, were it not

that the similarity in the relative measurements of the seg-

ments of the palpi points to the identity of sex between the

type of Karschit and of chrysopus.

Chactas Whympert, sp. n.

(Pl. V. figs. 7-7 6.)

Colour black; legs ferrugino-piceous; feet and vesicle

ferrugino-flavous.

Carapace nearly as long as the anterior three caudal seg-

ments, the frontal border very distinctly emarginate in the

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. i!

middle, the grooves behind, in front of and at the sides of the

ocular tubercle, rather deep; the whole of the upper surface

studded with rounded tubercles, the median eyes small, the

distance between them greater than a diameter ; the distance

between the two principal lateral eyes about equal to a

diameter, a minute third eye situated above and behind the

posterior large eye.

Tergites polished, obsoletely granular or tubercular behind,

the last more distinctly granular, with two posterior tubercles

on each side.

Sterna entirely smooth, punctured.

Tail rather robust, narrowed posteriorly, the segments with

nearly straight parallel sides, the second a little wider than it

is long, the fourth segment nearly flat above, those in front

of it shallowly sulcate ; the superior and supero-lateral keels

strongly developed, granular, with a prominent posterior

tooth ; the upper surface of these segments granular at the

sides, the first segment also granular in the middle; the first

and second segments neither keeled nor granular below,

smooth and punctured, the third also almost entirely smooth

below, only very obsoletely keeled and lightly rugulose; the

fourth more distinctly keeled and irregularly tubercular, with

a distinct inferior lateral keel; the fifth segment flat and

weakly granular above, with squared granular edges, a

distinct granular median lateral keel in the anterior half of

the segment, the three inferior keels distinct and subdenti-

culate, the spaces between them granular, the segment more

than twice as long as wide; the vesicle large, wider than the

fifth segment, smooth and mesially grooved above, some-

what coarsely punctured below and at the sides, impressed at

the base of the vesicle, which is long, nearly straight, and

curved in its distal half.

Palpi robust, thickly and coarsely granular above, with

the normal keels developed; the Jbrachium without the

superior tooth on its anterior surface ; manus robust, carinate

above and below, the carine studded closely with granules,

which extend on to the intercarinal spaces; the upper surface

convex, the width of the hand almost equal to the length of

the hand-back and rather greater than the height of the hand,

the length of the movable digit considerably greater than that

of the hand-back.

Femora of the legs finely and closely granular, the rest of

the segments nearly smooth.

Pectines furnished with 5-6 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length about 54, of

carapace 8°5, of tail about 29; width of first segment 3:9, of

92 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

fifth 3; width of brachium 3, of manus 5°6; length of hand-

back 6, of movable digit 8.

Two female examples from Milligalli (Ecuador), collected

by Mr. Edward Whymper.

Part II.

CARABOCTONUS, gen. nov.

(Ply Vctie8))

Allied to Hadrurus, and presenting all the characters of this

genus, except that the lower surface of each foot is furnished

with a single distally bifurcating series of close-set tufts of

fine hair, each like the tip of a camel’s hair paint-brush.

Moreover the presence of this ‘‘ scopula” is accompanied by

a decrease in the size and sharpness of the inferior claw. In

Hadrurus the inferior claw is long and sharp and the lower

surface of each foot is furnished with a single series of short

close-set spines.

Type C. Keyserlingit.

I also refer to this genus J. charcasus of Karsch, of which

the Museum has an example from Bolivia, and a second species

from Callao, which is probably synonymous with either

H. maculatus of 'Thorell or H. robustus of Boeris. Whether

or not MH. Paascht and parvulus of Karsch belong to this

genus I am unable to say.

Caraboctonus Keyserlingit, sp. n.

Colour a uniform piceous, olivaceo- or brunneo-piceous tint,

the legs, palpi, and caudal vesicle redder.

The carapace with its interocular region smooth, polished,

and sparsely punctured, the rest of it thickly granular, the

anteocular portion not mesially sulcate, the margin lightly

convex, the posterior region deeply sulcate mesially and at

the sides. The tubercle undivided, a little in advance of the

middle, the distance between the eyes greater than a diameter.

The three lateral eyes about equidistant from each other, the

posterior much smaller than the other two, the distances

between the eyes about equal to the diameter of the little one.

Tergites without keels, tinely granular, the granules coarser

posteriorly and along the hind margin, the last coarsely

granular and indistinctly quadricostate.

The anterior sterna smooth and highly polished; the last

granular, with four granular keels.

Fail robust and moderately long, a little more than four

and a half times the length of the carapace, the segments

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 93

with nearly straight parallel sides; the first segment about

twice as wide as long, the third a little wider than long, the

fourth longer than wide, the fifth less than twice as long as

wide; the upper surface of the tail smooth, moderately exca-

vated, the superior keels marked by a series of rounded

tubercles, the superior lateral keel granular on the first

segment, and represented on the second, third, and fourth in

front by a small shelf-like process and behind by a single

tubercle; the first segment coarsely granular at the sides and

below, the granules on the lower surface arranged in four

longitudinal posteriorly converging rows or keels; the second

segment nearly smooth and polished at the sides, granular

and keeled beneath like the first; the third and fourth seg-

ments smooth and polished laterally and below, sparsely

punctured, without trace of keels; the fifth segment with its

upper surface widely excavated behind, the sides granular in

front, smooth and punctured behind, the lateral surface smooth

and punctured, smooth in front, thickly punctured behind ;

the median keel just visible, the lateral keels absent in front,

granular behind. Vesicle large, much wider than high,

nearly as wide as the fifth segment, with a very conspicuous

process on each side at the base, smooth and nearly flat above,

thickly and finely granular beneath, the aculeus very short

and slightly curved.

Falpi robust, of median length ; humerus coarsely granular

in front and above at the base; brachiwm above, behind, and

below smooth, polished, not carinate, the anterior surface very

finely granular and bounded above and below by a series of

larger granules, one of which in the upper series has the form

of a sharp tubercle; manus much wider than the brachium,

rounded, entirely smooth and polished, punctured but not

granular; digits short, the movable a little shorter than the

carapace and a little longer than the hand-back.

Legs finely granular in front.

Fectines short, with from 10-12 teeth, with the lamelle

of the intermediate series broken up into only a few rounded

sclerites.

Stigmata small and slit-like.

Measurements in millimetres of largest specimen.—Total

length 55, of carapace 7, of tail 84; width of first segment

5, length 3; length of fifth 7°5, width 4:5; width of bra-

chium 2°2, of manus 4; length of hand-back 4°8, of movable

digit 6.

Loc. Coquimbo, Chili, and Brazil.

The Museum has four examples in alcohol from Coquimbo

collected by Dr. Cunningham, one, ticketed Chili, in the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 8

94 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

collection of the late Count Keyserling, to whose memory I

dedicate the species, and one small dry one in the Museum

collection, ticketed, though I doubt with accuracy, Brazil.

One of the examples from Coquimbo has larger pectines

than the others and appears to be a male; the tail of this is

unfortunately gone, but the palpi show no differences from

those of the adult female described.

Two others from Coquimbo and the one from Brazil are

young, and it is interesting to note that in them the palpi are

much yellower and the hands much thinner than in the

adults.

Characteristic of this species are the granular keels upon

the last sternite and upon the first and second caudal

segments.

Part IIT.

Fam. Bothriuride.

Bothriurus bonariensis (C. Koch).

Broteas bonariensis, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, x. p. 12, fig. 762, ¢.

Broteas erythrodactylus, id. tom. cit. p. 16, fig. 764, 2.

Chactas Haversit, Butler, Cist. Ent. 1. p. 323 (1874).

Chactas literarius, id. ibid.

Telegonus vittatus, Gervais, Arch. Mus. iv. p. 227 &c. pl. xi. fig. 30.

Bothriurus vittatus, Thorell, Act. Soc. Ital. xix. pp. 168 &c.; but in all

probability not synonymous with Scorpio vittatus of Guérin, Voyage

de la ‘ Coquille,’ Arachnides, p. 50.

This species is extremely abundant in Uruguay and Rio

Grande do Sul, whence the British Museum has received

upwards of fifty examples. We also have a specimen from

Corrientes, and two ticketed Moyabama (Peru). ‘This last

locality, however, may be doubtful.

The colour of the adult is mostly piceous or rufo-piceous,

but in the young there is a fine flavous median dorsal band

and a wide longitudinal stripe on the under surface of the

tail; moreover the interocular area and the legs may be

fulvous.

T have never seen either an adult or a young of either sex

approaching the colouring that is ascribed to Scorpio vittatus

of Guérin. Dr. Thorell has made the same observation.

This fact renders it probable to my mind that Gervais fell

into error in his identification of vittatus.

In vittatus the anterior and posterior borders of the carapace

and the posterior borders of the tergites are said to be black,

and a similar coloration is presented by Scorpio Gervaisit of

Guérin (Icon. Régne Animal, Arachnides, p. 10), and by

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 95

Broteas nigrocinctus of C. Koch (Die Arachn. x. p. 14,

fiz. 763) ; so that until evidence is forthcoming that these

transversely banded forms, which, if conspecific, must be called

vittatus, are the same as what C. Koch described as Broteas

bonariensis, I think it is wiser to adopt the latter name for

the species that Thorell described as vittatus.

The form rugosus described by Thorell as a variety of this

species is, I think, probably a distinct species.

Bothriurus coriaceus, sp. 0.

(Pl. Vs.fig.! 12.)

g. Colour: carapace blackish, clouded or variegated with

ferruginous ; tergites black, with a red stripe along the hinder

border ; tail ferruginous above, the lower surface of the seg-

ments nigro-lineate, the black lines expanding and fusing

behind into a transverse vitta; palpi ferruginous; legs and

ventral surface flavous.

Allied to B. bonariensis.

Upper surface of the trunk finely and closely granular

throughout; the sterna also closely and finely granular

throughout, the anterior ones smoother; the stigmata elongately

ovate.

Tail smooth above and below, the lower surface of the first

seoment obsoletely keeled beneath ; the superior and supero-

lateral keels and the space between them granular on the

first segment; the supero-lateral keels obsolete on the third,

being merely represented in front and behind by a tubercle;

the superior edges of the fifth smooth or granular only in front.

The inferior lateral keels on the fifth are present and denticulate

on the posterior two thirds of the segment, and the median

keel is almost as long and also denticulate ; between them

on each side there is an oblique series of denticles which

defines in front the posterior area; the vesicle is narrow

pyriform, not depressed below, but lightly depressed above.

Palpi as in B. bonariensis, but with the manus a little less

robust.

Pectines with from 15-18 teeth.

The first pair of feet with a single pair of spurs at the apex,

the second with two pairs, the third and fourth with a median

pair also.

Total length up to 48 millim.; length of carapace 6, of

tail 28.

Loe. Chili.

The Museum has four examples of this species (3 ¢ and

1 ?), two being ticketed merely Chili, the others (1 g and

1 ¢) Coquimbo.

96 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

This species differs from B. bonariensis in very many

characters, ¢. g. in having finely granular sterna, smaller and

more oval stigmata, the fifth caudal segment with inferior

lateral denticulate keels, at least in the posterior two thirds of

the segment, &c.

It further undoubtedly differs from Thorell’s B. d@ Orbignyt

(Guér.) in the keeling of the fifth caudal segment and in

having finely granular sterna. I am not confident that

Guerin’s d’ Orbigny? is the same as Thorell’s. Guérin, how-

ever, describes his species as being lisse et luisanét and as

having twenty-six pectinal teeth. In these two particulars

this form from Chili appears to differ from it.

Bothriurus Keyserlingii, sp. n.

CPLA Mies, Sas)

Allied to B. bonariensis.

Carapace smooth above, very finely granular at the sides.

Tergites very finely granular, the last more coarsely so.

Tail like that of B. bonariensis for themost part, but slightly

less robust, with the jirst segment furnished beneath with four

smooth and rather irregularly shaped keels, and the posterior

segment coarsely granular in its posterior half, with the area

which is so clearly defined in B. bonariensis developed only as

in B. coriaceus.

The palpi as in the female of b. bonariensis.

The fifth sternite of the abdomen furnished with four smooth

keels.

Length about 40 millim.

A single dried (prebably 9) example in the late Count

Keyserling’s collection, ticketed Chili or Peru.

Most nearly related to . cortaceus, which it resembles in

the structure of the fifth caudal segment, but easily to be

recognized by presence of four keels on the last abdominal

sternite and upon the first caudal segment.

Bothriurus asper, sp. n.

(Pl. V. fig. 10.)

Young male. Colour fuscous, with a distinct median fulvous

dorsal band on the tergites; the legs, palpi, and lower surface

of the tail irregularly variegated with flavous spots and bands.

Carapace finely and closely granular throughout, except

on the summit of the ocular tubercle, which is smooth and

polished ; this tubercle obscurely sulcate above ; the eyes large,

the distance between them being about equal to a diameter.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 97

The whole of the exposed portion of the tergites thickly

granular like the carapace, the last with two sets of larger

granules on each side. The stervna finely and closely granu-

lar, the last without trace of keels.

Tail moderately robust, rather more than four times the

length of the carapace, parallel-sided, the third segment about

as long as wide; minutely and closely granular throughout ; a

few larger granules in the region of the superior and supero-

Jateral keels on the anterior three segments, these keels being

marked posteriorly by small tubercles ; tie supero-lateral keel

absent on the fourth segment ; the sides and lower surface of

the segments without keels; the fifth segment mesially sul-

cate, widely excavated behind; the lower surface with an

obsolete median keel, the posterior semiovate area not very

clearly defined, the two inwardly curved oblique series of

granules not coalescing in the middle line as in B. bonariensis,

the middle of this area tubercular. Vestcle flat above, scarcely

granular, subserially granular below.

Palpi: humerus coarsely granular above and in front;

brachium weakly granular above, its upper inner edge cari-

nate; manus longer than wide, very finely and closely

granular above and below.

Legs very finely granular externally, the penultimate

segment armed with acute spines; the foot furnished beneath

with a single series of long white hairs, the first not spined

beneath, the rest armed with from two to three pairs of spines.

Pectines large, furnished with 20 teeth; the genital oper-

culum acutely produced behind.

Stigmata small, ovately elongate.

Measurements in millimetres.—TYotal length 24, length of

carapace 3, of tail 14.

A single example from Iguarassu, collected by G. A.

Ramage.

Somewhat resembling B. coriaceus in the development of

the area on the lower surface of the fifth caudal segment ;

but the whole animal, and especially the lower surface of the

tail, is more noticeably granular, and the hairs upon the

bottom of the feet are much longer.

Bothriurus signatus, sp.n. (Pl. VY. fig. 11.)

9. Colour brunneo-fuscous, with a pale median dorsal

band; variegated with black patches, the lower surface of the

trunk pale-coloured, the lower surface of the tail and of the

last abdominal segment with an irregular transverse black

band; the palpi reddish, concolorous or nigro-variegated.

98 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

Carapace smooth and highly polished, only very feebly

granular laterally, its anterior border lightly emarginate, the

ocular tubercle just in front of its middle.

Tergites polished, very finely and closely granular postero-

laterally and mesially, the last furnished with four abbre-

viated tubercular keels.

Sternites smooth, the last with four smooth abbreviated

keels.

Tail about five times the length of the carapace, parallel-

sided from the second segment, the third segment a trifle

wider than long, the fourth a trifle longer than wide; the

upper surface of the tail smooth, the superior and supero-

lateral keels present on the anterior three segments, but

smooth on the second and third; the lower surface of the

first furnished with four smooth keels, the internal of which

are furnished with a single large setiferous pore; the second

segment similarly but less strongly keeled below, the third

and fourth not keeled below; the upper edges of the

fifth squared granular in front, but the lower surface of the

fifth with a weak median posteriorly granular keel, the lateral

obliquely curved series of granules not completely circum-

scribing the normal area, which is granular in the middle.

Vesicle thickly granular beneath, smooth and flat above, not

quite as wide as the fifth segment.

Palpi very smooth and polished, scarcely granular, and

not carinate ; manus moderately robust, its width about two

thirds the length of the movable digit, about twice the width

of the brachium; the hand-back a little shorter than the

movable digit. ;

Legs smooth and polished, the penultimate segment fur-

nished with a few spines, the feet adorned below witha single

row of stoutish curved stiff sete, those of the first pair not

spined beneath, those of the second pair having a single pair

of spines, while the third and fourth have three pairs of

spines.

Pectines moderately long, furnished with 12-14 teeth.

Stigmata small and oval.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 45, of cara-

pace 5, of tail 25; width of second segment of tail 3; width

of brachium 13, of manus 8+; length of hand-back 3°8, of

movable digit 4°8.

3. Distinguished by very well-marked sexual characters.

The upper side of the body and palpi are not smooth and

highly polished, but finely and closely granular. The tail is

a little more robust and is narrowed posteriorly ; the vesicle

is much narrower and much smoother beneath than in the

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 99

female, and its upper surface is marked by an oval depressed

yellow spot. The lower surface of the last abdominal sternite

and of the first and second segments of the tail is not keeled.

In the palpi the humerus is more granular, the manus is

much wider, its width as compared with the brachium being

as 1} is to 834; and there is a strong spicular tooth on the

inner side of it at the base of the movable digit.

Fectines much larger, furnished with 13-16 very long

teeth.

Loc. 'Theresopolis (Brazil). Several specimens of both

sexes.

PHONIOCERCUS, gen. nov.

(Pl. VI. A. figs. 13, 13 a.)

Allied to Cercophontus.

The anterior border of the carapace conspicuously emar-

ginate in the median line; the tubercle in front of the middle

of the carapace and sulcate.

The median teeth on the digits of the chele arranged in a

single series and of tolerably large size.

‘The lower surface of the feet not furnished with a median

series of whitish hairs, as in Cercophonius and Urophonius,

but naked along the middle line, and armed on each side of it

with a few long setiform spines.

Phoniocercus pictus, sp. n.

Colour ferruginous, much variegated with black.

Carapace mostly blackish, variegated behind and at the

sides ; tergites with a lateral flavous patch, a >-shaped

flavous mark on each side, and three flavous spots in the

middle ; sterna flavous, irregularly clouded with black ; tadd,

including the vesicle, variegated above and below ; chelicere

black apically ; palpd blackish, hands reddish, variegated with

black lines ; legs deeply variegated with black.

The carapace nearly smooth, extremely closely and finely

granular in the depression below the median eyes; the longi-

tudinal sulcus which traverses the carapace and crosses the

tubercle finely granular and distinctly transversely striate ;

the anterior border of the carapace somewhat deeply emar-

ginate in the middle; the ocular tubercle in advance of the

middle.

The tergites almost entirely smooth and polished, the sixth

finely granular mesially and posteriorly, the seventh very

finely granular throughout, with two nearly obsolete more

coarsely granular crests.

100 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

Sterna smooth, polished, punctured.

Tail less than five times the length of the carapace, mode-

rately robust; the second and third segments wider than

long, the fourth slightly longer than wide, the fifth as wide as

the second; the vesicle as wide as the fifth; the upper surface

mesially narrowly sulcate, finely granular on the first and

second; the superior and supero-lateral keels irregularly

granular; the sides of the segments also irregularly granu-

lar; the lower surface of the first smooth (with four punc-

tures), of the second, third, and fourth rather obscurely

keeled, the keels stronger on the fourth than on the third, and

on the third than on the second, all of them irregularly

granular or subtubercular; the fifth segment with its upper

surface flat behind, the edges squared and irregularly rough-

ened, with traces anteriorly of a superior lateral keel; the

inferior lateral keels, as stated above, entirely obsolete, unless

they are represented by a series of granules on each side of

and close to the median granular keel; the lateral part of this

seement coarsely granular; the vesicle and aculeus longer

than the fifth segment and as wide, the aculeus not half as

long as the vesicle, which is granular beneath.

Falpi smooth, not keeled nor granular, studded with large

piliferous tubercles ; manus wider than the brachium, rounded,

subcostate, the length of the hand-back less than that of the

movable digit, but considerably more than the width of the

hand; the median teeth of the digits forming a single series,

which is slightly curved on a level with the teeth of the

external row.

Legs quite smooth; the lower surface of the feet furnished

with from three to four pairs of spines, which terminate

distally in longer slender hair-like points.

Fectines rather short, furnished with ten teeth; the inter-

mediate series of lamellee about 6 or 7 in number.

Stigmata small and slit-like.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 33, of tail 18,

of carapace 4; width of first caudal segment 2°6, of fifth 2°2.

Loe. ?

A single example, ticketed “? W. coast of Africa,” and

named Cercophonius chilensis, Molina, belonging to the collec-

tion of the late Count Keyserling. ‘There can be very little

doubt that this is also a Neotropical form.

UROPHONIUS, gen. nov.

(Pl. VI. A. figs. 14, 14.)

Closely allied to Cercophonius.

The median series of teeth on the digits of the chelz of

larger size and set in two irregular rows.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 101

The ocular tubercle situated in the middle of the carapace.

In Cercophonius, of which squama, Gervais, is the type,

and, so far as I know, the sole representative—a species which

occurs both upon the west coast of South America and in

South-east Australia—the teeth of the median series are

represented by a host of close-set granules, arranged appa-

rently without order in from three to five rows ; and the ocular

tubercle is placed in front of the middle of the carapace.

I select as the type of this genus the species described

below as Jheringit; but I also refer to it a specimen in the

British Museum from Coquimbo which I identify as Cerco-

phonius brachycentrus of Vhorell.

These two species further differ from C. sguama in having

the lower surface of the tail coarsely granular beneath in

front, the lower surface of the feet furnished with long white

hairs, and from five to six pairs of spurs upon the lower sur-

face of the feet of the two posterior pairs. In C. squama the

last sternite of the abdomen and the anterior segments of the

tail are not granular, and the lower surfaces of the feet in

question are clothed below with short hairs and armed with

only two pairs of spines.

Urophonius Jheringti, sp. n.

Colour flavous, nigro-maculate; the carapace with its ante-

ocular portion black in the middle, flavous at the sides; the

tergites fuscous at the sides, with a fuscous spot on each side

of the middle line; four clearer flavous spots along the hinder

border ; segments of the tail irregularly fuscous above and

at tle sides, especially posteriorly ; vesicle flavous; upper

surface of the legs, cheliceree, and palpi banded or spotted

with black; digits ferruginous.

Carapace exceedingly finely granular above at the sides;

the anterior border almost straight, but the posterior border

with a distinct median notch; the ocular tubercle in the

middle, grooved, like the area behind and in front of it.

Tergites almost entirely smooth, minutely granular laterally

and posteriorly, not mesially depressed, the last with two

abbreviated coarsely granular keels on each side.

Sternites smooth and polished, minutely punctulate, the

last tubercular.

Tail slender, about five times the length of the carapace ;

the second segment as long as wide and wider than the fifth,

the segments with lightly convex lateral outlines ; the superior

and superior lateral keels smooth and rounded on all but the

first segment, where they are feebly granular or tubercular ;

the lower surface of the anterior three segments irregularly

102 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

tubercular, the first more coarsely so than the second and the

second than the third, the inferior lateral keels visible but

smooth or nearly so; the fifth segment with smooth and

rounded upper edges and a posteriorly flat upper surface, the

three inferior keels weak anteriorly, irregularly granular in

the posterior half of the segment ; the vesicle slender, very

finely granular beneath, smooth and flat above ; the aculeus

very lightly curved.

Lalpi moderately slender, without keels and granules,

marked with large ocelliform setiferous pores; manus wider

than the brachium, the movable digit considerably longer than

the hand-back, which is itself much longer than the width of

the hand; the six larger teeth of the internal series separated

from the smaller teeth of the median series, which are

arranged in two irregular rows ; the large teeth of the exter-

nal series, about five in number, contiguous with those of the

median series.

Legs smooth, the penultimate segment hairy beneath,

spined; the last segment furnished beneath with long white

hairs, this segment not spined beneath in the feet of the first

and second pairs, but armed with five or six pairs of spines

in the legs of the third and fourth pairs.

Peciines armed with 13-14 teeth, with the intermediate

laminee composed of about nine or ten pieces.

Stigmata small, slit-like.

Measurements in millimetres.—TVotal length 30, of cara-

pace 3°4, of tail 17; width of the first segment 2-2, of the

fifth 1°8.

A single female specimen from Rio Grande do Sul (Dr. H.

von Shering).

This species resembles C. brachycentrus of Thorell in

having the lower surface of the anterior caudal segments

thickly granular, It may be recognized by its smoothness

and by the absence of granules and keels on the palpi, &e.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE Y.

Fig. 1. Broteas Gervaisii, sp. u. _ Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 2. Broteochactas delicatus (Karsch). Foot of posterior limb,

Fig. 8. Broteochactas nitidus, sp. 1. Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 4. Teuthraustes altramentarius, Simon. Loot of posterior limb.

Fig. 4a. Ditto. Carapace from above.

Fig. 4b, Ditto. Carapace from the side.

Fig. 5. Hadrurochactas Sclateri, gen. et sp. n. Foot of posterior limb,

Fig. 5a. Ditto. Carapace from above.

Fig. 6. Heterochactas Gervaisii, gen. et sp. n. Carapace from above.

Fig. 6 a, Ditto, Carapace from the side,

On new Mollusca from South Africa. 103

Fig. 7. Chactas Whympert, sp.n. Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 7a. Ditto. Carapace from above.

Fig. 7b. Ditto. Immovable digit.

Fig. 8. Caraboetonus Keyserlingii, gen. et sp. n. Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 9. Bothriurus Keyserlingi, sp.n. Last abdominal somite and first

caudal segment from below.

Fig. 9a. Ditto. Fifth caudal segment from below.

Fg. 10. Bothriurus asper, sp.n. Fifth caudal segment from below.

Fug. 11. Bothriurus signatus, sp.n. Fifth caudal ¢ segment from below.

Fig. 12. Bothriurus coriaceus, sp. n. Fifth caudal segment from below.

PrAtTE VI. A.

Fig. 18. Phoniocercus pictus, gen. et sp. nu. Dentition of digit.

Fig. 13a. Ditto. Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 14. Urophonius Jheringii, gen. et sp. nu. Dentition of digit,

Fig. 14a. Ditto. Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 15. Cercophonius squama (Gery.). Dentition of digit.

Fig. 15a, Ditto. Foot of posterior limb.

XXJ.— Descriptions of Twenty new Species of Terrestrial and

Fluviatile Mollusca from South Africa. By JAMES Cosmo

Metvitt, M.A., F.L.S., and JoHN HENRY PONSONBY,

F.Z.S.

[Plate IIT. }

In the following paper, the seventh of a series of contribu-

tions towards the elucidation of the South-African Molluscan

land-fauna, we deal more particularly with new forms of the

genus Ennea, which are, critically speaking, more than usually

attractive, presenting as they do so increasingly numerous

an assemblage of nearly allied though apparently distinct

species.

1. Helix (Macrocyclis) Quekettiana, sp. n.

(Pl. LED; figs b,)

H. testa ampla, profunde umbilicata, depresso-conoidali, olivaceo-

cornea, subpellucida ; anfractibus quatuor, longitudinaliter arcte

obliqui-liratis, liris sericatis, anfractu ultimo rapide et effuse

accrescente, ad basin levi, viridescente nitidissimo; apertura

effuso-lunari, labro simplici, ad marginem columellarem paullum

reflexo.

Long. 18, lat. 30 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg (J. /. Quekett, Esq.).

104. Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

A very handsome addition to Macrocyclis; much of the

same build as bullacea (Pfr.), but larger and in every way a

more striking species.

Three specimens, in magnificent condition.

The colour olivaceous horny, subpellucid in texture, in form

effuse and depressed, slightly conical towards the apex ;

whorls four in number, beautifully closely longitudinally lirate,

the lire giving a silky appearance to the whorls. Below, the

last whor! is quite smooth, olive-green, and very shining. The

umbilicus is narrowly profound, mouth lunar; lip simple,

thin, slightly reflexed at the columellar margin.

Discovered by Mr. Quekett, the active Curator of the

Maritzburg Museum.

2. Achatina scevola, sp.n. (Pl. ILI. fig. 2.)

A. testa sinistrorsa, tenui, subpellucida, pallide ochracea, oblongo-

ovata; anfractibus septem, ventricosulis, longitudinaliter brunneo-

flammulatis, superne microscopice granato-striatulis, striis trans-

versis, infra, anfractu ultimo sublevigato: columella leviter

contorta, truncata, fusca; apertura oblonga, labro tenui.

Long. 2°35, lat. 1:25 inch.

Hab, 'Vransvaal (Mr. Bowker). In Coll. Edgar L. Layard,

Esq.

This shell, collected by Mr. Layard’s nephew, Mr. Bowker,

in the Trancyaals is, though in damaged condition, so peculiar,

that we agree with its owner it is worthy of ’ description.

Nothing we have seen in the National or other collections

exactly corresponds with it, though it does not at first sight

seem to possess any extraordinary characters excepting in

being sinistral.

The shell is thin, pale ochraceous, with longitudinal darker

brown flames; whorls seven, microscopically eranato-striate,

the strie transverse, the last whorl appearing almost smooth,

though the above-mentioned striations are still with a lens

traceable for, at all events, some little distance below the

suture. The whorls are slightly ventricose, lip simple;

columella slightly contorted, fuscous, and strongly truncate.

3. Achatina penestes, sp.n. (PI. III. fig. 3.)

A, testa ovato-pyramidali, supra, et presertim ad apicem, multum

attenuata; anfractibus sex, sub lente granato-decussatis, ad

suturas lmpressis, anfractu ultimo rapide accrescente, ad basin

leeviore, longitudinaliter irregulariter ruguloso ; apertura ovato-

oblonga, columella ad basin contorquente, truncatula.

Long. (sp. maj.) 1-30, lat. °75 inch.

Hab. Pretoria (Wotton).

new Mollusca from South Africa. 105

Two specimens, neither in very good condition.

The shape is peculiar, ovate-pyramidal, the last whorl

rapidly increasing, somewhat effuse, the other whorls small

in proportion; the surface, excepting that of the basal half of

the last whorl, which is smoothish though longitudinally

wrinkled, granato-decussate.

This appears to be a very distinct new form.

4, Stenogyra Crawfordi, sp.n. (Pl. III. fig. 4.)

S. testa tenuissima, vitrea, attenuata, cylindrica; anfractibus

quinque, leevigatis, ventricosis, sub lente tenuissime longitudinaliter

striatulis, anfractu ultimo producto; apertura oblonga; peristo-

mate simplici, recto, marginem apud columellarem paullum

incrassato.

Long. (sp. maj.) 4°50, lat. 1°50 mill.

Hab. Van Staaden’s River (J. Crawford, Esq.).

A smoothish glassy species, to which we cannot assign a

place as the young of any South-African form with which

we are acquainted, several of the specimens before us being

apparently full-grown.

5. Buliminus (Pachnodus) maritzburgensis, sp. n.

(PI. IIL. fig. 5.)

B. testa anguste umbilicata, omnino pellucida, lete cornea, tenuis-

sima, pyramidali, ad apicem attenuato-conica; anfractibus sex,

ventricosulis, ad suturas impressis, ultimo apud peripheriam

subangulato, effuso; apertura rotunda; peristomate tenui,

apud marginem columellarem multum reflexo, umbilicum obte-

gente.

Long. 14, lat. 9 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg (H. Burnup, Esq.).

A very pretty transparent, horny, pyramidal species, six-

whorled, attenuate towards the apex, the last whorl shoul-

dered, somewhat broadened ; whorls ventricose and impressed

at the sutures, narrowly umbilicate; mouth roundish; peri-

stome thin, simple, and much reflexed triangularly at the

columellar margin, covering the umbilicus.

Allied to B. conulus, Reeve, from which, however, it will

be found on comparison to be quite distinct.

6. Buliminus transvaalensis, sp. n.

(Pl EET fo 7G.)

B. testa anguste umbilicata, conico-pyramidali, corneo-pellucida,

ad basin depressa; anfractibus sex, ultimo in medio angulato,

106 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

undique longitudinaliter sub lente oblique tenuissime striatis ;

apertura rotunda, labro tenui, simplici, ad marginem columel-

larem late triangulatim reflexo.

Long. 6, lat. 3°10 mill.

Hab. North Transvaal (Col. Bowker).

Two specimens of a small horny, subpellucid, acuminate

species ; whorls six, last whorl angled towards the middle ;

mouth round, lip simple, broadly triangularly reflexed at the

columellar margin.

This shell is unlike any other South-African species of

the genus.

7. Buliminus (Pachnodus) jeyunus, sp. n.

(PI. III. fig. 7:)

B. testa ovato-conica, angustissime umbilicata, robusta, pallescente ;

anfractibus quinque, levibus, undique strigis fulvo-brunneis

oblique et irregulariter decoratis, ultimo in medio angulato, apud

angulum transversim linea brunnea zonulato, labro simplici, ad

marginem columellarem reflexo.

Long. (sp. maj.) 8, lat. 4°50 mill.

Hab. North Transvaal (Col. Bowker).

Five specimens of a neat small shell: form conically ovate,

angled towards the middle of the last whorl; shell thick,

whitish cinereous, with longitudinal, somewhat irregular

brown streaks or flames; in four out of the five specimens

there is a brown transverse zone at the angle of the last

whorl.

The general appearance of the shell somewhat reminds one

of BL. punctatus, Anton.

8. Ennea Crossleyana, sp.n. (Pl. III. fig. 8.)

E. testa parum rimata, abbreviata, cylindriformi, subpellucida, albo-

cinerea; anfractibus sex vel septem, longitudinaliter oblique

costulatis, costulis infra suturas moniliformibus ; apertura

oblonga; peristomate albo, nitido, reflexo, plica parietali con-

spicua, labiali tridentata, basali minore, simplici, interna infra

marginem columellarem nitida, mammeformi, valde intrante.

Long. 5°50, lat, 2 mill.

lab. Pietermaritzburg (Burnup).

Several specimens of a very pretty and conspicuous Hnnea.

The tridentate labial tooth is noteworthy; the texture is

semipellucid, and the whorls below the sutures have one

transverse row of beaded granulation.

We have much pleasure in associating with this species

new Mollusca from South Africa. 107

the name of Mrs. Crossley, in whose garden the specimens

were first collected.

9. Ennea drakensbergensis, sp.n. (Pl. III. fig. 9.)

E. testa parum rimata, abbreviato-cylindriformi, cinerea ; anfrac-

tibus sex, ventricosulis, undique confertim longitudinaliter recti-

striatis; apertura rotunda; peristomate albo, nitido, quadri-

plicato, plica parietali acinaciformi, conspicua, dente labiali crasso,

simplici, basali minore, plica columellari interna mammeformi,

perintrante.

Long. 4, lat. 2°25 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg.

A shortly cylindrical shell, cinereous, with six whorls ;

whorls ventricose, adorned with somewhat straight longitu-

dinal striz; mouth roundish ovate, lip white, incrassate,

reflexed, four-plaited, the labial and basal teeth being simple,

the sutural (or parietal) large and deep-seated, the columellar

internal and nipple-shaped.

One specimen.

10. Ennea euthymia, sp.n. (Pl. ILI. fig. 10.)

£. testa subrimata, abbreviata, cylindrica, incrassata, olivaceo-

cinerea; anfractibus septem, ventricosis, ad suturas impressis,

undique longitudinaliter oblique densistriatis ; apertura rotunda ;

peristomate albo-nitente, reflexo, plicis vel dentibus sex munito,

plica parietali magna intrante, labialibus duabus simplicibus, dente

basali et columellari labialium instar, subtus hune plica interna

mammeeformi, valde perintrante.

Long. 4:50, lat. 2 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg.

A pretty little species, possessing in its peristomatal pro-

cesses a marked contrast to other species of the genus from

South Africa. The mouth is roundish, lip white, reflexed,

furnished with six teeth or plaits—the parietal being large,

scimitar-shaped ; the two labial teeth or plaits, the basal, and

the columellar are all similar and simple. Below this latter

is an internal plait, white, nipple-shaped, and large.

11. Ennea maritzburgensis, sp.n. (Pl. ILI. fig. 11.)

E. testa parum rimata, tenui, subdiaphana, nitida; anfractibus sex

vel septem, levigatis, infra, juxta suturas solum, oblique stria-

tulis; apertura ovata; peristomate albo-nitente, reflexo, plicis

vel dentibus quinque munito, plica_ parietali acinaciformi,

intrante, dentibus labialibus duobus, simplicibus, dente basali

108 = Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

simplici, parvo, plica columellari interna valde ad imam faucem

penetrante.

Long. 3:50, lat. 1:10 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg (Quekett).

A charming little subpellucid species ; whorls six, smooth,

excepting just below the sutures, where there is a trace of the

oblique longitudinal striation so general a feature in the shells

of this genus. The mouth is furnished with five teeth or

plaits, three of them being quite simple, while the parietal is

scimitar-shaped and penetrating, the columellar also very

deep-seated.

Three specimens.

12. Hnnea polhita, sp. n. (PI. III. fig. 12.)

E. testa levi, tenui, pellucida, vitrea, dolioliformi, cylindrica, apice

obtusissimo ; anfractibus septem, levibus; apertura ovata; peri-

stomate vix reflexo, quinqueplicato, plica parietali et labiali magnis

perintrantibus, dente labiali bifurcato, dente basali minore,

simplici, plica columellari valde intrante, conspicua.

Long. 3, lat. 1:20 mill.

Hab. Tharfield (Miss Mary L. Bowker), In Coll. Edgar

L. Layard, Esq.

A small pellucid, shining, smooth species, barrel-shaped ;

whorls seven, plain and smooth; mouth ovate, lip reflexed,

white, five-plaited, of which the parietal, labial, and colu-

mellar plaits are conspicuous and deep-seated ; the basal tooth

small and simple; the labial tooth bifid.

Five specimens.

13. Ennea pulchella, sp. n. (PI. III. fig. 13.)

E. testa rimata, pellucida, tenui, dolioliformi, nitida, apice obtuso ;

anfractibus septem, ventricosulis, infra suturas granato-marginatis,

undique longitudinaliter striis obliquis decoratis ; apertura sub-

rotunda; peristomate albo, reflexo, incrassato, plicis vel dentibus

quinque munito, plica parietali magna, acinaciformi, intrante,

dentibus duobus labialibus simplicibus, basali parvo simplici, plica

columellari perintrante, conspicua.

Long. 6, lat. 2°85 mill.

Hab. Chase Krantz, Maritzburg (Burnup).

A very pretty shining species. It is shortly cylindrical,

pellucid, seven-whorled ; whorls slightly ventricose, delicately

longitudinally striate; close below the sutures there is a

transverse pellucid line, the intermediate space being minutely

granate; the aperture is roundish; peristome white, thick-

new Mollusca from South Africa. 109

ened, furnished with tive plaits or teeth, of which the two

labial and the one basal are ordinary and simple, the parietal

or sutural plait being large and deep-seated, and the colu-

mellar also conspicuous.

‘Two specimens.

Its nearest ally is E. regularis, M. & P., from which,

however, it differs in having one whorl more, in the form of

the aperture, and in the detail of the dentition.

14. Ennea socratica, sp.n. (Pl. III. fig. 14.)

#. testa profunde rimata, recta, cylindriformi, crassa, brunneo-

cinerea ; anfractibus octo, apud suturas impressis, undique longi-

tudinaliter oblique crassistriatis; apertura curta, subrotunda;

peristomate albido, reflexo, ad basin incrassato, triplicato, plica

parietali et Jabiali valde intrantibus, conspicuis, columellari

interna simplici.

Long. 8, lat. 3°25 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg.

A large form, of which we have only seen one specimen.

Deeply rimate, eight-whorled; whorls incrassate, obliquely

coarsely longitudinally striate, impressed at the sutures ;

mouth subrotund, lip furnished with three plaits, all deep-

seated and conspicuous ; peristome thickened internally at the

base. ‘The mouth seems small in proportion to the length

of the shell, but there does not appear to be any malforma-

tion. More specimens are, however, desirable.

15. Ennea tharfieldensis, sp. n. (Pl. III. fig. 15.)

E. testa parum rimata, oblonga, cylindrica, albo-cinerea ; anfrac-

tibus sex vel septem, ventricosulis, apud suturas impressis, undique

longitudinaliter crassistriatis; apertura oblonga; peristomate

producto, albo-nitente, incrassato, reflexo, quinqueplicato, plica

parietali prominente, conspicua, plica labiali multum incrassata,

aditum intrante et occludente; basali interna mammeformi;

columellari magna, incrassata; quinta denique inter columellarem

parietalemque interna, minore.

Long. 4°50, lat. 2 mill.

Hab. Thartield. In Coll. Edgar L. Layard, Esq.

Several specimens of a form we cannot exactly place with

any described species, though much of the same build exter-

nally as several others. ‘he peristome is five-plaited, of

which two are quite internal, the remaining three conspicu-

ously incrassate. al cane and

Allied to #. crassidens, but not a form of that species.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 9

110 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

16. Ennea Vandenbroeckii, sp.n. (PI. ILI. fig. 16.)

E. testa obeso-cylindrica, cinerea, apice obtuso ; anfractibus octo,

undique longitudinaliter oblique striato-costatis ; apertura ovato-

rotunda; peristomate albo, reflexo, quinqueplicato, plica parietali

conspicua, incurvata, labiali simplici, dentibus basalibus duobus

simplicibus, plica columellari interna mammeformi.

Long. 7, lat. 3°50 mill.

Hab. Natal (ex Coll. Vandenbroeck).

Marked by Mr. Vandenbroeck as #. Gould (Pfr.), which

it certainly is not. A bluntly cylindriform obese shell, with

the whorls striato-costulate longitudinally ; mouth round,

five-plaited or toothed. In form allied to &. Dunkert, Pfr.

Two specimens.

17. Ennea vanstaadensis, sp.n. (PL. IIL. fig. 17.)

E. testa rimata, longa, cylindriformi, delicatula, succinea ; anfrac-

tibus sex vel septem, undique confertim longitudinaliter tenui-

striatis ; peristomate albo, incrassato, nitente, plicis vel dentibus

quatuor munito, plica parietali conspicua, prominente, intus

extensa, dente labiali bifurcato, basali minore, simplici, plica

columellari mammeeformi, valde intrante.

Long. 5°50, lat. 1°75 mill.

Hab. Van Staaden’s River (J. Crawford, Esq.).

Four specimens, of which the one we have taken as the

type is completely cylindriform, prolonged, seven-whorled ;

the other three are somewhat shorter, but the mouth and

tooth-processes are exactly the same.

18. Succinea Bowker, sp. n. (PI. III. fig. 18.)

S. testa pertenui, lete ochracea; anfractibus tribus vel quatuor,

ultimo rapide accrescente, subeffuso, apicali parvo, medio per-

ventricoso, parvo; apertura ovata, labro tenuissimo, simplici.

Long. 13°50, lat. 9 mill.

Hab. Malvern (Col. Bowker).

We are unable to exactly match this shell with any known

forms, though it approaches two Sandwich-Island species,

both endemic. It does not appear either to be a variety of

the ubiquitous S. putris, and we have therefore ventured to

describe it. The species of this genus unfortunately are not

only liable to much variation, but also offer no very salient

points for characterization.

Two specimens, exactly similar.

new Mollusca from South Africa. 111

19. Planorbis Bowkert, sp. n. (Pl. III. fig. 19.)

P. testa pallide cinerea, altiuscula, parum nitente, sublevigata ;

anfractibus quatuor, deplanatis, rapide accrescentibus, disco supe-

riore et inferiore eque excavatis ; apertura obliqui-rotundata.

Long. 8-20, lat. 3-40 mill.

Hab. North Transvaal (Col. Bowker).

A species not unlike P. corneus in miniature. The surface

under a lens is found to be very finely, obliquely, longitu-

dinally striate. The whorls are rounded, both the upper and

lower disks being equally excavate.

20. Planorbis Crawfordi, sp. n. (Pl. III. fig. 20.)

P. testa parva, compressa, obliqui-striata, cinereo-olivacea ; anfrac-

tibus quatuor, lente crescentibus, discis utrinque subrotundatis,

inferiore magis applanato; apertura depresso-lunari.

Long. (sp. maj.) 1, lat. 5 mill.

Hab. Van Staaden’s River (J. Crawford, Esq.).

A small compressed species, whorls rounded and not angled,

somewhat recalling our British P. albus.

Three specimens.

N.B.—In our last paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xi., January 1893, pp. 20, 21) the descriptions of Pupa

dysorata and Sykesti were, in part, accidentally transposed.

Of the former the description should read thus :—

Pupa dysorata, sp.n. (Pl. III. fig. 4.)

P. testa minutissima, oblonga, levi, apice obtuso; anfractibus quinque,

tumescentibus, ventricosis; apertura ovali; peristomate albido,

paullum reflexo, ad marginem columellarem incrassatum uni-

dentato.

Long. 1, lat. *55 mill.

Hab. Griqualand East (2. R. Sykes, sq.).

And of the latter :—

Pupa Sykesti, sp.n. (PI. III. fig. 6.)

P. testa rimata, minuta, cylindrica, diaphana, apice obtuso; anfrao-

tibus septem vel octo, ventricosis, undique confertim longitu-

112 Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide.

dinaliter tenuicostatis; apertura ovata; peristomate paullum

reflexo, dentibus duobus munito, hoc parietali, illo basali, oppo-

sitis, inconspicuis.

Long. 1-90, lat. -75 mill.

Hab. Griqualand East (Z. R. Sykes, Hsq.).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Macrocyclis Quekettiana. , Fig. 11. Ennea maritzburgensis.

Fig. 2. Achatina scevola. Fig. 12. polita.

Fig. 3. penestes. Fig. 13. —— pulchella.

Fig. 4. Stenogyra Crawfordi. Fig. 14. socratica.

Fig. 5. Buliminusmaritzburgensis, | Fig. 15. tharfieldensis.

Fig. 6. transvaalensis. Fig. 16. —— Vandenbroeckii.

Fig. 7. Jjejunus. Fag. 17. vanstaadensis.

Fig. 8. Ennea Crossleyana. Fig. 18. Succinea Bowkert.

Fag= 9. drakensbergensis. Fig. 19. Planorbis Bowkert.

Fig. 10 euthymia. | Fag. 20. Crawford.

XXII.—On some Ethiopian Pentatomide of the Group

Halyine. By E. Bercroru, M.D.

THE object of this paper is to give descriptions of some new

or imperfectly known genera and species of Halyine. This

group, which includes some of the most conspicuous Penta-

tomide, has its headquarters in Australia, but it is also well

represented in Africa, although many of the species are doubt-

less still undescribed.

1. Dalpada Cambouet, Fallon.

Halys Cambouez, Fallon, Rey. d’Ent. x. 5 (1891).

Subovata, supra straminea, sat dense subacervatim nigro-punctata,

subtus testacea, lateribus capitis, pectoris ventrisque nigris, in

capite et pectore vittam angustam rufescentem includentibus,

maculis marginalibus segmentorum vyentralium semicircularibus

pallidis. Caput pronoto longius, elongato-triangulare, basi nigro-

bimaculatum, jugis tylo multo longioribus et ante hunc contiguis,

apice obtusis, lateribus nonnihil ante apicem obtuse angulato-

eminulis, ocellis mox pone lineam inter angulum posticum oculo-

rum fictam sitis, bucculis antice rotundatis, rostro apicem segmenti

secundi ventris attingente, antennis (apice mutilis) fuscis, articulis

duobus basalibus flavo-strigatis, primo angulum anteapicalem

jugorum haud superante, tertio secundo perpaullo longiore. Pro-

notum mox ante medium transversim impressum, marginibus late-

ralibus anticis leviter sinuatis, ante sinum inequaliter denticu-

Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide. 113

latis, angulis lateralibus levissime eminulis, rectis. Scutellum

apice obtuse subangulatum. Pectus ad acetabula postica macula

nigra notatum, orificiis in suleam longum leviter curyatum con -

tinuatis. Corium pone medium macula parva levigata pallida

notatum, margine apicali leviter rotundato; membrana cinerea,

venis fuscis. Abdomen dorso fusco-testaceum, connexivo nigro,

fascia media segmentorum testacea, ventre parce fusco-punctu-

lato. Pedes antici nigri, dimidio basali femorum horumque

dimidio apicali supra et subtus, annulo submediano et obsoletiore

subbasali subapicalique tibiarum atque articulis duobus primis

tarsorum superne testaceis (pedes posteriores desunt).

Long. ¢ 10°5 mm,

Madagascar.

This species differs from the typical Dalpade in having

the buccule rounded anteriorly and the ocelli a little nearer

to the base of the head. It is allied to D. capitata, Dist.,

but is much smaller, differently coloured, and with the third

antennal joint longer.

Mons. Fallon’s type is here described.

ANOLCUS, gen. nov.

Corpus depressum. Caput conicum, supra transversim convexius-

culum, apice obtusum, parte auteoculari latitudine longiore, late-

ribus teretibus, ante oculos haud sinuatis, tylo jugis paullo longiore,

ocellis in linea inter basin oculorum ficta positis, a linea media

capitis quam ab oculis paullo magis distantibus, bucculis humili-

bus, antice in angulum acutum elevatis, postice ultra medium

oculorum haud productis, rostro basin ventris attingeute, articulo

primo bucculas vix superante, secundo tertio parum longiore,

quarto tertio fere duplo breviore, tuberculis antenniferis ab oculis

et apice jugorum zeque longe distantibus, antennis quinque-articu-

latis, articulo basali apicem capitis non attingente. Pronotum

apice leviter sinuatum, basi subrectum, angulis basalibus obtuse

rotundatis, marginibus lateralibus anticis serralatis. Scutellum

parte apicali angustum, frenis medium scutelli perpaullo supe-

rantibus. Mesosternum medio carinatum, carina lata depressa.

Orificia in suleum mediocrem continuata. Corium scutello

longius; membrana laxissime reticulata, venis circiter quattuor

areolas sex (duas basales, quattuor apicales) formantibus instructa,

Abdomen subtus haud sulcatum, spiraculis ad marginem anticum

segmentorum approximatis, a margine postico et laterali weque

longe distantibus. Femora subtus prope apicem spinulosa ; tibixw

supra sulcate, antic triquetre.

This genus is allied to Dalpada, A. & S., but is at once

distinguished, ¢nter alia, by the peculiar neuration of the

nembrane.

114 Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide.

2. Anoleus campestris, sp. n.

Ovatus, pallide stramineus, supra acervatim obscure virescenti- vel

fusco-cinereo-punctatus, subtus concoloriter punctulatus. Caput

pronoto subquilongum, supra et subtus vittis sex obscure vires-

centibus ornatum, vittis superioribus extimis ad angulum anticum

oculorum oblique interruptis, vittis binis interioribus medio coalitis,

interstitiis inter vittas elevatis, levibus, articulo ultimo rostri

nigro, antennis medium abdominis paullo superantibus, gracilibus,

nigris, articulo primo diametro verticali oculi eequilongo, pallido,

extus nigro-strigato, articulis tribus ultimis basi flayidis, secundo

primo plus quam duplo longiore, tertio et quinto secundo sub-

eequalibus, quarto ceteris paullo longiore. Pronotum longitudine

duplo et dimidio latius, angulis apicalibus obtusis, angulis laterali-

bus leviter angulato-eminulis, marginibus lateralibus anticis pone

medium profunde sinuatis, ante sinum serrulatis, marginibus

lateralibus posticis prope angulos laterales obtuse angulatis, disco

medio presertim latera versus transversim leviter impresso, mar-

gine cuncto, linea longitudinali media, linea intra marginem

lateralem anticum postice cum hoc conjuncta ac lineis aliquot

irregularibus lobi antici per lecbum posticum oblique curvatim

continuatis levibus. Pectus sat dense punctulatum, vitta laterali

viridi-eenea callos nonnullos pallidos includente et macula parva ad

acetabula postice viridi-szenea ornatum, mesosterno medio maculis

duabus oblongis levibus nigris signato. Hemelytra apicem abdo-

minis attingentia, corio basin segmenti sexti connexivi attin-

gente, margine apicali extus obtuse angulato, angulo apicali recto,

epipleura ad basin macula zenea et pone hane serie subtili punctu-

lorum instructa, membrana lacteo-subhyalina, macula ad angulum

basalem internum et venis nigris. Abdomen rotundato-ampliatum,

dorso nigrum, connexivo pallido, segmentis medio dilute ferrugineo-

punctulatis, ad basin et apicem fascia viridi-cinerea notatis,

angulis apicalibus levissime prominulis, ventre leviter convexo,

parce subtilissime punctulato, lateribus extra spiracula concoloria

punctulis remotis fuscis dispersis, puncto minuto fusco ad angulum

apicalem segmentorum, macula majore extra spiraculum segmenti

primi, macula minuta extra et intra spiraculum segmenti secundi

intraque spiracula segmentorum ceterorum viridi-eenea, segmento

sexto feminz medio quam lateribus duplo longiore, angulis api-

calibus subrectis. Pedes straminei, femoribus parte apicali viridi-

nigro-conspersis, subtus prope apicem utrinque spinulis perpaucis

pallidis armatis, tibiis anticis supra ad basin et apicem et paullo

pone medium nigro-notatis, lateribus nigro-strigatis, tibiis posticis

supra ad basin et apicem vitta viridi-nigra, subtus linea purpurea

notatis (tibize mediz desunt).

Long. ¢ 11 mm.

Mozambique ; Rikatla. Coll. Montandon.

Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide. 115

3. Cenomorpha Schioedtet, sp. n.

Ovalis (3) vel subovata (@), straminea, fusco-punctata, punctis

smaragdineis interspersis, purpureo et smaragdineo picta, partibus

pallidis parcius, partibus purpureis et smaragdineis crebre punc-

tatis. Caput pronoto medio paullo longius, apicem versus leviter

angustatum, vittis duabus superioribus approximatis et vitta

inferiore anteoculari smaragdineis, jugis apice valde oblique trun-

catis, rostro basin vel median segmenti ventralis quarti attin-

gente, antennis nigris, articulo primo subtus basin versus, annulo

apicali articuli secundi et basali articuli quarti pallide flavis, arti-

eulis secundo et tertio paullo variabilibus, subequilongis vel

secundo tertio longiore, quarto secundo longiore (quintus deest).

Pronotum maculis aliquot anterioribus eb maculis basalibus

septem obscure smaragdineis ornatum, macula basali media parva

angusta, marginibus lateralibus anticis vix sinuatis, ab apice

paullo ultra medium pallidis, angulis lateralibus leviter prominulis,

rectis vel acutiusculis. Scutellum macula magna basali latera

non attingente obscure purpurea postice utrinque in vittam

brevem subsmaragdineam prolongata signatum, angulis basalibus

smaragdineis. Pectus medio fuscum, pleuris smaragdineo-macu-

latis. Hemelytra apicem abdominis attingentia, corio parte

basali excepta purpurascente, macula subbasali, macula magna

media totam latitudinem occupante maculisque tribus apicalibus

obscure smaragdineis, membrana subzeneo-fusca. Abdomen dorso

rubiginosum, segmentis connexivi basi et apice fascia smaragdinea

ornatis, angulis apicalibus acute prominulis nigris, ventre vittis

duabus latis mediis nigris vel fuscis per segmenta quinque prima

extensis in maculas interdum dissolutis notato, parce fusco-

punctato, latera versus densius smaragdineo-punctato, limbo

laterali pallido impunctato, angulis basali et apicali segmentorum

nigrinis, spiraculis fuscis, segmento sexto quinto medio paullo ( 2 )

vel duplo (¢) longiore. Pedes pallide testacei, femoribus minute

fusco-punctatis, subtus remote minute spinulosis, tibiis nigris,

leviter virescentibus, annulo medio pallido, articulo ultimo tarso-

rum nigro.

Long. ¢ 145 mm., 2? 17 mm.

Gaboon. Coll. Fallon.

Allied to C. variegata, P. B., but differently and much

more richly coloured, with the head distinctly longer.

4, Canomorpha segregata, sp. n.

Oyata, supra ochracea, nigro-conspersa et parcius punctata, signa-

turis pronoti postice subvittiformibus, subtus infuscata, pallido-

conspersa, densius punctata. Caput pronoto medio sequilongum,

apicem versus levissime angustatum, supra lineis duabus mediis

longitudinalibus antice abbreviatis et linea utrinque basali obliqua

116 Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide.

nigtis, jugis apice leviter oblique late truncatis, rostro apicem

segmenti tertii ventralis attingente, antennis nigris, articulo

primo apice excepto obscure testaceo, secundo et tertio sulcatis,

hoc illo longiore, quarto tertio longiore, quinto tertio perpaullum

longiore, pallide flavido, apice leviter fuscescente. Pronotum

lateribus parum sinuatum, angulis lateralibus acutinsculis,

levissime prominulis. Hemelytra apicem abdominis leviter supe-

rantia, corio macula magna media nigra notato, membrana fusca,

paucinervi. Abdomen sat fortiter rotundato-ampliatum, macula

angusta oblonga marginali segmentorum pallida, segmentis con-

nexivi basi et apice nigrinis, angulis apicalibus leviter prominulis,

ventre sat fortiter convexo, suleo medio obsoleto, spiraculis nigris

antice callo parvo pallido terminatis, segmento quinto medio ad

basin gibboso-elevato, segmento sexto maris quinto medio haud

duplo longiore, angulis apicalibus obtusiusculis sed haud rotun-

datis, segmento genitali maris apice medio profunde sinuato,

Pedes sordide testacei, femoribus minute fusco-punctatis, subtus

remote minute spinulosis, tibiis nigris, mediis annulo medio pallido

signatis (pedes postici desunt).

Long. ¢ 15:5 mm.

Gaboon. Coll. Fallon.

Differs from all the other species in the more convex

venter with indistinct furrow, and in having (at least in the

male) the fifth ventral segment gibbous at the base.

ADELOLCUS, gen. nov.

Corpus supra modice, subtus sat fortiter convexum. Caput supra

planiusculum, parte anteoculari latitudine longiore, lateribus ante

oculos leviter sinuatis, deinde parallelis, jugis apice oblique sub-

rotundato-truncatis, tylo jugis perpaullo longiore, ocellis pone

lineam inter basin oculorum fictam sitis, bucculis humilibus, antice

rectangulatim leyiter elevatis, rostro coxas posticas superante,

articulo primo postice buccuias subequante, secundo tertio

longiore, quarto tertio breviore, antennis ab apice capitis quam

ab oculis fere duplo longius distantibus. Pronotum marginibus

lateralibus anticis integrum, anguste reflexum, angulis posticis

rotundatis. Scutellum parte apicali sat angustum, frenis post

medium extensis. Prostethium postice subrectum ; mesosternum

medio carinatum; sulcus orificialis oblique antrorsum longe exten-

sus, rectus. apice acutus, area evaporativa ampla, usque ad angulum

anticum mesopleuree oblique extensa. Corium scutello longius,

margine apicali recto, prope angulum apicalem levissime sinuato ;

membrana simpliciter nervosa. Abdomen subtus per segmentum

secundum late levissime suleatum, angulis posticis segmentorum

leviter prominulis, Femora antica subtus obsolete denticulata ;

tibiz omnes supra plane, marginate.

The structure of the rostrum, the straight hind margin of

Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide. 117

the propleure, the different structure of the orificia, and the

much larger area evaporativa distinguish this genus from

Cenomorpha, Dall. From Seribonia, Stal, it is separated by

the non-pilose body and the absence ot the large sericeous

spots to the venter. From both these genera it differs in the

non-serrate lateral margins of the pronotum and the ver

short and shallow ventral furrow. It is apparently also allied

to the Indian genus Nevisanus, Dist., but is at once distin-

guished by the structure of the rostrum and by having the

antenne inserted much nearer to the eyes.

5. Adelolcus solitarius, sp. u.

Ovatus, flavo-testaceus, sparsim fusco-punctatus, supra nigro-varie-

gatus et conspersus, corio parte basali excepta incarnato. Caput

subtus prope marginem lateralem vitta viridi-nigra snescente

notatum, rostro apicem segmenti secundi ventris attingente, piceo,

articulo ultimo nigro (antennz desunt). Pronotum medio capite

paullo longius, marginibus lateralibus anticis parum sinuatis, pone

medium nigris, angulis lateralibus leviter prominulis, subrotun-

datis, marginibus lateralibus posticis ad marginem costalem corii

obtuse angulatis. Hemelytra apicem abdominis parum superantia,

membrana fusca. Pectus snescens, mesosterno medio piceo-

ferrugineo, Abdomen hemelytris latins, connexivo detecto, hujus

segmentis fascia media dilutiore notatis, ventre medio fere

impunctato, lateribus leviter enescente, limbo laterali nigrino,

macula media marginali segmentorum pallide flava, segmento

sexto medio macula nigro-picea signato. Pedes brunnei, tibiis

nigrinis, annulo lato medio flavido ornatis.

Long. 9 17:5 mm.

Gaboon. Coll. Fallon.

6. Memmia excurrens, sp. n.

Subovata, sat dense punctata, nigra, margine laterali anteoculari et

vittis tribus posticis capitis, margine apicali (utrinque breviter

abrupto) pronoti, linea media longitudinali pronoti et scutelli,

margine hujus pone frena, margine laterali basali et margine

apicali corii, callo majusculo prope angulos basales scutelli et pone

medium cori, callis sparsis minoribus pronoti scutelli coriique

pallide flavis, marginibus lateralibus prothoracis, fascia media

extus dilatata segmentorum connexivi, acetabulis, limbo postico

pleurarum, macula magna metapleure, ventre medio maculaque

laterali subsemicirculari segmentorum ventralium ruto-testaceis,

segmento sexto ventrali et lobis genitalibus fuscis. Caput subeeque

longum ac latum, remote pilosulum, tylo et jugis longitudine

equalibus, bueculis modice elevatis, postice quam antice hand

altioribus, rostro apicem segmenti secundi ventris attingente,

118 Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide.

articulo tertio secundo distincte longiore, antennis subtiliter

puberulis, nigris, articulo secundo primo vix triplo longiore, tertio

secundo circiter sexta parte breviore (art. quartus deest). Pro-

notum utrinque prope latera profundius impressum, marginibus

lateralibus anticis levissime sinuatis, ante medium crenatis,

angulis lateralibus obtusis, subrotundatis, parum prominulis,

angulis posticis obtuse rotundatis. Scutellum ad angulos basales

fovea impressa preeditum. Corium basin segmenti sexti connexivi

attingens ; membrana subfusco-hyalina, venis obscurioribus.

Abdomen hemelytris nonnihil brevius, angulis posticis segmen-

torum levissime prominulis. Pedes nigri, vitta supera femorum,

plus quam dimidia parte basali femorum posteriorum carinisque

superis lateralibus tibiarum a basi ultra medium testaceis.

Long. 9 14 mm.

Gaboon. Coll. Fallon.

Allied to JM. vicina, Sign., but the colour-markings are

different, the third antennal joint is much longer, the lateral

lobes of the head are shorter, and the lateral margins of the

pronotum slightly but distinctly sinuated.

The genus Memmia was hitherto known only from Mada-

gascar.

MACROPELTA, gen. nov.

Caput subhexagonum, parte anteoculari apicem versus angustata,

jugis tylo paullo longioribus, apice distantibus, oculis yalde

exsertis, breviter stylatis, ocellis pone lineam inter basin oculorum

fictam positis, rostro coxas posticas subattingente, articulis

secundo et tertio longitudine subzqualibus, antennis quadri-

articulatis, articulo primo apicem capitis parum superante, secundo

ceteris longiore. Pronotum lateribus ante medium serratum,

angulis posticis acute lobulato-prominulis. Scutellum perlongum,

abdomine paullo breyius, corio longius, lateribus ante medium

sinuatis, frenis medium scutelli haud attingentibus. Prosternum

apice medio profundius arcuato-sinuatum; mesosternum medio

longitudinaliter impressum, in fundo impressionis carinatum ;

orificia auriculata. Abdomen subtus sulco levi longitudinali

instructum. Femora subtus spinulosa,

This genus is at once distinguished from Memmia, Stal, by

the scutellum, which is longer than the corium and sinuated

before themiddle (asin Brachymenum, Mayr), and by the frena,

which do not reach the middle of the scutellum. In Memmia

the scutellum is considerably shorter than the corium and

sinuated much behind the middle, and the frena reach much

beyond the middle of the scutellum. ‘There are also the

following differences of minor importance :—The first an-

tennal joint scarcely passes the apex of the head, the second

Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide. 119

joint is strongly pilose, the eyes are very prominent and

shortly petiolate, the hind angles of the pronotum are acutely

lobed (as in the genera Peltasticus, Dall., Aleria, Stal, and

Paraleria, Reut.). These characters, together with the un-

spotted connexivum, give this genus quite a different facies.

The genus Memmia is more nearly allied to Atelocera than to

Macropelta: in all three genera the females have two large

sericeous patches on the venter.

7. Macropelia Cowant, Dist.

Memmia Cowani, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag. xix. 108 (1882).

I have received this insect from Antananarivo (Mada-

gascar).

8. Nealerta asopoides, Stal.

On examining an example of this species agreeing to some

extent with Stal’s description I find that the tarsi in this genus

are biarticulated as in Paraleria. 1 propose to call Stal’s

genus Nealeria, as the name A/erca is preoccupied by Marshall

for a genus of Hymenoptera.

ZAPLUTUS, gen. nov.

Corpus oblongo-ovatum. Caput exsertum, pone oculos extus et

paullo sursum yalde prominulos basin versus levissime angusta-

tum, parte anteoculari subconica, latitudine basali longiore, jugis

tylo longioribus, apice acutis, hiscentibus, recurvis, marginibus

lateralibus nonnihil ante oculos spina longa acuta extus antrorsum

sursumque producta ac paullo ante apicem dente extus et sursum

vergente armatis, ocellis pone lineam inter basin oculorum fictam

sitis, ab oculis quam a linea media capitis paullo longius distanti-

bus, bucculis humilibus, antice in dentem elevatis, postice ultra

oculos parum productis, rostro gracili, coxas posticas longe supe-

rante, articulo primo bucculas parum superante, secundo primo

vix duplo longiore, tertio secundo longiore, quarto secundo breviore,

antennis gracilibus, quinque-articulatis, ab apice capitis quam ab

oculis paullo longius insertis, articulo basali apicem jugorum haud

attingente. Pronotum apice capite cum oculis angustius, mar-

ginibus lateralibus anticis ante medium denticulatis, angulis late-

ralibus in spinam validam acutam extus et oblique sursum pro-

ductis, angulis posticis obtusissimis, disco ante medium trans-

versim impresso. Scutellum parte apicali angustum, apice

recurvum, frenis sat longe post medium scutelli extensis. Pro-

pleure margine postico recte ; mesosternum tenuiter carinatum ;

orificia auriculata. Corium scutello longius; membrana venis

longitudinalibus instructa, vena una alterave furcata. Abdomen

120 Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide,

subtus usque ad apicem segmenti quinti profunde sulcatum,

angulis apicalibus segmentorum acute sublobato-prominulis.

Pedes longiusculi, graciles, femoribus inermibus, tibiis supra planis

et marginatis.

This magnificent genus must be piaced in the vicinity of

Solenogaster, Reut., from which it is, however, easily distin-

guished by the structure of the head &c.

9. Zapluius madagascariensis, Fallon.

Atelocera madagascariensis, Fallon, Naturaliste, xi. 120 (1889).

Supra smaragdineus, dense punctatus, callis oblongulis irregularibus

tlavidis dispersus, pronoti margine apicali pone spatium inter-

oculare et marginibus lateralibus anticis flavidis, capitis macula

ante medium, spinis anteocularibus dentibusque anteapicalibus,

pronoti macula utrinque antica, fascia basali utrinque angustata

et abbreviata apiceque spinarum lateralium ac scutelli macula

oblonga laterali media fuscis, clavo et parte plus quam dimidia

interiore corii albo-cinereis, fusco-maculatis, remote ineequaliter

punctatis, dorso abdominis rufo-testaceo, connexivo viridi-nigro,

fascia segmentorum submediana lata flavo-testacea ornato ; sub-

tus flavo-testaceus, insequaliter punctatus, mesosterno medio carina

excepta fusco, vitta laterali capitis pectorisque lata et ventris

angustiore smaragdinea, vitta pectorali in maculas ferme disso-

luta, vitta ventrali macula magna laterali flavo-testacea in quoque

segmento notata. Caput pronoto longius, bucculis et vitta adja-

cente pallidis, nigro-punctatis, rostro testaceo, antennis nigris,

apicem versus levissime incrassatis, basi articulorum omnium et

apice articuli secundi pallescentibus, articulis secundo, tertio

quartoque subzequilongis, quovis primo longiore, quinto quarto

paullo longiore. Pronotum longitudine sua fere triplo latius,

marginibus lateralibus anticis sat profunde sinuatis, ante sinum

rotundatis. Scutellum pone frena pallido-marginatum, parte

basali nonnihil elevata rugam latam ad apicem emittente. Hem-

elytra apicem abdominis attingentia, corio basin segmenti quinti

connexivi paullo superante, margine apicali levissime rotundato,

membrana cinerea, ad angulos basales et medio infuscata, venis

fuscis. Abdomen subtus disco acervatim, latera versus densius

nigro-punctatum, segmento sexto macula magna nigrescente notato.

Pedes testacei, annulo lato subapicali femorum, annulis duobus et

apice tibiarum articuloque ultimo tarsorum fusco-nigris.

Long. 9 17 mm.

Madagascar.

I have described Mons. Fallon’s type specimen.

Tammerfors, Finland.

Mr. W. L. Distant on some Coreide. 121

XXIIL—On some Coreide of the Order Rhynchota.

By W. L. Distant.

OCHROCHIRA.

Ochrochira, Stél, En. Hem. iii. p. 39 (1873).

The description of this genus is to be sought in Stal’s

“Conspectus generum” of his division “ Mictaria.” The

type is Myctis albiditarsis, Westw., and the genus is difficult

to differentiate without an examination of that species, which

I now possess.

The following species may now be added to Ochrochira :—

Ochrochira biplagiata.

Mictis biplagiata, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 22. n. 51 (1871).

Ochrochira nigrorufa.

Physomerus nigrorufus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 60. n. 7 (1871).

Ochrochira fuliginosa.

Discogaster fuliginosa, Uhler, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1860, p. 225.

mee8). tuberculipes, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Mosc, xxxix. 1, p. 187

Mictis japonica, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 23. n. 53 (1871).

Stal, who had evidently either not seen the species or only

a female example, writes (En. Hem. 1. p. 51), “* Ad Elasmo-

miam vel genus affine referendus.” In the male sex, how-

ever, the posterior tibiz are distinctly toothed or angularly

ampliated near centre, whereas in the description of Hlas-

momia we read, ‘‘tibiis posticis marium subtus in dentem vel

angulum haud ampliatis.”’

Ochrochira pallescens.

Prionolomia pallescens, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag, xxv. p. 230 (1889).

Ochrochira aberrans.

Prionolomia aberrans, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag. xxy. p. 250 (1889).

Allied to O. palliditarsis, Stal, but with a narrower pro-

notum or with the pronotal angles less dilated Ke.

Ochrochira nigrovittata.

Prionolomia nigrovittata, Dist. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. iii.

p- 419 (1889).

122 Mr. W. L. Distant on some Coreide.

Anoplocnemis Westwood.

Myctis annulicornis, Westw. in Hope, Cat. ii. p. 13 (1842) (nom.

preoce.).

Anoplocnemis annulicornis, Stal, En. Hem. iii. p. 49. n. 27 (1873).

The specific name “ annulicornis” was used by Germar

in 1837 for his Cerbus annulicornis, which belongs to the

genus Anoplocnemis. I have therefore renamed Westwood’s

species as above. It is closely allied to Germar’s species, but

differs by the different colour of the antenne. Specimens

are contained in the South-African Museum and in my own

collection which were taken at Cape Town and other parts of

the Cape Colony.

Anoplocnemis Montandont, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum piceous,.cortum very dark

castaneous, all thickly and ochraceously pilose ; a short fascia

at base of lateral margin to corium and a broad central fascia

to scutellum ochraceous; membrane cupreous; abdomen

above black, with two central ochraceous spots beyond middle

and the segmental margins also paler; body beneath with the

head, sternum, and legs piceous, the abdomen and tarsi casta-

neous, all thickly and ochraceously pilose ; a castaneous spot

between the intermediate and posterior coxe ; antenne casta-

neous, the apical joint ochraceous.

Long., ¢ 21-24, 9 23 millim.

Hab. East Africa, Mpwapwa (Coll. Dist.) ; Mozambique,

Kikatla (Coll. Montandon).

Allied to A. scutellaris, Dall., but separated by the different

colour of the upper surface of the abdomen, the tarsi, and the

apical joint of the antenne, the absence of the pale lateral

fascia on each side of the body beneath, and by the length of

the apical joint of the antenne, which 1s considerably longer

than the second joint, and not only slightly longer, as in

A. scutellaris.

Dalader parvulus, sp. n.

Fuscous; antenne and femora black ; tibiz, tarsi, and body

beneath mottled with testaceous; a central narrow longitu-

dinal line to pronotum and the apex of the scutellum pale

brownish.

Long., ¢ 20; lat. pronot. angl. 8 millim.

Hab. Burma, Ruby Mines.

Allied to D. planiventris, Westw., but differing by its

smaller size, darker colour, the apical joint of the antennse

On the Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 123

black, the third antennal joint less widely and abruptly

dilated, &c.

Elasmogaster unicolor, sp. n.

Pale uniform greyish brown, somewhat coarsely rugulose ;

antenne with the first, second, and third joints subequal in

length (fourth joint mutilated) ; membrane almost reaching

the apex of the abdomen, the lateral margins of which are

widely dilated ; rostrum almost reaching the anterior coxe.

Long., g 17; max. lat. abd. 9 millim.

Hab. East Africa, Nyassa (Cotterell).

Differing from /. africanus, Dall., the only other described

species of the genus, by the pale uniform colour, thus strongly

contrasting in the markings of the body, legs, rostrum and

antenne, &c.

Homeocerus Wealet, sp. n.

Reddish ochraceous, body beneath and legs somewhat

paler; lateral angles of the pronotum strongly and sub-

acutely produced ; lateral margins of the abdomen dilated and

directed upwardly ; antenne with the basal joint longest,

second joint a little longer than the third or fourth, which are

subequal in length; pronotum, scutellum, and corium with

coarse brown punctures ; extreme lateral edge of the abdomen

above ochraceous; membrane pale shining brown; rostrum

with the second joint a little longer than the third and sub-

equal in length with the fourth joint.

Long. 14-15; lat. pronot. angl. 5 millim.

Hab. South Africa (M. Weale) ; East Africa, Zanzibar.

This species appears to find a systematic position between

the H. dilutus, Stal, and H. productus, Stal. To the first it

is allied by the dilated abdomen, to the second by the produced

pronotal angles.

—

XXIV.—The Origin of the Organs of Salpa.

By W. K. Brooxs*,

The Salpa Embryo.—Stated in a word, the most remark-

able peculiarity of the Salpa embryo is this—It is blocked

out in follicle cells, which form layers and undergo other

changes which result in an outline or model of all the general

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ vol. xii. no. 106,

pp. 98-97. An abstract of Chapter XIV. of ‘A Memoir on the Genus

Salpa,’ which is now in the press.

124 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

features in the organization of the embryo. While this

process is going on the development of the blastomeres is

retarded, so that they are carried into their final positions in

the embryo while still in a very rudimentary condition.

Finally, when they have reached the places which they are

to occupy they undergo rapid multiplication and growth, and

build up the tissues of the body directly, while the scaftolding

‘of follicle cells is torn down and used up as food for the true

embryonic cells.

No other animal presents us with an embryonic history

quite like that of Salpa, although other ‘Tunicata show some-

thing similar but very much less pronounced. In the chapter

of my memoir “On the Morphological Significance of the

Salpa Embryo,” I attempt to show how the life-history of

Salpa has come about, but we must now confine ourselves to

the facts.

An imaginary illustration may help to make the subject

clear. Suppose that while carpenters are building a house

of wood, brickmakers pile clay on the boards as they are

carried past, and shape the lumps of clay into bricks as they

find them scattered through the building where they have

been carried with the boards. Now, as the house approaches

completion, imagine that bricklayers build a brick house over

the wooden framework, not from the bottom upwards, but here

and there, wherever the bricks are to be found, and that, a

fast as parts of the brick house are finished, the wooden one

is torn down. To make the analogy more complete, however,

we must imagine that all the structure which is removed is

assimilated by the bricks, and is thus turned into the substance

of new bricks to carry on the construction.

Salensky (“ Neue Untersuchungen,” &c., Naples Mittheil-

ungen, 1., 1882, and “‘ Embryonalentwicklung der Pyrosoma,”

Zool. Jahrb. iv. and v., 1891) has discovered and minutely

described the migration of the follicle; but he has failed to

trace the history of the blastomeres, and believes that these

degenerate and disappear, and that the embryo is built up of

follicle cells. I find that all the follicle cells are ultimately

used up as food, and that the true embryo is formed from

blastomeres after the analogy of the rest of the animal

kingdom.

The Aggregated Salpe.—During their development the

aggregated Salpe undergo complicated changes of position,

which render the interpretation of sections very difficult, and

as both Salensky (Morph. Jahrb. 1877, iii.) and Seeliger

(Jena. Zeitschr. 1885) have totally failed to understand these

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 125

changes, their accounts of the origin of the aggregated Salpx

have no permanent value.

I pointed out in 1886 (‘ Studies from the Biol. Lab., Jolins

Hopkins Univ.,’ 1886, pp. 398-414) that the Salpa chain is

morphologically a single row of Salpx, all in the same

position, with their dersal surfaces proximal or towards the

base of the stolon and their right sides on its right. The

account of the origin of the aggregated Salpz which is given

in this memoir is simply an amplification and expansion of

the statement which in 1886 I made briefly and in outline.

The stolon is bilaterally symmetrical, its plane of symmetry

is fundamentally identical with that of the solitary Salpa,

and the rudiment ef each aggregated Salpa is bilaterally

symmetrical in the same plane, although the secondary

changes begin very early, and convert the single row into a

double row, which comes to consist of a series of right-hand

Salpwz and a series of left-hand ones placed with their dorsal

surtaces out, their ventral surfaces towards the ventral sur-

faces of those in the opposite row, and with the left sides of

those on the right and the right sides of those on the left

towards the base of the stolon. In order to illustrate these

secondary changes of position, let us represent the series of

Salpz by a file of soldiers, all facing the same way. Now

imagine that each alternate soldier moves to the right and

the others to the left, to form two files, still facing the same

way. Now let them face about, so that the backs of those in

one row are turned towards the backs of those in the other

row. ‘They will now represent two rows of Salpa in their

secondary positions.

To make the illustration more perfect, suppose that, instead

of stepping into new places the soldiers grow until they are

pushed out by mutual pressure, and suppose that their heads,

growing fastest, form two rows, while their feet still form one

row, and suppose furthermore that, as each soldier rotates,

his feet turn first, and that the twisting runs slowly up his

body to his head, which turns last. We must also imagine

that these various changes all go on together, and that while

they are taking place each soldier not only grows larger but

also develops from a simple germ to his complete structure.

Salensky regards the stolon as two rows of rudimentary

Salpz ; and while Seeliger correctly states that they at first

form a single row, he has failed to discover the rotation, and

believes that they arise on the stolon in their final positions,

and he has therefore failed as completely as Salensky in his

efforts to trace the origin of their organs.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 10

126 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

The Ectoderm of the Salpa Embryo.—At an early stage of

segmentation some of the blastomeres move upwards and pass

out of the follicle on the middle line of the dorsal surface,

where the two layers of the follicle are continuous with each

other. I have given reasons for believing that this is the

spot which was once occupied by the blastopore. These

ectodermal blastomeres thus become extra-follicular, although

they are covered for a time by the capsule of epithelium,

which Salensky has called the “ Ectodermkeim.” They give

rise by cell-division to the ectoderm, which spreads from the

dorsal middle line downwards and outwards over the embryo,

pushing off and replacing the cells of the capsule. ‘The ecto-

derm has a growing edge, like that of meroblastic embryos,

and it does not close in completely on the ventral middle line

until after birth.

Salensky (‘‘Neue Untersuchungen,” Mitth. a. d. Zool.

Station zu Neapel, i., 1882) has figured the migration of

blastomeres to an extra-follicular position on the dorsal sur-

face of the embryo in several species, although he regards

them as discarded blastomeres and derives the ectoderm from

other sources. They are clearly shown in Salpa pinnata in

his plate xii. fig. 26, in Salpa pectinata in his pl. xxiil., and

in Salpa fusiformis in his plate xxiv. fig. 8, where they are

marked by the letters Hekb, which might be supposed to

stand for “ ectodermal blastomeres” if he did not fell us

explicitly on p. 389 that the ectoderm of this species is derived

from the epithelial capsule (‘‘ Epithelhiigel”’).

‘lhe ectodermal blastomeres seem to be more conspicuous

in Salpa fusiformis than in other species, for Salensky says

(p. 845) that while the epithelial capsule (“‘ Ectodermkeim ’’)

is generally separated very sharply from the embryonic cell-

mass, it is at one end of the embryo so intimately related to

the follicle cells (“‘gonoblasts”’) that it 1s difficult to determine

the boundary between them, and the blastomeres which lie

directly at this spot are covered only by the epithelial capsule

(‘‘ Ectodermkeim”’). At a later stage he says (p. 350) that

the epithelial capsule (‘‘ Eetodermkeim ”’) contains cells which

differ greatly among themselves in both size and form. Some

of them are similar in appearance to the cells of the epithelial

capsule, as already described, at an earlier stage, and differ

from them only in being more flattened. ‘The others (Lckb)

are very much larger and very different in structure, and

contain a nucleus which is very similar to that of the blasto-

meres. The appearance of these cells suggests that they are

blastomeres which have passed out from the cell-mass.’

Salensky believes that the ectoderm of Salpa democratica is

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 127

derived from the oviduct, and that in all other species it is

derived from the epithelial capsule (“ Epithelhiigel,” “ Kceto-

dermkeim”’) ; but I think all will agree that his position is

untenable until he has traced the history of these extra-

follicular blastomeres and has proved that they take no part

in its formation.

I have shown that they do give rise to the ectoderm and

that the epithelial capsule is a transitory structure which is

lost as the ectoderm replaces it.

The Ectoderm of the Stolon and that of the Aggregated

Salpe.—All agree that the ectoderm of the stolon is derived

directly from the ectoderm of the embryo. In one minor point

my observations show that the older accounts are incorrect.

It is usually stated that the ectoderm of the stolon is pushed

out into a tube by the growth of the other constituents of the

stolon, and Seeliger says (“ Die Knospung der Salpen,” Jena.

Zeitschr. 1885, p. 13) that it is an evagination (“ Ausstiilp-

ung’) from the ectodermal eptthelium of the embryo. This

is not literally true, for the ectoderm itself takes a most active

part in the formation of the stolon. ‘This is marked off on

the bedy of the embryo by a fold of ectoderm, which pushes

backwards from its tip to its base, sc that it is folded off from

the body of the embryo rather than pushed out, and, in the

young stages of Salpa pinnata at least, its differentiation from

the body of the embryo is chiefly due to the active growth of

this ectodermal fold.

The ectoderm of the aggregated Salpez has been correctly

held to be directly derived from the ectoderm of the stelon by

all students except Todairo. My own observations show also

that the multiplication of the ectoderm cells is the chief agent

in the segmentation of the stolon, that the nerve-tube and the

perithoracic tubes are cut up into vesicles by the growth of

the ectodermal folds, and that these are the chief agents in

the segmentation of the endodermal tube and the genital rod.

The Nervous System of the Embryo.—Little can be said of

this without illustrations. ‘he caudal nervous system is

represented by scattered blastomeres, which soon degenerate

and disappear. The ganglion is formed as an invaginated

fold of the somatic layer of the follicle, and the ganglionic

blastomeres pass into it from the ectodermal ridge and become

completely folded in among the follicle cells. ‘The ganglionic

rudiment soon loses its connexion with the somatic layer and

unites with the visceral follicle cells in the region of the roof

of the anterior end of the pharynx.

The Nerve-Tube of the Stolon.—This is formed from the

ectoderm on the middle line of the upper surface of the stolon

128 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

at the point where its ectoderm folds upon itself to become

continuous with that of the embryo. The straight stolon of

Salpa pinnata is so favourable for studying its origin, and

the evidence that it is ectodermal is so simple and clear in

this species, that it does not seem necessary to devote much

space to the discussion of the observations which have been

made on twisted stolons like that of Salpa democratica,

where it is very difficult to study the young stages by sections.

The connexion between the nerve-tube and the endoderm

is shown only by very young stolons and for only a short

time, and the two structures are quite independent in older

stolons.

Of the various writers on the subject, Kowalevsky (“ Bei-

trige,” &c, Nachr. d. k. Gesellsch. der Wissensch. zu

Gittingen, 1868, 19) seems to regard it as mesodermal in

origin. Salensky, in his paper on the budding of Salpa

(Morph. Jahrb. 1877, iii.), says nothing about its origin.

Todarro (‘ Sopra lo svilluppo,’ &c., 1875) derives it, as he

does all the other organs of the stolon, from a single germo-

blastic cell; but I have already shown that his germoblastic

cell is a migratory placenta-cell, and all recent writers have

justly rejected his account of the stolon. Seeliger believes

that in the stolon of Salpa, and also in the buds from the

ascidiozooids of Pyrosoma, it is mesodermal in origin, and

that it is derived from an indifferent mass of mesoderm,

which, in the young stolon, fills all the space between the

ectoderm and the endodermal tube, and becomes differentiated

into the nerve-tube and other organs of the stolon.

I have not found at any stage anything in the straight

simple stolon of Salpa pinnata corresponding to his indiffe-

rent mesoderm, although I have studied it in serial sections

in the three rectangular planes, and I do not hesitate to affirm

that Seeliger has been misled through the selection of a most

unfavourable species.

As I have not myself studied Pyrosoma, I am not in a

position to make any comment on his account of this animal,

although Salensky (‘‘ Embryonalentwicklung der Pyrosoma,”’

Zool. Jahrb. v., 1891) has recently shown that the ganglia

of the four primary ascidiozooids which are produced from

the stolon of the cyathozooid, as well as the ganglion of the

cyathozooid itself, are derived from the ectoderm.

The Ganglia of the Aggregated Salpa.—The nerve-tube

arises as a solid rod, but it soon acquires a lumen. As the

ectodermal folds grow inwards and mark out the bodies of the

Salpee they cut the tube up intoa series of ganglionic vesicles,

one for each Salpa, with cavities which are segments of the

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 129

lumen of the tube. ‘The presence of the ectodermal folds and

the growth of the ganglia soon cause crowding and pressure,

and the ganglion becomes flattened in the axis of the stolon

and elongated transversely. As the oral ends of the pharyn-

geal pouches grow up to the level of the ganglion, and push

in between it and the ectoderm, the crowding becomes still

greater and the single series of ganglia breaks up into two

rows, which move to the right and left alternately as they

grow, and the ganglion of a right-hand Salpa soon comes to

lie far away from that of the left-hand Salpa with which it

was at first in contact. It is convenient to speak of this

change as a “ migration ”’ of the ganglion; but there is actually

no migration, for the ganglion of each Salpa lies from the

first in its final position on the middle line, dorsal to the oral

end of the pharynx, and the apparent migration is the result

of secondary changes in the position of the bodies of the

Salpz, and is not due to any change in the relation of the

ganglion to other organs of the body.

Both Salensky and Seeliger have figured and described the

“‘ migration”? of the ganglion; but as they have failed to

discover the rotation of the bodies of the Salpa, they regard

it as an actual migration, and have completely misunderstood

its true relation to the other organs of the body.

My sections show that the “subneural gland ” or “ ciliated

funnel” is an outgrowth from the pharynx and that its inti-

mate relation to the ganglion is secondary. Seeliger believes

that the ganglionic rudiment gives rise to both the ganglion

and the ciliated funnel, although he admits (p. 20) that his

observations are not conclusive.

The Ferithoracic Tubes and the Atrium or Cloaca of the

Salpa Embryo.—It is not possible to describe the history of

these structures intelligibly without figures. ‘They arise as

involutions of the somatic layer of the follicle, and they attain

to their final form before the blastomeres begin to replace the

follicle cells ; so that there is a stage when the complete peri-

thoracic system is outlined in cells which do not come from

the fertilized egg, but from the follicle.

This system makes its appearance, as it does in the embryos

of ordinary Tunicata, as a pair of lateral perithoracic invagi-

nations, although in the Salpa embryo these are formed from

the somatic layer of the follicle. ‘hey push inwards, pene-

trate the visceral mass of follicle cells, and meet and unite on

the middle line to form the median atrium or cloaca. From

the level of the median atrium each perithoracic tube pushes

downwards to the region where the cavity of the pharynx is

subsequently to be hollowed out in the visceral mass. ‘The

130 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

two tubes soon lose their communication with the exterior,

and the median cloacal aperture is an independent opening

which is formed later. After the pharynx is formed each

perithoracic tube unites with it to form a gill-slit. Finally,

after the perithoracic system is completely outlined its follicu-

lar cells degenerate and are gradually replaced by blastomeres.

Our knowledge of the perithoracic system of Salpa in both

the solitary and the aggregated form is in great confusion.

Salensky has described the origin of the “ gill” and of the

median atrium or cloaca of the embryo in a number of species ;

but the reader of his papers will search in vain for any basis

of comparison with other Tunicata, or even for any funda-

mental unity in his account of the various species of Salpa,

and his papers contain internal evidence that he has misin-

terpreted his observations.

Uljanin holds that the perithoracic structures of Doholum

are not homologous with those of the ascidian, and Salensky

holds the same view regarding Salpa. He says that the

oil” is part of the body-cavity which is shut in by folds in

the walls of the pharynx, and that the cloaca is not an inde-

pendent chamber, but a part of the pharynx which is shut off

by these folds. A careful study of his description, especially

pages 119, 200, 224, 225, and 229 of his first paper, and

pages 114, 139, 160, 163, 338, 839, and 354 of his second

paper, will show that his views not only involve this conclu-

sion, but that they would also force us to believe that the

‘oill”” and cloaca of one species of Salpa are not homologous

with the same structures in another species; for his account

of their origin in Salpa democratica and Salpa pinnata has

almost nothing in common with his account of them in Salpa

africana, Salpa pectinata, and Salpa fustformis.

In his first paper on Salpa democratica he says that, like

Leuckart, he regards the gill as part of the inner mantle or

branchial sac, that in origin it is nothing more than a strongly

developed ridge or thickening on the middle line of the dorsal

surface of the pharynx, and that on each side of it the cavity

of the pharynx is pushed upwards to form a pair of pouches,

which soon meet and unite above the cloaca. In this wa

the gill-ridge is transformed into a rod, and the rod, which is

at first solid, becomes tubular by the conversion of its axial

cells into blood-corpuscles.

In this account of the origin of the perithoracic structures of

Salpa democratica the only point of agreement with my own

observations on Salpa pinnata is his statement that the gill

is at first solid, and that its central cells are set free as deve-

lopment progresses. In his second paper he retracts this

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 131

statement, and says (p. 139) that while his studies of the

embryo of Salpa pinnata have in other respects confirmed

his account of the origin of the cloaca and gill of Salpa demo-

ceratica, they show that the gill is in its origin a hollow diver-

ticulum from the body-cavity. He here describes the cloaca

and gill as arising in a totally different way in Salpa africana

(pp. 160 and 163), Salpa punctata (pp. 838, 339), and Salpa

runcinata (fusiformis) (p. 354); for while he says that in

these species, as in Salpa democratica and Salpa pinnata, the

cloaca is part of the pharynx, it is separated off by two folds

(Taf. xxiv. figs. 7 and 8, Kestp) of its lateral walls, which

grow towards each other and unite on the middle line to form

a horizontal diaphragm, which shuts off the dorsal cloacal

division of the pharynx from the ventral chamber. The

diaphragm then becomes separated at its sides from the lateral

walls of the pharynx, so that a secondary communication is

established on each side between the upper and the lower

chamber, while the middle portion of the diaphragm becomes

the gill.

It will be seen that, according to this account, the “ gill”’

of Salpa democratica and Salpa pinnata arises as an unpaired

median dorsal fold, while he describes it in the other species

as arising from a pair of lateral folds; in the first two species

the gill-slits or openings by which the two chambers commu-

nicate at the sides of the gill are primary, while in the others

they are secondary ; in the first two the cloaca is a secondary

chamber formed by the union of the two pouches from the

pharynx, while in the other species it is primary.

It does not seem possible to reconcile these statements with

each other, and any attempt to bring all or any of them into

accord with my own account seems hopeless. More critical

examination will show, however, that his observations are

rather imperfect than inaccurate, and that his errors are errors

of interpretation.

My own observations show that the perithoracie tubes and

atrial chamber are formed before the cavity of the pharynx is

hollowed out in the mass of visceral follicle cells, and Salensky

has, in these early stages, mistaken them for the pharynx or

“ primitive digestive cavity.” This is well shown by the

comparison of the two longitudinal sections of embryos of

Salpa runcinata which are shown in his plate xxiv. figs. 4

and 9). hese figures show clearly that the so-called

“ Darmhohle” (Pmd) of the younger embryo is the cloaca,

and not the pharynx of the older one. ‘This is proved even

more conclusively by comparing his fig. 3 of plate vill. with

tig. 5, for the chamber which is marked Pdinhk in the younger

132 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

embryo is obviously the one which is marked K7 in the older

one.

The perithoracic tubes are actually shown m many of his

figures, notably in his plate vi. fig. 5, pin, where they are

marked Drm. They are also shown in his plate xu. fig. 24,

at Dh, and their union on the middle line to form the cloaca

is shown at D in his fig. 25 and at D and Dh in his fig. 28 A.

In the series of sections on his pl. xiii., fig. 31 4 shows the

two perithoracic tubes cut above the level ot the atrium. His

figs. 31 B and 31 ¢ show the atrium, and his fig. 31 D shows

the two tubes below the level of the atrium but above the

level of the pharynx.

Salensky regards these structures as the halves of the

primitive digestive cavity, which, he says (p. 114), arises in

Salpa pinnata as two independent and completely separated

halves ; and he describes the atrium and gil} as arising at a

very much later stage in the way which is represented in his

plate xiv. fig. 37, and plate xv. fig. 39.

In his plate xxiv., fig. 1 appears to be a section through

one of the perithoracic tubes (Pmdh) before it has lost its

connexion with the surface, and in his description of this

figure (p. 346) he says that the triangular primitive digestive

cavity is united above to the epithelial capsule (‘‘ Hctoderm-

keim”’), and on both sides of the tip are the reflections of the

somatic layer of the follicle (follicular wall) already noted,

where this passes over into the visceral (gonoblastie) layer.

Salensky correctly describes the manner in which the peri-

thoracic structures (primitive digestive cavity) acquire their

first epithelial lining by the migration of the somatic layer of

the follicle (follicular wall), and I believe that I have now

carried the analysis of his observations far enough to prove

that they contain internal evidence of the correctness of my

own account.

The History of the Perithoracie Structures of the Aggre-

gated Salpa.—The rudiment of each chain Salpa contains

two perithoracic vesicles, a right one and a left one, derived

from the right and left perithoracie tubes of the stolon.

These vesicles give rise to the perithoracic system and to

nothing else. ‘Throughout its whole history the perithoracic

system is bilaterally symmetrical, although this symmetry is

hidden by the changes which take place in the position of the

plane of symmetry during growth.

As the right and left pharyngeal pouches are formed the

perithoracie vesicles are folded inwards by the growth of the

ectodermal folds of the stolon, so that each one of them lies

on the proximal or dorsal surface of its corresponding pha-

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 133

ryngeal pouch. While the vesicles are hollow from the first,

they have at first no communication with the cavities of the

pharyngeal pouches. The first trace of the gill-slit is a fold

or diverticulum in the dorsal wall of the pharyngeal pouch.

This elongates and soon unites with the wall of the peri-

thoracic vesicle to form a gill-slit. Soon after these are

formed the posterior ends of the bodies of the Salpe begin

to push out to the right and left in such a way that the ellip-

tical cross section of the body becomes converted into a wedge,

with its narrow edge on the left side of a right-hand Salpa,

and on the right side of a left-hand Salpa. The two peri-

thoracic vesicles are differently affected by this change, for

while the one nearest the pointed end of the wedge is com-

pressed in the line of the axis of the stolon, the other is not.

Thus the left perithoracic vesicle of a right-hand Salpa and

“the right one of a left-hand Salpa become flattened and elon-

gated towards the middle line, while the other remains more

nearly circular in section. ‘Their relations to the morpho-

logical middle plane are fundamentally identical, but as the

middle plane itself gradually moves outwards there is an

apparent asymmetry.

Each perithoracic vesicle now becomes extended towards

the middle line, where they unite to form the median atrium

or cloaca, to which they contribute equally, although the

position of the body is such that sections transverse to the

long axis of the stolon might easily be misinterpreted and

held to prove that the whole median atrium of a right-hand

Salpa arises from the left vesicle alone, and that of a left-hand

Salpa from the right one alone. The secondary changes of

position are, however, of such a character that it is impossible

to describe them in detail without figures.

Seeliger’s account of the perithoracic structures of Salpa

democratica (pp. 18, 48, and 63) serves to show how difficult

the study of a simple structure may be made by a slight

change of position, for phenomena which can be observed with

ease In the straight stolon of Salpa pinnata are so obscure in

Salpa democratica that all the industry and technical skill

which Seeliger has devoted to this species has had very little

outcome,

His account of the history of the perithoracic system is

essentially as follows :—The perithoracic tubes, which he calls

the “ Seitenstriinge,” are mesodermal in their origin, and are

specialized out of a mass of mesoderm cells which gives rise

also to the nerve-tube of the stolon and to the genital rod.

The mesoderm passes into the stolon from the body of the

embryo in an unspecialized condition, and gradually becomes

134 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

differentiated into these organs after the stolon is formed.

The folds in the ectoderm of the stolon divide the “ Seiten-

striinge’”’ into a series of solid masses at the sides of the

stolon between the ectoderm and the endoderm. ‘These bodies

are equal in number to the future Salpz, and not twice as

numerous. As each Salpa is constricted off from the tube it

earries with it the greater part of one of these masses of cells

from one side of the stolon and the lesser portion of the one

on the opposite side. These two masses are not bilaterally

placed in the body, but are on the middle line, the larger one

being dorsal or neural and the smaller one ventral or hemal.

The latter gives rise to the heart and to the eleoblast, while

the larger one, on the neural surface, gives rise to most of the

mesoderm of the chain Salpa and also to a cloacal vesicle

which is median and unpaired.

The vesicle becomes distended, and at two points, one on°

each side of the middle line, it unites with the wall of the

branchial sac, and the cloaca and the branchial chamber thus

become connected through the two gill-slits, while a similar

union with the ectoderm in the middle dorsal line forms the

cloacal aperture. Seeliger’s account is perhaps as near the

truth as one could hope to get by the study of transverse

sections of the twisted stolon of Salpa democratica; but a

very little study of sections in other planes in more favourable

species will show that he has completely failed to understand

the subject and that his account has no permanent value.

It is not only irreconcilable with my own observations, but

also with our knowledge of Pyrosoma, for both Seeliger

(‘Pyrosoma,’ pp. 622-624) and Salensky (‘ Pyrosoma,’ pp. 31-

56) state that in this genus the perithoracic system is bilate-

rally symmetrical, that each bud has two perithoracic vesicles,

which are not dorsal and ventral, but right and left, that each

of them unites with its own side of the pharynx to form the

gill-slits before the two vesicles unite with each other to form

the median atrium, and that this arises, as it does in the

ageregated Salpa, on the dorsal middle line by the meeting

and union of diverticula from the two vesicles, and that the

external aperture arises still later, as it does in Salpa, as an

independent aperture on the middle line.

‘The perithoracic vesicles are derived, as I find that they

are in Salpa, from the right and left perithoracic tubes of the

stolon; but, in the primary ascidiozooids at least, these are

continuous with the perithoracic tubes of the primary embryo

or cynthozooid, where, according to both Kowalevsky and

Salensky (pp. 466, 473-475), the evidence that they arise as

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 135

paired ectodermal invaginations from the surface of the body

is clear and unmistakable.

The Digestive Organs of the Embryo.—The cavity of the

pharynx arises in the mass of visceral follicle cells by the

degeneration of these cells. Its endodermal epithelium is

derived from the blastomeres, and the gut is formed later as a

diverticulum from the pharynx.

Salensky’s account of the origin of the digestive organs is

scattered through the pages of his memoir in such a way that

it is hard to review; and as I have shown that he has in the

youngest embryos mistaken the two perithoracic tubes for the

pharynx, that he has at a somewhat older stage mistaken the

median atrium or cloaca for the pharynx, and that he has

failed to discover the actual pharynx during its early stages,

it is clear that his description has no value.

The Endcdermal Tube of the Stolon and the Digestive Tract

of the Aggregated Salpa.—The endodermal tube of the stolon

is formed as a diverticulum from the ventral middle line of

the pharynx of the solitary Salpa, and its communication with

the cavity of the pharynx is retained throughout the whole

history of the stolon. The thickened side-walls of the endo-

dermal tube are derived from the two endostylic folds of the

pharynx of the embryo.

The pharynx of the aggregated Salpa is morphologically

bilaterally symmetrical with the middle plane of the stolon,

although this fact is obscured by the secondary changes of

position. It is formed from two pharyngeal pouches, a right

and a left, from the sides of the endodermal tube of the stolon.

The oral ends of these pouches grow forwards and quickly

meet and unite on the morphological middle line to form the

oral end of the pharynx. The aboral ends grow backwards

and approach each other on the middle line, and finally unite,

although they remain separate very much longer than the

oral ends.

In a strict sense the pharynx is not actually, but only appa-

rently double in origin, for the middle section or endodermal

tube is not double. Fundamentally it is a single unpaired

expansion of the endodermal tube, but at the time when it

elongates towards the oral and aboral ends of the body the

middle line is occupied by the blood-tubes, and it pushes along

the sides of these structures, and does not become complete

in the middle line until a much later stage.

The post-pharyngeal gut arises as a blind diverticulum

from the aboral end of the right pharyngeal pouch. The

part of the diverticulum nearest the pharynx becomes the

136 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

cesophagus, and the stomach and intestine are developed from

its blind end. In all the species I have studied the intestine

bends to the left past the stomach, to open dorsally into the

median atrium, and the digestive tract assumes the form of a

figure 8, which is persistent in most species, although in Salpa

pinnata the intestine gradually moves downward as develop-

ment advances, until it finally becomes ventral to the stomach.

As the gut arises, in both right-hand and left-hand Salpe,

from the right pharyngeal pouch, and since the distortions

which are produced by pressure and by the changes of position

affect the right-hand pouch of a right-hand Salpa just as they

affect the left-hand pouch of a left-hand Salpa, and since they

affect the other pouches in quite a different way, the history

of the gut in a right-hand Salpa is superficially very different

from that of a left-hand Salpa, although fundamentally they

are exactly alike.

While Salensky, in his first paper on the budding of Salpa,

describes the endodermal tube, he says that it takes no part

in the construction of the Salpe, and that their digestive

organs are derived from that part of the stolon which | have

called the genital rod. Seeliger, a few years later, pointed

out Salensky’s error, which he has himself admitted in a

recent paper (‘ Pyrosoma,’ p. 78).

Seeliger’s account of the origin of the endodermal tube and

digestive organs is given on pp. 14, 18, 26-34, and 54-62

of his paper on the budding of Salpa. He shows (p. 14) that

the endodermal tube of the stolon is derived from the pharynx

of the embryo, with which it at first communicates, although

he says that this connexion is soon lost ; while my observa-

tions show that it is persistent at all stages in the history of

the stolon of Salpa pinnata and Salpa cylindrica.

He gives (p. 18) a good description of the segmentation of

the side-walls of the endodermal tube, but he says that the

endoderm and mesoderm are the active agents in the segmen-

tation of the stolon; while my own observations show clearly

that the most active agent is not the endoderm nor the meso-

derm, but the ectoderm.

He states correctly that the structures which I have called

the pharyngeal See arise from the side-walls of the endo-

dermal tube, and that two of them enter into the body of each

Salpa; but here the agreement between his account and my

own observations ends, although his figures show clearly that

the species which he studied, Salpa democratica, agrees in all

essentials with those which I have studied.

While the two pharyngeal pouches are actually right and

left, he regards one as dorsal and the other as ventral, and

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 137

says that the dorsal one is largest and that it lies from the

first on that side of the stolon to which the Salpa belongs,

and that it runs through the whole length of the body of the

young chain Salpa and opens in its middle region into the

horizontal endodermal tube of the stolon, so that a neural and

a hemal part are distinguishable.

His account and figures show that his so-called dorsal pouch

is actually the right pouch of a right-hand Salpa or the left

pouch of a left-hand one.

In other respects his account of the origin and primary

relations of this pouch is correct, although he fails to discover

that the history of the second pouch is exactly the same.

He describes the second pouch as ventral and much smaller

and as lacking the oral end, and he says that it looses long

before the dorsal pouch its connexion with the horizontal tube,

and becomes a closed vesicle, and that, as the hinder ends of

the bodies of the Salpa diverge from each other, the smaller

ventral pouch pushes further backwards than the larger dorsal

one, and that the hindermost end of the dorsal pouch gives

rise to a diverticulum which grows round the hinder surface

of the ovary to unite with the ventral pouch. The dorsal

pouch gives rise, he says, to the pharynx, on the ventral

surface of which the endostyle is developed, while the ceso-

phagus, stomach, and intestine are formed from the rudiment

which has arisen at the posterior end by the union of the tivo

pouches.

It is not necessary to enter into a more minute analysis of

his description, for comparison will show that he has been

misled by his erroneous conception of the primary position of

the buds, and has mistaken the symmetrical right and left

pouches for unpaired dorsal and ventral ones.

His more recent account of the origin of the post-pharyngeal

gut of Pyrosoma (‘ Pyrosoma,’ pp. 23-25) is very similar to

what I have found in Salpa; for he says (pp. 615-622) that

while it arises as a pair of folds from the pharynx, these soon

unite to form an unpaired diverticulum, which afterwards

becomes differentiated into cesophagus, stomach, and intes-

tine; that its pharyngeal end becomes the cesophagus, while

the intestine arises from its blind end and ultimately acquires

an anal opening into the median atrium.

Salensky’s account of the origin of the gut in Pyrosoma is

quite different, however, for he says (‘ Pyrosoma,’ pp. 69-

72) that it is bilateral in origin and arises as a pair of folds

from the sides of the aboral end of the pharynx, which unite

with each other to form a horseshoe-shaped canal. If I

understand his description, he holds that the right fold forms

138 Mrs. M. K. Thomas on

the cesophageal portion of the gut and the left one the intes-

tinal portion, and that both open at first into the pharynx,

although the intestine soon looses this connexion and acquires

a new anal opening into the median atrium.

Baltimore,

April 25, 1893.

XX V.— Descriptions of Three new Species of the Genus Lletica

(Cantharide) zn the Collection of the British Museum. By

Mrs. M. K. THOMAS.

[Plate VI. B. figs. 1-3.]

Tletica Waterhouset, sp. n. (Pl. VI. B. fig. 2.)

Head narrowed in front, deeply impressed in the centre ;

anteriorly black and more finely and thickly punctured than

posteriorly, where it is red-brown, glabrous, and very shining ;

eyes brown ; palpi and labrum reddish ; antenne black.

Prothorax red-brown, with black down its centre, broader

than long, its outer sides slightly convergent posteriorly ; a

stronely defined posterior transverse impression; a deep

median groove with two foveze on either side, one large and

deep, placed posteriorly, the other small and fainter, situated

further forwards and outwards; slightly pubescent anteriorly,

glabrous and very shining posteriorly.

Scutellum black, finely punctured and shining.

Elytra half as broad again as the prothorax, long, rather

rugose, each elytron with four slightly raised lines, including

the sutural ones; anterior halves of elytra deep yellow, with

two bands of black, their posterior halves wholly black.

Underside and legs covered with short yellow pubescence,

the former black with yellow patches on the metasternum,

the latter black with red spots on the femora of the posterior

pair; abdominal segments yellow and infuscated.

Length 82, breadth 10 millim.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Coll. Foxcroft).

Besides the type there are in the British Museum two other

specimens which, although they vary somewhat as to colora-

tion, are in all other points so similar to L. Waterhouset, that

they should apparently be referred to the same species. One

is of unknown locality, the other also comes from Sierra

Leone.

Three new Species of the Genus Iletica. 139

I have named this and the following species after Messrs.

Waterhouse and Gahan, in recognition of the kindness and

help I have received from them while studying the collection

under their charge.

Tletica Gahani, sp.n. (Pl. VI. B. fig. 1.)

Head slightly narrowed in front, entirely black, shining,

very thickly and coarsely punctured, a remarkably deep fovea

in the centre of the forehead; eyes black; palpi and labrum

tinged with red; antennee black.

Prothorax yather longer than broad, very shining, black,

with a large brownish-red spot on each side ; anterior and

sides slightly pubescent, posterior finely and sparsely punc-

tured and glabrous; a marked central longitudinal impression

with two fovew on either side, one towards the centre large

and deep, the other more anterior, small, and somewhat

faint.

Scutellum black, finely and thickly punctured, slightly

pubescent.

Elytra half as broad again as prothorax, very rugose,

shining, coarsely and thickly punctured, glabrous, each

elytron with four well-defined raised lines strongly developed

basally, but becoming fainter towards the apex; their basal

third reddish yellow, infuscated towards suture and with a

black humeral spot; remainder black, with a narrow trans-

verse yellow band just past half the length of the elytron.

Underside and legs, including femora, tibie, and tarsi,

entirely black, clothed with fine yellowish pubescence.

Length 28, breadth 10 millim.

Hab. Dar-es-Salaam, E. Africa.

Iletica castanca, sp.n. (Pl. VI. B. fig. 3.)

Head entirely red-brown, almost glabrous, and very shining,

coarsely punctured; the vertex more finely and _ sparsely

punctured; a very marked longitudinal groove down the

centre, the groove as deeply impressed posteriorly as ante-

riorly.

Antenne and palpi red-brown.

Prothorax red-brown, infuscated anteriorly, broader than

long, the sides obliquely convergent in front and behind, the

base sharply margined, the anterior half transversely de-

pressed, pubescent, and more thickly punctured than on the

posterior half, where it is almost glabrous and very shining ;

median channel not strongly developed, a fovea on either

side.

140 Rey. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

Scutellum red-brown, thickly and finely punctured,

pubescent.

Elytra entirely red-brown, immaculate, once and a third

wider than prothorax, narrowing slightly towards apex,

rugose, with the longitudinal raised lines on the disk well

defined at the base, becoming fainter towards the apex; the

apices rounded externally.

Underside and legs, including femora, tibiw, and tarsi,

entirely and densely clothed with fine, silky, bright golden

pubescence; finely and thickly punctured, the tibiz more

coarsely so.

Length 39, breadth 11 millim.

Hab. Siam (Coll. Mouhot).

This beautiful species differs from Tletica testacea, its

nearest ally, in the peculiar sculpture of the head, its entirely

uniform chestnut colour, and the golden pubescence of its

under surface.

AXVI.— Contributions towards a General History of the

Marine Polyzoa, 1880-91.— Appendix. By the Rey.

THomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S.

[Concluded from vol. xi, p. 182.]

‘ Annals,’ May 1884 (p. 361) *.

Porella malleolus, sp. n.

Mr. Waters records this species as occurring in New South

Wales (‘ Annals’ for July 1889, p. 16). He regards it as a

variety of Smittta Landsborovit, a view which I confess I am

not prepared to accept.

Ibid. (p. 363).

“ POLYZOA FROM VICTORIA AND WESTERN

AUSTRALIA.”

PEDICELLINOPSIS, gen. nov.

This genus was constituted for a ramified Pedicelline species

remarkable for its distinctive habit, its specialized muscular

* The paging to the close of the “ Appendix ” is that of the ‘ Annals,’

and not of the separate copies.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 141

structure, and its highly developed periderm. On further

consideration, however, I am satisfied that the peculiarities of

this very interesting form have no generic value, and that

there is not sufficient ground for separating it from Barentsia,

Hincks, a genus previously established for the reception of an

Arctic species (B. bulbosa)*.

Mr. Busk has taken the same view (‘ Challenger’ Report,

part i. p. 41). While I agree with him in his decision on

this point, I am quite unable to follow him when he proceeds

to suppress the genus Garentsia in favour of his own Ascopo-

daria, a “provisional”? MS. name which he had connected

with a species of which no description or figure had been

published at the time when the genus Barentsia was full

characterized in the ‘ Annals.’ That Mr. Busk had “ already

proposed to establish” a genus Ascopodaria (ot which I had

no knowledge whatever) before my paper appeared could give

it no claim to precedence according to the received laws of

zoological nomenclature. In point of tact it never was defined

until Barentsia had taken a place in the literature of the

Polyzoa.

Pedicellina gracilis, Sars, must be associated with the

present form in the genus Barentsia, as it possesses the basal

concentration of muscular force and a partially rigid or

chitinous peduncle.

Ibid. (p. 366).

Flustrella dichotoma, von Suhr (sp.).

In his ‘Challenger’ Report (pt. i. p. 48) Busk removes

this species from the genus Farciminaria, in which he at first

placed it, but still ranks it in his family Farciminariade. He

adopts the generic name Verrucularia, conferred upon it by

v. Suhr, who regarded it as a Fucus.

My examination of Australian specimens has led me to

regard this form as allied to the Ctenostomata rather than to

the Cheilostomata. ‘The orifice of the zocecium closely re-

sembles that of the Flustrellidee, being bilabiate and, so far as

I could determine, agreeing in all essential characters with

that of Flustrella.

In the latter genus the setose operculum is inconspicuous,

and I was unable to detect it in spirit-specimens of the present

form.

Whatever may be the exact systematic position of this

species, I can see no reason for ranking it amongst the

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. for October 1880, p, 277, pl. xv. figs. 12-14,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 11

142 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

Farciminariade, which form anything but a natural group.

Indeed, in a natural system such a group could find no place.

The characters on which the family is founded are merely

zoarial, and the chief point relied upon as a diagnostic is the

disposition of the zocecia round an imaginary axis, so as to

form cylindrical branches. Such a family diagnosis would

include a miscellaneous and artificial group between whose

members there might be little, if any, natural affinity. Verru-

cularia dichotoma, v. Suhr, would be an alien amongst the

forms which compose the family Farciminariade of Busk.

MacGillivray has noticed the ‘close affinity ” in structure

between /Vustrella and the present form *, and remarks that

‘““it undoubtedly forms a close connecting-link between the

two suborders’’ (Cheilostomata and Ctenostomata) ; but,

“‘ notwithstanding the absence of avicularia and ocecia and

the structure of the mouth,’ he would refer Verrucularia

dichotoma to the same Cheilostomatous family as Farciminaria.

No reasons are given in support of this decision, but there is

much to be said against it.

The mode in which the zocecia are disposed and the habit

of the zoarium, it is now generally admitted, are not characters

which can be relied upon as indications of natural affinity.

Agreement in these points is commonly associated with the

most significant structural differences. In the present case

the two forms in question are distinguished by very different

types of orifice and oral operculum. In Furciminaria the

orifice presents the normal Cheilostomatous character; in

Verrucularia dichotoma it is distinctly bilabiate, bounded

above and below by a chitinous rib, the lower one (probably)

connected with a movable lip. This is an important differ-

ence, which forbids the union of the two forms in the same

family group.

The present condition of my specimens of Verrucularia

prevents me from completing my study of the structure; but

enough has been determined to prove that it must be separated

from Farciminaria. Provisionally, at least, it may be asso-

ciated with Flustrel/a, with which it seems to be most closely

connected.

Ibid. (p. 368).

Cellaria fistulosa, var. australis, MacGillivray.

There is no doubt that this form should be accounted a

distinct species, as I have suggested f.

* ‘Zoology of Victoria,’ vol. ii. p. 348.

+ See Waters, ‘Challenger’ Rep. p. 16, pl. ii. figs. 1-4.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 143

‘ Annals,’ October 1884 (p. 276).

Menipea marginata, sp. n.

This species must be referred to Caberea rudis of Busk.

The specimens of it on which my description is founded

were to a large extent destitute of vibracula. In the first

instance, indeed, I could find no trace of them, and, in the

supposed absence of this essential character, was not likely to

connect the species with the genus Caberea.

My attention having been drawn to the remarkable agree-

ment of the two forms in many of the structural elements, [

have made a careful re-examination of the dorsal surface, with

the result that I have detected the vibracular grooves in a

limited number of cases, and in some of them to all appear-

ance imperfectly developed, whilst in a large number of cases

not one was met with upon a branch. Only one or two seta

were observed. My specimens show that the vibracular

zooids are liable to be very partially developed, or, in some

cases, even suppressed.

Busk describes the aperture as “oval;” it is somewhat

contracted above and expanded below. He does not mention

the very large size of the marginal cells and of the three

spines which they bear. This is a striking feature of the

species, as is also the line of large avicularia with broad

triangular mandible, each on a distinct area, which alternate

with the marginal zocecia.

’

Ibid. (p. 279).

CYCLICOPORA, gen. nov.

Cyclicopora preelonga, sp. n.

This species is identical with Lepralia longipora, Mac-

Gillivray *, which was published in 1882, and his specific

name must therefore take the place of the above.

Ibid. (p. 280).

Schizoporella subsinuata, sp. n.

When I described this species I had not met with specimens

of it bearing avicularia ; but they have since occurred, and

instead of the clause in the diagnosis “ Avicularia none,” the

* ‘Descriptions of new or little-known Polyzoa,’ part ii. p. 6, pl. iii.

fig. 18 (1882).

11*

144 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

following must be inserted :—‘‘ Avicularia elongate-oval,

rather large, the mandible rounded, irregularly distributed,

sometimes placed, obliquely above the orifice, sometimes on

the lower part of the front wall.”

Ibid. (p. 280).

Schizoporella biturrita, sp. n.

Waters identifies this form with Eschara tuberosa, Reuss.

As I have not had an opportunity of consulting the work in

which the latter is described, I accept the identification on his

authority. The leading features of the species are the tower-

like elevations on each side of the orifice, usually bearing

avicularia, and the gigantic umbonate ocecium. The position

of the avicularia, as Waters has remarked, is variable ; com-

monly they are placed at the back of the “tower,” but

frequently at the sides, the pointed mandible directed

upward. In the cells bearing ocecia the orifice is larger and

has a wider sinus than in those which are not ovicelligerous.

The oral arch of the ocecium is remarkable for its size.

The variety in which lateral offsets from the “ towers”

unite so as to form a bridge over the orifice is much more

striking than significant. The structural change is very

slight and trivial, though it affects materially the aspect of

the species. In all essential characters it agrees entirely with

the normal form.

The only specimen of the variety which I possess is from

Africa.

At one time I was inclined to regard this species as identical

with Busk’s “Gephyrophora polymorpha” (‘ Challenger’ Rep.

p-. 167), but the examination of specimens from New Zealand

has shown that there are most important differences between

them, especially in the position and structure of the ocecium*.

It need hardly be pointed out that the bridge across the

orifice is a character of no generic significance and that the

genus Gephyrophora must be abandoned.

The New-Zealand specimens of the latter are of small size

(less than half an inch in height), erect in habit, the stems

cylindrical, slightly branched, trifid at the upper extremity,

the surface smooth and somewhat glossy. The smali pointed

avicularia are borne on the summit of the lateral elevations,

the mandible directed outwards.

* Waters, ‘ Challenger’ Supplement, p. 29.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 145

‘ Annals,’ March 1885 (p. 245).

Diachoris quadricornuta, sp. n.

Jullien’s species D. mazxilla* has been referred to the

present form ; but in the absence of specimens of the former

I should hesitate to identify them.

Ibid. (p. 247).

The footnote may be cancelled; I have already given my

reasons for uniting Diachoris with Beania.

‘Annals,’ March 1891 (p. 286).

Flustra spinuligera, sp. 0.

Though I have treated this form as distinct from Carbasea

rhizophora of Ortmann, there may, I think, be a question

whether it should not rather be regarded as a variety of the

Japanese species. There is a remarkable similarity between

them in most of the leading characters.

The zocecia agree in all respects but one. In F. spinuligera

the margin bears a continuous line of short spines, and within

the margin and just below it there is a line of minute denticles ;

these are wanting in C. rhizophora. But the form of the

cell, the orifice, the ocecium, and the avicularium are alike in

both. When we come to the zoarial characters we meet with

some dissimilarity.

The South-African form is unilaminate and erect; the

Japanese bilaminate and decumbent, and attached by tubular

fibres springing from the dorsal surface.

The marginal spines, as we know, are not very constant

among the Polyzoa ; the internal denticles might very possibly

escape observation. Both unilaminate and bilaminate forms

occur within the limits of a species; so that the decumbent

habit and the radical appendages would seem to be the most

important distinctive characters. Taking into account the

perfect agreement of the zocecia in all the most significant

elements, we shall, I think, best represent the relationship

between the two by ranking Plustra spinuligera as a form of

Flustra rhizophora +.

* ‘Cap Horn,’ 74, pl. vii. fig. 3, pl. xi. fig. 4.

+ The genus Carbasea is founded on a very trivial zoarial character,

and, in my judgment, should be abolished or restricted to such of the

forms now included in it as may represent a distinct specific type.

146 General History of the Marine Polyzoa.

Ibid. (p. 289).

Schizoporella concinna, sp. n.

There may be a doubt as to the genus to which this species

is referable. At first sight the orifice seems to agree in

structure with that which is characteristic of Schizoporella ;

but there are peculiarities which may create a doubt. ‘The

sinus is placed in the centre of a thin raised lamina which

overhangs the orifice below, taking the place of the lower

margin, and continuous with the sides of the orifice. Imme-

diately behind this lamina is “ the ridge-like elevation of the

cell-wall,” which is carried up along the sides of the orifice *.

The true operculum, which is membranaceous, extends to the

top of the basal lamina, where it is crossed by a very distinct

hinge-line in connexion with two lateral denticles. A mem-

branous extension of the operculum passes downward behind

the raised lamina. In some respects the orifice of this species

bears a resemblance to that of Lepralia; but as the lamina

which carries the sinus seems to be distinctly continuous with

the side-walls of the orifice, there seems to me to be no struc-

tural difference of any significance between this form and

Schizoporella.

Tid. (p. 290).

Schizoporella bimunita, sp. n.

Jn this species one of the large avicularia on the front wall

is not unfrequently absent.

A very fine specimen, obtained by Miss Jelly from Port

Elizabeth, is somewhat fan-shaped, borne on a short thick

stem; the surface is traversed by rib-like lines, which radiate

from the circumference towards the stem. ‘The large occial

cells form conspicuous groups.

Ibid. (p. 296).

Lepralia lanetfera, sp. n.

It has been suggested that this form may be identical with

Hemeschara imbellis, Busk, described and figured in his

‘Monograph on the Crag Polyzoa.’ This species had been

previously characterized by Milne-Edwards under the specific

name pertusa; but as this designation had been already

* See ‘Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. vii. pl. vi. figs. 2, 2 a.

cand

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. 147

applied to another species, Busk’s name must displace it.

Mr. Waters has obtained Lepralia imbellis from the New-

Zealand Tertiaries *.

As to the supposed identity of Z. lancifera and L. imbellis,

I hesitate to give a decided opinion ; but on a careful compa-

rison of Busk’s description and figure of the latter with a fine

specimen of lancifera from South Africa, for which I am in-

debted to Miss Jelly’s kindness, I have noted the following

differences between them, which are by no means unimportant.

In Busk’s diagnosis (which is meagre and insufficient) the

cells are merely characterized as ‘ ovate, punctured, especially

round the border; subumbonate in front, with an_ orifice

having a straight lower border and simple peristome.” It is

obvious that there is nothing very distinctive in this descrip-

tion ; it would apply to a multitude of forms. One clause of

it, however, is certainly inapplicable to L. lancifera— sub-

umbonate in front.” Probably the most striking feature of

the latter is the large umbonate rising of the front wall below

the orifice, on which the long lanceolate avicularium is borne.

Referring to Mr. Busk’s figure, we find no adequate represen-

tation of this structure. In JL. lancifera the zocecia are

bounded by strongly marked raised lines, which are not

present in L. imbellis. The ocecium of the last-named, as

shown in Busk’s figure (‘Crag Polyzoa,’ plate iv. fig. 6),

differs widely from that of lancifera. ‘he entire absence of

all traces of avicuiaria on the fossil form, except on the sub-

oral umbo, whilst they are present in profusion on the recent

species, especially in the neighbourhood of the ocecium, is

another difference of some significance. On the whole,

without venturing to dogmatize, I am inclined to regard the

two forms as probably specifically distinct T.

XXVII.—New Geometers.

By Col. C. Swinuor, M.A., F.L.8., &e.

THE species described in this paper will appear in the second

volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Moths in the Oxford University

Museum’; and as the publication of this book will be delayed,

from unavoidable causes, for some months, the following new

species are now published to ensure the types to the Public

Museums of London and Oxford.

* “On Tertiary Cheilostomatous Polyzoa from New Zealand,” Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc, for February 1887, p. 40.

+ Further investigation of the fossil form is much needed.

148 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers.

Family Euschemide.

Genus EuscHema, Hiibn.

Euschema scyllea.

g. Head, body, and wings yellow ; antenne black ; thorax

with indications of two grey spots in front, but without bands.

Fore wings with the apical half black, its inner border ex-

tending straight from the centre of the costa to the hinder

angle, angled inwards in its centre; the blackish space in-

cludes two bluish-white semihyaline macular bands, the first

ot four and the second of three spots; no markings in the

internal half of the wing. Hind wings whitish on the costa ;

a blackish elongated spot at the end of the cell, and a macular

marginal blackish band, the first three spots near the apex

large and running into each other, followed by three small

spots, the last two curving inwards. Underside as above,

except for a spot at end of cell of fore wings, which is slightly

visible above through the wing.

Eixpanse of wings 3,2; inches.

Type: India. In O.M.

Allied to #. militaris, but very distinct, having no bands on

the thorax and no internal bands on either wing.

Family Geometride.

Genus HEROCHROMA, nov.

Differs from the genus Pingasa in the males having simple,

not pectinated, antenne as in that genus.

Herochroma baba.

3. Wings shaped similarly to 1. viridaria, Moore ; colour

of a uniform grass-green, somewhat similar to but brighter

than in H. subtepens, Walker, xxi. 488, type from Sarawak,

but also a common Indian insect. Both wings crossed by an

outwardly dentated brown discal line, black marginal lunules

at the ends of the veins, a row of submarginal white dots on

the veins, a black spot at end of each cell. Underside with

the ground-colour greyish white, smeared with dark ochreous,

a large black spot at end of each cell, a broad discal band

across both wings, and black marginal lunules.

Expanse of wings 1,%5-2 inches.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

A long series. Allied to H. viridaria, but of an entirely

different shade of green colour, and without the bronze tessel-

lations with which that insect is covered and without the

reddish-brown bands.

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. 149

Genus ABSALA, nov.

g 2. Costa arched, inner margin slightly rounded, more

than two thirds length of costa, outer margin nearly as long

as inner, slightly rounded, scalloped between the veins in

both wings. Hind wings with the apex rounded; venation

of both wings normal, except that vein 5 of hind wings is

emitted very close to the top of the cell. Antenne in both

sexes bipectinated to the tip with short bristles, slightly

shorter in the female than in the male. Hind tibie with

two pairs of spurs.

Differs from the genus Pachyodes (type hemataria, H.-Sch.)

in its longer and rounder wings, in the closeness of the origin

of vein 5 of hind wings to the top of the cell; the pectinations

of the male are similar, but the female of Pachyodes has

simple antenne.

Absala dorcada.

g ¢. Of a uniform milky-white colour; antenne reddish

ochreous, palpi with bright chestnut-red hairs, fore and middle

legs of the same colour, front of head ochreous ; wings striated

with olive-grey, more densely in the outer portions, forming

discal and submarginal bands on the hind wings. Fore wings

with a small patch of olive-grey on costa before the middle

and four or five large patches at the apex; olive-grey mar-

ginal lunules to both wings, and the large black cell-spots of

the underside showing through the wings, and a black spot on

the hind wings on the space where the spot from the under-

side can be seen. Underside pure white; base of both wings

and thorax and hind legs suffused with bright ochreous ;

costa of fore wings marked with black, some black patches

and black marginal lunules at apex, a large round black spot

at end of each cell, one in the first median interspace of fore

wings, and two large and similar spots on the disk of the

hind wings, one towards the apex and the other near the

abdominal margin.

Expanse of wings 2,3; inches.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Genus EPISOTHALMA, nov.

¢. Fore wing more or less falcate, with costa arched before

the apex, outer margin excavated below the apex, produced at

end of excavation above the middle, from whence it is oblique

to the inner angle, which is somewhat acute, scalloped be-

tween the veins; inner margin very slightly rounded, nearly

150 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers.

straight. Hind wing with the apex rounded, outer margin

toothed, with tail-like extremities at terminations of veins 4

and 6.

Allied to genus Thalassodes, Guen. (type quadraria, Guen.);

venation normal, but has fasciculate antenne in the male,

instead of pectinate, as in that genus.

Type stsunaga, Walker, xxiii. 550.

Genus TANAORHINUS, Butler.

Tanaorhinus kina.

g. Of a uniform dark shining green colour; antenne with

the shaft green, pectinations dark grey; palpi black, frons

bright ochreous. Wings with pale greenish-white markings ;

fore wings with a lunular mark at the end of the cell and a

lunular band near the base; both wings crossed by a discal

band of lunules, with a band of lunular spots adjoining on its

outer side and a submarginal line of inverted lunules; cilia

white. Underside pale green, the hind wings being slightly

tinged with yellow ; fore wings with a black spot at the end

of the cell; both wings crossed by a black macular discal

band somewhat near the margin on the hind wing, the spots

are joined together more or less, making the band nearly

complete; on the fore wings the spots are smaller, not

together, and double as they go upwards; marginal line

black, cilia white; body pale greenish grey, iegs green, tarsi

with black bands.

Exxpanse of wings 17%—2 inches.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Allied to 7. dimissa, Walker, xxii. 516, but much smaller ;

can easily be distinguished by the difference in the markings

below, the latter having a nearly straight black band from

the abdominal margin of hind wings a little beyond the middle

to the costa of fore wings near the apex; the submarginal

band of dimissa also is very differently situated and does not

extend up the fore wings.

Family Ideidez.

Genus SYNEGIOIDES, Swinhoe.

Synegioides diffusifascia.

Synegioides diffusifascia, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 11

(woodcut).

By some error the type of this genus is put downas S. diffu-

sarta, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 641; this is a slip of the pen,

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. 151

it should have been sanguinarta, Moore, with the same refer-

ence; the description of the genus and the woodcut were both

taken from the latter species.

Genus IpmA, Treit.

Idea peralba.

& 2. White glistening ; a black dot at end of cell in all

the wings, black dots on the outer margins. Wings covered

with very minute grey irrorations ; costa of fore wings grey,

five transverse grey bands, first before the middle and out-

wardly curved, second medial and sinuous, third, fourth, and

fifth close together, the fifth being marginal, and all sinuous.

Hind wings with four bands, the first before the middle in

continuation of the second band of the fore wings, second,

third, and fourth at even distances corresponding to the third,

fourth, and fifth of fore wings; fringe long, pure white.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Type: Fort Stedman, Shan States. In B.M.

Genus DrEFoA, noy.

g. Fore wings with the costa slightly arched before the

apex, outer margin rounded, inner margin straight, four fifths

the length of the costa. Allied to the genus Somatina (type

anthophilata, Guen.). Hind wing with vein 7 emitted at end

of cell, instead of before it, as in that genus; mid tibize

with two spurs; hind tibiz greatly incrassated, a tuft of long

hairs from the upper end; hind tarsi obsolete, there being

merely a small point at the end of the tibia.

‘

Defoa ustata.

3. Dark olive-grey, patched and suffused with chestnut-

brown. Fore wings with a white lunular mark at the end of

the cell, margined with brown, a large chestnut-brown patch

covering nearly the whole discal space, extending from inner

margin nearly to the costa, where it is rounded and margined

with dark brown. Hind wings with a similar-coloured but

much paler patch, which extends nearly evenly from the

abdominal margin to the costa, is striated with black, covers

more than half the wing-space, and has a sinuous outer margin

near the outer margin of the wing; a small white cell-dot

with a brown margin, and marginal lunules to both wings

brown. Underside of a uniform pale brownish grey, with

black suffusion on lower half of fore wing and costal space of

152 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers.

hind wing, which runs down the outer border a short space ;

fore wing with a black spot at end of cell anda black discal

band; hind wings with a similar internal band.

Expanse of wings 1,’ inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Family Boarmiide.

Subfamily Cazzrmz.

Genus Microniopes, Hampson.

Microniodes, Hampson, [1. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. p. 189 (1893),

Microniodes ocernaria.

g. Pure white; antenne ochreous brown, top of head

chestnut-brown, frons pure white; body and wings pure

white, wings with ochreous-brown lines and bands ; fore wings

with a costal band, an inner line running from the inner

margin near the base towards the end of the cell, where there

is a similarly coloured dot, and three submarginal spots at the

apex ; both wings with a medial band composed of a line

outwardly shaded with paler colour from the abdominal

margin of hind wings one third from the base to the apex of

fore wings ; a line from the abdominal margin one third from

the anal angle to the apex of fore wings, stopping before the

third apical dot ; a submarginal rather indistinct angulated

line, most distinct on hind wings, and a marginal line; cilia

of the same colour, paler than the lines, and with pale tips.

Underside pure white, unmarked ; costal and marginal lines

ochreous brown, cilia as above.

Expanse of wings 145 inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Allied to M. obliqgua, Hampson, which lacks the inner and

discal lines and is a larger insect.

Subfamily Pruropywz.

Genus M1cronissa, Swinhoe.

Micronissa, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 488,

Micronissa dephinaria.

&. White. Fore wings with the costa pale ochreous ;

wings thinly clothed, crossed by indistinct grey lines—first an

antemedial line somewhat distorted, second a medial line,

straight on fore wings, sinuous and partly dentated on hind

wings, third a discal line dentated on both wings, very indis-

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. 153

tinct ; marginal line brown, a reddish-brown spot on the angle

in the second median interspace of the hind wings, edged with

pure white on its inner side. Underside pure white, without

any markings.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

This species is the type of the genus Micronissa, and was

wrongly identified in my paper above referred to as margari-

tata, Moore (Urapteryx margaritata, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 612),

the type of which is unique, and which, though superficially

like this species, belongs to another genus.

Subfamily Evvourvaz.

Genus Hyposipra, Guen.

Hyposidra kala.

$ ¢. Of auniform dark slaty mouse-colour; wings with

two transverse brown central bands, both bands indistinct,

rather broad, rather close together, and curving slightly out-

wards, the entire surface above thickly covered with very

minute whitish irrorations. Underside as above, the whitish

irrorations thickened into a whitish smeared band on the outer

margin of fore wings below the apical falcation.

Expanse of wings, g 2, 9 2% inches.

Type: India. In O.M.

Subfamily Zzrzviwvz.

Genus OBEIDIA, Walker.

Obeidia lucifera.

3 ?. Head and body ochreous; thorax with brown spots,

abdomen with brown bands. Wings white, with a broad

band on all the margins, ochreous spotted with brown in

some specimens, but the brown prevailing in others; in some

specimens, especially in the females, the bands are macular,

much as in the Chinese species O. tégrata ; on the hind wings

there is also a brown macular discal band.

Expanse of wings, g 275, 2 2;%-3 inches.

Type: Darjiling. In O.M.

Differs from O. tigrata in the ground-colour of the wings

being pure white instead of dark ochreous, as in that species.

Genus ABRAXAS, Leach.

Abraxas conferta,

¢. Thorax and abdomen ochreous, with brown spots.

154 Col. GC. Swinhoe on new Geometers.

Wings white; fore wings with three broad pale greyish

macular bands, first basal, on an ochreous ground-colour,

broadly continued on the costa till it reaches the second, which

is oblique, has an ochreous central band, and_bifureates

towards the costa, one portion going towards the apex, the

outer portion of this band joining the marginal band. Hind

wings with a faint discoidal spot, some faint spots on the

outer and abdominal margins, and a discal curved band of

faint single spots.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Type: India. In O.M.

Subfamily Macaruyva.

Genus Evarzra, Walker.

Evarzita odataria.

g. Grey, striated with reddish grey; costa of fore wings

with some dark reddish-brown marks, some similar marks

near the base; both wings with a sinuous uregular antemedial

brown transverse line; a discal dark brown straight double

band from the abdominal margin of hind wings near the angle

to the costa of fore wings one fourth from apex, the space

from this band to the margin of a darker and rather purplish

shade; a blackish spot on the outside of the central portion

of the band on both wings; marginal line black ; cilia grey ;

a black dot at end of cell in hind wings interrupting the ante-

medial line. Underside greyish white, with brown striations,

subbasal and antemedial brown sinuous transverse lines, the

outer band broad, not duplex, touching the outer margin in

the fore wings below the apex, leaving an upper and a lower

marginal patch of white, and touching the margin in the hind

wings at the apex, leaving a lower marginal patch of whitish.

Expanse of wings 17’ inch.

Type: Khasia. Hills. In B.M.

I have this species also from Darjiling and from Sikkim.

It is allied to EL. avitusaria, Walker, from Sarawak, the type

of which is in the Oxford Museum.

Genus GONODELA, Boisd.

Gonodela azataria.

3d 2. Pale ochreous brown, irrorated and marked with

chestnut-brown and marked here and there with minute

patches of whitish; both wings crossed by an indistinct

median straight band; a discal dark duplex band from the

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. 155

abdominal margin of hind wings one third from apex to the

apex of fore wings, where it bends in on to the outer margin

below the apex, and then is elbowed back on to the costa,

where there is an angulated mark before the apex and a sub-

apical white dot ; submarginal line pale sinuous and marginal

line dark and distinct ; cilia pale interlined with dark brown ;

a square whitish spot at the base of the first median inter-

space of fore wings. Underside paler, suffused with ochreous,

both wings crossed by three upright blackish bands, the two

white spots on fore wings very distinct.

Expanse of wings 1;'5 inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Genus ZAMARADA, Moore.

Zamarada cosmiaria.

6. Bright grass-green ; antenne, head, and body brown ;

a black dot at end of each cell. Fore wings with the costa

pale ochreous grey, speckled with chestnut-brown; outer

margins of both wings with a chestnut-red band, excavated on

its inner side below the middle on each wing, and with a pale

sinuous line running through the band. Underside as on

upperside, band darker towards apex of fore wings.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Allied to Z. scriptifasciata, Walker, xxvi. 1566, type from

Sarawak, and Z. translucida, Moore, from Ceylon; wings

greener and much better clothed, band very much narrower.

In both these species the wings are almost hyaline.

Subfamily Bosrurrw x.

Genus OPTHALMODES, Guen.

Opthalmodes cordularia.

3. Green, suffused with white ; antenne brown; top of

head green ; thorax green, smeared with white in parts ; abdo-

men reddish ochreous, white at the base, with black bands;

both wings bright olive-green, striated and smeared with

white, this colour prevailing at the base and central portions

and along the discal band. Fore wings with the costa marked

with black spots and patches, interrupted with white; a

blackish lunule, edged inwardly with white, on a dark olive-

green space at end of cell; a black patch just beyond centre

of inner margin, corresponding to a broad black band on hind

156 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers.

wing just before the middle, which is broken and attenuated

towards the costa of that wing, and is accompanied on its

outer side by an indistinct, dentated, and interrupted black

line ; an outwardly dentated discal band somewhat near the

margin across both wings; this band is marked with deep

black in places and is interlaced with white; marginal lunules

black, cilia white, with black patches. Underside pure white,

a large round black spot at end of each cell, black markings

on costa of fore wings, and a black apical patch with its

extreme apex white, and a submarginal black broken band.

Expanse of wings 23% inches.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

A beautiful species, nearest to O. diurnaria, Guen., which

it resembles in the markings on the underside.

Genus PseupocoremiA, Butler.

Pseudocoremia dendrellaria.

g. Pinkish white, thickly striated with brown. Fore

wings with a subbasal blackish-brown transverse band, which

occurs more indistinctly on the hind wings ; a medial broader

and similarly coloured band, which is elbowed outwardly

below the middle and joins a discal lunulate brown band,

which is pale-edged on its outer side and is much curved

inwards; the space between the bands with few striations and

nearly white, the whole space beyond the discal band brown,

with striations; this band is also faintly indicated on the

hind wings and is there even with the outer margin, and the

space between it and the outer margin is also darker-coloured

than the rest of that wing, and there is a submarginal pale

dentated indistinct line across both wings; marginal line

brown; cilia pale, interlined with brown. Underside pale

grey, tinged with ochreous ; transverse bands similar, but paler

than on the upperside ; a broad brown marginal band to the

fore wings, an indication of a similar band on hind wings, and

a brown spot at the end of the cell.

Expanse of wings 1;%-1,% inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Family Larentiide.

Genus Epirrwoz, Hubner.

Epirrhoé pallidaria.

$. Grey, head and body densely irrorated with brown

atoms. Fore wings irrorated with grey atoms; basal portion

brown, limited by a darker brown outwardly curved sinuous

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. | 157

line at one fifth from base; a broad medial brown band with

outwardly curved darker brown borders, the band widening

above and containing a dark brown spot at the end of the

cell; the pale spaces with indistinct incomplete grey sinuous

lines thickening into a band towards the apex. Hind wings

unmarked; both wings with a lunulated dark brown marginal

line.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Type: Kala Paui, Punjab. In B.M.

Genus CoREMIA, Guen.

Coreinia ocyptaria.

3. Blackish brown. Fore wings with two transverse

sinuous deep black lines, antemedial and postmedial, the

inner one recurved, the outer one curved outwardly, both

of them edged outwardly with grey, prominent and broader

towards the costa, where each ends in a deep black prominent

patch; veins whitish. Hind wings pale brown, with indi-

cations of a darker thin transverse band beyond the middle ;

cilia of both wings brown, with a basal pale pinkish-grey

line. Underside of a uniform pale brownish grey, with an

indistinct brown thin band across the disk of both wings.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

I have it also from Kurseyong ; it is closely allied to the

genus Coremia, but is not quite typical.

Genus CHRYSOCRASPEDA, Warren, MS. ined.

Chrysocraspeda cerasina.

¢. Purplish red, with a few red irrorations and silver

speckles. Fore wings with a minute dark reddish ringlet at

the end of the cell, and with a duplex linear mark in the

upper disk. Hind wings with a prominent white lunular

mark at the end of the cell and an indistinct sinuous reddish

discal line. Both wings with dark reddish-brown marginal

bands and luteous cilia.

Expanse of wings 3p inch.

Type: Ceylon. In B.M.

Allied to UC. abhadraca, Walker ; the marginal band darker

and narrower, colour uniform, the sinuous discal band in

fore wings replaced by a short duplex linear mark, and the

cell-spot in hind wings replaced by a prominent white lunule.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xii. 12

158 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Cement-glands and Origin of Eyg-membranes in the Lobster.

By Francis H. Herricx, of Adelbert College.

Tre cement-glands have hitherto escaped detection in the lobster

(Homarus americanus), and consequently the origin of the gluey

secretion in which the eggs are immersed at the time they are laid,

and by means of which they are attached to the body, has never

been accurately determined.

Cano’s valuable studies (“ Morfologia dell’ appareccio sessuale

feminile, glandole del cemento e fecondazione nei Crostacei Decapodi,”’

Mittheil. Neapel, Bd. ix.) have called attention to the much-neglected

cement-glands of the Decapod Crustacea.

Erdl, in 1848, described three egg-membranes in the egg of the

lobster, and regarded the outermost of these as a secretion-product

of the oviduct. Bumpus also (‘Journal of Morphology,’ vol. v.

no. 2) attributes the ‘“varnish-like layer,” which surrounds the

ovum of Homarus at the time of oviposition, to a secretion which

probably comes from the columnar cells of the oviduct. Lereboullet

just escaped the discovery of the cement-glands in 1860, but cor-

rectly stated that the cement-substance came from beneath the skin

of the underside of the abdomen. ‘The true cause of this secretion

was first recognized by Braun in 1875, and the subject has been

recently investigated in a large number of Decapods with great

clearness by Cano.

When the lobster-embryo is about to hatch it is invested by three

membranes, from which it escapes to enter upon its first free-

swimming larval stage. The outermost of these is the membrane of

attachment. Within this is the chorion, which is now nearly

absorbed. This is exceedingly delicate, and is often carried away

with the former in the process of hatching. The innermost mem-

brane does not belong to the egg, but to the embryo, which it closely

invests. The casting-off of this membrane forms the first moult,

and unless it is successfully thrown off the larva dies. The earlier

embryonic cuticles, which are formed in the long course of embryonic

life, are entirely absorbed at the time of hatching.

The secondary egg-membrane, or membrane of attachment, com-

pletely separates from the chorion at the time of hatching, except

at one point, which is often opposite the thread-like stalk, with

which the outer capsule of the egg is continuous. The outer mem-

brane, which is less elastic than the chorion, is subjected to a high

degree of tension, until it finally bursts, splitting into two symme-

trical halves along the vertical longitudinal plane of the body of the

embryo, beginning at the hinder end and coming off over the head

and tip of the abdomen.

When the chorion or primary egg-membrane is removed from the

aod

Miscellaneous. | 159

ripe egg by means of hot water, it appears to be covered with small

rounded areas, which are possibly the impressions of the follicular

cells. No distinct pores could be detected in it, but when wrinkled

it appears to be vertically striated, which may argue in favour of

their presence.

For some time before oviposition the pleopods appear to be filled

with a milky-white substance. This appearance is caused by the

distended condition of the cement-glands, to the activity of which

the secretion which forms the secondary egg-membrane is due. If

the cuticle is removed from a pleopod at this time the tissue is seen

to be studded with very minute, round, whitish bodies—the cement-

glands. They are most abundant over the posteriorly directed sides

of the lamine, and extend up into the stalk. It is noticed also, ina

lobster “in berry,” that it is upon this side of the swimmeret that

the eggs are mostly attached. I have found the glands in the five

anterior pairs of pleopods only ; but it is possible that they may

occur in the telson, the uropods, and epimeral regions. The glands

occur singly or in clusters, and are closely crowded along the thick-

ened edges of the lamine.

Sections show that the gland is composed of a very delicate sheath

of connective tissue and a simple epithelium consisting of tall pyra-

midal cells. The polygonal base of each cell occupies the periphery,

at which a large round nucleus is situated, and the apices of the

cells meet near the centre of the gland, the lumen of the organ

being at this time very slight. It is almost impossible to detect in

sections the opening of the gland to the exterior, but it is quite

probable that each gland opens separately. Cano describes these

glands in numerous forms as bottle-shaped structures, the necks or

ducts of which open to the exterior through pores in the cuticle.

Pores can be shown to exist in the lamina of the pleopod by re-

moving the tissue by caustic potash and distending the cuticle with

water; but pores of the same kind also exist in the appendages of

the male, where no cement-glands occur. I cannot at present say

how the pores are distributed on the surface of the cuticle, but it is -

probable that they are not confined to any particular area.

If the glands are examined shortly after oviposition, they show a

remarkable change in structure. The glands are enlarged and the

epithelial cells have the appearance of degeneration, their nuclei

presenting every stage of fragmentation, from the condition of minute

chromatin-particles, which fill almost the entire gland, to deeply

stained round granular masses, which are much larger than ordinary

nuclei. Under these conditions cell-outlines are very dim and the

lumen of the gland is not open.

It seems quite probable that the peculiar gland-like structures

which I have described in the immature ovary of the lobster (see

these Circulars, no. 88) are concerned with the growth of the

ovarian eggs. Numerous follicular cells enter these growing ova at

an early stage, and gradually become converted into food-products.

Their nuclei break up into very small vesicles, and finally lose all

160 Miscellaneous.

their nuclear characteristics, when their degeneration is complete.—

Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. xii. no. 106, p. 103.

Cleveland, Ohio,

March 21, 1893.

Notes on some Mexican Coccidee *.

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

June 21, 1895.

Later studies make it desirable to add a few words. In Pulvi-

naria lutea I remarked on the long bristle on the inner side of the

femur. I now believe that this is on the end of the trochanter, as

is seen in other species. The trochanter appears to be unusually

long and its articulation with the femur difficult to observe. From

this correction it follows that the femur itself is shorter than I

supposed. The Ceroplastes on Artemisia was expected to prove

identical with one from New Mexico, which has been named C. arte-

misie by Dr. Riley, but not described. However, I sent some to

Dr. Riley, and hear from him that they are distinct—which is

curious, since they live on the same genus of plants in the same

zoological subregion. My insect, which is curiously irregular in

form, will be called C. artemisiarum, sp.n. The other “Ceroplastes”’

alluded to, on a spiny shrub, has a glassy rather than waxy scale

and 7-jointed antenne, wherein it agrees not with Ceroplastes, but

with the New-Zealand genus Jnglisia, Maskell. I call it, therefore,

Inglisia nivea, sp. n. T. D. A. CockERELL.

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

June 24, 1895.

Mr. Robert Newstead, to whom I sent specimens of Pulvinarta

lutea, remarks that in structure the ovisac agrees not with true

Pulvinaria, but with the closely allied genus Lichtensia, Sign. At

the same time he kindly sends me specimens of L. vzburni, Sign.

(the only known species of the genus), which were found at Llandaff,

Wales, by Mr. B. Tomlin. P. lutea and JL. viburni differ very

greatly in superficial appearance ; but, as Mr. Newstead states, they

show some generic pointsin common. Detailed comparisons will be

made, and reported on in some future paper. TSBeae:

* [The above notes reached us too late for insertion with the paper

in our July number.—Ebs. |

Ann& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol. XI. PUI.

RMintern del.et lith. Mintern Bros . imp

Anne Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. AI. PLT.

LIP del.

acasstt

10.

yh ty @

\ i

yl UU /

om ‘|

Nintern Bros. hth

Anw.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol. XH. PUNT.

Mintern Bros. hth,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 69. SEPTEMBER 1893.

XXVIII.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New

Zealand. By Captain THos. Broun.

THE present contribution contains descriptions of eleven new

genera and seventy-four new species. The numbers, such as

“No. 1469” for example, refer to my ‘ Manual of New Zealand

Coleoptera.’

Group Anchomenide.

Dichrochile anthracina, sp. n.

Suboblong, very slightly convex, shining, black; antennz

and palpi piceous, the tips of the latter paler; tarsi rufo-

piceous, the anterior with dark spots.

Head rather more than half the width of the thorax, nar-

rowed behind, with exceedingly minute dense sculpture, with

a setigerous puncture near each eye. Labrum widely and

deeply emarginate, the left side more prominent than the

right. Mandrbles stout, the left broader at the base and more

incurved at the apex than the other. yes moderate. An-

tenn: siender, reaching backwards beyond the middle thighs,

basal three joints glabrous, third about one third longer than

second, but shorter than fourth. Palpi elongate, the terminal

joints of the labial not thicker than those of the maxillary.

Thorax about one third broader than long, its sides rounded,

rather more narrowed behind than in front; apex medially

truncate, the sides directed forwards, so that the anterior

Ann. & Mag. N, Iist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 13

162 Capt. T. Broun on new

angles are not at all rounded off; base widely incurved,

without distinct margins in the middle, posterior angles very

much rounded; lateral margins more flattened behind than in

front, the dorsal groove somewhat indistinct near its extre-

mities; near the apex there is an angulate impression ; basal

fosse elongate, situated midway between the middle and the

sides; in front of these, but nearer the sides, there are two

shallow curvate impressions; the space between each fossa

and the hind angle is flattened and feebly punctured ; on each

side, before the middle, there is a setigerous puncture. Scu-

tellum large, subopaque, densely and minutely sculptured.

Elytra ovate-oblong, obliquely sinvously narrowed posteriorly ;

base smooth, distinctly marked off, much incurved near each

side for the accommodation of the thoracic angles, which,

however, do not extend to the shoulders ; with deep, regular,

apparently impunctate striz, scutellar grooves distinct ; inter-

stices a little convex, moderately broad, the third with two

punctures, one is subapical, the other is placed before the

middle.

There is but one similar species, D. maura; in it thé

labrum is of the same shape, the eyes are smaller, and the

thorax is less transverse and more evidently narrowed pos-

teriorly.

9. Length 44, breadth 13 lines.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. ‘Two females.

Group Feroniide.

Pterostichus tthaginis, sp. n.

Elongate-oblong, slightly convex, shining, black ; palpi and

tarsi piceo-rufous, the three basal joints of the antenne piceous

and glabrous.

Head narrowed behind; eyes moderately prominent ;

mandibles feebly striate above. Thorax only about one sixth

broader than long, its apex usually subtruncate, the base

medially emarginate ; it 1s very little wider near the front

than it is at the middle, its sides very gradually narrowed

posteriorly, with a slight sinuosity near the base, hind angles

not projecting, rectangular; the surface is very feebly trans-

versely striated, the median furrow is well-marked and hardly

at all abbreviated, the basal impressions are well-defined and

moderately broad. lytra oblong-oval, shoulders slightly

dentiform, apices broadly rounded ; their striz are not deep,

they are rather finely and not regularly punctured, interstices

nearly plane. egs moderate, posterior femora not angulate

below.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 163

Thorax with four setigerous punctures on each side, the

last ventral segment with one; scutellum more or less striate

at base.

When compared with its nearest ally, No. 1469, it will be

seen that it is narrower, the thorax is longer and narrower

and much less contracted near the base, and the elytral striz

are not so deep. In P. pellax the grooves of the elytra are

quite deep and rather broad.

Female.—Thorax of equal length and breadth, appearing

elongate, its sides very slightly curved; elytra with more

feebly impressed strie; legs rather slender; last segment

with two punctures near each side.

6. Length 64, breadth 22 lines.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura.

Prterostichus obsoletus (No. 1469, var.).

This is very much like P. hybrida. The shoulders are not

dentiform, there being only a slight thickening of the margins

there; the transverse line which marks off the base of the

elytra from the striz in allied species is here quite obsolete ;

the scutellum is only indistinctly striate; the elytra are

narrowed towards the base. The thoraz is only about one

sixth broader than long, and its sides are only moderately

curved ; its anterior angles are rounded, the posterior are

rectangular. The elytral stria are somewhat irregularly

punctured, some of the punctures are much smaller than the

others, so that the strie themselves appear interrupted in

some parts.

¢. Length 64, breadth 2} lines.

Hunua Range. Two males.

Pterostichus Sharpianus, sp. n.

Oblong, very slightly convex, shining, black; femora

piceous ; the antenne, palpi, tibia, and tarsi pitchy red.

Head much narrowed behind, the frontal impressions broad

and shallow ; labrum usually quite transverse. yes large

and moderately prominent. Antenne rather slender, reaching

the intermediate femora, their three basal joints glabrous, the

fourth not longer than the third. Mandibles reddish, smooth.

Thorax nearly one fourth broader than long; its sides regu-

larly curved from the front angles to behind the middle,

slightly but not sinuously narrowed behind, posterior angles

rectangular, not at all projecting; the surface faintly striate

transversely, the central furrow well-marked but sometimes

indistinct near the apex; basal foveee elongate but not sulci-

164 Capt. T. Broun on new

form and not sharply defined; near each hind angle there is

a shallow impression, the middle of the base is scored with

feeble longitudinal striz, and the fovexe are more or less

minutely punctured ; sometimes, however, they are smooth.

Scutellum estriate. Elytra ovate-oblong, shoulders not denti-

form; they are narrowed but hardly sinuate behind; their

strie are deep, narrow, and impunctate ; the interstices plane,

rather broad, without punctiform impressions. Legs mode-

rately slender, posterior femora simple.

Male.—Front tarst with sponge-like soles and lateral sete,

the basal three joints dilated; first subtriangular, second and

third cordiform. One setigerous puncture on each side of the

last ventral segment ; two sete on each side of the thorax ;

the middle and hind tarsi more or less grooved above.

This is very different from Haptoderus maorinus, Bates, in

many respects. P. oscillator, Sharp, has sulciform thoracic

fovex, and the third elytral interstices bear two or three large

punctures.

6. Length 41-44, breadth 13 lines.

Ohaupo, Waikato, three examples ; Hunua Range, five.

I have with pleasure named this species in honour of

Dr. David Sharp. A typical specimen has been sent to the

British Museum.

Group Bembidiide.

Anillus phyllobius, sp. n.

Subdepressed, slightly nitid, fulvescent ; legs pale yellow ;

with numerous erect, slender, short sete.

Head comparatively large, narrower than the thorax, dis-

tinctly bimpressed on the middle, slightly wrinkled there,

with two elongate sete on each side. Mandibles prominent.

Thorax nearly as long as it is broad, eordiform, widest before

the middle, gradually narrowed towards the base, posterior

angles quite obtuse; sides finely margined, with a long seta

before the middle and another in front of the hind angle;

base medially incurved, transversely depressed, without well-

marked fosse; there is an abbreviated central stria. Scw-

tellum wanting. lytra oblong, shoulders rounded, apices

individually obliquely rounded, with a short broad sutural

gap; their sides scarcely curvate, the lateral margins more

explanate near the shoulders than they are elsewhere; disk

flat, apparently covered with excessively minute brassy seales ;

there are four or five series of very shallow indistinct punc-

tures on each; these become irregular behind; there are no

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 165

visible strize ; along the sides a few long slender sete occur ;

the broad pygidium is uncovered.

Antenne stout, they reach backwards to the shoulders,

pubescent ; second joint almost as long and stout as the first,

not quite glabrous, 3 to 10 moniliform, third not longer

than fourth, only about half the bulk of the second, eleventh

largest. Mazillary palpi stout, not elongate, the penultimate

joint somewhat dilated on the inner side, so as to be sub-

securiform, the terminal short and indistinct. Legs elongate,

with fine sete; anterior tibie stout, much bent, and some-

what thickened near the extremity ; tars¢ with small joints,

none expanded, claws slender. No eyes can be detected.

This is congeneric with No. 1644; it is slightly larger, the

thorax is much less contracted behind, and the humeral

margins are more distinct and explanate. Dr. Sharp’s

Cillenum subeecum has a transverse thorax. It bears more

resemblance to the European Anillus cacus than to the New

Zealand Cillena.

Length {, breadth quite } line.

Riccarton Bush, Christchurch. One found by Mr. H.

Suter amongst leaves on the ground, May 1893.

Group Pselaphide.

TYROGETUS, gen. nov.

Body elongate, narrowed anteriorly, slightly convex.

Head oval. Antennal tubercles prominent, almost connate,

they extend forwards as far, or nearly as far, as the muzzle.

Maczillary palpi elongate, nearly as long as the antenne, first

joint small, second curyate, very slender and stalk-like for

more than half its length, its apical portion clavate and ovi-

form ; third nearly as long as the preceding one, its clavate

portion nearly half the whole length, the basal part forms a

straight slender stem; fourth about as long as the third, its

apical half more gradually and less clavate, this portion

appears to be cleft longitudinally, as in Pselaphus, the basal

part is stalk-like. Antenne 11-articulate. Tarsi rather

short, basal joint small, second and third about equal; with

two small claws, these, however, are so closely applied to

each other as to appear like one. yes small, coarsely

facetted, situated at the middle of each side of the head.

This is distinct from Tyrus. The hind body is more like

that of Pselaphus. Tychus has but one claw. ‘The Austra-

lian genera 7’yraphus, Gerallus, and Durbos appear, according

to their descriptions, to be very different in some important

points.

166 Capt. T. Broun on new

Tyrogetus optandus, sp. n.

Red, tarsi and palpi yellow; sparingly clothed with short,

depressed, yellow sete.

lead oval, not distinctly punctate, with a small fovea near

each eye. Zhorax longer than broad, moderately convex,

more narrowed in front than it is behind, its sides slightly

rounded, its middle part but little broader than the head ; its

surface is without distinct sculpture of any kind. lytra

hardly longer than broad, gradually yet considerably narrowed

towards the base, which does not exceed the thorax in width ;

each elytron has a rather broad sutural stria and a less

distinct discoidal one ; the apex is densely fringed with yellow

hairs. Hind body longer than the wing-cases, quite as broad,

its three basal segments marginate; the first is horizontal

and about as long as the other deflexed segments. Legs

elongate, slender, clothed like the body ; femora not clavate ;

tibiz straight and simple.

Antenne elongate, sparsely pubescent, first joint nearly

twice the length of the second, rather stouter, both cylindric ;

joints 3 to 7 differ but little, each is longer than broad ;

eighth and ninth nearly quadrate, tenth nearly as long as

it is broad, distinctly broader than the preceding ones, eleventh

large, rather broader than the tenth, oblong-oval.

The channel between the antennal tubercles is very narrow

and scarcely reaches the middle of the head.

Length ?, breadth + line.

Mount Pirongia. One individual only, a female, I think.

I very much regret that I have but one mounted specimen ;

the structure of the underside therefore cannot be studied at

present.

Euglyptus costifer, sp. n.

Subopaque, chestnut-red ; tarsi and palpi yellow; clothed

with small, depressed, yellow, scale-like sete, and also with

some slender hairs.

Head punctate, not as large as the thorax; vertex con-

vex, the depression behind the antennal tubercles smooth and

shining. Thorax rather longer than broad, more narrowed

in front than it is behind, widest and obtusely prominent

before the middle; its surface distinctly punctate, in front

nearly smooth; along the middle there is a broad groove ;

on each side, but not reaching the apex, there is an elongate

foveiform impression ; the transverse impression near the base

is indistinct. Elytra longer than broad, a little narrowed

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 167

towards the base, which, however, exceeds the thorax in

breadth, they are not punctate apparently ; on each elytron

there are two broad grooves, one near the suture, the other

along the middle of the disk; the interstices are costiform,

the outer costa at the shoulder is a good deal thickened, and

the basal margin appears thick and asperate. Hind body

rather shorter than the elytra, much narrowed posteriorly,

but little deflexed, the basal four segments of nearly equal

length, first and second transversely impressed at the base,

the depression on the latter not so wide as the other. Tibi

evidently expanded towards the extremity.

Underside castaneo-rufous, sparsely pubescent. Head

with a few slender outstanding sete. Front cove elongate,

exserted, and contiguous, placed close to the hind margin of

the prosternum ; the sinuous carina near each side is distinct.

Mesosternum in the middle with a rather broad lamina; this

has sharp borders, and it is acutely prominent behind. In-

termediate coxe only slightly separated, the trochauters short.

Metasternum convex. Hind coxe but little separated. Abdo-

men slightly transversely convex, with six nearly equal

segments ; two to five decrease a little in length, the first is

covered with yellow pubescence.

Antenne as long as the head and thorax, red, paler towards

the extremity, tenth joint infuscate at apex; second joint

smaller than first, with slightly curved sides; third a little

longer than broad, narrowed towards its base ; fourth to eighth

bead-like and differing but little ; ninth quite twice the size of

the preceding one, narrowed towards the apex, its frontal

articulation very narrow, so that it is distinctly marked off

from the following one; tenth strongly transverse, its apex

closely applied to the eleventh joint, which is narrower,

conical, and acuminate.

This, though much like £. elegans, differs in many ways.

The head is not broader in line with the eyes than it is

behind ; in #. elegans it is so much wider near the eyes that

the sides behind are obliquely narrowed. ‘The eyes are very

small. The elytral coste, though present in L. elegans, are

less distinct. ‘The legs of L. costifer are shorter and less

slender. ‘The tenth antennal joint is distinctly shorter. The

supplementary apical segment is wanting.

Length , breadth } line.

Mount Pirongia. I found two of uncertain sex, one

damaged.

Obs. I found what may be considered a varietal form at

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. The head is as broad as the thorax

168 Capt. T. Broun on new

and strongly rounded behind; the eyes, though small, are

more prominent. There are six abdominal segments. ‘This,

as regards the head and eyes, is intermediate between #.

costifer and the typical species; but in other respects it more

nearly resembles the former. I leave it without a name just

now, as we do not know the sexual characters in this genus.

TYCHOTYRUS, gen. nov.

Body moderately convex, subovate, rather elongate, pilose.

Head, including the eyes, nearly as broad as the widest part

of the thorax, much narrowed, but parallel-sided, in front.

Eyes large, convex, with coarse facets, placed near the middle.

Maxillary palpi quite the length of the head ; first joint not

extending beyond the side of the mandible ; second elongate,

its basal half very slender and stalk-like, the other much in-

crassate and oviform ; third short and thick, almost obconical,

with a short, slender, basal stem; fourth as long as the second,

oblong-oval, but with a slender basal stalk, its extremity

provided with an elongate seta.

Metasternum of moderate length. ront coxe contiguous,

elongate, exserted. Middle cove with large circular cavities,

separated by the well-developed mesosternal process, their

trochanters elongate. Hind cova moderately widely separated,

prominent, their trochanters rather long and thick. Legs

long and slender. Yars¢ with subequal terminal joints, the

first very short, with two equal claws, Antenne 11-articulate,

moderately approximate at the base. Antennal tubercles

variable, usually large and prominent, with a well-marked

intervening channel. Abdomen composed of six nearly equal

segments.

Dr. Sharp, in his description of Tyrus mutandus ('Trans.

Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 488), remarked that “‘though its cha-

racters agree in the main with those of Tyrus mucronatus, in

its appearance and form it comes much nearer the genus

Tychus; and though it cannot be associated with that genus

on account of the double claws, it will probably be ultimately

referred to a distinct genus.” ‘The position of this genus is

therefore clearly indicated.

Tychotyrus sternalis, sp. 1.

Convex, subovate, rather elongate; shining, red, head,

thorax, and hind body sanguineous, tarsi and palpi yellowish ;

pubescence flavescent.

Hlead almost as broad as the middle of the thorax, rounded

behind ; vertex convex, near each eye there is a distinct fovea

Coleoptera from New Zealand. . 169

which seems to be limited in front by a small obtuse elevation ;

antennal tubercles well-developed, with an obvious channel

between them ; the sides, behind the eyes, are coarsely ciliate.

Thorax rather longer than broad, constricted and depressed in

front, widest and most convex near the middle, just before the

base there is a curved transverse impression ; its clothing is

rather scanty on the disk but forms a sort of fringe along the

sides. lytra as long as broad, a good deal narrowed towards

the base, apex truncate; the sutural striz are well marked

and become deeper near the base, inside each shoulder there

is a deep elongate impression ; they bear fine decumbent hairs

and long, erect, slender setw. Hind body as long as the

wing-cases, gradually narrowed backwards, its three basal

segments of about equal length, with distinct margins, the

other two deflexed, its pubescence elongate. Legs elongate ;

femora slender near the base, somewhat clavate near the

middle: front tébie nearly straight, with dense fulvous pu-

bescence on the inside towards the extremity ; the intermediate

slightly arcuate below the middle, densely pubescent near the

apex, and finely ciliate externally ; the posterior also fringed,

straight as far as the middle, and, on the inner face, below

the middle, armed with a conspicuous spiniform process, they

are a little thickened and curved there.

Antenne long and stout ; basal joint cylindric, thicker, and,

on the outside, nearly twice the length of the next one ; joints

3 to 6 evidently longer than broad, the fourth slightly shorter

than the contiguous ones; seventh quadrate; eighth trans-

verse, of the same width as the preceding one; ninth a little

longer than broad; tenth quadrate, but, like the ninth, slightly

narrowed towards the base, both these joints thicker than the

eighth; eleventh large, oblong-oval, obtuse, with a fovea

underneath ; the last three joints are more or less distinctly

asperate.

Underside chestnut-red, with depressed yellow pubescence.

Head with a basal depression. Metasternum depressed along

the middle, the sides of the cavity gradually, but considerably,

raised anteriorly, and, just behind the middle coxe, ending in

a thick spiniform protuberant process. dédomen much nar-

rowed posteriorly, rather flat along the middle, with deep

sutures, the fifth segment smooth and transversely impressed

in the middle, sixth conical, deeply depressed in the centre and

carinate behind.

g. Length 1, breadth 3 line.

female.—Antenne rather shorter, joints 3 to 10 slightly

reduced as compared with those of the other sex, the eighth

170 Capt. T. Broun on new

joint, however, is not quite as short. Sternum and tibie

unarmed.

Hunua Range, three different localities; four males and

two females.

Tychotyrus curvipes, var.

Colour uniform pale red, tarsi and palpi yellow. The

apices of the elytra are a little obliquely truncate towards the

suture. The posterior tibie are distinctly and regularly

curved from the base to the apex.

3. Length 1, breadth 2 line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. One specimen.

The genus will include the following species. The male

characters are indicated below as an aid to the identification

of the species :—

T. armatus. Metasternum with a spine in front of each hind

coxa; posterior tibia shghtly flexuous, with a spini-

form process near the inner extremity.

T. spinipes. Femora infuscate, in both sexes. Metasternum

with a spiniform process behind each of the middle

coxee ; posterior tibia straight, with a spine on the

inside about one third of the length from the apex.

Antenne more widely separated; their tubercles flatter ;

the forehead broader.

T. mutandus. Male not known with certainty as yet.

Startes foveata, sp. n.

Body a little shining, dark red; sparsely clothed with

short yellowish hairs, those along the sides of the elytra much

finer and more numerous ; tarsi and palpi yellowish red.

FTead longer than broad, not as wide as the thorax, rounded

behind the eyes; vertex convex, interocular fovee large,

becoming confluent in front, so as to form a continuous de-

pression there. Zhorax widest just before the middle, more

gradually narrowed behind than in front; the surface indis-

tinctly punctured, there is a large central fovea near the base,

and another at each side near the hindangle. Hlytra broader

than long, somewhat narrowed towards the base, shoulders

not at all prominent ; their surface with ill-defined sculpture,

sutural striz well marked; along the middle of each elytron

there is another broad stria which, however, becomes obsolete

near the extremity, the interval is almost carinate. Hind

body much deflexed, its large basal segment only being hori-

zontal. Legs of moderate length, simple.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. - ie

Underside chestnut-red, pubescent. Head longitudinally

ridged in the middle. Mesosternum plane in the middle, this

part with fine carinate borders. /etasternum flat or impressed

in the middle; just in front of each hind coxa there seems to

be a small tubercle, there is another behind, both are rather

indistinct.

Antenne about as long as the head and thorax; second

joint quite as large as the exposed part of the first; fourth

just longer than broad, slightly shorter than the third or

fifth ; sixth and seventh hardly longer than broad; eighth a

little shorter than the preceding one; joints 3 to 8 are of

nearly equal thickness throughout ; ninth distinctly broader

than eighth, but only a little more than half the bulk of the

tenth ; eleventh largest, conical, somewhat acuminate.

Maxillary palpi stout, two thirds the length of antenne,

first joint short, second gradually thickened, third short and

thick, fourth almost as long as second, broadest near the base,

gradually narrowed, with a short apical seta. Front coxe

cylindric, contiguous ; the middle pair almost contiguous ; the

posterior not very widely separated. ‘The abdomen apparently

consists of six segments, but the suture between the fifth and

sixth is very fine; the basal segment is nearly the length of

the other five, it is densely fringed at the base ; the hind thighs

conceal the pubescence, but when these are displaced an

indistinct suture can be seen between what I term the basal

segment and the metasternum.

The male has a broader head and more prominent eyes

than the female, so far as I can judge at present.

Length ?, breadth quite } line.

Hunua Range. Five examples.

Bryaxis sternalis, sp. n.

Sanguineous, legs and antenne paler red, tarsi and palpi

yellowish ; shining, with very few short, fine, pale hairs.

Head broad, nearly flat between the antenne, broadly im-

pressed near the front, with two small interocular fovee.

Thorax widest just before the middle, where it is rounded;

near the base there is a transverse depression which does not

reach the middle. /ytra rather longer than broad, narrowed

towards the base; their sutural striae well-marked, the intra-

humeral impressions more or less distinct. Hind body short,

much deflexed, more evidently pubescent than the elytra.

Legs moderately stout; front and middle tibiee somewhat

dilated along the inside, the former with distinct yellow cilia

on the inner face.

172 Capt. T. Broun on new

Male.— Antenne elongate, second joint obviously longer

than the exposed part of the first; third a little longer than

the following one; fifth rather longer than fourth ; seventh

slightly longer than eighth, which about equals the ninth;

tenth transverse, yet not much broader than the preceding

one ; eleventh large, acuminate.

Underside chestnut-red, its pubescence short. Head ob-

tusely elevated along the centre, depressed near each side.

Mesosternum with a small tubercle in front of each middle

coxa. Metasternum broadly depressed, more deeply behind,

the sides of the depression appear elevated behind. Abdomen,

along the middle, appears as if it were broadly depressed

throughout when viewed sideways; when examined from

behind the apical depression of the basal segment is seen to

be limited in front by an angulate elevation, this elevation, at

its outer angles, seems to be tubercular ; fifth segment deeply

depressed in the middle, each side of this cavity has an obtuse

tubercle ; there is a short, broad, apical segment.

Female.—Mesosternum with two tubercular elevations.

Metasternum and abdomen simple, the basal segment of the

latter large, 2 to 4 very short in the middle; fifth longer than

the intermediate ones, its apex is limited by a very fine in-

curved suture, so that there seems to be a sixth segment.

Antenne shorter than those of the other sex, eleventh joint

large, less acuminate, joints 3 to 5 rather longer than those

next to them.

At first sight I supposed this to be B. grata, Sharp. It

is a small insect, but, notwithstanding, it can be easily

identified if the underside be carefully examined. ‘lhe meso-

sternal elevations are more distinct in the female than they

are in the male, a circumstance that will materially aid in the

recognition of that sex.

Length 3, breadth nearly 3 line.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura; eight examples. Mount Pirongia,

Waikato ; two males,

Variety, Hunua Range, Drury. Interocular fovee absent.

Bryaxis allocera, sp. 0.

Red, head and thorax darker, tarsi and palpi fulvous ; body

nearly glabrous, shining, not at all short.

Head broad, nearly as large as the thorax, rounded behind,

vertical in front, not prolonged ; it bears two rather small and

shallow foveee between the eyes, the frontal impression is

broad and very shallow. Thorax widest before the middle,

with two indistinct basal fover. Llytra large, convex ;

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 175

sutural striz rather fine, there are no distinct impressions near

the shoulders. Hind body short above, much deflexed, the

basal segment longer in the middle than at the sides, scantily

pubescent. Legs rather long and slender, tibie straight.

Male.— Antenne 10-articulate; first joint longer and stouter

than the second ; third nearly as long as the preceding one,

narrowed towards its base; fourth short and bead-like ; fifth

subquadrate; sixth strongly transverse, nearly twice the

breadth of the fifth, its point of articulation near the outside ;

seventh shorter than sixth, nearly as broad, articulated near

the middle; eighth still shorter, nearly as broad as the seventh,

articulated at the middle, rather closely applied to the following

one; ninth very large, its apex oblique, so that the outer side

is a good deal longer than the inner; tenth conical, not acu-

minate, narrower than the ninth, so that the inner side is not

in line with that of the preceding.

Underside. Metasternum broadly impressed. Front trochan-

ters (or cox) with slender spines. Basal segment of the

abdomen broadly impressed, with an elevation near each hind

coxa; last segment impressed.

A moderately elongate species, the elytra and hind body,

conjointly, form an oval figure. Its nearest allies are B. sy/-

vicola and B. fraudulenta, but the last six antennal joints

differ in form.

g- Length 2, breadth nearly 3 line.

Mount Pirongia. One male, found in December 1892.

Bryaxis setifer, sp. n.

_ Shining, ved, legs and antenne paler, tarsi fulvous, terminal

joint of maxillary palpi fuscous; body nearly nude, having

only a few, very long, erect, slender sete.

Head large, rather broader than the thorax ; uneven above,

the forehead rather deeply and broadly impressed, the two

large fovez on the vertex placed near the eyes, when looked

at sideways they appear to unite with the frontal depression.

Eyes convex. Thorax small, with a fovea-like compression

at each side near the base. lytra large, suboblong, curvedly

narrowed near the base, with fine sutural strie. Hind body

short and deflexed. Legs slender; tibie nearly straight, a

little expanded towards the extremity.

Male.— Antenne ten-jointed ; second joint nearly the length

of the first ; third short, hardly longer than broad ; fourth bead=

like, of nearly the same size as the preceding one; fifth

broader than long, a little larger than fourth, moniliform ;

sixth broader than fifth, but not as broad as the seventh ;

174 Capt. T. Broun on new

eighth of the same breadth as the seventh and ninth, longer

than the former, shorter than the latter, yet not quite quadrate ;

ninth large, slightly longer than it is broad, a little longer at

one side than at the other, scooped out near one side under-

neath ; tenth conical, about as large as the ninth; the last

four or five joints thickly pubescent and slightly asperate.

Underside indistinctly punctate, pubescent, castaneo-rufous.

Front trochanters spined.. Metasternum slightly flattened,

but not depressed, in the middle. Basal segment of abdomen

with two small median tubercles; second nearly twice the

length of the third or fourth in the middle; fifth broadly

impressed.

This, without doubt, is very much like No. 1476, but the

ninth antennal joint of B. glabrata is larger, the eighth is

shorter, being strongly transverse, joints 3 to 5 also differ a

little, and the antennal tubercles are rather more prominent.

6. Length 4, breadth + line.

Mount Pirongia. Two males only, Dec. 1892.

Bryaxis diversa, sp. n.

Nitid, dark red, legs and elytra chestnut-red, tarsi and

palpi fulvous ; sparsely clothed with minute, indistinct, pale

hairs, those on the hind body are, however, more easily seen.

Head short and broad, rounded behind, with two well-

marked interocular fovez, the forehead depressed and obso-

letely foveate; antennai tubercles rather flat and widely

separated. Hyes well developed. Thorax rather longer than

broad, widest just before the middle, its sides well rounded

there, narrowed behind; its surface free from sculpture.

Elytra suboblong, large, moderately convex, with fine sutural

strie. Hind body short, convex, much deflexed, so that the

large basal segment only is at all horizontal. Legs moderate;

front tibiz a little swollen inside near the middle, and distinctly

pubescent towards the extremity, the posterior somewhat

arched and thickened towards the apex, and evidently pilose

there ; tarsi with the basal joint small, the second quite the

length of the third, the basal joints of the posterior with

slender elongate setee underneath.

Male.—Antenne 10-articulate, moderately slender ; first

joint cylindric, rather longer and stouter than the second;

third rather longer than broad; fourth short and bead-like ;

fifth only a little longer than broad, distinctly larger than

the contiguous ones; sixth subquadrate; seventh transverse ;

eighth shorter, but not narrower, than the preceding one;

ninth large, oblong, its base and apex nearly quite truncate,

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 175

it is slightly narrowed towards the base ; tenth conical, about

as large as the ninth, its apex rounded.

Underside distinctly clothed with yellow pubescence, finely

sculptured. Anterior trochanters with slender basal spines.

Metasternum convex, broadly impressed along the centre.

Basal segment of abdomen with a smooth shallow impression

behind, at each side of this, close to the apex, there is

a distinct tubercle; 2 to 4 very short; fifth transversely

impressed.

Female.— Antenne with the seventh and eighth joints

transverse, ninth nearly twice the breadth of the eighth, tenth

much larger, yet quite transverse, eleventh conical. Meta-

sternum rather convex. Basal segment of the abdomen large

and plane, this and the metasternum with fine sculpture which

appears granular or punctiform according to the light.

Allied to B. munda (page 129), the antenne more

slender, their two terminal joints decidedly smaller; head

broader ; hind body shorter and more deflexed. In. B. munda

the abdominal tubercles are situated on the middle of the

first segment, and I find, in a reversed specimen,: that the

front trochanters have fine spines, these were overlooked when

the description was drawn up.

Length 8, breadth } line.

Hunua Range, Drury. Four males and seven females.

Sagola lineata, sp. n.

Elongate, subparallel, shining ; head and thorax red, an-

tenn paler, the elytra, legs, and palpi fulvous.

Head gradually narrowed behind the eyes; antennal

tubercles only a little elevated, transverse; there is a rather

narrow, slight elevation extending from the base forwards,

this, along its frontal half, is divided by a slender linear

groove; the two well-marked basal foves appear, when

looked at sideways, to be prolonged forwards ; its pubescence

is slender and disposed transversely. Hyes moderate, placed

near the middle of the sides. Antenne elongate, second joint

nearly as stout as the first, one half its length ; third narrow,

slightly longer than broad; seventh and eighth narrower at

the apex than they are at the base; ninth and tenth trans-

verse; eleventh subquadrate, but the minute apical false joint

alters the form somewhat. Thorax cordate, with a large

central depression behind the middle, there are two small

foves near the base, and another, also small, near each hind

angle ; it is clothed like the head, but on each side there are

two very long hairs. Llytra oblong, the shoulders only

176 Capt. T. Broun on new

slightly narrowed; the sutural and intrahumeral strie are

well marked, the surface is indistinctly punctate ; pubescence

slender and elongate, but there are also some longer and

coarser hairs on thesides. Hind body longer than the elytra,

thickly pubescent; the basal segment with a transverse space

covered with minute brassy sete or scales; third segment

rather longer than the others. Legs simple.

Underside. Head simple; third ventral segment large; no

distinct sexual characters.

A careful examination of the head will at once lead to its

recognition.

9. Length 13, breadth quite line.

Mount Pirongia. One example, Dec. 1892.

Sagola pertinax, sp. n.

Rufescent, pubescence slender and elongate on the elytra,

coarser on the hind body, which, besides, bears many long,

erect hairs.

Head almost as broad as the widest portion of the thorax,

its hind angles obtuse; the frontal channel is broad, and

extends nearly as far as the back part of the eyes, there two

foveee behind. Thorax in shape and sculpture similar to that

of S. major. Elytra oblong, slightly and gradually narrowed

towards the base, hind angles rounded ; the sutural strize and

intrahumeral impressions well marked, these latter divided

into two parts. Hind body longer than the elytra, its basal

segment with numerous minute brassy scales.

Underside. Head, the space behind the mentum is broad

and smooth, it is raised backwards, and its middle portion,

though truncate behind, projects backwards; it is scantily

ciliate; the side, behind the eye, is swollen, and has a large

rounded depression. Metasternum convex. ‘The pubescence

on the fifth and sixth segments of the abdomen is much more

conspicuous than it is elsewhere. The legs exhibit no sexual

characters.

Like S. major, smaller, the legs and antenne: more slender,

the tibize very slightly curved, the underside of the head quite

different. The beautiful, strongly curved, golden cilia seen

on the lower part of the head in S. /aminata is here absent.

Length nearly 13, breadth quite } line.

Ohaupo, Waikato, near Mr. Kusab’s saw-mill. Three ex-

amples. A fourth, evidently a female, has the head more

rounded behind, and the basal dorsal segment bears only the

ordinary pubescence, but 1 doubt whether it can be referred

to this species.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 177

Obs. S. ruficeps, No. 1882, is most likely only a varietal

form of S. major, Sharp. I named it some years ago, before

I had seen that species. Much depends upon the interpre-

tation of Dr. Sharp’s expression, ‘a transverse band of

glandular pubescence.” If this mean the same thing that I

term “minute brassy scales or depressed sete,” the two

Species must be united. In my specimens of S. major the

underside of the head, near the hind angle, has a smooth de-

pression with raised hind margins. I cannot state whether

Dr. Sharp’s specimen presents the same appearance. It

seems certain that the form and sculpture of the lower surface

of the head in this genus must be more carefully studied

before the numerous species can be satisfactorily separated.

Sagola citima, sp. n.

Narrow, elongate, nearly horizontal throughout; head and

thorax red, the rest of the body and the legs chestnut-red ;

pubescence fulvous, more erect than is usual.

Head rounded and a good deal narrowed behind the eyes ;

the median channel deep, moderately broad, extending nearly

to the hind margin, where it becomes narrower, close to this,

near the base, there are two small fovez ; antennal tubercles

elevated but somewhat flattened above. yes placed before

the middle. Thorax widest before the middle, a good deal

rounded in front, the sides behind appear abruptly contracted

and nearly straight, in its widest part it is not broader than

the head in line with the eyes; disk smooth and convex,

the central impression near the base only moderately large,

the two fovez near the base are small; the fovea near the

hind angle forms a large depression, it is prolonged forwards,

so that the side at the middle is marked off from the disk,

Elytra oblong, obliquely narrowed towards the base, the

sutural striz and intrahumeral impressions well marked and

entire, at the base near each stria there is a distinct puncture.

Hind body much longer than the wing-cases, third segment

slightly larger than the second, the first, near its base, densely

covered with very minute pale sete, the pubescence shorter

and finer than that on the elytra; the supplementary basal

segment is exposed, its lateral margins are distinct. Antenne

with the basal joint stout, cylindric ; second globular, hardly

longer than broad; third small; fourth slightly longer than

broad; 5 to 8 become rather shorter and broader; ninth and

tenth transverse ; eleventh, including the false terminal arti-

culation, conical.

No. 1878 is most like this species ; the sides of the thorax,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 14

178 Capt. T. Broun on new

however, are not marked off from the disk by a linear im-

ression. No. 1883 has a broader, less posteriorly narrowed

fread: There are no distinguishing characters underneath.

Length 14, breadth nearly line.

Wellington. Mr. G. V. Hudson sent me a mounted

specimen numbered 224.

Group Scydmenide.

Scydmeenus cilipes, sp. n.

Elongate, not very narrow, convex, shining, rufous, tarsi

yellow, palpi fulvous ; pubescence conspicuous.

Head of moderate breadth, rather flat and bald in front ;

with rather coarse, outstanding, but not very elongate, obscure

yellowish hairs behind. Thorax scarcely longer than broad,

slightly, regularly, and curvedly narrowed anteriorly, the

base not much broader than the shoulders; there are two

distinct median basal fovez, and a smaller one near each{hind

angle, where the sides are compressed or flattened; the hairs

on the sides are like those on the head, on the disk they are

finer and more scanty. Llytra elongate-oval, with two broad

basal depressions, the shoulders a little elevated ; their pubes-

cence elongate, slender, upright, and quite yellow. Hemora

moderately clavate beyond the middle ; ¢¢bcd@ slightly flexuous,

the anterior with conspicuous yellow sete along the inside,

their basal portion bare, the intermediate bear coarser sete

near the inner extremity.

Antenne elongate, stout, pubescence elongate ; second joint

distinctly longer than the first, nearly twice the length of the

third ; fourth subquadrate, rather shorter than the third or

fifth ; sixth and seventh about equal; eighth subovate, rather

longer than broad ; ninth and tenth about as long as broad ;

eleventh longer than either of the preceding two; the four

terminal joints are enlarged, but not suddenly. Mawzillary

palpi moderately long ; second joint slender and curved, third

gradually dilated, fourth small, not half the width of the

penultimate. yes prominent. Pygidium covered. Tarst

slender, the anterior hardly at all expanded.

This and the following species have been carefully com-

pared with every one of the New-Zealand exponents of the

group. ‘The bright yellow, conspicuous fringe on the front

tibiz will be an aid to its identification.

Length $, breadth 3 line.

Ligay’s Bush, Papakura. One, no doubt a male.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. = Ras

Scydmenus cedius, sp. u.

Shining, red, tarsi and palpi fulvescent, pubescent.

Head rather large, about the width of the thorax, its clothing

yellow, indistinct in front, elongate, moderately coarse, and

directed backwards. Thorax longer than broad, relatively

narrow, widest before the middle, much narrowed between the

middle and the base ; with two basal fovee near the middle,

and one near each hind angle; pubescence yellow, long and

slender, but coarser and darker near the sides. Llytra quite

oval, large, considerably broader at the middle than the thorax,

but at their base not wider than it is at the base; with two broad

basal depressions, the shoulders raised, the disk very slightly,

not distinctly, impressed before the middle ; their clothing pale

yellow, slender, elongate, and upright. Z2b¢e nearly straight,

with moderate pubescence.

Palpi rather slender, the penultimate joint of the maxillary

not much dilated, fourth short, not aciculate. yes moderate.

Antenne stout, second joint rather longer than the visible

part of the first, about a fourth longer than the third, but

rather thicker ; 3 to 5 nearly equal, longer than broad, fourth

not abbreviated ; sixth and seventh nearly equal, not elongate;

8 to 10 transverse, loosely articulated, broader than the pre-

ceding one ; eleventh broadly ovate, not very large.

Nos. 1901, 1905, and 2348 are most like this species. The

first is considerably smaller ; in the second the eyes are very

small and indistinct; in the third the third and fourth joints

of the antenne are a good deal longer, and the first is evidently

longer.

Length 1, breadth quite # line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. One example.

Scydmenus allocerus, sp. n.

Elongate, not narrow, moderately convex, shining, red,

tarsi yellow, pubescence yellowish.

Head nearly as broad as the thorax, its hairs moderately

coarse and extending backwards, they are indistinct in front.

Thorax longer than broad, widest near the front, much con-

tracted near the base ; with two basal fovee near the middle,

and a large impression at each side near the hind angle.

Elytra oval, broad, widest before the middle; with two large

basal impressions, the shoulders raised, broadly impressed

before the middle; clothed with pale yellow, slender, out-

standing hairs. Jvbie nearly straight, finely pubescent.

Antenne rather short, gradually incrassate ; first joint but

180 Capt. T. Broun on new

little more than half the length of the second and of a darker

colour ; third evidently longer than broad, thinner than the

fourth or fifth, these are nearly equal to one another and are

but little, if at all, longer than broad; sixth and seventh

rather shorter and broader than the preceding one; joints 8

to 10 obviously transverse ; eleventh short, as broad as the

tenth at the base, but very much narrowed (not acuminate)

towards the extremity.

Maxillary palpi moderately slender, the third joint but

little dilated, fourth small. yes moderately prominent.

The antennal structure is the best guide to the recognition

of this species ; the terminal joint should be looked at first

of all.

Length quite 2, breadth nearly 3 line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. A single specimen.

Scydmenus brachycerus, sp. n.

Elongate-ovate, slightly convex, red, palpi and tarsi yel-

lowish, the clothing yellowish.

Head rather small, rounded, its coarse pubescence directed

backwards. Thorax longer than broad, but little wider near

the middle than it is elsewhere, a good deal narrowed in

front, finely and indistinctly carinate along the middle; the

centrobasal foves separated by a cariniform interval, there is

a small fovea near each posterior angle ; its clothing is similar

to that of the head, but differently disposed. lytra oval,

widest near the middle, with two broad basal impressions ;

the sutural region flattened in front of the middle; they are

clothed with slender, erect, yellow hairs. emora clavate

towards the extremity, the anterior distinctly thicker than the

others ; tibiw nearly straight, finely pubescent.

Antenne short, very gradually thickened; second joint

quite double the length of the exposed part of the first ; third

longer than broad, smaller than second ; 4 to 6 nearly equal,

bead-like ; seventh and eighth a little broader than the pre-

ceding one, not longer than broad ; ninth and tenth transverse,

broader than the eighth; eleventh conical, not quite as long

as the ninth and tenth taken together.

Maxillary palpi with the second joint slender, third of

nearly equal thickness throughout, its apex truncate, fourth

invisible. Hyes moderately prominent.

The front thighs, the narrow penultimate joint of the palpi,

and the short antenne are the best distinguishing characters.

Length nearly ?, breadth 4 line.

Hunua Range. Unique.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 181

Scydmenus xanthopus, sp. n.

Convex, elongate, shining, red, antenne rather pale, legs

sordid yellow.

Head of moderate breadth, with moderately coarse out-

standing pubescence. Thorax much longer than broad,

widest near the middle; with two rather small, distinctly

separated, median fovee near the base, there are no distinct

fovez near the basal angles, but there is a large impression

at each side ; its clothing resembles that of the head. Llytra

ovate, widest before the middle, not very broad ; apices sub-

truncate or broadly rounded, so that the broad pygidium is

uncovered ; there are two basal depressions, the shoulders

appear elevated, the sutural region is unimpressed. Legs

elongate, but not slender; femora clavate near the apex, the

front pair thickest; ¢ébiw nearly straight, finely pilose.

Antenne elongate, the last four joints dilated; second joint

rather longer than the first; 8 to 6 nearly alike, seventh

rather broader than the sixth; 8 to 10 transverse; eleventh

nearly as long as the preceding two conjointly, obtuse at the

extremity.

Second joint of the maxillary palpi curved and slender;

third nearly oviform, not at all broad; fourth short, nearly as

thick at its base as the apex of the penultimate. yes very

small, not at all prominent.

This rather slender species may be known by the yellow

legs, the exposed pygidium, and the structure of the palpi.

I would place it in Humicrus, along with Dr. Sharp’s S. Ed-

wardsi, it it were not for the fact that some New-Zealand species

are just intermediate in structure between the two genera, so

that Humicrus will probably be abandoned as a genus.

Length 2, breadth nearly } line.

Hunua Range. One individual only.

Scydmenus heterarthus, sp. n.

Elongate, moderately convex, nitid, chestnut-red, the

pubescence and the tarsi yellow, legs and antennz fulvescent.

Head rather small, flattened anteriorly, with long hairs

directed backwards. Thorax longer than broad, widest before

the middle, a good deal narrowed towards the base, which

appears depressed, but the usual fovew seem to be absent,

there is, however, an elongate impression at each side; the

pubescence near the sides is rather coarse and conspicuous,

Elytra oviform, not much rounded laterally, widest near the

middle, covering the pygidium ; they are clothed with slender,

182 Capt. 'T. Broun on new

subdepressed, not elongate, yellowish hairs ; basal depressions

normal, shoulders raised, sutural region slightly impressed.

Legs rather slender ; anterior femora nearly twice as thick as

the posterior; tebi@ nearly straight, finely pubescent.

Antenne moderately elongate, the four terminal joints

dilated ; second joint longer than the first; 3 to 7 small,

each slightly shorter than the one preceding it, third not

perceptibly longer than broad; eighth distinctly broader

than the seventh, but evidently narrower than the following

one; ninth and tenth large, broader than long, not at all

laxly articulated ; eleventh rather small, slightly longer than

broad, not as broad as the tenth.

Maxillary palpi small ; third joint not much dilated, fourth

small but rather thick. yes small, not prominent.

The narrow terminal joint of the antenne and the slender

build will lead to the identification of this species.

Length 4, breadth quite § line.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura.

Scydmenus relatus, sp. a.

Shining, red, tarsi yellow.

Head withconspicuous, rather coarse, fulvous hairs extending

backwards. Thorax longer than broad, widest before the

middle, much narrowed near the base; there are four basal

fovee, the external smaller than the central pair, the base

appears to be transversely depressed. Elytra oval, widest

near the middle ; the basal depressions are large, the shoulders

are raised, and the sutural region is indistinctly flattened.

Antenne elongate, gradually thickened ; second joint much

longer than the visible part of the first; third very slightly

longer than the fourth; 5 to 7 nearly alike, hardly longer

than broad ; eighth slightly larger than the preceding one;

ninth and tenth transversely quadrate; eleventh large but

not as long as the ninth and tenth taken together.

This most nearly resembles S. brachycerus; the antenne,

however, are not short, but, although this may prove to be a

sexual character only, I, at present, think the two are distinct

species.

Length #, breadth quite 4 line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. Three examples.

Scydmenus insignis, sp. ne.

Subovate, convex, rufous, head darker, the legs and an-

tenne reddish yellow, tarsi yellow; very sparingly clothed

with slender, inconspicuous, pallid hairs.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 183

Head, including the eyes, obviously wider than the front of

the thorax, the middle flat and polished, and apparently with-

out pubescence. Thorax a good deal longer than broad, rather

wider at the base than it is in the middle; at each side there

is a large impression which appears to be united to its fellow

by a transverse groove, the basal region therefore seems to be

constricted, there are no well-marked fovee. Llytra oviform,

widest near the middle, the shoulders so raised that the whole

intervening space appears depressed ; they are not distinctly

punctured. Legs slender ; tebie straight, the front pair with

more distinct pubescence than the others.

Antenne elongate, pubescent, the last four joints dilated ;

first joint scarcely at all shorter than the second ; third rather

more slender and shorter than the second, nearly twice as long

as it is broad; fourth and fifth about equal, slightly longer

than broad; sixth and seventh bead-like; eighth slightly

longer than broad, about twice the size of the seventh, but

not so broad as the ninth, which, though transverse, 1s not as

short as the tenth, these joints rather loosely articulated ;

eleventh conical, longer but not broader than the tenth.

Maxillary palpi with the third joint large, straight outside,

curvate inside ; the fourth distinct, nearly as wide at the base

as the apex of the third, acuminate.

This is an easily recognized species. The eyes are very

large ; the surface, owirg to the very slender scanty pubes-

cence, appears more polished or glossy than usual; and the

basal antennal joint is longer than in its allies, though not

elongated as in Clidicus and Mastigus. I have little doubt

it will become the type of a new genus.

Length 3, breadth quite } line.

Hunua Range, near Drury. A single specimen.

Group Colydiide.

PROTARPHIUS, gen. nov.

Body oblong, not elongate, transversely convex. Eyes

rather small but prominent. Antenne 11-articulate, their

basal joint much hidden above ; club large, abruptly 2-jointed,

Terminal] joint of maxillary palpi broad at the base, narrowed

apically. arsi rather short and stout, setose below ; second

and third joints equally short, the first longer than the second,

fourth rather longer than the preceding three. pipleure

broad, gradually narrowed posteriorly, linear at the extreme

apex only. Prosternum widely and deeply incurved in front,

184 Capt. T. Broun on new

broadly, but not deeply, impressed near each side. Antennal

cavities large at the point of insertion, the groove along the

inner side of the eye rather narrow.

This genus may be placed near Heterargus and Tarphius.

The eyes are larger than those of the former, the mentum is

much smaller, all the coxe are less widely separated, and the

prosternum and epipleure differ.

Protarphius ruficornis, sp. ni.

Oblong, convex, covered with greyish-yellow sappy matter,

rufo-fuscous; antenna, tarsi, and palpi yellowish red; legs

infuscate.

Head small, immersed nearly to the eyes, about half the

width of the thorax, with a few small granules and fine yellow

sete, the prominences over the antennal insertion not extending

laterally beyond the eyes. Antenne short; first joint thick,

only its extremity visible from above; second stout, hardly

longer than broad; 3 to 9 slender, third distinctly longer than

fourth, 5 to 9 bead-like, the ninth scarcely larger than the

eighth ; club pubescent, large and compact, its basal joint

large and transverse, thrice the breadth of the ninth, the

terminal slightly longer than the basal one, but hardly as

broad as that is. Thorax transverse, its sides somewhat expla-

nate, but little curved, not serrate, abruptly contracted or

notched close to the base; apex medially rounded, with a

sinuosity inside each of the obtuse angles ; the surface uneven,

with five impressions and intervening elevations, its sculpture

granular. lytra oblong, of the same width as the thorax,

the apical portion narrowed and nearly vertical; on each

elytron there is a moderately elongate basal elevation, in line

with this there are two nodosities, the larger one is on the

top of the apical declivity, there is another series near the

side; between the suture and the side there are four series of

closely-placed punctures, the interstices are more or less

transversely rugose. Legs rather short; ¢bce but little

curved, with fine yellow sete, like those on the body.

Underside rather plane, rufo-fuscous, with granular sculp-

ture and fine setee. Abdomen with deep broad sutures. The

side of the prosternum bears five or six denticles which are

not visible above.

Length 4, breadth nearly 4 line.

Mount Pirongia. Two examples, Dec. 1892.

Obs. No. 1167 may be placed in this genus; the tarsi,

however, are more elongate and slender, and the eyes are

larger and more prominent.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 185

Protarphius indentatus, sp. n.

Oblong, convex, fuscous, covered with sappy matter; tarsi

and antenne red, club piceous.

Head with granular sculpture, somewhat piceous. Antenne

short, first joint but little exposed, ninth transverse and only

slightly broader than the eighth ; club large, its apical joint

about as broad but rather longer than the basalone. Thorax

transverse, abruptly contracted close to the base, each side

with two small indentations near the middle; the middle of

the disk is longitudinally depressed, at each side of this de-

pression there are three elevations, the hindermost is the

largest, the rest of the surface is somewhat uneven. L/ytra

with three nodiform elevations on the third interstices, one

near the base and one on the summit of the posterior declivity ;

there are three others in a row, near the side, all placed behind

the middle; the serial punctures are close but not very

coarse.

This does not agree exactly with the typical species, but I -

see no other place for it. The eyes are large and prominent,

the tarsi are elongate and slender, the sides of the thorax are

feebly indented, the antennal cavities are less expanded in

front of the eyes, and the epipleure are more attenuated pos-

teriorly. It cannot be referred to Tarphius or any of its

allies, but I do not think it necessary to make another genus

for it at present.

Length 12, breadth 3 line.

Taranaki, Two, found near Stratford several years ago.

CICONISSUS, gen. nov.

Body moderately narrow, transversely convex, finely and

sparsely setose, without nodiform elevations. Head immersed

up to the eyes; antennal prominences large, covering all but

the extremity of the basal antennal joint. Labrum sub-

quadrate. yes small.

Antenne 1\1-articulate, of moderate length, and inserted

just in front of the eyes, with the club abruptly two-jointed.

Thorax evenly convex, sloping downwards in front; its

base rounded towards the sides, so as to leave a gap be-

tween the hind angles and the shoulders ; the apex obtusely

rounded in the middle, with a slight notch behind each eye,

the angles not projecting.

Scutellum small, usually hidden. lytra longer than the

thorax, not wider; shoulders rounded; they are narrowed but

not abruptly declivous behind. Legs stout, rather short.

Tibie unarmed, narrowed towards the extremity. Tarsi

186 Capt. T. Broun on new

short and thick, setose below ; basal joint short, not exceeding

the second in length apparently ; third short.

Prosternum rather flat, truncate in front, without antennal

cavities. Front coxe small, rather close to each other; the

middle pair more distant; the posterior distinctly but not

widely separated. Metasternwm moderate. Abdomen plane ;

first segment about as long as the metasternum, second and

third nearly equal, the sutures rather deep and straight.

Epipleure broad near the base, becoming narrow, but not

linear, behind.

Differs from Cowelus and its allies by the absence of the

usual subocular antennal grooves, and from the series of which

Epistranus is the type by the complete absence of prosternal

cavities for the accommodation of the antenne. The coxe

are more approximate than in Cowelus, there are no oral sete,

and the tarsi are different.

Ciconissus granifer, sp. 2.

Subcylindrical, obscure red, tarsi rather paler; sparingly

clothed with erect, hair-like, pale sete.

Head depressed behind, with a transverse row of granules.

Antenne reddish ; second joint about as long as the first, as

seen from below, narrowed towards its base; third rather

shorter than second, only about half its breadth; 5 to 9 bead-

like, ninth transverse, slightly broader than eighth; tenth

very broad ; eleventh somewhat rounded, nearly as large as

the preceding one. Thorax rather broader than long, not at

all short, its sides rounded, with eight or nine denticles on

each ; on the disk there are four longitudinal series of small

tubercles or granules, beyond these the sculpture is less regular,

and, near the sides, the granules are transformed into denticles.

Elytra (conjointly) with about twelve rows of granules, the

lateral margins denticulate. Legs with fine sete similar to

those on the tarsi.

Underside fusco-rutous, nearly plane, finely and sparingly

setose, with small granules, the four basal segments of the

abdomen nearly smooth.

In its natural state it is covered with greyish sappy matter ;

this, however, does not obliterate the rows of granules, but

the true marginal sculpture is not seen until the insect has

been cleaned; when this has been done, the sides exhibit

outstanding denticles.

‘here is no indigenous species at all like this one.

Length 4, breadth 2 line.

Mount Pirongia. Seven individuals, Dec. 1892.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. » ABY

Epistranus hirtalis, sp. n.

Body transversely convex, much narrowed medially, slightly

shining, obscure chestnut-red ; legs and antenne red, tarsi

paler.

Head with some small granules. Antenne sparsely pubes-

cent, club more distinctly ; first joint but little visible from

above, second thick, cylindric, nearly twice as long as broad,

third nearly twice the length of the following one; joints 4

to 7 small, eighth and ninth transverse, tenth very broad,

eleventh about as broad, rounded. Thorax about as long as

broad, greatly narrowed near the base, widest near the

middle ; it is covered with tubercles, these are larger near

the middle than elsewhere, at the sides they cause the margins

to appear denticulate ; along the middle of the disk there is a

smooth linear space, between the middle and the apex there

seems to be a transverse depression, owing to the tubercles

being nearly absent there; each tubercle bears about six

short fine yellow setw, and from the centre of these there

arises an erect elongate fulvous hair. Hlytra rather longer,

but not broader, than the thorax, the shoulders rounded, the

sides a little curved and denticulate ; they bear regular series

of tubercles, about six in each row; between the tubercles

there seem to be coarse punctures ; on the posterior declivity

there are about four series, and as these are much smaller

than the tubercles on the dorsum, the interstices appear broad

and smooth; their clothing is like that of the thorax. T¢bie

densely ciliate with yellow sete; on the anterior above the

middle the setee are most conspicuous.

Underside rufescent, sparsely setose. Prosternum deeply

and broadly concave at each side from the front angles to the

femora; from each coxa there extends forwards a curved row

of tubercles, five or six in each, along the middle in front

there are some smaller ones, the intervening space appears

depressed. Between the middle cove there is a large deep

cavity, and just behind this there are two fovee. ‘The meta-

sternum is deeply transversely depressed behind; the space

between the posterior coxe is broadly raised, a cavity behind

this is limited by raised borders. The sides of the basal

segment of the abdomen are depressed; the second has a

curved elevation across it, but behind it is much depressed ;

the next two have very broad deep sutures ; the fifth is rather

flat and as long as the preceding two.

This cannot be £. Lawsoni, Sharp, which has short sete

above. It is near £. valens, but it has a considerably larger

terminal joint to the antenne. ‘The clothing of the tubercles

is remarkable. The specimen described above has been

188 Capt. 'T. Broun on new

denuded with the point of a needle; it was covered with

greyish sappy matter.

Length 1, breadth } line.

Mount Pirongia. Two specimens were obtained in De-

cember 1892.

ARCH ZOGLENES, gen. nov.

Body glabrous, moderately transversely convex, sub-

cylindric. Headimmersed nearly to the eyes, without lateral

prominences ; the margins, however, are a little thickened

and form an obtuse curve across the forehead. Labrum

subquadrate. Mandibles bifid at apex. Mavillary palpi

short, with broadly oval terminal joints. yes free, convex,

rather large, with coarse facets. Antenne very short, 10-

articulate, inserted below the edge of the forehead; club

abruptly biarticulate. Thorax broader than long, with simple

lateral margins; base and apex subtruncate, the anterior

angles obtuse and but little projecting, the posterior rectan-

gular. Scutellum short. Llytra slightly broader than the

thorax at the base, closely applied thereto. Legs moderately

elongate; front femora grooved underneath, the grooves with

carinate edges; tbiw laterally compressed, straight, minutely

spinose at the extremity, their outer angles not rounded off.

ZVarsi narrow, their first jomt only slightly longer than the

second, fourth not longer than the preceding three; claws

small but thick.

Undersidealong the middle on a rather higher plane than the

sides. Sead large, the portion in front of the antennal insertion

very short; the subocular furrows broad, directed outwards be-

hind. Prosternum rather short, almost truncate in front, the

upper and outer portions (thoracic anterior angles) obtusely pro-

longed, smooth, and deeply excavate. In repose the antenna

extends backwards along the inner side of the eye, it is then bent

outwards, and the club fits into the cavity under the anterior

angle of the thorax. ront core moderately distant, the

intervening process with obtusely raised side borders; the

posterior are not more widely separated than the intermediate.

Mesosternum not abbreviated. Metasternum simple, rather

shorter than the abdomen. pipleure broad, with sharply

defined edges; they are not narrowed until they reach the

apex, even there they are not linear. Abdomen composed of

five nearly equal segments, considerably narrowed posteriorly,

the last two sutures broad and deep; the suture between the

two basal segments, owing to the coarse rugose sculpture, is

ill-defined.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 189

The bald surface, ten-jointed antennz, grooved femora, and

the remarkable antennal cavities render the recognition of

this genus easy. It should be placed near Chorasus, from

which, however, it 1s quite distinct.

Archeoglenes costipennis, sp. n.

Ochraceous, slightly nitid, the base and sides of the thorax

darker ; the anterior angles, however, are paler and semi-

transparent.

Head with coarse shallow punctures, not quite as wide as

the front of the thorax. Antenne with short pubescence ;

second joint quadrate, stout, longer than the exposed part of

the first; joints 3 to 8 of equal thickness, transverse, third

slightly longer than the following one, ninth very short and

broad, tenth obtusely rounded, as broad as the ninth but

nearly twice its length. Thorax moderately convex, some-

what raised, smooth, and glossy in front of the base; the

punctures before the smooth part are rather coarser and more

distant from one another than those near the sides; the

marginal channels are well-marked, the lateral margins are

rather thick, entire, and not much rounded, so that the front

and base are of about equal breadth; along the base there is

a distinct transverse depression, with a fovea in the middle.

Elytra oblong; the side margins near the shoulders are some-

what explanate, the apical margins are well-developed; they

are striate-punctate, the suture is slightly raised, outside the

third row of punctures on each elytron there is a distinct

costa, the interstices beyond this are more or less elevated, the

alternate ones most distinctly, so that there seem to be three

coste on each. Tibia with fine sete only; their external

apical angle appears to be as distinct as the inner one.

Underside pale brown, more or less coarsely punctured, the

epipleure with two series of punctures.

Length $, breadth 2 line.

Mount Pirongia, one, December 1892; Hunua Range, one,

1890.

Near Whangarei Harbour I found a specimen about fifteen

years ago; but as it was difficult to manipulate, I thought it

better to defer its description until other examples could be

obtained. It lives on the ground amongst decaying leaves.

Group Lathridiide.

Corticaria terricola, sp. n.

Ovate, broad, somewhat convex, slightly nitid; nearly

190 Capt. T. Broun on new

black, the basal half of the elytra testaceous; tarsi and antenne

fuscous ; sparingly clothed with short and elongate, mostly

erect, pallid hairs.

Head broad, closely and rugosely sculptured. yes large

and prominent. Antenne with slender outstanding hairs,

first joint stouter than second, 3 to 8 filiform; club laxly

articulated. Thorax hardly as long as broad, rounded late-

rally, more narrowed in front than behind; rather closely

gee with two small impressions on the disk, one

ehind the other, and one at each side; there is no distinct

transverse basal depression. /ytra ample, their sides hardly

at all rounded, broader at the base than the thorax; they are

slightly impressed before the middle and are closely and

moderately coarsely punctured. Legs slender ; tarsi narrow,

their terminal joint about the length of the preceding two,

claws appendiculate at the base.

The large rotundate eyes, together with the sculpture and

coloration, distinguish this species.

Length %, breadth 3 line.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. One example.

Group Byrrhide.

Pedilophorus levipennis, sp. n.

Oviform, convex; shining, eneo-piceous, head and thorax

slightly rufescent ; tibiz red, but with pitchy outer edges,

tarsi testaceous, antenne pale obscure red.

Head distinctly but not deeply and not coarsely punctured.

Thorax narrowed anteriorly, its sides nearly straight, its sur-

face with moderately fine and not closely placed punctures.

Scutellum minute, longer than broad. /ytra nearly smooth,

with very few minute indistinct punctures and some irregular

but hardly perceptible longitudinal strie. emora rather

slender and compressed. Sront tibiw slightly curved exter-

nally, with very shallow tarsal impressions.

Metasternum rather flat, very finely and distantly punctate ;

it is a little raised and truncate between the middle coxe.

Abdomen with minute sculpture and pubescence.

The scutellum differs from that of Morychus coruscans,

Pascoe, and the sculpture and appearance differ.

Length 12, breadth 1 line.

Mount Pirongia. One, December 1892.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 191

Pedilophorus tibialis, sp. n.

Glossy, cupreo-zneous, rufescent ; legs red, antenne

obscure red, tarsi testaceous.

Head distinctly punctured, very closely so near the sides.

Thorax very finely and not at all closely punctured. Scu-

tellum small, triangular. lytra finely sculptured, coria-

ceous. Front tibie widely dilated and curved externally, the

tarsal impressions broad, shallow, and ill-defined, consisting

only of a flattening along the front face. Antenne rather

short and stout, joints 3 to 5 only moderately slender, third

longest, sixth obconical, broader and evidently shorter than

the fifth ; 7 to 10 rather compact and broad, eleventh large,

nearly the length of the preceding two.

This, there can be no doubt, is a distinct species.

Length 13, breadth quite { line.

Dyer’s Pass, near Christchurch. One, damaged, found by

Mr. H. Suter.

Pedilophorus puncticeps, sp. n.

Shining, head eneo-rufous, thorax and elytra eneous ; legs

red, tarsi, palpi, and antenne paler.

Head coarsely and rather closely punctured. Thorax

distinctly and rather closely, but not as coarsely or closely

punctured as the head. Scutellum small, triangular. Elytra

coriaceous. Anterior tibie broadly grooved and somewhat

curved. Antenne rather slender; sixth joint short, yet ob-

viously longer than broad, the last five enlarged.

Mr. Pascoe describes the head of Morychus coruscans as

being “ leviter subconfertim punctato,” the scutellum “ trans-

versim triangulari,” and the thorax “subtilissime punctatus ;”’

it is evident therefore that P. puncticeps is quite dissimilar.

Length 24, breadth 14 lines.

Hunua Range, Clevedon. My specimen was sent by

Mr. George Campbell Munro.

Pedilophorus picipes, sp. n.

4Eneo-piceous, legs and antenne rufo-piceous; it bears

some minute grey hairs.

Head closely and moderately coarsely punctured near the

sides, quite distinctly on the middle. Thorax slightly but

obtusely lobate medially at the base, witb rather shallow but

quite distinct though not close punctures. Sceute//um small,

triangular. H/ytra minutely and irregularly punctured,

coriaceous. Antenne with the last six joints gradually

192 Capt. T. Broun on new

dilated. Front tibie nearly straight, their grooves deep, with

sharp edges.

This does not agree very well with the description of

Morychus coruscans. The tibie are unlike those of the

preceding species.

Length 23, breadth 12 lines.

Midhirst, Taranaki. One, found several years ago by

myself.

Pedilophorus creperus, sp. n.

Shining, pitchy black ; legs dark red, antenne and tarsi

obscure yellowish red.

Head rather closely and moderately coarsely punctured all

over. Thorax distinctly, almost as closely but not as coarsely

sculptured as the head. Scutel/wm triangular. lytra finely

and distantly punctured, subcoriaceous, and studded with

minute greyish hairs. Front tibie straight, not at all deeply

grooved.

The appearance of this form is very different from any of

the New-Zealand species.

Length 13, breadth nearly 1 line.

Dyer’s Pass. One individual, found by Mr. H. Suter.

Pedilophorus probus, sp. n.

Glossy, bluish green, slightly rufescent ; legs rufo-piceous,

the tarsi, palpi, and antenne obscure reddish; sparingly

clothed with minute greyish hairs.

Head distinctly and closely punctured near the sides and

base, more distantly and coarsely in front, with two smooth

spots on the middle. Thorax moderately closely, rather

finely, but quite distinctly punctured. Scutellum triangular,

not at all transverse. /ytra more finely sculptured than the

thorax, slightly coriaceous. Front tibie a little dilated and

curved outwardly below the middle, with rather broad tarsal

furrows. Antenne of moderate length; first joint pitchy,

joints 7 to 11 gradually dilated, ninth and tenth strongly

transverse.

The sculpture of the head is unlike that of the preceding

species.

Length 23, breadth 12 lines.

Taierei, Otago.

I am indebted to Mr. 8. W. Fulton for my specimen,

which I had set aside as a varietal form of Morychus corus-

cans. It was found about ten years ago.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 193

Obs. I have not had an opportunity of comparing many

examples of the European species, so that it is difficult to

estimate the exact value that may be attached to the differ-

ences in sculpture and coloration presented by the New-

Zealand species or varieties; at any rate they seem distinct

from one another so far as superficial appearance goes, and I

feel sure that considerable disparities will be apparent on the

lower surface when more material is available for careful

comparison. They are of very similar outline, and the third

joint of the tarsi is prolonged below the fifth in the shape of a

large membrane. The following are congeneric :—

P. coruscans, Pascoe.

P. gemmeus, Broun.

P. letus, Broun.

Morychus granulatus, sp. n.

Convex, very broadly oval, slightly shining ; piceous, legs

red, tarsi and antenne yellowish; the clothing consists of

erect infuscate sete.

Head finely and moderately closely punctured. Thorax

strongly transverse, about twice as broad as it is long, very

much narrowed anteriorly, base truncate; its surface with

fine and rather close granular sculpture; a considerable space

near each front angle is much depressed. Scutel/um obsolete.

Elytra broadest at. the base, attenuated posteriorly, slightly

uneven, the suture a little raised behind; their sculpture

resembles that of the thorax. Tvbie fringed with short

moderately coarse sete ; the anterior nearly straight, abruptly

obliquely narrowed towards the apex, with tarsal furrows;

the intermediate slightly curved. Tarsi finely setose, their

third joint prolonged below the small fourth, with apparently

a very short membranous appendage. Antenne with red,

stout, cylindric basal joint, second conical, 3 to 5 slender,

decreasing in length, sixth slightly broader and shorter than

fifth, seventh and eighth broader, ninth and tenth sub-

quadrate, eleventh conical, about as long as the preceding

two.

Underside piceous, rather densely covered with decumbent

tawny hairs: prosternum thickly ciliate in front, its sides

hollowed out for about two thirds of their whole area; its

central piece does not extend laterally beyond the coxa, its

process is flat and curved behind. Mesosternum with a deep

semicircular cavity in front. Middle coxe widely separated,

the intervening suture straight. Hpipleure broad and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 15

194 On new Coleoptera from New Zealand.

pubescent in line with the metasternum, but abruptly narrowed

behind it, smooth and depressed in front. Metasternum with

a transverse lateral groove at each side; this groove has

raised borders. Abdomen with a smooth depressed space at

the base for the hind legs. Femora grooved below. Tibie

smooth inside. Lalp¢ with subacuminate terminal joints.

The short thorax, which is much depressed towards the

acute front angles, the differently formed tibie, the peculiar

sculpture, and densely clothed under surface distinguish this

from M, setarius.

Length 14, breadth 1 line.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. One example.

Obs. Nos. 431, 434, 1171, and 1608 are allied species.

They may remain in the genus Morychus at present.

Liochoria sternalis, sp. n.

Convex, very broadly oval, shining, glabrous, black or

piceous; the legs and basal joint of the antenne red, re-

maining joints of these latter, the tarsi, and the palpi

yellowish.

Head moderately closely and coarsely punctured near the

eyes, distantly on the middle, the forehead rounded. Thorax

transverse, narrowed anteriorly, its sides straight and finely

margined ; its punctuation rather fine and irregular, not at

all close, the sides almost smooth. Scutellum invisible.

Elytra \ess distinctly punctured than the thorax, the sides

and apex almost smooth. Legs with fine short brassy sete ;

front tibie very slightly curved, feebly grooved along the

outer (not the front) face; the intermediate strongly arcuate

externally. Yars¢ with an elongate membranous appendage

extending below the fifth joint.

Underside piceous, with some depressed yellow hairs; the

metasternum with shallow distant punctures; the abdomen

finely and closely punctured.

Prosternum very short, so that there is only a small space

in front of the anterior coxe; its flanks curved towards the

sides in front, so that the anterior angles appear obtuse.

In No. 2363 the flanks of the prosternum are less curved

in front, so that the front angles are acute or very nearly so,

and the space before the cox is smooth and a good deal

longer.

Length 13, breadth 1} line.

Ligar’s Bush. Two specimens.

Obs. Nos. 435, 1170, 1364, 1609, 2363, and this species

should be associated with No. 436 under the name Laochorta ;

On an Abnormal Specimen of Antedon rosacea. | 195

but as I have not seen Liochoria Huttoni, I cannot state

whether the sternal structure differs from that of the species

I now locate in the same genus. These five species evidently

form one natural group.

CYTILISSUS, gen. nov.

Facies resembling the setose species of Morychus. An-

tenne short, first joint large, cylindric, second quite half the

length of the first, narrowed apically, third elongate and

slender, fourth slender, shorter than third, fifth broader, sub-

quadrate ; club elongate, oblong, about as long as joints 3 to

5 taken together, compact, very indistinctly articulated, but,

so far as I can see, composed of two nearly equal joints.

The antenne, therefore, seem to have but seven joints, a

character which of itself is sufficient in this group for generic

separation.

Oytilissus claviger, sp. n.

Convex, broadly oval or subrotundate; with numerous

erect, elongate, slender, cinereous seta or hairs; piceous,

slightly shining, the tibiz and first joint of the antenne red,

tarsi and palpi yellow.

Head finely and distantly punctured. yes distinctly

faceted. Thorax strongly transverse, narrowed anteriorly,

sides straight, base and apex truncate, its angles acute ; its

surface very finely but not closely punctured. Scutellum

invisible. lytra distantly and very finely punctured. Legs

with fine sete ; anterior tibia grooved along the outside, the

middle pair only a little curved externally. ars? moderate,

the third joint with a thin well-developed membranous appen-

dage. Palpi thick, obtuse at the extremity.

Underside pitchy, punctate, with pale longish hairs.

Length 13, breadth # line.

Mount Pirongia. 1 regret having been unable to find

more than one of this interesting species.

[To be continued. }

XXIX.— On an Abnormal Specimen of Antedon rosacea. By

Hersert C. Cuapwick (from the Zoological Laboratory

of the Owens College).

[Plate VIII.]}

THREE months ago, while selecting specimens of Antedon

rosacea for serial section-cutting from a number which had

15*

196 Mr. H. C. Chadwick on an

been forwarded to the Zoological Laboratory of the Owens

College by the authorities of the Zoological Station at Naples,

my attention was arrested by one to the disk of which a small

rounded body was attached. A cursory examination at once

showed the specimen to be one of very exceptional interest,

and my thanks are due to Prof. Milnes Marshall for per-

mission to examine and describe it.

The disk (Pl. VIII. figs. 1 and 2), which measured 7°5

millim. in diameter, bore the usual number of well-developed

arms, and with the exception of the displacement of one of

the ambulacral grooves, to be more fully described later on,

was in all respects quite normal. On its oro-lateral border,

however, it bore the body to which allusion has already been

made, and which proved to be a supernumerary disk (figs. 1,

2,and3,s.d.). Roughly spherical in shape and about 3 millim.

in diameter, it was attached to the normal disk by a sort of

stalk, which gradually narrowed from the oral to the aboral

surface. Near the centre of its oral surface was a well-

developed mouth, fringed with tentacles, from which five

ambulacral grooves radiated, just as do those of the disk of a

normal Antedon. Of these, four could with little difficulty be

traced outwards to the aboral aspect.

The remaining one (figs. 1 and 3, z) ran along the stalk of

attachment to the normal disk and joined the ambulacral

grooves of the pair of arms nearest to it, immediately after

crossing the line of junction of the two disks. On the aboral

surface the anus appeared as a minute crescent-shaped aper-

ture (figs. 2 and 4, a). Close to it was a minute scarcely

distinguishable pore, another rather larger aperture appearing

on the summit of the funnel-shaped projection, fp. (figs. 2

and 5). The nature and connexion of these will appear

later on.

Minute Anatomy.—Having carefully noted and drawn the

external characters of the specimen, I decalcified it by immer-

sion for twenty-four hours in a 10 per cent. solution of nitric

acid, and, after staining in borax carmine, I was fortunate

enough to obtain an unbroken series of sections by means of

the rocking microtome. From a very careful study of these

I find that the body-cavities of the two disks communicate

freely with each other through the stalk or isthmus of tissue

which unites them, their alimentary canals, on the other hand,

being quite distinct. The alimentary canal of the super-

numerary disk (figs. 3 and 4, g') is well developed and con-

tains food. The ambulacral system is also well marked and

vresents a feature of special interest. ‘The minute pore close

to the anus, to which I have already alluded, opens into a

canal-like space (fig. 4, c), which traverses the body-wall for

Abnormal Specimen of Antedon rosacea. 197

a distance equal to the thickness of seventeen sections, and

again communicates with the exterior through the funnel-

shaped projection already described (figs. 2and5, fp.). That

this canal was a modified ambulacral groove is shown by the

epithelial cells which line it. They are precisely similar

to those which line the ordinary ambulacral grooves; and

further evidence in the same direction is afforded by the

presence in its walls of numbers of the deeply staining proble-

matical bodies which are invariably seen in sections of the

ambulacral grooves of this species. Beneath the epithelium

of the ambulacral grooves the nerve-band can be recognized

without difficulty in most sections. The circular water-

vessel (fig. 5, c.w.v.) and radial water-vessels are also present,

and from the former a considerable number of water-tubes

(fig. 5, w.t.) depend into the body-cavity. Water-pores

traverse the body-wall in all the sections and are abundant on

the interambulacral area, marked with an asterisk in fig. 1

(see also fig. 3, w.p.). The skeletal and axial nervous

systems present in the normal disk are entirely absent in the

supernumerary one; so also is the central plexus.

The interesting question now arises—What was the mode

of origin of the supernumerary disk? In answer to it two

hypotheses may, I think, be advanced :—

1. That the supernumerary disk originated as a bud from

the normal disk.

2. That it is the result of incomplete evisceration.

In favour of the former hypothesis is the intercommunica-

tion of the body-cavities of the two disks—a condition of

things one would expect to find in a budding organism.

Against it is the entire absence of arms, skeleton, and axial

nervous system in the supernumerary disk. The compara-

tively large size attained by the supernumerary disk and the

fact that the remaining systems of organs had attained their

adult condition add importance to this objection. A still

weightier objection lies in the fact that, so far as I know, the

formation of a bud has never been observed in any Hchino-

derm.

I am indebted to Prof. Marshall for the second hypothesis,

and it appears to me to explain the facts most conclusively.

Though Antedon rosacea has never been proved to evisce-

rate spontaneously, eviscerated specimens frequently occur in

dredgings; and the experiments of Prof. Marshall* and

Mr. Dendy ¢ have shown that evisceration may be and often

is followed by complete regeneration of the visceral mass.

* “On the Nervous System of Antedon rosacea,” Quart. Journ. Micr.

Sci. xxiv. (1884) pp. 507-548.

+ “On the Regeneration of the Visceral Mass of Antedon rosacea,”

198 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes

These facts seem to me to make more than probable the

supposition that at an earlier period the specimen had suffered

evisceration without the visceral mass being completely

detached. By the continuity of the ambulacral grooves of

two of the arms of the normal disk with one of the grooves of

the supernumerary disk a supply of food would be ensured to

the latter without seriously curtailing that of the former during

regeneration. In the paper just cited Mr. Dendy has shown

in how short a time the visceral mass may be regenerated,

twenty-one days being a sufficient length of time for regene-

ration to become so complete that “there is little to distin-

guish a regenerated specimen of this date from a normal

Antedon except the small size of the visceral mass and the

want of pigment upon it.”

The abnormal character and displacement of the anus and

the canal-like ambulacrum are not so easily accounted for ;

but they are minor points, and do not appear to me to impair

the value of what has been advanced above.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

List of reference letters.

a. Anus. g'. Gut of supernumerary disk.

a.g. Ambulacral grooves. m. Mouth.

e, Abnormal ambulacrum, r.w.v. Radial water-vessel.

c.w.v. Circum-oral water-vessel, s.d. Supernumerary disk.

fp. Funnel-shaped projection of s.o, Skeletal ossicles.

eupernumerary disk. w.t. Water-tubes.

g. Gut. xv. Ambulacral groove.

Fig. 1. Oral surface of abnormal specimen of Antedon rosacea, X 5.

Fig. 2. Aboral surface of abnormal specimen of Antedon rosacea, X 5.

Fig. 3. Sagittal section through the normal and supernumerary disks,

showing the point of union of the two, x 16,

Fig. 4. Sagittal section of the supernumerary disk, passing through the

mouth and anus, xX 16.

Fig. 5. Sagittal section of the supernumerary disk, showing the funnel-

shaped projection traversed by the abnormal ambulacrum, x 16,

XXX.—List of the Fishes collected by Mr. E. W. Oates in the

Southern Shan States, and presented by him to the British

Museum. By G. A. BOULENGER.

THE collection made by Mr. Oates in a district previously

unexplored, so far as Fishes are concerned, proves of great

interest. It adds to our knowledge of the extension of species

Studies from the Biological Laboratories of the Owens College, i. (1886)

pp. 299-312.

from the Southern Shan States. 199

both from the Burmese and Siamese sides, and reveals the

existence of seven previously undescribed species, all of which

are represented by excellently preserved specimens. I may

here add that the collection of Reptiles formed by Mr. Oates

in the same district, although poor in number of specimens,

yielded the type of a new genus and species of Snakes, which

has been lately described in the first volume of the new Cata-

logue of Snakes as T'rirhinopholis nuchalis, and an example

of a Lizard previously unrepresented in the Museum, Acantho-

saura kakhienensis, Anderson.

Ophiocephalida.

1. Ophiocephalus gachua, Ham. Buch.

Nampandet, 2000 feet; Fort Stedman, 3000 feet.

2. Ophiocephalus siamensis, Gthr.

Fort Stedman.

Mastacembelidez.

3. Mastacembelus Oatesii, sp. n.

Depth of body 93 to 10 times in total length, length of

head 63 to 7 times. Snout thrice as long as diameter of eye,

ending in a trifid appendage; cleft of mouth extending

hardly to below nostril; four or five strong spines at angle

of preoperculum, increasing in size from the lower to the

upper. Vertical fins distinct, united only at the base with

the caudal. Dorsal XXIX-XX XIII * 48-55 ; originating

above middle of pectoral. Anal III 46-55. Pectoral about

+ length of head. 18-20 scales between origin of soft dorsal

and lateral line. Pale yellowish brown, uniform or marbled

with brown or with irregular dark brown blotches; dorsal

line and top of head dark brown; pectoral usually brown

with broad yellowish border.

Total length 290 millim.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet. Hight specimens.

4, Mastacembelus caudiocellatus, sp. n.

Depth of body 8% to 10 times in total length, length of

head 5 to 5} times. Snout thrice as long as diameter of eye,

ending in a trifid appendage; cleft of mouth extending

hardly to below nostril; no spines on preoperculum. Ver-

tical fins distinct, united only at the base with the caudal.

* 29 spines in one specimen, 33 in two, 32 in the five others.

200 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes

Dorsal XX XI-XXXIII 62-66; originating above extremity

of pectoral, or a little behind. Anal HT 60-65. Pectoral

3 to 2 length of head. 25-30 scales between origin of soft

dorsal and lateral line. Brown above, yellow beneath ; two

or three blackish streaks along the sides, the upper proceeding

from the eye; blackish marblings below the lateral streaks ;

a series of blackish ocelli with yellowish centres along the

side of the tail; vertical fins yellowish, reticulated with black.

Total length 235 millim.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet. Five specimens *.

Siluride.

5. Clarias magur, Ham. Buch.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet.

6. Stlurus afghana, Gthr.

Nampandet, 2000 feet.

7. Amblyceps mangots, Ham. Buch.

Nampandet.

8. Macrones Dayt, Vincig.

Nampandet.

Cyprinidz.

9. Cyprinus carpio, L.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet.

26 to 30 scales in the lateral line.

10. Labeo angra, Ham. Buch.

Nampandet, 2000 feet.

* The fine collection of Fish made by Mr. Oates in the Sittang River

and adjacent streams from Toungoo to about 150 miles south, and pre-

sented by him to the British Museum in 1891, contains examples of

another new Mastacembelus, which I propose to name

Mastacembelus alboguttatus, sp. a.

Depth of body 10 times in total length, length of head 7 times. Snout

4 to 44 times as long as diameter of eye, ending in a trifid appendage ;

cleft of mouth not extending to below nostril; three strong spines at

angle of preeoperculum, increasing in size from the lower to the upper

Vertical fins united at the base with the caudal. Dorsal XXXV-XXXVI

75-85; originating above middle of pectoral. Anal III 70-80, Pectoral

nearly halt as long as head. 25-80 scales between origin of soft dorsal

and lateral line. Body and fins (pectorals included) dark brown, all over

with round white spots; large blackish spots may be present on the body

Total length 490 millim. :

Jrom the Southern Shan States. 201

11. Cirrhina latia, Ham. Buch.

Nampandet.

12. Barbus Oatesii, sp. n.

Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 2? to 3 times in

total length; length of head 4 to 4} times. Snout rounded,

slightly prominent, as long as diameter of eye, which is 33

to 34 times in length of head; interorbital width 3 times

in length of head; maxillary barbel as long as diameter

of eye, rostral barbel a little shorter. Dorsal IV 8; spine

strong, very strongly serrated, with 12 to 19 serre, a

little shorter than the head, opposite to first ventral ray, and

equally distant from end of snout and caudal fin. Anal

III 5, longest ray ? length of head. Scales 29-33 -; 3

scales between lateral line and base of ventral. Silvery,

each scale edged with black; opercular cleft black-edged ;

dorsal and caudal fins greyish, pectoral, ventral, and anal

yellowish.

Total length 130 millim.

Numerous specimens from Nampandet, 2000 feet.

13. Barbus schanicus, sp.n.

Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 22 to 3 times in

total length; length of head 3? to 4 times. Snout rounded,

slightly prominent, as long as diameter of eye, which is 34

to 32 in length of head; interorbital width 23 times in length

of head; rostral barbel as long as diameter of eye, maxil-

lary barbel a little longer. Dorsal 1V 8; spine strong, its

stiff portion 2 to 3 length of head, serra moderate, 22 to 25;

the spine opposite to inner ventral ray, and equally distant

from end of snout and caudal fin. Anal III 5, longest ray 4

length of head. Scales 29-31 a ; 4 scales between lateral

line and base of ventral. Olive-brown; belly silvery ; fins

reyish.

Yotal length 135 millin.

Toungyi, 4600 feet ; four specimens. Fort Stedman, 3000

feet; two specimens.

14. Barbus Duka, Day.

Two specimens from Nampandet, 2000 feet.

Lateral line 26-28.

15. Barbus tor, Ham. Buch.

Nampandet, 2000 feet.

202 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes

16. Barbus nigrovittatus, sp. n.

Section Labeobarbus, Blkr. Depth of body equal to length

of head, 34 to 32 times in total length. Snout obtusely

pointed, slightly prominent, 14 to 14 diameter of eye, which

is 43 times in length of head; interorbital width 3 times in

length of head ; rostral barbel 14 diameter of eye, maxillary

barbel 13. Dorsal III 9; spine moderately strong, not

serrated, its stiff portion half length of head, slightly in

advance of vertical of first ventral ray, equally distant from

end of snout and caudal fin. Anal II 5, longest ray 3 to 3

length of head. Scales 28 ae 2 scales between lateral line

and base of ventral. Olive-brown above, white beneath, the

two colours separated by a blackish stripe above the lateral

line, as in B. pleurotenia; dorsal and caudal fins greyish,

pectoral, ventral, and anal white (in spirit).

Total length 130 millim.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet. Two specimens.

17. Barbus compressus, sp. 0.

Section Hampala, Blkr. Body strongly compressed, its

depth 34 to 33 times in total length; length of head 32 to

5? times. Snout obtusely pointed, a little longer than dia-

meter of eye, which is 4 to 43 times in length of head, and

equals interorbital width; jaws equal, or lower slightly

projecting ; mouth wide, extending backwards to below

anterior border of eye or slightly beyond; rostral barbel

minute or absent, maxillary barbel small, about 3 diameter

of eye. Dorsal IV 8; spine very strong, with 17 to 22

strong serre, 4 to 3 length of head (as long as head in the

young) just behind vertical of inner ventral ray, nearer end

of snout than caudal fin. Anal III 5, longest ray 2 to 4

length of head. Scales 35-37 a 3 scales between lateral

line and base of ventral. Uniform silvery, brownish on the

back; pectorals and ventrals with or without a greyish

blotch.

Total length 240 millim.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet. Numerous specimens.

18. Barbus Stoliczkanus, Day.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet.

_ In these specimens the anterior black spot is absent or very

indistinetly indicated,

Srom the Southern Shan States. 203

19. Barilius ornatus, Sauvage.

B. barnoides, Vinciguerra.

Fort Stedman and Nampandet. Numerous specimens,

20. Barilius guttatus, Day.

Nampandet.

21. Danio malabaricus, Jerd.

Nampandet.

22. Danio equipinnatus, McCl.

Toungyi, 4600 feet.

23. Nemachilus brevis, sp. n.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 53 times in total

length. Eye ? length of snout, slightly less than inter-

orbital width, 4 length of head; head naked; maxillar

barbel extending to preopercular border, outer rostral barbel

to centre of eye ; lower lip fringed. Depth of caudal peduncle

half depth of body, equal to the distance between the anal

and the caudal fins. Dorsal II 8, originating slightly in

advance of base of ventrals, and a little nearer to base of

caudal than to end of snout. Pectoral 3 length of head, a

little longer than ventrals, which do not quite reach anus.

Anal II 5, halfway between dorsal and caudal. Caudal

notched. Body entirely covered with imbricate scales, of

which there are about 30 between dorsal and ventral fins.

Pale reddish brown, dotted with black ; a small black blotch

at base of caudal.

Total length 58 millim.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet. Three specimens.

24. Nemachilus botia, Ham. Buch.

Nampandet.

25. Lepidocephalichthys Berdmorit, Blyth.

Nampandet and Toungyi.

26. Acanthophthalmus pangia, Ham. Buch.

Nampandet.

Notopteride.

27. Notopterus kapirat, Lacép.

Fort Stedman.

204 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Tarentola americana.

XXXI.—WNote on Tarentola americana, Gray.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

On one of my last visits to the Paris Museum I was

enabled, by the courtesy of Prof. Vaillant, to examine the

type specimen of the Gecko named Yarentola americana by

Gray and Platydactylus Milbertti by Duméril and Bibron.

This specimen, sent by Milbert from New York to the Paris

Museum, probably came from some West-Indian Island,—

which we cannot say, as the lizard does not appear to have

been rediscovered since. It bears most affinity to the Cuban

T. cubana, Gundl. & Peters, the type of which I examined

in the Berlin Museum (cf: Cat. Liz. ii. p. 490), and the West-

African 7. Delalandi, D. & B., but represents unquestionably

a valid species. As in these species, the supraorbital bone is

absent. The tubercles are larger than in 7. Delalandit,

scarcely keeled, in 12 series on the back ; the enlarged caudal

tubercles are smooth and nearly flat. The ear-opening is

entirely surrounded by a fringe of converging conical tubercles.

The symphysial (mental) shield is about once and a half as

long as it is broad in the middle.

The number of well-defined species of Tarentola has now

risen to nine, which may be distinguished by means of the

following key :—

I. Supraocular region bony ; 13 to 20 scales across the head, from eye

to eye.

A. Tail rounded on the sides, elliptical in section.

Dorsal tubercles strongly keeled ...... 1. T. mauritanica, L.

Dorsal tubercles smooth or feebly keeled 2. JT. ephippiata, O’Sh.

B. Tail flat inferiorly, with sharpish lateral edge.

Anterior border of ear denticulate .... 3. 7. annularis, Geoftr.

Anterior border of ear not denticulate.. 4. 7. senegalensis, Blgr.

II. Supraorbital bone present, but small; 10 to 12 scales from eye to

ch Cle rar bce y b hee meee ate 5. T. neglecta, Strauch.

III. No supraorbital bone; 15 to 25 scales from eye to eye.

A. Anterior border of ear not denticulate; dorsal tubercles smooth

or feebly keeled; symphysial shield at least twice as long as

broad in the middle.

Symphysial shield not thrice as long as

broadamn) themuddles ss... o.c6 6. T. Delalandi, D. & B.

Symphysial shield thrice as long as broad

amet hepmid. dle me wy eee eect 7. T. gigas, Bocage.

B. Anterior border of ear denticulate.

Symphysial shield about once and a half

as long as broad in the middle;

dorsal tubercles very feebly keeled. 8. 7. americana, Gray.

Symphysial shield about twice as long as

broad in the middle; dorsal

tubercles strongly keeled ...... 9. T.cubana, Gund). & Peters.

A Second Species of the Carnivorous Genus Nandinia. 205

XXXII.—Description of a Second Species of the Carnivorous

Genus Nandinia, from Southern Nyassaland. By OLDFIELD

THOMAS.

In connexion with the working out of the fine series of Nyassa

Mammals now being sent to the National Museum by Mr. H.

H. Johnston, occasion has arisen for the examination of a

couple of specimens of Nandinia from the same region, col-

lected on the river Shiré by Sir John Kirk when with the

Livingstone Expedition of 1863. The two specimens are

flat skins of adult and young, and a comparison of them with

the West-African N. b¢énotata shows. that they are, as might

be expected from their locality, quite different specifically from

that animal.

The species may be briefly diagnosed as follows :—

Nandinia Gerrardi, sp. n.

Similar to N. dcnotata in size and general colour, but the

three prominent black lines on the dorsal aspect of the neck

in that animal are entirely absent, the body is more sparsely

and finely spotted, and the transverse black markings on the

tail are narrower, closer together, and more sharply defined.

‘The tail, also, of the type is considerably shorter than in

N. binotata, but may be imperfect, so that no stress can be

laid on this character. Back of ears concolorous with rest of

head. Yellowish spots on withers present, but indistinct.

Hab. Lower Shiré River, Nyassaland. Type B. M. 64. 1.

» le

Sir John (or, as he then was, Dr.) Kirk has labelled the type

specimen as follows :—

“Skin of ‘ Nthoro ’—an animal eating mice, poultry, &c.,

and living in the Lower Shiré Valley. June 1861.”

It is with great pleasure that I have applied to this very

distinct animal the name of my old friend Mr. Edward

Gerrard, long the right-hand man of Dr. Gray, whose services

in the Museum now extend over more than 50 years, and to

whose kindness and intimate knowledge of the Museum Col-

lection of Mammals every worker in that collection, and

most of all I myself, have been so largely and constantly

indebted.

The discovery of second species to previously monotypic

genera is always a matter of interest, while the extreme rarity

of new species of Carnivora lends additional importance to

the recognition of so striking a species as Nandinia Gerrardi.

206 Mr. C. Hose on a new Deer from Eastern Sarawak.

XXXIII.—Description of a new Deer from Mount Dulit,

Eastern Sarawak. By CHARLES Hoss, Resident of Baram,

Sarawak.

DurinG@ my exploration of Mount Dulit in 1892* a species

of Deer was met with clearly different from the common’

Bornean Deer (Cervus equinus), but unfortunately the only

specimen of it that we could obtain was young, so that I am

not at present able to describe the adult animal. The young

specimen, however, which is now in the Natural History

Museum at South Kensington, is so different from equally

young individuals of C. equinus, that I feel no doubt that it

is really distinct from that species, the only Bornean Deer to

which it could be related. I would propose for it, in honour

of H.H. the Rajah of Sarawak, the name of

Cervus Brooket, sp. n.

General colour of the fawn rufous, browner on head,neck, and

shoulders, richer on the posterior back, fore limbs from elbows

downwards, thighs, and outer sides of hind limbs, Muzzle

and sides of face brown; forehead and crown rufous. Lars

externally dark blackish brown, edged with pale rufous, in-

ternally whitish. Back with an indistinct mesial blackish

line. Shoulders and rump spotted, the spots small, yellowish,

few in number on the shoulders, more numerous on the upper

side of the rump. Inner sides of limbs, both fore and hind,

and belly whitish, with a strong suffusion of rufous, especially

towards the feet. Chest between the fore limbs deep shining

black, this colour extending backwards along the lower part

of the sides, where it is divided in the centre by the whitish or

yellowish belly-colour. Middle of metatarsals with an elon-

gated tuft of rich rufous hairs, tipped with black. Feet rufous,

without black markings. ‘Tail bushy, deep shining black.

In size this species probably attains a stature nearly or quite

equal to that of C. equinus.

Hab. Mount Dulit, E. Sarawak.

The young specimens of C. equinus that I have seen in

Sarawak differ from the type of this species by being almost

or quite unspotted, and by having none of the striking con-

trast between the deep black of the chest and tail and the

brilliant rufous of the sides and rump characteristic of

C. Brooket.

* See ‘Geographical Journal, vol. i. p. 193, Mar. 1893.

On Lepidoptera from the Falkland Islands. 207

XXXIV.— Ona small Collection of Lepidoptera from Darwin

Harbour, Falkland Islands. By Axraur G. BuTLer,

PhD. B U.,) Ba An., CoC

Tae little series of Lepidoptera of which the following is an

account was obtained by Dr. W. F. Dale, and sent to Mr. J.

Hartley Durrant, who forwarded it to me with the request

that I would name it.

The collection contains ten species represented by about

forty specimens, and is interesting as a contribution to a little-

known fauna. So far as I can judge, it seems to show

greater affinity to that of Chili than to any other.

1. Argynnis siga.

Argynnis siga, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 677, 678

(1832),

One example.

This is the only butterfly in the collection. No Sphinges

or Bombyces were obtained ; indeed, the most largely repre-

sented tribe was the Noctuites.

2. Agrotis hispidula.

Agrotis hispidula, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 293. n. 476 (1852).

Five examples of this somewhat variable species; it was

originally described from Chili.

3. Agrotis Dalet, sp. n.

This insect has somewhat the aspect of a Nonagria ; it

has, however, very coarsely spined tibie and the antenne

are strongly pectinated, each pecten being finely ciliated on

each side. Primaries above pale sericeous buff (almost dead

gold in tint) ; costal half sparsely, irregularly, but distinctly

speckled with black ; a curved discal series of similar black

flecks from near costa almost to inner margin beyond the cell;

a few fine scattered black dots near outer margin and a well-

defined marginal series; fringe of inner and outer margins

pale cupreous or rufous-brown, traversed by two grey lines:

secondaries grey, slightly darker on external border; fringe

buff, shading into reddish ochreous towards apex: head and

collar testaceous, the face slightly yellower ; antenne ferru-

ginous ; thorax sordid pale buff; abdomen grey, with pale

ferruginous lateral and anal tufts. Primaries below smoky

grey, slightly blackish at base of costa; base of median and

208 Dr. A. G. Butler on

submedian veins pearly opaline ; costa washed with buff; an

ill-defined transverse dusky discal stripe ; external area pale

rosy cupreous: secondaries sericeous whitish, the costal area,

veins, and fringe buff, slightly rufous; a discocellular spot

and five or six longitudinal dashes on the veins across the

disk black: pectus whity-brown; legs rufous-brown, with

ferruginous spines and whitish-tipped spurs; venter rosy,

with the anal tufts slightly yellower.

E.xpanse of wings 43 millim.

One male of this very distinct species.

4. Peridroma hostilis.

Agrotis hostilis, Walker, Lep. Het. xi. p. 737 (1857).

Four examples.

I believe that this is no more than an extreme form of

P. saucia. LP. stictica, Blanch., from Chili, is quite inter-

mediate in character between the two.

5. Peridroma clerica.

Agrotis clerica, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 129. n. 27.

Three examples of this Chilian species.

6. Leucania falklandica, sp. n.

In marking somewhat intermediate between L. s¢nuosa of

India and L. propria of New Zealand. Primaries above

sericeous whity brown, the course of the median vein and the

external borders suffused with grey ; a black dot followed by

a blackish spot at base of costal area; a diffused black streak,

trisinuate in front, immediately above the median vein, ter-

minating beyond the cell in a small oblique 3-shaped

character ; a well-defined black streak from base below the

median vein, terminated by the extrabasilar line, which is

much interrupted, transverse, and lunulated; a blackish dash

on the inner margin also followed immediately by the same line;

discal or postmedian line fine, arched inwards to costa, dentate-

sinuate ; a slightly irregular submarginal series of blackish

sagittate spots ; fringe white, traversed by two grey lines:

secondaries white, slightly opalescent, the costal area silvery ;

veins and a rather narrow diffused external border smoky

grey ; fringe white, traversed internally by a smoky grey

line: head and thorax whity-brown; collar greyish white,

crossed at the back by an interrupted black line; tegule

whitish at their apices; base of abdomen whitish buff, the

remainder sericeous smoky greyish. Primaries below silvery

Lepidoptera from the Falkland Islands. 209

greyish, becoming yellower on costa: secondaries white, with

costa and veins buff; a diffused greyish external border ;

fringes as above: body below sandy buff, greyish here and

there ; tibial fringes slightly rufous, whitish at tips; venter

sericeous.

Expanse of wings 37 millim.

7. Eupithecia anguligera, sp. n.

Somewhat intermediate in character between ZH. fasciata

from the Nilgiris and . sdbylla from Chili. Leaden grey,

slightly tinted here and there with brown: primaries elongate-

triangular, traversed by about ten wavy blackish lines, but

extremely variable; the alternate lines, beginning with that

nearest the base, blacker, and therefore better defined than the

others, the fifth and seventh, representing the outlines of the

central band, black, thicker than the others and acutely angu-

lated towards costa ; the tenth line composed of more or less

confluent pale-bordered blackish submarginal lunules; a mar-

ginal series of externally whitish-edged black dashes : secon-

daries with hardly a trace of marking from the median vein

upwards; a triangular black patch at base below the cell,

followed by six blackish zigzag lines, of which the first,

third, and fifth are best defined and quite black upon the

veins; marginal black dashes as on the primaries: thorax

pale leaden grey, with darker transverse bands; abdomen

much darker, with almost confluent blackish bands in the

type, but extremely variable in depth of colour in a series.

Under surface sericeous leaden grey; all the wings with

black or blackish discocellular stigma, followed by two

parallel blackish lines ; the secondaries with traces of a third

(subbasal) line; black marginal dashes as above.

Expanse of wings 19 millim.

A series of twenty-one examples, most of them more or

less worn.

In some specimens the markings are very indistinct, in

others the two black lines of the central band alone remain,

with a well-defined discocellular stigma (which, in the type

above described, is only shown on the under surface) ; in

others again the outer line of the central band is only marked

with black on the veins. In all these specimens, however,

such markings as exist are similar in outline and similarly

placed, so that it is evident that they represent only one

variable species.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 16

210 Col. ©. Swinhoe on new

8. Scoparia?, sp.

A single example in worn condition.

9. Crambus, sp.

Three examples of a species allied to C. vitellus of New

Zealand. The latter is also described as C. sublicellus, Zell.

10. Apurima, sp.

Three examples, in poor condition, of a species apparently

referable to this genus.

XXXV.—New Species of Oriental Moths.

By Col. C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

Family Saturniide.

Antherca delegata, sp. n.

é %. Bright ochreous red; antenne pale red, front of

thorax and costal band of fore wings dark steel-grey, the band

in the male not reaching the apex, the ocelli in the male

narrow, in the female large and round, ringed with brown,

interlined with pale yellow and bordered by a black line,

which runs inwards on each side of the ring and meets on the

costa in the male only ; the inner portion of both wings is

covered with yellow patches, which are bright ochreous in |

the female, a prominent triangular patch being in the cell

towards the base; two outwardly angulated, discal, thin,

brown bands across both wings, close together, the outer one

edged outwardly with grey, the space from this band to the

outer margin dark uniform ochreous red ; a yellow subcostal

streak on fore wings near apex, with a deep black streak; a

steel-grey band on both wings close to the outer margin.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢ 675, 2 63% inches.

Singapore (Davison). One pair.

The markings above are somewhat as in A. Frith, Moore,

but in this species both sexes are similarly coloured and

marked, and in the male the hyaline discal ocelli are narrow,

and not round, as in that sex of Hrdthi; this species is also

allied to A. latissa, Westw., from Java.

Species of Oriental Moths. nt

Family Euterotida.

Huterote coryna, sp. 0.

3. Of a uniform dark pink-brown ; antenne pale ochreous

grey, palpi black. Fore wings with the veins somewhat

distinct and paler than the ground-colour, otherwise the wings

above and below are without any markings; the colour above

is bright and glossy, the apical portion of the fore wings being

dull-coloured, without gloss; the colour below is paler and

without any gloss, and very uniform except towards the base,

where it is slightly paler; the legs are dark brown and the

abdomen below is ochreous.

Expanse of wings 33%; inches.

Lawang, Java (Halliburton). One example.

Allied to nothing I know of.

Family Limacodida.

Thosea Cotesi, sp. n.

&. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown, the scales with pale

tips. Fore wings brown, irrorated with pale scales; a pale

line from apex to inner margin beyond the middle. Hind

wing nearly black, the cilia pale.

?. Paler; the oblique line on fore wing dark.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 35, 2 1 inch.

Darang, Assam (Cotes). One pair.

The MS. description of this species was published in Faun.

Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p. 380 (1892).

Altha rufescens, sp. n.

3g ?. Pinkish white, thorax and abdomen with red hairs.

Fore wings suffused with dark red, which is marked here and

there with dark brown; a black dot at the end of the cell,

the wing crossed by several straight whitish bands, mar-

ginal points brown. Hind wings suffused with pale red,

without markings; cilia of both wings very long, pale

pinkish white. Underside pale pinkish white, unmarked.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 75, ¢ 1 inch.

Ceylon (Mackwood). One pair.

Has a superficial resemblance to Narosa conspersa, Walker,

and was received with a number of examples of that insect.

16*

212 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Family Lasiocampide.

Metanastria dora, sp. un.

¢. Dark pink-brown; antenne greyish ochreous, palpi

and head black, thorax and fore wings uniform very dark

glossy pink-brown ; the wing crossed by two indistinct out-

wardly curved black lines, antemedial and postmedial, a

discal line of black spots marked with pure white, with a pale

red shade inside the line of spots, a pure white prominent

spot at the end of the cell on the inner side of the first trans-

verse line. Hind wings paler, not glossed, uniform in colour,

and without markings ; cilia of both wings concolorous with

the wings, with a pale line at its base; abdomen chestnut-

red ; anal tuft brown. Underside: pectus black, legs with

black hairs, abdomen blackish brown.

Expanse of wings 275 inches.

Lawang, Java (Halliburton). One example.

Like a very black MW. latépennis, Walker, but the colour is

altogether different, the bands absent, and the cell-spot large

and prominent.

Metanastria gynandra, sp. n.

g. Dark pink-brown ; antenne pinkish grey, palpi, body,

and wings dark pink-brown, palpi, head, and collar being

very dark, nearly black. Fore wings with a pale dot at end

of cell, followed by a pale narrow band edged on both sides

with black and sharply elbowed outwardly above the middle ;

two or three similarly coloured indistinct straight bands in

the upper disk, and that portion of the wing crossed by two

indistinct sinuous black lines, then a pale pinkish space,

followed by another similar line marked with white spot-like

speckles. Hind wings very slightly paler than the fore wings

and without markings; cilia concolorous with the wings.

Underside uniformly brown, wings crossed by two dark

discal bands.

Expanse of wings 2y'5 inches.

Lawang, Java (Halliburton). One example.

Wings very narrow. Allied to no species known to me.

Metanastria himerta, sp. n.

3. Fawn-colour ; palpi and plume of antenne brownish,

abdomen above blackish brown, anal tuft ochreous. Fore

wings with a black spot at the end of the cell and with three

transverse, straight, complete, blackish-brown thick lines—

Species of Oriental Moths. 213

first before the middle across the cell, second postmedial, third

discal and somewhat near the margin; cilia of both wings

pink-brown. Hind wings with the apical portion suffused

with brown and with indications of an antemedial transverse

brown band in continuation of the second line of the fore

wings. Underside: fore wings paler, with the two outer

lines indicated ; hind wings suffused with a pinkish tinge,

with a suffused whitish central band or shade, including an

inner line and a discal dentated line, smeared in parts with

whitish.

Expanse of wings 2,%, inches.

Lawang, Java (Halliburton). ‘Three examples.

Family Lymantriide.

Leucoma egerina, sp. n.

¢@. Pure white; antenne with grey branches, space at

base of antennz pinkish brown. Fore wings with a pinkish-

brown costal band, veins of same colour, interrupted by the

silvery speckles, which cover the entire wing in regularly

waved transverse bands; a pinkish-brown mark at the end

of the cell. Hind wings pure white, unmarked; cilia of both

wings white, tinged with pinkish brown in parts.

Expanse of wings 1,%5 inch.

Singapore (Davison). ‘Three examples.

Allied to L. submarginata, Walker ; differs in the absence

of the two brown spots on frons and in having the silvery

speckles on fore wings in regularly waved transverse bands.

Leucoma hipparia, sp. n.

gd. Pure silky white, branches of antenne greyish ; wings

thinly clothed, a small black dot at the end of the cell of fore

wings, the entire surface of both wings flecked with minute

silvery scales ; costa of fore wings and cilia of both wings

tinged with flesh-colour. Underside also pure white, with

minute silvery scales on both wings as above.

Expanse of wings 1,%5 inch.

Singapore (Davison). ‘Three examples.

Probably one of the species confused with Z. divisa in

Faun. Brit. Ind., Moths, 1. p. 488 (1892). How such very

differently shaped, differently sized, and differently clothed

species as divisa, lactea, and nigricilia can be mixed together

it is difficult to understand ; they are all white, but otherwise

quite distinct.

214 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Adlullia stirasta, sp. n.

&o ¢. Pale ochreous yellow, shafts of antenne grey, the

male with the head, thorax, and base of fore wing bright

ochreous. Fore wings with a black spot at end of cell, a

brown round mark towards hinder margin near the base and

a brown discal band from centre of hinder margin, where it

is broad, to the costa near apex, towards which it becomes

somewhat distorted and attenuated, the round basal mark and

discal band being formed by minute blackish-brown irrora-

tions. Hind wings paler yellow and quite unmarked.

Underside uniformly pale yellow, without any markings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1y5, 2 175 inch.

Mone, Shan States (anders). One pair.

Allied to A. (Cherotricha) varia, Walker, which has a

similarly disposed discal band of a dark reddish-brown colour

and has a subbasal red patch on the costa.

Family Hypside.

Hypsa paliura, sp. n.

3 2. Palpi, head, body, and base of fore wings ochreous ;

palpi with a black spot at base, a black tip to second joint,

and last joint entirely black with some white marks towards

its base ; a black spot on each side of the collar, a black spot

on each side of the thorax in front, two down the centre, and

segmental black spots down the centre of the abdomen ;

antenne black. Fore wings dark grey; six black spots at

the base, a broad medial white stripe from the basal ochreous

patch, expanding outwards, with dentations along veins 2, 3,

and 4, the dentation in vein 2 nearly reaching the outer

margin; sometimes a white spot at the lower margin of the

areole, vein 1 white, and in the females all the upper veins

white. Hind wings white, with three large black spots in a

triangle, one at end of cell, the other two in the disk; mar-

ginal border black, divided by white veins and with a white

gap at end of vein 2, the band not reaching the anal angle.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2145, 9 27%—2r'o inches.

Nanchuan, China. One male, two females.

Allied to H. monacha, Cram., and clavata, Butler ; differs

from both in the greater width of the central white band on

fore wings and in its peculiarly toothed outer margin, also in

the broken form of the black marginal band of the hind wings.

Species of Oriental Moths. 215

Hypsa lara, sp. n.

¢. Antenne brown; palpi below, head, thorax, and basal

patch on fore wings yellow, palpi above and last joint brown,

thorax with two black spots on each shoulder, abdomen white.

Fore wings brown, with a broad longitudinal white central

stripe from the yellow basal patch, expanding outwardly on

the median vein to the end of the cell, the lower portion pro-

duced a little beyond the cell and somewhat rounded at the

end; basal patch with black spots. Hind wings white, with

a broad apical black marginal band, attenuated hindwards, not

reaching the anal angle, and with its inner margin even.

Underside with body and legs white, knees black; wings

white, with broad costal and outer marginal borders.

Expanse of wings 24 inches.

Java (Davison). One example.

Its white abdomen is very characteristic.

Family Nyctemerida.

Leptosoma harca, sp. n.

3. Palpi white, last joint black; antennz black, head

white, a black spot on the frons and another behind the

antenne, a black stripe connecting the two between the

antenne ; thorax black, with white stripes ; abdomen white,

with black dorsal spots, anal tuft ochreous. Fore wings

blackish brown, a broad and even-bordered white stripe from

the costa beyond the middle towards the hinder angle, ter-

minating on vein 2; veins white on the inner portion of the

wings, a white streak from the base in the centre of the

interno-median interspace, and another white streak on the

hinder margin. Hind wings white, with broad even blackish-

brown border.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Selangor, Malay Peninsula (Davison). One example.

Nearest to L. tripunctaria, Linn.; differs in its even-

margined and smaller discal white band on fore wings and in

the broad white stripe in the interno-median interspace being

reduced to a narrow streak. ‘There is an unnamed example

of it in the British Museum.

Family Lithosiide.

Deiopeia antennata, sp. n.

d ¢. Body and fore wings coloured, spotted, and marked

much as in D, pulchella, Linn. ; the central black spots are

216 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

more in the form of macular bent lines and the vermilion

spots near the margin are replaced by long vermilion

streaks which extend from the outer line to the black-spotted

outer margin. ‘The hind wings are white, but the marginal

black band is broad at the apex and gradually fines down to

the hinder angle, which it does not reach, and the large black

knob to the marginal band near the hinder angle, so constant

in pulchella, is altogether absent. In the antenne, however,

is the greatest specific difference ; in pulchella and its close

allies the anteunz in both sexes are slightly fasciculate, whereas

in this species they are strongly bidentate in the male, with

minute hairs between the teeth, and slightly fasciculate in the

female.

Expanse of wings 135 inch.

Nicobars, Camorta. ‘Three males and one female.

Camptoloma flagrans, sp. n.

3d @. Very bright ochreous. Hind wings darker and

brighter than the fore wings; three black transverse lines in

fore wing from the costa near base, from beyond the middle,

and from near apex, all terminating on the outer margin near

the hinder angle in a large red patch or smear, which is con-

tinued in a streak or streaks along the hinder margin ; on the

outside of this patch are two large black spots on the yellow

cilia, marginal line and streak across end of cell also black.

Hind wings without markings, as also is the underside, being

of a uniform deep bright ochreous, with the three black lines

and two cilia spots visible; anal tuft on abdomen pink.

Expanse of wings 1;%-—1% inch.

Cherra Punji, Khasia Hills. One male, six females.

Very closely allied to C. ¢ntertorata, Wk., from Japan, of

which I have a long series; the red patch on fore wings is

more diffuse and the cilia has only two large black spots,

whereas in ¢ntertorata there are always three spots.

Petosia euchana, sp. n.

3 ¢. Of a uniform sandy-yellow colour; palpi, head, and

tip of abdomen bright ochreous, tip of palpi and antenne

black. Fore wings with a black spot on the disk outside the

cell and another below it on the submedian vein; in the

female these spots are very much larger than in the male.

Hind wings of male paler than the fore wings, with ochreous

margin ; in the female the entire wing is uniform ochreous.

Underside : wings pale ochreous, unmarked in the male, with

the spots showing through in the fore wings, and with central

Species of Oriental Moths. 217

brown suffusion in the females; body and legs dark bright

ochreous ; tibiee and tarsi above black.

Expanse of wings, g 175, 2 2 inches.

Koni, Shan States, September 1888 (Manders). One male,

two females.

Miltochrista esmia, sp. n.

3. Of a uniform pale pink colour ; antenne, palpi, head,

and thorax dark pink. Fore wings with all the borders

darker pink, veins blackish, and dark pink streaks in all the

interspaces. Hind wings with the apical border brighter and

darker coloured, otherwise without any markings. Under-

side paler, the fore wings, except on the borders, suffused

with grey; veins blackish, as are also the upper veins of the

hind wings.

Expanse of wings 175 inch.

Koni, Shan States, October 1888 (JMJanders). One ex-

ample.

Setinochroa cylletona, sp. n.

é. Bright ochreous; antenne, palpi, stripe down the

frons, and head black ; some black spots on the thorax and

all the abdomen above, except the base and tip, blackish

brown. Fore wings with five black spots, one at base, small,

the others larger and uniform in size, one on costa one third

from base, with one below it in the interno-median interspace,

one at end of cell, and another below it at hinder angle;

costal line black, which thickens into a band before outer two

thirds to apex; marginal line of both wings black, with black

cilia.

Expanse of wings 7/5-4%5 inch.

Koni, Shan States, October 1888 (Manders). 'l'wo ex-

amples.

Family Acontiide.

Acontia nygmia, sp. n.

3 ¢. Head, thorax, and fore wings pinkish grey; abdo-

men and hind wings darker and more pinkish coloured ; fore

wings with greenish-black spots and patches, two small spots

close to the base, one above the other ; a large patch outlined

with pale yellow in the middle of the wing, running obliquely

inwards on to the costa, where it is narrow; a large spot on

the costa beyond the middle above the upper shoulder of the

middle patch, and a smaller spot on the costa close to the

218 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

apex, which is the termination of a submarginal lunulate

blackish line. Hind wings with two dark sinuous pink

discal bands and a similar marginal band. Underside with

the fore wings suffused with pink; a brown mark at the end

of the cell and two yellow subapical spots; costal border

mouse-coloured, hinder marginal space pale, hind wings

suffused with mouse-colour; the female is paler, with the

central patch much smaller.

Eixpanse of wings 15%; inch.

Singapore (Davison). Two males, one female.

Family Catephide.

Stictoptera timesia, sp. n.

3 3. Antenne, palpi, head, and body fawn-colour, thorax

brown on each side. Fore wings blackish brown, with a

pale fawn-coloured apical costal patch and with the whole of

the lower portion of the wing from the centre of the outer

margin to the hinder margin one third from base hindwards

of the same colour; this space is striated with brown, and

into the outer portion of it a blackish-brown streak runs from

the blackish-brown space. Hind wings blue-white, semi-

hyaline, with brown veins and a broad black-brown border.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Singapore (Davison). A long series.

This insect is figured by Druce as a var. of Stictoptera

(Stedra) variabilis, Moore, in P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 223, pl. xiii.

fig. 4; his figure 53 represents S. cucullioides, Guen. The

different species of the genus Stectoptera, with the exception

of grisea, Moore, do not appear to be variable. Considerable

contusion appears to exist with reference to this genus; each

species has its own characteristic line-markings whatever

shade the colour of the insect may be. SS. grisea, Moore,=

Jerrifera, Walker,=var. plagifera, Walker. SS. variadilis,

Moore, S. cucullioides, Guen., S. subobliqua, Walker, S. tra-

jiciens, Walker, S. signifera, Walker, and S. timesta, mihi,

are all good and constant species, the shades of colour which

are not characteristic varying much in the sexes. I have

examined long series ot these different species in my museum

aud in the Oxford University Museum collected by Wallace.

Family Geometridae.

Episothalma ocellata, sp. n.

¢@. Of a uniform green colour, as in s¢swnaga; costa of

Species of Oriental Moths. 219

fore wings and outer margin of both wings black; cilia of

both wings black, with pale flesh-coloured base; a black

ringlet with pale flesh-coloured centre at end of each cell; a

transverse band of small black spear-shaped spots on the veins

across the disk of both wings; these spots are marked out-

wardly with pale flesh-colour, and are connected together by

an indistinct band, these spots looking like the tips of the

dentations of the band, but the band is indistinct and the spots

very prominent. Underside greyish ochreous, sparsely

streaked with brown; a ringlet at end of each cell and a brown

discal, complete, thin, nearly straight band across both wings.

Expanse of wings 1;% inch.

Khasia Hills (//amilton). Two examples.

Allied to #. sisunaga, but larger; the apex of fore wings

much more falcate ; differs much in the ocellated spots and in

the black spots on the discal band; the underside is quite

different, sisunaga being of a pale uniform greenish grey and

unmarked.

Agathia prasina, sp. 1.

6. Bright grass-green; antenne, head, and body choco-

late-brown, thorax green in front. Wings bright green, with

chocolate-brown markings; fore wings with a dark basal

patch, costal band and transverse medial band pale, the latter

curves inwards from the centre of costa to the inner end of the

broad discal band near the inner angle ; the curve is slightly

irregular on its outer margin and more so on the inner margin ;

the discal band is dark, has a pale central line, and is joined

to a pale marginal band, leaving a large green subapical

space on the outer margin. Hind wings green, with a broad

dark discal band, which spreads to the margin in its lower

half, leaving a large green space on the margin below the

apex ; this band is intersected near its inner margin by a

dentated paler band and by some black thin lines.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Khasia Hills (d/amilton), ‘Three examples.

Closely allied to A. carissima, Butler, from Japan; but I

have compared it with the type, and it is quite distinct and

can easily be distinguished by the difference in the shape of

the central band of the fore wings.

Pachyodes ertonoma, sp. 0.

g. Of a pale pinkish-grey colour or pale flesh-colour ;

antenne black, last joint of palpi brown, tip pale flesh-colour,

as is the top of the head ; thorax and abdomen greenish brown.

220 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Wings densely covered with greenish-brown striations, both

wings crossed by a discal brown outwardly dentate line, which

is deeply bent outwardly above the middle in the fore wings.

Fore wings with an inner nearly straight brown line; some

greenish-brown marks on costa; a greenish-grey shade

outside the discal line, a subapical white patch on outer

margin, some white submarginal marks below, some similar

marks on hind wings, marginal line black, lunulate; fringe

on fore wings patched with white. Underside pure white,

with broad discal black bands on all the wings, broadest on

fore wings, where it runs into the outer margin in places,

broadens upwards, leaving a white apical patch on the outer

margin. Body and legs white; fore tarsi with black bands.

Expanse of wings 1,8; inch.

Khasia Hills (Hamilton). Many specimens.

Allied to P. apicalis, Moore, but is pure white below instead

of bright ochreous, is greyer and duller coloured above, and

the outer transverse line is altogether more deeply dentated

and elbowed outwardly in fore wings.

Family Boarmiida.

Subfamily Hwwouriz.

Fascellina curtaca, sp. n.

&g. Dull olive-green, tinged with ochreous ; wings sparsely

striated with black. Fore wings with a blackish central,

transverse, upright fascia, above which is a black streak

running inwards on to the costa ; a discal black line from the

costa one third from apex, angled to near the margin below

the apex, then becomes double and runs nearly straight to

the hinder margin near the angle ; asmall black patch on the

outer margin at the middle, the inner end crossing the line ;

the hinder marginal space inside the line pale yellowish.

Hind wings with a straight black, central, transverse, double

line in continuation of the double line of the fore wings, and

a thin black submarginal line evenly curved like the margin ;

the wing pale yellowish inside the double line and on the

lower part of the outer portions. Underside yellow, striated

with brown; fore wings with a white discal line edged with

black on both sides, angled outwardly above, with a black

shade on the inner side below the costa, followed by a blackish

band and a whitish space containing a brown-angled sub-

costal line ; a whitish subapical space, followed by a blackish

marginal space which contains a small yellow patch at the

Species of Oriental Moths. 221

angle; lower portion of the wing yellow. Hind wings

yellow ; a black central straight band and a submarginal thin

black line curved like the outer margin; cilia of both wings

black.

Expanse of wings 15 inch.

Khasia Hills (Hamilton). One example.

The hinder angle of fore wings is excavated as in F. dacoda,

but the colour and markings above and below are quite

different.

Fascellina dacoda, sp. n.

¢. Pale chestnut-brown, tinged with ochreous; palpi and

head dark chestnut-brown. Fore wings with some ochreous

suffusion in the upper centre and on the costa, a sinuous

double black line, with an intervening white line, from the

hinder angle to the second median vein near the margin ;

above this is a slaty-coloured marginal space; outside the

double line the wing is paler and smeared with white. Hind

wings with a postmedial straight and complete similar line in

continuation of the double line on fore wings, the space outside

the double line being paler and more ochreous. Underside:

fore wing striated with chestnut ; a patch of black at the base ;

a white distorted discal line which forms the outer margin of

a large chestnut costal subapical patch and of a smaller

similarly coloured central patch; a black band in the place

of the double line, the band terminating in the disk in two

short branches. Hind wing with a red double line, which is

joined together hindwards, the wing pure ochreous outside

and greyish ochreous inside the line; a white apical dot.

Expanse of wings 145 inch.

Shillong, Khasia Hills (Hamilton). One example.

The hinder angle of fore wings is less excavated than in

any of the other Indian species of this genus.

Catopyrrha khasiana, sp. n.

g. Upperside like the male of C. phenix, Swinh. (Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 484), but of much brighter ochreous

colour, the bands much more red; on the underside the colour

is very different, being pure pale ochreous yellow, striated

with red, with a bright dark ochreous-red discal band, with

the inner margin brown and the outer margin irregular,

reaching the outer margin of the wing in parts on the fore

wing; a white patch at the apex.

?. Yellow, more sparsely irrorated ; bands paler, except

towards upper part of outer band; underside as in the male,

922 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

and very much resembles the female of Hyperythra lutea,

but can be distinguished by the shortness of the cells of the

wings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 17%, 2 2 inches.

Khasia Hills (Hamilton). <A long series.

I have put this species, with its ally C. phenia, into the

American genus Catopyrrha, Hiibner, because I can find no

generic difference between its structure and that of typical Cato-

pyrrha. It cannot stand in the genus Hyperythra; amongst

other differences it lacks the secondary sexual character in the

male which distinguishes the genus Hyperyithra, 7. e. the long

tuft of hairs on the underside of the fore wings near the

hinder margin. The species khastana may be a seasonal form

of pheniz, the markings being very similar, but the coloration

is very different, and I have received over a hundred speci-

mens showing no variation.

Subfamily Macarrwz.

Gonodela apataria, sp. n.

¢. Pinkish grey, striated with brown and smeared with

purplish, the ground-colour shining on costa of hind wings

and moye or less on the basal and central portions of both

wings ; transverse lines brown, subbasal sinuous and indistinct,

another medial sinuous, more distinct; one discal, dark,

duplex, nearly straight, from abdominal margin of hind wings

one fourth from the angle to the costa of fore wings one third

from the apex; before reaching the costa it is deeply angled

outwards and streaked at the angle with chestnut-red; the

whole space from this band to the outer margin is purplish,

with a subapical dark patch on the costa of fore wings and a

white dot ; a blackish suffusion outside the band, which follows

the angle and crosses to the outer margin below the apex; on

the hind wings there are also some black suffusions in the

purplish space and a black spot; a small whitish spot at base

of first median interspace; marginal line black and lunular ;

cilia purplish grey, whitish at its base. Underside bright

ochreous, striated on fore wings with brown, with a large

blackish patch on the lower half of the outer space, narrowing

upwards to the white subapical dot, which is prominent, as is

also the square white spot in the centre of the wing; a black

mark at the end of all the cells. Hind wings with a trans-

verse blackish straight band from outer angle to apex, beyond

which are brown striations ; cilia as above.

Expanse of wings 14% inch.

Spectes of Oriental Moths. 223

Khasia Hills (Hamilton). Many specimens.

Is marked above very similarly to and looks like Gubaria

metagonaria, but can at once be identified by the difference in

the shape of the outer margin of hind wings; below it is

quite different.

Subfamily Bosruriz.

Alcis dasimaria, sp. n.

3 ?. Greyish white ; antenne brown, with black plumes

in the male; head, body, and fore wings covered with brown

irrorations ; abdomen with brown bands. Fore wings with

three equidistant sinuous transverse brown lines, the first two

on a reddish suffused ground, the third with a suffused reddish

outer band; a similar broad band on the outer margin, leaving

a white sinuous band between, marginal lines blackish brown

with black points. Hind wings nearly white, some reddish-

brown irrorations on the abdominal and outer portions; a

sinuous line across the disk aud indications of another line

near the angle. Underside greyish white, sparsely irrorated

with brown atoms; a brown dot at the end of each cell and a

brown, thin, partly macular discal band across both wings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 17%, ? 1,%5 inch.

Darjiling (J/éwis). Four examples.

Bylazora heledaria, sp. n.

3. Pale olive-brown, irrorated with brown atoms; a

brown spot at end of each cell; both wings crossed by olive-

brown bands and lines. Fore wings with subbasal, ante-

medial, and discal bands, these bands crossing both wings ;

indications of another band on the costa of fore wings between

the second and third bands, and also indications of a sub-

marginal band across both wings; a sinuous line outside the

second band on fore wings, which is continued on the hind

wings and ends at the abdominal margin near the termination

of another sinuous and partly dentated line which crosses

both wings on the inner side of the discal band; marginal

line brown; fringe pale. Underside pale olive-grey, with

the outer borders broadly darker.

Expanse of wings 1,°;-1;'5 inch.

Mahableshwur, May 1887. Taken by myself.

I have it also from the Nilgiri Hills, from Mr. Lindsay.

Its pattern and coloration is quite different from any other

species in this genus.

224 On new Species of Oriental Moths.

Family Larentiide.

Photoscotosia keraria, sp. n.

3g 9°. Blackish brown. Fore wings with most of the

veins whitish, transverse lines whitish, sinuous, first subbasal,

second just before the middle, curved outwardly in its centre,

third discal, more prominent than the others; a submarginal

lunulate line. Hind wings greyish white, with a little brown

suffusion on the abdominal and outer margins. Underside

grey ; fore wings of male suffused with brown on the costa

and apical margins, and with the long tuft of hairs brown

with reddish base; in the female there is no suffusion at all;

hind wings with a brown dot at end of cell.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 175, 2 2 inches.

Darjiling (Méwis). One pair.

Eustroma monana, sp. n.

3g 9. Antenne, head, body, and fore wings brown. Fore

wings crossed by three transverse outwardly curved ochreous-

grey lines, first one-fifth from base, second before the middle,

bent outwardly at the centre, third discal, rounded in each

interspace, with pale streaks running inwards on the veins ;

space beyond paler, with several lunulated brown bands; a

submarginal pale line, bordering a brown, subapical, blackish-

brown marginal space, and two or three lower marginal spots.

Hind wings ochreous, whitish in the costal space, suffused

with brown on the inner half, through which run two sinuous

yellowish discal lines. Underside: fore wings ochreous

grey, with a large brown central space limited by the median

vein and its first branch ; an apical and a central marginal

brown patch. Hind wings darker and more ochreous, with

a black spot at end of cell.

Expanse of wings 1,’ inch.

Shillong (Hamilton). ‘Two pairs.

Allied to £. obscurata, Moore; distinguishable by its more

ochreous hind wings and by the incompleteness of its outer

pale line on fore wings; in obscwrata the pale line runs

inwards on the first three veins only, in this species it circles

in on every vein.

Lobophora pulcherrima, sp. n.

g. Greyish white, fore wings irrorated with brown atoms,

crossed by brown duplex sinuous bands, subbasal, antemedial,

postmedial, discal, and marginal, streaked and spotted with

On a Terrestrial Isopod from New Zealand. 225

bright red ; one or two spots near the base, some red suffu-

sion in the centre, bright red streaks in front of the discal

band, a row of bright red submarginal spots with grey centres

and red marginal line, disconnected between the veins, with

white points on the veins; cilia white, with brown dots.

Hind wings greyish white, unmarked. Underside grey ; fore

wings with brown veins, a brown marginal line similar to the

line above, and some of the markings showing through the

wing.

E:xpanse of wings 1,% inch.

Khasia Hills (Hamzlton). One example.

Allied to L. decorata, Moore.

The types of all these species will be presented to the

British Museum as usual.

XXXVI.—On a remarkably sculptured Terrestrial Isopod

from New Zealand. By Grorce M. THomson, F.L.S.

[Plate IV. }

Some years ago I received from Mr. A. Hamilton a single

specimen of a very curious and interesting Isopod, which he

picked up among dead leaves &c. in the neighbourhood of

Petane, near Napier, New Zealand. ‘The specimen, which

was dry, was in rather a mutilated condition, having lost its

outer antenne and having the opercular plates on the under-

side of the abdomen somewhat damaged, so that I could

not tell whether they were tracheate or otherwise. From

these causes I have been quite unable to locate the animal in

its proper genus. It belongs evidently to Budde-Lund’s

section Armadilloidea, and it may be necessary to constitute a

new genus for its reception.

I have long hoped to discover or receive more specimens

of so striking a form; but as no others have been obtained,

I think it desirable to have it figured and_ provisionally

described.

The specimen, inclusive of the flange-like processes of the

frontal plates, epimera, and abdominal segments, is 6 millim.

long and 3°5 millim. broad, and is somewhat curved upwards

in the middle. It does not appear capable of being rolled

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 17

226 On a Terrestrial Isopod from New Zealand.

into a very perfect ball, like the species of Armadillo, but, to

judge from the dried specimen, there is considerable flexibility

in the body-segments.

The head is short and is somewhat sunk into the broad

first thoracic segment. The latter is somewhat broader than

the succeeding segments when the body is flattened out, but

when naturally arched it appears nearly twice as broad, owing

to its flanges standing out horizontally, while the others are

laced more vertically to their respective segments. Down

each side of the median line of the back is a row of erect

conical or somewhat curved spines, two on each segment.

The last pair on the posterior thoracic segment are large and

obtuse, and are produced backwards. On each side of these

spines are two rows of somewhat acute elongated curved

plates or caring, one on each segment, while outside of them,

but within the flange-like epimera, are two or three rows of

tubercles. On the head are two median spines, outside of which

two nearly square plates project forward; below the outer

angles of these are placed the compound eyes. The abdo-

men also bears numerous conical processes, produced back-

wards, which, when viewed from above, appear like spines.

The margins of the head, thoracic segments, and posterior

abdominal segments are produced into flange-like processes ;

that of the first thoracic segment is very large and broad,

while the succeeding ones increase in width from the second to

the seventh.

The first pair of antennee are very minute and are 2- (?3-)

jointed ; the second pair are wanting. Owing to the defec-

tive condition of the specimen the mouth-parts could not be

made out. ‘The legs are very feebly developed and, so far as

I could make out, appear to want the dactylos. The last seg-

ment of the abdcmen terminates in a nearly square extremity,

and the Jast pair of abdominal appendages barely reach to the

end of this. ‘These appendages have the outer branch some-

what broadened at one third of their distance from the base,

and the outer side produced into a long process rounded at the

end. ‘The inner branch, which is much shorter, is articulated

in the deep sinus of the outer joint; it is tipped by a minute

jointed seta. The opercular plates on the underside of the

abdomen are somewhat acutely triangular.

I know of no terrestrial Isopod so remarkably sculptured as

this specimen, nor is it easy to assign any function to this

singular ornamentation. For progression among dead leaves

and other debris of a forest its projecting points and plates

would appear to be ill-adapted.

On a Reptilian Tooth with two Roots. yal f

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Body of animal from above, somewhat flattened.

Fig. 2. Ditto from the side.

Fig. 3. Head viewed from the left front. [email protected].=first antenne.

Fig. 4. Last segment of abdomen from below.

Fig. 5. Abdomen from below, showing the opercular plates.

Fig. 6. One of the legs.

XXXVII.—On a Reptilian Tooth with two Roots.

By H. G. Seerey, F.R.S.

THE division of the root of a mammalian tooth into two or

more portions has been regarded as a convenient means of

predicating mammalian organization for the animal in which

this condition is found, notwithstanding the circumstance

that in diverse groups of mammals the root is not divided in

any of the teeth, and that in mammals the division is absent

from the incisors and almost all canines.

Professor Marsh, in 1890, figured, in the ‘ American

Journal of Science,’ teeth of the animal which he named

Triceratops, in which two roots certainly occur, but placed

transversely, as sometimes happens among the wider posterior

molar teeth of mammals. It is not improbable that this

division, as American paleontologists have suggested, is

apparent rather than real, and has been produced by absorp-

tion of the tooth in wear, by the successional tooth rising

beneath it, since the form of the excavation between the roots

exactly corresponds to the form of the crown. In any case,

the condition in this American fossil, by whatever name the

genus may be eventually known, was unparalleled among

Reptilia, though in a few mammals with two roots to a poste-

rior molar tooth those roots are arranged transversely.

In 1854 (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. x. p. 420) the late

Sir Richard Owen figured a Purbeck fossil from bed K. 93

in Austen’s guide, under the name Nuthetes destructor. It

was then described asa pleurodont lizard allied to monitors of the

genus Varanus ; and figs. 2d and e (/. ¢.) are representations

of teeth in the jaw which have the aspect of possessing two

roots arranged in the antero-posterior direction. This con-

dition is further evidenced by the enlargement of the tooth d

given in fig. 4, though no word occurs in the text referring to

the structure ; so that itis probably only a pit or groove at the

base of the crown. With these fragments of jaw the author

228 Prof. H. G. Seeley on a

associated a tibia and fibula, indicating long and slender hind

_legs; but I am not aware of any evidence of association, and

am disposed to refer the limb-bones to the crocodilian genus

Theriosuchus. On at least three other occasions references

were made to these teeth. In the Paleontographical Society’s

volume for 1861 they are said to be like teeth of Megalo-

saurus, finely serrated back and front, and attached by partial

anchylosis to the inner side of an alveolar wall. Of this

character I have not seen any evidence; but I have not had

the opportunity of examining the original specimens. In

1854 Nuthetes was said to differ from Megalosaurus in showing

no trace of alveolar divisions for the teeth. This may be

quite true, and yet not bear the construction that the teeth

were not in sockets, for the bones of the jaw are extremely

thin and havea denseness and thinness which are only known

in bones of Ornithosauria and Saurischian reptiles, and

genera like Aristosuchus. Sir Richard Owen further states

that the thickest part of the crown is not the middle, but is

nearer the anterior border, as in Varanus and Megalosaurus.

In Sir R. Owen’s ‘ Paleontology’ the known facts are

summarized and the fossil grouped under the Lacertilia

(second ed., 1861, p. 807) and described as a carnivorous or

insectivorous lizard.

Subsequently, in the Paleontographical Society’s volume

for 1879, further remains discovered by Mr. Beckles are

figured (pl. ii.) and described. The genus is grouped with

the Crocodilia, and the teeth (p. 16) are said to. show an

excavation or longitudinal depression on the side of the base.

In the British Museum Catalogue of Foss. Rept. pt. 1., 1888,

Mr. Lydekker groups the genus as “ordinal position un-

certain,” placing it after the animals which are massed

together as Dinosauria, and remarking that the teeth are

more like those of dinosaurs than lizards.

The jaws indicate a very small animal, being (as stated by

Sir R. Owen) in the fragments preserved only 6 lines deep,

while the largest fragment of jaw is 1} inch long. I have no

doubt, if ordinal affinities can be inferred from teeth, that these

animals are Saurischian and nearly allied to Streptospondylus,

Megalosaurus, and Aristosuchus. ‘The teeth are essentially

diminutive forms of a Megalosaur. This identification is

based upon the shape of the crown, the condition of its

surface-enamel, the serrations at the anterior and posterior

margins of the crown, and the general form of the root, which,

however, is shoiter than in Megalosaurus; and the com-

parison would probably be closer with Streptospondylus, to

Reptilian Tooth with two Roots. 229

which genus I should be disposed to refer the teeth from

Cuckfield, for which Mr. Lydekker has suggested the name

Megalosaurus Owent. It is interesting that the dwarf carni-

vorous Saurischian Nuthetes should be associated with a

dwarf Ornithischian, Hchinodon, allied by its teeth to Scelido-

saurus, and to that genus I should refer the dermal bones,

termed granicones, which were associated by Sir R. Owen

with Nuthetes.

There being obvious points of resemblance between the

Saurischia and the Anomodontia, in the possession of similar

skeletal elements which approximate to those of mammals, it

has seemed worth recording that in the British Museum,

among the twelve isolated teeth of Nuthetes and two fragments

of jaw obtained with the Beckles collection, is a single tooth

which distinctly shows two roots in anterior and posterior

positions. ‘This tooth is 7 millim. long, has lost its enamel,

and therefore shows no trace of the characteristic marginal

serrations. It exactly corresponds in form to the anterior

teeth in Owen’s original figure, and widens from the apex to

the base of the roots, where it is 4 millim. wide. The height

of the crown is 4 millim., its side is flattened; there is a

medial area slightly depressed,

with slightly elevated lateral

ridges back and front, which

exactly correspond with those

upon the typical teeth of Nu-

thetes. Below the crown the

tooth divides into two slightly

divergent roots, which are 3

millim. long; and the posterior

root may be slightly the larger.

Each root is channelled on the

side by a shallow depression

similar to that which usually

extends down the sides of the

single-rooted teeth of Nuthetes

and Megalosaurus. ‘Yhe roots

are well-defined and marked with

slight wavy concentric lines of

growth, similar to those which

frequently occur upon the roots

of teeth placed in sockets, and

not unlike the transverse enamel-

wavesonthecrowns. ‘The roots Tooth of Nuthetes. Brit. Mus.

uarrow slightly towards their No, 48208. x 10.

extremities; the posterior root

230 Mr. O. Thomas on

appears to be fractured near its termination, where it indi-

cates a pulp-cavity, though the inner and outer walls are

compressed close together. The roots are about 1 millim.

wide. Notwithstanding a certain resemblance in form of the

interspace between the roots to the form of the crown, I do

not see any ground for affirming that it has been produced

by absorption. It is, however, certain that the character is

an abnormal one, since it is absent from the other isolated

teeth, and its chief interest consists in showing that it is

possible for a reptile to develop roots to a tooth of the

mammalian molar type; so that if this abnormal condition,

seen in Nuthetes, were normal and general in a fossil jaw, it

would constitute an important deviation from the reptilian

dentition.

The figure is ten times natural size.

XXXVIIT.— Descriptions of Two new North- Bornean

Mammals. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

[Plate VII.]

Semnopithecus sabanus, sp. n. (Pl. VIL.)

Body, arms and legs, and tail grey; hands and feet black,

as in the group to which S. Hoset, S. Hveretti, and S. Thomasi

belong.

Forehead with a high median black crest, commenciag

immediately behind the centre of the brow-ridges; the hairs

of the crest stand up vertically and are about an inch and a

half in length. Lyebrow-bristles long, black, projected |

forwards over the eyes; behind them, on each side of the

central crest, the forehead-hairs lie back flat against the head

and are whitish in colour over the whole crown. Outside

these whitish patches, again, the sides of the face, from the

orbits to the ears, are quite black, and the hairs of the occiput

are also decidedly darker, especially terminally, than are

those of the pale frontal patches. It results from this arrange-

ment of the colours that on looking down vertically on the

crown one sees a pale frontal area, bisected mesially by the

blackish crest and surrounded on all sides by black, in front

by the black eyebrows, laterally by the black temples, and -

posteriorly by the black tipped occipital hairs. These crown

Two new North-Bornean Mammals. yi |

colours are, however, not pure, the black crest being largely

mixed with white hairs, and the pale frontal patches with

black ones. Occipital hairs directed backwards, not reversed

forwards as in S. Thomast. Chin, sides of neck, throat, and

chest greyish, owing to a mixture of black with the white

hairs; these parts are pure white in all the allied species and

contrast with the dark colour of the nape and crown. Belly

and inner sides of the upper arms and of the legs to the ankles

white, becoming gradually greyer distally. Hands and feet

shining black, but the forearms to the wrists and the legs to

the ankles are clear grizzled grey, as is also the tail both

above and below.

Skin of face white (presumably flesh-coloured in life) all

across and between the orbits and round the cheeks, so that

it is only black just over the maxillary and premaxillary

bones and on the .chin. In the other species the skin is

nearly or quite black all over the face.

Skull, as usual in this genus, showing but few tangible

characters. It appears, however, to have a decidedly broader

and rounder brain-case than in the allied species; it is

slightly less prognathous, and in the lateral view the con-

cavity at the anterior nares is deeper and more abrupt, while

above them the tips of the nasal bones stand out much more

prominently, at least than in S. Hosed and S. Hveretit. The

ascending processes of the maxillary bones are broad and

strong, and pass up beyond the nasals to articulate with the

frontals, and entirely shut out the maxillary bones from the

sides of the nasals; in this character conditions quite different

seem to obtain in the allied species, although there is

undoubtedly a good deal of individual variation in the relative

extent of the facial bones. In the dentition the canines both

above and below are considerably smaller and slenderer than

in the other species. Fifth cusp to ;-3 small or absent, 7. e.

small in the type and absent in the second specimen, the two

thus showing how variable this character, often supposed to

be of generic value, may be.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male skin (B.M. 93. 3.

‘Head and body (c.) 600 millim., tail 760.

Skull: extreme length 95, basal length 65°5; greatest

breadth 73°6 ; interorbital breadth 8 ; intertemporal constric-

tion 46°7 ; brain-case, breadth 61, height (basilar suture to

bregma) 46; palate, length 32°5 ; nasal opening, height 16-4,

breadth 10°7; length of upper premolar and molar series 24°6.

Hab. Paitan, N. Borneo. Coll. A. Everett, July 1892.

YB On Two new North-Bornean Mammals.

Besides the type, a second specimen, in most respects

precisely similar and also a male, was obtained by Mr. Everett

at the same time and place.

This handsome monkey seems only to be nearly allied to the

species above referred to. Of these it differs from S. Hosez

and S. Everetté by its vertical frontal crest, its greyish crown

surrounded by black instead of black surrounded by white,

and its greyish nape and sides of neck, where there is none of

the sharp contrast between black and white characteristic of

those species; the legs also above the ankles are grey instead

of black.

From S. Thomast, which also hasa crest, it is distinguished

by its backwardly directed occipital hairs, its perfectly unicolor

tail, its paler back, and by the lesser extension and purity of

the white of the belly and inner surface of the limbs.

In addition, as already noted, S. sabanus is distinguished

from all its allies by the whitish or flesh-coloured tint of the

upper half of its face.

Mus Margarette pusillus, subsp. n.

Apparently similar in every way to the typical form, but

very markedly smaller in all dimensions, as is shown by the

following measurements of the type (an adult female in

alcohol} :—

Head and body 67 millim., tail 123; hind foot without

claws 16°8; ear from notch 13°8.

Skull: basal length 19°1, upper length 22°6; zygomatic

breadth 12-2, breadth of brain-case 11; nasals, length 7:3;

interorbital breadth 3:9; interparictal, length 3-2, breadth 6°5 ;

anterior zygoma-root 2°5; palate, length 115; diastema 6:1 ;

anterior palatine foramina 3°0; length of upper molar

series 3°0.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu, N. Borneo. Coll. A. Everett.

This beautiful little mouse is evidently a local represen-

tative of the very remarkable species | described as Mus

Margarette, from the Penrisen Hills, Western Sarawak*, and

as such deserves a subspecific name. ‘The specimen is

distinctly older than the original type of the species, and is of

the same sex, so that the difference in size is clearly due

neither to age nor sex.

A second specimen, identical in all respects with that now

described, was sent home by Mr. Everett, but was not acquired

for the Museum collection.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xi, p. 346 (1893),

On new Members of Heteromys and Neotoma. — 2:

XXXIX.—On Two new Members of the Genus Heteromys

and Two of Neotoma. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

In the April number of the ‘ Annals’ * J had the pleasure of

describing two new pocket-mice of the genus Heteromys from

Mexico and Guatemala, one of them, H. Salvinz, representing

a new annectant group distinguished by the characters

presented by the soles of the hind feet. To this species,

fi. Salvini, besides the type from Dueiias, Guatemala, a

second specimen from Costa Rica was doubtfully referred.

The Museum has now received from Dr. A. C. Buller, the

discoverer of the Mexican species previously described, another

pocket-mouse from a different locality in Jalisco, and this

proves also to belong to the group of which . Salvini is

typical, and agrees closely with it in size and cranial cha-

racters, but differs considerably in colour.

On comparing this new specimen with the other two from

Guatemala and Costa Rica, it is evident that it represents a

new species of this group, while at the same time a more

detailed examination shows that the Costa-Rican animal

ought itself to be separated, at least subspecifically, from the

Guatemalan.

Heteromys pictus, sp. n.

Size about as in HH. Salvint. Colour above coarsely

grizzled rufous, the usual black-tipped spines being profusely

mixed both on head and body with coarse orange-tipped

hairs ; sides brighter rufous, the junction between the dorsal

and ventral colours being marked, especially anteriorly, with

a bright orange-rufous line, far richer than in any other

species. ars black with white edges. Fore limbs wholly

white, except that there is an inconspicuous patch of grey

outside the elbow. Hind limbs white on their inner sides and

on the top of the feet, dusky on their outer and hinder sides,

this colour passing down on to the hairy part of the soles of

the feet. Soles hairy for about one third the total length of

the foot ; the naked part with six pads as in H. Salvini, but

the minute fifth one is situated rather further forwards, half-

way between the fourth and sixth. ‘ail sharply bicolor,

blackish above, white beneath.

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xi. p. 829 (1893).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 18

234 Mr. O. Thomas on new Members of the

Skull very similar to that of H. Salvind (typzcus), but

rather smaller and more delicately built ; interparietal large,

its length 54 per cent. of its breadth ; upper incisors forming

a segment of a very small circle, so that their tips are much

bent inwards towards the mouth, and the diastema is propor-

tionally short.

Dimensions of the type (a beautifully prepared ¢ skin) :—

Head and body 104 millim., tail 113, hind foot 24°8, ear

from notch (contracted) 12.

Skull: basal length 26°5, greatest length 31-6, greatest

breadth 15°2; nasals, length 12°7, breadth 3:6 ; interorbital

breadth 7-7; interparietal, length 4°6, breadth 8°5; diastema

7°7 ; length of upper molar series 4°3.

Hab. Mineral San Sebastian, Jalisco, Mexico, 4300 feet.

Coll. Dr. A. C. Buller, May 9, 1893.

Heteromys Salvini nigrescens, subsp. n.

Colour very similar to that of Hl. S. typicus, but the

yellowish grizzling on the back, inconspicuous in that animal,

is entirely absent, at least along the mesial line, so that the

dorsal colour is a deep uniform smoky brown. ‘Towards the

sides a few yellow-tipped hairs are present, but not in suffi-

cient numbers to affect the general tone. No trace of a

yellowish lateral line. Limbs as in HZ. S. typicus.

Skull decidedly smaller and more delicate than in the

typical form, the muzzle more slender, the interorbital region

narrower, and the interparietal conspicuously smaller (its

length-breadth percentage 51).

Dimensions of the typical skin (B.M. 69. 7. 19. 6) :—

Head and body 127; tail broken; hind foot without

claws 25.

Skull: greatest length 32°7, greatest breadth 15:4; nasals,

length 12°7, breadth 3°8; interorbital breadth 6:8; inter-

parietal, length 4:1, breadth 8; diastema 9:4; length of

upper molar series 4°7,.

Hab. Costa Rica.

Neotoma macrotis, sp. n.

Intermediate in size between the western N. floridana and

N. mexicana. Colour, so far as can be made out in a spirit-

specimen, very much as in the latter species. Belly-hairs

white-tipped. Feet white, faintly clouded proximally with

Genera Heteromys and Neotoma. 235

grey. Tail sharply bicolor, black above, white below and

on the sides ; well covered with hairs, but the scales showing

through. Ears very large, laid forward they reach in front

of the anterior canthus of the eye ; their minute hairs reddish

brown.

Skull strongly built, its frontal profile convex ; supra-

orbital ridges strongly marked; anterior palatine foramina

barely reaching backward to the level of the anterior root of

m1. Teeth small; their structure as usual.

Dimensions of the type (an old male in spirit) :—

Head and body 180 millim., tail 165; hind foot, without

claws, 33°7; ear from notch 29.

Skull: basal length 41°6, greatest breadth 24:7; nasal

length 18-4; interorbital breadth 6; interparietal, length 5,

breadth 11; palate, length 25:1; length of palatine foramina

9-8, upper molar series 8-4.

Hab. San Diego, California. Coll. Prof. Kigenmann.

Neotoma lepida, sp. n.

Size very small, smaller than in any known species.

Colour soft ashy grey, washed with pale fawn, the general

tone not unlike that of specimens of N. arizone; hairs

of chest and inguinal region pure white, those of belly

grey basally. ars large, their minute hairs whitish. Hands

and feet pure white. ‘l'ail very thickly haired, so much so

as to be intermediate between that of the round-tailed and

the bushy-tailed species, the scales entirely hidden by the

hairs ; its colour mixed brownish fawn above, white below.

Skull small and delicate ; frontal profile flattened ; supra-

orbital edges square, scarcely ridged; palatine foramina as in

N. macrotis; molars small.

Dimensions of the type (a skin, fully adult) :—

Head and body (probably stretched) 180 millim., tail (c.)

100, hind foot 27:2, ear 25.

Skull: lambda to nasal tip 34°5; greatest breadth 21:2;

nasal length 14°6; interorbital breadth 5:4; palate, length 20 ;

alatine foramen 8°2 ; upper molar series 7°5.

Hab. Utah. .

This interesting wood-rat had been put down as N. cinerea,

but its far smaller size and less bushy tail will readily distin-

guish it from that species.

236 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Bahama Amphioxus. By E. A. Anprews.

In addition to the Amphioxus, or lancelet, found on the coasts of

many parts of Europe, some five others have been reported from

yarious parts of the world. Giuinther recognizes these six as species

of Branchiostoma, that name having been given prior to the term

Amphioxus. The chief specific characters that can be made out

in the preserved specimens are the relative positions of anus and

atriopore as expressed by the number of muscle-segments anterior

to, between, and posterior to these openings. In addition to these

forms there is an undescribed lancelet in California, which, as far as

the above criteria may be trusted, belongs to a distinct species of

Branchiostoma, and a Japanese form that may prove to be one of the

known species.

The great morphological interest attached to the lancelet as the

simplest and, in many respects, the most primitive of known verte-

brates makes the taxonomy and geographical distribution of this

group of more than common importance, and justifies a short pre-

liminary account of a new form found in the Bahamas.

While the Johns Hopkins Marine Laboratory was stationed at

North Bimini, Bahamas, in the summer of 1892, many small lancelets

were taken swimming at or near the surface as well as living in the

calcareous sand on the flats exposed at low water.

These partly pelagic acraniates differ so mueh from the known

forms that they may be regarded as genertcally distinct. Their chief

anatomical peculiarities are as follows :—

(1) The gonads are developedjonly upon the right side of the body,

both in the adult and in the young.

(2) The notochord, neural tube, and median fins are prolonged as

a considerable caudal process posterior to the myotomes.

(3) The ventral fin is without any fin-rays or successive fin-ray

chambers.

(4) The pre-oral hood is extensive ; cirri smooth and united by

the hood-membrane for the greater part of their length.

(5) The right metapleuron is continuous with the median ventral

fin, which passes to the right of the anus.

(6) The ‘ olfactory pit” is apparently absent.

(7) Myotomes anterior to atriopore 44, between atriopore and

anus 9, posterior to anus 13: total 66. Length 13-16 millim.

(8) Swims free in the evening both at Bimini and in Nassau

Harbour. Lives also in the calcareous sand.

An illustvated description of these characters of this new genus

of acraniates will appear in a forthcoming number of vol. v. of the

‘ Studies from the Biological Laboratory.’—Johns Hopkins University

Circulars, vol. xii. no. 106, p. 104.

Anr.k& . Vor G.. Vat. Hist. 8 6. Vol. XI PL IV

as ME

a Y 4 I

amt

a ¥ As 5

‘ 4 ts i, Tt

™ ; ic tas nicl

we “;

2 6 * o

yee oy

' . i a)

< ae

4 f

= a

MW :

os ‘ p

7 ~ ' 5

‘

- >

s o

‘

i a) =

‘

{ -

; = a

r a ae

A .

J r

‘

re ’

. es

s oe

= Ul

‘

-, : a

Anin& Mag.Nat Mist. S: G. Vol. XM. PU. VII.

Srut del et lith

Aniw& Mag. Nat Hist, 5.6. Vol, XU. PU. Va.

wi)

Say

7 we

; ALTON CR

5.x 16

H.C.C.admat del. Mintern Bros. lth.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 70. OCTOBER 1893.

XL.—On some new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. By

Tuomas Scort, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board

for Scotland, and ANDREW Scort.

[Plates XI.—XIII. |

CoOPEPODA.

Diosaccus propinquus, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 1-6.)

Female.—Length, exclusive of caudal setz 1 millim. (35 of

an inch). Body moderately robust. Anterior antenne eight-

jointed, the first four joints stout, subequal, the last four

slender; the combined length of the last four is equal to

nearly two thirds of the combined length of the first four ;

the proportional lengths of the joints are shown by the

formula—

14.14.12.15.8.12.5.9

a er he a Te ay Oe §

Posterior antennz comparatively short and stout, secondary

branch two-jointed (fig. 3). Mandible-palp one-branched,

two-jointed as in Diosaccus tenuicornis (Claus), but the end

joint is much narrower than, and only about a third of the

length of, the basal joint. The maxille and anterior foot-

jaws are nearly as in Déosaccus tenuicornis. The posterior

foot-jaws are stout and the terminal claw is as long as the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 19

238 Messrs. T’. and A. Scott on some

joint from which it springs. The first three pairs of thoracic

feet are nearly as in Diosaccus tenuicornis, except that a stout

plumose seta springs from the basal joint of the first pair,

and the outer branches of the same pair are fully half the

length of the entire inner branches exclusive of the terminal

claws (fig. 4). Inner branches of the fourth pair two-jointed,

slender, and shorter than the outer branches. Basal joint of

the fifth pair subquadrate and furnished with four subterminal

plumose sete; secondary joint broadly ovate, extending con-

siderably beyond the basal joimt and bearing six sete—two

small ones at the apex, one plumose seta of moderate length

on each side of the apex, and two small ones on the outer

margin (fig. 6). Caudal stylets as long as the last abdo-

minal segment. Ovisacs two.

Hab. Moray Firth, a few miles northward of Kinnaird

Head, 130 fathoms.

Three specimens only were obtained, all females.

Remarks. This species closely resembles Diosaccus tenut-

cornis (Claus), but the anterior and posterior antenne are

shorter and stouter, the outer branches of the first thoracic

feet are proportionally longer, the inner branches of the fourth

pair are only two-jointed, and the secondary joints of the fifth

pair are ovate and extend considerably beyond the basal

joints.

Laophonte littorale, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 7-14.)

Length °85 millim. (35 of an inch). Body elongate, sub-

cylindrical, forehead shghtly produced and bluntly rounded.

Anterior antenne sparingly setiferous—in the female seven-

jointed, the third joint longer than any of the others, while

the fifth is very short, as shown by the formula—

SANT? HOV 86 ae

Female anterior antennee. . : a

IOS OSA romGie

In the male anterior antenne the fourth joint from the end is

considerably dilated, the following joint is distinctly hinged

to the fourth; the penultimate joint is very short, and the

last forms a stout grasping claw. The secondary branch of

the three-jointed posterior antennz is rudimentary, and con-

sists of one small joint bearing an apical seta. ‘I'he mouth-

organs are nearly as in Laophonte curticauda, Boeck. The

outer branches of the first thoracic feet, which consist of three

subequal joints, are equal to about half the length of the inner

branches exclusive of the terminal claw. The inner branches

new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. 239

of the first four thoracic feet are all two-jointed; the fourth

pair in the female and male are dissimilar—those of the female

do not differ much from the others except that they are rather

shorter and stouter, but in those of the male the inner branches

are almost obsolete, being reduced to two minute joints, while

in striking contrast to these the outer branches are robust and

are armed with several stout spines in place of sete; the

first joint of the outer branches is considerably longer than

the next two together (fig. 12). The fifth pair in the female

have both joints broadly foliaceous and subquadrate, and bear

a number of strongly plumose terminal sete ; in the male the

fifth pair are rudimentary and consist of a slightly produced

basal portion carrying four sete, in addition to a small spine-

like seta on the inner margin (fig. 13). The caudal stylets

are covered with cilia, and are about two and a half times

longer than broad and equal to one and a half times the length

of the last abdominal segment.

Hab. In pools of brackish water at the mouth of a small

stream at Luffness, Firth of Forth, and in similar pools at

the mouth of the river Alness, Cromarty Firth. Not very

rare.

Remarks. Laophonte littorale resembles Laophonte curti-

cauda, Boeck, in some respects, but differs very markedly in

the structure of the fourth thoracic feet of the male (the outer

branches are, however, somewhat similar to the outer branches

of the third pair of the male of that species, but the propor-

tional lengths of the joints are different). There are other,

though less obvious, differences between the two species, as,

for example, in the structure of the first thoracic feet and of

the male fifth feet. The species appears to be confined to

water that is more or less brackish.

PSEUDOCLETODES, subgen. nov.

Resembling Cletodes, Brady, in general appearance, but

the inner branches of the first thoracic feet are obsolete or

rudimentary ; inner branches of the second, third, and fourth

pairs two-jointed, the first joint very small.

Pseudocletodes vararensis *, sp. n.

(Pl. XII. figs. 4-14.)

Length 1°14 millim. (s'5 of an inch). Rostrum prominent,

moderately broad, with a minute hair on each side of the

* Eloyvois Ovdpap (Alstuary of Varar), the name used by Ptolemy

for the Moray Firth.

19*

240 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some

triangular apex. Body narrow, tapering slightly and evenly

to the caudal extremity (fig. 4). Anterior antenne (female)

six-jointed, stout, each of the third, fifth, and sixth joints

armed with a strong setiferous spine on the upper aspect; the

upper distal angle of the third joint is produced and forms the

base of a stout olfactory appendage; the formula shows the

proportional length of the joints—

9710"..8...3 24 710

Tsao argo

Posterior antennee somewhat similar to those of Cletodes linearis,

Claus, but rather shorter and stouter. Mouth-appendages also

somewhat similar to those of that species. Inner branches of the

first thoracic feet obsolete and replaced by a dagger-shaped

setiferous spine; the second joint of the outer branches is

furnished with a small plumose seta on the inner edge and a

stout conical spine springs from the outer distal margin of

the first and second joints, while the third joint is provided

with five spiniform sete round its extremity and outer edge

(fig. 9). ‘The inner branches of the next three pairs are

nearly alike, except that those of the second and third pairs

are rather longer than the first two joints of the outer branches,

while those of the fourth pair scarcely reach to the end of the

second joint; the inner branches of the third pair in the male

are slightly shorter than in the female, and armed with a

terminal conical spine, as shown in the figure (fig. 13).

Caudal stylets broad, subovate, nearly straight on the outer

edge and convex on the inner, and provided with a few small

lateral and terminal sete.

Hab. Among Filograna implexa, brought up in the trawl-

net in the Moray Firth.

Remarks. In form and in many of its details this curious

species is closely allied to Cletodes, but the remarkable struc-

ture of the first thoracic feet is so much at variance with the

characters of that genus as to render its position in Cletodes

untenable.

Female anterior antenne. .

PSEUDANTHESSIUS, Claus.

This genus of the Lichomolgide is distinguished from its

allies by the structure of the mouth-appendages, and espe-

cially of the fourth pair of thoracic feet, the inner branches of

which are one-jointed (fig. 20). Two British species of

Pseudanthessius have already been described, viz. Pseudan-

thessius liber (B. & R.) and Pseudanthessius Thorellii

(B. & R.)*. We have now to record a third species, which

* Mon. Brit. Copep. vol. iii. pp. 44 and 47.

new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. 241

was obtained by carefully washing some masses of Filograna

trawled in the Moray Firth.

Pseudanthesstus gracilis, Claus. (Pl. XII. figs. 15-20.)

Pseudanthessius gracilis, Claus, Arbeit. zool. Inst. Wien, 1889, vol. viii.

p- 344, Taf. iv. figs. 1-7.

Length 1°3 millim. (75 of an inch). First body-segment

rather longer than broad, gently curving toward the rounded

forehead; last thoracic segment scarcely broader than the

slender abdomen. Anterior antenne not reaching to the end

of the first body-segment, seven-jointed, the third and last

joints much shorter, as shown by the appended formula—

te. 20. 6. Ie IG ES 9

ete aera: er

Secondary antenne four-jointed, third joint very small, the

last provided with one plain and four elongate and geniculate

spiniform sete. Mandibles stout, produced to an acute apex,

inner margin evenly convex, middle portion of the exterior

margin ciliate. Maxille simple, bearing three apical sete

(fig. 17). Anterior foot-jaws slender, armed with a few strong

teeth on the upper edge; a plumose seta springs from the

inner edge near the base of the foot-jaw. Posterior foot-jaw

three-jointed, second joint somewhat dilated and bearing a

stout spiniform seta near the middle of the inner aspect ; the

last joint very small and terminated by a stout conical spine

and a spiniform seta about three times longer than the joint

from which it springs (fig. 19). Inner branches of the first

three pairs of thoracic feet three-jointed ; inner branches of

the fourth pair one-jointed and scarcely reaching to the end

of the second joint of the outer branches, and armed at the

truncate apex with two dagger-shaped spines; the inner

branches are without sete, but there is a small hook-like

process near the middle of the inner margin (fig. 20). Fifth

pair small, subquadrate, attached to the produced angles of

the last thoracic segment, and provided with an elongate

dagger-like spine and a plain seta at the apex, and a small

seta near the articulation of the joint with the thorax. The

first abdominal segment is about equal to the combined

length of the next three and is somewhat dilated towards the

distal end. Caudal stylets equal to about twice the length

of the last abdominal segment; a small seta springs from

near the middle of the outer edge of each stylet in addition

to the terminal sete.

942 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some

Hab. Also among Filograna, from the Moray Firth.

Several specimens were obtained.

Remarks. This species somewhat resembles Pseudanthessius

Thorellii (B. & R.), but differs particularly in the form of

the anterior foot-jaws, in the proportional length of the inner

branches of the fourth thoracic feet, and in the form of the

abdomen.

REMIGULUS *, gen. nov. (provisional name).

Body cyclopoid. Anterior antenne short, six-jointed.

Posterior antenne three-jointed, without a secondary appen-

dage. Mouth-organs rudimentary—the mandibles, maxille,

and foot-jaws consist for the most part of simple stylet-shaped

appendages. ‘The first four pairs of thoracic feet have all the

outer branches three- and the inner two-jointed. Fifth pair

unbranched, two-jointed.

The genus Remigulus is provisionally instituted to include

a curious cyclopoid copepod from Loch Linnhe, west of Scot-

land. The following is a description of the species :—

Remigulus tridens, sp. n

(Pl. XI. figs, 15-20; Pl. XII. figs. 1-3.)

Basal joints of the six-jointed anterior antenne armed with

three prominent teeth (Pl. XII. fig.1); when theanimalis viewed

from above the basal joints with their armature are entirely

hidden by the boldly rounded forehead. The formula shows

the proportional length of the joints of the anterior antennae—

72:10), 2048. DG

Ind 8 4tb) 6

Posterior antennz stout, the second and third joints subequal

and shorter than the first; the second joint is more or less

covered with cilia and armed with a stout hooked spine at

the distal end; the last joint, which is narrower than the

preceding one, bears four spiniform and geniculate terminal

sete. Mandibles and other mouth-organs as described in the

generic definition (Pl. XI. figs.17,18,19; Pl. XII. fig.2). The

first and second joints of the outer branches of the first pair of

swimming-feet are furnished exteriorly with a marginal row

of small teeth ; the joints of the short and stout inner branches

are subequal and are each provided with a plumose seta on

the interior edge, while the second joint is strongly dentate

on the outer margin and armed at the apex with two small

hook-like spines. The inner branches of the next three pairs

* Remex, a waterman.

new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. 243

are comparatively slender and composed of two unequal joints,

the first being only about half the length of the second. ‘The

first joint of the fifth pair is short, the second large and

foliaceous, thickly covered with cilia, and furnished with four

subterminal sete. The abdomen and stylets together are

only about one third the length of the cephalothorax. Caudal

stylets nearly equal to the combined length of the last two

abdominal segments. The base of the principal seta of each

stylet is considerably enlarged and is articulated to the elon-

gate slender distal portion.

Hab. Loch Linnhe (near the mouth of Loch Spelve),

Argylshire, 1892.

Remarks. This curious species resembles some of the

Lichomolgide in general appearance, but it differs from any-

thing known to us in the rudimentary structure of the mouth-

appendages and in having the inner branches of all the first

four thoracic feet two-jointed. Though obtained among

dredged material, its structure clearly indicates semiparasitic

habits similar to the Lichomolgide and other closely allied

forms ; but its host is at present unknown to us.

The following interesting copepods have also recently been

obtained :—

Cervinia Bradyi, Norman. ' Sy igs Y

Pterinopsyllus insignis, Beau" pee eaten ae

Ne pallida, Boeck. ee eae Not

eee Tianna, 1.0. | previously recorded for

Thompson. aera

Phalestiis peliata (Boek). J the east of Scotland.

Caligidium vagabundum, Claas.

Caligidium vagabundum, Claus, Arbeit. zool. Inst. Wien, vol. viii.

(1889) p. 367, Taf. i. figs. 1-7.

New to the British fauna.

One specimen of this curious species has recently been

obtained among dredged material from the Moray Firth,

depth 130 fath.

The structure of the anterior antennz, with their extremely

long filamentous hairs, and the structure of the posterior foot-

jaws and first thoracic feet enable the species to be readily

distinguished. ‘lhe species was described by Dr. Claus from

a single specimen in 1889 (see op. cit.), and, so far as we

know, this is the only other record of its occurrence. Dr,

Kugene Canu (‘ Les Copépodes du Boulonnais,’ 1892, p. 255)

244 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some

refers to Claus’s specimen as a “ unique exemplaire.”” We

intend to describe and figure the Moray Firth specimen

later on.

AMPHIPODA.

? Cyproidia brevirostris, sp.n. (PI. XIII. figs. 1-11.)

Natural size 1°54 millim. (75 of aninch). Like Cyproidia

damnoniensis, Stebbing, in general appearance. Cephalon

about equal to the combined length of the first two segments

of the mesosome. Rostrum triangular, short, not reaching

to the penultimate basal joint of the superior antenne; the

rostrum, though small, is quite distinct. Second segment of

the mesosome not more than half the length of the next.

Eyes conspicuous, consisting of numerous lenses, the centre

ones only appearing to be pigmented. Superior and inferior

antenne similar to those of Cyproidia damnoniensis, but no

trace of a secondary appendage could be observed on the

superior antennee even with the aid of a Swift’s +-inch objec-

tive; the number of hairs on the first joint of the flagellum of

the same antenne is also greater and they are arranged in six

pairs ; each pair springs trom a small papilliform base (fig. 2).

The mandible-palp, if applied to the mandible, extends con-

siderably beyond it, and is therefore proportionally much

longer than the mandible-palp of Cyprotdia damnoniensis

(fig. 4). The first and second gnathopods are similar to

those of that species, but the fingers are not serrate on the

lower concave edge (figs. 5 and 6). The third and fourth

pairs of coxal plates are greatly developed (fig. 1). The

fourth pair is about one and a half times as deep as the corre-

sponding segment of the mesosome ; they also extend laterally

beyond the sixth segment, and as their posterior excavation,

which is comparatively narrow, is filled up by the fifth pair

of coxal plates, the basal portions of the fourth and fifth

pereiopods are almost entirely concealed. Third pair of

pereiopods slender, basal joint of the last pereiopods lamelli-

form, becoming wider towards the distal end, and produced

downwards posteriorly to an acute angle (fig. 8). Uropoda

and telson as in Cyprotdia damnoniensis.

Hab. Moray Firth; washed from F%lograna ¢mplexa from

a depth of over 40 fathoms.

fiemarks. This species resembles Cyprotdia damnoniensis,

Stebbing, in several of its characters, but it is at once distin-

guished by the great size of the third and fourth coxal plates.

‘There are some other, but less obvious, points of difference, as,

for example, the absence of a secondary appendage to the

new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. 245

superior antenne, the peculiar arrangement of the hairs at the

base of the flagellum of the same antenne, the longer

mandible-palp, and the form of the largely developed basal

joint of the last pereiopods.

As was pointed out by the Rev. Mr. Stebbing several years

ago, there appears to be comparatively little difference between

Cyproidia, Haswell, and Stegoplaz, G. O. Sars. The only

characters of any value that appear to separate the two genera

are the apparent presence (Cyprotdia) or absence (Stegoplaz)

of a minute secondary appendage to the superior antenna,

and the hands of the second gnathopods being larger than

(Cyproidia) or similar to (Stegoplax) the hands of the first

gnathopods ; the difference of length of the rostrum can only

be of specific value. The Moray Firth specimen, in possessing

no secondary appendage to the superior antenne, agrees

better with Haswell’s amended description than with that of

the Rey. Mr. Stebbing, as well as exhibits a close affinity

with Stegoplax.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XD.

Diosaccus propinquus, sp. 0.

Fig. 1. Female, seen from the side, x 40. 2. Anterior antenna, x 152.

3. Posterior antenna, x 127. 4. Foot of first pair, x 84.

5. Foot of fourth pair, x 84. 6. Foot of fifth pair, x 127.

Laophonte littorale, sp. n.

Fig. 7. Female, seen from above, X 54. 8. Anterior antenna, female,

x 190, 9. Foot of first pair, x 254. 10. Foot of fourth pair,

female, X 254, 11. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 190. 12. Foot

of fourth pair, male, x 254. 13. Foot of fifth pair, male, x 380.

14. Appendage to first abdominal segment, male, x 253.

Remigulus tridens, gen. et sp. n.

Fig. 15. Female (?), seen from above, x 54. 16. Posterior antenna,

x 190. 17. Maxilla, x 380. 18. Anterior foot-jaw, x 380.

19. Posterior foot-jaw, x 506. 20. Foot of fourth pair, x 152.

PLATE XII,

Remigulus tridens, gen, et sp. n.

Fig. 1. Anterior antenna, xX 190. 2. Mandible, x 506. 3. Foot of

first pair, x 152.

Pseudocletodes vararensis, subgen, et sp. n.

Fig. 4. Female, seen from above, x 48. 5. Anterior antenna, female,

x 253. 6. Posterior antenna, x 253. 7. Mandible and palp,

246 Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera.

x 380. 8. Posterior foot-jaw, x 380. 9. Foot of first pair,

x 190. 10. Foot of fourth pair, x 127. 11. Foot of fifth

pair, female, x 190. 12. Anterior antenna, male, x 253.

18. Foot of third pair, inner branch only, male, x 190.

14. Foot of fifth pair, male, x 190.

Pseudunthessius gracilis, Claus.

Fig. 15. Female, seen from above, X 40. 16. Posterior antenna, x 127.

17. Mandible and (a) maxilla, x 190. 18, Anterior foot-jaw,

x 190. 19. Posterior foot-jaw, x 190. 20. Foot of fourth

pair, X 127.

Puate XIII.

? Cyproidia brevirostris, sp. 0.

Fig. 1. Female (?), seen from the side, x 48. 2. Superior antenna, x 127.

3. Inferior antenna, X 127. 4. Mandible and palp, x 285.

5. First gnathopod, x 127. 6. Second gnathopod, x 127.

7. Third pereiopod, x 95. 8. Fifth pereiopod, x 95. 9. First

uropod, X 127. 10. Third uropod, xX 127. 11. Telson, x 190,

XULI.—A few Synonymical Notes upon African Lepidoptera.

By W. J. Houanp, Ph.D., F.E.S.

THE seventeenth livraison of Mons. Charles Oberthiir’s

splendid ‘Etudes d’Entomologie’ is before me. I am glad

to see the discussion on p. 28 in regard to Drury’s Acrea

cynthius. The identification of this species and the species

which have borne the names serena, Fabr., bonasia, Fabr.,

and eponina, Cram., has led to much difficulty in the minds

of the students of African Lepidoptera. Having recently

had occasion to work out the subject with all the literature

pertaining to it before me, and at the same time with long

series of the species in question at hand for study and

reference, it is a pleasure to me to see that so eminent an

authority as Mons. Oberthiir has practically attained the same

results in his investigations as those at which I have myself

arrived. Mons. Oberthiir expresses some doubt as to the cor-

rectness of his decision; but that it is absolutely correct seems

to me to be beyond question.

It is worthy of note that the species which he figures with

some hesitation as Acrea cynthius, Drury, has for some years

past been sold as Acrwa bonasia, Fabr., by Dr. Staudinger,

and thus stands labelled in many collections. Dr. Staudinger

was undoubtedly led to this determination by the identifica-

tion of A. bonasia, Fabr., with A. cynthius, Drury, by Kirby

Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera. 247

(see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 132. no. 19).

Mr. Butler, in his ‘Catalogue of the Fabrician Diurnal

Lepidoptera,’ p. 131, states emphatically that the Papilio

bonasia of Fabricius is identical with Cramer’s P. eponina, as

evidenced by the type in the Banksian Collection. This

view is confirmed by Mr. Trimen in his ‘ South-African

Butterflies,’ vol. i. p. 174, footnote.

Mons. Oberthiir quotes Trimen, ‘ Rhopalocera Africe

Australis,’ as favouring the view that A. eponina, Cram., isa

synonym of A. cynthius, Drury. Had Mons. Oberthiir con-

sulted Mr. Trimen’s recent work ‘ South-African Butterflies,’

vol. i. pp. 174 and 175, he would have seen that the recent

studies of the learned Curator of the South-African Museum

have led him to greatly modify the views expressed in his

work published in 1862. The synonymy of the various

species of the group which have been confused with one

another in this genus may be worked out as follows, and will,

I think, be found correct :—

1. Acraa (Papilio) cynthius, Drury.

Acrea (P.) cynthius, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. iii. pl. xxxvii. figs. 5, 6

(1782).

Acrea (P.) cynthia, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. iv. pl. Ixxx. figs. 1, 2

(1790).

Acrea cynthia, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 254. no. 13 (1819).

Acrea cynthius, Trimen, South-African Butt. vol. i. p. 175 (1887).

Acrea cynthius?, Oberthir, Etudes d’Entom. xvii. p. 28, pl. i. fig. 5

(1893).

Telchinia serena (Fabr.), Butl. (pars), Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 130

(1869).

Acrea bonasia (Fabr.), Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 132 (1871).

2. Acrea (P.) serena, Fabr.

Acrea (P.) serena, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 461. no. 76 (1775).

Acrea (P.) eponina, Cram., 2, Pap, Exot. iii. pl. cclxviii. figs. C, D

(1782).

Acrea serena, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. iv. pl. lxxxii. figs. 8, 9 (1790).

Telchinia serena, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 180 (1869) (pars).

3. Acrea (P.) bonasia, Fabr.

Acrea (P.) bonasia, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 464. no. 96 (1775).

Acrea (P.) eponina, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eclxviii. figs. A, B (1782).

Acrea (P.) serena, Fabr. Mant. Ins. pp. 14, 16. nos. 133, 164 (1787).

Acrea (P.) serena, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. iy. pl. lxxxii. figs. 6, 7

(1790).

4. Acrea Buxtoni, Butl.

Acrea Buxtoni, Butl. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. p. 395 (1875).

Acrea serena (Fabr.), Boisd. App. Voy. de Deleg. p. 590 (1847).

248 Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera.

Acrea manjaca (Boisd.), Wallgrn. Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 22 (1857).

Acrea serena (Fabr.), pars, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Aust. i. p. 107 (1862).

Acrea serena (Fabr.), Stdgr. Exot. Schmett. pl. xxxiii. (1888).

5. Acrea manjaca, Boisd.

Acrea manjaca, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madag. p. 33, pl. iv. fig. 6, pl. v.

figs. 6 & 7.

Acrea serena, var. a, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 132 (1871).

6. Acrea cabira, Hopff.

Acrea cabira, Hoptt. Monatsber. d. k. Preuss. Akad. d. Wissench.

1855, p. 640. no. 7, and Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb., Ins. p. 378,

pl. xxiii. figs. 14, 15 (1862).

Acrea cynthia, Trimen (pars), Rhop, Afr. Austr. i. p. 108. no, 68

(1862).

Acrea cynthia, Boisd. App. Voy. de Deleg. p. 590 (1847).

It appears from the foregoing that the name eponina, Cram.,

falls entirely, being a synonym both of A. bonasia, Fabr.,

and of A. serena, Fabr., in the cases where it is employed by

Cramer. A. cynthius, Drury, was confounded by later writers

with a very different insect, which was named Acrea cabira

by Hopffer. Acrea Buztoni, Butl., is a good species, which

was mistaken for a long while, and is still mistaken by care-

less authors, for A. serena, Fabr. A. manjaca, Boisd., is a

good species, representing A. Buxtont, Butl., in Madagascar.

I have large series of all these species in my collection,

representing both sexes, and am able to positively affirm from

what I know of them that they are valid.

On p. 25 of livraison xvii. ‘ Etudes d’Entomologie’

Mons. Oberthiir describes several forms of an Acrea to which

he gives the name proteina; of which on pl. i. fig. 4 he

depicts what he avers is the male, and on pl. ii. figs. 19 and

21 what he claims are varietal forms, presumably of the

male, though he does not designate the sex, and on the same

plate, fig. 14, what he considers the typical form of the species.

On pl. i. fig. 29 he depicts another varietal form, and on

pl. u. fig. 17 a form which he describes under the name

A. kilimanjara. Jam quite familiar with this insect, a con-

siderable number having passed through my hands which were

taken by Dr. Abbott in the region about Kilimanjaro in

1888. It is the insect which was described by Godman,

in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,’

1885, p. 537, as A. Johnstoni, and the female of which was

described by Butler in the same journal for 1888, p. 91.

From material before me I am able to confidently assert

Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera. 249

that the black form with well-defined white spots is, as

Mr. Butler has determined, the female of the male with the

prevalently fulvous wings. A. kilimanjara, Oberth., is, as I

am forced to believe, a variant female of the species. The

synonymy is as follows :—

Acrea Johnstoni, Gdm.

Acrea Johnstoni, Gdn, P, Z. 8. Lond. 1885, p. 537 (3) ; Butler, P. Z. S.

1888, p. 91 (2).

Acrea proteina, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. livr. xvii. pp. 25, 26, pl. ii.

fig. 19 (typical Johnstoni, Gdm., ¢), fig. 21 (¢), pl.i. fig. 4, pl. ii.

fig. 14, pl. iii. fig. 29(¢).

Acrea kilimanjara, Oberth. 1. ¢. p. 26, pl. ii. fig. 17 (Q, var.).

On page 24 of the same work Mons. Oberthiir describes an

Acrea to which he gives the name A. planesium, the

male of which he figures on pl.i. fig. 11. This ig the species

which I described from the Abbott Collection as Acrea

minima. ‘The type is in the U.S. National Museum, a co-

type is in my collection. The synonymy is as follows :—

Acrea minima, Holl.

Acrea minima, Holl. Entomologist, Lond., Sept. 1892.

Acrea planesium, Oberth. Etudes d’Entom. livr. xvii, p. 24, pl. i, fig. 11

(1893).

I cannot resist the impression that Acrea regalis, Oberth.

(Etud. d’Entom. livr. xvii. p. 20, pl. il. fig. 20), is identical

with A. bresia, described by Godman, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 538,

and figured by Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Acrea, pl. i.

fig. 7. I have a considerable series of A. brasia, Gdm., and

they vary considerably, some having the marginal row of

spots on the secondaries as in the figure given by Oberthiir, and

some are without them, as in the figure in the ‘ Rhopalocera

Exotica,’ and there are intergrades. I am fully satisfied that

the two figures represent one and the same species, in which

case Godman’s name has the priority.

In turning over the pages of part 23 of the ‘ Rhopalocera

Exotica,’ by Smith and Kirby, | find that the learned authors

have figured on the twentieth plate illustrative of African

Lycenide, fig. 6, a species which they name Epitola rezia.

In the footnote they courteously express the belief that I claim

this as the species described by me in ‘ Psyche,’ vol. v.

p- 425, as EL. benitensis (not bendtenais, as it is misprinted in

the ‘Rhop. Exotica’). I have taken occasion to compare the

figure on the plate with my type, and find that the latter

250 Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera.

differs in that the blue space upon the secondaries is divided

by a black ray running along the lower edge of the cell and

along the third Gea ommule, gradually widening outwardly

and coalescing with the broad black marginal border. This

is the only point of distinction between it and E. rezia, S.& K.,

except that the primaries are more acute.

In the same finely illustrated work, in connexion with the

twenty-second plate of African Lyceenides I discover that the

authors have made a change in a name which is not justified.

They describe Lycenesthes lychnoptera (sic), and figure it on

the plate, concluding that my name lychnaptes (! Psyche,’

vol. vi. p. 51) is a misprint. In this they are in error. My

name lychnaptes* (not lychnoptes, as misprinted in the

‘Rhopalocera Exotica’) must stand as it was published in

‘Psyche.’ The synonymy is therefore as follows :—

Epitola lychnaptes, Holl.

Epitola lychnaptes, Holl. Psyche, vol. vi. p. 51 (1891).

Epitola lychnoptera (err.), 8. & K., Rhop. Exot. part xxv. pl. xxii.

Afr, Lye. figs. 1, 2 (1893).

Under the name Lhadinopasa Uder Dr. Karsch described,

in the ‘ Entomologische Nachrichten,’ 1891, p. 15, a Smerin-

thine moth which is identical with Basiana Hornimannt,

Druce, as Karsch himself admits in a later article published

in the same journal. It is worthy of notice, however, that

while the specific name given by Druce must stand, the

insect is dimorphic, and I infer from what I can make out of

Dr. Karsch’s description that he had the dimorphic form

before him. Ihave a large series of the insect reared ea larva.

Some of the caterpillars were reddish and produced typical

Hornimanni, which is a rosy moth ; others of the larve were

dark green and produced a duller-coloured moth. I propose

to retain Karsch’s name for this form, and suggest the

following synonymy :—

Rhadinopasa Hornimanni, Druce.

Basiana Hornimanni, Druce, Ent. Month. Mag. xvi. 1880, p. 268.

Basiana? Hornimanni, Holl. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvi. 1889, p. 66,

pl. iii. figs. 5, 6.

Var. dimorph. "Rhadinopasa Udei, Karsch, Entom. Nachr. xvii. 1891,

p. 15, Taf. i. fig. 4.

In the fourth quarterly issue of the ‘ Berliner entomolo-

* Avyvantns=a lamp-lighter.

Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera. 251

gische Zeitschrift’ Dr. Karsch makes a new genus, Ortho-

gonioptilum, for the reception of three species of moderately

large African moths, to which he gives the specific names

adiegetum, monochromum, and prox, and refers the genus to

the Saturniide. This issue of the journal, though it is the

fourth for the year 1892, was not published, as shown on the

cover, until the middle of May 1893. A note on page vi is

dated May 10th, 1893. I make remark of these facts because

in the May number of the ‘ Entomological News’ for 1893,

which was mailed to subscribers at the end of April, I have

described three species which are congeneric with the three

published by Dr. Karsch, referring them to a new genus

which I propose for their reception and which I name Goodia

in honour of my excellent friend Dr. Good, who has done

more than any other collector in recent years to throw light

upon the life-history of the Lepidoptera of Western Africa,

and whose voluminous notes upon the transformations of a

host of species I hope ere long to publish, with figures of the

various larval stages. Inasmuch as the only test of priority

is that of publication, and as my name and generic chiarac-

terization were, in fact, published fully two weeks prior to

those of Dr. Karsch, I feel justified in claiming priority for

the name under the circumstances relating to “it. Were it

not for my desire in this way to commemorate the services

of a pioneer observer in this field, I should be less tenacious

of the claim of priority, which I may nevertheless in strict

propriety make. It appears therefore that there are six species

which belong to this genus of beautiful moths. They may

be arranged as follows :—

Goop1A, Holland. (Orthogonioptilum, Karsch.)

1. Goodia vestigiata, Holl.

Goodia vestigiata, Holl. Ent. News (April 30th, 1895), p. 179, pl. ix.

fig. 1.

2. Goodia lunata, Holl.

Goodia lunata, Holl. l. c. p. 178, pl. ix. fig. 2

3. Goodia nubilata, Holl.

Goodia nubilata, Holl. 1. c. p. 178, pl. ix. fig. 3.

4. Goodia (Orthogontoptilum) adiegetum, Karsch.

Goodia (Orth.) adiegetum, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 501,

Taf. xx. fig. 1 (published May 15, 1893).

252 Mr. W. E. Collinge on the Anatomy ce.

5. Goodia (Orth.) monochromum, Karsch.

Goodia ( Orth.) monochromum, Karsch, J. c. p. 502, pl. xx. fig. 3.

6. Goodia (Orth.) prox, Karsch.

Goodia (Orth.) prox, Karsch, /. ¢. p. 502, footnote.

My reference of the genus to the Drepanulide is, I discover

upon a more minute examination of the neuration, erroneous.

Dr. Karsch is right in referring it to the Saturniide.

Western University of Pennsylvania,

August 16, 1893.

XLI.—Description of the Anatomy ke. of a new Species and

Variety of Arion. By Watrer E. CoLiince, Demon-

strator of Biology, Mason College, Birmingham.

[Plate [X.]

Arion flagellus, sp.n. (Pl. IX.)

For some months past I have been receiving large series of

Trish slugs, mostly belonging to the genus Arion, from

Mr. R. A. Phillips, of Ashburton, Co. Cork.

In June last I received two boxes of Arions, three examples

of which I noticed in particular owing to the small size of the

caudal gland. Through the kindness of Dr. Scharff,

Mr. Phillips, and Miss Delap I have had opportunities for

examining many hundreds of Irish Arionine ; but nothing

approaching this form has previously come under my notice.

On July 26th I received a further series of slugs from

Mr. Phillips, collected at Schull, Co. Cork, two of which I

recognized as agreeing with the form previously noted.

A careful examination satisfies me that it is a new form, which

I now describe and figure.

The slug alive measured 50 millim. in length, in alcohol

42 millim., with a mantle 13 millim. long. The head is of a

bluish-white colour, which gradually darkens or becomes a

greyish blue on the tentacles. In the median line of the body

a broad, dark, vandyke-brown coloured band extends from

the caudal gland to the mantle and becomes less distinct

after passing over about half the length of the mantle. On

of a new Species and Variety of Arion. 253

either side of the body a narrower light brown band borders

the median one, and this in turn is bounded by another dark

vandyke-brown band about half the breadth of the median

one. The sides of the body and the foot-fringe are of a light

brownish white, the latter being striped with faint sepia lines.

The sole is pale yellow. The ruge are somewhat oval and

flat, separated by deep sulci. The caudal gland is small and

inconspicuous.

The alimentary and nervous systems agree very closely

with the condition found in A. empiricorum, Fér.; there are

some slight modifications, however, in the form, position, and

branching of the buccal nerve and a number of minor modifi-

cations in the muscular system, in both of which features

it differs from any known species. Individually, however,

I am not inclined to attach much importance to these. The

differences in the generative system are the best marked

and such as to at once indicate its specific identity. There is

a large single vestibule ; the upper portion of the receptacular

duct is greatly enlarged, but it cannot at all be regarded as a

second vestibule. ‘lhe sperm-duct is a moderate-sized taper-

ing organ continued as the vas deferens, which is noticeable

on account of its length. The receptacular duct commences

as a much dilated tube, tapering to a small and short duct

which opens into a large oval-shaped sac—the receptaculum

seminis. There is a large muscle attached to the distal end

of this organ (Pl. IX. fig. 2, 7.s. and r.m.). The oviduct is

exceedingly large and usually exhibits a series of more or less

well-developed constrictions; where this large proximal

portion joins the distal portion of the free oviduct there is a

small flagellum, to which a muscle is attached. This muscle

originates from the right body-wall, posterior to the peri-

cardial cavity, and, as well as being attached to the oviduct,

is continued forwards and attached to the upper portion of

the receptacular duct. The oviduct and prostate are much

convoluted, and in all the specimens dissected were found to

have a position quite different to that found in any other

members of the genus as far as I am aware. On turning

back the body-wall from the left side, the large albumen-

gland is noticed lying over the oviduct and prostate, these in

turn lying over the free oviduct, sperm-duct, vas deferens, &c.

The albumen-gland is exceptionally large, as is also the her-

maphrodite gland, which is of a deep slaty-purple colour ; it

opens into the hermaphrodite duct, a long convoluted tube.

It will readily be seen that A. flagellus differs in a number

of well-marked anatomical characteristics from any other

known species. It may, I think, be regarded as a form inter-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 20

254 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

mediate between A. lusttanicus, Mabille, and A. subfuscus,

Drap., both of which species occur in Ireland. It also forms

a link between the empiricorum and subfuscus group of

Pollonera.

Arion flagellus, Collinge, var. nov. Phillipst.

This form differs from the type in having the whole of the

back and mantle of a deep mahogany-brown colour and the

sides of the body white with black dashes. It was found in

company with the specimens collected at Schull, Co. Cork.

I have much pleasure in associating with it the name of the

finder, Mr. R. A. Phillips.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Arion flagellus, Collinge, x 13.

Fig. 2. Generative system of the same, x 3.

Fg. 3. Distal portion of the free oviduct, showing flagellum, x 9.

Fig. 4, Proximal portion of the generative system, showing enlarged

portion of the receptacular duct.

alb.gl, Albumen-gland. rm. Retractor muscles.

Ji. Flagellum. r.d. Receptacular duct.

h.d. Hermaphrodite duct. 7r.s. Receptaculum seminis.

h.g. Hermaphrodite gland. s.d, Sperm-duct.

ov. Oviduct. v. Vestibule. ~

ov’. Free oviduct. v.d. Vas deferens,

pr. Prostate.

XLUI.—New Species of Oriental Lepidoptera.

By Col. C. Swinnoe, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

RHOPALOCERA.

Family Nymphalide.

Subfamily Lrwwrwz.

Genus DAnIsEPA, Moore.

Danisepa niasana, sp. n.

$. Black. Fore wings with a large square white patch

filling up the end of the cell, but not touching the disco-

cellulars; a long white spot immediately above it with a

small white spot in front, both divided from the cell-patch by

the subcostal vein; a long pale blue spot just below centre of

first median veinlet and five round blue spots submarginal.

Hind wings with a white basal patch as in D. rhadamanthus ;

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 255

two small blue spots near the middle of the outer margin and

a blue submarginal dot near the anal angle. Underside

brown ; fore wings with white spots as above, with three

additional—a large one below the cell-patch and two small

ones outside its lower end; submarginal spots on fore wing

white, also apical marginal white dots; submarginal spots

and marginal dots on hind wings blue.

Expanse of wings 279 inches.

Island of Nias. Type in O. M.

Allied to D. Lowet, Butler, but can at once be distinguished

by the entire absence of any of the usual white streaks on the

abdominal area of the hind wings.

Subfamily Sarvriwz.

Genus MELANITIS, Fabr.

Melanitis gylippa, sp. n.

3. Fore wing with the apex more acute than in Wf. aswa,

but without any subapical falcation, the outer margin being

quite straight; general coloration of body and wings deep

bright brown and very uniform. Fore wings with a dull

orange-ochreous outer band, rather broad and diffuse on both

margins, from near costa one third from apex, curving out-

wardly, and running down to the hinder angle; two whitish

spots near the margin in the second median and lower discoidal

interspaces, the latter the larger. Hind wings with the tail

not produced, but much as in M. leda, with three pure white

submarginal dots in the first three interspaces; brown,

mottled and striated with dark brown and with ochreous grey,

the latter colour predominating on the upper portion of fore

wings, and costal, basal, and abdominal areas of hind wings ;

on the fore wings the yellow-grey forms bands from the costa

downwards, and there are four submarginal white spots ringed

with brown from the apex downwards; on the hind wings

there are six submarginal spots, black with orange rings and

white centres, the apical one the largest, the one near the

angle duplex.

Expanse of wings 3%; inches.

Ké Island. One example (Halliburton).

Allied to nothing I know of.

Subfamily Nywpwarr 2.

Genus KALLiMA, Westw.

Kallima chinensis, sp. n.

& %. Fore wings with the apex produced in both sexes,

20%

256 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

as usual much more so in the female than in the male,

nearest in coloration to K. Huegel’, Kollar, but different in

colour to any Indo-Malayan species; the yellow band on

fore wings is more ochreous and the blue particles with which

the base and lower portions of fore wings are densely covered

and with which the whole of the hind wings is more or less

suffused is of a very peculiar shade of colour. The underside

represents the usual varieties of the dried leaf pattern.

Expanse of wings, g 37%, 9 415 inches.

Omei-shan, China (Stevens). Five examples.

T called Mr. Leech’s attention to the distinctive character

of this species last November; but he has included it in the

species K. ¢nach’s in his fine work on the Lepidoptera of

China, Japan, and Corea. No doubt the genus Kallima has

been split up into too many so-called species, but this insect

is very distinctive, and I venture to say one could at a glance

pick out all the examples of this species from a collection of

Kallimas, however large it might be.

Genus NEprtis, Fabr.

Neptis disopa, sp. 0.

& ¢. Uppersidebrown-black, bandsorange-red. Fore wings

with a longitudinal streak from base of wing, indented above

at end of cell ; a subapical oblique band divided by the veins

into three parts; a large discal spot with the second median

veinlet running through its upper portion and a band of three

smaller spots below it inwardly oblique, touching the hinder

margin and merely divided by the submedian vein. Hind

wings with an inner band slightly recurved and an outer band —

nearly even with the outer margin, both bands of about the

same width; a very faint indication of a submarginal line.

Underside dark ferruginous, with the longitudinal and oblique

bands on fore wings ochreous, and two submarginal grey lines

or thin bands. Hind wings with a thin grey band below the

inner band which is nearly pure white, the outer band tinged

with ochreous, and the submarginal line distinct and grey.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 275, 2 2;%5 inches.

Omei-shan, China (Stevens). ‘Two examples.

Mr. Leech, in the ‘ Lepidoptera of China, Japan, and

Corea,’ calls this insect Neptis miah, Moore. I have a long

series of N. miah, which is a species apparently confined to

the Indian region. This species constantly differs from

N. miah in many respects, particularly in the character of the

bands of the hind wings above, the inner and outer bands

being of almost equal breadth, which is never the case in

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 257

N. miah, the outer band being very narrow, sometimes little

better than a tine line.

Genus Junonia, Hiibn.

Juncnia orbitola, sp. n.

3. Upperside: fore wings with all except the apical part

deep black-brown ; this colour is very uniform, very nearly

pure black, and covers all the lower surface of the wing up to

the submarginal line, includes the lower half of the lower

submarginal ocellus, and from thence extends to the costa on

the inner side of the oblique discal pale yellow band, which is

very narrow and broken above the lower ocellus ; the apical

portion of the wing is paler brown and the upper ocellus has

a broad red band encircling its lower portion, and runs up a

little on the outer side along the subapical yellow spots; a red

subcostal spot one third from base, a submarginal band of

pale yellow lunules, double in the middle; cilia pale yellow,

patched with brown. Hind wings blue, black on the abdo-

minal area, round the two ocelli, and at the apex; a pale

yellow outer margin and cilia, with three lunular black bands

in the yellow portion. Underside very bright, somewhat as

in J. orthya, the bands on fore wings and a very prominent

discal broad band on hind wings bright chestnut-red; the

ocelli all large and prominent.

Expanse of wings 275 inches.

Sapareea Island, near Celebes (Snellen). One example.

Nearest to J. albictincta, Butler.

Family Papilionide.

Genus Cuarus, Moore.

Charus rotalita, sp. 0.

$. Blackish brown; fore wings with the apical and outer

marginal space pale between the veins and with two yellowish-

white oblique subapical spots. Hind wings with a yellowish-

white medial outwardly curved band, commencing with a

lunular mark on the costa, then three large squarish spots

divided by the veins, the centre one the largest, followed by

a thin band to the abdominal margin, also divided by the

veins into three pieces ; a reddish-ochreous spot beneath this

termination of the band, two similarly coloured submarginal

Junules in the first and third interspaces; cilia of both wings

black and yellowish white, the latter colour in the scallops.

Underside brown; fore wings as above; hind wings with the

258 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

central band reduced to a thin lunule on the costa, followed

by three small spots and some patches of blue atoms; a com-

plete submarginal set of reddish-ochreous lunules and cilia as

above.

Expanse of wings 4,2, inches.

Ké Island (Halliburton). One example.

I do not know any near ally.

Genus MENELAIDES, Hiibn.

Menelaides thessalia, sp. n.

@. Black ; head, face, collar, and tip of abdomen crimson,

thorax, rest of abdomen, and both wings above pure bright

black. Fore wings with whitish streaks in the interspaces

from the discoidal cell to the margin, and a short broad streak

in the interno-median interspace. Hind wings with a patch

of white in the centre, divided into seven long spots by the

discocellular and median veinlets ; a small crimson streak at

the bottom of the spot near the abdominal margin ; a submar-

ginal series of very large crimson lunular spots in the inter-

spaces, decreasing in size upwards. Underside: thorax with

crimson sides, abdomen with crimson bands, legs black ; fore

wings as above, but some short whitish streaks extend into

the outer portions of the cell; hind wings as above, but the

crimson spots very bright and large; tails almost non-

existent, the wing being produced very slightly.

Expanse of wings 4;%)—4,5; inches.

Ké Island (Haliburton). Two examples.

Above it is something like M. polyphontes, Boisd., without

tails ; it is, however, much blacker, and the white streaks do

not extend into the cell. The male will probably be very

similar, the sexes not varying much in this group.

HETEROCERA.

Family Drepanulide.

Genus DrepANA, Schrank.

Drepana berenica, sp. n.

3. Red, tinged with grey and sparsely striated with black;

plumes of antenne grey, palpi and legs crimson; wings

with but very few markings, some black dots near the costa

and a few here and there over both wings; an indistinct

blackish smear at end of cell in fore wings and an indistinct

blackish streak upwards from the hinder margin near the

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 259

angle; cilia darker red. Underside pale pinkish grey, with

a few blackish striations.

Expanse of wings 1,7; inch.

Singapore (Davison). 'Two examples.

Allied to D. quadripunctata, Walker, from Sarawak.

Family Nycteolide.

Genus CHIONOMERA, Butler.

Chionomera quensta, sp. n.

g. Antenne, palpi, and head ochreous red, body and wings

silvery white; fore wings with ochreous-red bands, com-

mencing on the costa at the base, throwing out an inner

transverse straight band of the same width across the wing to

the hinder margin ; the costal band continues to the apex,

where it thickens, includes a white apical spot, and then is

continued rather more broadly down the outer margin to the

hinder angle. Hind wings pure white without markings.

Underside silvery white without markings; fore legs ochreous

red above.

Expanse of wings 3% inch.

Johor, Malayana (Davison). One example.

Family Noctuidae.

Genus CryMoDES, Guén.

Crymodes endroma, sp. n.

9. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings dark

shining pinkish chestnut-colour, orbicular and reniform pale,

ringed with chestnut-red, the former nearly round, the latter

large and square ; antemedial and postmedial lines red-brown,

the former nearly straight from hinder margin near the middle

to the costa one fourth from base; postmedial line with a

pale outer margin from hinder margin at two thirds to costa

at three fourths, outwardly bent above the middle; imme-

diately beyond this in one female example is a pale band or

shade, but not in the other. Hind wings pale pinkish grey,

unmarked; cilia dark pinkish chestnut. Underside of a

uniform pale pinkish grey, shining, with indications of an

outwardly curved middle line in all the wings, and with the

costa and cilia of both fore and hind wings pinkish chestnut.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Sikkim (Méwis). ‘Two examples.

260 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Crymodes herchatra, sp. n.

3. Palpi ochreous on the inner sides, covered with dark

brown hairs outwardly ; thorax and fore wings dark olive-

brown, fore wings with an ochreous mark at the base and an

ochreous patch below it; orbicular small, ringed with

ochreous, reniform larger, nearly square, with bright ochreous

sides; veins whitish, antemedial and postmedial lines

whitish, the former upright, sinuous, and indistinct, the latter

curving outwardly and slightly dentated, followed by a paler

space on which are submarginal black spots, each spot con-

taining an ochreous lunule; cilia brown and ochreous, with

ochreous spots at the ends of the veins. Hind wings ochreous

grey, with indications of a medial line and ochreous cilia.

Underside: fore wings brown ; hind wings ochreous grey, with

a brown cell-spot and medial sinuous line, beyond which the

wing is more or less suffused with brown ; cilia of both wings

ochreous, with brown patches.

Expanse of wings 1,4; inch.

Sikkim (Méw7s). ‘lwo examples.

Genus EuPLEXIA, Steph.

Euplexia icamba, sp. n.

¢. Head and collar grey; palpi and thorax black, thorax

with white stripes on each side and in the centre. Fore wings

black, with broad pale olive-grey bands and patches ; first

basal and second antemedial with the outer margin elbowed

outwardly in its middle, followed by a large elongated spot.

which bends obliquely down from the elbow ; above this is a

square orbicular with grey sides, a very large reniform (also

with grey sides), and a marginal band including some black

dentations below the middle and a small black patch on the

margin just above the middle; cilia black, with white points

at the extremities of the veins. Hind wings pale blackish

grey, darker on the margin; cilia whitish, with some

blackish patches. Underside grey, suffused with brown;

fore wings with greyish-yellow outer marginal border; cilia

of both wings black, with white spots ; body and legs black,

the latter with white bands. -

Expanse of wings 1,5, inch.

Sikkim (Méwis). ‘lhree examples.

A pretty insect, quite distinct from any other Indian

species of this genus.

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 261

Genus MinuctA, Moore.

Minucva olista, sp. n.

9. Cupreous brown, with a slight pinkish tinge. Fore

wings with a small brown dot for the orbicular; reniform

large, ear-shaped, with pale border; inner line pale sinuous,

oblique, from hinder margin at one third to costa at one fifth ;

postmedial line composed of pale dots, nearly erect, bends

slightly outwards outside the reniform; submarginal line

pale, zigzag, more or less edged with brown and with two or

three black marks. Hind wing blackish brown, paler towards

the base ; cilia of both wings ochreous. Underside grey ;

fore wings with a darker spot at end of cell; both wings with

the outer border broadly darker.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Nanchuan, China (Jansen). One example.

Allied to MZ. cuprea, Moore, but quite distinct ; the lines on

the fore wings in that species are complete, nearly straight,

and the first two meet together in the centre of the hinder

margin.

Genus Sypna, Guen.

Sypna olena, sp. n.

g. Dark brown, inside of palpi, top of head, and thorax

tinged with ochreous red. Fore wings crossed by several

indistinct bands, slightly paler than the ground-colour of the

wing; transverse lines deep black, first two rather close

together and antemedial slightly sinuous, curving a little

outwardly, and a little further apart from each other on the

costa than they are on the hinder margin; a pure white dot

on the reniform ; orbicular ear-shaped, very large, and ringed

with black ; submarginal line also slightly sinuous, elbowed

outwardly in the centre, nearly touching the outer margin.

Hind wings with indications of a medial line; a submar-

ginal brown line just below an indistinct discal band ; mar-

ginal festoon on both wings brown, with white points, most

distinct on fore wings. Underside ochreous grey, suffused

with brown ; fore wings with the cell brown, a large brown

square mark at the end, followed by a pale spot, then a black

discal sinuous band, which is continued across the centre of

the hind wings, followed by a pale band, a broad black band,

and a pale marginal space ; the cell-spot on the hind wing is

pale, ringed with brown.

Expanse of wings 27° inches.

Nanchuan, China (Jansen). Two examples.

Allied to S. fuliginosa, Butler, from Japan.

262 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Genus Carga, Walker.

Carea costiplaga, sp. n.

@. Pinkish fawn-colour. Fore wings with a small black

mark at the base on the costa, a larger black costal patch just

before the middle, and a very large subapical costal black

patch which is nearly square; the entire wing sparsely irro-

rated with very fine brown atoms. Hind wings pinkish,

unmarked, paler towards the base and abdominal margin.

Underside of a uniform pale pinkish colour, the subapical

black costal patch on the fore wings above represented by an

indistinet whitish patch.

Expanse of wings 17% inch.

Sibsaghor (Cotes). One example.

Carea moira, sp. n.

$. Palpi pale pinkish, frons pure white, head, thorax, and

fore wings dark pinkish red. Fore wings sparsely irrorated

with very fine brown atoms, a brown point at end of cell,

antemedial and postmedial pale brown, slightly sinuous, trans-

verse lines, which widen a little towards the costa; an indis-

tinct submarginal pale brown band; cilia marked with pure

white. Hind wings paler and more pinkish, palest towards

base and abdominal margin. Underside: fore wings pinkish,

whitish at the base ; hind wings whitish, with pinkish apical

and outer marginal borders.

Expanse of wings 1345-1 5 inch.

Selangor and Singapore (Davison). Three examples.

Allied to C. obsolescens, Moore.

Carea ocyra, sp. n.

6. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings brown-

pink, dark and bright. Fore wings with a central band of

white scales, an indistinct discal band or shade of dark brown-

pink, and a submarginal slightly sinuous thin band of white

scales, ending in a small white smear at the apex. Hind

wings pinkish grey, paling inwardly, and nearly white at the

base ; abdomen pinkish grey, with white segmental bands.

Underside: fore wings suffused with dark pinkish; a white

subcostal streak from the base, a white apical patch, and the

basal portions of the hinder marginal space whitish; hind

wings pinkish outwardly, pale on the inner portions ; cilia of

both wings dark ; body and legs nearly white.

Iixpanse of wings 1,%5 inch.

Singapore (Davison). Three examples.

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 263

Genus DinumMa, Walker.

Dinumma vezxilla, sp. n.

3 ¢. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings

chocolate-red, thorax with a grey band in front. Fore wings

with indistinct antemedial, postmedial, and submarginal

transverse sinuous lines, also subbasal and medial bands of

white scales; a patch of white on the outer margin at the

hinder angle, and in some specimens white dots on parts of

the wings; the white markings, however, vary much in

different examples of both sexes, some being without the

basal medial bands and some without any white at all. Hind

wings and abdomen brown, unmarked, with pinkish cilia.

Underside pinkish grey, base of wings whitish ; costa of fore

wings pale, with some brown marks ; hind wings with a sub-

marginal brownish band, which is sometimes obsolete ; cilia

of fore wings white at the angle and spotted with white on

the upper portion of the wing.

Eixpanse of wings 1% inch.

Singapore (Davison). Thirteen examples.

A very variable species.

Dinumma villiana, sp. n.

3S ?. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings blackish

brown. Fore wings crossed by an antemedial sinuous black

band, composed of two black sinuous lines inwardly edged

with grey atoms; orbicular a black dot edged with grey

atoms, reniform large, black-lined, edged with grey; discal

band of the same pattern as the inner band, but edged with

grey on the outer sides of the lines ; submarginal band zigzag,

composed of grey atoms shaded with deep black on the inner

side; marginal points black. Hind wings and abdomen

reddish brown; cilia ochreous grey. Underside pale ochreous

brown ; costa of fore wings yellowish ; indications of a brown

discal band across both wiugs.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Singapore (Davison). Six examples.

Genus Piatysa, Hiibn.

Platyja ciacula, sp. n.

3. Dark brown, slightly pink-tinged. Fore wings irro-

rated with grey atoms, crossed by an antemedial, nearly

upright, pinkish-grey line, edged with brown; orbicular

rather large, round, blackish brown, edged with pale pinkish

264 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

grey ; reniform very large, ear-shaped, blackish brown, edged

with pinkish grey ; a pinkish-grey line from middle of hinder

margin to inner edge of the reniform, along the bottom of

which it runs, then downwards, turns sharp round near the

angle, includes two ochreous spots, runs up the disk towards

the apex, then angled sharply in on to the costa, this portion

of the line being the inner margin to a large black subapical

patch. Hind wings with a submarginal pale sinuous line,

brown-bordered, which extends from anal angle towards the

apex; the outer portion of the wing thickly irrorated with

grey, the inner portion clear and paler in colour. Underside

of a uniform pale brown; both wings crossed by a discal line

of white dots; legs with ochreous and black hairs.

iixpanse of wings 275 inches.

Port Blair, Andamans (Wimberley). One example.

Genus Gyrtona, Walker.

Gyrtona yucca, sp. 0.

g. Palpi brown, with white hairs and white tips; frons

white, with brown .specks; body and fore wings chocolate-

brown, speckled with white. Fore wings with three whitish

bands, subbasal, postmedial, and submarginal ; these bands

are traversed by several brown thin sinuous lines—the first

has a deep black oblique streak on its outer side, the second

has a very deep black-marked sinuous line in its centre, and

the last is outwardly black-edged; there are several other

black points and marks on the wing, black marginal lunules,

and grey interlined cilia. Hind wings brown, with white

cilia. Underside brown, with three white points on costa of

fore wings near apex; body and legs whitish.

Expanse of wings 7 inch.

Singapore (Davison). ‘Two examples.

Allied to G. hylusalis, Walker.

Gyrtona wxista, sp. n.

g. Antenne, palpi, and frons black ; body and fore wings

grey. Fore wings with a black mark on costa at base, a stripe

just before middle, and a black subapical smear; the wing

crossed by several nearly upright, slightly smuous, equidistant

brown lines—first subbasal, single, second before the middle,

double, third in the middle, single, curves slightly outwards,

fourth discal, double ; a black submarginal straight band; a

grey dentated line with black points very near the margin;

marginal line black ; cilia grey, interlined. Hind wings and

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 265

abdomen grey, wing semihyaline, with a broad black marginal

border ; cilia white.

Expanse of wings 1;'5 inch.

Singapore (Davison). Hight examples.

Genus MARMorRINIA, Guen.

Marmorinia tipula, Sp. n.

6. Brown, irrorated with very minute grey atoms. Fore

wings with two outwardly curved sinuous brown lines, ante-

medial and postmedial, rather close together, the latter angled

in on to the costa, the line from angle to costa being white

and the inner border of a grey costal patch; a brown indis-

tinct transverse fascia between the lines, nearest to the outer

one ; three subapical costal white dots. Hind wings with the

costal space pale and with indications of two central transverse

lines. Underside paler than upperside, with faint indications

ot the two central lines on both wings.

EXxpanse of wings 175 inch.

Koni, Shan States, Sept. 1888 (Manders). Two examples.

Allied to IZ. obscurata, Butler.

Family Geometridae.

Genus EuscHEeMA, Hiibn.

Euschema selangora, sp. n.

3g. Colour asin £. militaris; thorax with a similar band.

Fore wings with similar basal bands and spots, except that the

hinder band is absent ; in one example there is a slight indi-

cation of it at the base; the black apical half of the wing with

the spots smaller. Hind wing without the spot at the end of

the cell, the inner spot also absent; marginal band as in

E. militaris ; discal band absent, merely indicated by a black

junular mark towards its upper end.

Expanse of wings 34 inches.

Selangor, Malayana (Davison). ‘Two examples.

The type specimens in my collection will all be presented

to the British Museum as usual.

266 Dr. A. G. Butler on a new Species of Charaxes.

XLIV.—Description of a new Species of the Butterfly Genus

Charaxes. By Artaur G. Butuer, Ph.D., F.LS.,

#7, -Ce.

For many years a species of the genus Charazes has been

confounded with the well-known C. ethalion of Natal and

Delagoa Bay. As I have recently been through the whole

of the literature relating to the genus and have failed to

identify it, I now propose to describe it as

Charaxes Hollandit, sp. n.

g. Chiefly differs from C. ethalion 3 (ephyra, Godt.) in

the deeper excavation of the outer margin of the primaries

and the longer abdominal margin of the secondaries ; on the

under surface, however, the wings are much richer in

colouring, the black markings much more heavily delineated,

and the central belt washed with silvery glaucous ; ; the spots

beyond this belt are also darker and, on the primaries, more

numerous.

Expanse of wings 72 millim.

@. Above far more like a dwarfed female of C. dmperialis

than like C. ethalion; blue-black, the primaries with three

small lilacine spots in ‘a triangle bey yond the cell, the apex of

the triangle being directed obliquely downwards towards the

base of the third median branch ; below these two increasing

spots of the same colour in the median interspaces ; between

the latter and the inner margin a bright blue band, con-

stricted above the submedian vein; nearer to the outer

margin a biangulated almost S-shaped series of seven spots,

of which the upper six are lilacine with white centres and

the seventh bright blue; central belt of secondaries bright

blue; in other respects tolerably close to C. ethalion: below

the wings have a glaucous gloss, especially on the paler

bands, and in some respects the pattern more nearly resembles

that of C. etheocles.

Expanse of wings 82 millim.

Sierra Leone.

I have named this pretty little species after my valued

friend Dr. Holland, of Pittsburg, whose many important

contributions to our ‘knowledge of the Lepidopterous fauna of

West Africa are widely known,

Mr. O. Thomas on Two new Rodents. 267

XLV.—Descriptions of Two new Rodents from the Victoria

Nyanza. By OLprieLtp THOMAS.

By the kindness of Canon Tristram I have had the oppor-

tunity of examining some small mammals obtained at Nassa,

on the Speke Gulf of the Victoria Nyanza, by Mr. F.C.

Smith, of the Church Missionary Society. ‘These prove to

consist of three species—a mungoose (Helogale undulata *,

Peters), a dormouse, and a hare, the two latter being new

to science.

Myoxus (Eliomys) Smithiz, sp. n.

Size very small. General colour above uniform pale ashy

grey, without darker markings of any kind. Head like

back ; no dark rings round eyes or patches between eyes and

ears. Cheeks, sides, and under surface white, but the hairs

here, as on the back, slaty grey basally. Hands and feet pure

white. ‘Tail thick and bushy, apparently intermediate in

form between those of J/. crassicaudatus and murinus; but,

owing to the manner in which the tail of the type has been

prepared, an exact description of its form and proportions is

not practicable. ‘T'ail-hairs dull rufous brown with white

tips.

rai extremely small, smaller apparently than in any other

dormouse, naked, flesh-coloured. Hind feet short and broad,

their soles with six pads, whose positions appear to be much

as in M. murinus.

Skull broad, short, and rounded ; muzzle very short, but,

owing to the anterior part of the nasals being slightly damaged

in the type, it is difficult to give exact dimensions; in any

case, however, the muzzle is decidedly shorter and broader

than in the allied species; anterior palatine foramina rather

shorter than the combined upper molar series. Upper branch

of the anterior zygoma-root further forward than the lower,

agreeing in this respect with MZ. murinus and differing from

M. crassicaudatus.

Dimensions of the typical skin :—

Head and body 86 millim. ; tail without hairs (approxi-

mate) 49, with end hairs 73; hind foot without claws 16°5.

Skull: back of bulla to front face of incisors 21; greatest

breadth 13°6 ; nasals, length (c.) 7°38, greatest breadth 3:2 ;

* Three specimens of /7elogale were killed at one shot, thus confirming

Emin’s observation (P. Z. S. 1890, p. 444) that this mungoose hunts in

packs like some of the smaller Mustelide.

268 Mr. O. Thomas on Two new Rodents.

interorbital breadth 3°8 ; breadth of brain-case 12; height of

anteorbital foramen 2° 25 palate, length 9°5; diastema 5:1;

length of upper molar series 3:1.

Hab. Nassa, Speke Guif, S. Victoria Nyanza. Coll. F. C.

Smith, Esq.

This beautiful little dormouse differs from M. murinus,

M. microtis, and M. Kelleni by its much paler colour, smaller

ears, and by the entire absence of black orbital rings, while

from M. crassicaudatus it is distinguished by its longer tail

and more rounded skull. From all of them it is also distin-

guished by its much shorter muzzle and proportionally broader

nasals. It is unfortunate that the skinning of the tail has so

distorted it that one cannot say whether in form it most

resembles that of Jf crassicaudatus or M. murinus; but |

trust that spirit-specimens may soon be obtained to enable

this and other points to be cleared up.

On the whole [ suspect that MZ. Smithiz will prove to be

most nearly allied to the Angolan M. Kellen described in

Dr. Reuvens’s admirable monograph of the group; but

without seeing a specimen of that form it is difficult to appre-

ciate the exact relationship of the two to one another.

Lepus victoria, sp. n.

Size and general proportions, length of ears, feet, and tail

as in 1. capensis.

Colour of back intermediate in tone between the fulvous

suffused Z. capensis and the pallid hares characteristic of the

more desert regions of North Africa. ‘The longer hairs ringed

with black and pale cream-colour, not fulvous. Sides of

muzzle, patches in front of and behind eyes, and chin white.

Forehead grizzled black and cream-colour, a frontal white

spot present. ars with the anterior halves of their backs

smoky grey, their extreme apical margins black, their ante-

rior edges cream-coloured and their posterior white. Back of

neck pale rufous. Underfur of back pale smoky grey basally,

black terminally. On the sides of the body the grey of the

back passes gradually into the pure white of the belly without

any rufous line marking the transition. ‘The outer sides of

the forearms, the back of the hands, and an indistinct line

passing down the front of the hind limb from the hips on to

the feet pale fulvous, very different from the deep rufous of

these parts in L. capensis. ‘Tail long, deep black along the

top, pure white on the sides, below, and at the tip.

Dimensions of the type (skin) —

Head and body 460 millim.; tail 73; hind foot without

claws 102; ear 105, from notch 87.

On some of the Larger Species of Geomys. 269

Hab. Nassa, Speke Gulf, 8. Victoria Nyanza. Coll. F.C.

Smith, Esq.

This hare seems to be a pallid form of the L.-capensis

group, approximating in its general colour to Z. tigrensis and

some of the other northern species, but differing from these

latter by its shorter ears, which are of only about the same

length as in L. capensis. The hare of Mount Kilima-njaro,

of which the Museum owes a specimen to Messrs. Rowland

Ward and Co., appears to be so closely allied in colour and

proportions to the typical ZL. capensis that I agree with

Mr. True* that it should be referred to that species.

Heuglin’s Lepus microtist, from the Bahr-el-Gazal, in

7° N., 30° E., is clearly founded on so young a specimen that

it will probably never be satisfactorily determinable ; but,

whatever it may prove to be, its more rufous colouring and

shorter ears appear to separate it from LZ. victorie.

XLVI.—On some of the Larger Species of Geomys.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

OwInG to the impression prevailing until quite recently that

the species of Geomys might be easily and satisfactorily deter-

mined merely by the characters presented by the grooves on

their incisor teeth, their skulls have been but little attended

to by authors in general, while, so far as the British Museum

material is concerned, the skins examined by Mr. Alston

during the preparation of the ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana’

have had their skulls left in them until now.

It is therefore not surprising that, on extracting a series of

skulls, the specimens referred to G. hispidus prove to belong

to two perfectly distinct species, a large and a small; and

the same appears to be the case with those referred to G. mexi-

canus.

Of the G. hispidus group, with harsh hair, one species has

roughly a skull length (basal) of almost 70 millim., while the

smaller has this same dimension at most only about 56 or

58 millim. ‘To this latter species there belong the original

G. hispidus of Le Conte, as shown by Baird’s description of

the type, and also Peters’s G. heterodus, of which Dr. Matschie

has kindly sent me the typical measurements. Finally the

two original specimens of Gray’s ““Saccophorus quachil” prove

* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xv. p. 468 (1892).

+ N. Act. Akad. Leopold. 1865, p. 32.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 21

270 Mr. O. Thomas on some of the

to be the same smaller form, although a third skin received

shortly afterwards, and also referred to S. quachil, now appears

to be a young individual of the larger.

Of this larger form the Museum possesses some excellent

skins from Guatemala, collected by Mr. Salvin in 1865 and

1873, being those mentioned by Mr. Alston *, and I propose

to take the best of them as the type.

Geomys grandis, sp. n.

Size very large, exceeding that of any other known species.

Fur coarse, as in G. hispidus. Colour smoky chocolate-

brown throughout, except on the muzzle, cheeks, and chin,

where the hairs are white or pale whitish brown. Inter-

mixed with the brown dorsal hairs there are, however, a

certain number of pure white ones, and these seem to be most

numerous in summer specimens. No darker patches round

ears. Hands and feet very thinly haired, the few scattered

bristles whitish. T'ail absolutely naked.

Skull large and heavily built (see measurements). <As-

cending processes of premaxillaries surpassing the nasals by

about a quarter of an inch; the space between them behind

the nasals less than the breadth of one of them. Interorbital

space broad, as broad as the muzzle, its edges anteriorly

rounded and inflated in a manner quite unique Tf. Zygomata

not very widely expanded in proportion to the size of the

skull.

Incisors pale yellow or whitish, in marked contrast to the

deep orange found in the allied species. ‘Their single groove

deep and very widely open, so that its greatest width on the

cutting-edge amounts to 2 millim.; in position the bottom of

the groove is internal, the breadth of the inner portion of the

tooth being about 43 to 45 per cent. of the whole; owing,

however, to the great breadth of the groove itself, it conside-

rably overlaps the median line, but the above percentage 1s

* Biol. Centr.-Amer., Mamm, p. 160.

+ Most unfortunately the ‘ blow of a machete or bush-knife,” with

which the Indians killed the specimens brought by Mr. Salvin, has exactly

destroyed the interorbital region in all the specimens except the type; I

am therefore unable to vouch for the constancy with which the peculiar

supraorbital inflation is present.

{ The position of the incisor grooves both in this and other genera

may be accurately defined by measuring the distance from the bottom of

the groove to the outer edges of the tooth, and then, the whole breadth

of the tooth being taken as 100, the proportional breadths of the inner

and outer portions may be readily calculated. The inner portion per-

centage of G. mexicanus rises to 47-50, while in G. hispidus it sinks to

about 33.

Larger Species of Geomys. 271

taken strictly from the bottom of the groove. Molar teeth

large.

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin, B.M. 65.5.18.65) :—

Head and body 320 millim., tail 135, hind foot without

claws 50 *, length of longest fore claw 23.

Skull (see table below).

Hab. Dueiias, Guatemala. Coll. O. Salvin, Esq.

Of the four Dueiias specimens of G. grandis two, collected

in 1865, are undated, but the other two are marked August

and December 1878, and these two show that the species

becomes much less thickly clothed in the summer, the August

specimen having its belly very nearly naked, with only a

sparse covering of hairs not hiding the skin. The type is

intermediate in the amount of its covering between the two

dated specimens.

In their tone of coloration all the specimens seen are precisely

alike.

Besides the Dueftas examples there is, as already noted, a

young specimen of G. grandis ia the Museum from Coban,

and the Museum also contains another from Tehuantepec,

which, with some doubt, I refer provisionally to the same

species.

Dr. Merriam’s G. gymnurust is perhaps allied to G. grandis,

but the differences in the colour will readily distinguish the

two.

Of the large soft-haired species of G'eomys the Museum

possesses unfortunately but a very small series; among

them, however, is one which differs from the rest so much both

in size and the characters of the incisors that, even apart from

cranial characteristics, it is difficult to understand how it

could have been referred to G. mexicanus. I would propose

to call it

Geomys Merriami, sp. n.

Size large. Fur soft but short. Colour reddish fawn,

quite unlike the chestnut tone of G. mexicanus ; the hairs pale,

slate-coloured basally, then with a subterminal band of fawn,

their extreme tips brownish. A patch round and behind

each ear dark brown. Belly and feet similar to back, but

paler. Tail thinly haired, neither so absolutely naked as in

G. hispidus and grandis nor so well clothed as in G. meai-

canus; the latter species is, however, very variable in this

respect.

Skull stout and heavy, with the zygomata very widely

* With claws 57.

+ Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vii. p. 166 (1892).

21*

272 On some of the Larger Species of Geomys.

expanded anteriorly, but converging very rapidly posteriorly ;

ascending processes of premaxillee surpassing the nasals

behind by about a quarter of an inch, the space between their

posterior ends, behind the nasals, ‘broader than they are.

Interorbital region very much contracted, considerably

narrower than the muzzle, its edges rounded, neither ridged

nor inflated.

Anterior face of incisors orange-yellow ; their single groove

narrow and shallow, less developed than in any other species,

its position decidedly inward of the middle line, the inner

portion of the tooth being only 43 per cent. of the whole;

front face of the inner portion very faintly flattened as com-

pared to the evenly convex outer portion. Molars propor-

tionally much smaller than in G. grandis.

Dimensions of the type skin (B.M. 70. 6. 20. 2) :—

Head and body 295 millim., tail 95, hind foot without

claws 41 *, length of longest front claw (much worn) 15.

Skull (see below).

Hab. 5S. Mexico. Coll. A. Boucard.

The specimen on which this species is founded is that

referred to by Mr. Alston T under ‘‘ Mexico (Greale; Mus.

BGrit.),and came from the same source and probably the same

place as the type of Oryzomys fulgens, ‘Thos.f

I have named this handsome animal in honour of Dr. ©. Hart

Merriam, to whose energy and scientific enthusiasm the recent

enormous increase in our knowledge of .North-American

mammals is mainly due.

G. Merriami is readily distinguishable from G. mexicanus,

of which Dr. Matschie has kindly sent me the original

measurements, by its much larger size and by the internal

position of its incisor groove. The latter character will also

separate Dr. Merriam’s s own G. gymnurus, which has, like

G. mexicanus, its “upper incisors with a single median

furrow.”

* With claws 47:5; the claws are, however, much worn and, as usual,

but little value can be attached to the “ with claw” measurement, at least

as compared to the far more exact and reliable one w ithout claws.

This latter has not, I believe, been much used in America, but the

majority of the Old "World zoologists are gradually taking to it, and no

one who has once tried it, and found its simplicity, convenience, and

exactitude, would return to the loose and old-fashioned way of including

the claws, which act as a second variable factor in the most important

external measurement that can be siven of a mammal.

+ Op. cit. p. 159.

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xi. p. 403.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Snake from the Gold Coast. 273

Skull-measurements of Geomys grandis, Merriami, and

hispidus (all old individuals).

grandis. Merriami. hispidus.

milim. millim. millim.

SASal PANO caaiaer ose) s y cids ote HH 680 (c.) 64 57

Zygomatic breadth ............-- 43°8 47-5 39°6

Posterior breadth’./......5 4.2... 44:2 43°2 (c.) 39

INFSade ROME Massie ices = nes slevals« (c.)29 24:3 23'3

Least breadth of muzzle above max-

illo-premaxillary suture ...... 16:2 15:0 11:6

Interorbital breadth ............-- 16-0 9°3 10

PRA CREE Fore care e's 894 2.6 oie 4 50°7 47°8 42-2

(Usha Lome aie fe lek iar ease ae 25°5 26 22°1

Length of upper tooth-series (crowns

PRR ir eas eis, 3 eee ETE 145 11-2 Lez

XLVII.—Description of a new Snake from the Gold Coast.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Uriechis anomala.

Rostral twice as broad as deep, visible from above ; asingle

prefrontal, forming a very short suture with the preocular,

the supraocular nearly reaching the internasal; frontal once

and two thirds as long as broad, longer than its distance

from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals; one

pre- and one postocular; seven upper labials, third and

fourth entering the eye, fifth and sixth in contact with the

parietal ; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-

shields, which are as long as the posterior. Scales in 15

rows. Ventrals 170; anal entire; subcaudals 52. Pale

brown above, speckled with darker; two dorsal series of

small dark brown spots; posterior half of each scale of the

outer row yellowish, surrounded by crowded dark brown dots ;

ventrals yellowish, speckled with dark brown in the middle ;

subcaudals closely speckled with dark brown.

Total length 440 millim. ; tail 80.

Closely allied to U. (Metopophis) lineata, Peters.

A single male specimen from the Gold Coast; presented

to the British Museum by Mr. Linneus Greening,

274 Prof. H. G. Seeley on’ a

XLVIII.— Supplemental Note on a Double-rooted Tooth from

the Purbeck Beds in the British Museum. By H.G.SEELEY,

F.R.S.

In describing this specimen no reference was made to the

possible resemblance of the tooth to the canine teeth of

Mammals. The division of the root, and the absence from

the margins of the crown of the serrations, seen in well-

preserved teeth of Nuthetes, not unnaturally raised the question

whether the tooth may not be mammalian; in which case its

interest would be increased, since no example of such a

structure has been figured, though it is affirmed to exist in

the Jurassic Mammals of this country and America. Such

doubts have already arisen; and Mr. Arthur Smith Wood-

ward, F.L.S., has mentioned to me his belief that the tooth

is a mammalian canine, and ought therefore to be removed

from the series of teeth of Nuthetes. I have gone over the

evidence with Mr. Smith Woodward, and give the results.

First, examples of the teeth of Nuthetes occur which have

lost the serrations of the crown. Secondly, a tooth of

Nuthetes, of which only a small portion of the crown is pre-

served, shows an impression which is so like a divided root,

that it closely approximates the condition of the fossil which

I figured. Other teeth of Nuthetes have the root vertically

furrowed, and it sometimes happens that there is a distinct

pit of some size at the base of the crown; so that with close

correspondence of the shape of the crown of the figured tooth

in question to certain undoubted teeth of Nuthetes, the modi-

fication is not a remarkable one which would give a divided

root as an abnormal condition ; and though the evidence is

small in amount, it arrests attention.

On the other hand, the crown of the tooth has some re-

semblance to the crown of a canine of one of the small

mammals from the Purbeck beds; and the comparison has

this advantage that those teeth show no trace of serrations

upon their lateral margins. Secondly, Professor Marsh

(Amer. Journ. Sci., April 1887, vol. xxxiii. pls. 9 & 10) has

affirmed the divided condition of the roots of the canines in

the allied American genera, as a common character. It is

difficult, in the absence of specimens, to determine what im-

portance to attach to these observations, since no example of

a divided root, so far as I remember, has been figured. It is

stated that in the Dryolestide the canine is inserted by two

roots more or less distinct. Laodon in this family is men-

ticned as having two roots to the canine. In the Diplo-

Double-rooted Tooth from the Purbeck Beds. 275

cynodontide the canine is said to have two roots, and the

character is recognized in the genera Diplocynodon, Docodon,

Euneodon ; and in the Spalacotheride Menacodon is said to

have two roots to the canine. In all these forms no further

evidence is available from Professor Marsh’s figures of a

divided root, than the appearance of division at the base of

the crown.

Protessor Osborn has also affirmed the division of the root

of the canine in an English genus, of which examples are

preserved in the British Museum. First, with regard to the

genus Kurtodon the side of the tooth is stated to show “a

faint median groove which may indicate a double fang”

Maxillary canine of Zriconodon feraz. Enlarged 10 times.

[root]. Secondly, there is a portion of the jaw of T'rico-

nodon feror, which Professor Osborn describes, and he states

that it shows ‘as an important character the bifanged upper

276 Ona Double-rooted Tooth from the Purbeck Beds.

canine,” and it is subsequently added that the canine is “a

powerful tooth implanted by two stout fangs.” The tooth

as figured (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 2nd ser. vol. ix.

pl. ix. fig. 4) does not bear out the alleged double-rooted

character. I have accordingly made an enlarged drawing of

this tooth, so as to compare with the tooth of Nuthetes. It is

exposed on the inner side; the crown is enamelled at its

summit, with ridges and a slight cinguloid thickening at the

base of the enamel; the extremity of the root of the tooth is

lost. I have no doubt it is channelled in the way Professor

Osborn’s figure indicates ; but, from the impression left where

the anterior angle of the root is lost, which appears to be that

of the external surface of the jaw, I cannot regard it as better

evidence of a divided root for that particular tooth, than the

corresponding impression of a tooth of Nuthetes, already re-

ferred to, would give for division of the roots in that specimen.

There is a similar pit to that figured by Owen in Nuthetes

apparently, on the external side, and a compression of the

part of the root beyond it. In any case the evidence is not

conclusive that the root was divided in this tooth of T’rico-

nodon feroa, which is the only example available for exami-

nation in this country. If the fossil gave such evidence,

then the roots indicated would be dissimilar in form to those

figured in the fossil tooth in the British Museum, No. 48,208.

It is possible that a nearer comparison with the crown of that

fossil might be found in Plagiauiax medius (Owen), but no

one has yet affirmed that the roots of the tooth are divided in

that genus.

It was from considerations of this kind that I judged,

when originally comparing the specimen with the teeth

of Purbeck Mammalia, that there was no sufficient ground

for discussing the question of it being possibly mam-

malian. And now, having figured the evidence for such a

comparison, it must be left to future discovery to determine

whether the tooth, which has the mammalian character of

two roots, can be identified as a Mammal, or whether it must

still be regarded as an abnormal form of a tooth of Nuthetes

destructor. If the evidence for the double-rooted canine in

the Purbeck mammals remains no stronger than I have re-

corded, then the weight of evidence is against the suggested

mammalian interpretation ; but the resemblance in the form

of the crown in these two types of teeth is sufficient to make

further evidence desirable of the root character in those mam-

mals, before the tooth which has hitherto passed unchallenged

as Nuthetes is accepted unreservedly as a reptile-tooth which

has abnormally developed a divided root.

Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Sphenia. 277

XLIX.— Observations on the Genus Sphenia, with Descriptions

of new Species. By Enaar A. SMITH.

[Plate XV. A.]

THE genus Sphenia was originally founded by Turton* in

1822 for the well-known S. Binghami. It was founded on

conchological grounds only, and it was not until 1853 ¢ that

an account of the soft parts was published. The genus has

relationship, either as regards the shell or the animal, with

Mya and Corbula; indeed it is considered synonymous with

the former by Jeffreysf. On the other hand, M. Petit §

upholds its validity, observing that it differs from Mya by its

thin shell, which is less gaping behind and very inequivalve.

The animal has relatively short siphons, and, at the base of

the foot, a true byssus. The Sphenias live attached in holes

in rocks, whilst the Myee rest buried in the sands.

Mr. Clark j|, although admitting the genus, appears to have

found very slender reasons for so doing. He observes :—

“This animal has great affinity to Sazicava, besides alliances

with Corbula and Mya; indeed, the genus Sphenia is almost

unnecessary, and its animal is nearly identical with Saxicava

arctica, and the structure of the hinge and the other hard

parts have much the same generalities.”

Sphenia is admitted as a ‘distinct genus by Forbes and

Hanley, Tryon, Fischer, H. and A. Adams, and others. It

is united with A/ya by Jeffreys, and considered as a subgenus

of Corbula by Philippi and Woodward.

After caretul consideration I am inclined to agree to the

separation of this genus. Besides the differences between it

and Mya pointed out by M. Petit it is worth noting that all

the species at present known are very small in comparison

with the M/ye.

M. Petit refers to the presence of a byssus as a distin-

guishing character; but I would point out that JZya in the

young stage also secretes that appendage 4].

Corbula does not form a byssus, and, judging from the

C. gibba, the siphons appear to be shorter than in Sphenia ;

also, like M/ya, it lives buried in sand or mud, not in holes in

rock like Sphenia.

* Conch. Ins. Brit. p. 56.

+ Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. pp. 189-193,

} Brit. Conch. iii. pp. 60 and 70.

§ Cat. moll. test. Kurop. 1869, p. 245.

|| Brit. Marine ‘lest. Moll, (1855), p. 150,

{| Jeffreys, Brit. Conch, yol. iii. p. 66,

278 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Sphenia.

Seventeen recent species have been described as belonging

to this genus, as follows :—

1. Sphenia Binghami, Turton. 1822.

2. Swainsont, Turton. 1822.

3. —— decussata (Mont.), Turton. 1822.

4, —— californica, Conrad. 1837.

5. —— Cleryana, VOrbigny. 1846.

6. —— ornatissima, VOrbigny. 1846.

7. —— alternata, d’Orbigny. 1846.

8. —— Riippelliit, A. Adams. 1850.

9. —— princeps, A. Adams. 1850.

10. —— elliptica, A. Adams. 1850.

ae decurtata, A. Adams. 1850.

12, - philippinarum, A. Adams. 1850.

13. —— fragilis, Carpenter. 1857. -

14. —— bilirata, Gabb. 1861.

15. ovordea, Carpenter. 1865.

16. perversa, Blanford. 1867.

NCA pacifica, Folin. 1867.

Of the above, no. 2 has been shown to be the young of

Mya truncata, no, 3 equals Petricola lithophaga, nos. 5, 6, and

7 are species of Cuspidaria, nos. 4, 9, 10, 11, and 12 have

since been removed to Cenrad’s genus Cryptomya, and no. 14

appears to be a young Saaicava, as suggested by Carpenter* ;

this, however, is uncertain until the type, if preserved, has

been reexamined.

The following species—decussata, Deshayes, semistriata,

Hanley, and mindorensis, Adams and Reeve—originally

described by their respective authors as Mya, were subse-

quently referred to Sphenta by A. Adams, but have since

been definitely located in Oryptomya. In the Paetel Cata-

logue, 1890, iii. pp. 20, 21, Rupicola distorta, Montagu

(=concentrica, Fleur. de Bellev.), 1s erroneously classed with

Sphenta. The shells of nearly all the species are very similar

and liable to great variation in form, arising from the locality

in which they live. The following are the species which

belong to Sphenia as now understood.

Genus SPHENIA, Turton.

1. Sphenia Binghami, Turton. (PL XV.A. fig. 1.) B.M.t

Sphenia Binghami, Turton, Conch. Ins. Brit. p. 56; Fischer, Man.

Conch, p. 1122, pl. xxxiii. fig. 4.

* Moll. West. North America, 1872, p. 118.

+ Species marked B.M. are in the British Museum.

Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Sphenia. 279

Sphenia Binghami, Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. vol. i. p. 190, pl. T.

fig. 3, and pl. ix. figs. 1-3.

Mya Binghami, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. vol. iii. p. 70, pl. L. fig. 3.

flab. Great Britain, France, Spain, Piedmont, Algeria,

Tunis.

2. Sphenia Riippelliz, A. Adams. (P1.XV.A. figs. 2,3.) B.M.

Sphenia Riippellii, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 89.

Hab. Red Sea.

This is a true Sphenia, and has been wrongly transferred

to Cryptomya in the Paetel Catalogue, p. 21. It is clothed

more or less with a yellowish epidermis, and is peculiar on

account of a few radiating lines upon the anterior end of the

valves.

3. Sphenia fragilis, Carpenter. (Pl. XV.A. figs 4,5.) B.M.

Sphenia fragilis, Carp. Mazatlan Cat. p. 24.

Sphenia fragilis, De Folin, Les Méléagrinicoles, p. 15, pl. ii. figs. 7-9.

Hab. Mazatlan, west coast of Mexico.

The types of this species in the British Museum are rather

more equilateral than the shell figured by De Folin. Corbula

luticola, Valenciennes (Voy. Vénus, Zool. Atlas, pl. xxiv.

figs. 6, Ga), has never, as far as I can discover, been

described. Carpenter suggests that it may be the same as his

S. fragilis. ‘This may be so, but without examining the type

it is impossible to determine definitely ‘The form and size of

the shell, its position in acrypt, and the tooth of the lett

valve are characteristic of Sphenia.

4, Sphenia bilirata, Gabb.

Sphenia bilirata, Gabb, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, p. 369.

Hab. Santa Barbara, California.

Perhaps the young stage of Saacava.

5. Sphenia ovoidea, Carpenter.

Sphenia ovoidea, Carp. Proc, Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad, 1865, p. 54.

Hab. Puget Sound,

S. ovalis, Carp. (Moll. West. North Amer. p. 168), appa-

rently is a misprint for ovoidea,

6. Sphenia perversa, Blanford. (Pl. XV. A. fig. 6.) B.M.

Sphenia perversa, Blanford, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxvi. (ii.)

p. 68, pl. xiv. figs. 4-6 (1867).

Hab. Delta of the Irawady, Pegu; in burrows in stone,

apparently the holes of Martesta.

Mr. Blantord makes a curious mistake with regard to the

280 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Sphenia.

hinge. He says, “In every respect, except the position of

the lamellar tooth in the hinge of the left valve instead of the

right, the shell appears to be a true Sphenia.” In Mr. Blan-

ford’s figure the “ lamellar tooth” is properly depicted in the

left valve; in specimens of this species in the British

Museum it is also in the left, and in every other species and

specimen examined by the writer it is in the same valve.

7. Sphenia pacifica, De Folin. (PI. XV. A. fig. 7.)

Sphenia pacificensis, De Folin, Les Méléagrinicoles, p. 15, pl. 11.

figs, 10, 11.

Sphenia pacifica, Martens, Zool. Rec. 1867, p. 586.

Hab, Panama, on pearl-oysters.

8. Sphenia Sowerby?, sp.n. (Pl. XV. A. fig. 8.) B.M.

Testa paulo inwquivalvis, postice rostrata, et anguste hians, antice

rotundata, elongata, transversa, alba, epidermide tenui precipue

marginem versus induta; valve tenues, mediocriter convexe,

coucentrice striate, carina obliqua ab umbone usque ad extremi-

tatem posticam decurrente instructs ; margo dorsianticus obliquus,

arcuatus, posticus concavus, ventralis late curvatus; umbones

prominentes, fere mediani, ad apicem antrorsum inclinati; valva

dextra subedentula, sinistra dente compresso subquadrato mar-

ginali pone umbonem iastructa; linea pallii infra cicatricem

posteriorem oblique descendens, vix sinuata.

Longit. 102 millim., alt. 6, diam. 43.

Testa junior minus elongata, haud rostrata.

Longit. 7 millim., alt. 5, diam. 33.

Hab. Ariancoupan, near Pondicherry.

In the right valve the hinge-margin immediately in front

of the umbo is somewhat thickened, but the incrassation 1s

hardly enough to be termed a tooth.

Specimens of this and the following species have been

presented to the British Museum by Mr. G. B. Sowerby,

after whom I have much pleasure in naming that now

described.

9. Sphenia similis, sp.n. (Pl. XV. A. fig. 9.) B.M.

Testa S. Sowerbyi similis, sed minor, angustior, carina umbonali

postica acutiore instructa, magis ineequilateralis, postice in rostro

longiore et latiore terminans, margine dorsali postico minus incur-

yato, ventrali minus arcuato.

Longit. 8 millim., alt. 5, diam. 35.

Hab. ?

Although very like the preceding species, I believe that the

present form is quite distinct. It is a longer and narrower

shell, with a longer, straighter, and broader rostrum, and the

Mr. A. S. Woodward—Paleichthyological Notes. 281

oblique umbonal keel is much more evident and acute. The

character of the hinge is the same.

10. Sphenia inequalis, sp.n. (Pl. XV.A. fig. 10.) B.M.

Testa valde inequivalvis, subtrigona, squilateralis, antice rotundata,

postice rostrata, concentrice rugose striata, alba, epidermide tenui

pallide lutea plus minus induta; valve mediocriter crasse, sinistra

fere plana preter umbonem versus, dextra conspicue major, pro-

funda, postice carinata, edentula; dens cardinalis valve sinistre

compressus, mediocriter validus; pagina interna alba, incrassata ;

cicatrix antica elongata, postica ovata.

Longit. 11 millim., alt. 8, diam. 43.

Hab. Singapore. Coll. Cuming.

This species, judging from the single specimen in the

Museum, is remarkable for the great inequality of the valves,

the left being almost flat and fitting within the margin of the

right, which is considerably convex. In this respect it links

Sphenia with Corbula; and the rostrate form also recalls

certain forms of the latter. Near the inner edge of the poste-

rior adductor a short linear oblique scar is observable; it

probably indicates the point of adherence of the pedal

retractor.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. A.

Fig. 1. Sphenia Bingham. Fig. 7. Sphenia pacifica.

Figs. 2, 3. Riippellir. Fig. 8. Sowerbyt.

Figs. 4, 5. Fragiis. Fig. 9. similis,

Fig. “6: -perversa, Fig. 10. inequalis,

L.—Pale«ichthyological Notes. By A. Smrra Woopwarp,

F.L.S., of the British Museum (Natural History).

[Plate X. ]

1. On some Ichthyolites from the Keuper of Warwickshire.

Remains of fishes are so rarely met with in the British

Trias, and so little is known of the genera of the period, that

even fragmentary specimens are worthy of notice. Having

had the privilege of examining the largest collection hitherto

made, that of the Rev. P. B. Brodie, of Rowington, the

writer thus offers a few notes on some detached teeth and

spines as yet unknown or incompletely described. The same

collection has on former occasions yielded new Ganoids *, and

* Dictyopyge superstes, Egerton, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv.

. 164, pl. xi. figs. 1-3 (Paleoniscus); and Semionotus Brodiet, E. T,

Newton, did. vol. xliii. p. 539, pl. xxii. figs. 1-8.

282. Mr. A. S. Woodward—Paleiehthyological Notes.

lately added considerably to our knowledge of the dentition of

a Triassic shark *; but Mr. Brodie’s discoveries in the Upper

Keuper of Shrewley and the Lower Keuper of Coten End,

Warwickshire, afford still further opportunity for a contribu-

tion to Triassic ichthyology yf.

Ceratodus levissimus, Miall. (Pl. X. figs. 1, 1 a.)

The first specimen of interest is an imperfect tooth of

Ceratodus, shown of the natural size in Pl. X. fig. 1. ‘The

teeth of this dipnoan fish, as is well known, are very abundant

in the Lettenkohle of Wiirtemberg, and it is therefore remark-

able that only a single example has hitherto been recorded

from the uppermost ‘Trias of Britain. Besides the tooth from

Ripple, Worcestershire, in the British Museum, described by

Professor Miall under the name of C. levissimus, the present

writer is acquainted only with Mr. Brodie’s specimen ; and,

so far as can be determined, the two fossils are specifically

identical.

The new tooth, like the type specimen of C. levissimus,

evidently pertains to the left side of the upper jaw, and is

imperfect anteriorly. It originally possessed five or six

“horns ” or denticles, the two posterior ones being small and

incompletely divided; and these “horns” are more satis-

factorily preserved than in the previous specimen. As already

remarked by Miall, the tooth 1s low-crowned and of the same

type as the German C. Kaup7z; but the possibility of the

English Keuper tooth belonging to the latter species now

seems to be disproved. As shown by Mr. Brodie’s fossil, the

“horns”? are more acute and the ridges more compressed

than in C. Kaupi; and the name of C. levissimus may there-

fore be retained for the Keuper species.

Form. and Loc. Lower Keuper, Coten End, Warwick.

Phebodus Brodiet, sp. n. (Pl. X. figs. 2-4.)

The survival of at least one ancient Paleozoic type of

shark until the latter part of the Triassic period has already

been suggested by the discovery of teeth indistinguishable

* Smith Woodward, “On the so-called Hybodus keuperinus, Murch.

and Strickl.,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] vol. iii. pp. 297-299, pl. xiv.

figs. 1-3 (1889).

+ For descriptions of the section at Shrewley see Rev. P. B. Brodie,

“On some Additional Remains of Cestraciont and other Fishes in the

Green Gritty Marls immediately overlying the Red Marls of the Upper

Keuper in Warwickshire,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlix. pp. 171-

174 (1893).

Mr. A. 8. Woodward—Palwichthyological Notes. 283

from Diplodus in the Keuper of Somersetshire (D. Moorez,

A. 8S. Woodw.*). It is now of much interest to be able to

add possible evidence of the survival of another ancient type

in the form of true Cladodont teeth from Warwickshire.

All the kuown examples of these teeth are very small, a

series of four being shown of twice the natural size in Pl. X.

fig. 2. The crown (fig. 4) consists of three robust conical

cusps, vertically striated except towards the apex, and about

equal in width at the base; the median cusp is nearly vertical

and slightly shorter than the outer pair, which incline a little

outwards and are almost symmetrical. The root, as shown

from above (fig. 3), is horizontally expanded, straight at its

outer border, where the coronal cusps arise, bounded by asemi-

circular border within. When the teeth are in series (fig. 2)

the expanded roots overlap, as in Diplodus, the Cladodonts,

and the modern Chlamydoselache, there being evidently

several teeth in function simultaneously in each transverse

row. ‘There appears to be no smooth articular facette on the

root.

As in the case of the Diplodont teeth, the new specimens

are of course insufficient to prove the survival of an ancient

Paleozoic genus of sharks in the Trias; they merely suggest

that some of the Cladodonts were still to be met with in early

Mesozoic seas. The form of the teeth, however, differs in no

essential respect from the Middle Devonian and Lower

Carboniferous type named Phebodus in America t, the most

important differences apparently being the complete suppres-

sion of intermediate denticles and the absence of an articular

facette on the root in the Triassic specimens. It is therefore

proposed to assign to the teeth now described the provisional

name ot Phabodus Brodiet.

form. and Loc. Upper Keuper, Shrewley, Warwickshire.

A FHybodont Fin-spine. (Pl. X. figs. 5, 5.)

It has already been pointed out that the Triassic Hybodont

fin-spines described by Agassiz under the name of Leacanthus

are provided with small posterior denticles. No good figure

of an unabraded specimen has, however, hitherto been pub-

lished, and a drawing of the finest example of the so-called

Hybodus keuperinus in Mr. Brodie’s collection is therefore

appended (fig. 5). This spine, like those from the Muschel-

kalk, is much lateraliy compressed, with a sharp anterior

border ; the lateral ribbings are fine and numerous, and the

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] vol. iii. p. 299, pl. xiv. figs. 4, 5 (1889),

+ St. John and Worthen, Palzont. Illinois, vol. vi. p. 251 (1875),

284 Mr. A. 8. Woodward—Paleichthyological Notes.

posterior face appears slightly convex when viewed in trans-

verse section (figs. 50, c). Towards the distal extremity of

the spine the hinder face also exhibits a small, sharp, longi-

tudinal, median ridge (fig. 5a), and it is between this ridge

and the lateral borders that the diminutive pointed denticles

are placed, at wide and not very regular intervals.

The Triassic fin-spine thus agrees with those of the Mesozoic

Hybodonts, and differs from all known Paleeozoic spines * in

having the posterior denticles within the postero-external

margin. The sharp median ridge, however, is quite different

from the broad elevation of the posterior face in Hybodus,

Acrodus, and Asteracanthus, and the denticles do not approach

the median line so nearly as is usual in the latter genera.

Leiacanthus may therefore eventually prove to be a valid

genus, especially if the hollow Acrodus-shaped teeth commonly

ascribed to ‘‘Hybodus keuperinus” are correctly placed as

part of the same fish.

Form. and Loc. Upper Keuper, Shrewley, Warwickshire.

2. On Nemacanthus monilifer from the Rhetic Formation.

The fish-remains from the Rheetic bone-beds both of Britain

and the continent are usually so much broken and abraded

that their determination and description is not very satis-

factory. Occasionally, however, better preserved specimens

occur in the associated limestones and shales, and features

readily lost by abrasion are then observable. Among other

fossils, the Elasmobranch dorsal fin-spines named Nema-

canthus monilifer are met with in especial abundance as

abraded fragments ; and since a diagrammatic section of one

fo these has been published to support an untenable theory T,

it seems advisable to offer a brief illustrated description of a

fine spine in Rheetic limestone in the British Museum.

The fossil in question is shown of the natural size in Pl. X.

fig. 6, and is exposed from the right side. ‘The large ganoid

anterior keel is preserved along the greater part of the

exserted portion, and there is no mark on the fibrous-looking

lateral face dividing the latter from the inserted basal portion.

* Every Paleeozoic spine, with posterior denticles, hitherto described

by American and European authors exhibits these denticles on the

postero-external margin, as in the modern Chimera. Every sufliciently

well-preserved specimen that the present writer has examined with

reference to this feature confirms the published descriptions. The unique

specimen on which Dr, O. Jaekel founds a diagrammatic section contra-

dicting all other authors (Neues Jahrb. 1892, vol. i. p. 146, fig. d) still

remains to be described.

+ O. Jaekel, Neues Jahrb. 1892, vol. i. p. 146, fig. a.

Mr. A. S. Woodward—Paleichthyological Notes. 285

The external ornament consists of large ganoine-coated

tubercles arranged in irregular longitudinal series, often partly

wanting; and a regular series of these tubercles, somewhat

enlarged, pointed, and hooked downwards, is arranged along

the postero-external margin of the spine. As shown by other

specimens, the hinder face is flat or slightly concave, and the

transverse section of the spine thus precisely resembles that of

the dorsal spine of the recent Chimera.

3. On Gyrolepis dubius, sp. n., from the Rhetic Formation

of Scania.

So far as fragmentary specimens admit of being compared,

it appears that the Rheetic fish-remains of Southern Scania,

Sweden, are very similar to those of Britain and Germany *.

In the collection of the Geological Survey of Sweden,

however, there is one large fragment of a ganoid fish that

does not appear to have been discovered elsewhere; and the

writer is indebted to the kindness of Dr, N. Olaf Holst for

the opportunity of closely studying the specimen.

The fossil in question exhibits only a large portion of the

squamation in impression, with a few imperfect scales and

part of the dorsal fin; and the large dimensions of the fish

are indicated by Pl. X. figs. 10-12, which show respectively,

of the natural size, part of the squamation, an isolated scale,

and part of the dorsal fin-rays. ‘The flank-scales, as observed

in the imperfect impression (fig. 10), are scarcely, if at all,

deeper than broad; and the few scales that remain exhibit a

narrow overlapped anterior margin, with a nearly smooth

external ganoid face, only marked by some small punctuations

and by a few short oblique wrinkles at the anterior border

(fig. 11). Whether or not the scales were serrated cannot be

determined; and though the peg-and-socket articulation can

be distinctly seen, the inner vertical rib appears to be feeble.

The rays of the dorsal fin (fig. 12) are stout and closely

articulated, and each joint is ornamented with two or three

longitudinal streaks of ganoine.

It is, of course, not possible to determine the generic

position of so fragmentary a fossil with certainty ; but it will

probably prove to belong to Gyrolepis. The provisional

name of G. dubius is therefore proposed for the fish in

question, the characters of the scale-ornament and fin-rays

distinguishing it from the known species of Gyrolepis.

* J}. Lundgren, Minneskr. Kong. Fysiogr. Sillsk. Lund, no. y. (1888).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 22

286 Mr. A. S. Woodward—Palwichthyological Notes.

4. On a new Paleoniscid Fish from Siberia.

Fish-remains have already been described by Dr. J. V.

Rohon* from some yellowish fissile marls in the neighbour-

hood of the Upper Jenissei, in the Government of Tomsk,

and the present writer has had the privilege of examining

the original specimens in the Museum of the Imperial Aca-

demy of Sciences at St. Petersburg. The collection is only

small, and a Swedish geologist, Herr Martin, has thus done

good service by obtaining a further series of specimens

apparently from the same formation, and presenting them to

the Royal State Museum, Stockholm. Herr Martin’s collec-

tion was made at Medwiesko, near Atjinsk, in the Government

of Jenissei, not very far from the locality whence Dr. Rohon’s

fossils were discovered ; and the present writer is indebted to

the kindness of Professor Gustav Lindstrém for the oppor-

tunity of carefully studying the new series. Only two genera

and species are represented, one an Acanthodian described by

Dr. Rohon under the name of Acanthodes Lopatini, the other

a Paleoniscid not hitherto determined.

Dr. Rohon regards the stratum in which the Acanthodians

occur as probably Devonian. The species just mentioned,

however, has the reduced pelvic fin-spines only found in the

typical Permian and Carboniferous forms of Acanthodes; the

associated Gyrolepidotus Schmidti has not an early Paleozoic

aspect; and the Paleoniscid now to be described is most

nearly related to Permian and Triassic genera. It is there-

fore very probable that the fish-bearing marls of the Upper

Jenissei will eventually prove to belong to the Permian

formation.

GANOLEPIS, gen. nov.

Trunk elegantly fusiform, more or less elongated. Man-

dibular suspensorium oblique, and dentition comprising

conspicuous well-spaced conical laniaries ; external head and

opercular bones completely ornamented with _ striations,

vermiculating rugz, and dots of ganoine. Fins small, without

fulcra, and the rays delicate, distally bifurcated. Dorsal and

anal fins triangular, the former opposed to the space between

the pelvic and anal fins ; upper caudal lobe slender and the

caudal fin forked. Scales large and thick, covered with

ganoine and ornamented with transverse ridges, usually

serrated at the hinder border ; principal flank-scales not much

deeper than broad, and no enlarged series of ridge-scales ;

lateral line conspicuous.

* J. V. Rohon, “ Ueber fossile Fische vom oberen Jenissei,” Mém.

Acad, Inip. Sci. St.-Pétersbourg, [7] vol. xxxvi. no. 13 (1889).

Mr. A. S. Woodward—Paleichthyological Notes. 287

The genus as thus defined is evidently to be placed in the

group of Paleoniscide comprising Acrolepis, Hlonichthys,

Gyrolepis, and their allies *.

Ganolepis gracilis, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 7-9.)

The type and only known species, of diminutive size,

apparently not exceeding 0°05 metre in length. Length of

head with opercular apparatus about equal to the maximum

depth of the trunk and one fourth of the total length of the

fish ; external ornament very conspicuous. Dorsal fin arising

slightly in advance of the middle point of the back and much

larger than the anal fin. Scales marked by fine parallel

horizontal or oblique ridges, terminating in serrations at the

hinder border and often flexed upwards in front parallel to

the anterior border.

The least fragmentary and distorted specimen uf this species

is shown of the natural size in fig. 7. It exhibits apparently

the original form of the trunk, the attenuated upper caudal

lobe, the thick squamation, the prominent lateral line, and

parts of the median fins. The form, proportions, and orna-

ment of the maxilla are well seen ina detached specimen,

enlarged twice, in fig 8, and the characters of the scale-

ornament are indicated in fig. 9.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Ceratodus levissimus, Miall; left upper tooth, oral aspect. Lower

Keuper, Coten End, Warwick. Collection of Rey. P. B.

Brodie, M.A., F.G.S., Rowington.

Fig. 1a. Ditto; outer aspect of a “ horn” or denticle.

Figs. 2-4, Phabodus Brodiei, sp. n.; teeth in series from the anterior

aspect, twice nat. size (2), one imperfect tooth viewed from

above, twice nat. size (3), and restored tooth from the anterior

aspect, thrice nat. size (4). Upper Keuper, Shrewley, Warwick-

shire. Coll. of Rev. P. B. Brodie.

Fig. 5. Uybodont fin-spine (“ Hybodus keuperinus, Murch. and Strickl.”),

lateral aspect. Ibid. Coll. of Rev. P. B. Brodie.

Fig. 5a. Ditto; posterior view of extremity of spine.

Figs. 5b, c. Ditto; transverse sections of spine.

Fig. 6. Nemacanthus monilifer, Ag.; dorsal fin-spine, lateral aspect.

Rhetic, Aust Cliff. British Museum, No, P. 2854.

Figs. 7-9. Ganolepis gracilis, gen. et sp. n. ; lateral view of fish (7), right

maxilla, twice nat. size (8), and scale of flank, thrice nat. size (9).

Permian (?), Medwiesko, near Atjinsk, Government of Jenissei,

Siberia. Royal State Museum, Stockholm.

Figs. 10-12. Gyrolepis dubius, sp. n.; internal impression of squamation -

of flank (10), an imperfect scale (11), and portion of dorsal tin-

rays (12). Rhetic, Scania. Museum of Swedish Geological

Survey, Sweden.

[Unless otherwise stated, all the figures are of the natural size. |

i” * Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. pt. ii. (1891) p. 429.

226

288 Capt. T. Broun on new

LI.—Deseriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand.

By Captain Hos. Broun.

[Continued from p. 195.]

Group Elateride.

Chrosis eximia, sp. n.

Body moderately elongate, rather broad, shining, sparsely

clothed with short brassy hairs; head, thorax, and antennz

pitchy black, elytra ruto-piceous.

Head wneven, irregularly punctured. Antenne short,

reaching the base of the thorax; third joint slightly longer

than the fourth, one third longer than the second. Thorax

evidently longer than broad, gradually narrowed anteriorly,

but with a deep notch at each side before the middle ; poste-

rior angles divergent, the space near each is broadly de-

pressed ; its surface finely and distantly punctured, with pale

yellow or ash-coloured pubescence. ytra gradually nar-

rowed posteriorly, apices truncate ; they are striate, the outer

strie only are distinctly punctured, interstices finely punc-

tured.

Prosternum punctate, its flanks nearly smooth, but near the

sides and front rather closely punctured. Abdomen finely

punctured, more distinctly and closely near the sides and on

the fifth segment, with numerous erect black hairs. Cowal

lamina much longer near the base than at the sides, with a

small deep notch near the trochanter.

C. impressa is most like this species; the punctuation of

its elytral interstices is closer, coarser, and rugose. C. reversa

has impunctate prosternal flanks; in C. barbata they are

closely punctured.

Length 93, breadth 23 lines.

Capleston, Westland.

Described from an example found by Mr. A. T. Cavell.

Group Diaperide.

Menimus vicinus, sp. n.

Oval, not short, moderately convex, sparingly clothed with

minute greyish hairs, most easily seen near the sides ; mode-

rately shining, rufo-piceous, the legs, antenne, and the

margins pale red.

Head minutely yet quite distinctly, but not closely punc-

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 289

tate. Hyes small. Thorax nearly twice as broad as it is

long, rather narrower in front than behind; the sides, how-

ever, are nearly straight; the punctuation is slightly finer

than that of the head. Scutel/um triangular, not broad.

Elytra gradually narrowed posteriorly, lateral margins broad

at the shoulders, but becoming very narrow behind the poste-

rior femora; the suture near the scutellum is slightly elevated ;

they are finely punctured, but not so as to form series, and

there are four or five ill-defined shallow striz on each.

In shape like J. Bates?, the elytral punctuation much

finer; the stria, though shallow and irregular, are quite

easily detected. No. 1497 is more like this species, but it

has a very broad short scutellum, rather smaller eyes, a longer

and more anteriorly narrowed thorax, longer antenne, and

more slender legs, and the elytra are subopaque.

Length 2, breadth quite 1 line.

Howick. One individual.

Obs. 'The following remarks will help any one to separate

the species :—

No. 660 is the most convex ; the punctuation of the elytra

is not arranged in lines as in No. 659; it is minutely pubes-

cent.

No. 661, the thorax has two large shallow basal impres-

sions.

No. 662 is rather narrow and elongate; its thorax is a

good deal and quite regularly rounded at the sides, and the

elytral margins near the shoulders are finely serrate. These

characters will enable it to be separated from JZ. cecus

(No. 657).

Group Helopide.

Edalus pleuralis, sp. n.

Opaque, fuscous, the margins sometimes obscurely rufes-

cent; legs pale reddish or testaceous, antenne dull red;

sparingly clothed with erect infuscate sete.

Head more or less irregularly punctured. Thorax almost

as long as it is broad, widest before the middle, a good deal

narrowed behind, its sides somewhat flattened and crenate,

base sinuate; the surface rather irregularly and coarsely

punctured, with three shallow longitudinal impressions, one

of which is in the centre, the others (near the sides) are

deepened at the base. Scutellum either short or indistinct.

Elytra oblong, slightly narrowed towards the base, lateral

margins more or less crenate, the shoulders slightly prominent

and wider than the thorax; their sculpture ill-defined,

290 Capt. T. Broun on new

appearing when examined sideways to consist of rows of

rather small punctures, which, however, do not form well-

marked striz ; there are many small indefinite elevations as

well; the third interstices, on the top of the hind slope, are

rather broad and very slightly raised, and the sides of the

summit are somewhat prominent ; two or three striz can be

seen there. Zibie straight, with paler and finer sete than

the body. Antenne with outstanding slender sete ; the last

three joints, however, are more densely and finely clothed ;

the first joint is but little exposed above, second transverse,

third not as long as the following three, fourth and fifth

short, almost transverse, sixth rather smaller than the con-

tiguous ones, ninth and tenth obconical, obviously larger than

the preceding ones, eleventh largest, not acuminate.

Underside piceous, with short yellow sete. Abdomen in-

distinctly sculptured. Pleur@ much inflexed, broad, with two

series of punctures, the row nearest the body consists of fewer

punctures and finer) than the other. The front core are

placed near the hind margin of the prosternum, so that the

frontal portion seems elongate; it has some shallow coarse

punctures and is only very slightly incurved in front.

In LE. opacus the pleuree are punctured all over.

In the genus Periatrum the eyes extend below the sides of

the head; in Hdalus they do not, they are, in fact, quite

small. In Mesopatrum the eyes extend downwards below the

sides of the head and are then directed a little forwards.

Length 24, breadth 1 line.

Ohaupo, Waikato. Three, December 1892.

Group demeride.

Sessinia thoracica, sp. n.

Shining, testaceous, very pale; the outer half of each

elytron fuscous ; this dark streak does not, however, reach

the lateral margin ; head and thorax glabrous, elytra densely

covered with pale depressed hairs.

Head very much narrowed and depressed behind, its punc-

tuation fine and shallow. Thorax about one fourth longer

than broad, feebly incurved medially at the apex; its frontal

portion (nearly half the whole length) is as broad as the head

(including the large eyes), and is rounded laterally ; the hind

part has nearly straight sides, and appears as if it were

abruptly contracted to about half the width of the other; the

thickened basal margin is curved towards the sides; the

surface is uneven, being broadly depressed at each side of the

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 291

middle and again in front of the scutellum; near each side

behind the middle there are numerous shallow punctures, but

the rest of the surface seems smooth and glossy. Scutellum

longer than broad. lytra elongate, broader than the thorax,

subparallel, shoulders rounded; they cover all but the extre-

mity of the abdomen and are subopaque; the sculpture is

close and fine, there is an indistinct sutural stria on each

behind, the inner side of the dark space is limited by an ill-

defined raised line, and there is another nearer the suture.

Legs elongate and slender ; tibiz straight, bispinose at apex.

Antenne filiform, reaching the hind thighs. Fifth ventral

segment not notched. Hyes large, prominent, distinctly

faceted, transverse, their greatest bulk below; they are only

feebly emarginated. JMazillary palpi elongate, the terminal

joint slightly longer than the second, nearly quite straight

along the outside ; the inside is almost regularly curved, it is

not notched, but it is broadly grooved along the inner and

front face for half its length.

The eyes, thorax, and palpi differentiate this species from

its allies ; indeed it is doubtful if it can remain in Sessinia.

Length 63-7, breadth 14 lines.

Ohaupo. ‘Two specimens, January 1898, under bark.

Sessinia reversa, sp. 0.

Elongate, rather dull, pale testaceous; the vertex, middle

of thorax, and sides of elytra very faintly infuscate, tips of

the mandibles piceous; elytra covered with depressed pallid

pubescence. Head finely and rather closely punctured.

Thorax longer than broad, finely and closely punctured, only

slightly uneven, widest near the front. /ytra very tinely

and closely sculptured, with two indistinct longitudinal lines

on each. Legs very pale and slender; tibiz straight, with

two apical spines.

Somewhat similar to S. thoracica; the sculpture differs,

the thorax is less dilated in front, and consequently appears

less narrowed behind. ‘There are, moreover, some more

important differences. The antenne extend only to between

the middle and hind thighs. The eyes are shorter in the lon-

gitudinal direction ; they are quite transverse and not in the

Jeast emarginate in front. The last joint of the mawillary

palpi is narrow at the base, it is gradually dilated, and its

apex is entire, curvate, and grooved; the outside for a short

space is somewhat truncate, and this part seems to be more

deeply grooved than the front face. The fifth ventral segment

is broadly depressed, it is irregularly emarginate (not notched)

292 Capt. T. Broun on new

behind. The metasternum has a deep, narrow, longitudinal

groove.

Length 53, breadth 13 lines.

Capleston. Two; one much mutilated, this is mounted on

its back, and it is from this specimen that the sexual cha-

racters have been derived. Both were sent to me by

Mr. A. T. Cavell.

Group Otiorhynchide.

Lygrochus oculatus, sp. n.

Subopaque, fuscous, antenne and tarsi ferruginous ; elytra

clothed with very minute scales of an obscure pale reddish

colour, the raised parts with yellowish set; legs with minute

squame and erect longish sete.

Rostrum rather shorter and about one third narrower than

the thorax, rather flat, with a fine central carina; there are

also two broad ill-defined grooves covered with minute reddish

scales. Scape gradually thickened, opaque, covered with

very small and a few longer erect sete. MHuniculus red,

shining, with yellowish hairs, the two basal joints of equal

length, third distinctly longer than broad, seventh bead-like,

slightly broader than sixth. Club densely pubescent, elongate-

oval, acuminate, indistinctly four-jointed. Thorax longer

than broad, a little contracted in front, slightly wider near

the front than it is elsewhere, behind nearly straight-sided,

base and apex truncate; the surface slightly uneven, not

visibly punctate, with a few minute scattered biack warts ;

covered with small, depressed, slender, obscure reddish scales.

Elytra cordiform, widest behind the shoulders; these are

curvate, so that the base scarcely exceeds the thorax in

breadth ; they are gradually narrowed backwards, the poste-

rior declivity 1s much narrowed but not quite vertical, the

sides are inflexed; their sculpture consists of rather shallow

irregular series of punctiform impressions and a few small

wart-like elevations; the dorsum is a little uneven, the

humeral regions are depressed, there are two indistinct basal

elevations, and four slight setigerous elevations on the top of

the declivity, two on each elytron. Tibi a little flexuous,

mucronate. Zarst with the third joint deeply lobate, but

only moderately broad, it is more evidently pilose than the

others.

Underside with some fine depressed yellowish scales.

Front coxal cavities large, open in front. Basal segment of

abdomen truncate between the coxee, flattened, nearly twice

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 293

the length of the second, the suture between these two arcuate ;

third and fourth moderately short, with deep sutures.

Scrobes quite open above, they extend from the apex and

are directed obliquely downwards, but in front of the eyes,

from the upper to the lower margin, there is a broad depres-

sion. Posterior corbels not cavernous. ‘There is just the

merest trace of ocular lobes. Eyes moderately distant from

the thorax, nearly round, large, and very convex; this last

character will serve to distinguish this from all the allied

species; No. 2149 is, however, the nearest.

The scape attains the hind margin of the eye. The man-

dibular scar is indistinct, but I think the genus should be

placed in the Otiorhynchide, as in a broken specimen of

another species the scar, though shallow, can be seen.

In No. 1238 the corbels of the posterior tibie are narrowly

cavernous.

Length (rostr. incl.) 22, breadth nearly 14 lines.

Mount Pirongia. One, December 1892.

All the species unfortunately are exceedingly rare.

Rhynchogonus germanus, sp. ni.

Robust, piceous, a little shining, clothed with small greyish

depressed scales and short semierect sete.

Rostrum short and broad, with a central carina; the finely

punctate glabrous apical portion distinctly limited by oblique

sutures. Hyes large, broadly longitudinally oval, very con-

vex and prominent. Thorax broader than long, more nar-

rowed, but not abruptly, in front than behind, its sides mode-

rately rounded; disk convex, with a slightly raised, smooth,

central, linear space ; it is slightly rugose, the sculpture seems

to consist of small granules with a minute puncture in each;

from these the sete arise. Scutellum invisible. Llytra

ample, suboblong, evidently broader than the thorax; the

shoulders, however, are much rounded, the sides are sub-

parallel, behind they are narrowed and declivous; on each

elytron there are six dorsal series of rather shallow sub-

quadrate punctures, these almost form striz ; the interstices

are not narrow and they are a little elevated, the third and

fifth are rather more raised than the others behind, but are

not distinctly nodose. Legs stout, tibie a little flexuous, the

inner extremity somewhat angulate or prolonged ; tarsi setose,

their third joint bilobed. Antenne elongate, with fine grey

sete: ; second joint of the funiculus obviously longer than the

first, both elongate, joints 3 to 7 nearly equal, each longer

than broad ; club elongate-oval, three-jointed.

294 Capt. T. Broun on new

Length (rostr. incl.) 33, breadth 13 lines.

Mount Egmont, near Stratford. My specimen was found

by Mr. A. T. Urquhart.

This may be easily separated from the New-Zealand species

that are placed in the first division of the group by its re-

markably outstanding eyes, these are widely separated above

and distant from the thoracic margin. ‘The scape reaches

some distance beyond the front of the thorax, it is somewhat

flexuous and only slightly incrassate towards the extremity.

The scrobes are quite open above; they extend from near the

apex towards the eyes, but become shallow behind. There

are no ocular lobes. ‘The posterior corbels are not cavernous.

This is an interesting discovery, as the genus was supposed

to be confined to the Sandwich Islands.

Inophleus medius, sp. n.

Piceous, densely covered with small round flat scales of a

ereyish-brown colour; there are also many decumbent sete,

which are usually paler, the posterior declivity of the hind

body is greyish ; the legs, antenne, and the tip of the rostrum

are obscure red.

Rostrum about one third shorter than the thorax, its

central carina distinct, the apex bears numerous fine sete.

Scape with fine yellowish sete, very gradually thickened, it

attains the back of the eye. Funiculus with erect slender

sete, its first joint rather longer than the second, fourth dis-

tinctly shorter than the third, hardly any longer than the

fifth ; club elongate-oval, pubescent. Zhorawv nearly a third

broader than it is long, widest near the front, rugose near

the sides. Scutellum distinct, suboblong. lytra evidently

broader than the thorax at the base, hardly any wider near

the middle than they are elsewhere, only moderately narrowed

towards the base; they are quite vertical and much narrowed

behind; disk but little convex, yet not flat, with regular

series of distinct, moderately distant punctures; third and

fifth interstices more or less elevated and, on top of the decli-

vity, nodiform; the sides, though well defined, can scarcely

be termed costate; each side of the suture is horizontally

prolonged, but the protuberances hardly extend beyond the

summit of the declivity.

Underside clothed like the upper surface. Prosternum

incurved in front. Head with a median fovea.

The ocular lobes are well developed. The corbels of the

posterior tibize are cavernous, with double cilie.

Smaller than J. sutwralis, which has the tourth joint of the

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 295

funiculus as long or almost as long as the third, and evidently

longer than the fifth ; it bears erect fuscous sete. In L. rhesus

the second, third, and fourth joints of the funiculus are sub-

equal and the elytra seem to be very coarsely punctured

(‘‘ seriatim foveatis’’).

Length (rostr. incl.) 4-44, breadth 12 lines.

Upper Waimakariri.

Professor Hutton, who sent me some specimens, informed

me that they were taken off Aciphylla latifolia.

Geochus setiger, sp. 0.

Convex, broadly oval, slightly glossy, sparsely clothed with

moderately fine yellowish curled sete ; the thorax, the middle

of the elytra, and the legs pale castaneous, the rostrum and

the tarsi reddish, the sides of the elytra piceo-fuscous; an-

tenn testaceous or pale red, the last two joints of the club

sometimes fuscous.

Rostrum narrowed behind, with four indistinctly raised

lines converging towards the eyes, its sculpture ill-defined.

Eyes nearly rotundate, flat, coarsely faceted, placed almost

wholly on the upper part of the head. Thorax much broader

than long, narrowed and constricted in front ; nearly smooth,

but without any distinctly raised line along the middle, its

punctuation neither close nor very coarse. Llytra with

rounded sides, the middle portion not dilated, the base hardly

at all wider than that of the thorax, the lateral margins not

explanate ; each with six series of moderate punctures, which,

not far from the base, form striz ; interstices simple, only

slightly uneven. Legs with rather fine pale sete; antericr tibiz

narrowed near the extremity, without prominences, the outer

face slightly asperate or serrate. Zarsz with the basal two

joints short and transverse, third very slightly emarginate at

the apex ; there is no trace of a fourth joint and there are no

claws. Antenne slender, nearly glabrous, second joint of the

funiculus about as long as the first, but much more slender ;

eighth joint larger than the seventh, but only half the width

of the large club; it is paler in colour and less pubescent than

the club, so that it is merely a matter of individual opinion

whether the funiculus is seven- or eight-jointed.

Underside rufo-castaneous, shining, nearly glabrous, there

being only a few extremely fine pallid sete. AMesosternum

quite straight and well-limited in tront. J/etasternum short,

obtusely rounded, sometimes truncate, between the middle

coxx it is distantly punctured. Abdomen large, basal seg-

ment somewhat infuscate, its frontal suture very slightly

296 Capt. T. Broun on new

curved, its punctuation moderate; second segment about one

third shorter than the first, much curved in front in the

middle, with only a few punctures; third and fourth short,

with straight deep sutures, fifth finely and densely sculptured,

with a broad shallow impression at each side of the middle.

Var. A.—Reddish, with a broad dark vitta on each elytron,

not touching the side.

Var. B.—Piceous or nearly so.

No. 1239 bears elongate greyish or brassy depressed scales.

No. 2151 has more oviform eyes, placed more at the sides of

the head, and, consequently, more separated above. In

No. 2589 the clothing consists of depressed squamiform setz.

These are the only near allies,

Length (rostr. incl.) 3, breadth quite 4 line.

Mount Pirongia. A good series, December 1892.

Obs. If any European entomologist would like to make a

special study of this curious genus and to make a new group

for its location, I will, if asked, place some well-mounted

specimens at his disposal.

Group Rhyparosomide.

Bradypate armiger, sp. n.

Piceous, legs and antenne slightly rufescent; clothed with

yellow sete, these are of unequal size and distribution.

Rostrum quite the length of the thorax, a little dilated

before the antennal insertion (just in front of the middle), it

bears some very small brassy scales ; along the frontal portion

there are two not very distinct coste; behind a broad groove

extends along each side, so that the middle seems ridged.

Head globose below, very small and pinched in above behind

the eyes; between these there is a small setigerous elevation.

Thorax yather longer than broad, a little wider before the

middle than it is elsewhere, a little constricted in front,

gradually narrowed behind, apex nearly truncate, evidently

wider than the head (eyes inclusive); its surface uneven,

with rather coarse shallow punctures; near the front two

impressions are separated by a setigerous elevation, and behind

each of these impressions there is a more rounded one; its

sides are fringed and the apex is crested with yellowish sete ;

at the base in the middle there is a moderately elongate

depression. lytra subcordate, base truncate, with a scu-

tellar depression, which is smooth, not wider than the thorax,

humeral angles not prominent, the posterior portion nearly

vertical and very scantily clothed; at either side of the basal

depression there is a slightly curved longitudinal elevation

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 297

with yellow sete, on the disk there are about four series of

coarse punctures, only two or three punctures in each row;

the sete there are extremely small and scale-like; the coarser

sete are somewhat concentrated on top of the posterior decli-

vity, without, however, forming separated crests ; immedi-

ately below the summit the surface is bare or nearly so, and

the sculpture is much finer and substriate ; near the sides of

the dorsum there are three or four rounded elevations. Legs

stout, with depressed and erect sete ; along the hind or inner

face of the middle and hind ¢/bi@ the sete form a distinct fringe,

the external cilize are interrupted near the middle, the inner

extremity of the tibie is considerably produced. The tarsz

are short, and their claws are much bent, so that they are not

always easily seen.

The antenne bear fine sete ; the second joint of the funi-

culus is more slender but about as long as the first; 3 to 6

are transverse; seventh large, gradually dilated, so as to

become as broad as the base of the club.

Underside piceous ; abdomen impunctate, basal segment a

little depressed in the middle near the apex ; between the hind

coxe there are two depressions, the second segment has a

small setose elevation on the middle, the fifth is red and

medially impressed.

9. Tibie not prolonged inwardly at the extremity.

Second abdominal segment not raised in the middle.

This differs materially from No. 1512. It is smaller, the

eyes are more convex, the antenne are rather shorter and

stouter, the shoulders are narrower and are without setose

elevations.

The male is an interesting discovery, as its structure con-

firms the genus as distinct from Phrynizus and its allies.

3. Length (rostr. excl.) 14, breadth 2 line.

Mount Pirongia. Seven examples, December 1892.

Cuneopterus tenuicornis, sp. 0.

Body gradually and uninterruptedly widened from the

front of the thorax to the truncate perpendicular apex of the

hind body, the sides much inflexed; opaque, piceous, tarsi

and antenne infuscate red; it is covered with small, dull,

pale brown squame.

Rostrum as long as the thorax and about half the width ;

apex nude, with a slight ridge along the middle, so that

its sides appear depressed. Mandibles prominent. Thorax

longer than broad, apex straight, base rounded, sides not

uneven; apparently impunctate, with a slight central ridge

298 Capt. T. Broun on new

in front, this along the middle becomes a bare smooth space

which ends in the basal depression, the surface is only a little

uneven. lytra deeply incurved at the base, closely applied

to the thorax; the shoulders clasp the thoracic angles, but

are not prominent laterally; the scutellar region is only

slightly depressed; along the top and sides of the apical

declivity the squame are rather coarse, along the middle of

each elytron there are four small squamose elevations, a fifth

(close to the declivity) is larger and forms part of the trans-

verse ridge, a similar series occurs nearer the side, and there

are some other inequalities on the side itself behind the

middle ; near the suture one or two series of shallow punc-

tures can be seen, the sides have coarser punctures, on the

posterior face there are some small tufts. Legs long and

slender, tibize not produced at the inner extremity ; in repose,

the front legs are extended forwards and the knees reach the

tip of the rostrum. Tarsi setose below, third joint longer

than broad, deeply hollowed above, not distinctly emar-

ginate at the apex. Antenne very slender; scape clavate

towards the extremity ; funiculus with very long basal joints,

second longer than the first, 3 to 6 small, seventh slightly

larger than sixth; club elongate-oval, acuminate, four-

jointed.

Underside rather plane, seemingly impunctate, with small

dull ochry scales. Prosternum incurved, not notched, in

front. Abdomen very long, the two basal segments marked

off by a distinct arcuate suture, the first the longer, third and

fourth not very short, fifth medially emarginate at apex,

squamose at each side of the notch, sixth very short.

I do not feel sure whether this curious insect agrees exactly

with Dr. Sharp’s Cuneopterus, which has “less effaced

scrobes” than Phrynixus. In this species the scrobes begin

near the apex, they are open above, deep, elongate, and

oblique, and a shallow squamose groove extends towards the

lower part of the eye. ‘The scape just reaches the front of

the eye. There are no ocular lobes. The scutellum is absent.

The eyes are moderately small, subrotundate ; they are distant

from the thorax and from each other.

In the figure given by Dr. Sharp the thorax and elytra are

truncate or almost truncate at the base, the elytra appear

broader than the thorax, and the shoulders are free and do

not embrace the hind angles of the thorax.

Length (rostr. incl.) 6, breadth 2% lines.

Mount Pirongia, December 1892.

One, evidently of the male sex, was found on the ground

amongst decaying leaves.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 299

Erymneus probus, sp. n.

Oblong-oval or nearly so, dull black; clothed with small

rust-red scales, those near the elytral suture quite minute,

the raised parts with squamiform sete; near the suture, in

line with the hind thighs, there are two obvious oblique

yellowish crests; antenne and tarsi rufo-piceous.

Rostrum covered with sordid tawny squame, these some-

times form four small crests near the antennal insertion

(before the middle) ; the cost are indistinct. The scape

reaches the middle of the eye, it bears fine, depressed, brassy

sete. The funiculus with the second joint quite as long as

the first; seventh large, slightly broader than sixth, nearly

twice its length; club short, ovate, indis‘inctly annulate.

Thorax with coarse shallow punctiform sculpture, about as

long as it is broad; the central ridge extends to the large

basal depression, the oblique ridge near each side becomes

obsolete behind the middle. Elytra oblong, base deeply

emarginate, so that the shoulders extend iboats the

sutural region depressed in front ; there are two rows of large

punctures along each side of the suture, outside these the

surface is uneven, on each side between the middle and hind

thighs there is a squamose prominence; on the top of the

nearly vertical apical portion the third interstices are quite

prominent, at each side, but lower down, there is a still larger

elevation ; a few minute black tubercles are distributed over

the surface. Legs with coarse curled sete.

Prosternum emarginate in front. Abdomen rather flat,

coarsely punctate, with narrow ferruginous scales ; first and

second segments connate, thrice the length of the meta-

sternum.

Most nearly allied to No. 2131, and most likely only a

varietal form thereof.

Length (rostr. incl.) 33, breadth 14 lines.

Mount Pirongia, December 1892.

ARZOSCAPUS, gen. nov.

Body rather narrow, without coarse squame and_tuber-

cular elevations. ostrum rather slender, arched, longer than

thorax. Scrobes foveiform at the point of antennal insertion

(before the middle), behind this a broad groove extends to

the eye, and in front another groove is directed obliquely

upwards, but does not reach the : apex. Scape rather slender,

its extremity clavate; it is nearly glabrous and somewhat

bent near the base, it attains the front of theeye. Funiculus

7-articulate, finely pubescent, its two basal joints about

300 Capt. T. Broun on new

equal, seventh about twice the size of the sixth. Club rather

long, widest near the end, indistinctly jointed, its basal

portion hardly as broad as the seventh joint. yes nearly

round, placed close to the thorax. Head short, narrow above,

globose below. Thorax bisinuate and sharply limited at the

base, without ocular lobes, usually oviform. Scutellun

absent. lytra of the same width as the thorax at the base,

shoulders not porrect, with a sharp slender basal margin.

Tarsi short, finely setose underneath ; their third joint entire

below, not broadly excavate above, rather narrow.

Prosternum moderately long, slightly incurved at apex.

Anterior coze prominent and contiguous, placed just behind

the middle of the prosternum. Jetasternum short; hind

coxe widely distant. Abdomen long, its first segment

evidently shorter than the second, the intervening suture very

oblique towards the sides.

The form, the position of the eyes, the rostrum, antennal

insertion, the gradual slope of the posterior declivity, and

other characters prove that this genus is not very close to

Phrynixus or its immediate allies. Chameapsephis may be

separated by its large broad head, which is not globose

below, by its more prominent and widely separated middle

cox, and by the position of the eyes; these are distant from

the thorax and from each other, but in Ara@oscapus they are

more approximated.

In addition to the species described below this genus will

include Nos. 2552, 2553, and 2554, which were placed

spare in Chamepsephis until more specimens could be

found.

Arcoscapus ovipennis, sp. n.

Elongate, subovate, slightly convex; fuscous, thorax a

little rnfescent, rostrum, antenne, and tarsi red, femora obscure

testaceous; sparingly clothed with minute yellowish scales

and patches of short, erect, coarse, pale sete.

Rostrum rather longer than the thorax, finely punctured in

front, indistinctly carinate behind; it is subparallel, but

minutely swollen where the antenne are inserted. Club

densely and finely pubescent. Thorawr slightly longer than

broad, oviform, but little wider before the middle than it is

elsewhere ; its punctuation rather shallow, somewhat rugose,

indistinct in front; there is a longitudinal but not deep

depression at the middle of the base. H/ytra oval, not broad,

considerably narrowed behind, their posterior portion forms a

gradual slope; the sutural region is a little depressed near

the base, there are two series of moderately large but not deep

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 301

punctures at each side of the suture, the lateral sculpture is

irregular, the interstices are very slightly and interruptedly

raised ; the numerous small patches of sete occur near the

sides and on the hind slope. Legs sparsely setose.

No. 2552 is most like this species, which, however, has

straight anterior tibie, a more elongate and slender scape, a

longer and narrower thorax, and rather deeper and more

numerous elytral punctures.

Length (rostr. incl.) 13, breadth $ line.

Mount Pirongia. One, December 1892.

Obs. At the same time and place I found what appears to

be the male of No. 2554. ‘The front tibie are a little arched

externally, the others are obviously and acutely prolonged at

the inner extremity. Theclubis more elongate. The thorax

is as broad at the base as it is in the middle. The elytra are

widest near the hind thighs. The rostrum has three lines of

fine yellow sete, the central one most distinct.

In this genus the palpi are short and rigid, the mentum is

subquadrate, and the buccal cavity appears to be completely

filled. ‘The species are very rare.

Dacnophylla variegata, sp. n.

Variegate, fuscous or rufo-piceous, a little shining ; clothed,

but not densely, with scale-like hairs and erect fuscous sete ;

legs and antenne infuscate red.

Rostrum nearly nude, shining, and reddish in front, covered

with yellow hairs behind; it is shorter than the thorax,

convex near the middle, but depressed near the eyes. Thorax

as long as broad, widest before the middle, gradually narrowed

behind ; its surface slightly uneven, there being an indistinct

swelling near each side in line with the widest part, it is

rather deeply and closely punctured; the fulvous hairs are

most conspicuous along the middle and there are a few grey

ones near the sides. lytra nearly cordiform, widest behind

the shoulders, these are narrowed, so that the base barely

exceeds that of the thorax in width; their sculpture is not

well defined, it appears to consist of interrupted striew and

slightly asperate interstices ; their clothing is bright fulvous

and greyish, more or less intermingled. Legs robust, bearing

hairs and erect sete; front tibie rather longer than the

others, slightly curved outwardly, distinctly mucronate

inwardly, with conspicuous yellow pubescence near the apex ;

the middle pair thicker, flexuous, and with long hairs along

their inner face; the posterior still thicker, a good deal incras-

sate and bent at the extremity, the apex quite open behind;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 23

302 On new Coleoptera from New Zealand.

outside there are erect sete, but along the inside there are

numerous long pale hairs; postertor tarst with the basal joint

rather slender, the third lobate. Scape flexuous, slender near

the base, with outstanding sete. First joint of the funiculus

longer than the second, both elongate, third rather longer

than broad, 5 to 7 bead-like ; club ovate, its fourth joint very

small. :

Underside reddish, more or less closely punctate. Meta-

sternum short, depressed in the middle, and with a large

fovea behind. Abdomen elongate, the two basal segments

rather broadly and deeply depressed, the sides of the depres-

sion near the coxe seem elevated, the second is at least one

third shorter than the first, fifth punctate, as long as the first ;

sixth well-developed, transversely concave.

?. Hind tibie moderately thick, without long hairs on

the inside, not swollen at the extremity. The elytral striz

less evident, sometimes looking like series of ill-defined

punctures. Underside fuscous, shining, with yellow hairs;

metasternum uearly plane; first segment flattened in front,

fifth punctate, simple; there is no supplementary segment.

The more robust legs, the differently formed and clothed

tibiee, the shorter thorax, and broader elytra distinguish the

male of this species from the typical one, No. 2550.

3. Length (rostr. incl.) 13, breadth 2 line.

Mount Pirongia. ‘Two males and three females, December

1892.

Obs. No. 2559 (Nestrius serripes)—Having found two

males and a female, and as it is a distinct genus, I think it

will be useful to define the sexual characters.

3g. Legs robust, the front and hind femora much swollen

beyond the middle; the posterior tibie serrate along the inner

face and strongly angulate and prolonged at the inner extre-

mity, the intermediate less so. Claws large, much bent

downwards. The metasternum and two basal segments are

depressed, the suture between these segments is obsolete,

third and fourth short, fifth nearly truncate and minutely

ciliate at the apex; between this and the end of the elytra.

the supplementary segment, which is concave at the base, is

quite exposed. ‘The vestiture of the ¢ars7, though slender, is

very conspicuous.

?. Metasternum with a transverse depression behind, so

that the middle appears elevated. ‘The suture between the

two basal ventral segments is distinct, the third and fourth are

less abbreviated, the fifth (the last) is broadly impressed.

Posterior tibiae not serrate and not prolonged at the apex.

The legs are more slender.

[To be continued. |

On the Classification of Scorpions. 303

LII.—Notes on the Classification of Scorpions, followed by

some Observations upon Synonymy, with Descriptions of

new Genera and Species. By R. I. Pocock, of the British

(Natural History) Museum.

[Plates XIV. & XV. B.]

Part I.—Notes on Classification.

THE first part of the following paper is a brief summary of

my views respecting the mutual relationships of the genera ot

Scorpions. But since no special attention has been here

devoted to the Buthide and Bothriuride, most of what is new

is expressed in the rearrangement of the genera of the groups

that Thorell ascribed to his two families Pandinoide and

Vejovoide.

The characters I have used are taken exclusively from the

external structure *. With one exception all have been

pointed out before or utilized, with a varying measure of

success, by my predecessors, Peters, Thorell, Simon, Lan-

kester, and Karsch. The character that I believe to be new

and, I hope, of considerable importance is the presence or

absence of one of the spurs of the pair that is found upon the

articular membrane connecting the foot or terminal segment

of the legs with the segment that precedes it. These I call

the pedal spurs. It is necessary to distinguish carefully

between these spurs and the spines or thickened hairs which

frequently project downwards over the foot-joint from the

distal extremity of the segment to which the foot is articu-

lated. In the Scorpionide, as recognized by me, there is only

one of these spurs, the anterior; in the Lluride, Bothriurida

(with one exception), and the Buthidz both are present, and

they attain their maximum of development in the Buthide,

where we find the anterior cne frequently double.

Of course it is hardly expected that this character, more

than any other, will prove invariable; but it adds one more

to the sum of characters upon which, as I have long suspected,

the families or subfamilies of Scorpions must be based. Espe-

cially important has it been in my estimation in showing the

relationship between such genera as Urodacus and Hemi-

* I have consequently not mentioned the anatomical features connected

with the innervation and structure of the lung-books described by Prof.

Lankester in 1885. It would be a highly interesting study for any one

with the time to devote to it to see how far a classitication based upon

internal anatomy would agree with one such as that put forward here.

23™*

304 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

scorpius and, e. g., Scorpio, and the wide difference between

Euscorpius and the Ischnurine group.

It is not my intention on the present occasion to enter upon

any criticism of the classifications proposed by the authors

mentioned above. I will merely represent these classifications

in tabular form, so that a glance will suffice to show how the

new grouping of the genera agrees with or differs from those

that have been published before.

Peters, Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1861 *, pp. 509-513.

Group 1. TELEGONINI.

Telegonus, Cercophonius, Bothriurus.

Group 2. SCORPIONINI.

A. Vejovis.

B.—a. Broteas, Euscorpius, Scorpiops, Urodacus.

b. Hemiscorpius, Ischnurus, Opisthacanthus, Hete-

rometrus, Diplocentrus.

Group 3. CENTRURINI.

Centrurus ( Tityus, Isometrus), Uroplectes.

Group 4, ANDROCTONINI,

Prionurus, Buthus.

THORELL, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii.

pp- 8 &e. (1876).

Fam. I. Androctonoide.

Subfam. 1. ANpRocTONINI= Androctonini, Pet.

Subfam. 2. CenrRuRINI= Centrurini, Pet., --some more genera.

Fam. II. Telegonoidz = Telegonini, Pet.

Fam. III. Vejovoide.

Vejovis, Hadrurus.

Fam. IV. Pandinoidze = Scorpion, Peters, — Vejovis.

Subfam. 1. Turrnt.

Lurus, Uroctonus.

Subfam. 2, Panprinrnt.

A. Diplocentrus, Heterometrus, Pandinus, Palamneus,

Micephonus, Opisthophthalmus, Opisthacanthus,

Hormurus, Ischnurus, Hemiscorpius.

B. Urodacus, Broteas, Scorpiops, Loctonus, Chactas,

Euscorpius.

* Until 1861 there can scarcely be said to have been a classification of

Scorpions at all.

Classification of Scorpions. 305

Simon, ‘ Les Arachnides de France,’ vii. pp. 92 &c, (1879).

Fam. I. Buthide= Androctonoide, Thor.

Fam. If. Telegonide = Telegonini, Pet.

Fam. III. Vejovidee = Vejovoide, Thor.

Fam. IV. Heterometridz = Pandinoide, Thor., in part.

Scorpio, Heterometrus, Opisthophthalmus, Nebo, Iurus.

Fam. V. Ischnuridze = Pandinoide in part.

Ischnurus, Euscorpius, Belisarius.

Fam. VI. Broteidz = Pandinoide in part.

Broteas,

M. Simon unfortunately does not assign any position in this

system to many important genera.

Karscu, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. 1879, pp. 17-22.

This classification is a copy of the one proposed by Thorell,

the only alterations of any value that are made being con-

cerned with the location of some of Peters’s genera, which

Thorell had not seen.

In the Zeitschr. Naturwissen. (3) v. p. 408 (1880), Dr.

Karsch suggested the name D¢plocentrint for the genera

Diplocentrus and Cyphocentrus.

Ray LANKEsTER, Trans. Zool. Soc. 11. (1885), pp. 379, 380.

Fam. Scorpionide.

Subfam. 1. ScoRPIoNINI.

Genus 1. Scorpio, including as subgenera Euscorpius,

Buthus (Heterometrus), and Broteas.

Genus 2. Telegonus.

Subfam. 2. ANDROCTONINI.

Genus Androctonus, with subgenera Prtonurus and

Centrurus.

The value of this paper consists in the excellence of the

figures and in the attention that is drawn to some new points

ot structure.

The Classification here proposed.

Fam. lL. Scorpionide.

Subfam. 1. Scorpronint = Heterometride, Sim., — Nebo and

Lurus.

Scorpio, Heterometrus, Miephonus, Geopetrus, Opistho-

phthalmus, Palamneus.

306 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Subfam. 2. Iscunurini = Ischnuride, Sim., — Euscorpius and

Belisarius.

Ischnurus, Opisthacrnthus, Opisthocentrus, Cheloctonus,

Chiromachus, Hormurus, Iomachus.

Subfam. 3. DripLocENTRINI= Diplocentrini, Karsch, + Nebo.

Diplocentrus, Oiclus, Nebo (Cyphocentrus).

Subfam. 4. HeMiscorPiint, nov.

Hemiscorpius.

Subfam. 5. URopacrnt, nov.

Urodacus (Iodacus), ? Loctonus.

Fam. II. Turide.

Subfam. 1. Iurmn1= Lurini+ Vejovoide, Thor.

Scorpiops, Iurus, Uroctonus, Anuroctonus, Vejovis,

Hadrurus, Caraboctonus, Hadruroides,

Subfam. 2. Cuaritmi= Lurini, Karsch, in part.

Cherilus.

Subfam. 5. CHacrrnt.

a. Euscorpius.

b. Chactas, Hadrurochactas, Heterochactas, Teuthraus-

tes, Broteochactas, Broteas.

Fam. HI. Bothriuride, Sim.,= Telegonide auct.

Bothriurus, Brachistosternus, Mecocentrus, Cercopho-

nius, Timogenes, Thestylus, Urophonius, Phonio-

cercus.

Fam. IV. Buthide, Sim.

Prionurus, Buthus, Parabuthus, Grosphus, Butheolus

Archisometrus, Isometroides, Uroplectes (Lepreus,

Tityolepreus), Tityobuthus, Pseudobuthus, Isome-

trus, Tityus, Centrurus, Heteroctenus, Ananteris,

Charmus, Heterocharmus, Stenochirus.

Family Scorpionide.

The feet furnished with a single anterior pedal spur.

Sternum large, pentagonal.

Halves of the genital operculum united in the ? , separated

in the ¢.

Stigmata elongate, narrow.

A single row of teeth on each digit of the chelicerz.

Subfamily Scorpzronzyz.

Median eyes not in front of the middle of the carapace,

sometimes very much behind the middle; three lateral eyes

on each side.

Classification of Scorpions. 307

Sternum longer than wide, its sides parallel or slightly

converging anteriorly.

The penultimate tooth on the movable digit of the cheli-

cere small, very rarely approaching the size of the terminal.

Digits of the chele with their opposable edges angularly

notched.

Bases of the claws of the legs concealed laterally by lobate

expansions of the extremity of the feet; feet furnished

beneath with two subparallel series of strong spines (the

anterior series sometimes obsolete, e. g. Miaphonus).

Pectines of medium length.

Tail powerful or moderately so, without a spine beneath

the aculeus.

In the male the tail and chele are often elongate, the

hands being thinner than in the female; the digits, however,

do not appear to be lobate and sinuate basally as in many

other scorpions.

Genera: Scorpio, Linn.; Heterometrus, Hempr. & Ehrenb. ;

Miephonus, Thor. (syn. Mossamedes, Sim.) ; Cico-

petrus, nom. nov.*, Opisthophthalmus, C. Koch;

Palamneus, Thor.

Distribution. Ethiopian and Oriental Regions.

Subfamily Zscawverat.

Resembling the Scorpionini, but differing in having :—

The eet not distally lobate and not armed beneath in the

same way.

The penultimate fang of the chelicere subequal to the

terminal.

The sternum very wide, with parallel or diverging sides.

The pectines usually shorter.

The tacl weaker and distinctly compressed.

Characters of male as in the Scorpionini, except that the

digits are generally lobate and sinuate at the base.

Genera: Ischnurus, Gervais ; Opisthacanthus, Peters ;

Opisthocentrus, nov.; Cheloctonus, Pocock; Chiro-

machus, nov.; Hormurus, 'Vhorell; Lomachus, nov.

Distribution. Ethiopian, Oriental, Australian, and North

Neotropical Regions.

Subfamily Drerocenrert.

Differs from the Scorpionini in having :—

A distinct tubercle beneath the aculeus of the tail.

* For Petrooicus, Karsch, preoccupied as Petrotica (Petraeca) in Aves.

308 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

The ocular tubercle in front of the middle of the carapace.

The feet not or at least less lobate.

Male with a longer tail and longer pectines ; digits sinuate

and lobate in Nebo, but apparently not in Diplocentrus.

Genera: Dvplocentrus, Peters; Oiclus, Simon; Nebo,

Simon (syn. Cyphocentrus, Karsch).

Distribution. Northern Neotropical, Arabia.

Subfamily Heuzscorprnt.

A subfamily presenting interesting annectent features.

The median eyes in advance of the middle of the carapace,

as in the Diplocentrini.

The penultimate fang of the cheliceree large, as in the

Ischnurini and Diplocentrini.

Feet armed beneath, asin the Diplocentrini, but with the

claws entirely free, as in the Ischnurini, and with a fine

median series of spicules.

Sternum elongate, parallel-sided.

Tail with a median keel, as in the Urodacini.

Male with a long tail, the vesicle symmetrically dilated at

the base of the aculeus.

Genus: Hemiscorpius, Peters.

Distribution. Arabia.

Subfamily Uzopacryt.

Resembling the Scorpionini, but differing in having :—

Two lateral eyes on each side.

A single inferior median keel on the tail.

The digits of the chele not angularly notched.

Male with a long tail and long pectines ; chele apparently

unmodified.

Genus: Urodacus, Peters (syn. Jodacus, Pocock) ; Loctonus,

Thorell.

Distribution. Australia.

Family Iuride.

Feet furnished with two distinct pedal spurs.

Sternum pentagonal, very variable as regards its length

and breadth, but nearly always wider than long.

The lower surface ot the feet nearly always compressed and

furnished with a median series of spicules or tufts of hair.

Classification of Scorpions. 309

Subfamily Zvrzrvz.

Sternum longer than wide or wider than long, its posterior

half with a deep median longitudinal groove.

Feet not laterally spined beneath, but furnished with a

median series of spinules or tufts of hair.

Three lateral eyes on each side.

The movable digit of the chelicere is very generally fur-

nished with a tooth or teeth on its inferior edge, but the

corresponding border of the immovable is unarmed.

Genera: Scorpiops, Peters; Iurus, Thorell; Uroctonus,

: Seer.

Thorell; Anwroctonus*, gen. nov.; Vejovis, C. Koch;

Hadrurus, Thorell; Caraboctonus, Pocock; Hadru-

roides T, gen. nov.

Distribution. Mediterranean, N. India and Burma; §8. Ne-

arctic to Chili.

Considering the wide geographical range of this group and

the difference of aspect presented by such of its members as

Scorpiops and Hadrurus, one would be inclined to think the

assemblage an unnatural one. But the intermediate forms

that exist seem to show that this is not the case. For

instance, from Scorpiops to Iurus is not a great leap; and

similarly we can proceed from Jurus through Uroctonus and

Anuroctonus to Vejovis, or through Hadrurotdes and Carabo-

ctonus to Hadrurus. Hadrurus undoubtedly differs very much

from Lurus, but no one will probably dispute that it is nearly

allied to Caraboctonus; and the similarity that obtains be-

tween Caraboctonus and Iurus with respect to armature of

the mandible, the hairy clothing of the soles of the feet, &c.,

may surely, when taken in conjunction with the other features

already pointed out as characteristic of the Iurini, point to

real kinship between the two.

Subfamily Caz#error7.

Sternum long, as long or longer than wide, with a poste-

rior rounded impression, the lateral portions of its posterior

half not thrust up on each side of the middle line.

Pectines very short, with all the intermediate lamellee except

a proximal piece obsolete, and the teeth very large.

Stigmata circular.

T'wo lateral eyes on each side.

* For Centrurus pheodactylus, Wood, ef. infra

+ For Hadrurus charcasus, Karsch, ef. infra.

310 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

A series of small teeth on the lower edge of both the digits

of the chelicer.

Digits of the chele furnished with a number of short over-

lapping series of denticles.

The lower surface of the feet furnished with two rows of

spines, and a very fine median series of spicules.

Genus: Cherilus, Simon, with which Chelomachus, Thorell,

and Uromachus, Pocock, are in all probability syno-

nymous.

Distribution. From N. India, through Burma to Java and

Sumatra.

The genus Cherilus appears to have its nearest ally in

Scorpiops of the subfamily lurini. The two agree in geogra-

phical distribution as well as in some structural features, such

as the form of the sternum, shortness of the pectines, and

dentition of the movable digit of the chelicere.

Subfamily Czacrzyz.

With two lateral eyes on each side of the carapace.

interior edge of the movable digit of the chelicere un-

armed.

a, S. European forms, with flattish body and chele, compressed weak

tail, large sternum, distinct fulcra, and intermediate lamelle on the

pectines, small oval stigmata, and the feet compressed beneath and

furnished with a row of spicules.

Genus: Huscorpius, Thor.

6. Neotropical forms, with the body and palpi more convex, the median

eyes more forward, the sternum not so large, the intermediate la-

melle of the pectines undivided, and the fulcra small and often mem-

branous; the stigmata are either elongate asin Broteas, or subcircular

as in the rest; the feet as in Luscorpius, or with two rows of spines.

Genera: Broteas, C. Koch; Broteochactas, Pocock; Teu-

thraustes, Simon; LHeterochactas, Pocock; Chactas,

Gerv.; Hadrurochactas, Pocock.

It is possible that Huscorpius may not belong to this sub-

family ; but it is not easy to see where else to place the genus

unless a special subfamily be erected for its reception.

Family Bothriurid#, Simon.

Scorpions of small or medium size.

Carapace with the median eyes situated in the middle

or a little in front of it; 3 lateral eyes.

Classification of Scorpions. 311

Sternum reduced to a transverse anteriorly angularly con-

vex and posteriorly concave sclerite, transversely but scarcely

longitudinally impressed, wedged in between the genital oper-

culum and the ingrown coxe of the appendages of the fourth

pair.

Genital operculum large.

Pectines moderately or very long, with clearly defined

fulcra and intermediate lamelle.

Appendages.—The penultimate tooth on the movable digit

of the chelicere very short; the digits of the chele not angu-

larly notched; the denticles arranged in three series—an

external and internal, consisting of larger separated teeth, and

a median, consisting of a single or double, rarely (Cerco-

phonius) a multiple series of smaller teeth.

Feet with two pedal spurs (rarely the posterior obsolete,

Phoniocercus) ; the lower surface furnished with more or

fewer lateral spies and a median series of hairs or spicules.

Tail mostly powerful, its keels largely obsolete, with no

spine beneath the aculeus.

3 (?in all genera) with a tooth on the inner surface of the

hand; digits not lobate.

? with cleft genital operculum.

Genera: Bothriurus, Peters; Brachistosternus, Pocock ;

Cercophonius, Peters; Mecocentrus, Karsch; Phonio-

cercus, Pocock; Thestylus, Simon; Timogenes, Simon ;

Urophonius, Pocock.

Distribution. S. Neotropical, Australia, Sumatra.

The scorpions of this group seem to be little more than an

exaggeration of some of the American members of the Lurini,

for some of them show many points of resemblance to Cara-

boctonus and Hadrurus.

Family Buthide, Simon.

Feet furnished with two pedal spurs, the anterior of which

is often double.

Sternum small, triangular or pentagonal.

Ocular tubercle in front of the middle of the carapace ; 3 to

5 lateral eyes on each side.

The movable digit of the cheliceree with the penultimate

fang subequal to the terminal; its inferior edge armed with

teeth ; the lower edge of the immovable also generally armed.

The hands of the palpi are rounded and the digits long.

@. With the tail and palpi usually longer and thinner or

aig Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

much thicker and scarcely longer; pectines longer; oper-

culum divided in both sexes.

Distribution. Tropical and temperate countries.

Genera: Prionurus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.; Buthus, Leach ;

Parabuthus, Pocock (syn. Heterobuthus, Kraep.) ;

Grosphus, Sim.; Butheolus, Sim. (syn. Orthochirus,

Karsch) ; Archisometrus, Kraep.; [sometroides, Keys. ;

Uroplectes, Pet. (?syn. Lepreus, Thor., and Trtyo-

lepreus, Kraep.); Tityobuthus*, gen. nov.; Pseudo-

buthus, nom. nov.t; Lsometrus, Hempr. & Ehrenb. ;

Tityus, C. Koch; Centrurus, Hempr. & Ehrenb. ;

Heteroctenus, Pocock; Ananteris, Thor.; Charmus,

Karsch ; Heterocharmus, Pocock ; Stenochirus, Karsch.

In many respects this family, like the preceding, shows

signs of relationship with the [urini. One of the genera

even— Charmus—was referred by its author to the latter sub-

family of the Pandinide.

A few of the above genera are unknown to me and others

I have not attempted to locate.

Timogenes and Thestylus are referred to the Bothrivride on

the authority of Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1880, p. 392 &c.).

Megacormus.—This genus was established by Karsch in

Arch. Naturgeschichte, 1881, p. 17, for a species named

granosus by Gervais. It was compared by Karsch to Uro-

dacus. Possibly it belongs to the Chactini, but nothing is

known respecting the armature of its feet.

Belisarius, Sim. (Arach. de France, vol. vii.), referred to

the Ischnuride, should perhaps constitute a distinct family or

subfamily.

Hoplocystis, of which there is a single species, sc7ntilla, was

characterized by Karsch (Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, ix. p. 69,

1884), and was referred by its author to the Iurini. I would

suggest, however, that it may be one of the Buthide. The

locality is unknown.

Loctonus of Thorell, from Australia, I have questionably

united with Urodacus, principally relying upon the locality

* For Rhoptrurus Baroni, Pocock, from Madagascar, differing from

Lhoptrurus, 1. e. Pseudobuthus, at least in having a spur on the tibiz of

the legs of the third pair.

T For Rhoptrurus, Karsch, preoccupied by Peters for a snake.

Classification of Scorpions. 313

and upon what is stated respecting the situation and structure

of the ocular tubercle.

Ananteris, Thor., I have not seen. Charmus, Hetero-

charmus, and Stenochirus are, I suspect, identical.

Part I].—Deseriptions of new Genera and Species.

Family Buthide.

Tityus asthenes, sp. n.

Upper surface of the trunk lurido-fuscous; tail fulvous,

fulvo-brunneous towards its posterior end; legs, palpi, and

lower surface flavous, with the exception of the digits which

are fuscous.

The upper surface of the trunk much more finely granular

than in 7. americanus.

Tail longish and slender, about five and a half times the

length of the carapace, the second segment about the same

width as the fifth, the intercarinal spaces very finely granular,

the keels not very strong, granular, the terminal granule of

the superior keels not larger than the rest; the median lateral

keel not present on the second segment; the vesicle a little

narrower than the fifth segment, wider than it is high, with a

large spine beneath the sting as in 7. americanus.

Palpi \ong and slender, finely granular, and normally

carinate ; on the hand the external of the three keels which

run from the immovable digit is entire as in 7’. stégmurus

(Thor.) ; hands a little wider than the brachium, the digits

long, slender, in contact, furnished with 14-15 median rows

of teeth, the movable twice the length of the hand-back, longer

than the fifth caudal segment, and much longer than the

carapace.

Pectines furnished with 19 teeth, the basal intermediate

lamella internally expanded. The sterna coriaceous, being

studded with low smooth-topped granules.

Legs long; the lower surface of the feet studded with a few

setee.

Measurements in millimetres.— Total length 55, length of

carapace 5'8, of tail 34; width of first segment 2°6, of fifth

2°3; length of fifth segment 7; width of vesicle 2, of hand 2;

length of hand-back 4, of movable digit 8.

A single female example from Poruru (Peru).

This species belongs to the same category as 7. americanus,

but from this last-named it may be recognized by its much

greater smoothness, difference in colour, slender tail, &e.

314 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

Tityus Quelchti, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 1.)

Closely allied to 7. columbianus (Thor.).

Colour fulvous or flavous, nigro-maculate.

Carapace blackish laterally and mesially behind the black

ocular tubercle, the interocular portion and the sides of the

upper surface lurid and almost immaculate; the tergites with

their posterior angles widely flavous, with two other con-

spicuous flavous spots along the posterior border on each side

of the middle line; the tail obscurely variegated with fuscous

patches and spots; the fifth segment and the vesicle much

darker, sometimes uniformly fuscous ; chelicerze fuscous dis-

tally ; palpi fusco-flavo-maculate; the brachinm darker at its

distal end and the immovable digit at the base; digits fusco-

maculate; legs nigro-maculate ; apices of the maxillary lobes

of the first and second pairs of walking-legs fuscous. Sterna

fulvo-brunneous, obscurely mottled with fuscous.

Carapace and tergites granular throughout; the sides of

the ocular tubercle granularly carinate, and the carapace

posteriorly bicarinate; tergites with a posterior median granular

keel, and a curved transverse granular crest; the seventh

tergite with the keel well developed.

Tail nearly parallel-sided, rather more than four and a

half times the length of the carapace, the intercarinal spaces

granular, the keels strong and granular; the second segment

with only a posterior vestige of the median lateral keel, the

superior keels of the second, third, and fourth segments

strongly elevated behind and terminating in a larger tooth,

the upper surface of the fifth weakly sulcate in the middle,

nearly smooth behind, the edges squared and granular; |

vesicle compressed, much narrower than the fifth segment,

smooth and punctured above, serially granular beneath, mesi-

ally carinate, the spine beneath the sting deep and compressed,

very conspicuous, armed above with two spinules.

Palpi finely and closely granular throughout, all the normal

keels well developed and granular; hand strongly carinate,

rounded, a little narrower than the brachium; the movable

digit long and slender, twice the length of the hand-back,

furnished with 11-12 rows of teeth along the middle series,

Legs carinate and granular, the soles of the feet furnished

with long closely-set hairs.

Sterna finely granular throughout, the fifth furnished with

four granular keels, the fourth obsoletely bicarinate poste-

riorly, and the third furnished with a median posterior smooth

polished area.

and Species of Scorpions. 315

Pectines furnished with 15-16 teeth ; the basal intermediate

lamella not produced.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 40°5, length of

carapace 4°8, of tail 23; width of second and fifth caudal

segments 2°3, of vesicle 1°5.

Two female specimens from British Guiana collected by

Mr. J. J. Quelch, to whom I have great pleasure in dedi-

cating the species.

This species differs from 7. columbianus in being paler in

colour, especially beneath, but chieflly in having the spine

on the vesicle of the tail very large and triangular.

The British Museum has also a dried specimen of a scorpion

which I believe to be the male of 7. Quelchit, from Para. In

this specimen the tail is long and slender, being nearly six

times the length of the carapace. ‘The whole animal measures

about 34 millim.

Tityus pusillus, sp. n.

Q. Nearly related to the preceding, but more distinctly

spotted with black; the maxillary lobes, however, are not

fuscous, and the fifth caudal segment and the vesicle of the

tail are of the same tint as the rest of the tail and not con-

spicuously infuscate as in 7. Quelchii and T. columbianus.

Trunk carinate and granular above as in the preceding

species; the lower surface perhaps rather more coarsely and

closely granular.

Tail a trifle more than five times the length of the carapace,

slender, nearly parallel-sided, the fifth segment being only

very slightly wider than the second ; the vesicle a little more

globular than in TZ. Quelchi?, with proportionately larger

tooth, but with much less distinctly defined granules; the

fifth caudal segment also less distinctly granular, and the

terminal tooth of the superior caudal keels is only a little

larger than the rest upon the third and fourth segments.

Palpi and legs as in T. Quelchii, but with 14-15 rows of

teeth along the middle series of the digit.

Pectines with 16-17 teeth, the basal intermediate lamella

slightly produced.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 32, length of

carapace 4, of tail 20+ ; width of fifth caudal segment 1°6, of

vesicle 1°3.

g. A little smaller and slenderer than female, with tail

slightly longer, being a little more than five and a half times

the length of the carapace. Pectines much larger, with 17-18

teeth.

'wo specimens in alcohol, collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage

at Iguarassu.

316 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Glenera

Family Scorpionide.

Subfamily Iscuwveryt.

OPISTHOCENTRUS, gen. nov.

(Pl. XIV. figs. 2 and 3.)

Differs from Opisthacanthus, Peters, of which elatus, Ger-

vais, is the type, in that the anterior border of the carapace is

less deeply excised, the lateral eyes less prominent and either

subequally spaced or with the distance between the posterior

and median greater than that between the median and anterior,

in having only a small projection on the anterior aspect of the

brachium, in having the genital operculum very much smaller,

being shorter, in fact, than the side of the sternum, and much

wider than long, in having the pectines narrower at the base,

and the tactile area of the teeth limited to the posterior distal

extremities of these organs.

Type, O. africanus (Simon).

I establish this genus for those species of Opisthacanthus

that have been described from Africa. So far as my exami-

nation extends these African species differ in a number of

characters from the South American form Opisthacanthus

elatus. It may be that these characters are of small value in

themselves, and it would be bold to assert that every one of

them is of itself of generic importance. But the aggregate

value of them all, coupled with the wide difference in the

geographical distribution of the two types, is sufficient, I

think, to justify the adoption of the view of their importance

that is here put forward.

In Opisthacanthus elatus the carapace is deeply excised in

the middle line, the lateral eyes are prominent, the space be-

tween the anterior and median being greater than that be-

tween the median and posterior; there is a large dentiform

prominence upon the brachium as in Jschnurus and Hormurus ;

the genital operculum is large, being nearly as long as wide,

and longer than the side of the sternum, in the female it is

heart-shaped, being noticeably produced posteriorly ; the

pectines are generally very wide at the base, owing to the

size of the basal intermediate lamella, and the teeth appear

to have been rotated so that the tactile areas which generally

look distally and externally are entirely external and extend

over nearly the whole of the exposed surface of the organ (at

least in the male).

and Species of Scorpions. 317

Opisthocentrus africanus, Simon.

This species seems to be not uncommon in the neighbour-

hood of the Congo. The British Museum has two examples

ticketed Guinea, fcur ticketed Congo, seven from Cette Cama

(Gaboon), and one from Stanley Falls.

Dr. Karsch, who has more than once discussed this species,

can scarcely be congratulated upon the success of his attempt

to establish itssynonymy. This author made two suggestions

on this head—firstly, that Simon had described as africanus

the species named Lecomtet by Lucas, and secondly, that

Lecomtei had been previously described as septem-dentatus by

Palisot de Beauvois.

The last view, however, is really too extravagant for serious

discussion, fora glance at Palisot de Beauvois’s figure is sufli-

cient to show that the scorpion represented is a thick-tailed

form which can have no near relationship with any of the

genera of the Opisthacanthus group ; while, brief though the

description is, it nevertheless asserts quite plainly that the

specimen examined had six eyes; and seeing that all the

species of OUpisthacanthus have eight eyes, we may without

further comment dismiss the question and may pass on to

consider the learned author’s first supposition, namely, that

africanus is asynonym of Lecomte?. But although this opinion

is not, like the other, prima facve absurd, it will nevertheless

not bear the light of close criticism; for the description of

Lecomtet fails to apply to specimens of O. africanus in one or

two particulars—notably in the fact that Lucas’s specimens

had a larger number of pectinal teeth, a smooth carapace, and

apparently the frontal lobes of the carapace more triangular

and separated by a deeper excision. Perhaps these considera-

tions left in Karsch’s mind that element of doubt respecting

the synonymy which is expressed by a mark of interrogation ;

but if so it seems a pity that without further light being shed

upon the matter the questionableness of the accuracy of the

synonymy should be apparently entirely forgotten before

seven years were over. For in 1886 we find a species of

Opisthacanthus described by Karsch and named as new

duodecim-dentatus. ‘Vhis scorpion came from the same loca-

lity as Lecomte? aud africanus ; and it is, I should say, certainly

distinct from the latter, with which, as 7-dentatus, Karsch

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 24

318 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

compares it, entirely forgetting apparently the possibility of

the existence of Lecomtet. Asa matter of fact, the characters

that are given to distinguish 12-dentatus from 7-dentatus, i. e.

africanus, are precisely those which one would pick out as

distinguishing Lecomte from africanus. So that it is only

reasonable to suppose that 12-dentatus is a synonym of

Lecomte?, and such I shall consider it to be until evidence to

the contrary is forthcoming.

Opisthocentrus Lecomted (Lucas).

Ischnurus Lecomtei, Lucas in Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 428 (1858).

Opisthacanthus duodecim-dentatus, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeits. xxx. p. 79

(1886).

This species, which like africanus is a West-African form,

is unknown to me. Nevertheless there can, I think, be little

doubt that the synonymy given above is correct (cf. supra sub

O. africanus).

This species differs from the preceding, africanus, as well as

from the following validus, in having 10-12 pectinal teeth

and a smooth carapace; possibly also in other characters

which will be pointed out when specimens fall into competent

hands for examination.

Opisthocentrus validus (‘Thor.).

Opisthacanthus validus, Thor. Act. Soc. Ital. p. 248 (1877).

Opisthacanthus capensis, id. ibid.

Hormurus diremptus, Karsch, Mitth. Munch, ent. Ver. 1879, p. 129.

Hormurus asiaticus, Keyserling, Die Arachn. Austral., Scorpiones, p. 24,

pl. i. fig. 1 (1885).

This species is evidently not uncommon in South Africa.

Thorell’s validus and Karsch’s diremptus were from Caffraria,

and the former author’s var. capensis from the Cape of Good

Hope. The British Museum has examples from 8. Africa

(Drs. Smith and Quain), Port Elizabeth (Messrs. Leslie and

Drege), King Williamstown (Jr. Trevelyan}, Kast London

and Natal (Mr. Howlett and Prof. Lankester), as well as two

others which are without history. One of these latter, a

young form, agrees exactly with Karsch’s description of

H. diremptus. As for Keyserling’s H. astaticus, there can

be no doubt that it is the same species, though the vague

locality, East Indies, is in all probability erroneous.

This species varies a good deal in the colouring of its

legs, the compression and denticular armature of its poison-

vesicle, &c., and it is possible that it may ultimately be

capable of being split up into several local forms.

and Species of Scorpions. 319

It may be at once recognized from the W.-African O. afri-

canus by its much smaller median eyes and the much greater

development of the keels on the lower surface of the tail.

Opisthocentrus levipes, sp. n.

Most nearly allied to O. validus, Thor.

Colour olivaceo-ochraceous ; palpi more ferruginous ; legs,

lower surface, and vesicle pale ochraceous.

Carapace rather flat, finely punctured throughout, and

finely granular behind at the sides and in front of the ocular

tubercle; the anterior excision rather shallow; the frontal

lobes not so triangular as in validus ; eyes as in that species.

Trunk smooth, minutely punctured throughout; the last

wrinkled ; sternztes also smooth and minutely punctured, the

last furnished with a shallow groove.

Tail of the ordinary form, less than three times the length

of the carapace, which is as long as the first two segments and

half the third; its upper surtace mesially grooved, weakly

granular at the sides, but scarcely carinate except on the

fourth; lateral surface smooth, punctulate, with an obsolete

keel; the inferior surface distinctly keeled, the keels granular

on the fourth, denticulate on the fitth ; vesicle compressed,

serially granular below.

Palpi rather flat; the normal keels coarsely granular, and

the dorsal intercarinal spaces finely so; hand flatter than in

validus or africanus and much smoother, the reticulated

pattern finer and much less deep; hand-back considerably

longer than the width of the hand, of which the inner border

is lightly convex and coarsely and sharply tubercular ; digits

moderately long, the immovable more strongly bent at the

apex than in africanus or validus.

Legs smooth and minutely punctulate; the femora of the

anterior three pairs granular and carinate below.

Pectines furnished with eight teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 97, of cara-

ace 15, of tail 43°5 ; width of brachium 5:5, of hand 10°5;

Jength of hand-back 13, of movable digit 14.

A single female example from the Sheba Mine, Transvaal,

collected and presented by Dr. W. Percy Rendall.

The following synopsis of the African members of this

genus will show some of the characters of the species recog-

nized by me :—

a. Carapace smooth ; pectinal teeth 10-12 jedeleass Lecomtei (Lucas).

b. Carapace finely granular in parts; pectinal teeth

6-8.

a’. Median eyes very large; inferior caudal keels

GRAD eb se SIE A Par rtnaneeie ei africanus (Sim.),

24*

320 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

b', Median eyes smaller; inferior caudal keels re-

tained.

a’. Carapace and palpi not so flat ; hand coarsely

reticulated above; femora of legs granular

externally.” 5c citctm cules in he noe tele easiene validus (Thor.).

6?. Carapace and palpi flatter; hand smooth and

only finely reticulated above; femora ex-

ferna lly SMODth ee seacoice <in1s nis aul slolemis levipes, sp. 0.

CHIROMACHUS, gen. nov. (PI. XIV. fig. 4.)

Allied to Opisthacanthus and Opisthocentrus, but with the

lower surface of the fect studded irregularly behind with long

stiff setee ; the series of sete diverging and becoming regularly

arranged upon each side of the socket for the inferior claw.

In Opisthacanthus and Opisthocentrus the feet are armed

below with two distally diverging series of spines.

Type, C. ochropus (C. Koch}, of which the synonymy is, I

believe, as follows :—

Chiromachus ochropus (C. Koch).

Ischnurus ochropus, C. Koch, Die Avachn. iv. p. 69 (1838), ¢.

Ischnurus asper and chrysopus, Peters, Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1861,

pp. 513-514, .

This species appears to be an East-African form. The

British Museum has six examples from Zanzibar, two with-

out any history, and one which was brought from Round

Island, near Mauritius, by Sir Henry Barkly.

TOMACHUS, gen. nov. (Pl. XIV. figs. 5 and 6.)

Allied to Hormurus, but differing in having the lower sur-

face of the feet compressed and armed with a single series of

spiniform teeth. ‘The lateral sete, which are characteristic of

the feet in Hormurus, are fewer in number.

Type, Hormurus leviceps (Pocock), from §. India.

Subfamily Uropacraz.

Genus Uropacus, Peters.

Urodacus, Peters, Mon, Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1861, p. 511.

Iodacus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) viii. p. 245.

Since establishing the genus Jodacus, I have found that

the characters upon which it was based, namely, the longer

sternum and flat hand, can scarcely be regarded as of generic

importance, for an examination of recently received speci-

mens of U. nove-hollandie has shown that the length of the

sternum is liable to considerable variation, and the new Uro-

and Spectes of Scorpions. 321

dacus described below as planimanus reveals the same fact

with respect to the flatness of the hand.

Urodacus abruptus, Pocock.

Urodacus abruptus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii. p. 174.

Urodacus Keyserlingit, id. op. cit. viii. pp. 244, 245.

This species is smaller than U. nove-hollandie, smoother,

with more elevated superior caudal crests, a relatively stouter

hand with weaker keels upon it. Moreover, the frontal lobes

are rounder, separated by a deeper excision, and the ocular

tubercle is shorter and better defined in front and behind.

This species seems to be common in 8. and 8.K. Australia.

The type of the species (a dried specimen) came from Ade-~

laide; but since it was described I have seen others in the

Museum of Owens College, Manchester, which are ticketed

Mt. Lofty, S. Australia, and Victoria.

One from the latter locality is a male, the sex which has

not been hitherto described. It has 16-17 pectinal teeth,

with a carapace measuring 6 and a tail 32 millim., the total

length being 55 millim. A female from the same locality,

measuring 63 millim., has the carapace 7°3 and the tail 31,

and only 11 pectinal teeth; the genital operculum is very

large, more than a semicircle, and longer than the sternum.

This same form of genital operculum is shown in the types

of U. Keyserlingit, a species which I now regard as identical

with abruptus. In the male above referred to the superior

caudal keels are elevated almost to the same extent as in

U. armatus.

Urodacus planimanus, sp. n.

PE CY howd =) PV. Boos, 1. ba.)

Colour brunneo-ochraceous; legs, vesicle, cheliceree, and

lower surface paler.

Carapace a little shorter than the first two caudal segments,

its anterior border deeply and abruptly mesially excised, the

lateral eyes not prominent; the halves of the ocular tubercle

terminating behind the eyes; the area between the median

and lateral eyes polished and finely punctured ; the rest of

the surface finely granular.

Tergites tinely granular, the last with two granular keels

on each side.

Sternites smooth, polished, the last marked with two sub-

crenulate keels and very finely, closely granular posteriorly.

Tail four times as long as the carapace; posteriorly nar-

rowed, compressed, slender, with finely granular intercarinal

spaces, the keels finely denticulate ; the upper keels of the

322 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

first four segments elevated and terminating behind in strong

teeth; the segments straight-sided, the first a trifle longer

than wide, the second much longer than wide, the fourth

twice as long as wide; the median lateral keel of the fifth

extending throughout half the length of the segment; vesicle

as wide as the second segment, wider than the third, fourth,

or fifth.

Palpi, humerus, and brachium flattish, normally keeled,

finely granular above, the brachium with a smallish bifid

tubercle on its anterior aspect, and with 8-9 pores on its

lower surface in front of the keel ; manus less than twice as

wide as the brachium, keeled as in novee-hollandie, but flat

above, the upper and external surfaces being at right angles

to each other as in U. Darwinii, the lower surface also flat

and furnished with a series of 8-9 pores; the length of the

hand-back greater than the width of the hand, but a good

deal less than the length of the movable digit; the digits in

contact, elongate, the immovable with three pores above, the

posterior of which is well on the digit, and four externally.

Legs finely granular, the femora granularly carinate be-

neath.

Pectines just reaching the extremity of the posterior cox,

furnished with 14 teeth.

Genital operculum a little shorter than the sternum, its

posterior border semicircular.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 64, of cara-

pace 8°5, of tail 35; width of first segment 3, of fourth 2-7,

of fifth 2°5, of vesicle 2°8 ; manus, width of the upper surface

4-5, height 3°3; length of hand-back 7:2, of movable digit 8-2.

Locality. ‘ Within 30 miles of Perth, W. Australia”

(H. W. J. Turner, Esq.).

At once to be recognized from all the hitherto described

species of Urodacus by its flat hands and thin tail. In both

these characters it approaches U. Darwinii ; but easily dis-

tinguishable on account of being finely granular, in having

strongly elevated superior caudal keels, &c.

Urodacus Woodwardit, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. figs. 8 and 9.)

Allied to U. nove-hollandie and to U. abruptus.

9. Colour ochraceo-ferruginous, palpi redder, legs yellower.

Upper surface of the trunk very weakly granular, the

tergites almost entirely smooth and polished.

Tail with the keels developed almost exactly as in U. nove-

hollandie, but the whole organ shorter, being only three and

a half instead of four times the length of the carapace, and

and Species of Scorpions. 323

stouter, the segments more excavated above; vesicle much

more globular than in nove-hollandie, being wider, higher,

and shorter; aculeus also shorter and rather more curved.

Palpi almost as in nove-hollandie, but the hands more

robust.

The following measurements in millimetres of the type of

this species (A) and of an example of nove-hollandia (B) of

the same sex and nearly the same size will show the difie-

rences between the two species with respect to the size of the

tail and hands :—

A. Total length 48°5, of carapace 6°8, of tail 26; length of

tail-segments 1 to 5, 2°7,3°1,3°5, 3°8, 5°8; width of the same

segments, 3°5, 3°1, 3, 2°7, 2°5; vesicle, width 2°6, height 2,

length 3°3; length of aculeus 2°3; width of brachium 2:1, of

manus 5°5; length of hand-back 5:1, of movable digit 6°5.

B. Length of carapace 7, of tail 29; length of tail-segments

1 to 5, 3, 3°5, 3°9, 4:2, 7; width of the same segments, 3:2, 3,

2°9, 2°7, 2°5; vesicle, width 2°4, height 1-9, length 3°8; length

of aculeus 3; width of brachium 2:5, of manus 4°5; length

of hand-back 5°6, of movable digit 6:2.

Unfortunately I have only the one specimen of U. Wood-

wardvi tor examination; but small examples of nove-hollandie

from Perth, both older and younger than the one measured,

show similar differences to it from the type of U. Woodwardit.

This species also differs from nove-hollandie in being much

smoother and in having the frontal lobes of the carapace more

rounded. In both these respects, as also in the robustness of

the hand, it approaches U. abruptus, but in the latter the

superior caudal keels are more elevated and posteriorly spini-

form.

A single female example from the Darling Range (north

of Perth), collected by B. H. Woodward, Esq.

Family Iuride.

Subfamily vrzyr.

Scorpiops Petersti, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 10.)

Scorpiops Hardwickii, Peters and Karsch (not of Gervais).

Colour blackish brown ; feet, vesicle, and chelicer yellow,

with a smooth yellow spot at the extremity of the upper edge

of the femur and a similar spot on the anterior face of the

second segment of the palpi.

Carapace granular throughout, but not coarsely, the median

groove smooth; the anterior border deeply excised, with

324 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

rounded lateral portions; the ocular tubercle small and low,

the eyes also small and separated by a distance which is

nearly twice a diameter; the distance between the posterior

lateral eyes subequal, the posterior eye being a little further

removed from the median than the latter is from the anterior.

Tergites studded in the posterior half with low smooth

granules; a prominent subgranular median keel; the last

furnished with 4 granular keels.

Sternites smooth, somewhat coarsely punctured and im-

pressed, the last furnished with 4 weakly granular keels.

Tail nearly four times the length of the carapace, which is

about as long as the first and second segments taken together,

slender, posteriorly narrowed, all the segments except the

first longer than wide, the fourth about twice as long as wide;

the fifth segment about twice as long as the second; the

normal keels well developed and coarsely granular, the spaces

between them weakly granular, the terminal granule of the

superior keels not enlarged ; the median lateral keel complete

on the first segment, just visible on the second, and extending

throughout the anterior half of the fifth; the upper surface of

the fifth nearly flat, with squared granular keels, the lower

keels denticulate ; the vesicle and aculeus a little longer than

the fifth segment; the aculeus curved in its posterior half,

about half as long as the vesicle; vesicle very large and

swollen, a little wider than the second segment, its height

equal to its width, coriaceous below.

Palpi large ; humerus granular throughout, the keels sharp

and coarsely granular, the anterior and posterior surfaces

furnished with an extra abbreviated keel, which on the first is

composed of about six sharp tubercles: brachium also gran-

ular, furnished with five strong granular keels, its anterior

surface armed with two denticles, of which the inferior is con-

siderably the larger; the lower surface furnished with a

series of 7 setiferous pores: manus twice as wide as the

brachium, the length of the hand-back about equal to that of

the movable digit and less than that of the carapace, the

manus granular throughout, its upper surface flat and bor-

dered externally (behind) by a strong and internally by a

weaker granular keel, which take their origin from the

immovable digit, the external surface of the hand convex and

carinate ; keel of the hand-back strong and granular; the

movable digit as long as the fifth segment of the tail, with a

large lobe in the middle of its length, the immovable corre-

spondingly notched.

Legs very finely granular.

Pectines short, furnished with 5 teeth.

and Species of Scorpions. 325

Stigmata elongate, the aperture crescentic.

Measurements in millimetres. —Total length 68, of carapace

9, of tail 836°5; width of first segment 3°5, of fifth 2°5, of

vesicle 3°5; width of brachium 5:2, of manus 6; length of

hand-back 8, of movable digit 9°8.

Loc. Simla, in the Himalayas. Coll. Schlagintweit.

Two female examples, the one above described and a

second smaller one measuring 47 millim., of which the cara-

pace is 6°2 and the tail 24.

There are also two more adult female specimens of approxi-

mately the same size as the one described, but without

localities. These are blacker in colour, with the palpi rather

more robust. ‘There is, in addition, a small example, the

carapace of which measures only 5°5 millim., while the fingers

are scarcely lobate and the manus is only one third wider

than the brachium.

This species may be recognized from Hardwickii*, of which

the type is preserved in this Museum, by its much larger

size, the average length of Hardwickii being 36 millim. (one

example in the collection is 46 millim.), its thinner and

longer tail, thinner hand, &e.

The specimens that I have described differ from those

examined by Karsch in the proportions of the fifth caudal

segment and in having the carapace about as long as the first

two caudal segments. These differences, however, are, I

suspect, merely sexual.

Scorptops leptochirus, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 11.)

Colour nearly black ; cheliceree and vesicle infuscate, distal

tarsal segment ferruginous.

Carapace weakly granular, the ocular tubercle shallowly

cleft, the eyes on it rather large and separated by a space

which is rather larger than a diameter; the lateral eyes

distinct, the posterior the smallest and close to the median

one.

Tergites studded with low, smooth, shining granules, a

median granular keel ; the last with 4 short weak keels.

Sternites smooth, the last furnished with 4 granular keels.

Tail robust, less than three and a half times the length of

the carapace, which is almost as long as the first two segments

and halt the third, posteriorly attenuated; the second segment

as long as wide, the fourth about one fourth longer than wide,

the fifth not twice the length of the second, the normal keels

well developed and granular, the intercarinal spaces weakly

granular, these granules arranged in a reticulated pattern ;

* P Syn. solidus, Karsch.,

326 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

the posterior granule of the superior keels a little larger than

the rest and bifid ; the median lateral keel complete and pos-

teriorly down-curved on the first segment, represented by

merely a few granules on the second, and extending over about

two thirds of the fifth segment, the inferior keels of the

fifth posteriorly denticulate. Veszcle of moderate size, about

as high as wide and a little narrower than the fifth seg-

ment, finely granular or coarsely coriaceous below.

Falpi with the keels well developed and granular and with

the intercarinal spaces closely and finely granular, the granules

being arranged in a reticulated pattern; the humerus nearly

smooth behind, its inferior keel absent distally and with only

a few granules, forming a short upper crest on its distal halt ;

the keels of the brachium granular; seven inferior piliferous

pores and a single small inferior tubercle in front; manus

rather narrow, not twice the width of the brachium, the hand-

back a little shorter than the carapace but a little longer than

the fifth caudal segment, shorter than the movable dactylus,

which equals the carapace in length; the keels of the hands

not strong, the external aspect of the segment convex, only

weakly crested.

Legs externally weakly granular.

Fectines furnished with 6 or 7 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 49°5, of cara-

pace 8, of tail 27°55; width of first segment 3:5, of fifth 2°5,

of vesicle 2°3, of brachium 3, of hand 5; length of hand-back

7, of movable digit 8.

A single (probably female) example without locality.

Differs from S. Petersit in its stouter and shorter tail,

narrower vesicle, larger eyes, less strongly carinate palpi, &c.

From S. Hardwickit by the granular keels on the external

surface of the brachium, narrower, less strongly crested hands,

larger and closer eyes, &e.

Scorpiops longimanus, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 12.)

Colour (dried) a uniform dull brown.

Carapace as long as the anterior three caudal segments,

somewhat coarsely and closely granular, with strong granular

superciliary crests and strong crests on each side of the ante-

rior groove; ocular tubercle cleft, the distance between the

eyes a little greater than a diameter; lateral eyes distinct,

the posterior a little nearer the median than the latter is near

the anterior.

Tergites thickly and coarsely granular throughout, the keel

conspicuous and granular; the last furnished with five

granular keels.

and Species of Scorpions. 327

Stergites smooth, the last furnished with four weakly

granular keels.

Tail short, only about three times the length of the cara-

pace, posteriorly attenuate, the second segment as wide as

long and about half the lengih of the fifth; the keels deve-

loped as in the preceding species, except that the upper ones

on the second to fourth segments have the terminal denticle

enlarged and bifid ; vesicle long, compressed, as wide as the

fifth segment, as high as wide, almost smooth beneath.

Palpi long, the humerus about as long as the carapace ; all

the normal keels well developed and granular, the spaces

between them also somewhat coarsely granular; brachium

with ten pores on its lower surface and two very large and

sharp teeth, as well as a few smaller ones on its anterior

surface; hand not nearly twice as wide as the brachium,

narrow, more than twice as long as wide, the hand-back

nearly twice as long as the width of the hand and slightly

longer than the carapace; the movable dactylus a little longer

than the hand-back ; the immovable digit nearly four times

as long as it is wide at the base, the inner edge of the digits

nearly straight.

Legs externally granular.

Pectines furnished with 8 teeth.

Length about 50 millim., of carapace 9°3, of tail 27°5;

width of brachium 3°5, of manus 5; length of hand-back 9,

of movable digit 9°8.

A single female example from Silhet.

This species appears to differ from S. montanus of Karsch

in having the carapace and palpi coarsely instead of very

finely granular, and in having the movable digit longer

instead of shorter than the hand-back.

From anthracinus, Simon, it may be recognized by having

ten pores on the lower surface of the brachium instead of

nineteen, and from S. Lindstroemii and lugubris by having

ten instead of fifteen of these pores.

Scorptops Binghamii, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 13.)

Colour nearly black, the tergites obscurely spotted with

ferruginous; the lower surface and the feet ochraceous or

ferruginous, the vesicle ferrugineo-fuscous.

Carapace and tergites distinctly but not very coarsely

granular, the superciliary crests pronounced ; ocular tubercle

cleft above, the eyes large and separated by a space that is

about equal to a diameter; the postero-lateral eye the smallest,

the space dividing it from the median eye greater than the

space between the anterior and median eye and a little smaller

328 Mr. R I. Pocock on new Genera

than the diameter of the small eye. The median keel on the

tergites rather weak, but the four granular keels on the last

tergite strong.

Sternites smooth, impressed with large punctures; the last

with four granular keels.

Tail constructed as in the preceding species, but rather

stronger, being more than three times the length of the cara-

pace, which is shorter than the first three segments by about

one third of the third segment, and the second segment is

wider than long, and the third as wide as long.

Palpi almost as in the preceding species, but with the keels

weaker and not so strongly granular, while the intercarinal

spaces also are less strongly granular; there are thirteen

pores on the lower surface of the brachium ; the length of the

hand-back considerably exceeds that of the carapace and of

the movable digit, these two being equal—it equals, in fact,

the first three caudal segments; the digits are rather short,

distinctly lobate and sinuate in their proximal half, the height

of the immovable at the base being about one third of its

length.

Legs externally granular.

Pectines large, with distinct fulcra and 9 teeth.

Total length 55 millim., of carapace 8, of tail 27 ; width of

brachium 3, of hand 5; length of hand-back 9, of movable

digit 7.

A single adult male from Central Tenasserim, collected by

— Bingham, Ksq.

This species, with its slender hands, strongly crested

superior caudal keels, &c., belongs to the same category as

S. montanus, Karsch, anthracinus, Simon, Lindstroemit and

lugubris, Thorell, and longimanus, sp. n. It differs from

montanus at least in having the carapace shorter than the

anterior three caudal segments and in having the carapace

considerably shorter than the hand-back. From anthracinus

it may be recognized by having thirteen instead of nineteen

pores on the brachium, from Lindstroemii and lugubris by

having thirteen instead of fifteen pores, and from longimanus

by having thirteen instead of ten pores, &c.

ANUROCTONUS, gen. nov. (PI. XIV. figs. 14 and 15.)

Allied to Uroctonus, 'Thorell, but differing at least in having

a single tooth instead of a series of teeth on the lower edge

of the movable digit of the cheliceree.

Type Anur octonus pheodactylus (Wood).

Ot this species I have seen a single specimen (female, with

and Species of Scorpions. 329

normal aculeus) from Virginia, belonging to the collection of

Owens College, Manchester.

It is a singular thing that Dr. Karsch, who has seen this

species, referred it to Uroctonus, and characterizes Uroctonus

as having a series of teeth on the lower border of the digit of

the chelicere. Dr. Marx also referred it to Uroctonus. But

I cannot see any series of teeth at all comparable to the series

presented by Uroctonus. On the contrary, there is only one

tooth, not so large it is true as the one in Hadrurus, but

occupying the same position, and the edge in front of this

may be finely roughened; but there is no structure presented

that I should call a series of teeth.

Of course a solution to the difficulty is that I have

examined a species which is not pheodactylus. I cannot,

however, without further evidence bring myself to believe

this, on account of the closeness of the application of Wood’s

description to my specimen.

HADRUROIDES, gen. nov. (Pl. XIV. figs. 16 and 17.)

Allied to Caraboctonus, Pocock, but recognizable by the

dentition on the digits of the chele.

In Caraboctonus Keyserlingii the median series consists of

a few (six) longitudinal slightly overlapping rows of denticles,

the posterior denticle of each being enlarged, while on the

inner side of the anterior extremities of each row there is a

large tooth, all the large teeth together forming an inner

series. ‘This arrangement is well shown in fig. 21, pl. 1xxxiii.

vol. il. of the Trans. Zool. Soc.*

In Hadruroides the dentition is on the same plan as in

Caraboctonus, but the large teeth of the inner series are further

back from the ends of the median rows, and close to the

latter on the outer and inner side are a few (two or three)

supernumerary denticles.

Type Hadrurus charcasus (Karsch).

On p. 92 of the August number of the ‘Annals’ for this

year | referred H. charcasus of Karsch to Caraboctonus. But

the dentition of the chele seems to me to be of sufficient

importance for the establishment of a genus}. The species

in the Museum identified as probably maculatus or robustus,

* In fact there can be no doubt that the “7elegonus from Coquimbo ”

mentioned and figured by Prof. Lankester in this paper is the specimen I

have made into the type of Carabuctonus Keyserlingit. Further details

are represented on pl. Ixxxii. figs. 4, 12, and 16, and pl. lxxxiii. figs. 7

and 19.

+ The differences between Caraboctonus and IHadruroides are strictly

comparable to those that obtain between Centrurus and Tityus,

330 On new Genera and Species of Scorpions.

and also referred (7b¢d.) to Caraboctonus, I now transfer to

this new genus. I may mention that, in addition to the

clothing of the soles of the feet, both Caraboctonus and

Hadrurotdes differ from Hadrurus in having the ocular

tubercle in front of the middle of the carapace.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PratE XIV.

Fig. 1. Tityus Quelchii, sp.n. Vesicle.

Fig. 2. Opisthacanthus elatus (Gery.). Sternum and operculum of male.

Fig. 2a. Ditto. Ditto of female.

Fig. 3. Opisthocentrus africanus (Sim.). Sternum and operculum of

male.

Fig. 3a. Ditto. Ditto of female.

Fig. 36. Ditto. Foot, side view.

. Chiromachus ochropus (C. K.). Foot, side view.

. Lomachus leviceps (Pocock). Foot, side view.

. Hormurus de Changet (Becker). Foot, side view.

Urodacus planimanus, sp. u. Hand.

Urodacus Woodwardii, sp. u. Vesicle from the side.

Fig. 8 a. Ditto. Vesicle from below.

Fig. 9. Urodacus nove-hollandia, Pet. Vesicle from side.

Fig. 9a. Ditto. Vesicle from below.

Fig. 10. Scorpiops Petersii, sp.n. Hand.

Fig. 11. Scorpiops leptochirus, sp.n. Hand.

Fig. 12. Scorpiops longimanus, sp.n. Hand.

Fig. 13. Scorpiops Binghami, sp. n. Hand.

Fig. 14. Anuroctonus pheodactylus (Wood). Dentition of digit of chela.

Fig. 14a. Ditto. Dentition of movable digit of chelicera,

Fig. 146. Ditto. Foot.

Fig. 14 ¢c. Ditto. Vesicle.

ig. 15. Uroctonus mordax, Thor. Dentition of movable digit of cheli-

cera.

Fig. 16. Hadruroides charcasus (Karsch). Dentition of digit of chela.

Fig. 17. Caraboctonus Keyserlingii, Pocock. Dentition of digit of chela

(after Lankester).

CO SIO) Ov

PLATE XV.B

Fig. 1. Urodacus planimanus, sp.n. Foot from the side, to show the

lobes and the spine armature.

Fig. 1a. Ditto. Foot from below, to show the single spur characteristic

of the Scorpionidee.

Fig. 2. Hemiscorpius lepturus, Peters. Foot from below, showing spur

and spine armature.

Fig. 3. Iwus Dufoureius (Brullé). Foot from below, to show the two

spurs and the hairy clothing.

Fig. 4. Cherilus variegatus, Sim. Foot from below.

Bibliographical Notices. 331

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

A Classed and Annotated Bibliography of the Paleozoic Crustacea,

1698-1892, to which is added a Catalogue of North-American

Species. By Antuony W. Voepus. 8vo. 412 pages. San Fran-

cisco, California Academy of Sciences, June 1893.

In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for April 1890

a short notice was given of a “Catalogue of the North-American

non-Trilobitic Paleozoic Crustacea” prepared by the same Author

(Captain A. W. Vogdes, of the U.S. Artillery), who has now supplied

Paleontologists with the elaborate and careful Bibliography before

us, to which the Trilobites of North America are added in a full and

lucid catalogue, as well as an augmented list of the other palsozoic

Crustacea of that region.

A preparatory edition appeared in the ‘ Bulletin of the United-

States Geological Survey,’ No. 63, 8vo. Washington, 177 pages.

The later and far more complete work has been brought out as

No. iy. of the “Occasional Papers of the California Academy of

Sciences,” and is a highly creditable result of the Author’s pains-

taking enthusiasm, and of the Academy’s well-directed liberality.

Part I., the “ Bibliography ” itself, occupies pages 3-252, giving

the Authors’ names alphabetically, with the titles of the papers, place

of their publication, &c., and a full list of the species therein treated

of. This is very satisfactory, though misprints occur here, and

there are some errata besides those mentioned at page 413. There

is an appendix to the Bibliography at pp. 409-411. Useful notes

are given in many cases as to the memoirs or some portions of

their contents.

In Part II. we have a good “ Catalogue of North-American species

of Trilobites ” (pages 259-360), preceded by ‘“‘ A Systematic Classi-

fication of the Genera” (pp. 253-258), with the names of Authors,

formations, and types, reference to publications, and dates. The

names of genera, with synonyms, sections, and subgenera, are care-

fully distinguished in the printing; and the references, geological

stages, and localities appear to have been very carefully attended to.

The genera are arranged alphabetically.

In Part ILI. a ‘“‘ Catalogue of North-American non-Trilobites ”

occupies pages 369-408 ; and a classification of the ‘“* Merostomata,

Phyllocarida, Bivalved Entomostraca, Isopoda, Cirripede, Decapoda,

Schizopoda, Amphipoda, Stromapoda,” precedes it, at pp. 361-369.

These are all of Paleozoic age, and their grouping is to some extent

provisional. The non-Trilobitic Crustacea found fossil in North

America are enumerated on the same plan, and with equal care and

precision, as the Trilobites referred to above.

Altogether this bibliographic work on the Paleozoic Crustacea is

to be welcomed by Geologists both at home and abroad. The

scrupulous care of the Author has raised it far above the level of

some catalogues of fossils; and his conscientious and modest nature

leads him to recognize the probable requirement of cautious correc-

tions and additions, which he has asked his readers and fellow-workers

to supply him with as far as they can. In the meantime we thank

him for this excellent Bibliography, and the California Academy for

issuing it to the world.

332 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 21, 1893.—Dr. H. Woodward, F.R.S., Vice-

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On Two Dinosaurian Teeth from Aylesbury.” By R.

Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

Two teeth from the neighbourhood of Aylesbury, believed to be of

Portlandian age, may be referred to the same species as is a tooth

figured by De La Moussay from the Portlandian of Boulogne. The

Aylesbury teeth are described in the paper, and the nature of the

animal which possessed them is discussed.

2. “On anew Plesiosaur from the Waipara River, New Zealand.”

By Capt. F. W. Hutton, F.R.S., F.G.S.

This specimen was shortly described by Sir James Hector in 1873.

The Author considers it more prudent to follow Mr. Lydekker in

referring all the known New Zealand Cretaceous Sauropterygians

with which he is acquainted to Leidy’s genus Cimoliosaurus, and

he therefore describes this form as a new species of that genus.

3. “Observations on the Affinities of the Genus Astrocenia.” By

Robert F. Tomes, Esq., F.G.S.

Researches recently made by the Author relative to the structure

of certain undoubted Astrocenia of the Gosau beds, having for their

primary object the better understanding of the supposed species of the

genus obtained from the Glamorganshire conglomerate, have been

productive of results which will render a complete modification in

the classificatory position of the genus imperative.

The Author gives a new definition of the genus, in which he does

not at present include any species of an earlier date than the Cre-

taceous period, all the so-called Jurassic Astrocenie being referable

to other and quite distinct genera.

4, “Description of a new Genus of Madreporaria from the

Sutton Stone of South Wales.” By Robert F. Tomes, Esq., F.G.S.

In the Quarterly Journal for 1885 is a detailed description of a

coral from the Sutton Stone named Astrocenia gibbosa. This spe-

cimen is not the type of the species, and a re-examination of it by

the Author has proved that it is not an Astrocenia. Two other

specimens have also been examined, and as a result of examination

of the three the Author is enabled to found a new genus Styloseris,

of which a diagnosis is given, and the specific name gibbosa is

retained for this, the only known species. The genus will take its

place near Clausastrea, from which it differs by possessing a well

developed columella and increasing by both fissiparity and gemmation,

Miscellaneous. 333

5. “On Cheilostomatous Bryozoa from the Middle Lias.” By

Edwin A. Walford, Esq., F.G.S.

The Author describes some forms of Bryozoa from the spinatus-

zone of the Middle Lias near Banbury, some of which had previously

been classed with the Cyclostomata. The new material not only

shows the opercular aperture but the opercula in situ, together

with appendages and supra-oral ovicells characteristic of the Cheilo-

stomata. In addition he has also found giant cells (cistern-cells)

of form quite dissimilar from the ordinary zowcia and probably

reproductive. He cites M. Jules Haime as having described in his

magnificent monograph somewhat similar cells from the Inferior

Oolite ; and in the Oxfordshire Great Oolite Bryozoa Mr. Walford

has found cistern-cells like the Lias species on some colonies like

Diastopore. He contends that it is merely the acquisition of

very well-preserved material which is needed to show the necessity

of removal of many such species to the Cheilostomata. The name

Cisternophora is suggested for the genus, of which several forms

are described.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On Hybrids or Mongrels with two Male Parents.

Mr. Herpert Spencer, in the ‘Contemporary Review’ for March,

enters at some length into the evidence concerning the possible

influence of one male parent on the offspring of another male by

the same female. This question was discussed by Darwin, and the

best-authenticated instances are well known; but, granting the

validity of the evidence, the explanation given—that the sexual

elements of the first male parent modified the somatic cells of the

female—is surely not sufficiently proven to admit of the phenomenon

being adduced as fatal to Weismann’s hypothesis,

Sir John Lubbock (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xx. p. 133) has pub-

lished an instance among ants, in which it appears that the sperma-

tozoa retained their life and energy in the body of a female for no

less than thirteen years. Therefore it is possible to imagine that

the male elements of the first parent really fertilized the ovum,

giving rise to the supposed offspring of the second parent, although,

for various reasons which need not be entered upon, this seems

highly improbable.

But it does not seem so improbable that they may have partly

fertilized it. Strasburger has shown that among plants the pollen

of a species very diverse from that which he attempted to fertilize

with it would frequently produce a certain amount of growth in the

ovum, resulting in an aborted embryo, which would never have been

noticed had not special attention been paid to the subject. Now it

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 25

Bat Miscellaneous.

seems conceivable that a spermatozoon of an earlier male, which

was for any reason unable to produce a perfect embryo, might enter

an ovum without destroying it or causing it to develop, and that

the ovum might afterwards be fertilized by a perfect spermatozoon

of another male, and develop accordingly. The germ-plasm derived

from the first and apparently ineffectual spermatozoon would account

for the result as recorded, and the hybrid or mongrel animal would,

in fact, have two fathers.

This is hypothetical, of course; but, while waiting for further

proof, it may be permissible to set hypothesis against hypothesis.

T. D. A. CockERELL,

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

Aug. 3, 1893.

On the Identity of the “ Cotton Spinner” (Holothuria nigra) of

English Authors with Holothuria Forskalii, Chiaje, and on the

Occurrence of Cucumaria Koellikeri, Semp., in the Atlantic Ocean.

By Dr. Emrt von MarenzELiEr.

The following observations were evoked by the examination of

certain Holothurians which were collected off Sines, on the coast of

Portugal, and for which I am indebted to the kindness of Prof.

Paulino dOliveira, of the University of Coimbra. The collection

comprised specimens of Holothuria Forskalit, Chiaje, Cucumaria

Koellikeri, Semp., and Cucumaria Montagui, Flem.

Holothuria Forskalii (to which species Ludwig justly assigned

IT, cataniensis, Gr.) was first shown to exist in the Atlantic Ocean

in the year 1882 by Greeff. The author referred to found the

species in Setubal Bay, while in 1890 Hérouard reported it as

occurring at Roscoff. This Holothurian, which is characterized by

its external appearance, by the slight development of the calcareous

bodies, and the possession of Cuvierian organs, had, however,

already been observed long before on the British coast, especially

in the West of Ireland, and had been designated “the Nigger

or Cotton Spinner” (Holothuria nigra). Anyone may convince

himself of the justice of this view by comparing the calcareous

bodies of H. Forskalii with the figures of these structures in 1. nigra

given by Jeffrey Bell (‘Catalogue of the British Echinoderms,’

London, 1892). For my part I was also able to compare prepara-

tions of calcareous bodies furnished to me by the Rey. Canon A. M.

Norman, and derived from a specimen of HH. nigra from Polperro,

Cornwall. That this state of affairs, which is interesting from the

point of view of animal distribution, remained so long undiscovered,

is probably to be ascribed to the insufficiency of the earlier descrip-

tions of H. nigra, as well as to the fact that the animals themselves

did not come into the hands of those investigators who were

acquainted with H. Forskalii. Moreover, Stichopus Selenke, de-

scribed by Th. Barrois in 1882 from Concarneau, is certainly nothing

else than H. Forskalii. The difference shown in the representation

of the calcareous bodies will receive correction. It appears that in

Miscellaneous. 335

the Atlantic Ocean H. Forskalii does not attain so large a size as in

the Mediterranean.

Cucumaria Koellikeri, Semp., hitherto known only from Sicily

and Naples, has likewise under another name figured for some time

past as a member of the Holothurian fauna of the Atlantic. I re-

gard Cucumaria Lefevrii, Th. Barrois (1882), from Concarneau, as

the same species, though certainly the figures of the calcareous

bodies do not justify this supposition. I have already explained in

my memoir on the Holothurians of the ‘ Hirondelle, at present in

the press, that it is not advisable to follow Hérouard (“ Recherches

sur les Holothuries des cétes de France,’ Arch. Zool. Exp. [2]

vol. vii. 1890) in regarding Cucumaria Lefevrii, with ten tentacles,

as synonymous with Thompson’s old species C. Drumondu, which

is now assigned to the genus Phyllophorus. Since I have in the

meantime learned to know the species, I can now also protest

against Hérouard’s attempt to regard Thyone gemmata, Pourt., of

the American coasts, as of the same value. In the determination

of C. Koellikeri, Semp., from Sines, I used an original specimen

which belonged to Semper.

Cucumaria Montagui, Flem. (=le Fleurilardé, Dicquemarre,

1778 ;=Colochirus Andersoni, Lampert, 1885 ;= Colochirus Lacazei,

Hérouard, 1890), was represented by three quite young specimens

measuring from 4 to 8 millim. in length. Jeffrey Bell (loc. cit.) has

not recognized this conspicuous species, which also occurs on the

coasts of Great Britain. I have set forth its synonymy at length in

my memoir alluded to above. The examination of these young

specimens has decided me to give a new, and perhaps finally satis-

factory solution of the question as to what Forbes (‘A History of

British Starfishes,’ London, 1841) understood by his ‘“ Psolinus

brevis.” The choice of the generic name proves that Forbes wished

to draw attention to the contrast between the dorsal and ventral

surface, which distantly recalled Psolus. It is precisely this pecu-

liarity that distinguishes C. Montagui, and this it was also that

misled Lampert and Hérouard, so as to make them think of Colo-

chirus, since in the species of this genus the feet are confined to the

ventral surface. The sole difference between the contracted young

specimens of C. Montagui from Sines and the figure of Psolinus

brevis drawn from life, consists in the fact that in the former the

feet are more numerous and are not arranged in a single row. It

is well known that Liitken referred Psolinus brevis to Cucumaria

(Ocnus) minuta, F.—WSitzgs.-Ber. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-

naturw. Classe, Jahrg. 1893, no. xii. pp. 107-109.

On the Habits of Blennius sphynx, Cuv. § Val., and of Blennius

Montagui, Fleming. By M. Frép£ric Gurtex*.

The construction of the great experimental fish-pond, recently

added to the laboratory at Banyuls-sur-Mer, has enabled me to make

certain observations which I had vainly endeavoured to carry out

* The observations here described were made at the zoological labora-

tory at Banyuls-sur-Mer (Pyrénées Orientales).

336 Miscellaneous.

successfully hitherto. A large number of littoral animals, finding

in this pool a safe shelter from the rough sea, have come to choose

their abode in it; they are found there under conditions exception-

ally favourable for uninterrupted observation. Blennius sphynx is a

case in point. Many individuals belonging to this pretty species

have made their way into the basin in order to construct their nests

in it. Some have chosen the holes with which the schist forming

the sides is pierced in all directions; others have established them-

selves in the tunnels bored by the Teredos in the timbers which

have been utilized for the construction of the coffer-dams.

The male of Blennius sphynw selects as the locality of his nest a

little cavity with a narrow opening, just large enough to allow his

body to pass through. His pretty head, which is black striped with

blue, and surmounted by two graceful yellow horns, alone projects

from the hole, and the little creature remains constantly on the

watch in this position; as soon as he espies a female searching for

food among the surrounding alge, he raises himself halfway out of

the nest, while his spiny dorsal fin, which is greatly elevated and

very vividly coloured, assumes a vertical position; he imparts to

the anterior portion of his body a vertical swaying motion, un-

doubtedly with the object of attracting the female. If the latter

does not respond to this invitation, the male leaves the nest and

goes to meet her. His colours become extremely vivid, and his head

suddenly darkens, which again causes the blue streaks with which

it is adorned to stand out more sharply; the black, yellow, and blue

bands on the sides of his body acquire a brilliancy of striking effect,

and he darts suddenly upon the female, at the same time again

erecting his magnificent dorsal fin.

These demonstrations do not always succeed in ensuring the

success of the little male; but, if his appeals are listened to, the

female enters the nest and soon commences to deposit her eggs,

which adhere to the walls of the nest by means of delicate filaments

of a glutinous nature and follicular origin, attached to the base of -

the shell around the micropyle. During the whole of the time

occupied by the spawning the male is the victim of intense excite-

ment. He cruises around his hole to keep watch on its approaches ;

when the female, who is completely hidden within the nest, allows

her head to be seen and makes a show of wishing to escape, he flies

at her and bites her in order to force her to reenter. From time to

time he penetrates into the nest; he is seen to move rapidly and

then to undergo a sort of violent shudder, accompanied by a slight

forward movement, which corresponds to the emission of the semen

destined for the fertilization of the ova which have been deposited.

The scenes which | have just described are repeated until,

spawning being completed, the female abandons the nest to return

to it no more. The male, who is polygamous, remains as the

faithful guardian of the ova deposited by the different females

which he receives in his domicile, and acquits himself of his task

with surprising perseverance and tenacity.

I have captured males guarding their ova and transported them

Miscellaneous. 337

into a tank of the aquarium. When, after the lapse of fourteen

and even eight and twenty hours, I have brought them back to

within a short distance from their abode, they have always found

it again. I have taken a male watching over his offspring and set

him at liberty forthwith, at a distance of 12 metres from the float-

ing plank in which he had established his nest; this plank was

surrounded by a large number of others, pointing in all directions

and immersed at different levels ; nevertheless, after a certain time,

he was back again at his post. Another male, placed in the same

conditions, was transported to a distance of 28 metres from his nest,

and returned to it an hour and a half afterwards. A third, in order

to return to his ova, was obliged to cross the pool, which is 50 metres

wide. These facts, and others besides which I shall shortly publish,

indicate in Blennius sphynx a very great development of memory

and an attachment to his ova which is quite remarkable.

If sand, gravel, shells, or objects of any kind be introduced into

his dwelling or placed so as to block up his door, the male removes

them to a distance by carrying them in his mouth.

He always enters his hole backwards, first introducing into it the

extremity of his tail, upon which he proceeds to haul by bending it

so as to gain a hold upon the walls of his dwelling. He savagely

pursues the shrimps, which infallibly devour his ova if he is

imprudent enough to leave them too long. He also furiously

chases the fish which pass near his hole, especially the other males,

and follows and bites them, if they do not flee to a sufficient

distance.

To witness a battle it is not necessary to await the advent of

another male. As a matter of fact, if we take a mirror and alter-

nately bring it near to and withdraw it from the guardian of a nest,

we easily succeed in convincing him that he is attacked by one of

his fellows; he then issues from his retreat, and flies at his own

image, striking his snout violently against the mirror, and does not

cease until his imaginary adversary is withdrawn.

Blennius Montagui is very abundant at Banyuls-sur-Mer. It is

easily captured with the hand on searching the clefts of rocks at no

great depth, which are clothed with shore sea-weeds. My observa-

tions, made in April 1892, were conducted upon specimens living in

captivity in a tank of the aquarium at the Arago laboratory.

The male, like that of Blennius sphynx, is alone burdened with

the care of the ova. He establishes his nest beneath a stone which

is hollowed out on the underside.

When a gravid female passes near his domicile, he darts towards

her, agitates his whole body very rapidly in order to attract her

attention, and even brushes her with the tip of his snout; if he is

unsuccessful he returns-to his nest: he constantly raises and lowers

the whole anterior portion of his body, and sways at the same time

to the right and left; then he returns towards the female, and

excites her afresh. If the latter allows herself to be tempted, she

enters the nest with him, turns over with her ventral side upper-

most, and deposits her ova on the roof of the nest, in a layer which

covers a large area of it.

338 Miscellaneous.

During this time the male, remaining at her side, leans and rubs

himself gently against her; then, all at once, he himself turns over

towards the ceiling of the nest, his tail waves with a regular motion,

and finally a tremor accompanied by a slight forward movement

agitates his whole body. ‘This is recognizable as the genital

spasm. .

On the conclusion of the spawning, the female abandons the nest

while the male remains as the assiduous guardian of it. He keeps

his pectoral fins and tail continually in motion to ensure the con-

stant renewal of the water. He furiously pursues the other fish

which pass too near him; if one of them, even much larger than

himself, happens to penetrate into his nest, he bites and worries it

until it takes to flight.

Blennius Montagui is extremely careful as to the cleanliness of

his abode ; he carries away to a distance all foreign bodies which

enter it, driven by the currents. Nothing is so curious as to see

him seize with his mouth large fragments of shells, and carry them

to the furthest possible distance from his nest. It is impossible to

succeed in tiring out his patience ; he casts outside his dwelling all

foreign bodies introduced by the observer.

The females spawn several times during the same season, and the

same male fertilizes the ova of several different females. The male

guards his progeny only so long as the incubation of the ova lasts ;

the embryos on hatching are left to themselves and live in the open

water.— Comptes Rendus, t. exvii. no. 5 (July 31, 1893), pp. 289-

291.

A Synopsis of the European Newits.

By Dr. J. von Brpriaca, of Nice.

Since the publication of my detailed treatise upon the Urodele

Amphibia of Europe will still take some time, I venture to bring

forward at once a systematic arrangement of our species of Molge.

In so doing it is my intention to lay stress chiefly upon permanent

differences, and I shall endeavour to disregard secondary sexual

characters.

Several years ago Leydig and later Boulenger alluded to constant

specific characters in the case of certain Urodela. Nevertheless

batrachologists do not yet seem to have succeeded in discovering in

the case of all our species of newts characters which are at all times

recognizable and common to both sexes, since in all analytical tables

we are invariably confronted with the time-honoured enumeration

of secondary sexual characters, as well as of sexual peculiarities

which are subject to periodical changes. Moreover, owing to the

fact that features belonging to the last-mentioned category occur

more especially in the male sex, we acquire in the majority of cases

no conception of the specific type, but rather obtain a complex of

characters which merely serves for the definite determination of the

male individuals. The characteristics upon which an empirical

distinction of the females was based had, as is well known, in many

cases to be sought in the coloration, size, and shape of the entire

Miscellaneous. 339

body and of various parts. It is scarcely necessary for me to point

out that differences of this kind, although easy to see, are sometimes

difficult to express in words.

It is true that in the males of Molge the specific characters, espe-

cially at the breeding-season, are considerably more prominent than

in the females; moreover, they catch the least practised eye, and I

readily admit that it is extremely difficult to escape from the beaten

path of many systematists and to strike out a new way in order to

preserve the conception of the species. The fact is that the males

of Molge possess a pronounced tendency towards variation, and that

this inclination expresses itself especially in the development of their

nuptial characteristics ; while the females exhibit isolated instances

of variability, in general possess a limited capacity for seasonal

variation, rather incline to the preservation intact of their primitive

characters, and in consequence of this, moreover, check ~ather than

facilitate the development of the specific type.

Cases of dimorphism in the one sex are known in our species of

Molge. Molge vulgaris, L., and var. orientalis vel meridionalis are

forms which are distinguished solely by the difference in the nuptial

equipment of the males; and it almost appears that in the case of

the males modifications of the nuptial dress occasion the dimorphism

of that sex, and that this dimorphism may lead to the formation of

two species. On the one hand a nuptial dress, a tendency of the

males to vary, and a dimorphism of the male sex in the spring give

rise to specific characters which are obvious, although sometimes

temporary, while on the other a want of special nuptial characters

and an absence of the impulse which leads to variation produce

females which remain almost alike and of similar aspect. Owing to

this circumstance the attempt to draw up a series of characters

which shall be really serviceable, permanent, and common to both

sexes is fraught with unusual difficulty.

The following table will perhaps induce those who are interested

in the subject to take up for themselves the question which has been

raised and to lend us their aid and advice. It is absolutely neces-

sary that we should at last be able to satisfy ourselves as to the

reasons why this post nuptias male must be called Molge Boscai rather

than M. Montandoni and why that female is termed MW, palmata.

Table for the Determination of the Species.

I. The strongly developed process of the frontal

unites with the squamosal or its anterior

process, and constitutes an ossified, or partly

cartilaginous, partly bony, arch bridging over

the orbit.

A, An unpaired septum cartilagineum nasi arises

from the ethmoidal plate, and extends as far

as the inferior opening of the cavum inter-

nasale,

Vomero-palatine rows of teeth extend-

ing beyond the choanz anteriorly, M. Walth’, Michah.

Vomero-palatine rows of teeth not

extending beyond the choane.... M. aspera, Duges.

340 Miscellaneous.

B. The parts which constitute the cavum inter-

nasale extend as far as the ethmoidal plate,

and represent a completely or almost com-

pletely osseous septum nasale.

a. Quadrate directed backwards. Anterior

process of the squamosal almost or pre- :

cisely as long as the frontal process .... M. Rusconii, Gené.

6. Quadrate directed forwards or downwards.

Anterior process of the squamosal shorter

than the frontal process.

1, Pterygoid reaching the upper jaw

(“ Oberkieferjochbogen ”) ; internasal

space about as wide as the basal

breadth of the three longest toes .... MM. Boscat, Lataste.

Internasal space considerably narrower

than the basal breadth of the three

longesintoes cEeiich Aid. 2a. eaeeuaes M. Montandoni, Bler.

2. Pterygoid not reaching the upper jaw.. DM. palmata, Schneid.

II. The slightly developed or somewhat long

frontal process is connected with the squa-

mosal or its anterior process by means of a

ligament.

Gular fold wanting. Anterior region of the head

much flattened. Internasal space as wide or

somewhat wider than the interpalpebral space,

equalling the distance from the eye to the

nostril, and greater than the length of the

second finger (measured on the outside) .... I. montana, Savi.

Gular fold distinct. Anterior region of the head

very convex. Internasal space narrower than

the interpalpebral space, less than the dis-

tance from the eye to the nostril, and shorter

than the second finger (measured on the

outside).

Belly imspotied” oo <0. os atte ees sens ate M. alpestris, Lauy.

Belly spotted.

a. The first finger reaches at the most to the

anterior end of the first phalanx of the

BOCONG wie ce aclatkioe acct ae eee M, vulgaris, L.

b. The first finger extending beyond the ante-

rior end of the first phalanx of the second.

Belly yellow or orange-yellow, with dark

3) 0) Pay EAS Sa aes 5 Bini iE M, Blasiust, de VIsle.

Belly brownish or grey-brown, with more

or less distinct dark spots ............ M. marmorata, Latr.

Ill. No connexion between the scarcely indi-

cated process of the frontal and the squamosal. M. cristata, Laur.

Nice, April 20, 18938.

—Zoologischer Anzeger, xvi. Jahrg., no. 421, June 12, 1893,

pp. 214-216.

And May. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. XID Pt. IX.

-E.C.del.adnat.Figl.d/M Anderson del. Mintern Bros. imp.

st. 35.6 VoLAll, PLX.

t. Mt

q. Na

Aniv.& Mac

3. yp

Minterm Bro:

del. et lith

NOTED)

Ann .& Mag. Net.Hist.8.6.Vol XIE PUAL

TKN

qq"!

Andrew Scott del ad nat Mintern Bros. lith.

1-6.DIOSACCUS PROPIN QUUS,n sp. 7-14. LAOPHONTE LITTORALE msp.

15-20 REWICATITIIS TRITENS nm cn

6. Vol. A. PUA

Vag. Nat. Hist. «

’

Anin.&

ern Bros. lith

Mint

Andrew Scott de).a.dmnat

a. oa th a oe

a’ ow

rmw3 «==, <9

Pate

Aruv. & Mag. Nat. Hist .S. 6. Vol. Xi. PU.XIV.

———————

“0 COCO eG )

oe ©

FP if-ecer

6 6 (DRO ox eo

ot pees 5 @ °nv co °

- LIixn'0h?

Mintern B

RJ Pe

EA Smith del.

R.l.Pocock del. Mintern Bros. ith.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 71. NOVEMBER 1893.

LIIL.—A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev.

Canon NorMAN, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e.

[Plate XVI.]

I HAD already spent four summer holidays in dredging on the

Norwegian coast. In 1878 I went first to Oster Fiord, which

is a little north of Bergen, and along the lovely sides of which

the admirably engineered railway from Bergen to Voss now

passes through endless cuttings and tunnels; then I took up

my quarters on Bukken, an islet in the Bergen Fiord, and

subsequently had a week’s work at Drébak, on the Christiania

Fiord. In 1879 I went to the Hardanger Fiord, staying at

Lervig, on the island of Stordé. In 1882 I determined to

visit Floré, a district made classic by the admirable work

done there fifty years ago by Professor M. Sars, at that time

Minister of Floré. While there I received an urgent request

from Prof. E. Ray Lankester to come to Lervig and help him

to find Rhabdopleura, which I had taken there in 1879. I

therefore left Floré and joined him at Lervig. In 1890 I

spent two months in East Finmark or Lapland, dredging

first from Vadsé, on the Varanger Fiord, and subsequently

working the Sydvaranger Fiords from Kirchenes, which is

close on the Russian frontier. It had been my purpose this

past summer to have gone southwards, but my doctor ordered

me north. This being the case, I selected the Trondhjem

Fiord as the place tor my researches. I was led to this

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 26

342 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

decision first on account of the richness of the locality in

Actinozoa, as proved by the work of Herr Storm, and secondly

and more particularly because Prof. G. O. Sars had found so

many new and rare Amphipoda in its waters.

Trondhjem, or Drontheim, as it is commonly spelt in

England, is in about lat. 63° 25/, or some 1° 50! south of the

ArcticCircle. The fiord isvery tortuous, first, nearits entrance,

running nearly south, then west, and ultimately making its

way N. by E. for a great distance in a direction nearly

parallel with that of the coast. Taking into account the

varied windings it probably is as long, or nearly so, as the two

great Sogne and Hardanger Fiords, and the square miles of

water which it embraces must, I think, be fully equal to that

of either of the two fiords named.

I took with me as assistant Mr. Andrew Scott, son of

Mr. Thomas Scott, of the Scotch Fishery Board. The

working apparatus consisted of three dredges of different sizes,

a small trawl, towing-net, hand-nets, 600 fathoms of rope

and 200 fathoms of whale-line, a hand-winch (without which

dredging in 200-300 fathoms is, of course, out of the

question), sieves, &e., and cases of jars and bottles of various

sizes. As my chief object was to obtain small species, the

nets of the dredges were made either of cheese-cloth or old

coffee-bags. These rapidly filled and brought up all the

finest mud. A consequence of this was that while these nets

admirably served my special purpose, they did not sweep over

the ground in the way that nets with a large mesh which let

the mud pass through would have done; and thus, while I

was amply rewarded by the small forms obtained, I did not

procure the same, or anything like the same, number of large

Echinoderms &e. which might have been secured in the same

time had another mode of collecting been employed.

A rather small boat with lugger sail was hired at Trondhjem,

a considerably larger one, but similarly rigged, at Rédberg.

Three or four men and ourselves were the boats’ complement

of hands.

I spent the first fortnight at Trondhjem and a fortnight

and a few days at Rédberg.

Trondhjem was not found to be very rich. The best

shallow-water ground seemed to be that between the land and

the islet of Munkholmen. The English Channel Fleet,

however, was lying at anchor in this part during most

of the time I was there, and this somewhat interfered with

working this ground. To the east of this the river Nid

flows into the fiord with a very strong current and large

volume of water, and while the former is not helpful to

the Trondhjem Ford, . 343

dredging, the latter seems to make the ground comparatively

unproductive. Between Munkholmen and the western shore

of the bay there is deep water, 100-150 fathoms; but at the

head of this part of the bay i is an extensive saw- mill, and

hence, even at the greatest depths, a large amount of sawdust

was found, which is not favourable to animal life. The best

ground I met with from Trondhjem was out in the fiord

beyond Munkholmen, and here in 150 fathoms was a rich

fauna. The weather was more or less stormy while we

were at Trondhjem, and we were only able to dredge one day

so far from land.

Rédberg is about 15 miles from Trondhjem towards the

mouth of the fiord, and the dredging-ground here. is remark-

able in many ways and peculiarly typical of what Norwegian

fiords are. The fiord is at this point considerably contracted

in breadth, and through this narrow channel the whole tidal

waters must pass. This causes a very strong current; but

the surface-current, curious to say, is always, both at ebb and

flood tide, in the same direction, outwards, except that when

a strong wind comes into the fiord this would seem sometimes

to alter its course. I could get no explanation of the tidal

currents from the inhabitants; but it is obvious that during

flood tide if the upper water is flowing outwards there must

be a very powerful under-current flowing inwards, and this

was clearly evidenced when dredging, and made it most

difficult to hit the ground which it was s desired to reach. Of

course the paying out of 500 or 600 fathoms of line takes a

considerable time, and what with current one way and wind

another, when the strain of dredging came upon the rope it

was often discovered that we were very far from where we

intended to be and were dragging the dredge in an opposite

direction to that desired. ‘Thus much will suffice to show

that it is not an easy place to work.

But if not easily worked it is none the less very rich ground.

From the causes I have mentioned it is extremely difficult to

know the exact depth to which the dredge has been down, and

the depths given in this report which follows must be received

with some amount of reserve. Charts are of little use, as

comparatively few soundings have been taken. It is easy

enough on.the British coast to have charts with very nume-

rous soundings, since the depths are merely a few fathoms.

It is quite a different question on the vast Norwegian coast,

where soundings in the fiords range from 100 to 600 fathoms.

Moreover it is not, of course, necessary for purposes of navi-

gation to accurately survey depths which are known to exist

and to be too great either for danger or for anchorage. ‘I'he

26*

344 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

soundings given of the bottom of the fiord for a few miles

round Rédberg all range from 250 to 280 fathoms, while the

fishermen state that at certain spots 300 fathoms are exceeded.

I have therefore when intimating the bed of the fiord given it

as “* 250-300 fathoms.”

The Bottom of the Fiords.

The bottom is a very fine greyish mud. With the excep-

tion of Echinodermata (more especially Asteroidea), Actinozoa

of the families Virgulariade and Pennatulide, and the giant

Lima excavata (which, however, more usually is found

attached to the precipices), the animals which inhabit this

mud are for the most part of small size. The Mollusca are

almost all white or pale in colour or olivaceous green; as

typical species in that depth the following are given :—

Scaphander punctostriatus. Dentalium agile.

Cylichna alba.

Diaphana globosa.

Bela Trevelyana.

tenuistriata.

Spirotropis carinata.

Typhlomangelia nivalis.

Taranis cirrata.

*Metzgeria alba.

Trophon barvicensis.

clayatus.

S. Sipho ebur f.

Ukko Turtoni.

Lovenella metula.

Leeocochlis Macandrez.

Cerethiopsis costulata.

S. Torellia vestita.

Alvania Jeffreysil.

cimicoides.

subsoluta.

Aclis exigua.

Walleri.

Eulima stenostoma.

intermedia.

Eulimella scille.

Cyclostrema, species.

Scissurella crispata.

Neomenia carinata.

Cheetoderma nitidulum.

Dentalium striolatum.

Pulsellum quinquangulare.

Cadulus subfusitormis.

propinquus.

Lima excavata.

Pecten imbrifer,

*Dacrydium vitreum.

Nucula tenuis.

tumidula,

* Portlandia acuminata.

lucida.

—— tenuis.

frigida.

Malletia obtusa.

*Limopsis minuta.

Cardium minimum.

Cryptodon ftlexuosus.,

croulinensis.

*— eumyarius.

ferruginosus.

Kelliella miliaris.

Abra longicallus.

nitida.

*Lyonsiella abyssicola.

Poromya granulata.

Cuspidaria rostrata.

obesa.

*—— lamellosa.

— abbreviata.

Saxicavella plicata.

* Species with an asterisk were not found by me in the Trondhjem

Fiord, yet are typical of the bottom of other West-Norway fiords.

+ Species to which 8. is prefixed were not found by me at Rodberg,

but very fine examples of them from that locality have been collected by

Herr Storm and are in the Trondhjem Museum.

the Trondhjem Fiord. o45

The Crustacea of the Norwegian fiords possess a peculiar

interest when compared with British and Arctic species. As

we go further and further north the Brachyura and Anomura

gradually decrease in number, and species after species drops

out. ‘To make up for their absence there is a much larger

development of Cumacea, Mysidea, and Amphipoda on the

Norwegian coast, while in the true arctic seas the Amphipoda

attain their maximum development—not, as far as yet known,

perhaps in number of species, but in size and multitude of

specimens. The following list will give evidence of this

gradual suppression of Brachyura and Anomura :—

Brachyura. Anomuraf.

NWodwoxrranant © G0 sc. esacaee, CO 23

IESELigaB ites er oua META TM eae cons Gon eithe oie 49 15

on wily sae A OSES cice oo dects ss: 24 9

Greenland, Spitsbergen, and Kara Sea.. 3 2

Of the three Arctic Brachyura the great Chionwcetes pha-

langium is a truly arctic form, circumpolar in its distribution.

It often measures 23 feet in stretch of legs. It rarely occurs

outside the Arctic Circle, but on the American coast has been

found as far south as Casco Bay {S. J. Smith). On the

coast of Europe it is unknown. Hyas araneus and coarctatus

grow to an immense size in Greenland, but occur southwards

to the south coast of England in greatly dwarted dimensions.

The two Anomura, Lithodes arctica and Hupagurus pubescens,

also reach England. If we deduct these four species it is

very remarkable that of the remaining twenty-nine species of

Norwegian Brachyura and Anomura there is only one, and

that of very small size, Hupagurus chiroacanthus, Lillj., which

is not as yet known in the Mediterranean. Corresponding to

the decrease in the number of higher Crustacea as we go

northwards is the similar falling off in numbers as we descend

to greater depths in the seat. Macrura, on the other hand,

are not unequally distributed, but seem to occur in no great

disparity of numbers in arctic, temperate, and warmer waters

and in the great depths of the ocean.

The most marked peculiarity of the Norwegian fiords with

respect to the class Crustacea is the abundance of Mysidea

and Cumacea. In the month on the T'rondhjem Fiord I

obtained more specimens of this tribe than I have found

* T have not counted a great many doubtful species recorded from the

Mediterranean in Carus, ‘ Faunz Medit. Prodromus.’

+ [have not here included the family Galatheide in the Anomura.

No species of that family is found in the Arctic regions.

t See Norman, “ Presidential Address,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe. and

Tynes, Nat. Field Club, vol. viii. (1883), p. 108.

346 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

in our own seas during thirty to forty years. Having given

a list of typical Mollusca of the bed of the fiords, I now add

one of some typical animals of other classes.

CRUSTACEA.

Calocaris Macandree. Harpinia pectinata.

*Pontophilus norvegicus. —— truncata.

*Nika edulis. crenulata.

Bythocaris simplicirostris. levis.

*Pandalus propinquus. * abyssi.

Pasipheea tarda. Ampelisca odontoplax.

Boreomysis tridens and other pusilla.

species. Haploops setosa.

Pseudomma, * Andania abyssi.

*Amblyops, ans Astyra abyssi.

Erythrops, epee: Gitana rostrata.

Parerythrops, (Ediceropsis brevicornis.

Mysideis insignis. Halimedon acutifrons.

Hemimysis abyssicola. Bathymedon longimanus.

*Cyclaspis longicaudata. Laphystiopsis planifrons.

Eudorella hispida, Bruzelia typica.

Diastylis lucifer. * tuberculata.

echinatus. Nicippe tumida.

—— cornutus. Halice abyssi.

—-— tumidus. Pardalisca abyssi.

serratus. tenuipes.

Campylaspis horrida and other Kusirus propinquus.

species. leptocarpus.

Apseudes spinosus, Laothoe Meinerti.

Paranthura tenuis. Leptamphopus longimanus.

AKiga ventrosa. Eriopisa elongata.

Ischnosoma bispinosum. Cypridina norvevica.

Macrostylis spinifera. Philomedes Lilljeborgii.

Munnopsidee, many genera and Concheecia borealis.

species. Macrocypris minna.

Haplonyx czeculus. angusta.

Leptophoxus falcatus. Eucheta norvegica,

GEPHYREA.

S. Sipunculus priapuloides, Ochnesoma Steenstrupii.

Phascolosoma squamatum. * Sarsii.

*Tylosoma Litkeni.

, EcHINODERMATA.

Rhizocrinus lofotensis, Ophioscolex glacialis.

Antedon dentatus. purpureus,

Ophioglypha Sarsii. Asteronyx Loveni.

-—— gracilis. S. Pontaster tenuispinus.

carnea. S. Plutonaster Parelii.

Amphiura borealis. S. Leptophycaster arcticus f.

Amphilepis norvegica. Psilaster andromeda.

Ophiacantha, species. _ Pentagonaster granularis.

+ This species has not, I think, been found to the south of the

Trondhjem Fiord.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 347

Lasiaster hispidus. Echinus acutus.

S. Lophaster furcifer. elegans.

Pteraster militaris. # —— norvegicus,

S. pulvillus. Schizaster fragilis.

S. Retaster multipes. Holothuria tremula.

S. Brisinga endecacnemos. Echinocucumis hispida.

S. —— coronata. . _ Myriotrochus brevis.

ACTINOZOA.

Many fine Pennatulids and Virgularians.

SPONGOZOA.

Craniella cranium. *Trichostemma hemisphericum.

Thenea muricata. Cladorhiza abyssicola.

*Cydonium Normani. * pennatula.

*Synops Macandrei. Stylocordyla longissima.

#Isops phlegrei. borealis.

The mud is of a wholly different character from that of the

Atlantic. It contains a large amount of mineral matter,

while the shells of Globigerina and Orbulina are rarely repre-

sented. The Foraminifera are chiefly characterized by a

large development of arenaceous forms, including many very

interesting species, and by the large proportion of shells

which belong to the Bulimine allies.

The Precipices.

The chief interest in the dredging of the Norwegian fiords

centres in the work on the precipices. These often descend

almost or quite perpendicularly from close to the shore to the

bottom of the abyss. At Rédberg the whole of the western

shore seems thus to sweep down into the fiord; but as I did

little dredging on that side of the fiord, I shall speak only ot

that part of the eastern shore which is close to Roédberg

itself. Here, according to my observations, there are three

chief precipices. The first of these lies to the south and does

not descend immediately from low-water mark, but runs out

obliquely ‘in a south-westerly direction from a little outside

the end of the pier, the precipice thus facing N.E. In my

first day’s dredging I got upon this precipice most satistac-

torily and brought up a dredge full of rare things, including

the tine Aleyonarians Paragorgia arborea, Paramuricea placo-

mus, Briareum grandiflorum, and Duva rosea, the corals

Lophohelia prolifera and Amphihelia ramea, and the hydroid

coral Stylaster gemmascens ; together with various sponges,

including Geodia Barretti, Phakellia ventilabrum, and Tra-

gosta infundibuliformis ; on and among these was a rich fauna,

embracing Gorgonocephalus Lamareckit and Linckii, Ophto-

348 Rey. Canon Norman—A Month on

glypha gracilis, Ophioscolex glacialis, Echinus elegans (very

fine), Spirotropis carinata, Trophon clathratus, Emarginula

crassa, Hanleyia debilis, Pecten vitreus and aratus, Lima

excavata, &c. Although several attempts were made to again

strike this exact spot, we never succeeded in doing so, and other

parts of this precipice did not prove so rich.

The second precipice descends from a water-covered ridge

which runs out in a west-by-south direction from the point of

the little hill on the other side of the miniature bay which

that hill forms to the north of Rédberg, the face of the

precipice being thus EK. by N. Here I met with some

species which were not procured elsewhere, including the

very rare and beautiful Sarcophyton purpureuin.

The third precipice is at Rédberg itself, where from the

northern ends of the rocks which form the little headland

thus named a precipice of 250 fathoms descends perpendicu-

larly to the bottom. This precipice was thus worked : the

boat pulled out about two hundred yards, and when the

dredge and sufficient rope had been let out returned to

the shore; the dredge was then hauled up the face of this

great 1500-feet submerged cliff. If it caught on a ledge or

jutting point the rope was hauled very “taut,” and then

suddenly a few fathoms of line were slackened. In this way

the dredge was frequently set free and hauled up again.

When it finally caught, which was sure to be the case, the

boat was again manned and the dredge was taken in from

the sea. It was a wonderful sight to see the deep-sea Corals,

Alcyonarians, Astrophytons, &c. in a dredge thus handled

from the shore—containing a fauna of which we know nothing

in our own shallow seas, and can only hope to meet with

when we reach the great precipices which dive into the bed

of the Atlantic far away to the west of Ireland.

The following list gives species which are characteristic of

the precipices ; many of them attach themselves to or crawl on

the rock, but a considerable number feed upon or are almost

invariably with or on the Alcyonarians or corals, into the

latter of which some very interesting sponges also burrow.

Mo.uusca.

Aldisa zetlandica. Calliostoma occidentale.

Triopella incisa. Emarginula crassa.

Trophon clathratus. Puncturella noachina.

, var. Gunneri. Hanleyia debilis.

Spirotropis carinata. S. abyssorum *.

Cerethiopsis costulata. Leptochiton alveolus.

+ Magnificent specimens are in the Trondhjem Museum from Rédberg,

but I did not meet with it.

the Trondhjem Fiord.

Trachydermon exaratus.

Pecten vitreus.

aratus.

similis.

Galathodes tridentatus.

Spirontocaris polaris.

securifrons.

Cryptocheles pygmea.

Caridion Gordoni.

Parerythrops abyssicola.

Pseudomma roseum.

, var. abyssorum.

Lima excavyata.

Modiola phaseolina.

Arca pectunculoides.

nodulosa,

CRUSTACEA.

Stegocephalus inflatus.

similis.

Andania abyssi.

Stenothoe megacheir.

Paramphithoe pulchella.

Stenopleustes nodifer.

Epimeria cornigera.

349

Mysideis insignis. -—— tuberculata.

EcHINODERMATA.

Ophiacantha spectabilis. Gorgonocephalus Lamarckii.

abyssicola. Linckii.

anomala. Echinus elegans,

Ophioscolex glacialis. acutus.

Ophiactis Ballii. Psolus squamatus.

Ophiopholis aculeata, varieties.

PoLyzoa.

Caberea Ellisii.

Bicellaria Alderi.

Menipea Jeftreysii.

Flustra Barleei.

Tessarodoma gracile.

Hornera lichenoides.

violacea.

Idmonea atlantica.

Rhabdopleura Normani.

(And many incrusting species.)

CG@LENTERATA.

Duva rosea.

Sarcophyton purpureum.

Briareum granditlorum.

Paragorgia arborea.

Stylaster gemmascens.

S. Aliopora norvegica.

Stegapoma plicatilis.

Halicornaria integra.

*Pyimnoa lepadifera. *1_ytocarpia bicuspis.

’ Paramuricea placomus. *Plumularia elegantula.

Lophohelia prolifera. * gracillima.

Ampbhihelia ramea. *Heteropyxis norvegica.

SPONGOZOA.

Geodia Barretti.

Tentorium tubiferum, Grstedt,

= Thecophora semisuberites,

O. Sch.

*Quasillina brevis.

*Alectona Milleri.

Phakellia ventilabrum,

Trogosia infundibuliformis.

Ksperella lingua.

*Desmacidon crux.

*Khaphidotheca Marshall-Hallii,

(And many other Sponges.)

+ L adopt this name, for I think there is no question that this is the

sponge described as Tethiwm tubiferum by Cérsted, “ Forteg. oyer Dyr

samlede i Christianiafjord ved Drébak” (Naturhist. Tiddsk. Anden

Rekkes, vol. i. 1845, p. 426 (or p. 29 separate copy), pl. v. figs. 3, 4, 6).

350 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

MOLLUSCA.

Admirable figures of all the northern Mollusca whieh do

not occur on our own coasts will be found in G. O. Sars’s

‘ Mollusca regionis Arctic Norvegice,’ 1878.

CEPHALOPODA.

1. Cctcpus Bairdit, G. O. Sars (2= O. arcticus, Prosch).

A small specimen taken in Trondhjem Bay.

GASTROPODA. *

2. Limacina retroversa, Fleming (= Spirialis retroversa,

GOs pars).

Two small specimens among dredged material at Rédberg.

3. Acteon tornatilis, Linn.

Rédberg, one dead specimen.

4. Tornatina nitidula, Lovén (= Utriculus nitidulus, G.O.

Sars).

40-70 fath., Rédberg.

5. Cylichna alba, Brown.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, in 40-300 fath.

6. Scaphander lignarius, Linn.

Trondhjem.

7. Scaphander puncto-striatus, Migh.

Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

8. Acera bullata, Miiller.

Rédberg, 5-10 fath.

9. Philine scabra, Mill.

One living, Rédberg.

10. Philine Lovent, Malm.

One living specimen, 70-100 fath., Rodberg.

11, Aldisa zetlandica, A. & H.

One specimen, 200-250 fath., Rédberg.

12. Caldina repanda, A. & H.,= Doris obvelata, G. O. Sars.

Laminarian zone, Trondhjem.

13. Triopella incisa, M. Sars.

A specimen taken at Rédberg in 250-300 fath., easily

recognized by Sars’s admirable figures.

the Trondhjem Fiord. abot

14. Alderia modesta, Lovén, Alder and Hancock, Mon.

Nudib. Moll. pl. xl. ; Forbes and Hanley, pl. CCC. fig. 1.

Mr. Scott found a specimen of A/lderiéa in a shallow pool

into which the sea only broke at spring tides. This pool was

in the little indentation of the coast just north of Rédberg.

It does uot occur in Sars’s list of Norwegian Mollusca, and

has not, I believe, been previously met with in Norway.

Alder and Hancock write: ‘‘ The species extends to Norway,

where it was discovered by Professor Lovén;”’ but this

seems to be a mistake, for Lovén found it at Bohuslin, which

is in Sweden. ‘The distribution of the brackish-water fauna

has a peculiar interest.

15. Clathurella linearis, Mont.

Shallow water, Trondhjem and Rédberg.

16. Clathurella Leufroyt, Mich.

One young, T'rondhjem.

17. Bela Trevelyana, Turton.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 70-100 fath.

18. Bela rugulata, Moll.

Rodberg, 10-20 fath.

Var. bergensis, Friele.

Rédberg, 70-100 fath.

19. Bela decussata, Couth.,=viridula, Moll. (scarcely of

G. O. Sars, which is B. Kobelt’, Verk.).

A single specimen of var. conoidea, G. O. Sars, at Ridberg,

in 250-800 fath.

20. Bela cancellata, Migh. (=elegans, Mdll.), var. declivis,

Lovén.

Rédberg, 70-200 fath.

21. Spirotropis carinata, Phil.

Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

22. Typhlomangelia nivalis, Lovén.

Two half-grown specimens, Trondhjem and Rédberg

150-300 fath.

23. Thesbia nana, Loven.

Rédberg, 70-150 fath., three living specimens.

24. Taranis cirrata, Brugnone,= Trophon Mérchi, Malm.

Trondhjem, 150 fath. ; Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

352 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

25. Admete viridula, Fabr.

Rédberg, 10-70 fath.

Genus Uxko, Friele (new name for Jumala, Friele).

Herr Friele gave the name Jumala to this genus after that

of an ancient Finnish god, unaware that Jwma/a was their word

still in use for the one true God. My friend Herr Sparre

Schneider, of Tromsé, having informed me that this was the

case, and as under these circumstances the word could not

with propriety be retained, I called Herr Friele’s attention

to the fact. At his request I substitute for it Ukko, the

name once used among the Fins for the heathen god of wind

and weather.

26. Ukko Turtont, Bean.

A living specimen of a very interesting variety of this

species was dredged at Rédberg in about 150 fath. In out-

line it is shorter and less drawn out in the spire than usual,

the volutions are 74 and more tumid. ‘The nucleus is smaller

and less cylindrical than in the type, the suture less oblique,

the whorls more rapidly increasing in breadth, the spiral

strie more regularly arranged at distinct intervals, the sub-

stance of the shell is thinner, the interior is of a purplish hue.

There are three modifications of this shell known to me :—

A. a. The typical Dogger-Bank form, withits greatly drawn-

out spire, well figured by Forbes and Hanley, also by Jeffreys,

and very nearly the same by G. O. Sars (pl. xiv. fig. 36, and

pl. xxv. fig. 9). The following are measurements of a speci-

men from the Dogger Bank *:—Length of mouth from

commencement of lip to end of canal 54 millim. ; spire from

commencement of lip to end 72 millim.; greatest width of

total shell at the mouth 40 millim. Volutions nine.

b. Var. brevispira (Pl. XVI. fig. 1; see also Kobelt, Icon.

der schalent. europ. Meeresconch. pl. xin. fig.1). Form from

East Finmark. Mouth proportionately longer and wider and

the spire shorter, but in general character very like a. Length

of mouth 49 millim., spire 45, breadth at mouth 41. Volu-

tions 74. Here the length of the mouth is greater than that

of the spire and the width at the mouth greater than in the

much larger Dogger-Bank specimen. The four or five first

volutions are very narrow, as in the type.

c. Var. tumida (Pl. XVI. fig. 2). The Rédberg specimen

already described. The mouth in my specimen has unfor-

tunately been much damaged, but its length is 45 millim.,

* This specimen is rather more elongated than usual.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 353

length of remaining portion of spire 44 millim., breadth at

mouth 36 millim. Here the proportions are not very different

from those of the East-Finmark form, but the aspect is alto-

gether different on account of the greater tumidity of the

whorls and other characters. Sars’s pl. xiv. fig. 3a comes

near to my specimen in characters of sculpture and tumidity

of whorls, but it is more elongated in the spire. It may be

regarded, however, as an illustration of the variety.

B. Ukko Ossiani, Friele,=Jumala Ossianti, Friele (Den

Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Mollusca, I., 1882, p. 7, pl. i.

figs. 1-6, pl. iv. figs. 1-3*).

The figure given supplies the following measurements :—

Length of mouth 38 millim., of remaining portion of spire

40 millim., breadth at mouth 32 millim. This form comes

suspiciously near to U. Turtoni, from which, among other

points, it differs in the more regular formation of the earlier

nuclear whorls, in which respect it agrees with U. schan-

taricus.

C. Ukko schantaricus (Middendorff). (Pl. XVI. fig. 3.)

1849. Tritontum (Fusus) schantaricum, Middendortf, Beit. zu einer

Malacoz. Rossica (Mém. Sci. Nat. Acad. Imp. vol. vi.), pt. 2, p. 146.

1851. Tritonium schantaricum, Middendorff, Siberische Reise, vol. ii.

p. 230, pl. x. figs. 7-9.

Some years ago I purchased a shell from the collection of

the late Baron Prévost, which was said to come from Japan,

which is beyond the range of my collections and studies ; but

this particular shell was purchased on account of its evident

relation to arctic forms. The shell was in a paper tray, on

which was the following account of it:—‘‘Husus Sabinit,

Gray, coquille recueillie dans le nord du Japan par M. A.

Adams pendant le voyage du Samarang.” It clearly had

nothing to do with 7. Sabint. Jeffreys was just then writing

something on Japanese shells, and [ sent Prévost’s Fusus to

him for his opinion. He returned it with a label “Fusus

Turtont, not T. Sabini.” It might well be so, but I could

not doubt that so marked a form had received a name; and

so, while writing this paper, I sent it up to Mr. Edgar A.

Smith to ask whether he could throw any light upon it. He

replied that the shell was not in the British Museum, but that

it was “ Tritonium schantaricum ot Middendorff, from Schantar

Island, in the Okhotsk Sea.” On referring to Middendorft’s

* Figure reproduced in Kobelt, Iconog. der schalentragenden europ.

Meeresconch., pl. xii. fig. 2.

354 Rev. Canon Norman—A Jlonth on

works it is evidently, I find, that species; the only difference

is that in my specimen, as compared with Middendorff’s

fiz. 9, the raised spiral portions of the shell are wider and

the grooved lines narrower. As to the exact locality of my

specimen, nothing can be satisfactorily determined.

The species is not mentioned in the voyage of the ‘ Sama-

rang;’ Schanter Island is certainly to the north of Japan,

but whether Adams was ever there or not is uncertain; as

surgeon of one of H.M. ships he may have gone there.

The shell must unquestionably be referred to the genus

Ukko, and possibly may be, as Jeffreys considered, an extreme

form of U. Turtoni; but its characters are so marked, and [

lay chief stress on the spiral grooving of the inside of the lip,

that it may well bear a specific name.

Whorls 9; total length 77 millim.; greatest breadth

33 millim.; length of mouth and canal 35 millim.; length

from commencement of lip to end of spire 46 millim. Com-

paring these measurements with Middendorff’s figure it will

be found that the spire in my example is longer in proportion

to the mouth than in the type. The whole appearance of

form, amount of convexity of whorl, and obliquity of suture,

together with surface sculpture, are like those of typical

U. Turtoniin miniature. ‘The differences are that the nucleus

is not so cylindrical, each succeeding whorl being wider than

the preceding ; the epidermis is thinner and closely adherent

to the shell; the shell is proportionately more solid, the spiral

grooves are more deeply impressed, while the most important

character is that the mouth within the shell is lirated with

spiral grooves and ridges corresponding to the external

sculpture—“ apertura intus ad strias externas regulariter et

parallele suleata”’ (Middendorff?). The operculum is imperfect,

but enough remains to show that it is like that of the type of

the genus.

27. Neptunea antiqua, Linn.

One dead example.

28. Siphogracilis, DaCosta, var. glaber, Verkruzen. (Pl. XVI.

figs. 4, 4 a.)

A dwarf and remarkable form of this variety was found.

Volutions 64. Length 37 millim., breadth 19 millim. ;

Jength of mouth and canal 21 millim. Whorls only slightly

convex, suture not deeply impressed and only a little oblique,

no spiral sculpture to be seen even in the neighbourhood of

the columella ; epidermis of a pale greenish-ash hue.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 355

This is the smallest form of this very variable species that

I have, and of peculiar interest as being absolutely identical

in size, form, and colour with a variety of the allied S. pro-

pinquus, Alder, found in the Kattegat, and for which I am

indebted to the Copenhagen Museum. ‘The different character

of the nucleus alone distinguishes them; and, although the

use of a lens reveals spiral striz in the latter which are absent

in the former, such striz are usual in S. gracilis and are even

to be distinguished on a young specimen of the present form.

The Kattegat variety of S. propinquus is intermediate in

size and form between typical S. propinquus and S. Jeffreysi-

anus, Fisher, which latter I regard as a large variety of the

former. It is-figured (PI. XVI. figs. 5, 5a) for comparison

with the dwarf form of S. gracilis, var. glaber.

29. Buccinum undatum, Linn.

Specimens procured not representing any special variety.

30. Nassa reticulata, Linn.

All the examples of this species which I have dredged on

the west coast of Norway, in the Hardanger, Bergen, and

Trondhjem Fiords, and at Floré, have a peculiar aspect and

form a well-marked variety, which I would propose to call

var. norvegica. The form is shorter and _ proportionately

broader than usual, so that the outline is more ovate; the ribs

are about twenty-five on the body-whorl, very close together,

aud, as the spiral grooves are deeply channelled, the sculpture

is of a more regular reticulate character than usual; the colour

is greenish ashy. Of the twenty-five figures of N. reticulata

given by Kobelt on plate xxiv. of his Icon. der schalentra-

genden europ. Meeresconchyl. 1887, fig. 24 comes nearest to

this form.

31. Nassa incrassata, Strom.

Laminarian zone.

32. Trophon truncatus, Strom.

One dead specimen, 40 fath., Rédberg.

33. Trophon clathratus, Linn.

In 70-300 fath., Rodberg.

Var. Gunnert, Lovén.

Two half-grown examples with the last.

356 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

34. Trophon clavatus, G. O. Sars.

Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. ‘Two living examples of this

very rare shell were procured. They very closely accord

with the two specimens figured by Sars in character and even

in size, the one having a length of 15} millim., the other

11 millim.; of these total lengths, in the first the mouth and

its very long canal occupy 7} millim., in the latter 6 millim. ;

on the larger five varices are visible on the body-whorl when

viewed from the front, on the smaller six. The varices are

projected considerably on the upper part of the volutions in

triangular processes outwards, but scarcely at all upwards.

It appears to me quite distinct from M. clathratus, and is

also wholly different from M. vaginatus, Christ. and Jan, of

the Mediterranean.

35. Trophon barvicensis, Johnston.

Specimens small, in 150-300 fath.

36. Trivia europea, Mont.

10 fath.

37. Aporrhais pes-pelecant, Linn.

Trondhjem, 10-30 fath.

38. Bittvum reticulatum, Da Costa.

Laminarian zone.

39. Lovenella metula, Loven.

Rédberg and Trondhjem, 150-300 fath.

40. Leocochlis Macandree, H. Ad.

Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

41. Cerethiopsis costulata, MOll.

Rédberg and Trondhjem, 150-300 fath. ,

42. Trichotropis borealis, Brod. & Sow.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 5-30 fath.

43-45. Littorina littorea, Linn., L. rudis, Maton, and L. ob-

tusata, Linn.

The last typical and not showing any approach to ZL. palliata.

I have not seen the latter from south of Tromsé. Specimens

taken at the Lofoten Islands in 1890 were the former; nor

has G. O. Sars met with L. palliata at those islands.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 357

46. Lacuna divaricata, Fabr.

Large at Rédberg, Laminarian zone.

47. Skenea planorbis, Fabr.

Rédberg, among weeds.

48. [issoa inconspicua, Alder, var. albella, Lovén.

Laminarian zone, Rédberg.

49. Rissoa parva, Da Costa, var. interrupta, Adams.

Laminarian zone, Trondhjem.

50. Alvania Jeffreysiz, Waller:

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fath.

51. Alvania cimicoides, Forbes.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fathoms.

52. Alvania subsoluta, Aradas,= Alvania abyssicola, G. O.

Sars, typus (Forbes and Hanley, varietas).

250-300 fath., off Rodberg. As it appears to me that

Jeffreys has introduced great confusion respecting the syno-

nymy of this shell, it will be well to attempt to clear the

matter up. ‘This confusion commenced in his paper on

Mediterranean Mollusca in the ‘ Annals’ of 1870, and was

‘made worse by his latest views, as expressed in his “ Mollusca

of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions” (Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 115).

‘I will give the synonymy of the species as I now take it

to be, a list of the specimens in my collection on which my

conclusions are based, and some notes on the reasons of those

conclusions.

1. Alvania Teste (Aradas and Maggiore).

1844, Rissoa Testa, Ava. & Mage. Cat. rag. Catania, pl. ix. fig. 4.

1870, Rissoa abyssicola, var. conformis, Jeffreys, “ Mediterranean Mol-

lusea,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. v.

1880. Lissoa Teste, Monterosato, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital. vol. vi. p. 68.

1884. Rissoa Fischeri, Jeffreys, Proc. Zoul. Soc. p. 113, pl. ix. fig. 1.

1884. Rissoa Teste (partim), id. ibid. p. 115, pl. ix. fig. 4.

1884. Actonia Teste, Munterosato, Nomencl. gen. e spec. di alcune

Conchiglie Medit. p. 61.

Hab. Mediterranean (not North European).

J am indebted to the Marchese di Monterosato for ten

specimens labelled “Alvania Teste=conformis, Palermo.”’

‘These, from their more numerous ribs and the peculiar shoul-

dering (above and below) of the volutions, agree more closely

with Jeffreys’s figures of 2. Hischert than with those he gives

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 27

358 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

of R. Teste. The lip is considerably thickened, and sculptured

externally with many fine longitudinal striez. I think that

there can be little doubt that these two forms are one species.

It is possible also that F. subsoluta is not specifically distinct

from them.

. The Kattegat.—Five specimens from the Copenhagen

. “Alvinia elegantissima, Palermo

. “Rissoa subsoluta, Aradas, Palermo, very deep,’

2. Alvania subsoluta (Aradas).

1847. Rissoa subsoluta, Aradas, Mem. di Malac. Sic. vol. iii. p. 21.

1853. Rissoa abyssicola, Forbes & Hanley, Hist. Brit. Moll. vol. iii.

p. 86, pl. Ixxvii. figs. 1,2, and pl. JJ. fig. 3 (varietatis abyssicola

figura bona).

1867. Rissoa abyssicola, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. vol. iii. p. 19, pl. lxvi.

fio. 9 (figura mala).

1878. Alvania abyssicola, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. are. Norv. p. 177, pl. x.

tig. 7, a-c (forme typice optimee figure).

1870. Rissoa abyssicola, var. obtusa, Jetireys, “ Mediterranean Mol-

lusca,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 12 (separate copy).

1875. Rissoa elegantissima and subsoluta, Monterosato, Nuova Revista

delle Conch Medit. p, 17.

1884. Rissoa subsoluta and R. Testa, var. abyssicola, Jeffreys, Proc.

Zool. Soe. p. 115, pl. ix. fig. 3.

21884. Rrssoa deliciosa, id. ibid. p. 121, pl. ix. fig. 7.

1884, Actonia subsoluta, Monterosato, Nomen. gen. e spec. di aleune

Conch. Medit. p. 61.

Specimens in my collection are as follows :—

” * from Marchese di

Monterosato.—Three specimens.

. “Actonia subsoluta=deliciosa, Palermo,’ from Monte-

? ?

rosato.—T*our specimens.

> from

Monterosato.—T wo specimens.

. Off Batalden, near Floré, Norway, 200 fath.—T wo speci-

mens, A. M. N.

. Oster Fiord, near Bergen, 375 fath—Five specimens,

A. M.N.

Off Lervig, Hardanger Fiord, 200 fath.—Five specimens,

AS Mio:

. Rédberg, Trondhjem Fiord, 250-300 fath. Twelve speci-

mens, A. M.N. ,

Loch Fyne.—Five spécimens, Mr. MacAndrew.

Museum.

a and b (received at different dates) are identical and rather

* Monterosato subsequently united his A. elegantissima with A. sub-

soluta.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 359

narrower in form than the next. c: these specimens are abso-

lutely identical with those of d, and are the form figured by

Jeffreys, 1884, fig. 3, except that the spiral riblets are on all

parts of the whorls; ¢ and d have not the labial rib so well

developed, as is admirably figured by Sars (fig. 5¢), with

whose figures e, f, and g exactly correspond. / are some of the

original specimens of the form dredged by Forbes and Mac-

Andrew and figured in the ‘ British Mollusca;’ they differ

from Norwegian and Mediterranean specimens, as Forbes and

Hanley’s figure shows, in the more conical outline, much

less swollen and almost flat volutions, and less expanded

mouth. The Norwegian form I therefore consider should be

called Alvania subsoluta, Ar., and the Loch-Fyne form

Alvania subsoluta, Ar., var. abyssicola, Forbes.

The Kattegat examples are interesting, intermediate be-

tween the British and Norwegian forms, though perhaps

nearer to the former.

The particular specimen of A. subsoluta figured by Jeffreys

(1884, fig. 3) is represented as having spiral riblets only on

the lower half of the whorls. One of my Trondhjem-Fiord

examples has no spiral riblets except on the last whorl, and

another has the upper whorls without riblets, while on the

penultimate whorl they are, as in Jeffreys’s figure, confined

to the lower half.

53. Onoba striata, Adams.

A few specimens of the typical form.

54. Velutina levigata, Penn.

Trondhjem and Rédberg.

55. Lamellaria latens, Miiller.

Rédberg, 40-70 fath., one specimen.

56. Lunatia grenlandica, Beck.

Two or three small specimens, 150 fath., Rédberg.

57. Lunatia Montagut, Forbes.

Shallow water, Trondhjem and Rédberg.

58. Scalaria grenlandica, Perry.

Only one specimen, Rédberg, about 20 fath.

59. Aclis exiqua, G. O. Sars.

One living specimen, 250-300 fath., Rédberg.

60. Eulima intermedia, Cantr.

Rédberg and Trondhjem, down to 300 fath.

360 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

61. Eulima bilineata, Alder.

A few specimens.

62. Eulima stenostoma, Jeftr.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fath.

63. Parthenia spiralis, Mont.

A few living specimens.

64. Turbonilla rufa, Phil., var. rufocincta, Thomp.

A single living specimen, Trondhjem.

65. Odostomia unidentata, Mont.

Rédberg, in the Laminarian zone.

66. Auriculina inseulpta, Mont.

Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

67. Eulimella ventricosa, Forbes.

One living specimen, Rédberg.

68. Eulimella scille, Scac.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 40-300 fath.

69. Cyclostrema Petterseni, Friele,= C. trochoides, Jeffreys.

Rodberg, 250-300 fath.

70. Cyclostrema levigatum, Jeffreys.

Rédberg, 70-100 fath., two specimens.

71. Cyclostrema basistriatum, Jeffreys.

Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

72. Calliostoma millegranum, Phil.

3-20 fath., Rédberg.

73. Calliostoma occidentale, Migh.

Rédberg, 150 fath.

74. Gibbula cineraria, Linn.

Rédberg, Laminarian zone.

75. Margarita helicina, Fabr.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 0-10 fath.

76. Margarita grenlandica, Chemn.

At Rodberg, with the last.

77. Scissurella crispata, d’Orb.

Large specimens, Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

Scissurella

the Trondhjem Fiord. ; 361

attains a much larger size in the Norwegian fiords than in

the British seas.

78. Emarginula crassa, Sow., and var. depressa, G. O. Sars.

Five specimens at Rédberg on the precipices, 100-250 fath.

79. Puncturella noachina, Linn.

Trondhjem and Rodberg, 5-200 fath.

80. Pilidium fulvum, Mill.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 5-40 fath.

81. Acmea virginea, Miill.

Specimens small, Rédberg, 0-40 fath.

82. Lepeta ceca, Miill.

3-40 fath., Rédberg and Trondhjem.

83. Patina pellucida, Linn.

Rédberg, on Laminarie.

84. Patella vulgata, Linn.

85. Hanleyia debilis, Gray, = Chiton Hanleyi, Bean.

100-250 fath., Rédberg and 'T'rondhjem.

86. Leptochiton alveolus, M. Sars.

150-250 fath., Rodberg.

87. Leptochiton cinereus, Linn.,= C. asellus, Chemn.

5-10 fath.

88. Trachydermon ruber, Linn.

Shallow water.

Var. candidus, Norman.

A very pretty variety occurred at Rédberg, of

which I found three specimens, all exactly alike.

Valves white, except a longitudinal central dorsal

line of rose-colour on the fifth valve, and the girdle

also rose-coloured.

89. Trachydermon albus, Linn.

Shallow water, Rédberg.

90. Trachydermon exaratus, G. O, Sars.

200-250 fath., Rédberg.

91. Tonicella marmorea, Faby.

Shallow water, Trondhjem and Rédberg.

362 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

92. Neomenia carinata, Tulljberg,= Solenopus nitidulus,

M. Sars (MS.).

250-300 fath., Rédberg.

93. Chetoderma nitidulum, Lovén, = Chrystallophrisson

nitens, Mobius.

250-300 fath., Rédberg.

SCAPHOPODA.

94. Dentalium entalis, Linn.

40-70 fath.

95. Dentalium striolatum, Stimpson, = D. abyssorum, M.Sars.

150-300 fath.

96. Dentalium agile, M. Sars.

Rédberg, 250-500 fath.

97. Pulsellum affine, M. Sars.

Abundant in one dredging, 250-300 fath., Rédberg.

98. Pulsellum quinquangulare, Forbes, = Siphonoentalis tetra-

gona, G. O. Sars.

150 fath., Trondhjem ; 250-300 fath., Rédberg.

99. Cadulus subfusiformis, M. Sars.

Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

PELECYPODA.

100. Anomia ephippium, Linn.

Var. aculeata, Linn.

101. Anomia striata, Brocchi.

Rédberg, in about 150 fath.

102. Pecten islandicus, Miiller.

Trondhjem, a small specimen.

103. Pecten aratus, Gmelin.

150-250 fath., Trondhjem and Rédberg.

104. Pecten pes-lutre, Linn., var. septemradiatus, Miill.

Two or three small specimens, Rédberg and 'Trondhjem.

105. Fecten vitreus, Chemn.

150 fath., off Trondhjem ; and 150-3800 fath., Rédberg.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 363

106. FPecten striatus, Miiller.

Specimens large.

107. Pecten tigrinus, Miiller.

Trondhjem and Rédberg.

108. Pecten similis, Laskey.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, down to 250 fath.

109. Pecten imbrifer, Lovén, =? Pecten Hoskynsi, Forbes.

Only one living specimen, 250-300 fath., Rédberg.

110. Lima excavata, Fabr.

This magnificent shell is far from rare in the fiord, and was

taken both off Trondhjem and Rédberg in 150-800 fath., for

the most part with the large corals and Alcyonarians on

the precipices.

111. Mytilus edulis, Linn.

112. Modiola modiolus, Linn.

. Trondhjem.

115. Modiola phaseolina, Phil.

Trondhjem and Rédberg.

114. Modiolaria marmorata, Forbes.

In Ciona intestinalis at Trondhjem.

115. Modiolaria nigra, Gray.

Rédberg, shallow water.

116. Crenella decussata, Mont.

250-300 fath., Rédberg.

117. Arca pectunculoides, Scacchi.

_ 100-250 fath., Rédberg.

118. Arca nodulosa, Miiller.

A single valve only, ‘Trondhjem, in about 70 fath.

119. Nucula nucleus, Linn.

Only one, Trondhjem.

120. Nucula nitida, Sow.

Frequent down to 300 fath.

121. Nucula tumidula, Malm.

100-300 fath., Trondhjem and Rédberg.

364 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

122. Leda minuta, Miller.

Frequent.

123. Leda pernula, Miiller.

Only one specimen, Rédberg.

124. Malletia obtusa, M. Sars.

A fine series of living specimens of this rare shell taken at

Rédberg, 250-300 fath. ; also off Trondhjem in 150 fath.

125. Portlandia lucida, Lovén.

Trondhjem, 150 fath.; Rédberg, 70-300 fath.

126. Portlandia tenuis, Phil.

Trondhjem, one specimen only, 150 fath.

127. Portlandia frigida, Torell.

Rédberg, 250-300 fath., specimens large. This species

attains larger dimensions on the west coast than in Kast

Finmark.

128. Astarte sulcata, Da Costa.

Shallow water.

129. Astarte compressa, Linn.,=A. elliptica, Brown.

The Scandinavian naturalists seem agreed that this is

Linné’s species, and not the next, which is usually called by

this name by British conchologists.

130. Astarte Montagui, Dillwyn,=A. compressa, Montagu.

Shallow water, Trondhjem and Rédberg.

131. Kelliella miliaris, Phil.

Abundant in 150-800 fath. in the Trondhjem Fiord, as |

have also found it to be at the bottom of the Bergen and

Hardanger Fiords, as well as at Floré.

132. Montacuta substriata, Mont.

On Spatangus purpureus, Trondhjem.

133. Montacuta ovalis, G. O. Sars,= Tellemya ovalis, G. O.

Sars.

A single perfect but dead shell in 250-800 fath., Rédberg.

It has only previously been recorded from Lofoten, where it

was taken by the describer, unless it be a synonym of Deci-

pula ovata, Jefireys, as stated by him to be the case (vide

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 696). If that be so, and Sars’s

shell has such a hinge as is described by Jeffreys, my

the Trondhjem Fiord. 365

determination is wrong, since the hinge in my shell closely

corresponds with that of Montacuta ferruginosa and with

Sars’s description. Unfortunately the specimen I had of

Decipula ovata from the Oster Fiord, identified by Jeffreys,

has been broken and lost (Norman, Journ. of Conch. vol. 11.

1879, p. 42).

1384. Montacuta bidentata, Mont.

Rédberg, 0-10 fath.

135. Cryptodon ferruginosus, Forbes.

70-100 fathoms.

136. Cryptodon croulinensis, Jeftr.

100-300 fath., Trondhjem and Rédberg.

137. Cryptodon flecuosus, Mont.

Down to 300 fath.

138. Cryptodon Sarsii, Phil.

With the last.

139. Lucina borealis, Linn.

Trondhjem, specimens small.

140. Cardium echinatum, Linn.

Trondhjem.

141. Cardium edule, Linn.

Trondhjem, tide-marks.

142. Cardium fasciatum, Mont.

Trondhjem and Rédberg.

143. Cardium minimum, Phil.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 70-300 fath.

144. Cyprina islandica, Linn.

‘Trondhjem.

145. Venus gallina, Linn.

A single valve, T'rondhjem.

146. Venus ovata, Pennant.

Trondhjem and Rédberg.

147. Dosinia lincta, Pult.

Roédberg, shallow water.

148. Psammobia Jerroensis, Chemn.

A single specimen, ‘l'rondhjem.

366 A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord.

149. Macoma calcarea, Chemn.

Rédberg, 0-5 fath.

150. Macoma balthica, Linn.

Trondhjem.

151. Abra longicallus, Scacchi.

Trondhjem, 150 fath.; Rédberg, 250-300 fath., rare.

152. Abra nitida, Mill.

Abundant, Trondhjem and Rédberg, 40-300 fath.

153. Abra alba, Wood.

Trondhjem, a single specimen.

154. Poromya granulata, Nyst.

Two specimens, 150 fath., off Trondhjem.

155. Cuspidaria rostrata, Speng.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 70-300 fath.

156. Cuspidaria obesa, Lovén.

Rédberg, 150-8500 fath.

157. Cuspidaria costellata, Desh.

Rédberg, 40-150 fath.

158. Cuspidaria abbreviata, Forbes.

Rédberg, 70-100 fath.

159. Corbula gibba, Olivi.

Only a small specimen or two seen.

160. Saxicavella plicata, Mont.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fath.

161. Mya arenaria, Linn.

Trondhjem, dead valves.

162. Mya truncata, Linn.

Trondhjem, on shore and dredged.

163. Saxicava rugosa, Linn.

Rédberg, down to 250 fath.

Var. arctica, Linn.

Unusually large examples of this variety at Réd-

berg on the precipices down to 200-250 fath.

164. Solen pellucidus, Penn.

‘T'wo or three small specimens.

On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera. 367

165. Xylophaga dorsalis, Turton.

Wood dredged at Trondhjem which had been bored by

this species.

{To be continued. |

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

tg. 1. Ukko Turtont, vay. brevis, Norman, nat. size,

Fig. 2. Ukko Turtoni, var. tumida, Norman, nat. size; the lip much

broken below. i

Fig. 3. Ukko schantaricus, Middendorff, nat. size; specimen from the

North Pacific.

Fig. 4. Sipho gracilis, var. glaber, Verkruzen, dwarf form, nat. size.

Fig. 4a. Apical whorls of the last, to show the rudely coiled nucleus.

Fig. 5. Sipho propinquus, Alder, var. from the Kattegat, nat. size, to

show its close approximation in form to fig. 4.

Fig. 5a. Apical whorls of the last, to show the regularly coiled nucleus.

- LIV.—On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera belonging

to the Family Lagriide, from Tasmania. By G. C.

CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

SIRRHAS, gen. nov.

Mentum small, strongly transverse, trapezoidal, almost

smooth, flat, the maxilla exposed at the base; mandibles

bifid at the tip; labrum strongly transverse, prominent, sepa-

rated from the epistoma by a coriaceous space ; head rather

large, moderately broad, exserted, very little narrowed behind,

the epistoma very broad, short, depressed, and confounded

with the front, the antennary orbits short and feebly raised,

not projecting over the points of insertion of the antenne; the

eyes large, moderately prominent, widely separated, somewhat

distant from the base of the head; apical joint of the maxil-

lary palpi stout, triangular, the outer side rounded and a

little longer than the inner or apical sides; antenne very

elongate, slender (the first joint excepted), joints 1 to 8

sparsely punctured, shining, 9 to 11 densely punctured,

opaque, 2 to 8 cylindrical, each abruptly thickened at its

distal end, 2short, 3 exceedingly long, nearly four times as long

as 2, 4 about half the length of 3, 4 to 11 subequal in length,

9 to 11 a little stouter than 8 and more gradually thickened,

11 subacuminate at the tip; prothorax transversely cordate,

much wider than the head, expanded and sharply margined

368 On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera.

at the sides, the base and apex subtruncate, the apex with a

fine reflexed marginal carina, the lateral margins reflexed ;

scutellum strongly transverse, rather large; elytra broad and

depressed, about one third wider than and more than four times

as long as the prothorax, broadly truncate at the base, sub-

parallel for two thirds of their length, confusedly punctured,

the humeri rounded ; anterior coxee somewhat conical, strongly

exserted, subcontiguous, the prosternum not raised between

them, the cavities closed behind ; mesosternum largely deve-

loped anteriorly, feebly transversely depressed before the

middle coxe, the latter slightly exserted, narrowly separated,

with widely open cavities and large trochantin ; metasternum

elongate, deeply longitudinally grooved in the middle behind ;

intercoxal process subtriangular; epipleuree extending nar-

rowly to the apex ; legs rather elongate, very slender, sparsely

clothed with rather long hairs, the femora slightly swollen

beyond the middle, the tibial spurs short; the tarsi shorter

than the tibiee, densely clothed with fine silky hairs beneath,

simple, the basal joint of the hind pair rather longer than the

third and fourth joints united; body elongate, depressed, fully

winged.

This genus is proposed for a single species from Tasmania.

It belongs to the group Trachélosténides of the Lagriide,

following the system of Lacordaire. The only known genus

of the Trachélosténides, Trachelostenus, Sol., is from Chili.

Sirrhas limbatus, sp. n.

Elongate, rather broad, subparallel, depressed; pitchy

brown, the margins of the prothorax narrowly and indeter-

minately ferruginous, the elytra broadly bordered with obscure

testaceous; antenne testaceous, the basal joints stained with

piceous ; legs pitchy brown, the base of the femora, the outer

half of the tibiz, and the tarsi entirely testaceous ; the upper

surface with scattered, short, fine, semierect hairs. Head

thickly, irregularly punctured ; prothorax about one fourth

broader than long, much wider at the apex than at the base,

widest a little behind the middle, the sides thence to the base

obliquely and abruptly converging, the anterior angles strongly

rounded, the hind angles very obtuse, the disk a little flat-

tened at the base in the middle, the surface densely, mode-

rately finely punctured, more sparsely so towards the sides

anteriorly, the punctures on the middle of the disk showing a

tendency to become longitudinally confluent ; elytra densely,

very irregularly, moderately finely punctured, with irregular

double rows of very shallow areole, which are separated by

feebly raised longitudinal lines, the areole here and there

On the Nutrition of the Salpa Embryo. 369

confluent, and becoming deeper beyond the middle; beneath

sparsely pubescent, somewhat densely, moderately coarsely

punctured, the metasternum more finely punctured in the

middle.

Length 12, breadth 44 millim.

Hab. N.E. Tasmania, Gould’s Country.

I have seen three specimens of this species: two recently

brought from ‘Tasmania by Mr. J. J. Walker, late of H.MLS.

‘ Penguin,’ to whom they were given by Mr. A. Simson, of

Launceston, from one of which the above description is taken

(the other having been deposited by Mr. Walker in the British

Museum), anda third in Mr. F. Bates’s collection. Mr. Bates’s

specimen is lighter in colour, it being reddish brown, with

the broad marginal stripe of the elytra stramineous.

Sept. 25, 1893.

LV.—On the Nutrition of the Salpa Embryo.

By W. K. Brooxs*.

As the mammalian placenta nourishes and aerates the blood

of the foetus by the diffusion of gases and food in solution

through the walls of the blood-vessels, it has been generally

taken for granted that the placenta of Salpa performs its

function in the same way; and it has been described as

divided into a fcetal chamber and a maternal chamber,

although its cavity is in reality part of the body-cavity of the

chain-Salpa, and the blood which circulates in it that of the

chain-Salpa. The Salpa embryo is bathed by the water

which is constantly flowing past it, and it is therefore in very

much closer relation to the external world than a mammalian

embryo shut up in the interior of a large thick-walled body.

There does not seem to be any need in Sa/pa for a respiratory

placenta, and its thick spongy walls seem to indicate that it

is not respiratory. We find in its structure nothing like the

interlacing villi of the mammalian chorion, and the sections

show that the embryo is nourished in a way quite unlike

anything which has been described in the Mammalia.

The subject is a very interesting one. ‘lhe rapid growth

of the Sa/pa embryo 1s one of its most conspicuous charac-

teristics, and the nutrition which this rapid growth demands

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ vol. xii, no. 106,

pp- 97, 98.

370 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the.

is secured by two very peculiar organs, the follicle and the

placenta.

While the egg at the time of fertilization is very minute,

the embryo at the time of birth is enormous as compared with

the size of the chain-Salpa which carries it, and it certainly

increases many thousandfold during development. The

growth is only partially due to cell-multiplication, and it is

in part a result of the growth of the individual cells, for,

instead of growing smaller with repeated division, they actually

increase in size in all parts of the body.

This growth of the cells is one of the most notable pecu-

liarities of the Sa/pa embryo, and in many parts of its body

cells as large as the original ovum are found. The growth

sets in very early, and it goes on uninterruptedly throughout

the whole foetal life, so that the embryo becomes gigantic as

compared with the body of the chain-Salpa which contains it.

Quoy and Gaimard describe an embryo 2 inches long at birth

in a Salpa (S. Forskalii) a foot long, and Leuckart says that

the embryo of S. democratica at birth is two fifths as long as

the chain-Salpa which carries it. The fully grown embryo of

S. hexagona is almost as long in comparison with the chain

form of the same species.

It is not unusual for the embryos of viviparous animals to

gain slightly in size and weight before birth; but, as Leuckart

points out, the mammals are the only animals which exhibit

anything comparable to the rapid growth of the Sa/pa embryo

from a minute egg, and the history of the Salpa embryo at

once calls to mind that of the placental mammals ; nor is this

resemblance entirely superficial, for in both the mammal and

in Salpa we find an especial foetal organ, the placenta, for

the purpose of affording to the growing embryo an abundant

supply of nutriment.

The resemblance between the foetal life of Salpa and that

of a mammal is most remarkable, and it is all the more note-

worthy since we may be absolutely confident that the placenta

of Salpa is an independent acquisition, entirely without

genetic relation to that of mammals.

No modern writer except odarro has ventured to regard

the two structures as homologous, and their phylogenetic

independence is so obvious that it is not necessary to discuss

it, although a greater physiological and anatomical resem-

blance than the facts warrant has usually been assumed.

We should hardly expect fundamental similarity in struc-

tures of diverse origin. On the contrary, we might reasonably

look for profound differences between the placenta of Salpa

and that of the mammals.

Nutrition of the Salpa Embryo. 371

The various writers on Salpa, while recognizing this fact

and while pointing out the great differences in the way in

which the placenta is formed in the two cases, have never-

theless assumed, either explicitly or by implication, a much

greater resemblance to the mammalian placenta in structure

and in function than actually exists. The later writers say

very little about the function of the placenta of Sa/pa, but

they assume a fundamental similarity to its function in

mammals.

So far as it is in both cases an organ for supplying the

embryo with nutritive matter derived from the blood of the

supporting organism, the resemblance is real; but it goes no

further than this, and the way in which the nourishment is

conveyed to the embryo is totally unlike, a fact which has

never been described or even noted.

In the mammalian placenta the blood of the embryo, as it

circulates through the villi of the chorion, is brought into

such close contact with the blood of the mother, that diffusion

takes place through the separating walls, and thus the blood

of the foetus is oxidized, relieved of its waste products, and

supplied by diffusion with nutritive matter in solution.

’ Notwithstanding the very intimate union between the

blood-vessels of the foetus and those of the mother, there is no

direct communication between them, and nothing except gases

and liquids can pass from the body of the parent to the body

of the child without the violent rupture or perforation of the

walls of the vessels, unless perhaps some very minute Bacteria

are an exception.

It has been generally assumed that this must be true of

Salpa also. ‘Thus, Barrois says incidentally and very briefly

(p. 495) that the function of the placenta of Salpa is to bring

about by osmosis an interchange of fluids between the blood

of the parent and that of the embryo, as in the placenta of a

mammal,

The subject has received very little attention; but as no

one has ever commented upon the view set forth at consider-

able length by Leuckart (pp. 61 and 62), this may be

regarded as the accepted view. He says :— The histolo-

gical differentiation of the organs and tissues of the embryo

is accelerated to a high degree by the circulation in the body

of the young Salpa, which is completely separated from the

circulation of the mother. At no time does the blood of the

mother pass through the wall of the placenta into the body

ot the embryo. ‘lhe transfusion between the mother and the

foetus is, as in the mammals, purely endosmotic, through the

substance of the placenta, and it is most essentially facilitated

372 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

by the movement of the blood, both in the embryo and in the

chain-Salpa.

“The upper wall of the placenta, which is the peculiar seat

of the process of diffusion, projects into the body of the embryo

and is surrounded by the median ventral blood-sinus. As

the blood-corpuscles of the embryo are much smaller than

those of the chain-Salpa, it is easy to see that no mingling

takes place.”

It is probably true that no transfusion of blood-corpuscles

takes place, and it is difficult to show from the study of

sections of hardened specimens that no serum from the blood

of the chain-Salpa is diffused through the wall of the placenta,

although its great thickness seems to be a very unfavourable

condition for this purpose ; and I shall show further on that

the mechanism of nutrition is very different from that of

mammals, that this is effected by the actual migration of

great placenta-cells into the body-cavity of the embryo. The

placenta is an organ for the nourishment of the placenta-cells

by the blood of the chain-Salpa, and the subsequent degene-

ration of these cells, after they have migrated into the body

of the embryo, supplies the material for the growth of the

embryo. ‘This is in all probability the only function of the

placenta, for there does not seem to be any need for an

especial apparatus for oxidation or for the removal of waste

products. The Salpa embryo stands in much more direct

relation to the external world than the mammalian embryo.

It projects into the cloaca of the chain-Salpa, and is freely

exposed to the constant current of fresh sea-water which flows

around it, and its thin surface seems to be much more favour-

able than the thick wall of the placenta for the diffusion of

gases. During the later stages of foetal life its own mouth is

open, its muscles contract, and there is no reason why it

should not breathe for itself exactly like an adult. I there-

fore regard the placenta as a nutritive organ pure and simple,

and it serves its purpose not by the diffusion of a fluid, but

by the transportation of solid food into the body of the

embryo. From this point of view it is clear that those

investigators who have described it as divided into a foetal

chamber and a maternal chamber have been misled by an

erroneous notion of its function.

The detachment of the placenta-cells has been observed

and noted by both Salensky and Barrois, but it has been

regarded as a destructive change and as a sign that the organ

has served its purpose and has become superfluous.

It has been assumed that it reaches its perfect form and

serves its purpose, and that it then degenerates and breaks

Nutrition of the Salpa Embryo. 373

down, and no importance has been attached to the process of

degeneration, as it has not been regarded as significant.

No note has been made of the very early stage at which

degeneration begins, nor of the fact that it is initiated as soon

as the embryo begins to grow and long before it has reached

half or a quarter of the size which it is to have at birth.

This is hard to explain so long as the disintegration of the

placenta is regarded as its destruction, but it becomes quite

intelligible as soon as we learn that the detachment of the

placenta-cells, instead of marking: the end of its functional

life, is actually a manifestation of its useful activity.

These strings of cells multiply at their lower ends by direct

division of their nuclei, and as the new cells which are thus

formed push up towards the top they grow very large, while

their nuclei become filled with diffused chromatin granules.

In Salpa hexagona these cells ultimately reach the top of the

placenta, where they gradually become elongated and irregular,

and then break through into the body-cavity of the embryo

as the migratory follicle-cells.

While the details are slightly different in Salpa pinnata,

placenta-cells migrate bodily into the embryo in the same

way.

The rapid growth of the embryo seems to be most important

to Salpa, and while we know almost nothing of its birth-rate,

the quickness with which the surface of the ocean becomes

covered with Salpe of all ages in a long calm shows that the

animals are most prolific, and the complicated structure of

the organs for nourishing the embryo shows that every pro-

vision is made for rapid growth.

The placenta is not the only nutritive organ, for the follicle

also makes most important contributions to the supply of

material which is available for the construction and rapid

completion of the body of the embryo; and while I have

spoken of the segmentation and the formation of the blasto-

dermic germ-layers as retarded, the retardation is probably

not actual but only relative, and the process of development

is, on the whole, accelerated by the presence of the follicle

and by its share in the growth of the embryo.

The ultimate fate of all the follicle-cells is the same, and

they may be found in the sections, detaching themselves and

degenerating, first, in the somatic layer of theembryo; secondly,

in the somatic follicular lining of the perithoracic structures ;

thirdly, in the cavity of the pharynx ; fourthly, in the visceral

mass outside the digestive cavity; and, last, in that part of

the placenta which is derived from the somatic layer of the

follicle.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 28

374 Capt. T. Broun on new

While it is not possible to trace the history of every cell

from first to last, we have as ample evidence as we could

hope from sections that the function of the follicle of Salpa is

exclusively nutritive, that it is transitory and embryonic, and

that the tissues of the embryo are not built up out of follicle-

cells, but from blastomeres, after the analogy of all the rest

of the animal kingdom.

LVI.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand.

By Captain THos. Broun.

[Continued from p. 302. |

Group Cryptorhynchide.

Acalles integer, sp. 0.

Convex, piceous, variegate; squamosity hair-like, mostly

yellowish red; at the base of the thorax, near each side and

near each shoulder, there are pale streaks, and there is a

similar but less distinct and much interrupted one between

the hind thighs; near the top of the posterior declivity there

is a large dark band which does not reach the middle; there

are also numerous erect, not coarse, variegate sete on the legs

as well as on the body; antenne and tarsi reddish.

Rostrum shorter than the thorax, with a median carina,

more or less squamose and punctate. Antenne implanted

behind the middle ; scape short, incrassate towards the apex ;

funiculus elongate, second joint as long as the first but much

more slender, 8 to 7 decrease in length; club elongate-ovate.

Thorax longer than broad, widest behind the middle, more

(but very gradually) narrowed towards the front than it is

near the base, its punctuation close and rugose; the apex is

rounded, the base truncate. Scutellum absent. Hlytra very

slightly broader than the thorax at the base, widest and much

rounded between the middle and hind legs, from thence they

are gradually but a good deal narrowed; the hind declivity

is not at all abrupt; they are rather deeply and regularly

striate, the punctuation (owing to the clothing) is indefinite.

Legs robust, elongate ; femora long and thick, not dentate;

front tibisw incurved, the others flexuous ; tarsi slender, third

joint a good deal expanded and bilobed.

Underside with depressed, tawny, hair-like scales. Meta-

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 375

sternum short. Abdomen flat or only slightly but broadly

impressed longitudinally ; first segment rounded between the

cox, second only half the length of the first in the middle,

third and fourth not much abbreviated, fifth as long as the

preceding two and more closely punctured. Femora grooved

near the extremity.

_ A very pretty little species, which, in general appearance,

much resembles Agacalles formosus. No. 874 is its nearest

ally.

Length (rostr. excl.) 14, breadth 3 line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. Two examples.

It is a ground weevil.

Acalles formosus, sp. n.

Convex, broad, subovate, beautifully variegated; antenn

and tarsi red.

Rostrum nearly as long as the thorax, moderately broad,

subparallel, covered with comparatively coarse, depressed,

fulvous and yellow scales. Antenne medially inserted; scape

very short, much thickened apically; funiculus elongate,

second joint rather longer but much more slender than the

first, third and fourth subquadrate, seventh a little broader

than the sixth; club large, ovate, its basal joint large, the

others small. Thorax about as long as broad, its anterior

half moderately contracted, the base subtruncate, it is closely

punctured ; the surface shining black, covered with elongate

but not hair-like scales, mostly reddish; greyish ones form a

short basal streak near each side, sometimes a few grey

squame are scattered on the disk. Scutellum invisible.

Elytra broader than the thorax at the base, subcordate,

curvedly narrowed and deflexed posteriorly ; their striz seem

to be formed by deep elongate punctures, the sutural region is

somewhat depressed near the base, so that the adjoining inter-

stices appear raised ; they are apparently reddish, the scales

are like those of the thorax, but some black ones form large

spots at each side, and sometimes there is a dark space in

front of the declivity ; there are also some grey scales, these,

however, are much more slender than the others; the sete

are not numerous, they are erect or curled, and are most

evident near the sides. Legs long and thick, covered with

elongate fulvescent scales ; the tibia with coarse outstanding

setee, the front pair a little incurved, the others nearly straight.

Tarsi narrow, the third joint, however, is broadly lobate,

fourth rather short, their soles with very short sete.

Underside piceous, squame reddish. Pectoral canal deep,

28*

376 Capt. T. Broun on new

extending to hind margin of front coxz, the whole middle

portion of the mesosternum forms a sort of raised curved

lamina; this is not abruptly elevated towards the front.

Metasternum short. Abdomen large, first segment flat,

densely squamose, nearly truncate between the cox; second

on a lower level, hardly longer than the third or fourth.

Come about equidistant longitudinally and transversely.

Femora grooved near the apex.

In No. 2572 the eyes are rather large and nearly round; in

A. formosus they are small and more widely separated above.

Allied to A. incultus, the sternal structure similar.

Var. A.—Rufous, the rufescent scales replaced by yellowish

ones, the black marks nearly absent, rostrum nearly nude.

Var. B.—The slender white scales of the elytra are

wanting, as are also the pale thoracic streaks.

Length (rostr. excl.) 1, breadth 3 line.

Mount Pirongia. Three, December 1892.

This is another ground weevil.

Acalles ruficollis, sp. n.

Convex, subovate, not narrow, rather nitid, with many

erect, slender, fuscous sete; the sides of the thorax covered

with flat tawny scales ; the elytral interstices sparsely clothed

with curled, rather short and thick, yellowish sete; thorax

dark red, the sides and apex of the hind body piceous, the

dorsal portion reddish or castaneous; rostrum pitchy red;

antenne fulvescent, club dark ; legs infuscate red.

Rostrum shorter than the thorax, with four ill-defined

longitudinal grooves, its punctuation becoming very coarse

behind. Antenne medially inserted; scape slender and

moderately short, thickened near the extremity; funiculus

elongate, second joint as long as the first but much more

slender, third and fourth rather longer than broad; club

ovate, opaque, indistinctly annulate. Thorax as long as

broad, much narrower in front than behind, not abruptly so

however, slightly constricted near the apex, base truncate ;

its surface closely and distinctly punctured, the interstices on

the middle form transverse rug. Hlytra much broader than

the thorax, closely adapted thereto, the base, however, scarcely

exceeds that of the thorax, they are obovate or cordiform ;

their strize are moderately broad and deep, but their punctua-

tion is not always well marked, the interstices are convex.

Legs stout, with elongate erect sete, the anterior evidently

longer than the others ; tarsi finely setose, third joint strongly

expanded and lobate, fourth slender.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 377

Underside piceous, shining, with a few rather slender

yellowish sete. Pectoral canal deep, extending to the front

margin of the middle coxe, the mesosternum curved there

but not much raised; it is ciliate behind. Metasternum very

short, almost linear between the hind and middle coxe, the

middle depressed, each side with a patch of pallid sponge-

like squame extending inwardly as a sort of streak. Abdo-

men large, densely and minutely sculptured, the first segment

in the middle nearly twice the length of the second, depressed

along the middle, with some coarse punctures, the frontal

suture not well defined; third and fourth very short, below

the level of the basal ones; fifth red, rather large, finely

punctured. Zibie produced and acuminate at the inner

extremity.

In appearance this somewhat resembles A. comptus, which,

however, is less convex and much narrower; the tibie have

slender but distinct spurs, and the tarsal and sternal structure

differs, so that the two are not really congeneric. It may be

identified by the bare, red, transversely sculptured disk of the

thorax.

Length (rostr. excl.) 3, breadth } line.

Mount Pirongia. About half a dozen individuals were

found on the ground in December 1892.

Acalles porcatus, sp. n.

Piceous, slightly shining, nearly bald, having only a few

erect, rather slender, yellowish sete; rostrum red; antenne

testaceous, club black.

Rostrum finely sculptured. Scape short and rather thick,

medially inserted. Funiculus longer than the scape, second

joint short, much more slender than the thick basal one ;

club large, ovate. Thorax about as broad as it is long, a

good deal narrowed anteriorly, broadly constricted there,

coarsely punctate. Scutellum invisible. Elytra short and

broad, much rounded ; the striae broad and deep, with coarse

punctures, sometimes appearing irregular or interrupted ;

interstices narrow and convex, not always equally elevated.

Underside like that of A. farinosus, except that the middle

of the metasternum is more broadly depressed.

In form like the preceding species, but with still more

scanty clothing, and the sculpture much coarser and irregular.

The second ventral segment is nearly vertical behind and on

a higher plane than the following two, which are extremely

short. The femora are grooved below.

Length (rostr. excl.) $, breadth 3 line.

Mount Pirongia, Four examples, December 1892.

378 Capt. T. Broun on new

Var. A. xenorhinus.

Thorax pale castaneous or fuscous. The rostrum is

peculiar, as along each side there seems to be a sort of carina,

which becomes thicker near the eye; this, if it were not for

the fine dense sculpture, looks as if the scape were placed

there. As it may prove to be distinct, I have given it a

name.

Length (rostr. excl.) 3, breadth # line.

Mount Pirongia.

Acalles puncticollis, sp. n.

Convex, compact, ovate, sparingly clothed with quite erect,

rather long and slender, yellowish sete ; there are some on

the elytra only half as long, and on the sides of the thorax

the sete are short and curled ; the rostrum, most of the elytral

disk, and the thorax dark red; the antenne and tarsi and,

in one example, the apex of the thorax more or less testa-

ceous.

Rostrum shorter than the thorax, slightly and gradually

narrowed behind, grooved near each side, with a row of elon-

gate punctures along each side of the middle. Scape short,

rather slender, glabrous, implanted at the middle. Huniculus

elongate, second joint slender, quite the length of the first ;

club oblong-oval. Thorax about as long as broad, not

suddenly narrowed towards the front, broadly and abruptly

constricted there, base truncate ; its punctuation close, deep,

not very coarse, and transversely rugose. Scutel/um absent.

Elytra rounded towards the base, which equals that of the

thorax, broader behind, the posterior declivity rounded or

inflexed and not much narrowed ; striz broad, their punc-

tures not deep; interstices rather narrow and convex. Legs

moderate; tibize a little flexuous, the anterior with small

hooks; tarsi short, third joint broadly expanded.

A very small species, which may be known by the densely

sculptured thorax and broadly oval form. One example is

almost entirely piceous.

Length (rostr. excl.) 2, breadth $ line.

Mount Pirongia. Three, December 1892.

Acalles farinosus, sp. n.

Ovate, convex, piceous or pitchy red; antenne reddish,

club dark ; sparsely clothed with short, rather coarse, semi-

erect, yellowish, scale-like sete.

Ltostrum about as long as the thorax, smooth along the

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 379

middle. Scape short, incrassate apically, medially inserted.

Funiculus with the first joint a good deal expanded towards

the extremity, second about as long but very slender; club

large, oblong-oval. Thorax about as long as broad, con-

siderably but not abruptly narrowed anteriorly, broadly but

not deeply constricted near the apex, base truncate ; rather

coarsely, closely, and rugosely punctured, the punctures in

front rather large, but not as close as those on the disk.

Scutellum absent. lytra rather short and rounded, hardly

wider than the thorax at the base, with broad deep striz,

which, however, are distinctly punctured near the sides only ;

interstices narrow and convex. Tarsi short, third joint

broadly expanded.

Underside piceous, with coarse, shallow, rather distant

punctures and short slender sete. The pectoral canal extends

to the front of the middle coxe. Metasternum very short, so

that the hind coxe are not as far from the middle pair as the

anterior are. Second segment of the abdomen half the length

of the first, the intervening suture curvate, fifth red, minutely

sculptured.

Distinguished from A. puncticollis by the coarser thoracic

sculpture, the broader and deeper elytral furrows, and the

short coarse sete. The insect is usually covered with easily-

rubbed-off pale scale-like matter.

Length (rostr. excl.) 2, breadth line.

Mount Pirongia. Several, December 1892.

ZEACALLES, gen. nov.

Body compact, ovate, very convex, covered with very small

squame and erect sete. Rostrum about the length of the

thorax, pinched in close to the eyes, slightly and gradually

narrowed towards the middle. Scrobes lateral, deep, ex-

panded behind, reaching the eyes. Antenne implanted at or

just behind the middle. Scape short and stout, attaining the

eyes. Funiculus 7-articulate, second joint as long as the

first but much more slender. Club large, ovate, with small

apical joints. Head large, broad and globose below. yes

just free, coarsely faceted, ovate, directed downwards, but not

acuminate below. Thorax conical. Scutellum absent. LHlytra

very convex, obovate, abruptly deflexed behind, of the same

width as the thorax at the subtruncate base, and closely fitted

thereto. Legs robust. emora thick, grooved underneath.

Tibie flexuous, uncinate. ars? short and broad, their soles

setose, third joint broadly expanded and lobate. Pectoral

canal deep, extending as far as the middle of the interme-

380 Capt. ‘I’. Broun on new

diate cox, with raised borders. Metasternum short. Abdo-

men large, the suture between the hind coxe apparently

truncate but indistinct; second segment on a lower plane

than the first, only about one fourth its length, third and

fourth short.

From Acalles this differs in the unacuminate eyes, the

greatly abbreviated second ventral segment, as well as in the

general form. ‘The genus is nearer to Acallopais, but the

femora and abdomen are totally different. The species form

a homogeneous group distinguishable by the strongly and

regularly arched upper surface, the fine clothing, &c. They

are terrestrial in habit.

Zeacalles flavescens, sp. n.

Body fusco-rufous, densely covered with small, not round,

variegate scales, mostly fulvescent; there is a pale streak

along the middle of the thorax, another (along each side) is

prolonged backwards beyond the shoulders and is curved

inwards towards the elytral suture ; the short curled set# are

usually pitchy ; the rostrum and legs are pale chestnut-red,

the antenne and tarsi fulvous.

Rostrum moderately broad, with yellow scales behind.

Antenne feebly pubescent. Thorax subtruncate at base,

widest there, gradually narrowed anteriorly, without frontal

constriction or superficial inequalities, its punctuation con-

cealed by the squamosity. /ytra more convex than the

thorax, regularly arched above, the posterior portion abruptly

curved, obovate, slightly wider before the middle than they

are elsewhere; their striae neither deep nor broad, finely

punctured ; the second interstice widened behind, and near

the top of the declivity slightly elevated. Legs with short

sete.

Underside piceous, with some coarse shallow punctures and

depressed yellow scales; the fifth ventral segment red, nude,

finely and closely punctured.

Var.—Squamosity not so brightly coloured, pale yellowish

or greyish. This is smaller than No. 2568, and the sutural

striz are not so deep and broad.

Nos. 2568 and 2569 may be placed in this genus; in the

former, however, the second abdominal segment is not so

short.

Length (rostr. excl.) %, breadth 4 line.

Mount Pirongia. December 1892.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 381

Zeacalles varius, sp. ni.

Ovate, convex, piceous; antenne and tarsi reddish, rostrum

pitchy red; the clothing variegate, the erect sete fuscous ;

on the thorax the scales are reddish, but pallid along the

middle and sides, and with some black near each side of the

middle; on the elytra pale reddish and grey patches of erect

grey setz form two spots near the sides, and two nearer the

suture and top of the declivity ; there are also some blackish

spots, one of which is on the suture near the base.

Rostrum smooth along the middle, squamose near the base.

Antenne inserted behind the middle; scape short, gradually

incrassate ; second joint of the funiculus nearly the length of

the first; club large, ovate. Thorax truncate at the base,

gradually narrowed towards the front, closely punctate.

Elytra convex, oval, apparently with series of fine punctures ;

these, however, are not distinct. bie nearly straight.

This is a well-marked species.

Length (rostr. excl.) $, breadth 4 line.

Mount Pirongia. Two only, December 1892.

METACALLES, gen. nov.

Body convex, subovate, sparsely clothed with hair-like

scales and long outstanding slender sete. Lostrum just

about the length of the thorax, gradually and slightly nar-

rowed behind, abruptly notched at the-sides near the eyes.

Scrobes lateral, reaching to the front of the eyes. Scape

rather short, thickened apically, reaching to the eye. Puni-

culus elongate ; first joint stout but slender at the base, second

evidently shorter than the first, much more slender, seventh

larger than sixth; club large, ovate. Head globose below,

nearly hidden above; the eyes, however, are not covered,

they are depressed. Thoraa truncate at base, the basal halt

with rounded sides, the anterior not abruptly contracted.

Scutellum absent. Llytra sharply defined at the base and

not exceeding that of the thorax in width, their sides rounded,

much narrowed and vertical behind, cordiform. Legs mode-

rately long; femora long and thick, grooved near the apex ;

tibiz flexuous, their hooks proceed from the outer angles and

are bent inwards ; tars? narrow, their soles finely setose, the

basal two joints nearly nude, their third joint deeply grooved

above, not distinctly bilobed, and but little expanded.

The pectoral canal extends to beyond the hind margin of

the middle coxa, its sides and the hind border are sharply

elevated. Metasternum very short. Abdomen large, rounded

382 Capt. T. Broun on new

between the hind coxe, second segment half the length of the

first, the suture deep at the sides, apparently straight, but

almost obliterated, in the middle. ‘The sides of the thorax in

front are gradually shortened downwards; the angles formed

by their junction with the pectoral canal can hardly be called

ocular lobes.

The type of this genus can be recognized by the long

rostral canal, which extends into the metasternum. The

numerous species referred to Aca/lles are difficult to identify

by description alone, so I think advantage may be taken of

any well-marked character to lessen the difficulty. Nos. 1274,

1290, 1291, and 1292 should, I think, be located in this

genus. I have not been able to study the sternal structure of

these four species in a satisfactory manner; but they are so

much alike in general appearance and in habit that they form

one natural group. In No. 1292, however, the third tarsal

joint is more lobate.

Metacalles aspersus, sp. n.

Piceous, clothed with pale ferruginous and grey, elongate,

depressed scales, and erect, slender, fuscous sete ; rostrum

and antenne red, club pitchy, tarsi fuscous.

Rostrum finely sculptured, smooth along the middle.

Antenne inserted behind the middle of the rostrum, shining ;

club opaque, with dense pubescence. Thorax as long as

broad, its frontal half a little depressed and broadly but not -

deeply constricted ; its surface with large shallow punctures

and narrow interstices, the sculpture indistinct in front.

Elytra cordate, widest before the middle, the shoulders much

rounded ; they are punctate-striate, their clothing is shorter

and less depressed than that of the thorax; on the third inter-

stice on each elytron there is a small setose elevation near

the base and another on the summit of the declivity; on the

fifth there are two ill-defined elevations. Legs infuscate, with

long upright setee and also with short, erect, and decumbent

grey hairs; tarsi narrow, basal joint rather elongate, yet

shorter than the fourth.

Underside piceous, a little shining, with a few fine grey

sete. The two basal segments with some coarse shallow

punctures, the fifth red, more finely and closely punctured,

third and fourth very short, with straight deep sutures.

Var.—Antenne testaceous, tarsi reddish. ‘This is mounted

on its back, and the description of the underside has been

recorded above.

Length (rostr. excl.) ?, breadth quite 2 line.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 383

Mount Pirongia. Two, found on the ground, December

1892.

Metacalles rugicollis, sp. n.

Piceous, antenne and tarsi red, club pitchy; sparsely

clothed with long, erect, fuscous sete; some yellow scales

are placed near the base of the rostrum and on the thorax ;

on each elytron near the middle of the side there are some

pale slender scales, and there are a few fine ash-coloured setz

behind.

Rostrum pitchy red, smooth along the middle, nearly as

long as the thorax. Antenne implanted behind the middle;

scape short, rather stout; funiculus elongate, second joint

more slender than, but nearly as long as, the first; club

opaque, large, ovate. Thorax rather longer than broad,

widest just behind the middle, the frontal constriction shallow,

the apex reddish ; the surface with large closely placed punc-

tures, these are transversely confluent for the most part, with

narrow intervals, so that the disk seems rugose. Llytra

cordate, much rounded at the sides; their strie are rather

‘broad and deep, but are only indistinctly punctured. Tars¢

narrow, their third joint scooped out above, but not distinctly

lobate.

When compared with MW. aspersus it will be seen that the

thorax is longer and less contracted anteriorly ; it is diffe-

rently sculptured and is without variegate squamosity. In

quite unrubbed specimens I think there will be two small

black crests on the third and fifth elytral interstices.

Length (rostr. excl.) 3, breadth quite 2 line.

Mount Pirongia. One, Dec. 1892, on the ground.

Ectopsis simplex, sp. n.

Cylindric, nearly flat above, opaque, black; tarsi and

antenne dark red ; covered with very small, depressed, chiefly

ferruginous scales; the posterior declivity is clothed with

sordid grey squame, there is a speck of similar colour near

the middle of each elytron, and an elongate mark in front of

the scutellum.

Rostrum longer than the thorax, the frontal half nude and

finely punctate. Scape nearly glabrous, rather slender, a

little flexuous and incrassate apically. Funiculus sparsely

pubescent, second joint distinctly longer than the first. Club

elongate, one third shorter than the funiculus. Thorax one

fifth broader than long, abruptly contracted in front; it is

flat above and finely and distantly punctured. /ytra slightly

384 Capt. T. Broun on new

broader than the base of the thorax, their apical portion

rather suddenly truncate ; they bear series of distant, shallow,

foveiform impressions, the intervals are only slightly uneven.

Legs nearly concolorous, there being a pale band near the

middle of the femora only; these latter are angulate below,

the anterior are dentate. Tars¢ underneath with a bare

channel along the middle, elsewhere with dense vestiture.

Very much like the typical species, No. 1272, but only

about half the size and without superficial inequalities. The

tarsi are narrower, their third joint evidently so. The sculp-

ture of the elytra differs, the apical declivity has no nodiform

elevations. ‘The squamosity would be concolorous if it were

not for the pale parts described above; in #. ferrugalis it is

more or less variegate. The large cavities seen on the sides

of No. 1272 are here absent, but there are many small

flattened granules.

Length (rostr. excl.) 34, breadth 12 lines.

Mount Pirongia. One, on the ground, December 1892.

Group Cossonide.

CAMPTOSCAPUS, gen. nov.

Body fusiform, subdepressed, nearly glabrous. Rostrum

almost quite parallel-sided, only very slightly narrowed

towards the eyes. Antenne inserted at or close to the middle

of the rostrum, rather long and stout. Scape not at all short,

incrassate but not abruptly clavate towards the extremity ;

this thickened portion is bent backwards, the basal is slightly

curved in the opposite direction. Huniculus 5-articulate,

second joint almost the length of the first, rather longer than

the third; jomts 8 to 5 transverse. Club ovate, moderate,

finely annulate. yes round, large, a little convex, widely

separated above, distant from thorax. Scutel/um distinct,

flat. Thorax narrowed and constricted anteriorly, its base

truncate. lytra slightly curved from the suture to the

shoulders, parallel or a little narrowed posteriorly, apical

margins not explanate. Legs long and stout ; femora slender

at the base, clavate beyond; tibie slightly dilated towards

the extremity, their hooks moderately developed. Tarsz

narrow, third joint scarcely at all enlarged, not lobate; claws

small.

In Pentarthrum, as defined by the author, the body is

cylindric, the eyes prominent, and the scape is straight. In

the Japanese genus 7ychiodes the scape is short and flexuous,

a character apparently of rare occurrence in the subfamily

Pentarthrides.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 385

Considering the difficulty in identifying the numerous

species of this group, I think advantage may be taken of the

structure of the scape, together with other details, to locate

the species described below in a distinct genus, to be placed

between the two genera cited above.

Camptoscapus sanguineus, sp. Nn.

Subdepressed, with some minute, hardly perceptible, greyish

hairs ; moderately shining, dark red, the head and suffused

spaces on the elytra piceous.

Rostrum about one half the length of the thorax, moderately

broad, subparallel, finely punctured in front, more closely and

coarsely behind. Head punctate, not twice the width of the

rostrum ; behind the eyes the punctuation suddenly ceases, so

that the short broad neck is smooth and shining. yes large,

almost lateral, not prominent. Scape rather elongate,

flexuous, gradually and only slightly incrassated. Funiculus

sparsely pubescent, second joint about as long as it is broad,

third and fourth equal. Club paler, pubescent, ovate, indis-

tinetly jointed. Thorax evidently longer than broad, widest

behind the middle, rounded there, gradually curvedly nar-

rowed anteriorly, constricted near the front; the apical portion

slightly raised and smooth, the disk flat, moderately finely

punctured, much more closely near the sides. Scutellum

small. lytra almost as broad as the thorax, only very

slightly and gradually narrowed posteriorly; their striz

regular, rather deep, closely punctured; interstices plane,

with fine serial punctures. Legs pubescent; tibiz but little

dilated, not triangular, the front pair with yellow pubescence

along the inner face and near the extremity; claws very

small.

Pentarthrum planiusculum and P. conicolle must be placed in

this genus. All three species are represented by single speci-

mens. /. conicolle is a female, the others are males.

g. Length 14, breadth quite } line.

Mount Pirongia (Waikato). December 1892.

All my measurements of Cossonid include the rostrum.

Obs. Novitas nigrans, a minute and interesting Cossonid

which was described from a female that I found about twenty

years ago, was figured on plate 138 of ‘ Aid to the Identifica-

tion of Insects.’ In November 1892 I was fortunate enough

to find a male, whose characters may be recorded here.

Rostrum as long as thorax, slightly and gradually narrowed

towards the apex, opaque, densely and finely sculptured,

386 Capt. T. Broun on new

pitchy red, twice as wide as that of the female. Antenne

inserted before the middle of the rostrum. Scape long,

curvate. Funiculus five-jointed; second joint slender, as

long as first ; joints 3 to 5 rather longer than broad, oviform.

Club oblong-oval. Breast finely and closely sculptured.

Metasternum short. Abdomen elongate, the two basal seg-

ments rather flat, smooth, without intervening suture in the

middle. lytra with obsolete sculpture behind the middle,

but with distinct strize and punctures in front.

?. Antenne implanted at or immediately behind the

middle of the very slender, quite parallel, glossy red rostrum.

Length 7, breadth } line.

Hunua Range, Clevedon. On the ground amongst leaves.

Macroscytalus frontalis, sp. n.

Depressed, moderately broad ; pubescence scanty and hardly

perceptible ; elytra rufo-castaneous, with ill-defined pitchy

marks behind, the rest of the body and the legs red, club

nearly black.

Rostrum shorter than the thorax, gradually narrowed

towards the base, its apical portion not as broad as the back

of the head ; it is shining red and more finely punctured than

the head. Hyes round, rather flat. Head piceous, gradually

narrowed anteriorly, the broad smooth back part abruptly

marked off just behind the eyes. Antenne inserted just before

the middle of the rostrum ; scape elongate, gradually incras-

sate; funiculus not longer than the scape; second joint dis-

tinctly longer than the third; club opaque, densely pubescent,

as long as the funiculus. Thorax but little longer than broad,

widest behind the middle, rounded there, gradually but con-

siderably narrowed towards the front, so that the apex is

scarcely more than half the width of the base; the frontal

constriction is very slight ; it is moderately finely, distinctly,

and not very closely punctured ; there is an indistinct smooth

central line, and the apical margin is smooth. Scutellum

triangular, distinct. Hlytra as broad as the widest part of

the thorax, base truncate, parallel-sided, apices simple; they

are slightly transversely impressed before the middle, with

distinctly punctured striee, interstices with fine serial punc-

tures. Legs moderately long; femora medially dilated below ;

tibie slightly flexuous, the outer apex prolonged, the inner

acutely prominent, the anterior with moderately slender

hooks ; tarsi narrow, their third joint excavate above but

narrow, so that the minute true fourth joint is obsolete,

terminal joint slender, claws small.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 387

This may be known by the large, opaque, densely clothed,

black club and the indistinct frontal constriction of the thorax.

M. russulus most nearly resembles it.

9. Length 14, breadth quite + line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. One example.

STILBOCARA, gen. nov.

Body ovate-cylindric, subdepressed, nearly glabrous. Ros-

trum parallel or only very slightly and gradually narrowed

towards the base, rather shorter than the thorax, only mode-

rately stout. Antenne medially inserted. Scape short and

stout, thickened towards the extremity. Funiculus longer,

7-articulate, basal joint rather larger than those next to it,

seventh distinctly larger than sixth. Club large, oblong-

oval, nearly the length of the funiculus. yes rotundate,

large, prominent, distant from thorax. Head large and

globose below, above (immediately behind the eyes) abruptly

broader, convex, and polished. Thorax longer than broad,

much narrowed and constricted anteriorly. Scutellum dis-

tinct, flat. lytra subparallel, base nearly quite truncate,

apices not explanate. Legs moderately elongate. Hemora

slender near the base, clavate near the extremity. Tibie

laterally compressed, outer extremity of the two hind pairs

curvedly prolonged as far as the second tarsal joint; the

anterior with moderately developed hooks. Tars? narrow,

their basal joint elongate, third slightly lobate, so that the

minute fourth joint is visible, terminal elongate and slender.

Claws moderate.

Metasternum elongate, with an extremely slender linear

impression behind. Abdomen broadly curved between the

hind coxe, first segment larger than the second, its apical

suture fine.

The short scape, elongate club, and the large, globose,

polished head, taken together, seem to differentiate this from

those genera of the subfamily Cossonides in which the scape

is abbreviated. The South-African Brachyscapus has a short

triangular rostrum and rather approximate eyes. Steno-

mimus, from Brazil, is a minute narrow insect. Jicromimus,

a West-Indian genus, has very large, transverse, sunken

eyes. In the New-Zealand list it may be placed near Phlao-

phagosoma, from which, however, it may be separated by a

glance at the head and rostrum.

Stilbocara nitida, sp. n.

Shining, sparsely clothed with erect but minute greyish

388 Capt. T. Broun on new

hairs; red, elytra chestnut-red, suffused with piceous behind ;

tarsi pale red.

Rostrum cylindric, not at all broad, finely and distantly

punctured. Head behind the eyes twice the breadth of the

rostrum, convex and glossy. Jhorax widest behind the

middle, rounded there, gradually but considerably narrowed

towards the front, much constricted near the apex; the disk

very little convex, with distinct, moderately fine, distant

punctures, the sides more closely sculptured, the apical

portion almost quite smooth. lytra slightly and gradually

narrowed posteriorly, the shoulders not wider than the

broadest part of the thorax; dorsum nearly flat, regularly

striate, the strie with distinct but not very closely placed

punctures; interstices with fine serial punctures. Scape

shining and glabrous, considerably shorter than the funiculus.

Club densely and obviously pilose. Zvbie at the inner angle

with a spiniform seta. Cove widely separated, the anterior

much further apart than in Phlaophagosoma.

Sexual differences slight; in the female the rostrum is

rather longer and more slender than in the male.

No. 942, temporarily placed in Phleophagosoma, must be

transferred to this genus. It may be distinguished from

S. nitida by its more coarsely and closely sculptured thorax,

the punctures just behind the constriction are quite close ;

the elytral grooves are rather deeper and broader, with more

punctures in them.

Length 13, breadth 3 line.

Hunua Range, Clevedon.

Group Cerambycide.

Didymocantha pallida, sp. n.

Slender, elongate, shining, pale testaceous ; antenne and

legs pale yellow ; with very few erect pallid hairs.

Head, in line with the eyes, as wide as the thorax; the

punctures on the vertex rather small and distant, those behind

the eyes smaller but closer. yes large, coarsely faceted,

their greatest bulk in front below the antenne. Thorax of

equal length and breadth, widest at the middle, each side

with a prominent tubercle there and a smaller one near the

front; on the disk in line with the frontal tubercles there are

two small, indistinctly raised, smooth spots ; along the middle,

but not extending to the apex, there is a broad smooth space,

this near the base becomes a linear impression ; the punc-

tures are fine, distant, and reddish, near the sides they are

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 389

closer. Scutellum extremely short and broad, with a notch

in the middle of the apex, so that it seems to consist of two

parts. lytra parallel-sided, apices strongly rounded indi-

vidually, with an elongate sutural gap, the shoulders slightly

raised and a little wider than the thorax in line with and

including the lateral tubercles; on each elytron there are

three ivory-like streaks—one is close to the suture, none

attain the apex, the central one is the shortest; the punc-

tures are reddish, rather fine, regular, and not at all close as

far as the middle, behind this they become large but shallow

and more distant, and they lose the red colour.

Antenne pubescent, the hairs neither very long nor coarse ;

first joint closely punctured, the third joint reaches the base

of the thorax, it is slightly longer than the fourth, but shorter

than the fifth; the eighth attains the extremity of the body.

Underside pallid, the head punctate, transversely grooved

behind; prosternum punctate, with some rug across the

middle; metasternum with a median groove, it is finely

punctured and transversely wrinkled; terminal segment of

abdomen transversely quadrate, truncate behind, with long

pubescence.

D. egrota, Bates, is the only similar form ; in it the thorax

is more narrowed anteriorly, the hinder tubercles are placed

behind the middle, the insect is darker and more closely and

coarsely sculptured, the antenne are thicker, and the head is

narrower.

9. Length 54, breadth 1} lines.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. One individual only.

Group Lamiide.

Hybolasius optatus, sp. n.

Oblong, robust, rufo-piceous ; legs and antenne pale infus-

cate red, the two basal joints of the tarsi darker than the

others; rather closely covered with greyish-yellow decumbent

hairs, on the elytra they are thinner or absent on some parts

so as to cause a spotted appearance.

Head finely sculptured, slightly impressed near the hind

margin of the eyes. T'horax broader than long but not short,

with very fine indistinct granular sculpture, which, however,

is better defined and closer on the basal depression; lateral

tubercles large but not acute, placed behind the middle; on

the disk before the middle there is a pair of very slight

elevations ; there is no frontal constriction, there being only

a superficial transverse depression. Scutellum densely pilose.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 29

390 Capt. T. Broun on new

Elytra gradually narrowed backwards, with broadly rounded

apices ; basal tubercles rather small and not at all acute; in

line with each of these, near the hind thigh, there is a slight

obtuse elevation, which is prolonged nearly to the apex, the

space near the suture appears depressed ; their punctuation is

moderate, rather irregular, and not close, the larger puncti-

form impressions are most distinct near the sides and behind,

and cause to a great extent the maculate appearance. <An-

tenne unspotted, with greyish pubescence; the very slender

outstanding hairs almost disappear after the eighth joint, the

third joint reaches the middle thigh, the fourth is longer than

the fifth but shorter than the third, its fulvous pubescence is

most conspicuous near the middle; the seventh joint reaches

the extremity of the body. emora rather densely clothed

except near the base, which is reddish; tibiae simple, with

elongate grey hairs.

There are no species like this. H. lanipes is broader and

more robust, with more acutely prominent lateral tubercles, a

much shorter and broader thorax, and silky white pubescence.

In H. optatus the third joint of the front tarsi is rather narrow

and the second is bisinuate at the apex.

Length 4, breadth 1} lines.

Woodhill, Kaipara Railway. One, November 1892.

Somatidia proxima, sp. Nn.

Convex, elongate, medially narrowed, shining, piceo-fuscous,

unevenly clothed with yellow pubescence.

Thorax very convex, rotundate, moderately coarsely and

closely punctured. Scutellum small and narrow. Llytra

elongate-oval, at the base not wider than the thorax, so that

the shoulders are quite obsolete ; the basal region is nearly

bald, with very few fine punctures; similar punctures are

distributed almost to the apex; the yellow pubescence is

almost confined to the sides and a broad transverse median

space, the long upright hairs are also yellowish. Legs robust,

femora piceous or rufo-castaneous, tibie and tarsi testaceous,

the knees fuscous.

Antenne obscure red, their fine yellowish pubescence does

not form spots, the longer hairs are pale or infuscate ; third

joint very long, it reaches the base of the thorax and is twice

the length of the fourth or fifth ; the eleventh does not attain

the extremity of the body.

@. Thorax rather longer, widest at the middle, much less

globular. Elytra broader. Antenne slightly shorter, their

basal joint not so thick. There is an elongate bare space on

the last ventral segment.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 391

S. ptinotdes, Bates, is of the same form, but it has a minute

denticle on each side of the thorax. The only other near ally

is S. spinicollis ; it is distinguishable by the acute projecting

thoracic spines.

Length 14-2, breadth 2-3 lines,

Ohaupo, Waikato. One male and two females found near

Mr. Kusab’s saw-mill, January 1893.

Group Eumolpide.

Eucolaspis vittiger, sp. n.

Convex, broadly oval, testaceous ; the suture and a broad

vitta near the side of each elytron dark fuscous, on the thorax

there are two oblique vitte of a paler brown.

Head rather finely punctate. Thorax strongly transverse,

moderately narrowed anteriorly, the sides finely margined

and but little curved; a large median space in front of the

base has very few punctures, the sides sometimes are quite

impunctate; the punctuation elsewhere is not coarse, nor is

it close; sometimes the punctures are quite distant from one

another. Scutellum longer than broad, smooth. Slytra

gradnally narrowed posteriorly ; the sutural striz are distinct

behind, but hardly extend forwards beyond the middle; the

punctures are moderately coarse, near the base they are irre-

gularly distributed, behind they generally become quite

serial, so that the apical portion is substriate; along the

suture the punctures are smaller and closer. Tibie nearly

straight, gradually thickened towards the extremity; the

hind face of the posterior has finely carinate edges, so that

the space between these appears flattened or grooved.

Length 2-21, breadth 1} lines.

Hunua Range.

This is one of many insects that injure our fruit-trees, and

most likely is little more than a variety of 2. ochracea.

Eucolaspis picticornis, sp. 0.

Robust, suboblong, convex, shining, violaceous; labrum

and knees pale castaneous ; tibiz and tarsi fuscous ; antenne

nearly black, the tips of joints 1 to 10 testaceous.

Head distinctly but irregularly punctured. Antenne

elongate, rather slender, second joint longer than broad, 6 to

10 slightly expanded towards the extremity. Thoraz trans-

verse, widest near the base, gradually narrowed anteriorly,

the sides rather broadly margined, very slightly rounded

behind; its surface rather coarsely and irregularly punctured,

29*

392 On new Coleoptera from New Zealand.

the punctures less numerous near the base and sides. Sew-

tellum nearly smooth. lytra oblong, the shoulders some-

what swollen and smooth; the dorsum rather coarsely but

not very regularly punctured; the sculpture becomes serial

and forms striez behind, the sutural strie become obsolete

towards the base. Legs with greyish pubescence.

The sculpture is coarser than usual and the lateral margins

of the thorax are broader. In Nos. 1094 and 1098 the head

is quite smooth or only very minutely punctured.

g. Antenne thicker, second joint not longer than broad.

Front angles of thorax acutely rectangular, less depressed.

Legs and tarsi more robust.

Length 23, breadth 1} lines.

Waitakerei Range and Pokeno Valley.

Aphilon laticollis, sp. n.

Convex, hemispherical, glabrous, shining, bronze-black ;

legs and antenne rufo-testaceous.

Head a little uneven. Thorax strongly transverse, its sides

finely margined and curved, much more narrowed in front

than behind, the apex widely incurved, anterior angles some-

what rounded ; its surface finely, distinctly, but not closely

punctured, the sides nearly smooth. Scutellum triangular.

Elytra punctate, the larger punctures do not form regular

series, the smaller ones are interposed longitudinally. Legs

stout, the tibia curved and a little dilated below the middle.

Antenne longer than the head and thorax; first joint thick

and dilated inwardly, second thicker but much shorter than

the third; third, fourth, and fifth elongate and nearly equal,

6 to 8 longer than broad, seventh rather longer than the con-

tiguous ones, ninth and tenth nearly similar to the eighth,

eleventh rather longer than the tenth.

In No. 1106 the sides of the thorax are nearly straight.

In No. 1105 the thorax and elytra are more coarsely punc-

tured. ‘The female of No. 1556 has the thorax much longer

in the middle and the front angles do not extend outside the

eyes. In A. Jaticollis the thorax is broader and the terminal

joint of the palpi is obtuse at the extremity.

?. Length 12, breadth 14 lines.

Thames. Mr. Albert Koebele gave me a specimen.

Obs. In this genus the scutellum, though sometimes in-

visible, is usually triangular. ‘The tars? vary according to

sex. Dr. Sharp described the female (No. 1104) ; in the

male the basal joint of the tarsi is large, as in No. 1556.

On Fossil Fishes from South Africa. 398

LVII.—Further Notes on Fossil Fishes from the Karoo

era of South Africa. By A. Smita Woopwarp,

[Plate XVII]

A ist of all the known fossil fishes from the Karoo formation

of South Africa was given in these pages four years ago *,

and since that time only one additional species seems to have

been recorded f. It is gratifying now to be able to extend

the list by adding no less than four new forms; and the

following brief descriptions are published in the hope that

they may lead to the discovery of more satisfactory specimens

than any of those at present available. For this new evidence

the writer is indebted to David Draper, Esq., of Newcastle,

Natal, and to Professor H. G. Seeley, F.R'S., the former

having brought to Europe for determination the species

numbered 1 and 4, the latter having discovered those num-

bered 2 and 3 during his visit to Cape Colony a few years ago.

1, Dictyopyge (?) Draperi, sp. n.

(PE EV ITS fei.)

Type.—The type and only known specimen of this species

is shown of the natural size in the accompanying Pl. XVII.

fig. 1. Apart from some fracturing, it is complete and scarcely

distorted as far as the caudal pedicle ; but the caudal fin, the

most important feature in the fish, is unfortunately wanting.

It is preserved in the National Museum, Bloemfontein, Orange

Free State.

Description.—The proportions of the fish indicated in the

figure are probably almost natural, the length of the head with

opercular apparatus being about equal to the maximum depth

of the trunk and contained perhaps five times in the total

length. The head is much fractured, but impressions of the

cranial bones seem to exhibit traces of a rugose ornament,

and the hinder portion of the mandible is distinctly marked

with longitudinal striations. The orbit must have been very

large, and the maxilla is shaped as in Palexoniscide, with a

deep posterior plate and a downward inflexion of the postero-

inferior angle. ‘There are some remains of conical teeth of

* A. Smith Woodward, “On Atherstonia,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

[6] vol. iv. (1889), p. 242.

t Acrolepis(?) digitata, Smith Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit.

Mus. pt. ii. (1801), p. 502, pl. xv. fig. 4.

394. Mr. A. 8. Woodward on Fossil Fishes from

moderate size. The opercular bones are smooth and the sub-

operculum seems to have been at least as deep as broad and

little inferior in size to the operculum. All the fins are small,

and conspicuous fulcra are preserved on the pectoral and

dorsal. The pectoral fin-rays, not less than sixteen in

number, do not appear to have been articulated except perhaps

at the distal extremity; the pelvic fins, though impertect, are

evidently relatively small and short-based and arise midway

between the pectoral arch and the anal fin. The rays of the

dorsal and anal fins exhibit distant articulations, and in each

fin there are a few short basal rays in front of the long ante-

rior rays on which the fulera are arranged. The dorsal fin is

at least as deep as long, comprising about twenty-five rays

besides the basals, and is almost completely in advance of the

anal fin, which has a much greater extent and comprises not

less than forty, perhaps forty-five, rays in addition to the

basals. The whole of the trunk is covered with scales, and

there is a series of large post-claviculars attached to the hinder

border of the pectoral arch ; there are also one or two enlarged

ridge-scales at the origin of the dorsal and anal fins. The

scales of the flank are about as deep as broad, but become

much narrowed ventrally and reduced in size on the caudal

pedicle. One of the postclaviculars is marked with oblique

ridges and all the principal scales exhibit numerous fine

oblique pectinations at their hinder margin, a character

gradually becoming obsolete on the caudal region; apart

from the pectinations, all the scales are smooth. The lateral

line is conspicuous.

Generic Determination.—The absence of the tail renders it

impossible to determine with certainty the family position of

the specimen just described; but it may be placed either in

the comprehensive family of Palexoniscide or in the Cato-

pteride. Before the discovery of the species of Dictyopyge

in the Hawkesbury Beds of Australia * it would have been

concluded that such a head as is possessed by the South-

African fossil could only belong to a Palewoniscid and

undoubtedly implied a strongly heterocercal tail. The

Hawkesbury fishes, however, have most distinctly the same

type of head, combined with a remarkably atrophied hetero-

cercal tail, such as occurs in Dictyopyge and Catopterus. No

decision as to the genus can therefore be arrived at until the

caudal extremity is discovered. If the fish is a Paleoniscid

* Smith Woodward, “ The Fossil Fishes of the Hawkesbury Series at

Gosford,” Mem. Geol. Surv. N. 8. Wales, no. 4 (1890), pp. 16-22, with

fies.

the Karoo Formation of South Africa. 395

it cannot be distinguished from the genus Rhadinichthys ; if

it belongs to the family Catopteride it may be assigned to

Dictyopyge. As a provisional determination the latter course

is here preferred ; for the Australian fishes already mentioned

occur in association with Clecthrolepis, and so also does the

new specimen discovered by Mr. Draper.

Specific Determination—Whether, however, this fish

belongs to Rhadinichthys or to Dictyopyge, the combined

characters of the scales and fins are suflicient to distinguish it

from all known forms, and it may therefore receive the specific

name of Draperi.

Formation and Loc.—Stormberg Beds (Upper Karoo) ;

Rouxville, Orange Free State.

2. Atherstonia minor, sp. n.

(Pl. XVIL. figs. 2, 2a.)

Type.—This species is founded on the middle portion of a

small fish shown of the natural size in Pl. XVII. fig. 2, while

the greater part of the trunk of a still smaller fish adds some

further particulars concerning the dorsal fin and squamation.

Both specimens were discovered by Protessor H. G. Seeley,

F.R.S.

Description.—The fish thus indicated was evidently elon-

gate-fusiftorm in shape, with relatively large and extended

pelvic and anal fins. ‘Ihe depth of the trunk at the origin of

the anal fin is about equal to the space between the latter and

the origin of the pelvic fins. The fin-rays are numerous and

slender, and those of the median fins are shown to be distantly

jointed ; fulera are not preserved. ‘The dorsal fin arises very

slightly in advance of the anal, but its relative proportions

cannot be determined. ‘The scales of the middle of the flank

are scarcely deeper than broad, and only those of the caudal

region are strengthened by an inner rib; all the abdominal

flank-scales, however, are united by a prominent peg-and-

socket articulation. ‘The scales are narrowed dorsally and

ventrally, and there is evidence of a continuous series of

greatly enlarged dorsal ridge-scales, besides a large median

scale at the origin of the anal fin. Hach flank-scale is marked

by from four to six oblique longitudinal ridges, mostly con-

tinuous, but not parallel and not always straight, being

slightly curved; while the dorsal ridge-scales are similarly

ornamented by longitudinal lines. None of the scales are

serrated.

Generic Determination.—The characters of the imperfect

fossils thus described suffice to place them in the Palaoniscid

396 Mr. A. 8. Woodward on Fossil Fishes from

genus Atherstonia, already obtained from the Beaufort Beds

of Colesberg, Cape Colony; the enlarged series of dorsal

ridge-scales combined with the arrangement of the fins and

the nature of the scale-ornament being especially diagnostic.

Specific Determination.—It is, indeed, difficult to distinguish

the new fossils, except in size, from the typical Atherstonia

scutata. The species discovered by Professor Seeley, how-

ever, seems to have had a somewhat more robust trunk, with

the dorsal fin slightly more remote than in the fish already

known; it may therefore be recorded as Atherstonia minor.

Form. and Loc.—Beaufort Beds (Lower Karoo) in asso-

ciation with Theriodont Reptiles; Klip Fontein, on the farm

of the Brothers Erasmus, 8.W. of Fraserburg, Nieuwveldt

Range, Cape Colony.

3. Atherstonia Seeleyi, sp. n.

(Pl. XVII. figs. 3, 3a.)

Type.—The only known fragment of this species is shown

of the natural size in Pl. XVII. fig. 38, with impressions of

four scales enlarged in fig. 3a. It was discovered by Pro-

fessor H. G. Seeley, F.R.S.

Description.—The fish must have had a comparatively

deep trunk, but it is impossible to obtain any of the propor-

tions from the single known specimen. Of the fins, only one

of the pelvic pair and the anal are preserved, both comprising

numerous distantly articulated rays, of which some apparently

show traces of a longitudinal striation. The pelvic fin has

a much extended base-line, and is considerably smaller than

the anal fin. All the scales preserved, except at the ventral

border, are much deeper than broad, and those immediately at

the base of the anal fin, though relatively very small, are

equilateral. ‘There seems to have been one enlarged ridge-

scale at the origin of the anal fin. ‘The scales of the flank

are united by a large peg-and-socket articulation, but there

are no indications of an internal median rib, and all are

elaborately ornamented with conspicuous oblique ridges. A

natural impression of the external surface of four adjoining

scales is shown of four times the natural size in fig. 3a, and

it will be observed that the irregular oblique ridges exhibit a

tendency towards convergence at the postero-inferior angle.

Generic Determination.—It is evident that the ichthyolite

thus described belongs either to the Paleoniscide or to the

Platysomide ; and on account of the great development of

the pelvic fins we prefer to assign it to the first family. The

few generic characters enumerated are the same as those of

the Karoo Formation of South Africa. 397

Atherstonia, with one exception, namely, the considerable

deepening of the flank-scales ; and, in the absence of further

evidence, it may be doubted whetier such a character is truly

of generic value. The fish is therefore referred provisionally

to Atherstonia.

Specific Determination.—W hatever be the generic position

of the fish, the proportions and ornamentation of the scales at

once distinguish it specifically from all known Paleoniscids

and Platysomids; and it may be appropriately named in

honour of the discoverer.

Form. and Loc.—Beaufort Beds (Lower Karoo); Klip

Fontein, on the farm of the Brothers Erasmus, S.W. of

Fraserburg, Nieuwveldt Range, Cape Colony.

4. Undetermined Paleoniscid Fish.

(Pl. XVII. fig. 4.)

There is evidence of another Paleoniscid fish from the

Karoo formation in an imperfect specimen, of which the

caudal region is shown of the natural size in Pl. XVII. fig. 4.

It cannot, however, as yet be generically or specifically deter-

mined. The trunk is elongate-fusiform and completely

covered with rhombic scales; the upper caudal lobe is attenu-

ated. ‘The pelvic fins are relatively small and the dorsal fin

is remote, almost as large as the anal and directly opposed to

the latter. The dorsal and anal fins are triangular, about as

deep as broad, and each is fringed with a conspicuous series

of small fulera. ‘The caudal fin is forked, apparently almost

symmetrical, and all the rays of the median fins exhibit well-

spaced articulations. The scales are too imperfectly preserved

to exhibit anything beyond their relative proportions ; and the

course of the lateral line cannot be distinguished. None of

the flank-scales appear to be deeper than broad, and no

enlargement of the ridge-scales can be observed except on the

upper caudal lobe and perhaps at the origin of the anal fin.

‘The specimen is preserved in coarse sandstone, exhibiting

a stain of mineral matter almost parallel with its margin, and

its interest centres specially in the fact that it was discovered

in a stratum not hitherto known to yield fish-remains. It is

preserved in the Museum at Pietermaritzburg.

Form. and Loc.—Sandstone referred by Mr. Draper to the

Molteno Beds (part of the Lower Stormberg series of the

Karoo formation), 150 feet above the main coal-seam ; Suther-

Jand’s Quarry, Biggarsberg, Natal.

398 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Dictyopyge (?) Draperi, sp. u.; fish wanting caudal fin.—Storm-

berg Beds, Rouxville, Orange Free State.

Fig. 2. Atherstonia minor, sp. n.; middle portion of trunk.—Beaufort

Beds, Klip Fontein, S.W. of Fraserburg, Nieuwveldt Range,

Cape Colony.

Fig. 2.a. Ditto; scales, four times nat. size.

Fig. 3. Atherstonia Seeley, sp. n.; portion of trunk with pelvic and anal

fins.—Ibid.

Fig. 3a, Ditto ; natural impression of scales, four times nat. size.

Fig. 4. Undetermined Palzoniscid fish ; caudal region.—Molteno Beds,

Biggarsberg, Natal.

[Unless otherwise stated the figures are of the natural size. ]}

LVIII.—On some’ British Upper-Jurassic Fish-remains, of

the Genera Caturus, Gyrodus, and Notidanus. By A.

Smita Woopwarp, F.L.S.

[Plate XVIII.]

TuerE are still numerous British fossil fish-remains, named

or briefly noticed by Agassiz, awaiting some definite descrip-

tion ; and the first two of the following notes relate to Upper-

Jurassic species unsatisfactorily treated in the ‘ Poissons

Fossiles.’ The third note refers to a very rare form of

Selachian tooth from the Oxford Clay ; and each of the species

described is as yet known from such imperfect materials, that

the brief review of the subject below may call attention to -

the deficiency and lead to the discovery of other specimens.

1. Caturus angustus, Agassiz. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1.)

1844. Caturus angustus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. ii. pt. i. p. 118.

Among the numerous species of Upper-Jurassic fishes

noticed by Agassiz under names with inadequate description

is a form of Caturus trom the Portland Oolite of Garsington

Hill, near Oxtord. It is named Catwrus angustus, and dis-

missed with the brief diagnosis :—‘ Hspéce trés-allongée,

remarquable par le développement excessit des fuleres du

lobe supérieur de la caudale. Du portlandien de Garsington

pres d’Oxtord.”” No information is afforded as to the owner

of the original specimen or the museum in which it was pre-

served; and it is thus perhaps a matter of speculation to

identify the actual fossil on which the notice is based. So

British Upper-Jurassic Fi ish-remains. 399

far as the present writer is aware, however, only a single

specimen ot Catwrus from Garsington exists; and as this

exhibits the two special features noted by Agassiz, while

wanting the head on which he would assuredly have remarked

had it been present, it may be regarded with tolerable certainty

as the type specimen on which C. angustus was intended to

be founded. ‘The fossil in question is in the museum of the

Victoria Institute, Worcester, and bears an old label as

follows, the specific name being apparently in the late Sir

Philip Egerton’s handwriting :—‘ Caturus angustus. Oolite,

Garzington Hill, Oxon. From Revd. W. Parker.” The

present writer is indebted to the courtesy of the Museum

Committee and of the Curator, Mr. Samuel Smith, for the

opportunity of studying the specimen and of publishing the

following description.

The head, with the anterior portion of the abdominal region,

is wanting, but the remainder of the fish is well-preserved, as

shown in Pl. XVIII. tig. 1, which is one half the natural

size. ‘The trunk is remarkably elongated, hence the specific

name; and the caudal fin is especially large. The notochord,

as usual, must have been persistent, and there are no indica-

tions of ossifications in its sheath. The ribs and neural

spines in the abdominal region are comparatively slender ;

the neural and hemal arches in the caudal region are stout,

the pedicles being much expanded and the spines becoming

rapidly shortened in the narrow portion behind the origin of

the anal fin, where they are deeply imbricating. The

pectoral fins are, of course, wanting; but all the others

display a conspicuous fringe of fulcra on their anterior border.

The fin-rays, though unjointed for some extent proximally,

exhibit numerous articulations and bifurcations in their distal

half or two thirds; and the distance between the successive

articulations is usually much greater than the width of the

ray or branch on which they occur. ‘lhe pelvic fins arise

opposite the origin of the dorsal fin, and are about equal in

size to the anal; the anterior ray bearing the fulcra is espe-

cially robust. ‘There are indications of a series of aborted

fin-supports in advance of the dorsal, and this fin is about as

long as deep, comprising not less than eighteen or twenty rays ;

there are two short rays in advance of the longest, of which

the length appears to be nearly equal to the depth of the

trunk at its insertion. ‘The anal fin arises midway between

the pelvic pair and the caudal, is deeper than long, and about

two thirds as large as the dorsal tin; the number of rays

cannot be satisfactorily counted, but there must have been at

least twelve. The large caudal fin arises from a much con-

400 Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

stricted pedicle, and its great lobes are as slender as is usual

in Caturus ; the short mesial rays are more closely articulated

and expanded than those of the lobes. The squamation is

almost completely destroyed; but there are distinct impres-

sions of the small rhombic exposed faces of the scales along

both the dorsal and ventral borders, and behind the anal fin

there is evidence of the deeply overlapping character of these

scales. A mass of whitish coprolitic matter in the abdo-

minal region seems to mark the position of the intestinal

tract.

Though thus imperfectly known, the Portlandian fish from

Garsington is evidently specifically distinct from any Caturus

hitherto described. The proportions of the trunk and fins

above noted suffice to distinguish it even from the elongated

species described by Agassiz and Wagner from the Bavarian

Lithographic Stone. ‘he name of Caturus angustus, proposed

by Agassiz, may therefore be retained.

Type. Fish, wanting head; Worcester Museum.

form. and Loc. Portlandian; Garsington, Oxford.

2. Gyrodus punctatus, Agassiz.

(Pl. XVIII. figs. 2-4.)

1844. Gyrodus punctatus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss, vol. ii. pt. ii. p. 281,

pl. Ixix. a. fig. 24.

Portions of the dentition of the Pycnodont genus Gyrodus

are scarcely capable of specific determination; but it is

probable that when specimens from one formation and locality

exhibit only small differences from each other they are speci-

fically identical. For this reason we refer to Gyrodus punc-

tatus (a species founded on a vomerine dentition from the

Corallian of Malton) some examples both of the upper and

lower dentition of Gyrodus now in the Malton Museum.

When describing the original fossil, which is in the York

Museum, Agassiz remarked that it might perhaps be referable

to the same fish as the Kimmeridgian lower jaws named by

him G. Cuvieri; but if the Malton fossils now to be described

are correctly determined, it seems likely that Agassiz’s

original nomenclature will eventually prove to be justifiable.

‘The new fossils comprise a portion of the vomerine den-

tition (fig. 2), the right and left splenials in association (that

ot left side shown in fig. 3), a large right splenial dentition

(tig. 4), and some isolated teeth; and the writer is indebted

to Mr. Samuel Chadwick, F.G.S., the well-known indefati-

gable explorer of the Yorkshire oolites, for the privilege of

studying the collection. Two of the specimens (figs. 2, 4)

British Upper-Jurassic Fish-remains. 401

were discovered by Mr. S. King in the Lower Calcareons

Grit of Browse Pit, Malton, in 1850; the fine pair of splenials

and the detached teeth were obtained from the same forma-

tion by Mr. Chadwick himself more recently.

The vomerine dentition (fig. 2) is a comparatively small

specimen and evidently much abraded. It shows none of the

punctation noted by Agassiz in the type, and there are only

feeble indications of the apical indent on the teeth. The

median teeth are very prominent, scarcely broader than long,

nearly quadrate with rounded angles, and equalling in breadth

the two lateral series. The inner lateral series is the smallest,

low and forming a deep groove between the others, and the

shape of the teeth is very irregular, there being a tendency

to antero-posterior elongation. The outer teeth are about as

broad as long and rise to a blunt apex.

The normal splenial dentition (fig. 3) exhibits an arrange-

ment of teeth almost identical with that of G. Cuviert, though

apparently differing in the less prominence of the principal

series and in the greater smoothness of all the teeth. The

specimen, however, is abraded, and much of the feebleness of

the ornament may be accidental. The teeth of the principal

series are the most nearly smooth, only four of those in front

exhibiting traces of the apical ring ; the teeth of the inner and

third series are about equal in size, nearly always as broad as

long ; those of the outer series are larger and much _ broader

than long. .

A large example of the right splenial dentition (fig. 4),

with teeth wide apart, apparently owes its abnormal characters

to crushing, the bone having disappeared. The teeth show

much evidence of wear during the life of the animal; and

those of the innermost series are relatively fewer and larger

than in the original of fig. 3. Most of the inner teeth are

also obliquely elongated.

If a detached tooth from Setterington pertains to the

principal splenial series of G. punctatus, as seems probable,

the species must have attained a still greater size than is

indicated by the last specimen.

Form. and Loc. Corallian (Lower Calcareous Grit) ; Mal-

ton, Yorkshire.

3. Notidanus Muenstert, Agassiz.

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 5.)

1843. Notidanus Muensteri, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. ili. p. 222,

pl. xxvii. figs. 2, 3.

Only three teeth of the primitive shark Notidanus have

402 On some British Upper Jurassic F ish-rematns.

hitherto been recorded from the Upper Jurassic of England,

one from the Oxford Clay of Yorkshire * and two others

from the same formation near Oxford f. It is thus interesting

to note that a fourth specimen has been discovered more

recently by Mr. Thomas Jesson, F.G.S., in the Oxford Clay

of St. Ives. This is a well- preserved tooth, shown of the

natural size in fig. 5, and considerably differing from each of

the others.

The new fossil has a shallow and somewhat crimped root ;

and the crown consists of a very large principal cone, followed

by three secondary cones decreasing in size, with a minute

posterior denticle. The enamel is quite smooth, and the

gracefully sinuous anterior margin of the principal cone

exhibits only the feeblest crimping, no denticulation.

The specific determination of the isolated teeth of Selachian

fishes is, of course, nearly always a matter of speculation ;

but it is convenient to have names for purposes of quotation.

As the new tooth, therefore, does not appear to differ in any

essential respect "from some of the specimens found in the

Oxfordian, Corallian, and Lower Kimmeridgian of the Con-

tinent, commonly referred to Notidanus Muensteri, it seems

advisable to provisionally record this specimen under the same

name.

Form. and Loc. Oxfordian; St. Ives, Huntingdonshire.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Caturus angustus, Agassiz ; fish wanting head, lateral aspect, one —

half nat. size-—Portlandi ian; Garsington Hill, Oxford. [ Wor-

cester Museum. |

Fig. 2. Gyrodus punctatus, Agassiz; portion of vomerine dentition.—

Corallian (Lower Calcareous Grit); Browse Pit, Malton,

Yorkshire. [Malton Museum. |

Fig. 8. Ditto; left splenial dentition.—Corallian (Lower Calcareous Grit) ;

Malton. [Malton Museum. |

Fig. 4. Ditto; large right splenial dentition, apparently crushed.—

Corallian (Lower Caleareous Grit); Browse Pit, Malton.

[ Malton Museum. ]

Fig. 5. Notidanus Muenstert, Agassiz ; tooth, outer aspect.—Oxfordian ;

St. Ives. [British Museum, NOE. 6734,]

[ Figs. 2-6 are of the natural size. ]

* Notidanus serratus, Fraas, Smith Woodward, Geol. Mag. [3] vol. iii.

(1886), p. 212, pl. vi. fig. 7.

+ Notidanus Daviesi, Smith Woodward, zbed. p. 212, pl. vi. figs. 8, 9.

On two new Coccide from New Mexico. 403

LIX.—Two new Coccide from New Mexico.

By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Orthezia Anne, sp. n.

Adult female—Length 23 millim., with ovisac 8 millim.

Body above covered with white secretion, which forms lateral

and subdorsal longitudinal keels; dorsum marked by a

furrow. Ovisac with eight longitudinal ridges above, none

below.

Legs and antenne dark brown, antenne varying to pale

brown, legs to brown with black tarsi.

Tibia about as long as femur, tarsus about half as long as

tibia. Claw large, only slightly curved.

Antenne with the third joint slightly longer than the

second, but somewhat constricted in the middle, so as to

appear in some specimens like two joints. First joint about

as long as second. Lower lip elongated, as usual in the

genus.

Derm with numerous small spines, similar to those of

O. insignis, but not placed quite so closely together.

Larva.—Legs sepia-brown, tarsus decidedly longer than

tibia; claw long and slender, nearly straight.

Antenne 6-jointed ; 6 as long as 3+4+5, which are about

equal and shortest; 3 slightly longer than 4 or 5, 2 longer

than 1. Formula 6213 (45).

Adult male.—Length of wing 13

millim. Body, legs, and antenne

black, dorsum of thorax pitch-black.

Wings pale grey or greyish white,

with the costa black. Eyes strongly

facetted.

Legs bristly, tarsus less than 4 length

of tibia.

There is a brush of white caudal

filaments, not covered by secretion, “")¢ 4 ei aan

over ten in number; they are longer rent individuals: @, seen

than the wings. ‘The wings seen from beneath; 3, "from

against a dark surface appear white __ the side.

and are slightly iridescent.

The genitalia are more elongated than in O, insignis as

figured by Douglas.

Hab. Las Cruces, New Mexico, on a Chenopodiaceous

plant (Atriplex canescens ?), July 28, 1893.

Orthexia Anne, 3 .—End

404 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell. on

I found this species while collecting larvae of Lycena ezilis,

which abound on the same food-plant. I find, however, that

Prof. Townsend actually discovered the insect, specimens

obtained by him being in the collection of the New Mexico

Experiment Station.

I name this species after my wife, who died Sept. 14, 1893.

The United-States species of Orthezia are at present 1m-

perfectly known. Walker described O. americana, and,

although his description was quite imperfect, it is generally

admitted that he had before hima species found in the North

eastern States on various herbaceous plants. Prof. Comstock

(1881) figured and redescribed Walker’s species, which until

lately remained the only known representative of its genus

in the country.

In 1888 Mr. Ashmead described O. Edwardsii from Cali-

fornia, but he knew only the male, and the female still awaits

discovery. In 1891 Mr. Douglas published his O. oce/dentalis,

based on specimens found by “the present writer in ants’ nests

in Colorado. Of this the adult male is undescribed.

QO. Anne, which is easily distinguished by structure and

habitat from the above, is thus the fourth Orthez¢a detected

in the United States. A fifth species, 0. cnstignis, Douglas,

has lately been found by Mr. R. H. Pettit in hothouses in

New York State ; but this is properly a member of the West-

Indian and Mexican faunas. The most northern locality yet

known for it out of hothouses is Guanajuato, Mexico, whence

I have received specimens from Dr. A. Duges.

Bergrothia Townsendt, sp. n.

A small oval species, covered by a white sac, 3 millim.

long.

Antenne of seven joints (in one specimen there seemed to

be eight) ; 7 longest, longer than

5+6, which are shortest ; 2 and

3 about equal, 4 a little shorter.

Formula 7 (123) 465. Joints

with whorls of a few short hairs ;

last joint with three such whorls

and four longer hairs at the

tip.

Tibia 3 length of femur; tar-

sus a little over (on hind leg

not over) half length of tibia.

Digitules of claw with Jar ge

knobs ; tarsal knobbed hairs ordinary. Trochanter with a long

Bergrothia Townsendi, 9 —End

of abdomen.

two new Coccide from New Mexico. 405

hair. End of tibia with a stiff bristle on inner side. Claw

rather short, curved.

Anal ring with six very distinct hairs. Posterior tubercles

inconspicuous, each emitting a hair similar to that on the anal

ring.

Sides of body with many round gland-spots, and margin

with pairs of short spines at intervals, at least on the posterior

part of the body.

Lower lip elongated as in Orthezia, with about ten hairs.

Rostral filaments short.

After boiling in caustic soda the insects appear pale reddish

brown or almost colourless ; they do not appreciably stain the

liquid.

The above description refers to the adult female; larve

were found with them in June 1893, but the male is as yet

unknown.

Hab. In the main street of Las Cruces, on leaves of

Fouquiera.

When I first examined this insect I supposed it might be

identical with the Stgnoretia sp. recorded by Prof. Townsend

as found on Larrea; but I now doubt whether this is the

ease. It is certainly not a species of Signoretéa, Targ.-T'ozz.,

although as found living it has much superficial resemblance

to 8. atriplicis as figured by Maskell. It does, however,

appear to be a Signoretia, Kraatz, which is the same as West-

woodia, Sign., and Lergrothia, Kraatz—the first two names

being preoccupied. Maskell would not separate Bergrothia

from Dactylopius, and certainly it is difficult to draw any satis-

factory line between these genera, owing to the number of aber-

rant Dactylopius spp. described by him and others of late years.

The present species, though placed in Lergrothia, does not

agree in all respects with the accepted definition of that genus,

but it is much further removed from typical Dactylopius.

This is the first of its genus to be described from North

America; but an unnamed species has been mentioned as

occurring on blue-grass in Indiana &e. (‘Insect Life,’ ii.

p- 327).

The following is a list of the Coccide at present known

from New Mexico :-—

Bergrothia Townsendi, Chl.

Orthezia Anne, Ck/l.

1. N. g., n. sp., 2ley, MS. ;

; Prosopophora rufescens, Chil,

2. Dactylopius sp. (? 3 spp.). t

3. Coccus, sp. n., Chil., MS. 8

4, Lecaniodiaspis yucce, Liley, 9. Ceroplastes irregularis, ChI/.

MS. 10 artemisiz, Ztley, MS.

5. Pseudococcus helianthi, C%//. 1]. Lecanium robiniarum, Dowy/.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 30

406 Bibliographical Notice.

12. Lecanium sp. (? 2 spp.). 16. Aspidiotus uve, v. coloratus,

13. Pulvinaria Maclure, Kenn., Ckil.

MS., Fitch. 17. —— perniciosus, Comst.

14. Signoretia sp., Towns. 18. rapax, Comst.

15. Mytilaspis albus, v. concolor, 19. convexus, Comst.

Ckil. 20. Nerii, Bouché.

Nos. 2, 10, 12 (pars), 14, 18, and 19 I have not yet

examined. A Lecanium found on pear at Las Cruces seems

to be L. Carye, Fitch, but it may be only a variety of

robintarum, which occurs close by.

Agricultural Experiment Station,

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

September 1893.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Travel and Adventure in South-east Africa: being the Narrative of

the last eleven years spent by the Author on the Zambesi and its

Tributaries ; with an Account of the Colonization of Mashunaland,

and the progress of the Gold Industry of that Country. By

Freperick Courtenry Serous, C.M.Z.S. With numerous I[llus-

trations and Map. London: Rowland Ward and Co.

Norutne could be more opportune than the appearance of this

important work at the time when our countrymen are fighting in

the interests of civilization against the savage Matabili—the prize

being the fertile Mashunaland, of which Mr. Selous speaks as a

country where Europeans can not only exist but even thrive, and

in the exploration of which he has played a prominent part. The

recipient of the Gold Medal of the Royal Geographical Society, the

Author naturally prefers to be known as the scientific pioneer rather

than the mighty hunter; and as his book has already been fully

reviewed under both these aspects, we will direct our remarks

chiefly to those portions of it which relate to natural history.

It must be within the recollection of most of our readers that in

1881 Mr. Selous published his experiences of nine years in ‘A

Hunter’s Wanderings in Africa,’ a work which, in addition to

exciting episodes of sport, contained reprints of two valuabie papers

on rhinoceroses and antelopes read before the Zoological Society,

and stamped the author as an observer of no ordinary character.

During his residence in London in the above year he frequently

visited the Natural-History Museum, where Dr. Giinther and

Mr. Oldfield Thomas called his attention to the sorry condition of

Bibliographical Notice. 407

many of the specimens of South-African Mammals, as well as to the

fact that a number of interesting species were not represented at

all; so Mr. Selous took note of what he ought to obtain should he

ever revisit the interior. It was not then his intention to do so,

for, after many years of roving, he felt inclined to take a farm

and settle down; but Dits aliter visum, and he soon started on

another expedition, to be followed by many more during the next

ten years. Some of the results of his truly scientific collecting may

be seen in the superb examples of antelopes of various species which

now adorn the galleries at South Kensington, while other valuable

animals are in the museum at Cape Town and elsewhere; though as

yet the principal object of his search—the adult of the square-

mouthed Lhinoceros simus, “the largest of modern terrestrial

mammals after the elephant”—is still wanting in our collection.

We think—for we cannot be sure from the map supplied—that it

was not far from the present site of Salisbury that Mr. Selous shot

the two last of this species he saw or ever expects to see, and he

preserved the head of the male for the Cape Town Museum, counting

upon procuring a finer specimen for our National Collection later on

in the season. But in 1886 two Boer hunters got into the little

tract of country where the few white rhinoceroses were left, and

killed ten of them, five more being killed by the Matabili; and

although, in August 1892, Mr. R. T. Coryndon shot a female and

preserved its skin and skeleton, and captured the calf (which after-

wards died), yet, through some unfortunate mischance, the fact

remains that this once plentiful species is at present represented in

collections by an antique calf in our Museum and a single specimen

at Leyden.

Mr. Selous was surprised to find the fresh “ spoor” of the hippo-

potamus at an elevation of upwards of 4000 feet above sea-level,

but, he adds, “‘ this animal wanders a great deal in search of food

when undisturbed, especially during the rainy season.” At a pool

which offered a favourable opportunity for observation he noted by

the watch the duration of submersion, and found that after being

fired at a hippo’ could stay down four minutes and twenty seconds,

though from two to two and a half minutes was the usual time ;

and, as illustrating the supposed great age of Africa, he mentions

“the hippopotamus paths worn deep into the solid rock along the

Lower Umfuli River, formed in the hard stone, with the central

ridge plainly shown as in a hippopotamus path made but yesterday

in muddy ground, proving that the mammals existing in it at the

present day have roamed the land for countless ages.” With regard

to the distribution of the wiry-haired klipspringer antelope, he con-

siders it worthy of remark that in Mashunaland this small active

species is to be found along the courses of all the larger rivers,

amongst boulders and masses of rock ; whereas in Cape Colony the

species is confined to the highest portions of the most rugged hills

and mountains, where the snow often lies deep. On one occasion

408 Bibliographical Notice.

Mr. Selous’s dogs pulled down a large hyeena—a circumstance very

unusual with such a powerful beast, and accounted for by the

fact that the ends of both lower jaw-bones were gone, as if cut

off by a bullet; yet the animal was fat and its coat in excellent

condition, though how it obtained a living wasa mystery. On the

River Sabi Mr. Selous shot five specimens of the rare Lichtenstein’s

hartebeest, of which a fine pair grace our National Collection; and

he subsequently learned how dangerous an antagonist a wounded

sable antelope at bay can prove, four of his best dogs being killed

outright by the long curved horns, while four more were badly

wounded, one of which died afterwards.

Of the author’s numerous adventures with lions we will not

speak, except to mention his defence of the attitude adopted by

Landseer for his lions in Trafalgar Square, ‘with the fore paws

straight out, like a dog,” which is perfectly correct, for ‘‘ when on

the alert a lion always lies like this, and only bends his paws

inwards like a cat when resting thoroughly at his ease.” Ethnologists

will be interested in the remarks about the Masarwas, who are the

bushmen of Mashunaland; for these, while possessing in the

highest degree the capability for tracking and using small bows with

poisoned arrows, are very superior in stature and general appearance to

the fierce stunted bushmen of Cape Colony on the one hand, and the

pigmies of the forests of the Aruwimi to the northward. Mr. Selous

considers that the ‘“‘ Bushmen are probably the direct descendants

of the earliest type of man that appeared in Southern Airica; and

they probably came from the north and spread down the western

side of the continent long before the black races appeared upon the

scene ”—while the Masarwas have improved their physique by an

admixture with the Kaflirs, though without losing their natural

talent, and retain their ancient language almost intact. The

Mashukulumbi, to the north of the bend of the Zambesi—in whose

country he was attacked, lost twelve of his people, and barely —

escaped with his life—are, he thinks, a mixed people, with a strain

of Arab or some northern race. It will be remembered that these

aggressive warriors molested the Austrian traveller, Dr. Holub.

No less worthy of commendation are the author’s remarks about

Zimbabwe and the “ruined cities” of Mashunaland; but this is

rather a thorny subject and one upon which we will not enter.

The above are only a few of the items which we have noted from

the naturalist’s point of view. Every one should read the book

through ; and it is enough to add that it is well illustrated, admi-

rably edited, and reflects the highest credit on all concerned in its

production. A.B:

Miscellaneous, 409

MISCELLANEOUS.

Holothuria nigra, Gray, and its Synonymy.

By the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e.

The Name.

This species has been commonly styled in Britain “Holothuria

nigra, Couch.” Prof. Jeffrey Bell (in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 373)

says the first use he can find of the name “Cucumaria nigra,

Couch,” is by Prof. Kinahan (Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi., 1859, p. 369),

and that he has sought in vain for the use of any such title by

Couch himself, and, unable to fathom the mystery, in Cat. Echin.

Brit. Mus. (1892) he gives it as Holothuria nigra, auct. Curiously

enough the solution is to be found in a previous B. M. Catalogue of

Echinodermata.

The use of *‘Holothuria nigra, Couch,” seems to have arisen out

of two mistakes. ‘The specific name originally appeared in J. E.

Gray’s List Brit. Anim. in Coll. B. M., Radiated Animals, 1848,

p. 8, where will be found this entry—

“Holothuria mgra.

“Nigger or Cotton Spinner, Couch, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. 171. t. 14.

“‘ Inhab. Cornwall.”

Mistake 1.—Gray, by a lapsus penne, assigned to the authorship

of Couch a paper which had been written by Peach,

Mistake 2.—Authors reading the above entry supposed the specific

name to have been given by the writer of the paper referred to, and

thus wrote “Holothuria nigra, Couch,” instead of, as it should have

been, “Holothuria nigra, Gray.” Peach had given no scientific

title to his ‘‘ Nigger.”

The Synonymy.

Dr. von Marenzeller, in the paper translated in the ‘ Annals’ of

this month, makes Holothuria nigra a synonym of H. catanensis,

Grube, and the latter a synonym of H. Forskalii, Delle Chiaje.

He states he arrived at this conclusion from the examination of

Bell’s figures of H. nigra and of a mounting of the spicula of which

he had received from myself. Years ago I arrived at a similar con-

clusion by the comparison of two specimens of //. catanensis, which

my friend Dr. yon Marenzeller sent me, with our British species.

On that point, then, we are perfectly agreed. On the high authority

of Ludvig and Marenzeller I rely that it is also H. Forskahli, Delle

Chiaje. The descriptions of the author of the species do not mate-

rially help me, and I have not Forskahl’s work to refer to.

410 Miscellaneous.

But not only had I found our British species to be the same as

H. catanensis, Grube, but that the Holothurians sent out from the

Zool. Stat. Naples as ‘“‘Holothuria Poli” are also referable to the

species we are considering. Is, then, H. Poli= H. catanensis ?—that

is a question which has exercised me for a long time. Delle

Chiaje’s figure of H. Poli (Anim. s. Vert. Napoli, pl. vi. fig. 1; re-

produced in Anim. Invert. Sic. Cit. pl. ex. fig. 1) seems to be a good

representation of H. catanensis. This species sent out as H. Poli is

evidently common at Naples, and, if not rightly named, how is it

that H. Poli has not been found, and how comes it that H. Forskahli,

of which Delle Chiaje writes ‘Ob ejusdem raritatem viscera haud

examinare potui,’ is common at Naples? Am I to conclude that

Forskahli has become common and Poli disappeared, or are they one

species? Theel, in the ‘Challenger’ Report on Holothuroidea,

part 11. 1886, p. 223, is completely puzzled about H. Polt.

Will Dr. von Marenzeller or some other authority clear up this

matter by giving us good illustrations of the spicules of the body,

papille, pedicels, and tentacles of H. Poli? for by their spicula are

the Holothurians most easily distinguished.

The question is, who is right as to the identification of H. Poli,

the Zool. Stat. or certain authors ?—for example, the descriptions of

Theel just referred to, the figures by Sars of the spicules (Bidr.

til Kunds. Middelhavets Littoral-Fauna, 1857, figs. 75-77), which he

called H. tubulosa, but Ludvig and Marenzeller refer to H. Poli, and

those of Selenka (Beit. z. Anat. u. System. der Holothurien, 1867,

pl. xviii. figs. 44-46). These figures represent ‘“ buttons” (Thee) ;

there are no buttons in H. Poli as identified at Naples. I do not

see why Sars’s figures should not have been drawn from “ buttons”

of H. tubulosa (fig. 77 being characteristic) and those of Selenka

from H. Stellati. Leaving, then, this question of H. Poli as one of

acknowledged doubt and ignorance on my part, we have—

Holothuria Forskahli, Delle Ch., 1823,= Nigger or Cotton Spinner,

Peach, 1845,= Holothuria nigra, Gray, 1848,=COucumaria

nigra, ‘ Couch,” Kinahan, 1859, = Holothuria catanensis, Grube,

1864,=Stichopus Selenke, Th. Barrois, 1882, = Holothuria Fors-

kalii*, Marenzeller, 1893.

I have specimens in my collection from Polperro, Cornwall

(Laughrin); Valentia, Ireland (A. M. N., 1870); Plymouth (Marine

Biol. Lab.) ; Naples (Zool. Stat., as “‘H. Poli”); Lesina (Maren-

zeller, as “H. catanensis”); Fosse de Cap Breton, Bay of Biscay

CAM. N.5-1880).

* As regards the spelling of this name, we may choose from H. Fors-

kaolti, Chiaje, 1823, H. Forskahli, Chiaje, 1841, H. tubulosa, var. Forskal,

Lamarck, 1840,=H. Forskalit, Selenka, Ludvig, and Marenzeller. The

spelling I have adopted is the name as corrected by Chiaje, and is in

accordance with the rules of nomenclature.

Miscellaneous. 411

Spicula.—The characteristic spicule is that figured by Grube

(‘Die Insel Lussin und ihre Meeresfauna,’ 1864, fig. 7a) and

Jeffrey Bell (Cat. Echin. pl. vi. fig. to left and more magnified above),

usually with four foramina and some nodules on the surface and edge ;

they may be regarded, as Theel observes, as imperfect “ tables,” the

legs being undeveloped—but rarely the foramina are more nume-

rous and the legs are in some measure developed. This characteristic

spicule is sparingly scattered over the dermis.

Ventral pedicels.—The stem with no other spicules than of the

characteristic form, but the disk capped with a large cribriform

plate (the foramina of which are not arranged in any regular order) ;

round the base of this terminal plate the pedicel is surrounded with

a circlet of elongated spicula, with foramina more or less developed

in a row on each side of the central axis (figured by Bell, fig. 5, to

right).

Dorsal papille are white with a black tip. Some little distance

beneath the dermis is a hollow coil composed of slightly curved rod-

like spicules, which in their central portion are smooth and round in

section and have their ends expanded and commonly rounded, pierced

either with a few foramina or nodulous, Overlying this coil are

spicules of the characteristic type, but mixed here with others of a

modified and larger size, having eight or even more foramina, the

additional foramina having been built on to the sides of the original

spicule after the usual manner of spicule growth.

Tentacles invested with spicules which are large towards the

base and gradually smaller distally, to correspond with the lessened

size of the ramification of the tentacle; spicules arcuate or, more

rarely, straight rods, their central portion roughened with a few

nodules or blunted spines, the extremities attenuated, rugose with

crowded little nodulous points; occasionally at the extremity and

sometimes on central portion minute foramina are to be seen ; such

perforated spicules are somewhat flattened instead of round in

section.

Marenzeller is mistaken in supposing that this species does not

attain so large a size in the Atlantic as in the Mediterranean.

Some beautifully preserved specimens sent to me from the Plymouth

Laboratory measure over 8 inches in length.

The total absence of the oval spicules which Theel calls ‘“‘ buttons ”

at once distinguishes this species from H. tubulosa, H. Stellati, H.

Sanctori, H. Helleri, and H. impatiens of the Mediterranean, with all

of which I have compared it ; while the absence of the fine “ tables”

of the northern H. tremula and H. intestinalis makes it impossible

to confound it with those species.

A412 Miscellaneous.

The Phylogeny of the Docoglossa.

By W. H. Dat.

In his concluding fasciculi, contributed to complete Troschel’s

classical ‘ Gebiss der Schnecken,’ Dr. Johannes Thiele dissents very

emphatically from some suggestions of mine in regard to the deriva-

tion of the true limpets, made many years ago. At that time it

appeared to me that the Lepetide might represent the stem, some-

what degenerated, from which the Docoglossa were derived. While

I attach, even in the present state of our knowledge, comparatively

little importance to speculations of this kind, which can only be

placed on a firm footing by extended embryological researches, it

still seems to me that there is a solid basis for the hypothesis which

I then suggested.

There can be little doubt that the early type of Gastropod gill was

situated much as in Fissurella, on the “‘ back of the neck” behind

the head, and that it was constituted of a stem with lateral lamelle.

Originally paired and symmetrical, by circumstances incident to

growth and torsion one gill of the pair has in most cases become

aborted, though its ‘‘ smelling organ” frequently remains, as in the

limpets. There is also no doubt whatever that the protolimpet was

derived from a form having a spiral shell. I have shown that Pro-

pilidium by its dentition is closely allied to Lepeta. Now Propi-

lidium is said to have two gills, but certainly has at least one, of the

type of Acmea. It retains a spiral nucleus through life, though it

is partly cut off by asmall septum, whichis never completed. Other

Lepetide also show a spiral nucleus when very young, but it is cut

off completely and lost later. These other, mostly deep- or cold-water

forms, have lost their gills and eyes by degeneracy, and the principal

teeth of the radula show a tendency to become cemented together,

while in Propilidiuwm they are more or less isolated. Now in the

Acmeidee and Patellide the nucleus is limpet-shaped from the

beginning; the uncinal teeth (well developed in Lepeta) are

degenerate and often lost in the Acmzas, but appear again in the

Patellas, not, however, with the individuality and completely chitin-

ous nature which is found in the corresponding teeth of Lepetidee.

We find therefore in Lepetide the greatest number of archaic cha-

racters (somewhat masked by degeneration of other organs) which

remain in any of the three groups, and, whether most ancient or not,

so far as these characters go the Lepetide are nearest to the proto-

limpet.

Ta my work on the ‘ Blake’ mollusks (i. p. 436) I said that Acmeide

of all the groups of Docoglossa is the most typical; that is, within

the limits of that family are found assembled, sometimes in one and

the same animal, the greatest number of organs which, taken singly,

are characteristic of Docoglossa. This is strictly true; but Dr. Thiele

Miscellaneous. 413

(‘ Gebiss,’ vol. ii. p. 340) has mistranslated me to the extent of

saying that I have regarded the Acmeide as the most “ primitive ”

group, in opposition to my earlier views, which is quite inaccurate.

I have, in the ‘ Blake Gastropods’ (pp. 436, 437), shown why the

Patellidee may reasonably be regarded as derived from Acmeide, the

original ctenidia having been wholly lost. The row of lamelle

within the mantle-edge have taken up the branchial function, and

in some species, as in Ancistomesus, become arborescent proliferations.

The branchial cordon is occasional in Acmeide—I have seen it

complete in Sewrria mesoleuca ; it is present, but incomplete, in the

common Lottia gigantea of California; and, even if Dr. Thiele was

correct in supposing that it was absent in Scurria scurra, there

would still be no ground for his conclusion that its absence in the

latter species indicates a failure of the grounds upon which I united

in one group, as Proteobranchiata, the Acmezide and’ Patellide.

But there is excellent reason for believing Dr. Thiele to have been

misled by an exceptionally contracted specimen of Scurria scurra

and to be entirely wrong in his conclusion that the species is without

a branchial cordon. The latter is figured and described by d’Or-

bigny from living specimens (Am. Mer. p. 478, pl. Ixiv. figs. 11-14).

I have seen sketches by Couthouy made from life fully confirming

dOrbigny, and, lastly, I have seen, but do not now remember where,

an alcoholic specimen which showed them clearly. Dr. Thiele’s

specimen only appeared ‘‘ etwas wulstig,” somewhat puffed up, in

the place where the cordon should be; but there can be no doubt

that this puffing up simply represented the alcoholically-contracted

lamellee of the cordon, rendered indistinct by improper preparation.

Many of the minor details in which Dr. Thiele’s observations

differ from mine may be reasonably explained by the variation which

is exhibited by individuals; and my chief criticism upon what is, in

the main, a praiseworthy and useful work is that Dr. Thiele has

failed to take account of this factor, which more extensive expe-

rience with the radula of a single species would have undoubtedly

revealed to him. ‘The result has been, not only has he estimated

too highly the constancy of minor details of the radula in single

species, but he has made an excessive number of so-called ‘‘ generic ”

distinctions, the names of which in many cases will simply enlarge

our catalogues of synonyms.

In conclusion, I may point out that the relations of the radula in

Lepetella to that of Lepeta, &c., offer additional reasons for thinking

that the Lepetide are of the limpets those most nearly allied to

normal or more usual types of Gastropods, and also that the simi-

larity of the shell of the Silurian Z’ryblidiwm to that of some recent

limpets (Olana &e.) by no means authorizes us to conclude that the

soft parts of 7’ryblidium were also similar to those of recent Patel-

lide. Indeed, when the almost incalculable length of time inter-

vening between our days and the Silurian is considered, together

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. al

A414 Miscellaneous.

with the similarity of recent limpet shells which are secreted by

widely different animals, it is almost inconceivable that the Silurian

form should have any closely allied recent representative. The

rhythmical manner in which the adductor scars of Tryblidium are

arranged in pairs clearly indicates a peculiar disposition of the

organs, which might indeed have paralleled in some particulars the

organization of some of the Chitons of that ancient time.

For the rest, many of the ancient limpets are represented by shells

which might well have belonged to Lepeta or Acmea, yet of the

relations of which, as in the case of many recent limpets, we are

not permitted to arrive at any dogmatic opinion for want of the

requisite data, a deficiency which, in the case of the fossils, must

remain for ever unsupplied.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1893,

p. 285.

On the Occurrence of Arion lusitanicus, Mab., in the British Isles,

and Descriptions of Four new Varieties. By Waxrer KE, Coniiner,

Mason College, Birmingham.

Through the kindness of Mr. H. Burnley Rathborne, of Dublin, I

have recently received some specimens of this interesting species of

Arion, collected at Bevihenen, Bantry Bay, Ireland.

Dr. Scharff, in his work upon the Irish slugs *, mentions a variety

of A. empiricorum, Fér., in which the retractor muscles “ are

attached quite close to the receptaculum and the upper portion of

the oviduct;” this, I have previously stated, I consider to be

A, lusitanicus, Mab. Some months ago I examined specimens from

Ireland and compared them with continental examples, and felt

sure that I was correct in assigning the former to this species. 1

hope shortly to obtain further supplies of material, and will then

describe in more detail the anatomy. References to the anatomy

&e. are given by Pollonera +t, Simroth §, and myself |).

Whilst recording this interesting addition to the fauna of the

British Isles I take the opportunity of describing four new colour

variations,

Rufescens, var. nov.

Whole of body a dark red. Sides of body bandless. Sent with

type by Mr. Rathborne.

Nigrescens, var. nov.

Described from a black specimen sent with type by Mr. Rath-

borne. I would, however, suggest that the name should include all

* Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe. 1891, ser. , vol. iv. p. 539.

+ ‘The Conchologist,’ 1893, vol. ii. p. 7

t Atti Ace. Sci. di Torino, 1889, pp. 405, 406, pl. ix. figs. L 6 65.180

Boll. d. Mus. Zool. ed Anat. comp. Torino, 1890, vol. v. no. 87,

§ Die Nachtschnecken d. Port. Fauna, 1891. :

|| ‘The Conchologist,’ 1892, vol. ii. p. 116.

Miscellaneous. 415

black- or plumbeous-coloured forms, examples of which I have seen

from Mentone.

Olivaceus, var. nov.

Various shades of olive-green. Figured by Pollonera (op, cit.).

I have examined specimens from Mentone.

FPlavo-griseus, var. nov.

Yellowish grey. Foot-fringe usually lighter than the body.

From Mentone. :

It is difficult to separate some forms of olivaceus from this

variety.

On the Mechanism of the Production of Light in Orya barbarica

of Algeria. By M. Rapwart Dvsors.

The discovery of the photogenous faculty in the Algerian Orya

harbarica is of relatively recent date. This fine Geophilid was

observed for the first time, in a luminous condition, almost at the

same moment by M. Raphael Blanchard at El Kantara (April

1888) and by M. J. Gazagnaire at Nemours (May 1888).

Moreover, a certain number of important peculiarities were

mentioned by M. Gazaignaire *; the phosphorescent substance is -

exuded from pores situated upon the sternal and episternal plates in

the form of a viscid yellowish fluid, with an odour swi generis,

drying rapidly on exposure to the air and insoluble in alcohol.

In September 1887, on observing some specimens of Scolioplanes

crassipes which had been sent to me from La Fére (Aisne) by

M. Huet, I had myself remarked that the luminous fluid was

excreted from the ventral surface of the body, contrary to an opinion

which I had previously advanced; but I had not published this

observation, since I intended to complete it later on. As I was

unable to obtain fresh examples of Scolioplanes, I went to Algeria

to look for specimens of Orya barbarica.

Not only have I verified the accuracy of the facts recorded by

M. Gazagnaire, but I have been able especially, thanks to the

employment of the microscope, of which this investigator did not

avail himself, to make new observations which confirm in the most

precise manner the correctness of the definitive theory of the

mechanism of the production of light, as set forth in my last work

on Pholas dactylus *.

The facts which I haye already recorded in various communica-

tions are correct, but their interpretation has sometimes varied in

consequence of new discoveries ; to-day, however, uncertainty can

no longer exist, owing to the facility for observation and experiment

* J. Gazagnaire, “ La phosphorescence chez les Myriopodes ” (Bulletin

de la Société Zoologique de France, t. xiii. p. 182).

t R. Dubois, ‘Anatomie et Physiologie comparées de la Pholade dactyle.’

Paris, G. Masson, 1892.

A416 Miscellaneous.

afforded by Orya barbarica, in which the luminous substance is

secreted by special organs and can be collected in a state of purity.

This substance is formed in pyriform, unicellular, hypodermic

glands, measuring from eight to ten hundredths of a millimetre in

length and from five to six in breadth. In sections one hundredth

of a millimetre thick, stained with methylene blue or hematoxylin,

there can be distinguished in the granular protoplasm of the gland

numerous rounded or ovoid droplets, which are met with again in

the excreted matter. These droplets, which have been considered

by observers in the case of other luminous animals to be of a fatty

nature, do not turn black when treated with osmic acid, and exhibit

the histo-chemical characters of protoplasm or of condensed albu-

minoids. Immediately after their contact with the atmosphere a

very refringent spot is observed to arise at their centre; they then

possess the form which caused me to bestow on these little bodies,

which are found in all luminous organs, the name ‘ vacuolides.”

This refringent point becomes the centre of a crystal, or, rather, of

a group of crystals. The protoplasmic matter excreted thus passes

from the colloidal to the crystalloidal condition under the eyes of

the observer, while the light is produced. After a certain time the

preparation is entirely filled with magnificent groups of crystals in

the shape of ferns, or arranged in long fasciculate prismatic needies.

Contact with the air is necessary and stimulates the luminosity,

but contact with water is no less essential.

This is due to the fact that the phenomenon is not merely one of

oxidation, for if the matter be rubbed between the fingers or dried

the light speedily disappears ; but the substance is capable of re-

gaining all its brilliancy on being moistened with a little water.

Moreover the excretory product is distinctly acid, which confirms

the inaccuracy of Radzizewski’s hypothesis, which sought to explain

animal photogeny as being due to a slow oxidation in an alkaline

medium.

Oxygen permits the respiration of the protoplasmic corpuscles

passing from the colloidal to the crystalloidal condition, that is to

say, from life to death. This respiration is really active only in

protoplasm suitably hydrated, and water is necessary in order that

the crystallization may take place under conditions favourable for

the emission of light. The oxygen serves to produce the erystalli-

zable substance with the assistance of water, and the water enables

the photogenous crystallization to take place.

It was these two successive conditions of the photogenous matter

that formerly led me to believe that there were two distinct sub-

stances reacting one upon the other.

In reality there are only two successive stages of one and the

same substance, which is modified by oxygen and water, and for

which I shall retain the name Jweiferin until it has been possible to

determine its atomic structure.—Comptes Rendus, t. exvil. no. 3

(July 17, 1893), pp. 184-186.

PE OAVE:

1U.7

dnn.& Mag. Nat. fist. 8.6

Lae PL AVE.

Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6 .Vo

Amt.

Mintern Bros.

F.H.Michael del.et lth.

st... 6. Vol_XI. PL. XVI.

Anm.& Mag. Nett

ASV EASIS Mel SINS WASHOE

tS Ghshel al

SUR eesel

» IM

Bros

Mintern

FE.H. Michael del.et hth.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 72. DECEMBER 1893.

LX.—A Contribution to the Morphology of the Limbs and

Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. By Dr. H. J.

HANSEN, of Copenhagen *.

Ir was chiefly in consequence of my work upon the Crustacea

belonging to “ Dijmphna-Togtet’s zoolog.-botan. Udbytte ”

of 1884-1885 that I was led to the study of the morphology

of the skeleton of this class of animals. Since then I have

more than once devoted some time to similar morphological

studies of most of the orders of all four classes of the Arthro-

poda, and it is my intention to publish a more extensive

memoir dealing with a series of such questions in the case of

the Insects, Myriopods, and Crustaceans. Many of the

figures are already prepared; other circumstances have, how-

ever, induced me to resolve no longer to postpone a provi-

sional publication of the greater portion of the most important

of my results.

I may be permitted to mention that the views to be detailed

in the following pages have been developed in the course of

eight years as a result of the periodical investigations to which

I have alluded; that I have been able to devote considerable

time to repeated consideration, to the acquisition of a good

supply of material, and to the practice of the necessary dis-

section, which is often very difficult owing to the small size

of the majority of the objects, in order to make myself familiar

* Translated from the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ xvi. Jahrg., nos. 420

and 421 (May 29 and June 12, 1893), pp. 193-198 and 201-212.

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. oe

418 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

with a large number of the animals, as also with the investi-

gations and opinions of the anatomists, embryologists, and

systematists with reference to the main details of the morpho-

logy and classification of the forms with which we are con-

cerned. ‘The greater part of these investigations have been

carried out with the aid of the dissecting-microscope, often

with a magnifying-power of one hundred diameters. My

experiments show that it is often possible to study the articu-

lation and composition of the mouth-parts much better with

this instrument than by means of higher magnification under

the compound microscope ; the latter, however, is much more

frequently employed. A reagent of which [ have very often

availed myself is a strong cold solution of caustic potash, in

which the preparations are placed until the internal tissue is

partially or completely decomposed and can be washed away

in glycerine. I have frequently found it very advantageous

to use specimens which had lain for a very long time in spirit

so weak that the muscles and the connective tissue could be

removed fairly easily by preparation, whereby I avoided the

effect of the potash in making the thin chitin too transparent.

These observations are here made in case any one should

wish to test or dispute my results, while at the same time [

emphatically urge those who are interested in the subject to

investigate in the manner indicated a larger series of forms

belonging to several orders. Inducements for a test may

possibly be afforded by my chief results, which are as

follows :—The demonstration of three segments in the axis

of the appendages of Crustacea as the primitive and still

frequently existing condition; the division of the Malaco-

straca, based inter alia upon the different structure of the

thoracic limbs; the demonstration of the existence in the

case of Thysanura and certain Orthoptera of four pairs of

mouth-parts, with which those of the Amphipoda are homo-

logous ; and the proof of a much greater agreement between

the head of a Machilis and that of the malacostracous

Crustacea than was hitherto assumed to be the case.

It would lead us too far afield to quote (not to speak of

discussing) the enormous literature which belongs to the

questions here indicated. Only once or twice do I refer to

an author more precisely, when I have not found an oppor-

tunity of closely investigating the forms which are the

subjects of his statements or am entirely ignorant of them ;

when, as most frequently happens, I content myself with

giving the name of an author in parenthesis, it signifies that

the writer in question has expressed the same opinion before

me (thus affording a confirmation of my statement), but that I

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 419

have myself also seen what ts asserted; besides this I have

several times refrained from giving a quotation when it

appeared to me to be entirely unnecessary or when an author

could not be quoted without lengthy explanations. Certain

of the statements alluded to are already to be found in my

memoir in “ Dijmphna-Togtet &c.” (especially in the French

résumé of the paper), and are there accompanied by figures;

in “ Cirolanide .... Musei Haun.” some unimportant

corrections are given.

l. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS.

1. It is probable that the appendages of the Crustacea

primitively consist of an axial portion and two equivalent

rami. On practical grounds, however, I employ the term

endopodite for the axial portion and inner ramus, so that

the outer ramus is considered as proceeding from one of the

joints of the endopodite.

2. By comparison of the limbs of the Aranee, Thely-

phonus, Scorpiones, Chelonethi (Chelifer—Obisium), and

Solifugee we soon discover that the segments, with the excep-

tion of the two first, are not homologous one with another

according to their parallel numbers (Gaubert). In order to

determine the homology enumeration is not sufficient ; we

must in addition examine the form and length of the segments

and especially the direction and form of the articulation.

This conception, the correctness of which can easily be

perceived in the case of Arachnida, is utilized in the case of

the malacostracous Crustacea to deduce new results (§ 22).

3. If we would arrive at a comprehension of the mouth-

parts and limbs of Insects, Myriopods, and Crustaceans from

a really morphological point of view, we must first study

them in different types belonging to the last-mentioned class.

4, In order to understand the structure of the maxille in

the Malacostraca we must commence with the maxillipedes.

For instance, in the case of the Isopods and Amphipods it is

easy to see that the masticating-lobes, which arise from the

inner side of the second segment or (in Gammarin) from

the second or third segment, are simple processes starting

from the inner angle of the respective segments ; in Hurycope,

for example, a lateral masticating-lobe of this kind is a simple

prolongation, while in Jdothea entomon, on the other hand, it

is divided off by a secondary articulation which has a certain

power of movement (vide “ Dijmphna-Togtet,” tab. xx.),

Similarly the masticating-lobes of the two pairs of maxilla

must be regarded as processes from the sides of the several

oa”

420 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

segments of the endopodite of the jaw; in proportion to the

segments these lateral processes often become extraordinarily

large, greatly elongated, separated therefrom by an articula-

tion, and even sometimes transversely divided, in consequence

of which it is only with difficulty that they can be understood

when but a superficial examination is made. It is there-

fore necessary to trace the segments in the endopodite of the

maxillz in thoroughly cleansed preparations, and at the same

time to find out from which segment the chitinous lamellae of

the masticating-lobes proceed. This appears to me to be the

only certain method of procedure, and, if this be done, all the

secondary modifications of form &c. which take place in the

masticating-lobes will no longer have a disturbing effect upon

our conception of the morphology of the structures.

5. From reasons which the sequel will make readily intelli-

gible I propose to term the first pair of jaws in Crustacea

maxillule and the second pair maxille.

6. ‘lhe hypopharyne (paragnathi, lower lip, tongue) in

Crustacea has nothing to do with the appendages; it isa

median and typically bilobed projection from the sternal

portion of the head behind the mouth-opening.

II. CRUSTACEA.

a. ENTOMOSTRACA.

7. On examining the integument of the sixth appendage of

an Apus (Lepidurus productus was the particular form |

studied) after cleansing it with potash it is easy to see that it

consists of six segments, each of which is provided with a

lobe ; in the case of the first five the lobes are articulated to

their respective segments, while the sixth lobe is an immediate

prolongation of the corresponding segment; the fourth and

fifth segments, at least on the posterior side of the limb, are

represented by distinct though small chitinous plates. On

the anterior side of the limb it may be distinctly seen that

the exopodite proceeds from the base of the third segment

and the epipodite from the distal end of the second (¢. $8),

while the large first segment is devoid of a plate or outgrowth

on the outer side. In the first pair of appendages the lobes

ot the third to the fifth segments have become very long and

narrow and are divided into numerous small rings. In the

eleventh pair of appendages in the female the external ex-

pansion ot the endopodite forms one half and the exopodite

the other half of the egg-sac; the epipodite is very small,

although distinct.

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 421

8. In Limnetis, Estheria, &c. we find a similar structure ;

but in conseque nce of the delicacy of the integument of the

appendages the difference between the chitin of the seg-

ments and the articulations is more or less indistinct.

According to G. O. Sars, in Cyclestheria Hislopi: “The

endopodite consists of six imperfectly defined segments, each

of which is produced on the inner side as a rounded setiferous

lobe . . . . the epipodite apparently issuing from the outer

side of the second segment of the stem . .. . the exopodite

originating immediately below the epipodite, from the outer

side of the third segment of the endopodite.”

9. Before the exopodite and epipodite, which are both

present in Branchipus, there arises a very long and broad

(partrally cleft) plate on the outer side of the first segment.

It has been shown by L. Lund (Nat. Tidsskr. ser. 3, 7 Bd.,

1870) that a similar plate exists in Cladocera.

10. In the most highly developed Copepods, such as

Calanus, the shaft of the second pair of antenne is three-

joited (Kréyer) and in the mandibles the exopodite proceeds

from the third segment, since after the actual mandible (first

segment) there is found a small segment (described by

Kroyer) which is usually overlooked. In the large Meta-

nauplius stages I also succeeded in discovering three segments

in the shaft of the second pair of antenne and of the man-

dibles. In Sefella the three segments in the shaft of the

second pair of antennz can be seen without difficulty.

11. In a series of large larvee (Metanauplius stage) be-

longing to the family Calanide I have found antennules,

antennz, and mandibles, developed as in the Nauplius, and

behind these five distinct but small pairs of plates, which are

the rudiments of five pairs of appendages and of which only

the two last show an indication of cleavage ; these rudiments

are consequently, to give them the designations applied by

authors, maxille, first and second pairs of maxillipedes, and

two pairs of swimming-feet. There ts some considerable

distance between the points of origin of the rudiments of the

jirst and second pairs of mazillipedes, which are therefore

entirely independent one of the other; indeed we even see

on the dorsal surface and on the side of the animal a distinct

articulation which extends across the ventral surface as a

faint streak between the two rudiments. ‘That my interpre-

tation of these rudiments is correct is borne out by the fact

that I possess specimens of the following stage, with all tive

pairs of appendages perfectly well developed, and only two of

them are swimming-feet. 1 consider therefore that I am

entitled definitely to conclude (indeed, according to Grobben,

422 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

the Calanidz are ‘‘ phylogenetically the oldest forms” among

the Eucopepoda) that the rudiments of the first and second

pairs of maxillipedes arise entirely independently one of the

other ; consequently they each correspond to their own pair of

appendages, and not to the outer and inner branches of one and

the same pair. Owing to the peculiarities in the structure

and the relative position of the maxille and maxillipedes in

the free-living and parasitic Copepods I regard the maxilla

as homologous with the maxillule, the first pair of maxilli-

pedes as homologous with the maxille in the Malacostraca,

and the second pair of maxillipedes as homologous with the

maxillipedes (e. g. in the Amphipods), and, among other

things, as exhibiting the same tendency towards mutual

fusion.

12. In Argulus the swimming-feet consist very distinctly

of a three-jointed shaft and two branches (Kroyer). The

basal joint of the shaft is much shorter than the second and

somewhat shorter than the third.

13. It follows from §§7-12 that we must assume the

presence of three segments in the stem of all cleft appendages in

‘rustacea to be a primary condition; and this number has

distinctly persisted, at any rate in the cases quoted.

b. MALACOSTRACA.

a. LEPTOSTRACA (§§ 14-17).

14. Nebalia must be assigned to the Malacostraca (Claus),

and in many respects it approaches the Myside, while the

Euphausiide, on the contrary, are very far removed from it

(vide § 26).

15. In Nehbalia bipes the shaft of the second pair of antenne

consists not of three (Claus) but of five segments, and the

Jifth segment shows a tendency to be composed of two (Claus),

which are well separated in Nebaliopsis ; after removing the

shield the first segment may be easily found by the aid of a

good dissecting-microscope ; this segment is somewhat short,

but well marked off; the fourth segment is conspicuously

marked off on the outer side, but is very short.

16. The limbs of the thorax consist not of seven but of

nine segments. In Nebalia bipes we find on the outer side of

the limb at the base a somewhat short but very distinct

segment; after this there come the segments with the epi-

podite and exopodite, and finally the remainder of the limb

shows three distinct incisions on the inner margin and three

joints. (All these details are best seen in appendages laid

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 423

in water [not glycerine] and taken from large specimens

which have been preserved for some time in fairly weak

alcohol; they can, however, also be observed in ordinary

glycerine preparations.) An examination of older prepara-

tions (most kindly lent to me by Prof. Claus) of Paranebalia

longipes, W.-8., displayed no especially distinct conditions,

yet in a pair of appendages I observed the small basal

segment. In Sars’s figure of the last pair of limbs this basal

segment may be seen divided off on the outer margin (‘ Chal-

lenger’ Report, vol. xix.) ; if we reckon two more segments

for the epipodite and exopodite we get nine segments, since

the figure alluded to shows beyond the base of the exopodite

six segments, of which the last is very short (I have con-

vinced myself of its existence in some legs from Claus’s

preparations).

17. The first segment of the maxillule bears a masticating-

lobe of considerable size, which is articulated to it near the

base ; the second segment has only a narrow rigid plate of

chitin and is destitute of the masticating-lobe; the third

segment passes insensibly into a short broad lobe. These

conditions can be very easily observed if the muscles are to

a certain extent removed. (The composition of the maxille

I have not been able to determine with certainty.)

8. EUMALACOSTRACA (§§ 18-27).

18. Myside.—The antenne have a six-jointed stem (ef.

Nebalia, § 15) ; the outer ramus (squama) arises from the third

segment (cf Copepoda, § 10). The mandibles have a

“lacinia mobilis”? (for the explanation of this term see

Hansen, “ Cirolanide”’), As in Nebalia, the two lobes of

the maxillule spring from the first and third segments (vide

“ Tijmphna-Togtet””). The lobes of the maxill arise from

the second and third segments (the boundary between the

first and second segments is incorrectly indicated in ‘ Dijm-

phna-Togtet”) and the exopodite from the third segment.

The first segment of the feet has disappeared, so that the

exopodite springs from the second segment; the foot there-

fore consists of eight segments (cf. § 16), for I regard the

claw as a modified segment, or, in other words, the terminal

segment has become cheliform ; the basal segment is much

shorter than the second; the “ knee,” where the chief move-

ment in a vertical direction takes place, is found between the

fifth and sixth segments (Boas). In the earliest stages of

the larva we find at the end of the abdomen two somewhat

firmly chitinized, narrow, hard processes (van Beneden,

424 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

Nushaum), which must undoubtedly be homologous with the

furcain Nebalia; they are relatively of large size, especially

in the penultimate larval stage, and are probably cast off in

the penultimate ecdysis in the marsupium.

19. The Cumacea, Tanaide (which must be elevated into

a separate order), Isopoda, and Amphipoda agree exactly in

the structure of the mouth-parts (not including the suppression

of the exopodite of the maxille, the suppression of the

lacinia mobilis in isolated parasitic forms, and_ similar

secondary reductions) and thoracic appendages with the

Myside in all the characters which are mentioned in § 18.

It is very easy to study the structure of the maxille and

maxillule in Amphipoda (vide “ Dijmphna-Togtet”’) and

Isopoda (vide “ Cirolanide!”’). In certain Isopods the stem of

the antenne is distinctly three-jointed, but in the majority of

forms the first segment disappears and probably fuses with

the head. Even where the so-called epimeres are strongly

developed (as in certain Amphipods) the coxopodite (or the

interval between the body and the articulation of the second

segment) is always short and several times shorter than the

basipodite.

20. In many Isopods the first segment of the six hindmost

pairs of thoracic limbs is small and movable ; in many other

genera it develops as an ‘ epimere,” which, e.g. in Jdothea

entomon, is very large, marked off on the dorsal side by an

arthrodial furrow, and on the ventral surface fused with the

ventral ridge (‘‘ Bauchschiene”’) ; but in Jdothea hectica the

upper arthrodial furrow has also disappeared and the “ epi-

mere”’ has certainly not been reduced to the point of disap-

pearance, but has become fused with the segments of the

body and forms larger or smaller portions of their sides

(cf. §§ 24 and 49).

21. In certain Isopods (Janira) we find a large thorn upon

the seventh segment of the thoracic appendages, articulated

beneath the cheliform eighth segment, so that the foot is

said to have two claws (cf. § 51).

22. The Euphauside are a long way removed from the

Mysidz in consequence of a series of characters, certain of

which only will be mentioned here. The stem of the antennee

is two-jointed ; the mandibles have no lacinia mobilis. ‘The

limbs are composed of only seven segments (they are without

the claw”). The “knee”? lies between the fourth and fifth

segments ; the first segment is almost equally as large as

the second. I suppose the segments beyond the knee to be

homologous with the sixth, seventh, and eighth (claw)

segments in J/ysis, and the fourth segment to be homologous

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 425

with the fourth and fifth segments of the Mysid limb taken

together. I derive this conclusion from the development and

direction of the articulations, and, moreover, 1 would point

out that a precisely similar condition is found in the Pseudo-

scorpions: for, in the first two pairs of limbs in Chiridium

(as I have proved with absolute certainty in Nat. ‘Tidsskr.

3 R. Bd. xiv., and in a paper at present in the press) the

femur is undivided; in Chelifer it is divided into ajshort

“trochantin” and the true femur; while in Garypus, and

still more in Obistwm, the femur is differentiated into a long

pars basalis and a short pars tibialis*, so that it is impossible

to determine the homology of the segments by means of

numbers (vide $2). ‘The maxillule have lobes on the first

and third segments, and, in a certain larval stage, also on the

third segment, an exopodite, which subsequently disappears ;

while the organ which in the adult animals is regarded as an

exopodite by authors is a plate-like development of the first

segment, which appears later ont. The maxille as regards

the origin of the lobes agree with the Myside.

23. The Decapoda approach the Euphausiide very closely.

The second segment of the maxillule is fused with the first,

so that the lobes proceed from the first and second segments.

The segmentation of the limbs is essentially the same as in

Euphausiid (Boas), but it follows from § 22 that the names

bestowed by H. Milne-Edwards upon the several segments

cannot be employed without consideration in the case of the

orders mentioned in § 19 according to the number of each

segment, with the exception of the first three.

24. As shown in § 20, the coxopodite does not disappear

in the Idotheide, but forms a portion of the lateral region of

the body ; qf we assume that the first segment of the limbs

which has been described in the Phyllopoda, but overlooked or

misunderstood by the majority of authors, Mékewise does not

disappear, it consequently forms a larger or smaller portion of

the pleurw. ‘This view seems to be capable of explaining the

fact that in the Decapods branchiew are found both upon the

pleuree, upon the arthrodial membrane between the pleure

and the limb, and also upon the coxopodite ; since the portion

of the pleure provided with branchiz is to be regarded as

originally belonging to the limb, so that we now find its

vanished segment represented by branchiw alone. Compare

* This latter condition must be regarded as the primitive one, and

therefore a fusion of segments takes place; but for practical reasons [

have employed the expressions used.

t+ VideG. O. Sars (‘ Challenger’ Report), who has figured this cor-

rectly, but given it a wrong interpretation ; vide also “ Dijmphna-Togtet.”

426 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

with this the plate situated upon the outer side of this same

first segment in Branchipus and Cladocera (§9), which

probably subserves the purpose of respiration. In the same

manner we may also explain the presence of the branchiz

arising from the body at the base of the limb in Lophoguster,

Gnathophausta, and Hucopia.

25. According to §§ 22 and 18 the exopodite of the maxil-

lule and maxille, if it is present at all, always proceeds from

the third segment in the case of the orders mentioned; it

therefore follows that in these two pairs of oral appendages

the primitive number of segments in the stem of the appen-

dages is preserved and that the first segment comes to belong

to the same category as the mandible, but not the coxopodite

of the limbs.

26. The Leptostraca are decidedly the lowest of the Mala-

costraca. The Myside stand much nearer to them than do

the Euphansiide in the structure of the second pair of

antenne (§§ 18 and 22), in the structure of the limbs, in the

development of the larve, in the presence of the furcal rami

in the earlier larval stages (§18), in the shape of the heart,

and in the presence of a conical projection for the orifice of

each vas deferens ; they appear to me to be the lowest of the

Eumalacostraca.

27. The old division into Thoracostraca and Arthrostraca

strikes me as being quite untenable even when (with Grobben)

we have excluded the Stomatopoda as being a section of equal

value. The arrangement appears to me to be based alto-

gether too much upon only two conditions—the presence of a

shield and of stalked eyes, as opposed to absence of a shield

and sessile eyes,—and, moreover, none of these characters is

constant (Tanaide, Cumacea). I consider that the Kumala-

costraca can be arranged much better in three “divisions, of

which the first will contain the Mysida, Cumacea, Isopoda,

and Amphipoda, while the second comprises the Euphau-

siida and Decapoda. ‘The first division possesses a lacinia

mobilis upon the mandibles ; eight segments in the limbs, of

which the last segment ts cheliform and the first several times

shorter than the second, while there are five segments before the

knee ; a marsupium ; larvee which are at first motionless and

have a peculiar development ; an elongated heart ; shorter or

longer processes for the orifices of the vasa deferentia ; and no

spermatophores: while the second division is distinguished by

having mandibles without a lacinia mobilis ; limbs composed

of seven segments, of which the first ts almost as well developed

as the second, while before the knee there are only four seg-

ments, of which the fourth is certainly homologous with the

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 427

Sourth plus the fifth in the case of the previous division ; no

marsupium ; motile larve, which in the case of the lower forms

have a Nauplius stage and a large series of ecdyses ; a short

heart ; no processes for the orifices of the vasa deferentia ; and,

lastly, by the possession of spermatophores. ‘The third group

is constituted by the Stomatopoda, which agree in some ot

their characters with the first and in others with the second

division, but in various other respects occupy a very isolated

position.

III. INSECTA.

a. MAcHILIS (§§ 28-35).

28. The mandibles of Machilis are homologous with those

of the Malacostraca; cn form they resemble those of the

Cumacea, having a well-developed almost cylindrical pars

molaris, though they are without a lacinia mobilis ; tn articu-

lation’ and musculature they exhibit a surprising agreement

with, e. g., Diastylis and Nebalia (vide also § 37), and herein

diverge to the utmost extent from, e. g., Orthoptera and Coleo-

ptera.

29. The maxilla are composed of three segments and an

eight-jointed palpus. The basal segment (cardo) has no

masticating-lobe ; the second segment is produced into a long

lobe, which is transversely segmented at the tip; the third

segment is also produced into a lobe (ga/ea) and the palpus

arises from its outer side. The structure of the maxille (which

may be very easily examined in a preparation which has been

cleared with potash), as regards the origin of the lobes from

the second and third segments, consequently agrees precisely

with that of the maaille of the Eumalacostraca, while, on the

other hand, it ts totally different from that of the maxillule,

30. In the Isopoda (see a tigure in ‘ Cirolanide”’) and

Amphipoda we find that the maxillipedes are situated very

close together in the median line, and, moreover, in the latter

order their first (or first and second) joints become fused

together; the maxilla are articulated in front and at some

little distance from the median line, while the maxillule are

attached somewhat further still from the median line, and the

hypopharynx projects between and before their points of

articulation ; lastly, the mandibles are inserted far away from

the median line, obliquely outside and above the maxillule

and maxille. We meet with a similar arrangement of the

mandibles, maxilla, and labium in Machilis and, e. g., also

in the Orthoptera and Coleoptera.

31. L regard the maxilla in Machilis (vide §§ 29, 82, and

3Y) as decidedly homologous with the maxilla (second pair of

428 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

maxille of authors) in the Malacostraca, and the labium as

homologous wiih the mazillipedes and agreeing in many

respects with these appendages in the case of the group men-

tioned. The submentum is homologous with the first segment,

which is fused in the Gammarine, and the mentum with the

second segment, which in the Hyperine is likewise fused.

At the tip of the mentum we find a segment, produced on

each side into four lobes, which, as may be seen with sufficient

clearness, belong to two lobes, each of which is cleft; and

these I regard (among other reasons on account of a compa-

rison with Orthoptera and Amphipoda, although I cannot

bring forward any cogent proof derived from the skeletal

parts) respectively as a lobe from the second segment (the

innermost cleft lobe) and as the third segment of the labium

with its cleft lobe: the palpus arises from the outer side of

the third segment.

32. The hypopharynx is conspicuous, almost rectangular

in shape, slightly emarginate in front, and homologous with

the hypopharynx (paragnathi) in the Malacostraca. The

organs which are termed “ paraglossee”’ by authors have

nothing to do with the hypopharynx; in the skeleton of the

head they are articulated at the bottom of the hypopharynx

and have a somewhat complex structure, with an external

process like a small single-jointed palpus, and towards the tip

a distinct tendency to cleavage into two lobes. I regard

these ‘ paraglosse”’ as homologous with the maxillule of

Crustaceans (a supposition which is strengthened in the

highest degree by their structure in Japyx and the Collem-

bola, vide § 39) ; the essential difference in Machilis consists

in the fact that they are situated somewhat nearer to the

median line and lie partly in front of the hypopharynx; yet

in Argulus, according to Claus, the maxille are enclosed

together with the mandibles in the suctorial tube, and are

consequently placed before the hypopharynx. (If a carcino-

logist should raise the objection that in the case of Apseudes

we find a lobe resembling an appendage upon the hypopharynx,

we must reply that in Apseudes only the elongated outermost

anterior angles are segmented off in a secondary fashion,

while in Machilis, Japyx, and the Collembola the maxillule

arise from the skeleton of the head at the base of the hypo-

pharynx, which in these animals is not cleft towards the tip.)

which is attached to the body by means of a small and for

the most part firmly chitinized segment, which is freely

movable, and which on account of its position and shape we

must regard as the first joint ot the leg. J regardit as homo-

_ Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 425)

logous with the coxopodite in the Malacostraca (it resembles

the first segment of the leg of a Wysis, but is, however, some-

what longer); the coxa therefore becomes homologous with

the basipodite. ‘T’o the outer side of the cox of the second

and third pairs of legs there is articulated a conspicuous

hairy “style,” which is perhaps homologous with the exo-

podite (Wood- Mason).

34, The abdomen consists of eleven segments (ten+the

telson), a number which is met with again in the Cicadaria,

Ephemera-larve, and other forms; according to Lacaze-

Duthiers it is the primitive number in the Insecta. The

well-known styles on the underside of most of the segments

are without doubt portions of rudimentary appendages, and

we may perhaps, on account of their position aud agreement

in form with the styles of the thoracic legs, regard them as

exopodites (Wood-Mason). The triangular plates which

bear the styles, and from which the hindmost in particular,

especially in the case of specimens which are scarcely half-

grown, project backwards as somewhat large processes, I

consider with tolerable certainty to be homologous with the

stems of crustacean appendages (Wood-Mason). The styles

of the tenth segment constitute the well-known “ cerci,”

which are homologous with the cerci in other Insects.

35. In the Myside and Amphipoda we find, as is well

known, four pairs of mouth-parts, and behind these fourteen

segments, of which the last is without appendages. I have

shown above that in the case of Machilis the corresponding

four pairs of oral appendages exist, and behind them we also

find fourteen segments, the last of which is likewise devoid

of appendages. ‘The tendency, which in the Malacostraca is

of frequent occurrence, to develop the last pair of abdominal

feet in a peculiar manner and to retain these, while the five

preceding pairs undergo reduction (Myside, Cumacea), is also

met with in the case of Machilis and other Insects.

8. CAMPODEA, JAPYX, COLLEMBOLA (§$ 36-39).

36. In the formation of the head and the structure of the

mouth-parts these three types are very closely allied. They

are especially distinguished by the well-known peculiarity,

that the mandibles and maxille, with the exception of their

tips, “‘ lie within the head.” ‘This has arisen in consequence

ot the fact that the integument behind their points of inser-

tion has become folded forwards and around them, like a

reduplicature which contains tissues ; and on the underside of

the head the edges of this reduplicature have become firmly

united with the lateral margins of the labium, so that the

430 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

latter throughout almost the whole of its length is connected

with the lateral wall of the head. Consequently the man-

dibles and maxille do not really le within the head at all,

but, as in the case of Machzlis, are attached to the integument

of its sides, which has here become thin and smooth; and

since the articular region of the inner lobes of the maxille

and labium has undergone elongation, we understand how the

reduplicature can extend almost as far as the end of the

labium. (The necessary investigation is difficult, since the

integument on the inner side of the reduplicature and on the

portion of the lateral wall of the head which is covered by

the reduplicature is very thin.)

37. The musculature of the mandibles resembles that of

the Crustacea even more than it resembles the musculature of

Machilis. It is only necessary to compare Meinert’s figure of

Japyx with my figure of Diastylis Goodsiri in “ Dijmphna-

Togtet” (I have only reproduced the three largest muscles or

their tendons), or with Sars’s figure of Diastylis sculpta, to be

struck by the astonishing agreement in the form and direction

of the muscles and of the large median muscle-plate. The

mandibles are without a pars molaris, but, on the other hand,

we find in Campodea a small lacinia mobilis.

38. The maxille consist of a cardo and second segment,

which (as in Machilis) is continued into a lobe exhibiting a

transverse segmentation in the neighbourhood of the tip. On

the other hand, the third segment and the palpus are entirely

wanting. What is termed by authors the outer lobe and

palpus is not connected with the maxille (see especially

Stummer-Traunfels, ‘‘ Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber

die Mundwerkzeuge der Thysanuren und Collembolen,”

Sitzungsber. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl., c. Bd., iv.

Heft, Wien, 1891, Taf. i. figs. 7, 10, 11) and does not

belong to them, but is, on the contrary, united to the

*« naraglossee ” and to the underside of the skeleton of the head

which is covered by the labium.

39. In Japyx solifugus the hypopharynx is short and

rounded off; the firm chitin of the “ paraglosse” is articu-

lated to the chitin of the head behind the base of the hypo-

pharynx. The paraglosse themselves he in front of the latter

and coalesce with it for a certain distance; each of these

‘“‘ secondary tongues ” is on the outer side connected by means

of firm chitin with the outer lobe alluded to in § 38, and with

a distinct three-jointed palpus. ‘This entire structure, which

lies in front of the maxillz, constitutes the conspicuous and,

in their basal portions, somewhat abnormally constructed

maxillule. The inner lobe is the “ paraglosse ” ; the other

two portions become the outer lobe and palpus. In the

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 431

higher Collembola the hypopharynx is of large size and the

maxillule have only an inner and an outer lobe (‘ para-

glosse”’ and palpus). Stummer-Traunfels furnishes us

with a good résumé of the extremely divergent interpretations

of these parts by different authors, such as Meinert, Lubbock

(who terms the ‘ paraglosse”’ the “second maxilla”), and

Tullberg (whose description is on the whole excellent and

who possessed a keen eye for the difficulties in the interpre-

tations given by the two previous writers). The maxillule

are, as has been already stated, inserted before the maxillee

and behind the point of origin of the hypopharynx; they have

nothing to do with the labium.

40. It appears to me that the facts detailed in §§ 28-32 and

36-39, when taken together, show the great agreement that

exists between the mouth-parts of the primitive Insects named

and those of the Malacostracous Crustacea and that they

render evident the homologies which I have set up.

41. Lepisma stands, as regards the structure of the mouth-

parts and the thoracic feet, between Machilis and the Ortho-

ptera.

42. Hemimerus talpoides, Walk.*, is a genuine Ortho-

pteron, and in the structure of its mouth-parts approaches

very near to Forficula.

43. ORTHOPTERA.—The muscles of the mandibles, e. g. in

Acridium, ex\ibit conditions which are very divergent from

those found in the Tlysanura. By comparison with Machilis

(§ 29) and by a process similar to that adopted in the case of

the Isopoda it may be shown that the maxilla, e. g. in For-

ficula, are composed of a first segment (cardo) without a lobe,

a second (transversely divided) segment with the masticating-

lobe, and a third (very obliquely cleft) segment with the galea,

together with a palpus proceeding from the third segment ;

the second and third segments with their four parts together

constitute the ‘‘ stipes.” (In the interpretation of the boundary

between the lobe and the segment in the case of the second

and third segments I have here on practical grounds not

followed the certainly more correct interpretation employed in

the case of the Crustacea, according to which the basal

division alone is termed the segment ; but the question has

the less interest since it only turns upon the determination of

the actual boundary between the segment and its lobe.) ‘The

hypopharynx is well developed; the maxillule are still

present in various forms (e. g. Forficulide and larve of

Ephemeride) as a lobe, which is attached to the skeleton at

the base of the hypopharynx.

* A paper of mine on this animal is nearly ready for the press.

432 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

44, CoLEOPTERA.—The mandibles, maxille, and labium

agree with the utmost exactness with those of the Orthoptera

in structure and relative position. A difference arises in

consequence of the fact that the hypopharynx is either so

much reduced in size as to disappear, or, as seems to me more

probable, has become firmly attached to the inner side of the

labium, which on the whole becomes pressed upwards against

the underside of the head more closely than in the case of

Orthoptera; many peculiarities (e. g. in Melolontha) point to

the probability of the latter explanation. The maxillule are

entirely wanting.

45. The hypopharynx is a freely projecting organ only in

the Thysanura, Orthoptera, and Diptera ; apparently we also

find it in the Rhynchota as a short free point (Wedde, and

my own observation in Nepa). It is often termed “ tongue,”

which may well be admissible, but is not very happy. On

the other hand, many authors frequently employ the term

“toneue”’ in a very arbitrary and objectionable manner for

portions of the labium ; “ paraglossee,” a term which should

be. entirely rejected, is used sometimes for portions of the

labium, and at others for parts of the maxillulee.

46. The antenne in Insects are sometimes regarded as

homologous with the antennules and sometimes as homologous

with the antenne in Crustaceans. As an argument in favour

of the former supposition we have the fact that the antenne

of Insects, as also the antennules of Crustaceans, are inner-

vated from the deuterocerebrum (Viallanes); the second

theory is supported by two reasons. As has been demon-

strated with respect to both classes by a series of authors, the

rudiments of the antenne are postoral in position both in

Insects and in Crustaceans ; itis true that a single author has

stated the same thing with reference to the antennule, but

this is certainly very much open to doubt. In the terrestrial

Amphipods (Orchestia) the first pair of antenne, the an-

tennules, have become very short, and in the most charac-

teristic land-Isopods (Armadillidium, Armadillo, Tylos,

Syspastus) they have become extraordinarily small and are

reduced even to the point of disappearance, while the second

pair of antenne are well developed.

47. Upon the mandibles of certain Coleoptera and larvae of

several species of Kphemeride I have found a well-developed

Jacinia mobilis.

48. How far the embryonic provisional lobes which have

been found by different authors in several of the higher orders

of Insects (and with respect to which Korschelt and Heider

write on p. 793 of their text-book: ‘This lower-lip-forma-

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 433

tion may be best compared to the paragnathi of Crustacea,

although a homologization with the latter structures may well

appear to be out of the question’) can belong to the maxillule

is a question which must receive further elucidation from

future embryological investigations.

49. In different Insects we can (with especial ease in all

Cicadaria in the case of all legs, with exception of the last

pair in Fulgoride) demonstrate the existence of a plate, which

moves together with the coxa and which is decidedly homo-

logous with the first segment in the legs of Machilis (§ 33) ;

this plate, which is termed the trochantin, consequently be-

comes homologous with the coxopodite in the Malacostraca.

It therefore does not belong to the same type of structure as

the mandible and the cardo of the maxille (§$28, 29, and

25).

50. The trochanter in the legs of Insects, as is well known,

often attaches itself closely to the femur, but is nevertheless

not to be regarded as a portion of the latter which has been

secondarily constricted off; on the contrary, it is to be con-

sidered as homologous with the ischiopodite of the Mala-

costracan limb.

51. With reference to the origin of the paired claws in

Insects, I think that I may make the following statement :—

In the Collembola we meet with a structure which agrees in

the closest manner with the condition discussed in § 21 in the

case of certain [sopods. We find that the leg ends with a

short but well-developed and very freely movable segment,

from the tip of which there proceeds a long and powerful

claw (with a somewhat large cheliform process on each side),

while to the underside of the segment another smaller claw is

articulated. If we now start from my morphological interpre-

tation in the case of the Myside (§18) the short movable

segment becomes the penultimate segment of the foot, the

large claw the last segment, and the lower claw a large thorn

(vide a good figure in Tullberg). In Japyex solifugus the

lower claw has passed up on to the side of the movable seg-

ment, though scarcely to the same level as the large claw,

and it is also somewhat smaller than the latter. ‘The tran-

sition to the ordinary double claws now becomes very simple.

1 recommend the foot of a large Acridium for examination ;

the claws have here attained an equal size and proceed from

a segment which is well developed, especially on the under-

side of the foot, and of which the lamelliform prolongation

between the claws forms an empodium.

As an attentive perusal of the preceding pages will show,

Ann. & Mag. N. List. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 33

434 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

the majority of the facts and interpretations which have been

developed above are most intimately connected with a series

of other, partly new and partly old, facts which have been

adduced by other authors; so that it is impossible arbitrarily

to dispute some of them without subjecting a series of others

to renewed investigation in various orders.

LXI.—Descriptions of new Australian Hesperiide. By

W. F. Krrsy, Assistant in Zoological Department, British

Museum (Natural History).

THE butterflies noticed in the present paper were sent with

others to the British Museum for determination by Messrs.

Anderson and Spry, who are engaged in the preparation of a

work on Victorian butterflies. ‘They wished those specimens

which appeared to be new to be deposited in the British

Museum on condition that they should be described at once

and the names communicated to them. All the species were

taken within the limits of the colony of Victoria. A species

which appears to be identical with one described by Plotz has

been added, as the descriptions of this author are not very

accessible and are cast in a form which often renders them

somewhat difficult to follow.

Trapezites Andersont.

Exp. 12 inch.

Male.—Upperside golden brown, with a slight purplish

shade towards the borders of the wings. Fringes unspotted,

dark grey on the anterior wings, lighter on the hind wings.

Anterior wings: a broad pale yellow blotch, with its outer end

suddenly widened upwards, fills up the outer half of the cell ;

beyond this are the three usual whitish subcostal spots, and

there are also two square whitish spots just below and beyond

the cell, separated by the middle median nervule. Within

the lowest commences a straight oblique raised line of black

scales, extending to the inner margin. The base below the

cell is clothed with dark golden hair nearly as far as this

black line. Posterior wings thickly clothed with golden hair,

except along the costa, for two thirds of their length, and

towards the inner margin nearly to the anal angle.

Underside pinkish grey; anterior wings with the pale

markings as above, the space between inclining to blackish ;

new Australian Hesperiide. 435

an ill-defined greyish space at the hinder angle; posterior

wings with two indistinct dusky lines.

Antenne wanting.

Closely allied to J’. donnysa, Hewitson, but in the latter

species the discoidal spot is much smaller, the row of three

subapical spots is curved, the discal spots are more numerous,

at least beneath, and on the underside of the posterior wings

there is a row of small black dots, sometimes ocellated.

Trapezites dispar.

Exp. 154-12 inch.

Male.—Greenish brown; anterior wings rather pointed,

with the hind margin very oblique; the terminal third of the

cell filled up with a yellowish blotch, gradually thickened at

the extremity; the three usual subcostal vitreous spots

running obliquely downwards ; a yellow spot between the two

upper median nervules, within which a raised black scaly line

runs a little obliquely inwards nearly to the inner margin.

Fringes concolorous. Base of all the wings clothed with

greenish hairs, succeeded on the posterior wings by a long

blotch of dark yellow scales above the upper median nervule

contiguous to a smaller one below it; fringes of posterior

wings reddish grey, with three large black spots rather below

the middle.

Underside reddish grey. Anterior wings with a long yellow

band running nearly from the base below the subcostal

nervure and contiguous to the discoidal spot; three yellow

discal spots between the nervures, of which only one is repre-

sented above, and below them a large whitish space on the

inner margin before the hinder angle. The greater part of

the anterior wing is black or blackish from the base as far

upwards as the yellow subcostal markings and towards the

margins to beyond the discoidal and discal spots. The two

lower subcostal vitreous dots are bordered with black on the

outer side. Fringes brown, with blacker spots at the ends of

the nervures. Posterior wings uniform reddish grey, with

three black dots on the disk beyond the middle, the two

lowest nearer together than the other; fringes with three

black spots as above, but otherwise unicolorous.

Antenne black above, ringed with white; club mostly black

above, red below and at the tip, and white on the sides.

Body green above, whitish below; legs reddish.

Female.—Upperside dark brown, clothed with greenish

hair in the neighbourhood of the inner margin for one third of

the length of the anterior wings, and nearly to the anal angle

33*

436 Mr. W. F. Kirby on.

in the posterior wings. Anterior wings with three large, con-

tiguous, yellowish-hyaline, subcostal dots; a large oval yel-

lowish blotch at the end of the cell, contiguous to a large

blotch, hardly separated into spots by the nervures, extending

from the upper median nervule to below the lowest, where it

is connected by a short isthmus with another semicircular

spot standing on the submedian nervure. Nearer the base

and just at the extremity of the hairy patch is a smaller

yellow spot resting on the submedian nervure. Fringes dull

erey, with black spots on the nervures. Posterior wings

with the centre filled up with a large orange blotch, narrowed

towards the base. Fringes tawny yellow, with about four

black spots on the nervures.

Underside nearly as in the male, but on the anterior wings

the yellow markings are continuous round the black basal space

and are bordered outside by a curved black band. Towards

the inner margin the yellow space extends as far as the

fringes, which are brownish grey above and slaty grey below,

and spotted with black on the nervures. Posterior wings

nearly as in the male, but with only one black spot on the

disk between the median nervules.

Body greenish above, whitish below. Antenne as in the

male.

The male remarkably resembles 7’. donnysa, Hew., in

which species the sexes are nearly alike; the female, however,

much resembles 7. symmomus, Hiibn., on the upper surface.

A comparison of the underside and of the antenne leaves

little doubt that I have correctly united the sexes of 7. dispar.

It is probably allied to 7. ¢dothea, Miskin.

Telesto comma.

Exp. 1 inch.

Female.—Upperside greenish brown, fringes chequered

witii white, the basal lower half of all the wings clothed with

long greenish hair, Anterior wings with a large vitreous

spot at the end of the cell and two smaller whitish ones below

it between the median and submedian nervures, just at the

extremity of the hairy region; costa slightly arched towards

the extremity, the raised portion yellowish, and below it the

usual three vitreous spots, the lowest of which is produced

into a curve like acomma. Obliquely, and halfway between

the discoidal spot and the hind margin are two adjacent

vitreous spots between the median nervules, the lowest some-

what nearer the base than the other; below them is a whitish

spot resting on the submedian nervure. Hind wings with

new Australian Hesperiide. 437

two well-separated vitreous spots on the disk at two thirds of

their length.

Underside light grey, dusted with brown; base and lower

part of fore wings blackish, the yellow costal fold well-

marked, the spots below the discoidal spot and the outer one

on the submedian nervure smaller than above ; fringes rufous

brown, the black spotting rather indistinct. Posterior wings

uniform light grey, dusted with brown, with two rows of

obsolete blackish spots, in the outermost row of which the

vitreous spots are placed; fringes grey, with large square

black spots.

May be distinguished from any described species by the

two vitreous spots on the hind wings. The British Museum

has undescribed species from Port Darwin aud Tasmania

which exhibit this character, but not the comma-like form of

the third subcostal vitreous spot.

Telesto arsenia.

Telesto arsenia, Plétz, Stettiner entomologische Zeitung, Ixy. p. 384

(1884).

Exp. 1 inch.

Female.—Upperside brown, with greenish hairs towards

the base. Fringes white, rather indistinctly spotted with

brown. Anterior wings with seven vitreous spots—one trans-

verse, at the end of the cell, three small, contiguous, sub-

costal, slightly oblique, two between the median nervules, and

a very small one below them on the submedian nervure.

Underside grey, densely scaled, but with no distinct

markings, except the vitreous spots of the upperside.

Antenne black, narrowly ringed with white, and white

below ; club rufous at the tip beneath. Body brown; thorax

clothed with green hair above; orbits and palpi beneath white,

the latter densely clothed with white hair.

It is often difficult to be sure of the identification of Plotz’s

species ; but the specimen described above appears to agree

with the characters of his J. arsenia. The locality which

he gives is simply “ New Holland.”

Hesperilla perornata.

Exp. 14 inch.

Female.—Black, the body and base of the wings covered

with long yellowish-green hair; head mostly white, banded

with black above, before, behind, and between the antenne ;

tips of palpi ferruginous; antenne black, with a whitish

longitudinal streak towards the base of the club beneath :

under surface of thorax densely clothed with yellowish hair,

438 On new Australian Hesperiide.

as also the femora on each side beneath; legs reddish, the

femora beneath and the tibie and tarsi above shading into

blackish ; abdomen clothed with yellowish-green hair at the

base above; incisions and under surface whitish, tuft

yellowish.

All the wings with the fringes chequered with whitish or

pale yellow. Anterior wings with a large yellow spot at the

end of the cell, widened in both directions above, two paler

spots above the submedian nervure, at one third and two thirds

of the length of the wing respectively ; at three fourths of the

length of the wing is a transverse subcostal spot crossed by

two nervures ; between this and the outer spot above the

submedian nervure is a larger one between the median

nervules, crossed by one nervure, and nearer the hind margin

are two confluent and more indistinct whiter spots opposite

the cell. Hind wings with the centre crossed by a slightly

curved and moderately broad deep yellow band.

Underside: Anterior wings nearly as above, but with the

spots more distinctly crossed by the nervures, which are yel-

lowish towards the base and brown towards the margin.

The two largest spots are more distinctly yellow than

the others. The two submarginal spots above correspond

to the lower end of a yellowish subcostal band crossed by

three nervures, and connected with a smaller spot placed

obliquely above it between the band and the subcostal

spot. The large spot at the end of the cell is also sur-

mounted by asmall irregular spot. Posterior wings very pale

yellow, with a large oval black spot at the base, the inner

margin broadly black, five rather large black dots on the

upper half of the fringes, which are tawny towards the anal

angle: three rows of large black spots; the first consists

of four large spots—the uppermost long, narrow, and pointed

outwards, the second much shorter, with its narrowest end

inwards, the third forming a long triangle, its inner angle

truncated and its centre filled up with pale yellow, the fourth

forming a large angular projection from the black hind

margin. The outer rows consist of about six spots, sepa-

rated by the nervures, and of various sizes and shapes;

these are surmounted by a long subcostal spot, produced

nearly to the first of the black dots on the fringe.

Closely allied to H. ornata and H. picta, Leach. On the

under surface the anterior wings resemble those of the latter

species and the posterior wings the former. Easily distin-

guished from most of the allied Australian species, except

fT. croites, Hew. (to which it has little resemblance otherwise

on either surface of the wings), by the presence of the pale

submarginal spots opposite the cell on the upper surface of the

anterior wings.

On a new Species of Zamenis from Lgypt. 439

LXII.—On a new Species of Zamenis and a new Species of

Bufo from Egypt. By Dr. Joun AnveERsON, F.R.S.

Zaments Rogerst.

This snake is allied to Z. rhodorhachis, Jan, but differs

from it in its body being less slender, the number of ventral

and subcaudal shields falling below the range that occurs in

that species, in which the former shields vary from 214 to

262 and the latter from 113 to 154, whereas in Z. Rogerst

the ventrals, in five specimens, range only from 195 to 201,

and the subcaudals from 95 to 105. It is also distinguished

from Z. rhodorhachis, Jan, by the rostral shield being con-

siderably broader than high, as its height only cquals about

one half of its breadth; whereas in Z. rhodorhachis the height

of the rostral equals two thirds of its breadth or even more.

The head of Z. Rogers? is broader than in Z. rhodorhachis,

and its snout is not so pointed as in that species. The frontal

is considerably longer than the interval between its anterior

margin and the end of the snout. The temporals are 2+2,

rarely 2+38, which is the reverse of what occurs in the species

just mentioned. In the other details of its head-shields, with

the exception of the prefrontals, which are occasionally

united into one shield (two specimens from Shaloof, near

Suez), and in the number of scales round the body it resembles

Z. rhodorhachis.

It is also separated from Jan’s Zamenis by its coloration.

A longitudinal line of moderately large, more or less round,

olive-brown spots commences behind the head, with a lateral

series of smaller spots alternating with them. The two

series, as they are traced backwards, become confluent about

the middle of the length of the snake, behind which the colour

of the upper surface is uniform olive-brown or nearly so.

‘The spots are separated from one another, and also the more

or less transverse bands formed by their confluence, by narrow

yellowish-white areas. ‘lhe upper surface of the head is

brown, with very obscure dark markings. ‘The rostral region

is yellowish orange-brown, and a narrow somewhat obscure

dark band occurs behind the nostril, followed by a bright

yellow, almost orange, band before the eye. A dark oblique

band below the eye. An orange band occurs behind the eye,

succeeded by a broad dusky band crossing the temporals and

the last upper labials, with a short yellow band behind it.

The sides of the neck are suffused with orange. ‘The under-

parts are yellowish white. A somewhat obscure dusky spot

occasionally occupies the angle of every third or fourth

440 On a new Species of Buto from Egypt.

ventral, and sometimes a few obscure dusky small spots are

seen between the angles of the ventrals and their keels.

The first specimen of this snake (a young one) was observed

by Mrs. Anderson in the desert to the east of Helouan, near

Cairo. Dr. Rogers Pasha sent me two adults from Beltim,

between Rosetta and Damietta ; and an Arab in charge of the

salt concession at Shaloof, near Suez, forwarded two speci-

mens from that locality.

I have much pleasure in connecting Dr. Rogers’s name

with this new form, as he has given me most invaluable

assistance In my researches in Egypt.

Bufo Pentont.

This toad in its general appearance resembles the pale

irregularly spotted form of Bufo regularis, Reuss, so common

in Egypt. So far, however, as its real affinities are con-

cerned, it seems to be most closely allied to B. viridis ; but it

is at once distinguished from all the Old- World toads by the

presence on the middle of the tarsus of a well-marked horny

tubercle. The front of the snout of the adult is covered

with a horny induration extending from the nostrils to the

anterior angle of the eye, and backwards and between the

eyes to the commencement of the interorbital space, but more

or less traversed in the mesial line by a longitudinal furrow.

This protection to the snout, the presence of two metatarsal

tubercles, the innermost of which is a powerful shovel-shaped

structure, and the existence of the tarsal tubercle, are features

which would seem to indicate that this is a burrowing toad.

The tympanum is vertically oval, and its transverse diameter -

equals about one half of the diameter of the eye from canthus

to canthus. The breadth of the upper eyelid equals the inter-

orbital space. The paratoid is large and somewhat oval in

shape. ‘The limbs are rather short and stout, and the hind

limb when laid forwards has the tarso-metatarsal joint reaching

the ear. The toes are moderately webbed.

The general colour in alcohol is olive-grey with a yellowish

tinge, irregularly covered with more or less confluent dark

markings. A darkish band across each eyelid. The dorsal

glandules may be either reddish or yellowish.

This species was found by Dr. Penton, of the Egyptian

Army, whose name I have associated with it, in the Shaata

Gardens, situated about one mile outside Suakin. I am

indebted to him for many other most interesting specimens

from Suakin.

A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. 44]

LXIUL—A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev.

Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e.

[Continued from p. 367. }

[Plate XIX. ]

BRACHIOPODA.

1. Terebratulina caput-serpentis, Linn.

Trondhjem.

Var. septentrionalis, Couthouy.

Rédberg, on the precipices. I have always re-

garded, and must still regard, this as only a variety

of 7. caput-serpentis, notwithstanding the opposite

opinion held by G. O. Sars*, Davidson t, and

Fischer and Gihlert {. Sars thought he had found

a permanent difference in the structure of the loop;

but that has been proved not to be the case; the

later authors rely on trifling differences, and I

cannot find anything, either by the comparison of

the hundreds of specimens which have passed

through my hands or in the descriptions given,

on which to found a valid species ; the more speci-

mens are examined the weaker is the evidence of

real distinction, and 7. caput-serpentis, var. germana,

F. & Gi, is a mere link in a chain. Davidson

quotes in the memoir referred to, without apparently

the least suspicion that anything was wrong, these

words from Binney’s edition of Gould’s ‘ Report

Invert. Massachusetts’ :—“ The downy epidermis

is a character too rare and too singular to be over-

looked. ‘This, however, is rubbed off very easily.”

In his description of the species also Gould had

written :—“ The whole [7. e. shell] covered by a

thin, silvery, fibrous epidermis ;” and, again,

“ Deshayes conjectures, probably with justice, that

* G. O. Sars, ‘ Mollusca reg. arct. Norwegiw,’ 1878, p. 10.

+ Davidson, “Mon. Recent Brachiopoda,’ Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2,

vol. iv. (1886), p. 28. ; ae

{ Fischer and (&hlert, Exped. Sci, ‘Travailleur’ et ‘ Palisman,’ Bra-

chiopodes, 1891, p. 20; and Result des Campag. Sci. Prince Monaco,

fasc. iii., Brachiopodes de l'Atlan, Nord, 1892, p. 9.

442

Rev. Canon Norman— 4 Month on

the Anomia pubescens of Gmelin is the same thing.”

If we turn to Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., edit. xiii,

we find that the name Anomia pubescens is given

to a shell on which Miller (Zool. Dan. Prod. 1776,

no. 3007) thus writes :— Terebratula pubescens

testa tomentosa, subquadrangulari, longitudinaliter

striata, tomentum non omnes eequaliter vestit, spon-

giamque parasiticam suspicor;”’ and Gmelin’s own

observations are ‘testa pilis brevissimis erectis

distantibus, an forsan a Spongiz specie adherente ?

hirta.” The suggestion of these two old writers

was the true one, while mcdern writers like Gould

and Davidson have mistaken this hispid coating of

sponge for an epidermis! But it must not be sup-

posed that the hispid coating is due to one particular

species of sponge. ‘T'wosuch are described by Bower-

bank—WMicrociona levis, Bow. (Brit. Spong. vol. iii.

pl. xxiii. figs. 7-11), and Halichondria albula, Bow.

(vol. iii. pl. xlv. figs. 21-24). I have now taken

three specimens at random procured at Rédberg and

examined the hispid covering; all looked alike to

the naked eye, but each shell had on it a sponge

not only specifically but generically distinct from

the others, and none of them belonging to either of

the species found on Terebratulina by Bowerbank*.

Fischer and Céhlert give the same solution of the

“ epidermis,” having found an incrusting sponge on

their specimens which is yet another species, Sub-

erites captllitium, Topsent. It would seem that the

slightly roughened shell, combined probably with ~

the advantage afforded in the way of nutriment

brought by the currents of water which the Bra-

chiopods set in motion, serve to make Terebratulina

a friend highly esteemed among the Spongozca.

2. Waldheimia septigera, Lovén.

This fine species is not rare at some spots near Rédberg;

but I only myself found one living specimen on the preci-

pices on the west side of the fiord at a great depth, probably

300 fathoms. I have also dredged it at a nearly similar

depth off Batalden, near Floré6. The Rédberg specimens

are, however, larger than any I have seen from other places,

* One of the three is Myailla ambigua, Bow. (= Microciona ambigua,

Bow.). This is Hastatus ambiguus, Fristedt, who also found it incrusting

Terebratulina.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 445

whether taken by myself or by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition

of 1869. The example procured is a narrow and very tumid

form, measuring 14 inch long, 1 inch broad, and 1 inch

deep ; but, if my memory deceives me not, I saw larger speci-

mens than this in the Trondhjem Museum, and fully the

size of Davidson’s measurement of his largest specimen.

Fischer and Ci&hlert have figured on pl. iv. of the ‘ Tra-

vailleur’ Report a very remarkable triangular form of this

species, with almost straightly sloping sides and straight

anterior margin, where it is of great breadth. Indeed,

judging from the figures I should have thought that the form

might possibly be referable to W. floridana, Pourtales, rather

than to W. septigera.

3. Waldheimia cranium, Miiller.

From .70 fathoms downwards, Trondhjem and Rédberg.

This species I find generally distributed in the West Norway

fiords, and I have also taken it in Lang Fiord, Sydvaranger,

close upon the borders of Russia.

4. Crania anomala, Miller.

In 40-250 fathoms. Specimens from the precipices are

large.

TUNICATA.

As there were several Tunicata which I was unable to

determine I sent the animals of this class to Professor

Herdman, who has kindly examined them and sent the

following notes. ‘They will be more fully treated of in a

paper which Professor Herdman has in preparation on the

-Tunicata of Norway.

“ASCIDIZ SIMPLICES.

“Fam. I. Molgulide.

“1. Molgula eugyroides, Traustedt*.

“Three specimens from Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms.

These agree so well with Traustedt’s description and figures

that I cannot separate them, although J. eugyroides has only

been found previously off Bahia, South Atlantic.

* “Vestindiske Ascidiz simplices,” Vidensk. Meddel. fra den Naturh.

Foren. i Kjébenhayn, 1882, p. 57, pl. v. figs. 1-8.

444 Rev. Canon Norman—A JVonth on

“ Fam. II. Cynthiade.

“ Subfam. Srrezrvz.

“ About two dozen specimens from Rédberg, 150-250

fathoms, and several from Bergen Fiord (Ad. M. N., 1878).

These agree in almost all anatomical details with British

specimens of P. pomaria, but the branchial sac has no inter-

mediate horizontal membrane across the meshes. However,

T do not lay great stress upon this, and I feel pretty sure that

the specimens belong to Polycarpa pomaria.

“3. Polycarpa pusilla, Herdman *.

“Four specimens from Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms, and

one specimen (in regard to which I am still a little in doubt)

from Trondhjem, shallow water. This species was only pre-

viously known from the North Atlantic, 40 miles off Valentia,

Treland, 110 fathoms.

“Fam. III. Ascidiide.

“4, Ascidia compressa, O. F. Miill.

“Three specimens from Trondhjem, 20 fathoms, and Réd-

berg, 40-70 fathoms, and one from Rédberg, 20-40 fathoms.

These are all rather small, an inch to an inch and a half in

length, but agree well with large specimens from the north of

Norway. ‘They have the pharyngo-cloacal slit in the

branchial sac like that of A. mentula. Iam inclined to think

that the A. obliqua of Alder may be this species, and

A. faleigera, Herdman, from off Nova Scotia is at least very

closely related.

“5. Ascidia plebeia, Alder.

“'Two specimens, about half an inch long, from Trondhjem,

shallow water. Also two smaller specimens, in regard to

which Ihave some doubt, from Rédberg, 100-200 fathoms.

‘There are also a few other small Ascidians, which I consider

too young to identify with certainty.

“6. Ascidiella venosa, O. F. Miill.

“'Trondhjem, shallow water.

* “ Report Tunicata ‘Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeds.,” Trans. Roy.

Soc. Edin. vol. xxxiil. 1884, p. 224, pl. xxxv. figs. 4-6.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 445

“7, Ascidiella, sp.

“One specimen from Rédberg, 150-200 fathoms, is possibly

a new species characterized by its very large stigmata, of

which there are only two in each mesh, and by the very

slender bar of the branchial sac.

“8. Ciona intestinalis, Linn.

“'Trondhjem, 20-40 fathoms, under western shore.

“9. Corella parallelogramma, O. F. Miill.

“One from Trondhjem, near Munkholmen, 20-40 fathoms.

“ASCIDIZ COMPOSITAE.

“‘ Ham. Didemniide.

“10. Leptoclinum tenue, Herdman *.

“Rédberg. This species was previously known from the

coast of South America and from the Faroe Channel.

11. Amaroucium pomum, M. Sars (?) FT.

“ From Rédberg.

[Note by A. M. N.—Two specimens growing side by side

dredged in shallow water, each thus far agreeing with Sars’s

description :—“ Polyparium magnitudine pugni, luteo-cine-

reum, subcartilagineum, globosum, absque pedicello, papillis

parum eminentibus obtectum. Animalia flava (straminea).”

From a memory of this description, at the moment when I

dredged them, it flashed into my mind that these fine large

compound Ascidians were Sars’s species; but further than

that I cannot say, as I did not dissect out the animals before

sending them to Professor Herdman. }

“12. Psammaplidium, sp. n.

“ From Rédberg. All the species of this genus previously

cna bl

* Report ‘Challenger’ Tunicata, pt. ii., Ascidix Compositie, 1886,

p. 281, pl. xxxix. figs. 8-11, pl. xl. figs. 3-5.

+ Beret. Somm. 1849 foretagen Zool, Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken

(Nyt Mag. for Naturvid. vol. vi., 1851), p. 35,

446 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

known are from the Antarctic, the South Atlantic, or the

Australian Seas.

“13. Aplidium, sp.

“ Several small colonies, which cannot be identified with

any certainty.”

POLYZOA.

Having during previous dredgings in Norway paid much

attention to the Polyzoa, I had a large mass of material,

examined and unexamined, belonging to this Class from the

fiords. I did not therefore, on the present occasion, search

for incrusting species, but gave the time thus saved to other

things. The few incrusting forms in the following list were

accidentally noticed, but it will be seen that the arborescent

Polyzoa are of great interest.

1. Menipea Jeffreysit, Norman. (Pl. XIX. fig. 1.)

1868. Menipea Jeffreysii, Norman, ‘Notes on some rare British

Polyzoa, with Descriptions of new Species,” Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci.

n. s., vol. viii. p. 213, pl. v. figs. 4-8.

a eee Jeffreys, Hincks, Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 42, pl. ix.

osral, 2:

Menipea Jeffreysti was described from two very minute

fragments, each about 2 millim. long, which were picked out

by the late Mr. C. Peach from shell-sand dredged by Jeffreys

and myself off Shetland and in the Minch. he description

of these worn fragments was therefore imperfect, and I will now

give full details of this very distinct species.

Zoarium very transparent and glassy, arising from a single

stem composed of a coil of chitinous tubes, and attached by

the base usually to a small pebble or fragment of shell,

dichotomously branching, branches all in one plane. Zocecia

6 to 9 and sometimes more in each internode, aperture regu- .

larly elliptical, occupying half the length of zocecium ; in

young cells armed in front with three long spines, the inner-

most much more slender than the others, but in older zocecia

this innermost slender spine has generally been broken off at

the base and is no longer perceptible, while the others remain

as short, more or less stumpy spines; fornix (operculum)

attached near the upper end of the inner margin, very large,

convex, cap-like, and so closely fitted down to the aperture

that, viewed from above, it appears to be part of the cell, and

only careful lateral inspection shows the narrow open line

the Trondhjem Fiord. 447

which marks its separation from the mouth-margin; the

illusion is heightened by the fact that the anterior edge of the

operculum is projected at a right angle across the mouth,

leaving in front an opening exactly semicircular in form.

The whole cell thus mimics the appearance of a Lepralian.

Two avicularia on each cell—one ceutral, raised, situated a

little behind the aperture; the other lateral, in the usual

position, very small, the outer margin of the cell embracing

it from below without any angularity. The ocecium is rather

longer than wide, not globose, but depressed slightly above,

inclining inwards.

But a most marked peculiarity of this Mentpea is seen at

the back of the zoarium, which is overlaid throughout from

the base to the most recently developed cells bv chitinous

tubes; these tubes, where not so numerous, generally wind

in and out among the cells, but on the lower part, where they

are more numerous, they completely cover the whole back;

moreover, one of these tubes generally (if not always) passes

round the base of each bifurcation (see Quart. Journ. fig. 6, and

here, Pl. XIX. fig. 1, c), as though to give strength to that part ;

sometimes also one of the tubes runs along the edge of each

side of the zoarium, so that, when viewed from above, there

is seen a transparent margin (Pl. XIX. fig. 1, 6) extended

outside the cells. Height of my tallest specimen 32 millim.

(not quite 12 inch).

Rédberg, Trondhjem Fiord, 150 fath.; also Kors Fiord,

180 fath.; Hardanger Fiord, 150-180 fath.; Flord, 35 fath. ;

and Bog Fiord, East Finmark, 150 fath.

Specimens from all these localities agree in every particular.

They are at once distinguished from all other species of the

genus by the peculiar dorsal overlying of chitinous tubes and

the large close-fitting cap-formed fornix, as well as by the

presence of the central and the small size of the lateral

avicularia.

The description and figure here of this species are so

different from those previously given that some explanation

is necessary. Alder’s figure illustrating my paper (pl. v.

fig. 8) and Hincks’s figure (pl. ix. fig. 1) were both taken from

the same specimen ; the former incorrectly thought that the

broken remains on the upper ocecium-bearing cell repre-

sented a branched fornix. ‘This error I corrected in my

description, and Hincks drew it as entire, adding two similar

fornices to two other cells where they were not actually

present in the specimen. I mention this trifle because

the curious circumstance is this, that all the time there

was a perfect fornix on the lowest zocecium of the right-hand

448 Rev. Canon Norman—A._ Jlonth on

side, which we none of us recognized as such, its character

being so entirely different from any previously known

form of that organ. Alder represented on fig. 6 certain

organs on the back of these zocecia, which apparently I could

not see, as I did not describe them. These, I take it,

were the central avicularia appearing through by trans-

mitted light, and their position rather altered by refraction.

Lastly, the very small imperfect lateral avicularia, which I

had mistaken for broken spines, Hincks rightly recognized

as avicularia.

2. Kinekoskias Smitti, Danielssen. (Pl. XIX. figs. 2-5.)

1867. Kinekoskias Smitti, Danielssen, Forhand]. Vidensk.-Selsk. Chris-

tiania, 1867, p. 23 (quoted from Dan. & Kor.).

1868. Bugula Smitti (Kinekoskias, Dan.), M. Sars, Forsatte Bemeerk.

over dyriske Livs Udbred. 1 Havets Dybder (Vidensk.-Selsk, Forhand.

1868), p. 255 (name only).

1877. Kinekoskias Smittz, Dan. & Koren, Fauna Littor. Norvegir,

3die Hefte, p. 104, pl. iii. figs. 12-44, pl. xii. figs, 4-8.

I had the satisfaction of procuring several perfect examples

of this rare and remarkable Polyzoon in about 70 fathoms at

Roédberg. I was previously indebted to Dr. Danielssen for

the head of a specimen of the species he had described, but

had not seen the perfect form until I went to Trondhjem.

Other known localities for this species are Stotholmen

Fiord, Nordland, 80 fathoms (Danielssen), Kors Fiord, en-

trance to Bergen Fiord, 150-200 fathoms (Danielssen and

Koren), 300 fathoms, no locality (JZ. Sars).

Among the Polyzoa of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition two

species attracted great attention— Cephalodiscus dodecalophus,

M‘Intosh, and one which W yville-Thomson described as Naresta

cyathus, and which Busk afterwards found to be so closely allied

to Kinekoskias Snitti that he had some doubt whether it was

distinct or not. It will be well therefore to clear up this

matter, and I am indebted to the British Museum for a small

fragment of the type of Thomson’s species which enables me

to make direct comparison. I shall take it for granted that

the descriptions already given of the two species have been

consulted, and shall only draw attention to points of differ-

ence or corrections of errors.

A. Kinekoskias Smitti, Dan, (Pl. XIX. figs. 2-5.)

The total height is 43 inches ; of this the first three quarters

of an inch is composed of the dense mass of fine rootlets which

are distributed through the mud and hold the zoarium in its

position ; the next three inches are the stem, which is about

the Trondhjem Fiord. 449

2 millim. in diameter at the base, and thence tapers gently to

the summit, where it is half that diameter. When living

the stem is cylindrical and vertical, so that the crown of

branches is held at its height above the mud; but when dead

all efforts to preserve it in its natural form failed and the sides

entirely collapsed, and it is thus evident that the stem is com-

posed of a very delicate smooth surrounding membrane, filled

with fluid ; the fluid must escape, I think, at the top of the

stem between the bases of the branches, as I cannot find any

rupture in the side-walls. Delicate as the membrane which

forms the stem is, it is of considerable strength; the stem

may be bent in any number of folds, it will not break. At

the summit of the stem this membrane expands and invests

the base of the crown, extending a little distance up the

branches, on the sides of which it is extended as a thin film.

The crown is about 3? inch high, and is composed of dicho-

tomously dividing flexible branches.

The zocecia viewed from above (Pl. XIX. fig. 3) have the

lateral margin straight, without any sinus, and the terminal

spine-point is small and does not rise above the slightly pro-

jected anterior margin of the zocecium ; viewed laterally (fig. 4)

the dorsal margin is seen to be straight or only very slightly

arcuate. The avicularia (fig. 5) are greatly elongated and

at the base the point of attachment is extremely fine ; they

spring from the delicate lateral margin of the zocecium about

or a little above the middle, and are so long that they project

when directed forwards considerably beyond the summit of

the zocecium, sometimes by the whole length of the mandible.

B. Kinekoskias cyathus (Wyville-Thomson). (Pl. XIX.

figs. 6-8.)

1877. Naresia cyathus, Voyage of the ‘Challenger,’ The Atlantic,

p- 142, and woodcut.

1881. Bugula (Kinekoskias) cyathus, Busk, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. n. s.

vol. xxi. p. 1, pl. i. figs. 1, 3, 4.

1884, Kinekoskias cyathus, Busk, Report ‘Challenger’ Polyzoa, The

Cheilostomata, p. 44, pl. viii. figs. 1 and 1 a-c.

Judging from the figures given, as well as from the frag-

ment which I have had the opportunity of examining, this

species is much less flexible and more charged with calcareous

matter than the last. Hence its crown, which is also con-

siderably larger than that of AK. Smztti in relation to the

height of the stem, stands up more stiffly. But be that as it

may, the following points afford good specific characters.

The zocecium seen from above (Pl. XIX. fig. 6) has the outer

margin flexuous ; at a short distance from the base 1t suddenly

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. o4

A450 Rey. Canon Norman—A Month on

falls back, forming here, as Busk says, “a sort of step;”’ from

this point it arches very gently forward, terminating in a spine-

point; this spine-point is rather larger than in the last species

and extends beyond the anterior margin of the zocecium ;

viewed laterally (fig. 8) it is seen that the back of the zocecium

is very convex, the form being spoon-shaped and reminding

one of that of the cell in Mollia patellaria, Moll*. The

avicularium (fig. 7) is much shorter and stouter than in

the last species, and is attached behind the middle of the

zocecium to the “step” described; when directed forwards

it does not nearly reach the end of the lateral margin.

Thus both in form of zocecium and avicularium this species

is quite distinct from K. Smtte.

The figures of the avicularia in the ‘ Challenger’ Report

are very inexact. They are represented as mounted on a

pedicel, and in some instances an articulation is drawn at the

summit of the pedicel. There is nothing of this. The avicu-

Jarium itself tapers downwards to a very small point, which

point is the attachment to the zocecium.

I do not see in my specimens of K. Smitt7 that the “ lower

narrower part of the posterior surface” is “ transversely

striated,” as described by Danielssen and Koren, and referred

to by Busk as perhaps of specific importance to distinguish

that species from K. cyathus.

An interesting point in Kinekoskias is the development of

the mass of root-fibres by which the species anchor themselves

in the mud. Observations on this subject will be found in

Busk’s paper in Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. I do not remember

any other Polyzoa which have rootlets of this character, though

different species have very varied modes of attachment. But

it is an interesting fact that among many classes of mud-

inhabiting animals similar modes of anchoring are found.

The throwing out of a bundle of fibrous processes which,

permeating through the fine mud in all directions, act in the

way of roots to support the animal in an upright position,

occurs not only in Kinekoskias among the Polyzoa, but also

among the Echinodermata in Lhizocrinus lofotensis, M. Sars,

among the Hydrozoa in Aglaophenia radicellata, G. O. Sars,

and among the Spongozoa in many species, preeminently in

Stylocordyla borealis, Lovén, and S. stipitata, Carter.

* Why is Diachoris, Busk, 1851, used for this genus instead of Modllia,

Lamouroux, 1816? The fact that the name has been misapplied by some

authors is no reason why it should not be rightly used, and Lschara patel-

laria, Moll, is the type of Lamouroux’s genus.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 451

3. Serupocellaria intermedia, sp.n. (Pl. XIX, figs. 9, 10.)

Rédberg, on the precipices.

I cannot assign this form satisfactorily to any known

species. It comes nearest to S. scrupea, a southern form not

yet known north of the south of England. With that species

it agrees in the form of the fornix, of the lateral avicularia,

and of the vibracular cells, which latter are present on every

zocecium, and in the absence of an avicularium on the front of

the cell. It differs in its more slender habit and more elon-

gated cells (in S. serupea the mouth-openings overlap each

other, here they are quite distinct), and in the ocecium, which

in S. scrupea is wider than high and very convex, here is

somewhat loop-formed, being narrower at the mouth than

a little above it, much longer than wide, and flattened cen-

trally ; there are four spines at the summit of the cell. In

habit ‘this species approaches more nearly to S. seruposa,

from which it is distinguished by the presence of a fornix.

From the northern S. scabra it differs in the absence of an

avicularium on the front of the zocecium and the entirely

different form of the vibracular cell *.

4, Caberea Ellisii, Fleming.

Rédberg and Trondhjem, frequent.

5. Bicellaria Alderi, Busk,= B. unispina, M. Sars.

Trondhjem, 150 fath.; Roédberg.

6. Fiustra Barleez, Busk.

Not uncommon on the precipices. Here, and in all other

West-Norway fiords where | have taken the species, the

habit of the species is different from that of specimens from

the sea round Shetland. for the form of the latter see

Hincks, pl. v. tig. 6, which was drawn by Mr. Alder from a

specimen in my collection. In Norway, on the other hand,

the zoarium generally assumes the form of long narrow strips.

Flustra Barleec is common in the West-Norway fiords. It

* I take this opportunity of dissenting from Mr. Hincks’s view that

my S. inermis is the same as the Miocene fossil SS. ed/iptica, Reuss ; one

of that author’s figures shows three spines on the front margin of the

cells, and the dorsal view looks quite different, representing the zocecia as

very tumid in that part. Many of Reuss’s species described in this and

other papers may prove to be recent; but it is diflicult, except in the

case of very marked forms, to judge, without comparison of specimens, of

the identity of fossil with recent species, especially in such a genus as

Scrupocellaria, where most of the organs in a fossil are in an imperfect

state.

34%

452 Hon. W. Rothschild and Dr. K. Jordan on

is not referred to in Smitt’s original work; but he subsequently

recorded it from off the West-Finmark coast, and pointed out

the differences between this species and his Flustra membra-

naceo-truncata. They may at once be separated by their avicu-

laria, which in the former are nearly circular and are placed

obliquely (vide Hincks, pl. v. fig. 7) and in the latter are

oblong and are placed uprightly with respect to the zoariuam

(vide Smitt, pl. xx. figs. 2, 3). I have examined many speci-

mens of Smitt’s species, including a type received from the

describer.

[To be continued. ]

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Menipea Jeffreysti, Norman. a, the fornix; 6, chitinous tube

from the back, here running along the side of the zoarium; e¢,

chitinous tube forming a loop uniting the divaricating branches.

Fig. 2. Kinekoskias Smitti, Danielssen, nat. size.

Fig. 3. Ditto. Zocecia seen from the front.

Fug. 4. Ditto. Zocecia seen from the side.

Fig. 5. Ditto. Avicularium.

Fug. 6. Kinekoskias cyathus (Wyville-Thomson). Zocecia viewed from

the front ; part of the type ‘Challenger’ specimen.

Fig. 7. Ditto. Zocecia viewed from the side. a, back of the further row

of zocecia appearing in the hollows of the zocecia of the nearer

row; 6, an organ I do not feel sure about, possibly the point to

which the muscles of the animal are attached, but I cannot see

any muscles thus attached.

Fig. 8. Ditto. The avicularium.

Fig. 9. Scrupocellaria intermedia, Norman. Front view of zocecia.

Fig. 10, Ditto. One of the upright vibraculum cells from the back of

the zocecium, more enlarged than fig. 9.

LXIV.—On some new or little-known Species of Coleoptera

from the East. By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD and

Dr. K. JorDAN.

1. Theodosia Howittii (Cast.).

Among some specimens of this fine species recently

received from Kina Balu, North Borneo, is a large male,

measuring 52 millim. from the tip of the prothoracic

horn to the apex of the abdomen; the horn on the head is

more than 30 millim. long. Both horns are deep coppery,

tinged with purple.

new or little-known Coleoptera from the East. 453

2. Theodosia magnifica, sp. n.

dé. T. viridis, elytris, abdomine femoribusque flavescentibus ; caput

cornu longo aureo-igneo simplice ; prothorax cornu aureo-igneo,

apice truncato, infra antemedium uni-, versus apicem bituberculato,

densissime granulato-punctulatus, fortiter convexus, lateribus

medio rotundatus, postice angustatus, angulis posticis rotundatis ;

scutellum elytraque tenuissime punctulata.

Long. 30, elytr. 14, lat. 12 millim.

Distinguished from 7. Howittit (Cast.) by the yellowish

colour ot the elytra, abdomen, and femora, by the prothorax

being shaped almost as in J. telifer, Bates, with the sides

rounded in the middle, gradually attenuated near the base,

and with this narrowed portion without an elevate margin.

The prothoracie horn differs from that of 7. Howittdi (Cast.)

in having three small tubercles underneath, one towards the

base and two (one at each side) near the tip. The punctua-

tion is extremely fine and dense; there are no coarse and

scattered punctures either on the prothorax or on the elytra,

whilst 7. Howittii (Cast.) has (besides the fine punctuation)

such scattered punctures on the middle of the prothorax and

rather dense umbilicate punctures at the base of the elytra.

The prothorax is much more convex and the elytra are rela-

tively shorter and broader.

Kina Balu, British North Borneo. One male.

3. Pseudochalcothea planiuscula (Bates).

As the male of this species is not yet described we give

the following diagnosis :—

dg. Tibie antice inermes, intermedic intus sinuatze, postice ante

medium intus lobo longo, tibize quali, sat lato, apice minute

dilatato, longitudinaliter impresso, fere spatuliformi; abdominis

segmentum ultimum apice sat late sinuatum; pygidium apice

lxeviter bilobum.

Kina Balu.

4. Pseudochalcothea pomaceu (Bates).

¢. Tibie antice extus inermes, intermedize parum arcuate, intus

indistincte sinuate, postice intus ad basin lobo tibiis multo

longiore dimidio basali subparallelo, dimidio apicali angustissimo,

versus apicem filiformi ; abdominis segmentum ultimum sinuatum ;

pygidium longitudinaliter impressum, apice bilobum.

Kina Balu.

454 On new or little-known Coleoptera from the East.

5. Pseudochalcothea Staudingeri, Vanderpoll.

This very interesting species, almost similar in colour to

P. pomacea (Bates), but a little darker, is smaller than the

latter, measuring only 25 millim. The middle of the prothorax

is punctured, the strigulose area at the sides of the elytra is

large, the process of the mesosternum short. The chief

character of the species is the process of the posterior tibiz

of the male scarcely extending beyond the tip of the tibia,

strongly dilated at the apex, with the tip somewhat emar-

ginate.

6 ¢. Kina Balu.

6. Eutrachelus borneensis, sp. n.

o @. Differt ab £. Temmincki, Latr.: elytris maculis parvis,

grossissime catenulato-punctatis, stria suturali levi, punctis

precipue versus latera interstitiis duplo aut triplo latioribus.

3. Long. 75, elytr. 28, lat. 11 millim.

2 : 9 55, 29 25, ” 10 ”

This species very much resembles L. sumatrensis, Waterh.,

both having the spots of the elytra very small, and may be

only a Bornean form of £. Temmincki, Latr.

The male has a very feeble carina on the head in front of

the insertion of the antenne. ‘The prothorax, usually more

slender and less rounded than in #. Temmincki, Latv., is

finely and sparsely granulate, chiefly so in large males. The

spots of the elytra are arranged as in H. Temmincki, Latr.,

—one at the base, occupying only the third interstice,

elongate ; a second, very small, at the base of the fifth inter-

stice ; a third near the suture in front of the middle, almost —

as broad as long, occupying the third and fourth interstices ;

a small elongate spot on the fifth and one spot on the

eighth and ninth interstices, both behind the shoulders; a

postmedian macula on the third to the fifth and two elongate

anteapical spots on the third and on the ninth interstices, all

these spots coloured as in LH. Temmincki, Latr. The sutural

stripe of the elytra is smooth, the second punctulated in the

middle; the punctures of the other stripes are large, with the

interstices between them somewhat elevate ; the biggest male

has the punciures of the fifth to the eighth rows relatively

not so large as they are in smaller specimens.

Kina Balu.

Varies very much in size, like H. Temmincki, Latr.

7. Eutrachelus achilles, sp. n.

g. E. ater, tibiis apicibus tarsisque infra brunneo-pubescentibus ;

On new Lepidoptera from German New Guinea. 455

elytris striis tribus suturalibus, striis octava et nona, catera-

rumque partibus apicalibus levibus.

Long. 75, elytr. 28, lat. 11 millim.

Entirely black, with the elytra shining. Inner side of the

tibia (except the base) and the under surface of the tarsi

clothed with a brownish pubescence. Head and prothorax

shaped as in EL. Temmincki, Latr., with the tip of the rostrum

strongly dilated. Elytra with fine stripes; the first, second,

third, and ninth stripes smooth, the fourth with fine punctures

except at the base and apex, the fifth to seventh punctured,

with their apical third smooth; the eighth with a few punc-

tures behind the base. Under surface as in H. Temmincki,

Latr.

One male. Java.

8. Hurybatus borneensis, sp. n.

Q. E. niger, prothorace supra et infra elytrisque aurantio-rufis,

capite medio profunde canaliculato; antennis scapo pyriformi,

articulis tertio, quarto, quinto processu apicali robusto sat longo

apice tumido, articulis 6° et 7° apice dentatis; prothorace disco

utrinqgue macula rotunda nigra; scutello nigro apice profunde

sinuato; elytris elongatis, quarta parte apicali et singulo maculis

quatuor nigris, maculis prima et secunda rotundatis postbasalibus,

transverse dispositis, prima versus suturam, secunda minore versus

latus, tertia mediana transversa in disci medio, quarta sublaterali

ante aream nigtam apicalem rotundata cum hac area conjuncta.

Long. 33, elytr. 22, lat. 8 millim.

The apical process of the third joint of the antennee a

little thickened at its tip, conspicuously curved, standing at

right angles to the joint; the process of the fourth joint is

shorter but of nearly the same shape, standing obliquely to

the joint ; the fifth joint has the tip of the short process also

rounded, whilst the sixth and seventh joints have a short and

sharp tooth.

Kina Balu.

LXV.—Two new Species of Lepidoptera from German New

Guinea. By the Hon. WALTER RoruscuiLp and Dr. K.

JORDAN. .

1. Acrwa Sanderi, sp. un.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings transparent, with scarce

black scales which are somewhat denser at the costa and

apex, forming ten macula in the basal half of the wing, and

456 On new Lepidoptera from German New Guinea.

with a marginal row of very small markings between the

nervules; moreover there is a submarginal row of elongate

pale buff macule, rather inconspicuous, the two posterior of

which are triangular. The base has three markings of a pale

buff, two of them in the cell.

Posterior wings black, feebly tinged with brown, with a

pale buff transverse fascia parallel to the outer margin and

eressed by the black nervules.

Underside. Anterior wings with very sparse scales, arranged

according to the macule of the upper surface.

Posterior wings similar in colour to the upperside, moreover

with three basal spots and one or two spots near the apex of

the cell pale buff; a submarginal row ct rounded markings

between the nervules also pale buff, these markings, as well

as the before-mentioned spots, showing more or less through

on the upperside.

Abdomen with the apical margin of the segments beneath

and a subdorsal row of rounded spots buff.

Exp. 55 millim.

Hab, Simbang, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea

(Micholitz, June 1893).

We name this species in honour of Mr. Sander, of

St. Alban’s, from whom we have received a small but fine

collection of butterflies and moths taken by his orchid-

collector, Micholitz, at Simbang.

2. Panacra Micholitz?, sp. n.

Male.— Upperside. Ground-colour of the anterior wings

olive-green, tinged with brown at the costa; a longitudinal

streak extending from the base to near the apex and a narrow

submarginal line, nearly parallel to the streak and somewhat

curved in the middle, straw-yellow. The inner side of the

streak as well as of the line bordered with blackish olive-green,

the space between the streak and the line with two slightly

marked blackish olive-green lines. The outer margin marked

with blackish olive-green at the ending of the nervules.

Posterior wings orange-rufous, with a blackish and some-

what ill-defined marginal band.

Underside. Fore wings orange-rufous, more rufous than the

upper surface of the hind wings, with the costa and the outer

margin greyish olive, with a longitudinal streak of straw-

yellow washed with ochraceous rufous, and with a linear

straw-yellow spot near the apical angle, these markings corre-

sponding with those of the upperside.

Posterior wings greyish olive, spotted with olive, and with

the hind margin ochraceous buff.

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili. 457

Upper surface of the body with longitudinal buff- and

brown-olive streaks; the under surface white, with a tawny

line running along the middle of the abdomen.

Exp. 57 millim.

Hab. Simbang, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea

(Micholitz, June 1893).

Named in honour of the collector.

LXVI.—On a Small Collection of Lepidoptera from Chili.

By Artuur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

A SHORT time since Herr G. Ruschewegh, of Buenos Aires,

wrote to ask whether I would undertake to deterinine a series

of Chilian Geometre, conditionally on the specimens being

presented to the British Museum; to this I agreed, and

during September a box of Lepidoptera in papers came to

hand, some of which, indeed, are not Geometre and several

of which, when set up, I found to bein such bad condition as

to be unrecognizable. The latter are numbered respectively

as follows :—Deltoids (nos. 12, 78, and 120), Geometre

(nos. 17, 61, 63 in fragments, 111, 137, and 147), these nine

examples being all worn, rubbed, and more or less broken.

Herr Ruschewegh forwarded with the specimens a letter, in

which he proposed a number of names for the new species, the

majority of which are, however, so unclassical in character

that it would not be possible toemploy them. The following

is a catalogue of all the recognizable species :—

Hepialide.

1. Dalaca subfervens, Butler.

Dalaca subfervens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 25. n. 39.

In my account of the Bombyces of Chili I recognized six

species of Dalaca, five of which Mr. Hampson has since put

together under the name of D. pallens, Blanch.: breeding

alone will decide whether he is right in so doing ; at present,

judging from the extraordinary variability of many of the

Chilian Lepidoptera, it is quite as possible as it is at present

unproved,

Noctua.

2. Peridroma saucia, Hiibner.

Peridroma saucia, Uibner, Sammi. eur. Schmett., Noct. fig. 578.

‘The examples are links between typical P. saucta and

P. hostilis and are labelled D, F, H, and C 6 respectively.

458 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili.

3. Leucania impuncta, Guenée.

Leucania impuncta, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 83. n. 117 (1852).

Labelled “ EK, F. Oxyacanthe.”

4. Leucania unipuncta, Haworth, var. separata, Walker.

Leucania unipuncta, Haworth, var. separata, Walker, Lep. Het. xxxii.

p: 626 (1865).

Labelled G 3.

5. Plusta gammoides, Blanchard.

Plusia gammoides, Blanchard, in Gay’s Fauna Chilena, vii. p. 84. n. 1,

pl. vi. fig. 11 (1854).

Labelled A.

6. Plusia chilensis, Butler.

Plusia chilensis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 188. n, 43.

Labelled B.

As already noted, the Deltoid Noctuz are in too poor con-

dition for recognition.

The remainder of the collection consists wholly of Geometre..

T have followed Mr. Warren’s recent arrangement of this

group.

GEOMETRA&.

7. Pstlaspilates cavifasciata, Butler.

Panagra cavifasciata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 384. n. 65.

Numbered 55.

8. Psilaspilates ceres, var., Butler.

Lozxogramma ceres, vay., Butler, Tians. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 888. n. 63.

Numbered 66.

9. Psilaspilates venata, Butler.

Liodes venata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 382. n. 62.

Numbered 151.

It will be seen that Mr. Warren has associated together

under a new genus of his own three species which I regarded

as belonging to different recognized genera; it is possible

that, in spite of their different aspect, they may be strictly

congeneric ; it 1s also not improbable that the genera to which

I assigned them may not differ in essential characters, but at

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili. 459

present I cannot spare time to examine into this point criti-

cally. As regards Panagra, it is certain that Walker asso-

ciated together several very distinct genera under one name.

10. Pharmacis mixta, Butler.

Pharmacis mixta, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 875, n. 52.

Labelled No. 96.

Var. seriata, Butler.

Pharmacis mixta, var. seriata, Butler, 1. ec.

Labelled Nos. 97-99.

11. Pharmacis latifasciata, Butler.

Pharmacis latifasciata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 377. n. 54.

Labelled No. 77.

12. Heterophleps ophiusina, var., Butler.

Heterophleps ophiusina, var., Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 423.

n. 133.

Nos. 4, 184, and 155.

13. Neorumia lutea and gracilis, Bartlett-Calvert.

Neorumia lutea and gracilis, Bartlett-Calvert, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1893,

pp. 216, 217.

N. lutea, typical. Nos. 86 and 87.

N. gracilis. No. 88. This is only a suffused variety of

N. lutea.

14. Anisogonia deustata, var. carneo, Butler.

Paragonia deustata, var. carnea, Butler, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1882. p. 35

Pp 908.

3 ?. Nos. 43, 44, 81, and 113.

Var. rosea, Butler.

Paragonia deustata, var. rosea, Butler, /. c. p. 354.

3 2. Nos. 10, 27, 41, 45, 49, 59, 64.

Var. typ. deustata, Felder.

Paragonia deustata, var. typ., Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. v. pl. exxiy.

fig. 8 (1875).

do. No. 18.

Var. cinerea, Butler.

Paragonia deustata, var. cinerea, Butler, U. c. p, 354. n. 22.

3 2. Nos. 51, 96, 106.

460 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili.

Since I separated the forms of this species so many new

and intermediate types have come to hand that I am forced

to the conclusion that the whole are sports of one extremely

variable species.

15. Syncirsodes valdiviana, Butler.

Apicia valdiviana, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 342. n. 5.

& 2. Nos. 15 and 16.

The female is larger than the male (48 millim.) and the

eround-colour above is of a slightly greenish-cream tint ;

otherwise it resembles the male; the males, however, vary

somewhat in the colouring of the upper surface; it is there-

fore possible that females having the upper surface-colouring

of the typical male may occur.

16. Euangerona valdivie, Butler.

Euangerona valdivie, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 359. n. 29,

Seven examples (numbered respectively 82, 83, 84, 91, 105,

108, 155), showimg somewhat similar variations to those

occurring in Angerona prunaria, but duller throughout.

17. Odontothera virescens, Butler.

Odontothera virescens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 409. n. 105.

No. 112:

18. Odontothera debilis, Butler.

Odontothera debilis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 410. n. 106.

¢. No. 95. The primaries greener and the secondaries

greyer than the type of the female.

19. Digonis aspersa, Butler.

Digonis aspersa, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 861. n. 31.

No. 13.

20. Microclysia Philippit, Bartlett-Calvert.

Microclysia Philippi, Bartlett-Calvert, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1898, p. 200.

No. 75.

21. Meandrogonaria (Warren) valentina, sp. n.

Primaries with the basal third ferruginous; a short white

oblique hne immediately followed by a quadrate spot on the

costa ; ccntral area hounded and crossed Ly three oblique dark

lines, angulated towards costa, equidistant on inner margin;

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chit. 461

the two inner ones rufous brown, enclosing a white belt

striated with ferruginous, and divided by rnfous-brown veins ;

the third line slaty grey; the interval between the second and

third lines also white, similarly interrupted to the belt already

mentioned, but interrupted below the subcostal vein by a

patch of greyish coffee-brown ; the costal extremities of all

three lines commencing in oblique quadrate ferruginous spots,

separated by similarly shaped white spots, one ot which also

follows the third line; external third coffee-reddish, slightly

suffused with greyish and sericeous; an almost triangular

patch of white, striated with fine lines of the ground-colour,

tapering from costa; fringe interrupted by lunate white spots:

secondaries sericeous white, traversed from about the middle

of abdominal margin by two subparallel well separated grey

lines, which become indistinct and are angulated towards

costa; the inner line less defined than the outer; abdominal

and external areas suffused with rosy coffee-brown, darkest at

anal angle; fringe rufous brown, interrupted by white

lunules : body ferruginous, the abdomen sericeous and paler

than the thorax. Wings below paler than above, with the

markings more sharply defined ; the apical patch and costa of

the primaries ochreous; the basal area whitish; the second-

aries almost like the primaries in character, sparsely striated

with ferruginous : the frons and palpi deep ferruginous ; the

body whitish, densely irrorated with ferruginous at the sides ;

the legs white, clouded with ferruginous externally and regu-

larly spotted with dark rufous brown. Expanse of wings

35 millim.

No. 140.

The form of this species corresponds with that of my

Azelina corticalis, but the pattern and colouring are unique.

22. Perusia precisarta, Herrich-Schiiffer.

Perusia precisaria, Herrich-Schiffer, Auss. Schmett. fig. 415.

a 2a Nos. Land 2.

23. Casbia lapidea, Butler.

Tephrina lapidea, Butler, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1882, p. 878. n. 56.

No. 3. I think this insect would have been better left in

Tephrina than in Casbia; but it is more convenient for

purposes of reference to follow Warren’s arrangement.

24. Scordylia vittata, Philippi.

Euclidia vittata, Philippi, Linnea Entom. xiy. p. 295. n. 32 (1860),

No. 183. I cannot follow Warren in calling this genus

462 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili.

Heterusia until it has been decided, first, that Devanica,

Moore, shall supersede Hterusta (sic) of Hope; and, second,

that the species of Scordylia are congeneric with the very

dissimilar species figured by Hiibner as the type of his genus.

Mr. Warren appears to have followed Felder in adopting

Heterusia, Hiibner, for the species of Scordylia.

25. Eucosmia exacta, Butler.

Scotosia exacta, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 416. n. 114.

No. 8.

26. Anchiphyllia (Warren) oltvacea, Butler.

Sarracena olivacea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 421. n. 129.

No. 30. Warren associates under one name S. olivacea,

pellicata, and declinata, ignoring marked differences in form

of wing and pattern. Of course this is a purely arbitrary

decision, not supported by a particle of evidence. Although

it is possible that the three types may eventually prove to be

seasonal forms or alternating generations of a single species,

it is, to say the least, not usual for three types of wing-outline

combined with three types of wing-banding to occur in one

species ; therefore, until their identity has been proved or dis-

proved by breeding, I shall not bow to Mr. Warren’s

decision.

27. Phyllia triangularia, Blanchard.

Phyllia triangularia, Blanchard, in Gay’s Fauna Chilena, vii. p. 89. n. 1,

pl. vii. fig. 5 (1852-64).

Nos. 9, 23, and 116. Varying slightly in tint; my P. czne-

resceits 18 probably a well-defined variety of the same.

28. Chlorotimandra viridis, Butler.

Chlorotimandra viridis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 369. n. 45,

& ?. Nos. 57 and 62.

29. Rhopalodes virescens, Philippi.

Tomopteryx virescens, Philippi, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxxiv. p. 315. n. 3, pl. ii.

fic. 7 (1873).

GuNor gs:

Warren placed this under two genera, believing probably

that | had wrongly identified Philippi’s species; now that we

have the male, it is perfectly evident that my identification

was correct.

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili. 463

30. Tomopteryx leta, Philippi.

Tomopteryx leta, Philippi, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxxiv. p. 314. n. 2, pl. ii.

fix, 6 a (1873).

Jon NG, 50.

The female is larger than the male and has the well-

developed secondaries of all females of the family.

31. Tomopteryx esmeralda?, Bartlett-Calvert.

? Rhopalodes esmeralda, Bartlett-Calvert, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 218.

No. 31.

] have not been able to find any specimen in the collection

answering to the description and believe it cannot have been

forwarded with Mr. Bartlett-Calvert’s other species; the

specimens betore me are not in good condition, but probably

represent the species, the only additional character being a

small triangular white spot at the end of the cell of primaries

with a dusky spot below it.

32. Tomopteryx botulata, Felder.

Tomopteryx botulata, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. v. pl. exxxi. fig. 18.

No. 46. Should be the type of a different genus.

33. Hoplosauris heliconoides, Butler.

Hoplosauris heliconoides, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 399. n. 87.

No. 118.

34. Hoplosauris valeria, sp. n.

6. Primaries above greyish brown, traversed by numerous

irregular darker lines; an irregular trifid pyramidal black

spot, its base resting upon the inner margin near the base, its

outer edge bordered with white; just beyond this two ill-

defined blackish, angulated, parallel, sinuous stripes ; central

belt white internally, its outline represented by subconfluent

black spots, the inner edge subangulated and sinuous, the

outer edge running obliquely from costa to upper radial,

where it is acutely angulated, from which point to inner

margin it is regularly, deeply, but unequally bisinuated to

inner margin; it is also bounded externally by a narrow

whitish band intersected by a brown line; a sinuous white

submarginal stripe, internally bounded and partly interrupted

in the centre by four black spots, of which the first two are

fusiform and larger than the others; a marginal series of

numerous black dots: secondaries sericeous white, slightly

brownish at apex. Body above grey-brown, the thorax dark ;

464 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili.

below altogether paler than above; the markings almost

obliterated. Hxpanse of wings 32 millim.

No. 53.

35. Hoplosauris ? edelmira, sp. n.

¢+ Bronzy greyish brown; primaries crossed by numerous

irregular black lines ; the central region darker from about

the seventh to the tenth line, indicating a central belt, the

outer edge of which commences in an irregular -shaped

character, and is thence regularly undulated to inner margin ;

a small transverse elliptical white spot at end of cell; a regu-

larly dentate-sinuate submarginal whitish line, immediately

beyond which towards apex are two or three partly confluent

black spots; a marginal series of numerous black dots :

secondaries and under surface sericeous whitish ; the primaries

browner in certain lights and showing traces of the markings

of the upper surface. Hxpanse of wings 40 millim.

Nos. 145 and 152.

36. Epirrhoé Edmondsii, Butler.

Fidonia Edmondsii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 385, n. 68,

No. 38.

37. Lpirrhoé decipiens, Butler.

Coremia decipiens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 412. n. 109.

No. 22.

38. Cidaria ceres, Butler.

2. Cidaria ceres, Butler, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 417. n. 119.

Da. Nos. 29 and 292:

The male differs from the female in its inferior size, the

primaries either greenish or reddish towards outer margin,

and with a submarginal band dentated or zigzag externally,

either red-brown or slaty grey, and sometimes separated into

contiguous spots.

39. Cidaria corticalis, Butler.

Anticlea corticalis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 411. n. 108.

No. 136.

{can hardly think this species rightly placed in Crdaria ;

it bears no resemblance to any other species referred to that

genus by Mr. Warren.

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili. 465

40. Cidaria misera, Butler.

Cidaria misera, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1882, p. 415. n. 117,

No. 154.

41. Cidaria adela, sp. n.

Sericeous greyish brown ; the general aspect of C. squalida

of New Zealand, but the primaries more acuminate at apex,

the secondaries with irregularly dentated outer margin; the

central belt of the primaries having more nearly the outline

of C. capitata of Europe, but black-edged, crossed by black

lines, and enclosing a black discocellular dot followed by a

whitish nebula; beyond this belt one or two ill-defined

crinkled transverse lines, followed by a series of black or

blackish spots, bounded by submarginal white lunules;

nervures on external area pale sandy brownish, interrupting

an externally white-edged black undulated marginal line ;

fringe black-brown at base, white, tipped and spotted with

blackish brown, externally: secondaries paler than primaries

excepting towards outer margin; the external area being

bounded internally by two or three scarcely discernible

parallel lines slightly darker than the ground-colour ; on the

abdominal margin these lines terminate as blackish lunules ;

a short white dash at anal angle, being the last of a series of

badly defined submarginal spots; marginal line and fringe

as in primaries. Wings below with black oblique disco-

cellular dashes or spots, one in each wing; an angulated

zigzag blackish discal line and a whitish badly defined zigzag

submarginal line ; marginal line and fringe almost as above ;

costal area of primaries and whole of secondaries irrorated

with whitish ; tibia and tarsi dark grey-brown, banded with

whitish. Expanse of wings 37 millim.

Nos. 69 and 147.

42. Euphia hymenata, var., Felder.

Cidaria hymenata, var., Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. vy. pl. exxxii.

fig. 41, 2.

3 @. Nos. 141 and 143.

The female in the present series is paler than in Felder’s

figure, the primaries being stramineous instead of deep

ochreous. ‘The male has shining pale copper-brown primaries

varied with pale ochreous on basal area and just beyond the

cell; the upper portion of the central belt is also of this

colour; the latter is represented by two slightly divergent

nearly straight grey stripes, the outer one of which is inter-

Ann. & Mag. N. List. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 35

466 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili.

rupted just beyond the cell by a white 7-shaped character ;

the secondaries are sericeous, cream-coloured, acuminate at

apex; the neuration is peculiar, the internal vein absent, the

three median branches placed near the abdominal margin, and

the lower discocellular veinlet absent; the subcostal branches

spring from the end of the cell, not from a footstalk, as in the

female.

I have followed Warren in calling this a species of Huphia,

though the character of the male points rather to a relation-

ship to Remodes and allied genera.

43. Spargania pastoralis, Butler.

Ypsipetes pastoralis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 408. n. 104.

No. 20.

44, Spargania bellissima, sp. n.

Sericeous ; primaries pale argillaceous brown ; an irregular

black-brown basal band, bounded externally by a zigzag

white line; central belt irregular, white, shaded with buff in

the centre and at inner margin enclosing three large irregular

black-brown patches, two costal and one crossing the median

branches, also two small black markings on inner margin,

connected with the latter on each side by a slender line; the

central belt is of nearly equal width from the inner margin to

the lower radial vein (vein 5), but from thence rapidly widens

to costa, where it is of double the width; a large apical

blackish patch, divided by an irregularly zigzag submarginal

line; the latter interrupted below the black patch by an

oblique patch of white and bounded internally by a broad

diffused band of smoky brown; fringe pale argillaceous at

base, white externally, traversed by a central grey line and

regularly spotted with black: secondaries silvery grey,

darkest at outer margin; a black dot at the end of the cell;

fringe paler than on primaries, with smaller black spots: head

and collar buff, varied with black; thorax whitish ; abdomen

buff, with blackish subdorsal dots in pairs. Under surface

silvery greyish; primaries with faint indications of the upper

surface markings: secondaries, when examined with a lens,

white, speckled with grey, crossed beyond the middle by an

arched dentate-sinuate blackish line, followed by an ill-defined

grey band; a black dot at the end of the cell: body below

brownish ; palpi black, banded with white. Hxpanse of

wings 27 millim.

No. 132.

I was not able to adopt one of Herr Ruschewegh’s names

for this very charming little moth.

Bibliographical Notice. 467

45. Psaliodes signata, Butler.

Psaliodes signata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 418. n. 122.

No. 124.

46. Psaliodes diana, Butler.

Cidaria diana, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 416. n. 118.

Nos. 32 and 472.

Var. cynthia, Butler.

Cidaria diana, var. cynthia, Butler, l. ¢.

No. 37.

47. Hupithecia corralensis, Butler.

Helastia corralensis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 406. n. 100.

@. Unnumbered.

The female is considerably larger than the male, but quite

like it in colouring and pattern.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Elementary Paleontology for Geological Students. By Hnnry Woops,

B.A., F.G.8. 8vo. 222 pages, with numerous cuts. University

Press, Cambridge, 1893.

Tue study of paleontology of course requires a knowledge of existing

forms, as these are the outcome of the older creatures and have close

relationship as well with them as one with another. ‘The relics of

extinct organisms, though distinct enough, as material consisting

usually of silica or carbonate of lime, rarely correspond to all parts

found in recent forms, and therefore, though supplying little enough

to a Zoologist, are all that can be made useful by a Geologist, knowing

their value as zoological indications, and competent to recognize the

history of their embedment in deposits, the mineral changes they

may have undergone, and any altered positions of the strata that

contain them.

This little guide-book (one of the “ Cambridge Natural-Science

Manuals”) confines itself to a succinct account of those fossil Inver-

tebrata which are of most use to the Geologist; and the student is

expected to have the opportunity of consulting a collection of

fossils.

In the Introduction some short remarks are offered on the con-

35*

468 Bibliographical Notice.

ditions and methods of fossilization of the hard parts of plants and

animals; also on the “ geological record” and the use of fossils to

the Geologist.

1. Of the Protozoa, the Rhizopoda are here mainly represented by

the Foraminifera. As with the other groups, a short account of the

general structure and features precedes that of the subgroups. <A

careful note on Hozodn is given at page 21, and the Radiolaria are

also referred to.

2. Of the Porifera, the notes on the several orders and their distri-

bution are concise and clear.

3. Of the Colenterata, the Hydrozoa are interesting as comprising

the Graptolites, and, with the Actinozoa, are treated, both as to

structure and distribution, as fully as limits permit.

4, The Echinodermata, including Asteroids, Ophiuroids, Echinoids,

Crinoids, Cystids, and Blastoids, have their structure, relationships,

and distribution represented to the student in succinct but useful

notes, such as he would gladly have in his notebook when studying

the indicated fossils.

5. Of the Vermes very few fossil representatives are here noted.

The annelidan jaws found in palsozoic (and mesozoic) strata are

alluded to.

6. The Polyzoa and Brachiopoda of the Molluscoidea receive their

proportionate share of attention.

7. The Mollusca (Lamellibranchs, Gasteropods, Scaphopods, and

Cephalopods) have necessarily most attention, being the most nume-

rous and commonly useful kinds of fossils. The bathymetrical

distribution of the recent groups and the distribution in time of the

fossil forms are indicated with some precision; but space did not

admit of the modern divisions and subdivisions of the Ammonoid

and other Cephalopods.

8. The very extensive subkingdom of the Arthropoda or Articu-

lata, though evidently appreciated, are provided with very limited

accommodation in this little book. The TVvrilobita (one of the

“‘oroups of doubtful position”) are more fully enumerated than the

others, of which few genera are taken as types for the student.

‘A list of some important paleontological works” is given as an

appendix, a few “general,” and others special for each group of

Invertebrata, but necessarily, though numerous, far from all that a

real student would have to use. The Index of group-names and

genera will be found useful as far as it goes.

In the text are fifty-six illustrations, especially of the structure

of the organisms, showing the names of parts concerned; but very

few generic forms are figured, the learner being supposed to have

recourse to a collection of the fossils themselves.

We object to the propagandism of the vicious style of nomen-

clature here affected—for instance, one of the oldest and best-known

specific names given by Linné is printed here as Rotalia * beccari,”

instead of the authorized Beccarii; the latter being the genitive of

the only Latinized form that Dr. Giacomo Bartolomeo Bzccart’s

Miscellaneous. 469

name could take. On the same page the unwarranted liberty is

taken of docking another such word ; and elsewhere the Greek origin

of Saccammina is falsified in ‘* Saccamina.”

Doubtless this is a well-devised handbook, and, though limited

by conciseness of method, both in choice of typical fossils and in

_ treatment, it will be useful to students as a suggestive and trust-

worthy guide in paleontology, especially as to the most probable

subjects to be taken up in examinations.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Cucumaria Montagui (Fleming) and its Synonymy.

By the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.RS., &e.

Cucumaria Montagui (Fleming).

1808. Holothuria pentactes, var., Montagu, Linn. Trans. vol. ix. p. 112,

pl. vii. fig. 4.

1823. Holothuria Montagui, Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim. p. 483.

1882. Cucumaria Lefevrr, Th. Barrois, Cat. des Crust. Podoph. et

Echin. 4 Concarneau, p. 52, pl. ii. figs. 1-8.

1889. Semperia Drummondi, Hérouard, Rec. sur les Holothuries des

cétes de France, p. 685, pl. xxxi. D. figs. 1-10, figures bone (nec

Holothuria Drummond, Thompson).

Colour whitish, or often deep purple above and whitish below;

tentacles always deep purple. Length of my largest specimen (A)

is a little over 24 inches, but the body is in an extreme state of

contraction, and when alive probably the animal would have been

4 to 5 inches. Specimen B is also 23 inches long, but scarcely one

fourth the circumference of the last, being fully expanded in length.

I now proceed to give an account of spicula of these and of a young

specimen.

Specimen A.—Body-spicule ovate, with indented margin, having

four foramina, one foramen (oval) on each side and one (round) at

each end of a central bar ; a surface-nodule at each end of the bar

itself, and ten (rarely twelve) nodules on the margin of the spicule.

Upper small body-spicule campanulate ; height of bell greater than

or subequal to the breadth, upper portion of bell formed of four ribs

which arch down from the extremities of a very short central bar ;

near the mouth of the bell the ribs divide into two branches, which,

inclining right and left, unite with the branches coming from their

neighbours, and, just prior to their union, each branch throws out

downwards a little nodulous spur, so that the bell rests, as it were,

on eight little legs. This is the description of the type; but slight

irregularities of growth often present themselves.

470 Miscellaneous.

Pedicels of feet surrounded with flattened strap-shaped spicules,

generally arcuate, sometimes slightly dilated in breadth in the

middle, or at this part throwing out a lobe; the spicule is per-

forated with a few foramina, which, except in the case where the

spicule is dilated centrally, are usually arranged in single file.

Terminal plate not observed in this specimen.

Tentacle-spicules: the larger very like in general character to

those of the pedicels, but often a little expanded at the extremities

and bearing in that part three or more foramina; other spicules are

cribriform, often elongate, more generally very irregular in form;

the smallest of these, which clothe the extremities of the ramifica-

tions of the tentacle, are very delicate in their structure.

Specimen B.—Body-spicule like that of A, but only a spicule here

and there showing any nodulous growth, the vast majority presenting

a perfectly smooth surface ; nor are they so universally confined to

the number of four foramina, the spicules often having an addi-

tional foramen at each end (7. e. four in a direct central longitudinal

line); among them were also very many in an early stage of

growth, spectacle-formed, two foramina being united by the central

bar. No bell-shaped spicules have been found in this specimen,

though they have been thoroughly sought for. Pedicels with

lateral spicules, some just as in A, but here more generally with

about three small foramina at each end; termination of pedicel with

an arborescent delicate cribriform plate in the centre, and at the

edges several much stouter cribriform plates of irregular outline (it

is possible that these disunited plates ultimately coalesce into one

cap). Tentacle-spicules as in A.

Specimen C.—Young, only 14 millim. long. Body-spicule exactly

as in B, but here J could not find a single one that was nodulous,

and no bell-shaped spicules. Pedicel-spicules as in B. Tentacle-

spicules: the smaller of these, having to clothe very minute termi-

nating branches of the tentacle, are much smaller than in A, and the

ramifications greatly reduced in size, so that under a usual power of

microscope for examination they look like little round or nodulous

bodies, and it requires the use of a considerable power (2 inch and

high eyepiece) to reveal their structure.

Specimen A corresponds very closely with Hérouard’s figures of the

spicules of his “Semperia Drummondii,” the only slight difference

being that the spicules he draws have attained a yet higher degree of

calcification, especially shown in figs. 3and 7, where the foramina

are much more contracted in size than in my specimens.

Specimen B corresponds closely with Th. Barrois’s figures of his

Cucumaria Lefevrit, with this curious exception—in his figs. 4 and 5

additional foramina are shown which are built on to the side, so

that the number of lateral foramina is increased. In mine a large

number of spicules are enlarged beyond the usual four openings, but

it is in almost every case in the central line, one at each end, and no

tendency whatever is shown to increase laterally.

My specimens were procured for me in 1865 at Polperro by the

Miscellaneous. 471

old naturalist there, Laughrin, and I also have a mounting of

spicules from Belfast corresponding exactly with A.

It is possible that C. Lacazei, Hérouard, is also a synonym of

C. Montagui; but this could only be the case by supposing that the

author has mistaken the position of some of the spicules, and that

4, 12, and 13 belong to the summit of the pedicel, as 6 and 7 do

to its sides, and 14 to the centre of the termination.

The specimens B and C, in which I have failed to find the upper

dermal bell-shaped spicules, were obtained at the same time and

preserved in the same way, in spirits only, as A. I have often

failed ‘to find the small upper spicules of other Cucumarians where

they ought to have been. How does this happen? Is it that these

are the last developed spicules and only occur in adult individuals?

Cucumaria Koellikeri, Semper.

Semper’s work is not in my library ; Ludvig’s reference to it is

‘Reise im Arch. der Philippinen-Holothurien, pp. 237, 271,

pl. xxxix. fig. 17. 1 have, however, many specimens of this species

received at different times from the Zoological Station at Naples.

The examination of the calcareous deposits in two specimens gives

the following results :—

Body-spicule with 3, 4, and up to 8 foramina, but by far the

largest number with 4, the others being exceptional. The four-

holed spicule differs, however, from that of C. Montagu (specimens

A, B, C) in being shorter in proportion to the length. Moreover,

these spicules are not only highly nodulous, but the nodules at their

summits split, as it were, into little riblets, which riblets ultimately

become minutely spinous. This is a peculiarity which I do not

remember to have observed in any other spicule of this genus. In

the second specimen the body-spicule agrees in character with the

last, but those with many foramina are much more numerous, 8

being here very common, and ranging thence up to 18; there is the

same tendency of the nodules to break out into spine-points, but

less commonly and markedly than in the first specimen.

Upper Body-spicules—In the first I perhaps see two or three,

but am unable to make them out satisfactorily ; in the second I

cannot find any.

Pedicel-spicules.—The lateral spicules in character like to those of

British C. Montagui, but more generally dilated centrally and in

that part with the foramina in double line. ‘The spicula of the

summit also and those of the tentacles do not exhibit any marked

divergence from those of C. Montagui, but the larger of the last

more generally with a double row of foramina, at least in their

central portion.

I think it is evident that these Naples specimens have been killed

with acid, as in the first-mentioned not a single spicule is to be seen

in the tentacles, and in the others only the larger forms. This may

account for the absence of the second form of body-spicules.

472 Miscellaneous.

Observations.

It is most likely that} when Dr. Marenzeller speaks of C. Mon-

tagui as a distinct British species he does so on the authority of

specimens which I sent to the Vienna Museum in 1886 as “ Cucu-

maria Montagui, Fleming, Polperro.” The specimens sent were

taken from the same bottle as those here described, but were pro-

bably smaller than A and B (which are the largest I have) but

larger than C.

Now the curious circumstance is that C. Montagui seems unques-

tionably synonymous with C. Lefevrii, Th. Barrois, and Semperia

Drummondu, Hérouard ; Marenzeller assigns these names as

synonyms of C. Koellikert, while he keeps C. Montagui as a

distinct species from C. Koellikeri, and refers to Colochirus Lacazet,

Hérouard, as a synonym. This last I cannot thus recognize

as a synonym of C. Montagui unless I am allowed to suppose

that Hérouard has mistaken the position of some of the spicules

which he figures; moreover, figs. 8 and 18 would be wanting in

accuracy, but fig. 11 accurately represents the form and mode of

growth of the very minute spicules which I have mentioned as

investing the extremities of the tentacles of the specimen C of

C. Montagui.

An interesting point has come out in this investigation. Itis a

circumstance quite new to me that in two specimens of the same

species the mode of growth in a spicule should proceed on two

entirely different plans. In C. Montagui (B) I have described the

two additional foramina made to the original four-holed spicule as

almost always being added to the extremities of the spicule ; while in

C. Lefevrii, Th. Barrois (presumably the same species), the drawings

show the additional foramina as being added on laterally. In the

Naples C. Koellikert the additions to the original spicule appear

always to take place laterally (that is, out of the central line), even

if added at the extremities it is at the side of the extremity and not

apically. In this respect there is agreement with C. Lefevri.

Thyone Portlockwi, Forbes.

I believe this species to be another synonym of C. Montagu:, for

the following reasons :—In 1864 or 1865 I wrote to Belfast, pro-

bably—but my memory fails me—to Professor Wyville Thomson,

to endeavour to clear up the question what Holothuria Drummondii,

Thompson, and Thyone Portlockw, Forbes, were. As well as I recol-

lect, I learnt that the former was not to be found in the Belfast

Museum ; but a piece of the skin of the latter was sent to me.

Among my collection of Holothuroidean spicules at the present

moment is a mounting thus labelled: ‘‘ Cucumaria Montagu,

Fleming, Belfast Museum.” Unfortunately there is no further

information; but I suspect that a re-examination of the specimen

Miscellaneous. 473

referred to will prove that my recollection is right. At any rate

the mounting referred to agrees absolutely with the specimen here

described from Polperro as C. Montagui (A).

On the Salivary Apparatus of Birds. By Dr. A.-H. Priurer.

The system of salivary glands appears to be somewhat slightly

developed in birds, and there scarcely exist any comprehensive -

memoirs upon the subject.

This is due to the difficulty of isolating very small groups of

glands buried beneath corneous membranes, of which the dry and

apparently unlubricated surface negatives the very idea of a

salivary secretion. Milne-Edwards barely devotes a few lines to

the matter; these excretory organs, he states, haye but little

importance, and are only very imperfectly known. ‘The fact is that

Duvernoy, Meckel, Miiller, Sebold, Stannius, Chauveau, and

Wiedersheim have only described glands large enough to be isolated

by the scalpel—such as the sub-lingual gland of the goose, the

palatine glands of the ostrich; the groups of glands of the wood-

pecker, the parrots, and the climbers; and even the descriptions of

these authors convey the impression of isolated and not coordinated

facts. Prof. Ranvier in his course of lectures for 1883 * returned

to the study of these glands, and gave a general description of them,

while insisting that the classifications of the old anatomists were

fallacious as a natural consequence of their method. As as matter

of fact, by analogy with higher animals, parotid, sub-lingual, and

submaxillary glands were described in the comparative anatomy of

birds. Now, the morphological type represented by the bird, which

is very far removed from that of mammals, on the contrary greatly

resembles that of the Saurians and Chelonians: and it is with the

members of the latter groups, in which the glands of the mouth and

pharynx locate themselves where they can, ‘and are spread out and

hidden beneath a more or less rigid mucous membrane, that the

bird must be compared.

We have studied the salivary glands of birds with respect both

to their situation and their structure. The method of examination

was as follows: the head was fixed by means of a preservative fluid,

decalcified with picric acid supplemented with formic acid, hardened,

and cut into slices. These successive manipulations are not without

detriment to the study of the cellular substance, but they are of

great service in enabling us to make out the situation of the groups

of glands; and sections made from strips of excised mucous mem-

brane have rendered it possible for us to give precision to the typo-

graphical information afforded by the broad slices.

I, Arrangement or ton Granps.—a. The upper jaw.—In the

duck the glands form very abundant groups in the upper jaw,

especially at its centre. They do not exist at the base, and the

* LL, Ranvier, Journal de Micrographie, 1884, p. 146.

AT4 Miscellaneous.

groups cease towards the tip of the beak, where they are replaced

by Herbst’s corpuscles ; the latter are so numerous that, in certain

preparations, they are seen to entirely fill the cavities of the spongy

bone which forms the skeleton of the beak. In the crow no glands

are seen in the median third of the beak; the fowl, on the other

hand, shows well the two palatine groups of glands, which are in

contact the one with the other in the median line.

b. The lower jaw and tongue.—The study of the glands of the

tongue is inseparable from that of the lower jaw. The organs are

those which, in the species in which they are found, have been

described under the name of sublingual and submaxillary glands.

In the just-hatched chick frontal sections affecting the base of the

tongue show two groups of glands of considerable size and another

smaller one. The most important group opens by a series of orifices

into the furrow which separates the tongue from the jaw. This

group is composed of glandular lobes which are developed, not

beneath the tongue, but in the floor of the mouth, beneath the

mucous membrane which covers the mandible, and which almost

come into contact with the bone. The second group of smaller size

occupies the two corners of the tongue, which, in frontal sections,

naturally presents the appearance of a triangle, with its base

uppermost and the apex beneath serving for the insertion of the

organ. In the two free corners of the tongue are found the groups of

glands which penetrate into the interior, as far as the three bones,

as yet in a cartilaginous condition, which form the skeleton of the

organ.

The third group is situated in the actual thickness of the beak,

at the level of its free edge and internally to the inner margin

of the upper jaw (‘‘en dedans du bord interne du maxillaire

supérieur’); it is composed of somewhat small lobes, which open

opposite the edges of the tongue, and consequently correspond to

the glands of the second group.

In the tongue of the adult duck, the two islets which form our

second group are greatly developed at the base, at the level of the

fatty-fibrous cushion which reduplicates the mucous membrane ; as

has been shown by M. Ranvier, they are non-existent at the tip.

c. The pharynx and csophagus.—In the chick some considerable

time before it is hatched we find in the pharynx only very volu-

minous and greatly swollen epithelial buds, comparable to the buds

of feathers, but penetrating inwards instead of projecting from the

surface. They form two groups—the one anterior, which occupies

the pharyngeal side of the laryngo-cesophageal septum, and the

other posterior, composed of two lateral masses which come into

contact in the median line. The house-sparrow furnishes us with

the complete development of this simple condition, for in this species

we may count as many as six distinct groups of glands—two median

and four lateral ones.

The anterior median group is situated between the cesophagus

and the larynx; it is quadrate in shape, and extends in breadth

from one mucous membrane to the other, so that, although we have

Miscellaneous. 475

not, however, succeeded in observing glandular orifices in the

larynx, we may believe that it is common to the two mucous

membranes with respect to which it is intermediate. The posterior

median group is lkewise quadrilateral in sections. The two

lateral groups on each side are quite unequal as regards both volume

and shape. The larger one occupies the pharyngeal commissure,

and is therefore distinctly lateral in position ; it is composed of

well-developed and very bulky lobes. The second lateral group is

situated between this and the posterior [median] group; it is

composed of flattened lobes and forms an extended sheet, which,

in certain specimens, may join the posterior group.

Of these glands, the lateral groups of the commissures are much

the more important and descend into the cesophagus, where they

form two wonderfully well-developed masses—especially in the

duck, in which they continue as far as the glands of the crop,

which are recognizable by the special characters described by Prof.

Renatt.

From this anatomical study it may be gathered that the salivary

apparatus of birds is but seldom arranged in the form of bulky

glands, but that it exists none the less and is very well developed,

forming sheets heneath the mucous membrane, which are sometimes

confluent. Since adipose tissue is altogether rare in the heads of

birds, the anatomical character of these glands can be seen to

perfection. They locate themselves where they can, between

mucous membrane, bone, and muscle. This explains their apparent

absence and their neglect by anatomists. Although this is apart

from our subject, we might note here the presence of limited groups

of glands in the nasal fossz of the fowl.

Il. Srructure oF tHE Granps.—As we have already stated, the

glands are composite tubular organs. They arise first as a swollen

bud which becomes hollowed out, and, instead of producing

agminated swellings at its periphery, as in the case of the salivary

glands of mammals, transforms itself into a sac, which bristles with

papillary protuberances ; hence we get three stages in these glands,

stages which can be easily followed in the same animal, for we

always find very small lobules side by side with others of full size

(a condition which is likewise not met with in mammals). In its

first stage the gland is utricular, scarcely composed of protuberances ;

it is, on a small scale, the reticulum of the stomach of the ox. In

a more advanced stage these protuberances have risen; they have

contracted the lumen of the glandular cavity and are charged with

secreting cells, the result of which is that each protuberance or

papillary compartment encloses a short tubular gland. Finally a

third stage shows these glands individualized and uniting in a

common excretory duct with a differentiated epithelium. The

development of these villous and very vascular structures perhaps

explains the fact, mentioned by M. Ranvier, that the lobes which

are thus formed, and which attain the size of the head of a small

pin, are not found to be each enveloped in a distinct basal mem-

brane.

A76 Miscellaneous.

In a very partial degree there may be found in man glandular

structures which are comparable to these, with extra-glandular

papillary protuberances ; we may mention the glands of the cervix

uteri (Cornil) and those of the prostate (Regnauld).

The cells vary according to the glands. We have stated that the

existence of serous glands was demonstrated by M. Ranvier. As a

general rule, the smallest glandules, those which are utricular, are

clothed with very narrow and greatly elongated caliciform cells,

comparable to the elements of the cutaneous mucous glands of the

frog. The glands of large size, which are situated at the base of

the tongue and in the pharyngeal commissure, present a very

granular appearance after being treated with hematoxylin; some

are even opaque and fatty after being mounted in glycerine. We

have shown in another paper * that it was possible to prove the

mingling of aqueous and fatty secretions in the cutaneous glands of

birds. It is therefore not surprising that we should meet with this

fact again in a dermo-mucous gland.

But this analogy with the sebaceous glands ceases if we consider

the excretory ducts. These are, as a matter of fact, clothed with a

cubic epithelium, which continues through the layers of the epithelium

of the mucous membrane, which are always very thick. The cells

composing this epithelial lining are longitudinally striated, as in

mammals, but their cytoplasm is much more opaque. The ducts are

very wide and not infrequently exhibit papillary protuberances.

They finally open with bell-shaped mouths at the bottom of the

folds of the mucous membrane. The contents of the ducts are

chiefly composed of desquamated cells, forming granular masses

which fix the reagents and have not the characters of a mucous

secretion, although the cells with which the glandular villi are

loaded are almost all ovoid and caliciform.

The salivary glands of birds have therefore a special form, and

their cells appear to be charged with very complex functions, since -

they secrete mucus, ferments, and fatty bodies.

Summary of results—1. Salivary glands are abundant in birds,

although concealed beneath the mucous membrane.

2, We must cease to class them according to the characters of

the salivary glands of mammals, and on the contrary compare them

with the glands of the lower vertebrates, as has already been stated

to be necessary by Wiedersheim and M. Ranvier.

3. The type of the salivary glands is entirely similar to the

general type of glands in birds, which is very peculiar, of which the

structure, like the morphology, enables us to compare it with that

of reptiles, while removing it from that of mammals. Herein we

have a confirmation from the standpoint of general anatomy of

the resemblances long since established by zoologists between birds

and reptiles.—Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de lu

Société de Biologie, 9° sér. t. v. no. 12, March 31, 1893, pp. 349-

302.

* A. Pilliet, “Note sur la glande sébacée des oiseaux et sur le type

elandulaire dans cette classe de Vertébrés,” Société Zoologique de France,

June 11, 1889.

Miscellaneous. 477

On the Development of the Branchial Pouches and Aortie Arches in

Marine Turtles, from Investigations upon Embryos of Chelonia

viridis. By Dr. J. F. vay Beymenen, of Batavia.

1. The earliest rudiments of the branchial pouches and aortic

arches in turtles entirely agree with those found in lizards and

snakes; their subsequent development, however, pursues a different

course, and is more in accordance with the conditions observed in

birds than with those exhibited in the case of the other reptiles.

2. As in the last-mentioned animals, the rudiments of five

branchial pouches and six aortic arches are primitively formed.

Besides these, on the posterior wall of the hindermost branchial

pouches, where the branchial section of the gut narrows to form the

pharyngeal portion, an additional pair of pouch-shaped evaginations

are developed, just as the same process takes place in snakes. They

lie to the right and left in the region in question, where in lizards

there arises on one side only, namely on the left, an epithelial

evagination, which becomes constricted off in the form of a vesicle

previously: termed by me the “ supra-pericardial body” (‘ Supra-

pericardialk6rperchen”), since I regard it as homologous with the

derivatives of the branchial gut in the Selachians, upon which I

bestowed the same designation. ;

3. The three foremost branchial pouches are undoubtedly open

during a short time. Whether this is also the case with regard to

the two hindermost ones I cannot definitely say, but it appears to

me to be probable with respect to the fourth branchial pouch.

4. Asin the Amniota, the twha Eustachii arises from the dorsal

portion of the first branchial pouch ; its external aperture soon closes

again, while the tympanic cavity does not develop until much later.

5. The second branchial pouch lies close behind the first; the

portion of the branchial gut separating the one from the other

possesses a wider lumen than the section following further towards

the rear. The dorsal apex of the second branchial pouch expands

into a follicle-shaped epithelial bud; this, however, does not become

constricted off, as in the case of the lizards, where it forms the first

(foremost) lobe of the thymus. Neither does the second branchial

cleft become entirely constricted off from the branchial gut, to

remain as an epithelial vesicle lying in the midst of the connective

tissue of the neck, as in the case of the snakes. In the subsequent

development of the embryo the second branchial pouch simply

becomes aborted, as in the birds.

6. The cleft-shaped external apertures of the foremost branchial

pouches undergo, as in the case of birds, a considerable backward

movement. This shifting of position is occasioned by the backward

outgrowth of the branchial arches, which consequently commence

to cover one another in imbricated fashion. The second branchial

cleft in particular undergoes so much backward displacement that

the corresponding branchial pouch becomes greatly elongated in the

478 Miscellaneous.

form of atube. This tube persists until the later stages of deve-

lopment, and grows in length with the whole cervical region

without increasing in circumference, so that it finally constitutes a

long, thin, caudally directed, cervical, fistulous canal. In young

developmental stages of snakes and lizards we certainly meet with

a similar canal in a rudimentary condition; in these forms, how-

ever, it undergoes no further development, but disappears much

earlier.

7. The third branchial pouch swells out into an epithelial follicle,

with many secondary evaginations. This becomes constricted off

from the branchial gut, and the evaginations transform themselves

into thymus-tissue, in the interior of which, however, the central

epithelial follicle persists. The latter may be regarded as the

homologue of the carotid body in the lizards,

8. The fourth and fifth branchial pouches develop jointly with

the above-mentioned supra-pericardial evaginations from a lateral

cecum-shaped fold at the posterior end of the branchial gut

(recessus precervicalis), similarly to what is found to be the case in

snakes. They soon become entirely constricted off from the

branchial gut, and in this manner form a complex of three epithelial

vesicles in connexion one with the other. Now, if their further

development also takes place on the same lines as in the snakes, the

two foremost of these vesicles, which represent the remnants of the

fourth and fifth branchial pouches, should develop into thymus-tissue,

while the third and hindermost should, on the contrary, remain in an

epithelial condition. This, however, is not the case: all three

retain an epithelial character, and are met with in this shape, even

in much later developmental stages, between the aortic and pulmo-

nary arches, They do not come into connexion with the thyroid.

9. The aorta develops from the artery of the fourth branchial

arch, the pulmonary artery from that of the sixth. The fifth aortic

arch, the rudiment of which arises between the fourth and fifth

branchial pouches, very soon becomes aborted again, as I have also

shown to be the case in snakes and lizards.

10. The observations here detailed confirm the theories as to the

probable origin of the thymus and of the epithelial rudiments in

the cervical region, which I arrived at in the anatomical investiga-

tion of young turtles, and to which I have already drawn attention

in a previous memoir (‘“ Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Halsgegend bei

Reptilien: I. Anatomischer Teil,” published in ‘ Bijdragen tot de

Dierkunde, uitgegeven door het Genootschap Natura Artis Magistra

te Amsterdam,’ 1880).— Anatomischer Anzeiger, vii. Jahrg., nos, 23

and 24, October 10, 1893, pp. 801-803.

Observations on the Karyokinetic Phenomena in the Cells of the

Blastoderm of Teleosteans. By MM. E. Barainton and R, Kaurer.

In a previous communication we have described the results of our

researches upon the extension of the blastoderm on the surface of

Miscellaneous. 479

the ovum in thedace. We now propose to give an account of the

curious phenomena which we have observed in the division of the

cells of the blastoderm during the first days of the development of

the embryo.

Method.—Before proceeding to the examination of our results, we

must say a few words as to the method which we employed in order

to determine their precise signification. The embryos, after being

liberated from their shells, were fixed in Flemming’s fluid, and the

sections were treated in the following manner :—They were stained

with borax methylene blue, then passed into water and very quickly

into a strong aqueous solution of eosin, finally they were dehydrated

and mounted in balsam.

Let us consider, for example, a transverse section from the dace

a few days before being hatched (eight days after fertilization).

Under a very slight magnifying-power we perceive, it may be in the

nerve-centres or in the masses of mesoblast, blue spots, which form

a contrast with the ground-colour of the section, which is distinctly

of a reddish hue. Under a sufficiently high magnifying-power we

discover that these blue spots are beautiful karyokinetic figures, the

chromatin of which exhibits in all the stages a very delicate affinity

for the methylene blue. The granulations of the resting nucleus

are stained by the eosin: only one or two granules, which are

clearly indicated, react like the chromatic portions of the figures of

division, and may be regarded as nucleoli. Two important conclu-

sions result from these observations :—

1. Methylene blue is, under these conditions, a genuine reagent for

chromatin im an active state.

2. With the exception of the nucleolus or nucleoli, the granulations

of the resting nucleus have not the same reaction as the chromatin of

division; their chemical composition must therefore undergo a change

when they become constituent parts of the filament.

We would remark that if the action of the eosin is too prolonged,

or if the decoloration with alcohol is pushed too far, the blue tint

will entirely disappear. Here we have a device of preparation.

But since the results of this device are constant for the various stages,

in numerous sections and in different tissues, it must correspond to

a constant condition. ‘The method indicated seems to us to be of

value for the technique of cytology, which is, moreover, made up of

devices.

Results.—Let us apply this method to the study of division in the

first stages of development. During the whole of the first day the

blastoderm-spheres, which multiply rapidly, exhibit all the stages

of indirect division. In these cells we observe the rays of the asters

extending from the periphery of the nucleus to the membrane

throughout the whole mass of the protoplasm. These asters are

either simple or double ; all the stages in the division of the centro-

somes and their migration towards the poles are easily followed.

Until the moment when the spindles appear the nuclei look like

clear areolw bounded by a delicate membrane ; not only are the few

480 Miscellaneous.

eranulations which they contain not coloured blue, but the paleness

of the nuclear cavity contrasts strongly with the violaceous ground

of the protoplasm, which, in this stage, seems to be impregnated in

a diffuse fashion at once with the methylene blue and the eosin.

The division-spindles, of which the centrosomes alone have some-

what more colour, contain neither granules nor chromatic fibrils.

It is necessary to examine at the end of the first day blastoderms

with from ten to twelve rows of cells, in order to find, in certain cases

of karyokinesis, a few extremely minute biue granules, which con-

stitute the first equatorial plate. It is, moreover, at this stage that

the protoplasm commences to exhibit the interesting peculiarities

upon which we shall proceed to dwell.

From the thirty-sixth hour the methylene blue constantly reacts

in the manner which we have indicated above.

Our double coloration therefore renders clearly evident the fact

mentioned by MM. Henneguy and Sabatier, namely that the nuclei

of the earliest embryonic stages are difficult to stain; but it has

enabled us besides to recognize the appearance in the protoplasm of

the cells of elements to which we attribute great importance, be-

cause they seem to us to give the key to this peculiarity. Between

the twenty-fourth and the thirty-sixth hour, when only a few figures

of division exhibit affinity for the methylene blue, this stain sharply

distinguishes in the cellular protoplasm certain spherules, of which

the tint is so much the deeper in proportion as their dimensions are

reduced. With objectives of high power we perceive that the largest

spherules differentiate in the interior of their paler mass smaller

granules of very deep colour, which are marked out within the sur-

rounding protoplasm. In neighbouring cells it may be observed

that these granules, whether isolated or arranged in a series, are

supported by the filaments of an aster: it seems that the latter

serve to attract them, or, at least, to direct them towards the middle

of the spindle, in order to furnish the elements of the equatorial.

plate. Henceforth all the cells in process of division will exhibit,

contrary to what was seen in the first karyokineses, equatorial

plates which are very distinct and of a vivid blue colour.

We do not think that the existence of these chromophilous

granules, representing the earliest condition in which the chromatin

substance manifests itself in the cells, has been mentioned before.

In a memoir upon the development of bony fishes Mieez. von

Kovalevsky represents the protoplasm of the cells of the blastoderm

as containing granulations which may be compared with those

which we are describing, but which are designated by him vitelline

granulations (“granulations vitellines”). Owing to the fact that

the investigations of this naturalist were conducted upon other

material and by the aid of methods different from our own, it is

impossible for us to discuss the interpretation which he gives to

these elements. We would merely observe, and we insist upon this

fact, that in our better preparations, where the chromophilous

Miscellaneous. 481

granules are intensely stained by the blue colour, the vitellus is

perfectly colourless, and that it is impossible to consider these

granules as vitelline elements, since the methylene blue solely

affects chromatin in an active condition, as we have already stated.

Conciustons.—1. In the first stages of development in the dace the

blastoderm-cells exhibit no individualized chromatin, and the karyo-

kinetic figures are exclusively formed of achromatic elements. This

important fact furnishes support to the opinion which the most

recent researches tend to make the prevalent one, namely that in

the cell the essential réle does not belong to the chromatin, as was

formerly believed, but must rather be ascribed to the centrosomes.

2. The chromatin at first exists in a diffused condition in the

protoplasm, as certain authors have stated. Lt becomes differentiated

and individualized in this protoplasm in the form of granulations

which can be stained by means of reagents; then it becumes incorpo-

rated into the nuclei to constitute the equatorial plates which are absent

in the first stages— Comptes Rendus, t. exvii. no. 16, October 16,

1893, pp. 521-524.

On the Cerebral Nuclei of Myriopods.

By M. Joannes Cuarin.

It is well known how much interest attaches at the present time

to the study of the elements of the nervous system in Invertebrates.

By putting into precise form the results thus obtained by zoological

histology, and contrasting them with the facts revealed by histogeny,

we shall succeed in elucidating and interpreting exactly the compa-

rative structure of the nervous tissue, with respect to which so

many points still remain obscure or imperfectly understood.

One of these points is the notion of the cerebral nuclei, ganglionic

nuclei, &c., which have been stated to occur in the Articulata,

and especially in the class Myriopoda, where, in the accounts of

various investigations, mention has been made under this name of

elements which are represented as formations of a special character

and of high functional value. It is, however, only necessary to

compare these descriptions in order to prove that they apply, in the

respective cases, to different elements, the importance and inde-

pendence of which henceforth become somewhat doubtful.

Since, therefore, it was imperative that the subject should be

re-examined in a rigorous fashion, I undertook with this object a

series of researches which were devoted especially to various species

of the group Chilopoda (Lithobius forficatus, Scolopendra morsitans,

Scutigera coleoptrata, &c.). I purposely chose these types because

they had been mentioned as exhibiting the cerebral or ganglionic

nuclei with exceptional distinctness.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 36

482 Miscellaneous.

According to the statements to which I have just alluded, these

structures should be chiefly found in the frontal lobe *, where they

ought to appear particularly abundant ; now the histological exami-

nation of this region brings to light three kinds of nervous

elements :—

1. Normal nerve-cells, generally unipolar or bipolar, with a bulky

body and a globular nucleus, the chromatic power of which varies

according to the development of the nuclein substance.

2. Other nerve-cells, differing from the foregoing by the existence

of two or several nuclei. These nuclei are feebly stainable by the

colouring reagents; the nuclein substance is here found to be fre-

quently represented by ovoid corpuscles, as may be demonstrated by

the aid of a good immersion objective.

3. Little cells, measuring on an average 4 , and possessing so

large a nucleus that the body of the cell is frequently found to be

reduced to a delicate peripheral layer of protoplasm. These cells

reproduce fairly well the old type termed myelocyte.

We observe that these various elements are distinctly cellular and

that it is impossible to admit the existence of free cerebral nuclei.

This conception is without doubt the result of a hasty and incom-

plete study of the third histic form which has just been described.

In reality wherever nuclei appear they are accompanied by a proto-

plasmic mass, the boundaries of which, though often difficult to

follow, are nevertheless incontestable.

The comparative histology of the principal groups of Invertebrates

had, moreover, established during the last few years + the existence

in them of elements identical with those which, in the case of

Myriopods, have been pointed out as new and of a special character.

It is sufficient in all these cases to multiply observations, in order

to perceive that the pretended free nuclei become united by means

of numerous transitional forms to the normal type of nerve-cell;

they represent nothing but a simple variety of the latter.—Comptes

Rendus, t. exvii. no. 5, July 31, 1893, pp. 291-293.

* It would be necessary to formulate certain reservations with respect

to the employment of this term and to the limits of the region which it

serves to designate; but I have not to consider here the details apper-

taining to the descriptive anatomy of the nervous centres in Myriopods.

+ Joannes Chatin, ‘Sur les Myélocytes des Invertébrés,’ Comptes

Rendus, 1888.

483

INDEX to VOL. XII.

ABRAXAS, new species of, 153.

Absala, characters of the new genus,

149.

Acalles, new species of, 374.

Achatina, new species of, 104.

Acontia, new species of, 217.

Acreea, new species of, 455.

Adeloleus, characters of the new

genus, 116.

Adlullia, new species of, 214.

Agathia, new species of, 219.

Agrotis, new species of, 207.

Alcis, new species of, 225.

lets A., on Calypterinus Allmani,

Allotinus, new species of, 54.

Altha, new species of, 211.

Alvania, notes on species of, 357.

Amphioxus, on the Bahama, 236.

Anderson, Dr. J., on a new species

of Zamenis and a new species of

Bufo, 489.

Andrews, E. A., on the Bahama

Amphioxus, 236.

Anillus, new species of, 164.

Anolcus, characters of the new

genus, 113.

Anoplocnemis, new species of, 122.

Antedon rosacea, on an abnormal

specimen of, 195.

Antherza, new species of, 210.

Anuroctonus, characters of the new

genus, 328.

Aphanapteryx of Mauritius and of

the Chatham I[slands, note on the,

65.

Aphilon, new species of, 592.

Aroscapus, characters of the new

genus, 299.

Archeoglenes, characters of the new

genus, 188.

Arion, new species of, 252.

Arion lusitanicus, on the occurrence

of, in Ireland, 414.

Aspidiotus, new species of, 48.

Atherstonia, on some new species of,

395.

Barbus, new species of, 201.

Bataillon, E., on the karyokinetic

henomena in the cells of the

lastoderm of Teleosteans, 478.

Batrachians, new, 459.

Bedriaga, Dr. J. von, on the European

newts, 338.

Bell, Prof. F. J., on the names or

existence of three exotic star-

fishes, 25.

Bemmelen, Dr. J. F. van, on the

development of the branchial

pouches in marine turtles, 477.

Bergroth, Dr. E., on some Ethiopian

Pentatomide, 112.

Bergrothia, new species of, 404.

Bernard, H. M., on the coxal glands

of Scorpio, 54.

Birds, on the salivary apparatus of,

473.

Blanchard, M. R., on a terrestrial

leech from Chili, 75.

Blennius sphynx and B. Montagui,

on the habits of, 335.

Books, new :—Chapman and Buck’s

Wild Spain, 67 ; Vogdes’s Classed

and Annotated Bibliography of

the Paleozoic Crustacea, 331;

Selous’s Travel and Adventure in

South-east Africa, 406 ; Woods’s

Elementary Geology, 467.

Bothriurus, new species of, 95.

Boulenger, G. A., on the nature of

& pare evans 60 ; on the tad-

pole of Pelobates syriacus, 6] ; on

fishes from the Southern Shan

States, 198; on Tarentola ameri-

cana, 204; on a new snake,

275.

pee see on some, from Trondh-

jem Fiord, 441.

Bradypate, new species of, 296,

Brooks, W. K., on the origin of the

organs of Salpa, 125; on the

nutrition of the Salpa embryo,

369.

Broteas, new species of, 78.

484

Broun, Capt. T., on new Coleoptera

from New Zealand, 161, 288,

374.

Bryaxis, new species of, 171.

Bufo, new species of, 440.

Buliminus, new species of, 105.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on Lepidoptera

from Western North America, 11 ;

on the genus Entomogramma, 43 ;

on Lepidoptera from the Falkland

Islands, 207 ; on a new species of

Charaxes, 266; on Leidoptera

from Chili, 457.

Bylazora, new species of, 223.

Calderwood, W. L., on the capture

of a freshwater eel in a ripe con-

dition, 35.

Caligidium vagabundum recorded

from Scotland, 243.

Calypterinus Allmani, note on, 29.

Camptoloma, new species of, 216.

Camptoscapus, characters of the new ,

genus, 384.

Caraboctonus, characters of the new

genus, 92.

Carea, new species of, 262.

Cassidula, new species of, 53.

Catopyrrha, new species of, 221.

Caturus angustus, remarks on, 398.

Causard (M. M.) on the circulatory

apparatus of Mygale ceementaria,

72.

Ceratodus levissimus, observations

on, 282.

Cerealces, new species of, 42.

Cervus, new species of, 206.

Chactas, new species of, 87.

Chadwick, H. C., on as abnormal

specimen of Antedon rosacea,

195.

Champion, G. C., on a new genus

of Lagriide, 367.

Charaxes, new species of, 266.

Charus, new species of, 257.

Chatin, J., on the cerebral nuclei of

Myriopods, 481.

Chelonia viridis, on the embryos of,

477.

Chionomera, new species of, 259.

Chiromachus, characters of the new

genus, 320.

Chrosis, new species of, 288.

Chrysocraspeda, new species of,

157.

Ciconissus, characters of the new

genus, 185.

Cidaria, new species of, 465,

INDEX.

Cisternophora, characters of the

new genus, 350.

Coccide, notes on Mexican, 47, 160;

new, 403.

Cockerell, T. D. A., on some

Mexican Coccide, 47, 160; on

hybrids or mongrels with two

male parents, 333; on two new

Coccidee, 403.

Ccenomorpha, new species of, 115.

Coleoptera, new, 56, 158, 161, 367,

B74, 452.

Collinge, W. E., on the generative

system in the genus Testacella, 21 ;

on the anatomy of a new species

and variety of Arion, 252; on the

occurrence of Arion lusitanicus in

Treland, 414.

Coremia, new species of, 157.

Corticaria, new species of, 189.

Crustacea, new, 257 ; on the morpho-

logy of the limbs and mouth-parts

of, 417.

Crymodes, new species of, 259.

Cucumaria Koellikeri in the Atlantic,

on the occurrence of, 334.

Montagui, on the synonymy of,

469.

Cuneopterus, new species of, 297.

Cyproidea, new species of, 244.

Cytilissus, characters of the new

genus, 195,

Dacnophylla, new species of, 501.

Dactylopius, new species of, 49.

Dalader, new species of, 122.

Dall, W. H., on the phylogeny of the

Docoglossa, 412.

Dalpada Cambouei, description of,

112.

Danisepa, new species of, 254.

Defoa, characters of the new genus,

151.

Deiopeia, new species of, 215.

Delias, new species of, 34,

Deuterosaurus from the Permian

rocks of Russia, on evidences of,

74.

Dichrochile, new species of, 161.

Dictyopyge, new species of, 595,

Didymocantha, new species of, 388.

Dinumma, new species of, 263.

Diosaccus, new species of, 237.

Distant, W. L., on some Coreide,

121.

Docoglossa, on the phylogeny of the,

412.

Drepana, new species of, 258.

INDEX.

Dubois, R., on the mechanism of the

production of light in Orya barba-

rica, 415.

Ectopsis, new species of, 383.

Edalus, new species of, 289.

Eel, on the capture of a freshwater,

in a ripe condition, 35.

Elasmogaster, new species of, 123.

Ennea, new species of, 106.

Enoplotrupes, new species of, 36.

Entomogramina, observations on the

genus, 43,

Epirrhvé, new species of, 156,

Episothalma, characters of the new

genus, 149; new species of, 218.

Epistranus, new species of, 187,

Erymneus, new species of, 299.

Eucolaspis, new species of, 391.

Euglyptus, new species of, 166.

Eupithecia, new species of, 209,

Euplexia, new species of, 260.

Eurybatus, new species of, 455.

Euschema, new species of, 148,

265.

Eustroma, new species of, 224.

Euterote, new species of, 211.

Eutrachelus, new species of, 454.

Evarzia, new species of, 154.

Fascellina, new species of, 220.

Fishes, new, 198, 282, 593; on some

British Upper-Jurassic, 398.

Flustra spinuligera, note on, 145,

Flustrella dichotoma, on the syste-

matic position of, 141.

Forbes, H. O., on the Aphanapteryx

of Mauritius and of the Chatham

Islands, 65.

Ganolepis, characters of the new

genus, 286.

Geochus, new species of, 295,

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 70, 532.

Geomys, new species of, 269.

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H.,

on new shells, 32.

Goniodiscus, notes on two species

of, 26.

Gonodela, new species of, 154, 222.

Grant, W. R. O., on the changes of

plumage in the Red Grouse, 61.

Guitel, I., on the habits of Blennius

sphynx and B. Montagui, 335.

Gyrodus punctatus, remarks on, 400.

Gyrolepis, new species of, 285,

Gyrtona, new species of, 264.

Hadrurochactas, characters of the

new genus, 80.

485

Hadruroides, characters of the new

genus, 329,

Hemapophyses, ou the nature of,

60.

Hair in Mammals, on the origin of,

Hansen, Dr. H. J., on the morpho-

logy of the limbs and mouth-parts

of crustaceans and insects, 417.

Helix, new species of, 105.

Herochroma, characters of the new

genus, 148.

Herrick, F. C.,on cement-glands and

origin of egg-membranes in the

lobster, 158.

Hesperilla, new species of, 437.

Heterochactas, characters of the new

genus, 81.

Heteromys, new species of, 233,

Heteroptera, new, 112, 121.

Hincks, Rey. T., on marine Polyzoa,

140.

Holland, Dr. W. J., on some African

Lepidoptera, 246.

Holothuria nigra, on the identity of,

with H. Forskalii, 334; on the

synonymy of, 409.

Homarus americanus, on cement-

glands and the origin of eg¢-mem-

branes in, 158.

Homeeocerus, new species of, 125.

Hoplosauris, new species of, 463.

Hose, C., on a new deer, 206,

Hybodus keuperinus, on a fin-spine

of, 283.

Hybolasius, new species of, 389.

Hybrids with two male parents, on,

335.

Hygrochus, new species of, 292.

Hyposidra, new species of, 153.

Hypsa, new species of, 214.

Ichthyolites from the Keuper of

Warwickshire, on some, 281.

Idea, new species of, 151.

Iletica, new species of, 138.

Inophloeus, new species of, 294.

Insects, on the morphology of the

limbs and mouth-parts of, 417.

Iomachus, characters of the new

genus, 820.

Isopod, on a terrestrial, from New

Zealand, 225.

Jones, Prof. T. R.,on some Paleozoic

Ostracoda, 71, 72.

Jordan, Dr. K., on new species of

Enoplotrupes, 386; on new or

little-known species of Coleoptera,

486

452; on new species of Lepido-

ptera, 455.

Jumala, notes on species of, 352.

Junonia, new species of, 257.

Kallima, new species of, 255.

Kinekoskias, on some species of, 448.

Kirby, W. F., on Insects from

Western North America, 19; on

new Australian saw-flies, 38; on

new Australian Hesperiide, 434.

Koehler, R., on the karyokinetic

phenomena in the cells of the

blastoderm of Teleosteans, 478.

Lagopus scoticus, on the changes of

plumage in, 61.

Laophonte, new species of, 238.

Lecanium terminaliz, new variety of,

52.

Leech from Chili, on a terrestrial, 75.

Lepidoptera, new, 16, 34, 147, 207,

210, 254, 266, 434, 455, 457 ; notes

on some African, 246.

Lepralia lancifera, note on, 146.

Leptosoma, new species of, 215.

Lepus, new species of, 268.

Leucania, new species of, 208.

Leucoma, new species of, 213.

Liochoria, new species of, 194.

Lobophora, new species of, 224.

Lobster, on cement-glands and the

origin of egg-membranes in the,

153.

Macropelta, characters of the new

genus, 118.

Macroscytalus, new species of, 386.

Meeandrogonaria, new species of,

460,

Mammalia, on the origin of hair and

on scales in, 1; new, 30, 53,

205, 206, 230, 233, 267, 269.

Marenzeller, Dr. EK. von, on the iden-

tity of the “Cotton spinner ” of

English authors with Holothuria

Forskali, and on the occurrence of

Cucumaria Koellikeri in the At-

lantic Ocean, 334.

Marmorinia, new species of, 265.

Mastacembelus, new species of, 199.

Melanitis, new species of, 255.

Melvill, J. C., on new Mollusca, 103.

Memmia, new species of, 117.

Menelaides, new species of, 258.

Menimus, new species of, 288.

Menipea Jeffreysii, observations on,

446.

—— marginata, note on, 143.

Mesobdella brevis, remarks on, 75.

IN DEX

Metacalles, characters of the new

genus, 381,

Metanastria, new species of, 212.

Microniodes, new species of, 152.

Micronissa, new species of, 152.

Miltochrista, new species of, 217.

Minucia, new species of, 261.

Molge, synopsis of the European

species of, 538.

Mollusca, new, 32, 103, 252, 277;

from the Trondhjem Fiord, on,

550,

Montacuta ovalis, note respecting,

364.

Morychus, new species of, 193.

Mus, new subspecies of, 232.

Mygale ceementaria, on the circula-

tory apparatus of, 72.

Myoxus, new species of, 267. ;

Myriopods, on the cerebral nuclei of,

481.

Nandinia, new species of, 205.

Nassa reticulata, remarks on, 355.

Nemacanthus monilifer from the

Rheetic formation, on, 284.

Nemachilus, new species of, 203.

Neotoma, new species of, 254,

Neptis, new species of, 256.

Nestrius serripes, sexual characters

of, 302.

Newts, synopsis of the Kuropean,

338.

Norman, Rey. Canon A. M.,a month

on the Trondhjem Fiord, 340, 441 ;

on the synonymy of Holothuria

nigra, Gray, 409; on the syno-

nymy of Cucumaria Montagui,

469.

Notidanus Muensteri, remarks on,

401.

Novitas nigrans, remarks on, 385.

Nuthetes, on the tooth of, 227, 274.

Obeidia, new species of, 153,

Opisthocentrus, characters of the

new genus, 316.

Opthalmodes, new species of, 155,

Orthezia, new species of, 403.

Orya barbarica, on the mechanism of

the production of light in, 415,

Ostracoda from Westmoreland and

Ayrshire, on some Palzeozoic, 71,

72.

Pachyodes, new species of, 219.

Panacra, new species of, 456.

Pedicellinopsis, remarks on

genus, 140.

Pedilophorus, new species of, 190,

the

INDEX.

Pelobates syriacus, on the tadpole of,

61.

Perga, new species of, 39.

Petosia, new species of, 216.

Phcebodus, new species of, 282.

Phoniocercus, characters of the new

genus, 99.

Photoscotosia, new species of, 224.

Pilliet, Dr. A. H., on the salivary

apparatus of birds, 473.

Planorbis, new species of, 111.

Platyja, new species of, 263.

Pocock, R. I., on Neotropical Scor-

pions, 77 ; on the classification of

Scorpions, with descriptions of

new genera and species, 303.

Polyzoa, general history of the ma-

rine, 140; from Trondhjem Fiord,

on some, 446,

Ponsonby, J. H., on new Mollusca,

105.

Protarphius, characters of the new

genus, 183.

Pseudanthessius gracilis

from Scotland, 241.

Pseudochaleothea, on some species

of, 453.

Pseudocletodes, characters of the new

subgenus, 239.

Pseudocoremia, new species of, 156.

Pseudosiona, characters of the new

genus, 18.

Pterostichus, new species of, 162.

Pulvinaria, new species of, 51.

Pupa, corrections to descriptions of

species of, 111.

Red Grouse, on the changes of

plumage in the, 61.

Remigulus, characters of the new

genus, 242.

Reptilia, new, 273, 439.

Reptilian tooth with two roots, on a,

227, 274.

Rhiostoma, new species of, 32.

Rhopalodon from the Permian rocks

of Russia, on evidences of, 74.

Rhynchogonus, new species of, 293.

Rothschild, Hon. W., on new spe-

cies of Enoplotrupes, 56; on new

or little-known species of Cole-

optera, 452; on new species of

Lepidoptera, 455.

Sagola, new species of, 175.

Salpa, on the origin of the organs of,

123; on the nutrition of the em-

bryo of, 369,

Scales in Mammals, on the origin of, 1.

recorded

4E7

Schizoporella biturrita, note on, 144.

Sciuropterus, new species of, 20.

Scorpio, on the coxal glands of, 54.

Scorpions, on Neotropical, 77; on

the classification of, with descrip-

tions of new genera and species,

303.

Scorpiops, new species of, 323.

Scott, T. and A., on new or rare

Crustacea from Scotland, 237.

Scrupocellaria, new species of, 451.

Scydmeenus, new species of, 178.

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on evidences of

Deuterosaurus and Rhopalodon

from the Permian Rocks of Russia,

74; on a Reptilian tooth with two

roots, 227, 274.

Semnopithecus, new species of, 230.

Sessinia, new species of, 290.

Setinochroa, new species of, 217.

Sipho gracilis, remarks on, 354.

Sirrhas, characters of the new genus,

367.

oe E. A., on the genus Sphenia,

277.

Smith, H. G., on new Butterflies

from Kina Balu, 34,

Somatidia, new species of, 390.

Spargania, new species of, 466.

Sphenia, remarks on the genus, 277.

Sponges, on the occurrence of several

species of, on Terebratulina, 441.

Starfishes, on the names or existence

of three exotic, 25.

Startes, new species of, 170.

Stenogyra, new species of, 105.

Stictoptera, new species of, 218,

Stilbocara, characters of the new

genus, 387.

Styloseris, characters of the new

genus, 332.

Succinea, new species of, 110.

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Geometers,

147 ; on new Oriental Lepidoptera,

210, 254.

Sypna, new species of, 261,

Tanaorhinus, new species of, 150.

Tarentola americana, note on, 204.

Teleosteans, on the karyokinetic

henomena in the cells of the

lastoderm of, 478.

Telesto, new species of, 436,

Terebratulina, on the occurrence of

some species of sponges on, 441.

Testacella, on the generative system

in the genus, 21. ‘

Thamnonoma, new species of. 16.

488

Theodosia, new species of, 452.

Thomas, Mrs. M. K., on new species

of Iletica, 138.

Thomas, O., on a new Sciuropterus,

30; on anew Bornean Tupaia, 53 ;

on a new species of Nandinia, 205 ;

on new North-Bornean Mammals,

230; on new species of Heteromys

and Neotoma, 238; on two new

Rodents, 267 ; on some species of

Geomys, 269.

Thomson, G. M., on a terrestrial

Isopod from New Zealand, 225.

Thosea, new species of, 211.

Tityus, new species of, 313.

Tomes, R. F., on the sffinities of the

genus Astroceenia, 332; on a new

genus of Madreporaria, 332.

Trachydermon ruber, new variety of,

361.

Trapezites, new species of, 454.

Triconodon ferax, on a tooth of, 275,

Trondhjem Fiord, a month on the,

340, 441.

Trophon clayatus, remarks on, 356.

Tunicata from Trondhjem Fiord, on

some, 443.

Tupaia, new species of, 53.

Turtles, marine, on the development

of the branchial pouches in, 477.

INDEX.

Tychotyrus, characters of the new

genus, 168.

Tyrogetus, characters of the new

genus, 165,

Ukko (=Jumala), notes on species

of, 352.

Uriechis, new species of, 273.

Urodacus, new species of, 321.

Urophonius, characters of the new

genus, 100.

Walford, E. A., on Cheilostomatous

Bryozoa from the Middle Lias,

gH¢F

vvv.

Weber, M., on the origin of hair and

on scales in Mammals, 1.

Wethered, E., on the microscopic

structure of the Wenlock Lime-

stone, 70.

Woodward, A. S., Paleeichthyologi-

cal notes, 281; on fossil fishes

from South Africa, 393; on some

British Upper Jurassic _ fish-re-

mains, 398.

Zamarada, new species of, 155.

Zamenis, new species of, 459.

Zaplutus, characters of the new

genus, 119.

Zeacalles, characters of the new

genus, 379,

END OF THE TWELFTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,